《Traversing the Anime Multiverse with a System》 Chapter 1 - Granted 3 Wishes [W-Where am I?]: ??? "...." [Why is it so quiet here? The last thing I remember was¡­ hm the last thing I remember?]: ??? As the person tries to remember the last thing that happen to me all of it came back to me. [I died, and the most brutal way possible. I was by a construction site in my car masturbating and then right before I was about to finish I was caught right in the middle of a sound on an explosion and my car along with me were crushed by a big piece of falling rubble]: ??? [Wow, that must of been a site to see when the workers found my body]: ??? [What was my name?]: ??? As I recall earlier memories I found something that makes me sad. All the Anime that I was still Watching and all the Manga and Light Novels I was still reading. I won''t be able to watch and read those anymore. [That sucks! Well what''s done is done, but it looks like my Name is Soren I was born in the UK but moved to the US before I could even walk]: soren "...Pft" [Who''s there!]: soren [Easy there Mortal, I am what you Humans call a God]: god [A God? Can you prove it?]: soren [is there really need for proof when you died in a really weird way?]: god [Okay, your right. Now what were you laughing at?]: soren [I was laughing at the way you died, and the way you were found in the morning by the crew of workers]: god [Why would the way the workers found me be funny?]: soren [Well, look for yourself]: god As God said that a screen appeared in front of me and I could see my dead body and a crew of workers surrounding my dead body and car. [Look at this guys, he died with his Di*k in his mouth]: worker 1 [Man! You would notice that]: worker 2 [[HAHAHA]]: workers 3 and 4 "..." [That''s not even what I was doing, I was hit with a big piece of rubble, and how did it even end up in that position]: soren [Well now that we got our laughs out of the way I will give you 3 Wishes to make you reincarnate with]: god [I get 3 wishes and reincarnate? Why would I get something like that? Did I do a lot of good things in my life?]: soren [No, I feel bad for you and you are without sin, very rare for Humans]: god [I''m without sin? But isn''t masturbation a sin? I was doing that for the first time right before I died]: soren [Yes and No, Masturbation is only a sin when you ejaculate. You did not ejaculate]: god [So what do I get from my 3 wishes?]: soren [Okay, let''s go over rules. First you can''t wish to be God, Second, you can''t Wish to be omnipotent, you have to work your way to that. And Third, you can''t Wish for more or unlimited wishes]: god [Okay! So can I save any wishes for when I get reincarnated?]: soren [Yes you can save and use a wish later, but you will need to find a church so you can speak with me to use the wish]: god [Okay! My first wish is to have an OP Anime System that lets me go into any Anime world that I want to]: soren [Okay done, and now that you have this system it connects directly to me and disregards that you need to find a church to make more wishes if you still have some]: god [Okay, now how can I see my system?]: soren [You can''t see the system here because you don''t have a body to bind the system too]: god [Then can I got now? And can I pick my first world?]: soren [Yes, what world would you like to start in? And keep in mind that you have to reach the Apex of that world to go to another one]: god [Okay, is there any recommendations?]: soren [I personally like Hunter x Hunter but it is not a safe first world]: god [I like that world as well. I chose to be in the Hunter x Hunter world]: soren [Okay, what family do you want to be born in?]: god [I want to be born in the Zodiac Family]: soren [Wow, you don''t want anything safe do you?... Okay, you will be Killua''s twin brother but you will have a different appearance to him]: god [Cool, I always liked Killua, he was my favorite and now he will be my brother]: soren [Anything else?]: god [Nope, I''m ready to be transported]: soren [Okay, good luck, train hard and become a God in each world you travel to and make your way to me in the future]: god After God said those world my vision became blurry and then black until I lost consciousness. When I woke up it was still black and I couldn''t move any of my limbs. {SYSTEM BINDING COMPLETE¡­ HOST ACCEPTED¡­ WELCOME} [Wow, it''s just like in the Light Novels I read]: soren As I was getting excited from all the Ideas I came up with to gain power in this world a message came up. {HOST BE CAREFUL¡­ HOST PARENTS WILL BE HITTING YOU AND KILLUA IN THE WOMB TO MAKE YOU STRONGER¡­ PREPARE FOR DAMAGE} [What the hell! They start training the family even in the womb?]: soren When I finish my thoughts I felt a punch come from the front. It hit me full force, it felt as if I was squashed by another big piece of rubble again. After 3 minutes which felt like 3 years of getting punched finally ended. After it ended another message popped up. {CONGRATS ON SURVIVING, HOST HAS GAINED 10+ POINTS TO ALL STATS} [Stats?]: soren {SHOWING STATUS TO HOST} Name:???(Soren) Str: 2 ---> 12 Dex: 1 ---> 11 Agi: 0 ---> 10 Int: 5 ---> 15 Cha: 4 ---> 14 Luc: 10 ---> 20 [Wow, I think I survived due to my Luck, that will come in handy]: soren Chapter 2 - Looking through the System 3 Months have passed since I had come to the Hunter x Hunter world, I am still in the womb with Killua. Every now and then the Zoldyck Family would come and punch on us for a couple of minutes and then leave, it hurt extremely bad at first but since then I got used to the feeling and have got a lot stronger due to the System. [System can I see my status please?]: soren {YES HOST} Name: ??? (Soren) Str: 12 ---> 92 Dex: 11 ---> 91 Agi: 10 ---> 90 Int: 15 ---> 95 Cha: 14 ---> 94 Luc: 20 ---> 100 [System, can you show me what a normal person''s status is? I don''t really know how my status compares]: soren {I CAN DO THAT FOR YOU HOST} Name: Random Str: 8 Dex: 5 Agi: 3 Int: 5 Cha: 3 Luc: 2 [Wow, I am powerful and I''m not even born yet. System can you show me Killua''s status?]: soren {YES I CAN DO THAT HOST} Name: ??? (soon to be Killua) Str: 80 Dex: 80 Agi: 80 Int: 80 Cha: 80 Luc: 120 [Wow, he is almost as powerful as me and¡­ Hey! Why is his Luck higher than mine?]: soren {GOD HAS TAKEN IT TO MAKE HIM HAVE A HIGHER LUCK BECAUSE WHEN SOMEONE HAS TWINS THE CHANCE OF LIVING GOES DOWN FOR ONE OF THE BABIES, HOST HAS SYSTEM SO YOU HAVE AN ALREADY HIGH CHANCE OF SURVIVAL} [Oh, okay. So how long do we have until we are born?]: soren {SYSTEM HAS DETERMINED HOST TO BE BORN IN 1 MONTH, WITH THE ZOLDYCK''S TRAINING MOST OF THEIR BABIES ARE BORN AFTER AROUND 4 OR 5 MONTHS} [Is that even healthy?]: soren {NO IT IS NOT HOST, SYSTEM ADVISES IN FUTURE IF HOST HAS KIDS TO AVOID IN THE WOMB TRAINING} [Was that a joke?]: soren {.....} [Well I guess I will see what other options the System has]: soren {THE SYSTEM HAS 4 SECTIONS, BEING, STATUS, INVENTORY, QUESTS AND STORE} [System, go to store first please]: soren {YES HOST} {OPENING STORE} System Store: Skills- {ENTER} Nen- {ENTER} Consumables- {ENTER} System Points- 10.000 [Wow, this is really well put together. System, go into Skills first]: soren {OPENING SKILLS} Skills- Assassin Skills- Flash Step - Silent Step - Killer Instinct - Soundless Assassination - Assassins Aura - Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery Daily Skills- Cooking - Cleaning - Stamina Up - Language Comprehension [Cool, but why is something like Stamina Up in Daily Skills?]: soren {BECAUSE YOU CAN RAISE YOU STAMINA BY DOING DAILY TRAINING} [Oh, thank you System. Also do I start with a mystery box like other Light Novels showcase the main characters starting with?]: soren {...HOST HAS COMPLETED HIDDEN QUEST. QUESTION STARTER PACK PACKAGE¡­ HOST GIVEN (Starter Pack x2)} [Wow, I should have asked sooner. Okay System, open both of the Starter Packs]: soren {OPENING (Starter Pack x2)... HOST HAS RECEIVED (Body Hardening Pill x10) (Nen Practice Book Basic) (Lottery Ticket x5)} [Wow, I was super lucky. It must have been due to my Luck, I''m glad I used this now instead of earlier]: soren {DING...HOST HAS UNLOCKED A SPECIAL TAB IN SYSTEM THAT NORMALLY WOULD NOT BE HERE¡­ DUE TO (Lottery Ticket) WHICH HAS AN (ULTRA) GRADE CHANCE TO OBTAIN HAS BEEN OBTAINED AND HAS ADDED (Lottery) TAB TO SYSTEM} [Holy¡­ System look at Lottery]: soren {YES HOST} {OPENING LOTTERY} Lottery- All Stats Up +1 - 50% Str Up +5 - 25% Agi Up +5 - 25% Dex Up +5 - 25% Nen Boost 50% - 3% [There''s nothing good in there right now except that Nen Boost but it has a super low chance, I want to save my tickets for now]: soren [System, can I look at the Nen Category in the Store?]: soren {YES HOST} {OPENING STORE - NEN} Nen Books- Nen Practice Book (Beginner) - Nen Practice Book (Basic) - Nen Practice Book (Intermediate) - Nen Practice Book (Advanced) - Nen Power Book (Creation Book) Nen Boosts- Nen Boost 10% - Nen Boost 20% - Nen Boost 30% - Nen Boost 40% - Nen Boost 50% [Wow, cool stuff, I will need to buy all those books in the future. But for now I need to focus on getting stronger]: soren Chapter 3 - First Mission 1 Month later¡­ [System, is it almost time to be born?]: soren {HOST WILL BE BORN IN 3 HOURS} [This has been a long 4 Months, but now it''s almost time]: soren "...." {HOST WILL BE BORN IN 10...6...3...1} [I guess it''s time, I wonder if it will hurt?]: soren "..." 2 Months later¡­ It has been 2 Months since I have been born and since day 1 my parents have put both me and Killua through torture to strengthen our bodies. We have been exposed to Fire, Electric, Knives and all sorts of things to make us the best assassins in the world. [System, can I see my Status?]: soren {YES HOST} Name: Soren Zoldyak Age: 2 months (22) Str: 92 ---> 300 Dex: 91 ---> 200 Agi: 90 ---> 200 Int: 95 ---> 130 Cha: 94 ---> 130 Luc: 100 ---> 200 Skills- Soft Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct [Why didn''t my Status screen have my age and skills page like it does now, when I first got here?]: soren {HOST DID NOT HAVE SKILLS OR AN AGE WHEN HOST FIRST CAME TO THIS WORLD} [Oh, so what does Killuas Status look like?]: soren {NOW SHOWING HOST KILLUA''S STATUS} Name: Killua Zoldyak Age: 2 months Str: 80 ---> 290 Dex: 80 ---> 180 Agi: 80 ---> 200 Int: 80 ---> 190 Cha: 80 ---> 190 Luc: 120 ---> 220 [Wow, his Status Differs from mine. Why is that?]: soren {HOST SHOULD NOT EXPECT 2 PEOPLE TO BE EXACTLY THE SAME WITH STATUS, EVEN IF YOU ARE TWINS YOU WILL STILL GROW DIFFERENTLY} [Oh, good to know, thank you System]: soren {THERE IS NO NEED FOR THANKS HOST, I AM HERE TO SERVER YOU ON YOUR JOURNEY TO GOD HOOD} [God Hood? Can you tell me more System?]: soren {HOEST DOES NOT MEET REQUIREMENTS TO KNOW THAT AS OF THIS MOMENT, BUT IF HOST WISHES SO AND USES 1 OF HOSTS 2 WISHES LEFT YOU MAY KNOW} [No, I will wait till I can know without the wish]: soren 2 Years later¡­ It has been 2 Years and now I am being sent on my first mission to assassinate some big shot rich guy who is doing dirty business behind the back of the C.E.O''s of the company. [Me and Killua have been given our first mission, I hope he is safe on his mission. Now it''s time to complete my mission, I gotta kill this guy to complete it]: soren I am right above my Target in the ceiling panel, I can drop down and kill him at any moment. [I''ve never killed someone before, I hope I don''t get cold feet and mess up, if I do dad will kill me]: soren {HOST HAS NO NEED TO WORRY BECAUSE YOU HAVE THE SKILL KILLER INSTINCT, HOST WILL NOT FALTER TO COMPLETE THIS TASK} [That''s good to know, I guess I should kill him now]: soren As I say that I drop from the ceiling right behind the Target making no sound and sneak up behind the target right before slitting his throat with my manipulated fingers. {HOST HAS KILLED TARGET AND COMPLETED HIS MISSION, TRIGGERED HIDDEN MISSION (Complete your first Assassination mission given by dad) HOST IS AWARDED (20.000) SYSTEM POINTS AND (Lottery Ticket x3) CONGRATS TO HOST} [I killed my first human being, and I feel nothing, I don''t even feel the need to throw up]: soren {SYSTEM ADVISES HOST TO LEAVE AND REPORT TO (Silva Zoldyck) TO COMPLETE HOST MISSION} [Your right, thank you System]: soren As I wake up from my deep thought I made my way out of the building and as I exit to the roof I hear a deafening scream. [AHHHH!... Mr. Akio, Mr. Akio. Quick! Someone has killed Mr. Akio, put all Staff on the hunt for the culprate]: female secretary [Well that was quick response time]: soren {SYSTEM ADVISES HOST THAT SHE WAS THE ONE WHO PUT THE HIT ON TARGET THAT HOST HAS TAKEN OUT, THE REASON FOR THE HIT ON TARGET WAS BECAUSE TARGET SEXUALY HARRASED CONTRACTOR} [Damn, she seems fierce, and where did she get the money to hire our family?]: soren {SYSTEM DOES NOT KNOW THIS ANSWER} [Well I guess I should go report to dad, and wait for Killua if he is not done with his first mission]: soren When I reach the base of the mountain I am greeted by Zebro who looked worried for me. [What''s wrong Zebro?]: soren [Master Ren, did you complete your first mission?]: zebro [Yeah, it was a piece of cake, I don''t think it could get easier]: soren [Well, because it was your first mission, Lord Silva had accepted 2 requests he would have never accepted, they are a request that any average thug could pull off and are low cost, you and Master Killua have been tasked with these as your first mission to test your will to kill]: zebro [so they are trash missions?]: soren [Yes, Master Ren. You should go turn in your mission and then come by for tea]: zebro [I sure will, see ya later Zebro]: soren Chapter 4 - Too Heavens Arena After talking to Zebro I head to the Mansion to tell my dad that I completed the Mission, when I got to the entrance to the house I meet Gotoh, he was waiting by the door when I opened it. ''I wonder if he just happen to be by the front door at the time or if he was waiting there for Killua and me to get back from our missions?'' [Hey Gotoh, I just finished my Mission and was coming to report to dad, and then I will be going to Zebro''s place to have some tea]: soren [Understood, but be careful. You are one of the Zoldyak Family Members, if anyone found out and happen to catch you if would mean big trouble for everyone in the family]: gotoh [Okay, thanks Gotoh, I''ll see you later]: soren ''Gotoh is one of the only people who play with me and Killua, we are raised by them most of the time because the family is out doing a job, if Gotoh or any of the other butlers weren''t around, I think that me and Killua would have ended much worse than we are now, mentaly.'' As I ponder over the thoughts in my head I made my way into dad''s Office, aka his bedroom. [Dad, I just finished my Mission and have returned to turn it in]: soren [Great work Little Ren, is Killua also back?]: silva [No, I haven''t seen him yet but I think he will be back any minute]: soren [Okay, go clean up. It''s almost dinner time]: silva [Okay dad]: soren As I walk out of dad''s room I see Killua about to walk in. [Hey Killua, did you finish your Mission too?]: soren [Yeah, it was super easy, I finished it right when I got there but stopped for food on the way back]: killua [Oh cool, dad said to get ready for dinner, I''m gonna go get ready I''ll see you then and then we can talk about our first Mission]: soren [Yeah, see you later brother]: killua As I walk to my room to take a shower and get ready for dinner I go over the System and check what has happened so far {SHOWING HOST ALL PAST ACHIEVEMENTS AND COMPLETED QUESTS IN THE LAST YEAR} Quest''s Completed- Youth Training - (Received 1.000 System points) Strength Upgrade - (Received 400 System points and x2 Body Strengthening Pills) First Assigned Mission From Dad - (Received 20.000 System points and x3 Lottery Tickets) Achievements- Training Addict - (Received 200 System points) Feel No Pain - (Received 100 System points) Training Wheels - (Received 300 System points) Assassins Tutorial - (Received 400 System points) First Kill - (Received 500 System points) [Wow, I make quite the amount of System points. System, how many points do I have?]: soren {HOST HAS ACCUMULATED A TOTAL OF (32.900) POINTS} [So I have almost 33.000 Points to spend. I think I will save them for now and get all the Nen Books to train to the top, I will also share with Killua and help him reach the top as well]: soren At dinner dad had Killua and I share how our Mission had gone, Killua went first and told us that when he got there the guy was trying to kill a prostitute so Killua just ripped his heart out then went for some food. ''Now that I think about it, we are some gruesome 2 year olds, to just rip out someone''s heart and then go get lunch. We got some steel stomach''s'' [How did your Mission go Ren?]: kikyo [Mom, please don''t use my Nickname, I only want the butlers and gate guards to use it]: soren [Oh, my boy is talking back to his mother? I think that calls for 100 lashings, after dinner meet me in the basement]: kikyo [Yes Mother, I''ll meet you down there]: soren ''What the fuck, well this is gunna suck, even tho it dosent really hurt it''s just anoying'' After a couple more years I am now 5 Almost 6 and I have gone through about 100 Missions. I''ve killed tons of people who for all I know have done nothing wrong but feel nothing when I do it, even though I don''t know why I kill them there is a reason, because our family does not accept you average kill quest unless you can cough up major cash. Right now I am in front of my dad''s room because I was called here. [Soren? You were called here too?]: ??? [Killua! I already told you, call me Ren, I only want my friends to call me Ren, anyone else who does will die]: soren [Well, Mom calls you Ren all the time. Does that mean she is your friend?...Oh, I get it she is your best friend¡­ haha]: killua [Hush, I''ve already tried to kill her, but every time she just gets back up, she''s like some puppet]: soren [Yeah, Mom is one hard girl to kill, I stabbed her last week and she came into my room when I was asleep and took me to the basement for lashings and then reprimanded me for dropping my guard and getting caught by her. She sure is crazy]: killua [She did that to you too? She had Milluki help her lash me]: soren [Wow, I feel bad for you. You had to deal with that sweaty pig and his stench for how many lashings?]: killua [[Hahaha]]: soren and killua [Well, I guess it''s time to see what dad wants]: soren [Yeah, I guess. Hey, after this you wanna go hang out at the butler house? I heard they got a new game]: killua [Yeah, I haven''t Had fun in quite some time, we haven''t hung out since we were 2 as well]: soren When me and Killua finish making our plans to hang out in the butler house after dad tells us what he called us here for we walk into his room. [Boy''s, thank you for coming, I have called you here because I feel both of you are lacking in motivation when doing Missions, so to help you get proper motivation I will kick you out of the house]: silva [What! Why? I thought I had great motivation]: soren [Yeah! Same, why are you kicking us out]: killua [Boy''s, let me finish. You can''t come back until you reach the 200th floor in the Heavens Arena, until then you can''t come back]: silva [So we half to get to the 200th floor? Not go past it?]: killua [Yes, once you get too floor 200 come home, or don''t I don''t care]: silva [Okay dad. Let''s go Killua, the faster we beat dad''s challenge then we can come back and have some fun]: soren [Oh? Soren, you have found out what this is really about huh?]: silva Chapter 5 - Waiting room When we reach the base of the tower Killua and I look up at it and at the same time go. [[Woah, that''s tall]]: soren and killua "Hehe" Killua and I look at each other and laugh because we said the same thing at the same time. [Well, do we go in then?]: soren [Yeah, let''s get this over with so I can go back home and play with my toys, I got some new ones]: killua [Aww, lucky! Every time I ask for one I get 50 lashings]: soren [I think that''s because you cry when you don''t get your way]: killua [No I don''t! I just stab who said no]: soren "..." [[Hahaha]]: killua and soren [Well, let''s head inside and sign up]: killua [Okay!]: soren We enter the building and see the receptionist talking to a potential contestant and giving him a number. [Next please]: rep Killua and I make our way to the counter to sign up, because we are 6 and not very tall she had to look over the counter at us. [Will you be spectating? It''s 1.000 Jenny per person]: rep She looks at us and thinks we are here to watch. [No, we are here to sign up for the Tower]: soren "..." She looks at us with looks of detest and worry, then she clears her face and starts to talk again. [In this place people could die, you can''t kill someone in the ring but if you take enough damage then you could die outside of the ring. Are you still interested in joining?]: rep [Yeah, because we can go home till we reach the 200th floor. Dad''s orders, so let us sign up]: killua She then looks at us in contemplation, before she spoke again. ''Who would send their kids into a fight like that and tell them they can''t come home till they reach and impossible height for those kids'': rep [Well if you must participate then here is your numbers]: rep The representative gave us 2 numbers mine was 3589 and Killua''s was 3590, then she sent us to the waiting room. When we got there we sat down and started to talk to each other. [Hey, if we meet in the ring don''t expect me to go easy on you]: soren [Yeah, I was just going to say that to you as well]: killua [This is going to be easy]: soren [You got that right Ren]: killua We started to get stairs toward us from the other contestants and we heard some snickers about how we were delusional. [Boy''s, if you keep saying words like that you will make us old men cry, so please keep it to yourself¡­ Haha]: old guy "Hahaha" All the people in the room started to laugh at us, Killua started to look at me. When I saw his eyes he emitted a small bit of killing intent. [Killua, don''t worry about these guys, if you kill them we will be kicked out and then won''t be able to return home]: soren [Hahaha¡­ did this kid just say kill us?... he is really funny, I haven''t laughed like this in ages]: another old guy [Your right Ren, They really aren''t worth killing]: killua When I calm Killua down the rom is still laughing at Killua and I, then an Older guy came over to us laughing. [Haha¡­ boy, what is your name?]: older guy [Do you really want to know?]: soren [Oh? Is it some kind of glamours name of a rich family? If so I would love to hear it and see what you come from to be so confident]: older guy [Okay, but I warn you once you know there will be people sent to kill you, I will ask again, do you want to know?]: soren [What could be so great about your family that I would die? Haha, you really know how to mess around kid]: older guy [Okay¡­ my name is Soren...Zoldyck]: soren "Hahaha....." The room had become silent once the name Zoldyck came out of my mouth. [...Kid, you really shouldn''t say that name, if they found out that a kid like you were trying to use that name they would dispatch someone to kill you. You are too young to die]: older guy [But I''m not lying, and you will be dead by weeks end]: soren [Ren, what did dad say about releasing the family name to the public, this sad sap really will die now]: killua [Oh¡­ crap, your right, sorry Killua. And also, I warned you Old man]: soren The older guy looked at me and Killua in disbelief, once he had seen the way Killua was acting his face slowly changed to that of fear. [No, I really didn''t hear the name, what was it? No never mind I''ll see you on stage maybe¡­]: older guy The older guy had sweat pouring from his face when he saw mine and Killua''s killing eyes, and had pretended to not hear the name. [Oh, you didn''t hear it? I can say it again if you need]: soren [NO! I''m okay, I will be going now]: older guy He was really scared now, I think I''m gonna mess with him some more. [Killua! He doesn''t want to play with us, I''m sad, I''ma go tell dad]: soren As I get up from my seat to head towards the door I hear running from behind me. [NOO! Young Master, wait, I''ll play with you, just don''t leave]: older guy Yes, plan worked, now to make this guy regret how he treated me an Killua. [No! "Sob" I''m leaving, I''m telling dad that someone bullied me and brother, then he will torture the said person]: soren His face after I said that was priceless. He looked like he was shitting bricks, now I think I''ll leave him alone, all the other guys in the room had started to mind their business when the name Zoldyck was said because Heavens Arena is in the same town as the Zoldyck mansion. At that moment the Intercom came on and called 2 numbers. {Will Contestant numbers 3589 and 2749 come to arena 3 and Contestant number 3590 and 3248 come to arena 2, thank you} Chapter 6 - *Hidden* We make our way out of the waiting room and into the stadium, get onto our numbered stage and wait for the ref to start the fight. [This is a fight that will need 3 points to get to the next floor, to get 1 point you need to get a clean hit on opponent, you get 2 points if you knock your opponent to the ground, and you get 3 points if you knock your opponent out of the ring our knock your opponent out. Contestant number 3589, are you ready?]: ref [Yeah, I''m ready, just start the fight already]: soren [Just hold on. Contestant number 2749 are you ready?]: ref [Yep, I need to make it to the upper floors as well please start]: ??? [Okay then, Start Match!]: ref ''Hm, he looks familiar, do I know him from somewhere?'' {SYSTEM THINKS IT IS IMPORTANT TO NOTE TO HOST THAT THIS IS (Wing) FROM HUNTER X HUNTER} ''Oh? Then I don''t half to go easy? If that''s the case I won''t hold back'' I started to run toward Wing and cover my hand in a bit of Nen that I learned from reading the (Basics) book, I would know more about it if I started with the Beginner book. The System Offered to force learn the book but I declined because I feel that it''s not mine at that point. I reach Wing and use my Ten covered hand to chop at the back of his neck like Killua did in the anime to all of his opponents. [Oh? So you know Nen, but your not very good at it]: wing He was able to see my moves but didn''t react, is he that confident that he will win? What trash, I move my hand behind his neck and chop down. [Hmph, taste my full power]: soren My hand hits Wing and he goes down. I jump back to my original position and wait for the ref to call my win, I turn around ready to leave the stage but then I hear some movement. [Y-you¡­ have some good skills, to break through my Ten]: wing [1 Point to contestant 3589. Contestant number 2749 are you able to continue?]: ref [Yes, I am able to continue]: wing [Then the fight will continue. Round 2, Start!]: ref I get in my stance and see that Wing is getting in his, I go for my same move but I move a bit faster, and the same thing happens, but this time I will not let my guard down. [You trash, stay down, if not I will kill you]: soren [Ugh¡­ I will not give up, I will win]: wing [Pft¡­ You! Win? You haven''t even laid one finger on me yet]: soren [I will win, I will]: wing [Look, I have an ability to see your future, you will never beat me, and I will kill you if you don''t conceded now]: soren [Never, I will fight you and win]: wing [What ever. Ref, call my point so I can leave after I win the next round, I''m getting bored of this already]: soren [...Oh! 1 point to Contestant 3589. Contestant 2749, are you able to continue?]: ref [Yes! Start the fight]: wing This doesn''t seem like the Wing in the Anime, what happen in his life that made him so calm in the Anime that he hasn''t meet here? [...Next fight, Start!]: ref Wing started to get serious, he let out the same Aura as Zushi did in the Anime. {SYSTEM WARNS HOST, THE AURA (Wing) IS LETTING OUT WILL HARM HOST, SYSTEM WILL PUT A PROTECTIVE BARRIER AROUND HOST BUT WILL DRAIN HOST STAMINA FAST, HOST HAS ESTIMATED TIME OF 10 SECONDS TO BEAT (Wing)...Ding, SYSTEM HAS ISSUED MISSION (Beat Wing. Reward, 10.000 System points, Nen Book Beginner)} ''I got 10 seconds huh? I can beat him in 3'' I rushed toward Wing disregarding his Aura and I clad my hand in the most Ten I could from what I had and I chop at Wing''s neck. [Wha!?!? How are you able to avoid my aur¡­]: wing Wing was sent down to the ground and wasn''t getting up, the second he had went down his aura disappeared and I turned off the protective aura that the System made for me. The Ref ran over to Wing and checked his pulse, then got up and shouted. [Winner by Point and Knock Out Contestant 3589]: ref As the Ref came over to me to print my ticket to advance and get paid he got a call. [Okay¡­ Yes I will. Okay, boy I was informed by you stunt to send you to floor 50]: ref [Okay, thank you]: soren When he said that the System went off in my head. {Ding¡­ CONGRATS FOR COMPLETING MISSION (Beat Wing) SYSTEM SENT REWARDS TO THEIR PROPER DESTINATION...Ding HOST HAS DONE SOMETHING AMAZING NOT FROM THIS WORLD. SHOWING DETAILS. (Host has created Armament Haki by using an absurd amount of Ten to cover the hand of Host, System has rewarded Host with Armament Haki) CONGRATS HOST!} ''What! I got Haki? Does that mean I can achieve the other ones like Observation Haki and Kings Haki?'' {YES, AS LONG AS HOST CAN FIND A WAY TO ACHIEVE IT WITH (Nen) THE SYSTEM WILL AWARD IT, THE ONLY OTHER WAY IS TO GO TO THE WORLD (OnePiece) AND LEARN IT THERE¡­ HOST CAN ALSO USE 1 OF HOST 2 WISHES} ''Hmm, I could but I feel I should save those for something important'' {..tch¡­} ''Did you just¡­ never-mind, it''s time to go to the 50th floor and keep fighting'' As I make my way to the elevator I meet up with Killua. [Did you finish your match?]: soren [Yeah, it didn''t even take 1 minute, you on the other hand had a rough start, dad would be pissed¡­ Haha]: killua [He had some kind of special aura and it made him hard to beat, it felt like how Elder Brother Illumi''s aura feels when he demands something from you Killua]: soren [So he''s a monster like that huh?]: killua [No. Not even close, just his aura felt similar]: soren [Well it''s over now, let''s go to the 50th floor]: killua [Oh, you too?]: soren [Yeah, they said that my power is too much for this level, they wanted to send me to floor 100 but reconsidered due to my age]: killua (chapter 6: Fighting Wing) Chapter 7 - Floor 100 Heading to the elevator to go to the 50th floor we were called from behind, as we turn around to see who was calling toward us it was Wing. [Hey Ren, it''s the guy that you beat]: killua [I see, I wonder what he wants?]: soren We stop and wait for Wing to catch up. [Th-Thank you for waiting, I wanted to talk to you about your Nen]: wing [What''s that?]: killua [Your friend here uses Nen, that is how he beat me]: wing [Sorry, I don''t know what youre talking about. I don''t know what this "Nen" is, so can we go now?]: soren [...Why are you trying to hide it? It''s a wonderful thing to have it]: wing [Ren, what is the guy talking about? Does it have something to do with Illumi''s aura?]: killua [Illumi? Who is that?]: wing [He is our older brother, anything more than that and you could be killed, so I would like to stop there]: soren [So your family uses Nen? Then, you both should also know about it]: wing [Nope, now we gotta go, cya later]: soren As I turn to leave Killua follows behind me but was really interested in what Wing was talking about. After we were about 5 steps away from the elevator Wing called out to us again. [Ren! Wait, I want to offer you something]: wing [That''s not my name, leave us alone]: soren [But, ¡­]: wing We enter the elevator and head to the 50th floor. When we exit the elevator we went straight to the counter to turn in our slips to receive our next match. [Welcome to floor 50, Here is your reward]: rep The lady handed us a paper envelope. When we open it we got just enough jenny for a drink. [Alright, let''s head to the first match]: killua [Yeah, but I think we gotta wait for them to call our numbers]: soren [Oh yeah, then let''s go get a drink]: killua We ran over to the vending machine and bought 2 orange juices. Then we made our way to the waiting room. After about 30 Minutes My number was called and Killua''s number about 5 Minutes after mine, we went to our designated stages and fought our opponents, before having a complete victory and advancing to the next floor. When we got to the receptionist desk she checked our tickets and gave us a paper envelope, when we opened them each had 50.000 Jenny. [Wow, you can make good money for something this easy?]: killua [Well Kill, just because it''s easy for us, doesn''t mean it''s easy for others, we were just trained for stuff like this to be done in our sleep]: soren [I guess you''re right, let''s go to the next floor and continue getting more money]: killua We went to the 60th floor then to the 70th floor and so on until we reach floor 100. [I think we enter this elevator to go to floor 100]: soren [Then let''s go, I can''t wait to see what we get]: killua We enter the elevator and head to the 100th floor and exit. We head to the receptionist. [Welcome to floor 100, there are a few things you should know. First, you get you own private room. This room will stay with you unless you lose enough matches to drop below the 100th floor. Second, once you make it to a floor and receive prize money and then drop a floor you can no longer receive money from that floor, it stops people from purposely losing to make a lot of money. And Finally, Have Fun! Here is your reward]: rep The woman handed us card that was especially made with our names, when she handed us the card she said that there is 1million jenny on the card, and to receive future payments to always have the card. [[Thank you Rep-san]]: killua and soren [You''re welcome. Here, these are your room keys. You can stay in your room and will be called when a fight will start, and now we will use your names to identify you as a participant]: rep We take the Keys from the receptionist and head toward our rooms. they were both on floor 105 and by chance the rooms were next to each other. [Well, it looks like we are neighbors, if you need you can come to my room any time]: soren [Yeah, we can play games while we wait, and if they don''t have any we can buy our own]: killua [Yeah! Let''s play something]: soren Killua and I had played some board games and card games for a couple of hours. To keep him happy I let him win, but I did it so carefully that he didn''t even notice. {DOES HOST WANT TO BUY SOME BOARD GAME AND CARD GAME TECHNIQUES?} ''....'' [Ren, you are really bad at board games]: killua "...." [Restart! I''ll win for sure this time]: soren After I claimed I would win I still lost. Okay, I lied, I didn''t let him win, I am just bad as board games, but I would win if they are console games. [Hey Killua, have you ever played a Console game?]: soren [No, dad doesn''t like those types of things, you know that]: killua [I know, but I have seen this cool console in a store window the other day, I want to buy it and try it]: soren [Then let''s go buy it then]: killua We leave the tower and head to the store to buy that console I seen. When we got to the store we bought 2 of them along with 2 of the same games to play with each other. Then we head back to the tower. We get back to our rooms but before we could unbox the 2 consoles I was called to the arena. [Well, I guess we''ll continue this when I get back]: soren [Yeah, hurry back so I can play this with you]: killua [Don''t worry I will be right back]: soren I head to the arena that I was called and I finish the match right as it started. The opponent didn''t even get the chance to throw a punch. [I''m back Killua]: soren [Great, come sit down, let''s play already]: killua Chapter 8 - Hunter Exam Part 1 After I sit down next to Killua, he starts up the console and I grab a controller. [Hey Killua, at the rate we are going we will reach floor 200 and it hasn''t even been 1 week]: soren [Yeah, so do you want to finish sooner?]: killua [No. the opposite actually, I want to lose a couple of matches to stay in the 100''s so we don''t half to go home yet]: soren [But we won''t make any money]: killua [I know, but do you really want to go home where there are no fun to be had and no games to be played?]: soren [Yeah, I guess you''re right. I will win the next couple of matches and then lose a couple]: killua [Yeah, I will do the same]: soren Killua and I had done that routine for 2 years. Over that time I read and learned everything I could from the Basic and Beginner Nen books. ''System, can you show me my status?'' {SHOWING HOST STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 8 years (30) Str: 300 ---> 2000 Dex: 200 ---> 1600 Agi: 200 ---> 1500 Int: 130 ---> 1000 Cha: 130 ---> 1700 Luc: 200 ---> 1980 Skills- (Soft Step ---> Shadow Step) - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - (NEW!) Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki - Observation Haki (Essence) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - (NEW!) Nen [Wow, I haven''t checked my status in quite a while. Since training to walk without making a sound my (Soft Step) skill evolved into the (Shadow Step) skill, and now I have access to (Nen)]: soren ''For the last 2 years I have trained in Armament Haki, and tried to create Observation Haki but I can''t fully grasp it, so the System added it to my skills list as (Essence). I should try and train it more, but for now I think we should head back home and finish our training there. I also might help Killua start his Nen training'' As I was thinking about this Killua walked through the door into my room. [Killua! Perfect timing, I am at floor 190 right now. What floor are you at? I plan on going to the 200th floor and going back home]: soren [Aww, really?... Well, I am also at floor 190, I guess we will finish this and head home]: killua After we both got our matches we went to the stadium and got on our specified stage and were ready to fight with our opponents. I heard some stuff from the crowd being whispered. "Are they going to win or lose in this match?" I couldn''t help but give a smile because every match that I (Lost) was me getting on stage and then saying "I admit defeat" then I would leave the stage. Killua had done the same. [Start the battle!]: ref As the Ref gave the signal to start I went forward and chopped my opponent, I half to be careful not to put too much power in as to not kill my opponent. It ended quickly, same on Killua''s side, less than 3 seconds and we won our match. [T-the winner is Soren, you may continue to the 200th floor]: ref The same message came from Killua''s side and we both received our tickets. Then we advanced to the elevator and to the 200th floor to collect our payment. Then we left Heavens Arena and head back home. When we got back home we met Zebro at the Gate and he greeted us. [Welcome back Young Master''s, how was Heavens Arena?]: zebro [It was a piece of cake, we only took 2 years so we could have some fun, but don''t tell dad]: soren [Yes, my mouth is sealed. Now, would you guys like to come in for some tea?]: zebro [Sure, why not?]: killua We had some tea with Zebro and then we made our way back to the mansion, stopped by to pet Mike then we entered our home. [Let''s go to dads room he should be waiting for us there]: soren [How do you know?]: killua [Because I felt his presence head toward there when we entered the estate, he will be waiting there for us]: soren [S-so cool! Teach me to do it too]: killua [Haha, yes, I will teach you how to do it. But later, now let''s head to dads room and see what he has to say]: soren Killua looked excited to learn something from me even though he is the same age as me. I think he doesn''t care about age, I think he just wants to learn something cool. We head to dads office which is his bedroom and knock on the door, when the door opens we are invited in and go sit next to dad on his chair. [So, boy''s. How was the Heavens Arena?]: silva [It was pretty easy, but we took our time to gain the most from the experience]: soren [Yeah, We took some of the attacks to see our opponents weakness and learn to form our defences]: killua [Oh? Did you now? From what I seen you guys were never touched and gave up on some matches without even throwing a punch]: silva [...Fuck..]: soren [Hahaha, don''t worry my boy''s, I am okay with what you did. But, you should have made it look more challenging, if you wanted to stay there for a little while longer]: silva [[Yes father, we are sorry for lying to you]]: soren and killua [Good, as long as you know that what you did was wrong. Go play, I will call both of you in for a mission later]: silva From that point on we were sent on more missions and trained for harsh environments. 3 years later we are 11 almost 12 years old and it is a couple of weeks away from the Hunter exam. I told Killua about it and told him it would be interesting, He agreed right away when I said interesting. We set out without telling anyone and head toward the Exam site. [Killua look there it is the building that the old man told us about, do you remember the secret words he told us to get in?]: soren [Yeah, he said, "an order for 2 for Wuyang" It''s weird but I guess it''s a code used for him]: killua We enter the shop and tell the lady at the counter the secret phrase and she leads us to the back room and then it turned into an elevator going down to the site. [I guess it starts now, let''s see how fast we can pass these tests]: soren [So is it a race? If so I''m in]: killua Chapter 9 - Hunter Exam Part 2 After about 3 minutes the elevator finally stops and the wall opens and there is now a tunnel on the other side of the wall. Over the past 3 years I practiced every day on making my Nen surround my body and expand to see anything that enters the term used is En but after using so much Nen for the move it transformed into Observation Haki, over those 3 years I practiced Observation Haki and Improved it to almost see the future. When that wall opened I moved my Observation Haki on instinct to check what was passed it there were 99 people on the other side when we got up to leave the elevator we were met with a green person. He handed me and Killua 2 badges with numbers on them, Killua was 99 and I was 100 the green man then told us to wait here until it was time for the exam. [Well Killua, do you want to do some practice while we wait for the exam to start?]: soren [You bet! I got so good at the presence sense since 3 years ago when you started to teach it to me]: killua ''3 Years ago I started teaching Killua some Nen techniques but never told him what they were so he could lean them with Gon'' 3 hours later we were approached by a fat guy in a blue top and gray under suit, he offered us some juice. [Thanks old man!]: killua [No problem! How about you? Do you want some juice?]: ??? [Sure! I was starting to get a bit thirsty]: soren [Here, by the way, I''m Tonpa]: tonpa [Nice to meet you, I''m Soren and this is Killua my twin brother]: soren [Twin? But your hair is different and you are a bit taller]: tonpa [Yeah, I have white hair and Ren has Blue hair but we really are twins, born only 2 minutes apart]: killua [Oh, okay. So how hard was it to find this place?]: tonpa [Not hard at all. We just tortured some people who we thought might know where it was held]: soren [Hahaha, Nice joke]: tonpa As I drink some of the juice that Tonpa had given me I then say something with one of those Killer stairs that give people the creeps. [But I really did torture people to tell me where this place was]: soren The face Tonpa gave was priceless, it looked like he didn''t want to be here anymore. [Well I have to go say hi to some other new guys, cya later]: tonpa [Wait! Tonpa, can I get some more of that juice?]: killua [Yeah, me too please]: soren [S-sure, here]: tonpa He gave us each 2 more juices and then left, I look at Killua and laugh a bit. [Haha, that was funny, Also the juice is poisonous, but it shouldn''t bother us anyway]: soren [Haha, Yeah. And yeah, I know that the drink was poisoned]: killua [I thought you would, anyway let''s drink them anyway so we can continue our training]: soren We down the drinks and continue our training while Killua was meditating I decided to check my status, it had been quite a while since I last checked it. ''System, can I see my status please'' {SHOWING HOST STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 12 years (34) Str: 2000 ---> 7000 Dex: 1600 ---> 3000 Agi: 1500 ---> 3000 Int: 1000 ---> 2000 Cha: 1700 ---> 2300 Luc: 1980 ---> 2000 Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Advanced) - Observation Haki (Advanced) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Nen (Beginner) ''Wow, my luck didn''t go up hardly any, is there a reason for that?'' {HOST HAS MAX LUCK FOR THIS WORLD, THE ONLY WAY TO GAIN MORE LUCK IS TO GO TO OTHER WORLDS WITH HIGHER LUCK VALUE} ''Oh, Okay! So I guess I will need to think hard about what worlds to go to'' {CORRECT, HOST WILL BE ABLE TO VISIT ANY ANIME AND NOVEL WORLD BUT HOST WILL HALF TO REACH THE APEX OF THAT WORLD, IF YOU ARE ALREADY AT THE APEX OR SURPASSED THE APEX OF A WORLD YOU CAN ENTER BUT YOUR POWER WILL BE SUPPRESSED AND YOU CAN LEAVE ANY TIME YOU WANT} ''Thank you System'' {ANY TIME HOST, I AM HER TO HELP YOU} Some time went by and I wake Killua up from his meditation. [Killua! You fell asleep again!]: soren It might have been meditation at some point¡­ [I''m up! What''s going on?]: killua [It''s almost time for the Exam to start, I''m also a bit thirst Ima go find Tonpa to get something to drink]: soren [Same, I feel a little thirsty as well]: killua We walk around the crowded and I see Tonpa talking to 3 people and handing them drinks, then the next second they spit it out and throw it away. As Tonpa walks away from them I call Killua over. [Killua! There he is, let''s go get something to drink]: soren We walk over to Tonpa and ask him for some more juice, he hands it to us with a worried face then Killua assures him that they will be okay. [Don''t worry, Poisons Don''t affect us, We were trained to resist all types of poisons]: killua Killua and I turn to leave and Tonpa had a look of "What kind of monsters have I messed with?" There was a loud shaking sound and the wall in front of us started to lift, when the wall raised there was a tall man wearing a purple suit and had a mustache, when he talked the mustache would move. ''Oh my god! It really does move. I thought that was part of the comedy of the show but no'' [There are currently 406 Applicants, before I lead you to the second phase of the exam I will offer the option to everyone. If you want to leave enter the elevator behind you, if not then prepare to follow me to the second stage, and try to keep up]: purple suit After a short silence the guy in a purple suit spoke up again. [Okay, for the remaining 405 contestants please follow me closely, let the exam start now!]: purple suit Chapter 10 - Hunter Exam Part 3 As we start to walk down the long tunnel Killua talks to me. [This isn''t really fun, I thought you said this would be a challenge]: killua [It is, I think that it will pick up later tho]: soren [Aww, this is boring!]: killua After about 10 minutes walking slowly became running at a slow pace and then after about 20 minutes people were running with all they had. [Look Ren, some people are starting to drop]: killua As I turn to look at Killua I can see some weak trash who couldn''t keep up. [Pft, and they wanted to be hunters?]: soren [Let''s go more toward the middle then Ren]: killua [Yeah sure, let''s pick up the pace]: soren When we start to run a little faster to get more toward the center of the big pack of people running Killua skates past a man with a blue suit. [Hey! You can''t use a skateboard! That''s cheating!]: blue suit [Huh?]: killua [No it''s not Leorio, all the Instructor told us was to follow him]: ??? [Hey! Who''s side are you on Gon!]: leorio [I''m not on anyone''s side, I''m just saying what the instructor said]: gon Killua slowed back a little to talk to Gon, I speed up to run next to Killua. [Hey, how old are you?]: killua [I''m 12]: gon [Ha! Same, me and my brother both turned 12 not to long ago]: killua [Brother? Is he your brother?]: gon Gon had looked at me and I gave him a smile. [Yup! He''s my twin brother, even though he doesn''t have the same appearance]: killua [I see it, but your hair is different, and your height, everything else is an exact match]: gon [Thank you, Gon was it?]: soren [Yes, what''s your name?]: gon [My name is Soren but you can call me Ren]: soren I give Gon a smile when giving him permission to use my Nickname. [Aw, Ren! You already made him your friend?!]: killua [Haha, yeah. I like his personality, but we can all be friends]: soren [Yeah! I''m okay with being friends with you guys]: gon As we were talking, the guy named Leorio had fallen behind, Gon noticed and stopped. [Gon? Why did you stop?]: killua [I think he is waiting for his friend Killua]: soren [Oh, then let''s wait as well]: killua After about 30 seconds Leorio had found the courage to run again and bolted through the path to catch up with everyone else, To make a long story short We traveled the path and finished the tunnel with Killua, Gon and I racing to the top to see who buys dinner. [[[I, win!]]]: soren, killua and gon [No, I did]: soren [No I did, Don''t make me hurt you Ren]: killua [No I won, you guys half to buy me dinner]: gon [Never mind, Let''s ask the Examiner]: soren [Yeah, let''s ask him!]: killua [Mr. Examiner, who won?]: gon [You all crossed at the same time]: purple suit [If that''s the case let''s split the price of dinner between the 3 of us]: soren As everyone is reaching to the top the Examiner starts to close the gate, there were a couple of people who almost made it but were locked on the other side. Then he spoke to everyone present. [My name is Satotz, I will now explain this part of the test, we will be continuing through this forest, It will be a lot harder. You just half to keep up with me]: satotz Then from the side of the building a man pops out and claims that he is an imposter. Then someone threw cards at both sides, Satotz caught the cards and the man claiming that Satotz was an imposter dies right there. [That settles that, only a real Examiner would be able to stop that attack. The Hunter Association hires the top of the top to hold these things, so of course they would be able to stop that attack]: ??? [Thank you, but next time you do something like that I will half to disqualify you for this year]: satotz "Wow, number 44 is dangerous" [I thank you for your warning]: #44 Satotz explained the forest and how dangerous it was. Some of the contestants were discussing how dangerous it sounded and then Satotz spoke up again. [Well, let''s start the second half of the First Phase Begin]: satotz The Hunters First Phase was relatively easy and we made it to the start of the Second Phase, when we arrived we were some of the first people there. It was Killua, Gon and myself we got separated from Gon''s other friends. He said he was going to go look for them and took off, Killua said he would follow Gon and I told him I would come as well. We spent 1 hour to find them and bring them back when we got there we were almost disqualified due to being almost late. [The First Phase has ended, and now I will pass you onto the Examiners of the Second Phase. Let me introduce your Second Phase Examiners, Menchi and Buhara. Congrats on making it thus far and I hope you all will become Hunters, Good Bye]: satotz Satotz gave us a good luck speech and then ran back into the forest. [Welcome to the Second Phase, to pass this Phase you must satisfy me, if you don''t you will not pass]: menchi The other applicants had some Lewd looks plastered all over their faces, even Leorio had a look of fantasizing. [NOT THAT WAY! I will kill all of you! You half to satisfy my hunger not that, not follow me into this compound to learn the rules]: menchi We enter the compound and Menchi explains the rules and I call out the System. ''System, can I purchase a cooking skill from Shokugeki no Souma?'' {HOST CAN BUY A BLOODLINE FROM (Shokugeki no Souma) AND IT WILL GIVE HIM THE COOKING EXPERIENCE OF THE PERSON THE BLOODLINE COMES FROM} ''Great! Can I purchase one please?'' Chapter 11 - Hunter Exam Part 4 ''Can I purchase one of the Legendary Cooks Bloodlines?'' {YES, HOST CAN PURCHASE BLOODLINES¡­ SHOWING HOST AVAILABLE BLOODLINES} System Store- Anime- Shokugeki no Soma Bloodlines- Soma Yukihira - 2.000 Points Joichiro Yukihira - 2.000 Points Erina Nakiri - 900 Points Terunori Kuga - 1.000 Points Current Point Balance 42.900 ''Okay System, buy me Soma Yukihira and Erina Nakiri''s Bloodlines'' {PURCHASE SUCCESSFUL, REMAINING POINTS (40.000) WOULD HOST LIKE TO BUY ANYTHING ELSE?} ''No thanks, I want to make this Examinator Orgasm from my food'' {HOST IS NOW CONSIDERED A PERVERT TO SYSTEM} ''WHAT! Why am I a pervert?'' {HOST CAN KNOW IF YOU USE 1 WISH} ''NOO! You will not get a wish out of my for something like that'' {HOST HAS NOW BEEN INTEGRATED WITH THE 2 BLOODLINES¡­ CONGRATS, HOST NOW HAS MASTERY IN COOKING} ''Cool, now I should get ready to go catch some food to cook for this Exam'' [So you all will be cooking for me, if you don''t satisfy my taste then you can''t be a hunter]: manchi [What! I came here to be a Hunter not a cook!]: hunter applicant "Yeah! We came here to fight to be hunters not cook for someone" [Well this is the Hunter Phase, there are Hunters whose job is to cook, if you don''t like it you can leave, those who leave are disqualified]: manchi "What!?! You can''t do that" [I can do what I want because I''m the Examiner, any other complaints from the applicants?]: manchi I raise my hand and Manchi sees me and calls to me. [Can we start the Phase now?]: soren [Yes! Your task it to cook a roast pig for me]: manchi After she said that I grabbed Killua Gon and his friends and we ran into the forest to go hunting. [Why did you grab us, how will we cook if we run to the forest?]: leorio [Does it look like they have wild pigs there? This is the Hunter Exam so we would half to hunt for our materials]: soren [Ohh¡­ Let''s hunt then]: leorio As we ran to start our hunt Manchi thought to herself. ''Wow, I didn''t even explain where the materials would come from and that boy knew that they would hunt the materials¡­ I like him already'' After half an hour we got back and set up our work stations. I walked up to Manchi and asked her some stuff. [So, can we work in teams?]: soren [No, you must make your own dishes and present them to us]: manchi So we could not team so making a group and passing with my skills was out, I guess I just make something good and when I pass and people complain I will let it play out like when everyone fails the Second Phase in the Anime. After everyone returned Manchi told everyone they would have 2 hours to make her some tasty food. People rushed to their stations and started to cook. I cut and drained my wild pig, and then prepared some seasonings, whipped up some eggs to make a basting batter and then started to cook. After 2 hours, all the dishes were done and were being presented. Through the long line of people all of them were getting denied. [Nasty. Dry. tasteless. No seasoning. Trash, no trash would taste better. I won''t even touch that]: manchi Manchi was denying all the dishes but her partner was enjoying himself eating all the food. [Next, Soren]: manchi I was called up and presented my dish. [So far it looks good, has a good smell. Now time to try it]: manchi The second she bit into it her face changed to that of Ecstasy. ''She just had an Orgasm'' [Boy, you pass, this is the best thing I have ever eaten]: manchi I look next to her and see Buhara couldn''t wait to eat it. She kept some for herself and gaver the rest to Buhara. The rest of the applicants were told they didn''t pass because their food tasted like shit. [The only person who passes this year is Soren, better luck next year. Also try to learn some cooking in that year]: manchi [Hold up! This is bullshit, I worked this hard to get here only to be disqualified because I can''t cook?! I didn''t come here to be a Chef, I came here to be a Hunter]: hunter applicant "Yeah! We all came here to be Hunters not Chefs" During all this ruckus Manchi got a call, she took the call and was told that all the hunters will be tested another way. She didn''t like that but couldn''t say no. [You all will be tested with something else]: manchi "Yes!" Manchi looks my way and comes to me and starts to talk. [You should be a Gourmet Hunter, they make a lot of money, and I really want to taste your cooking again]: manchi [No, I want to be a Hunter that explores the world, but I will cook for you any time]: soren Her face was priceless, when I said I would cook for her any time she got red and excited at the same time. [I can''t wait, hurry and become a hunter]: manchi About 2 hours later a big Air Ship lands and picks us up to take us to the next Phase. On the Air Ship we were told that the flight will take up to 13 hours until we got there. Killua Gon and I took a stroll around the ship to explore. We started to talk about our families and why we wanted to be Hunters. Gon, Killua and I all became best friends on that Air Ship and It was soon time for Netero to show up and Offer to make us early hunters. Chapter 12 - Hunter Exam (Side Story) While we are waiting at an open window I had sensed a presence with my Observation Haki which I keep always active, it helps train it when doing that as well. He sent a little killing intent over to us, Gon and Killua looked over to where they felt it come from, I also looked over there to play along with Netero, then Gon asked. [Did you guys feel that as well?]: gon [[Yeah]]: soren and killua I notice Netero behind us so I turn around to intercept him. [Ohoh. So you noticed me huh?]: netero [Yeah, I had felt your presence since you were behind that corner over there]: soren [Oh? So if you knew then why didn''t you get in a stance to fight with an unknown enemy?]: netero [Because, there are hardly any worthy people who could beat me, if I count right now¡­ it would be about 4 or 5, including you]: soren [Oh, so bold. I came here looking for entertainment, would you 3 like to join me for some fun?]: netero [Yeah! We-]: gon [Gon! Shut up, you don''t know this guy]: killua [But he seems nice Killua]: gon [Not everyone is what they seem Gon]: soren ''I do want to play his game so I will get everyone to participate'' [What kind of fun do you have in mind Old Man]: soren [Hmm, if you can take the ball away from me within 10 hours you will become Hunters on the spot]: netero Netero pulled a ball from behind his back and showed it to us. [I''m in, how about you guys?]: soren [I''m in as well]: killua [Me too! If I can get the ball I will be a Hunter faster]: gon I kind of want to help Killua and Gon win right now and train with them but what about Gon''s friends. Leorio and Kurapika I think it was. I think Gon wouldn''t like to see his friend not become Hunters. [Follow me to the training room then, and we will have some fun]: netero We follow him to the room and it is a padded room it''s about 5 meters in diameter. [Okay, when I say start you will have 10 hours to take this ball, if you do. I will make you Hunters on the spot, if not. You will still take the rest of the exams]: netero [And START!]: netero I go first covering my hands in Armament Haki my hands become Black and have a Purplish Red aura around them. ''Hmm, this kid! He can use Nen at his age?'' Netero thought and I guess I caught him off guard because I was fast enough to almost grab the ball. I back off and release the Armament Haki so Gon and Killua wouldn''t see it. [How about you guys try for a bit I need to think of a strategy]: soren [[Okay!]]: gon and killua I sat on the wall and observed from afar. As I watch Killua and Gon work together I see Killua get frustrated. [I quit, He hasn''t even used his right hand and left leg. Gon let''s go]: killua [No, I want to stay]: gon [Gon! You will never get that ball]: killua [I know]: gon [Then why? Why keep playing at his game?]: killua [Because, I want to make him use his right hand]: gon [...What ever, I''m out of here, Cya later Ren]: killua Killua had a look of murder on his face. He almost would have tried to kill Netero. [Will you try again Ren?]: netero [You can''t call me Ren only my closest friend can call me that]: soren [Ohoho, so will you continue Soren?]: netero [Yes but, I need a bit more time to observe]: soren [Okay!]: netero I watch more as Gon attacks Netero, then Gon pulls his Head buster move, Netero doges with his Right hand. Gon crashes into the wall and then gets back up. [I did it! I made you use your right hand!]: gon [Hmm, I guess you did]: netero Gon passed out and I walked over to Gon and move him to where I was. [Oh, so will you attack now?]: netero [Old man, I want to make one thing clear]: soren [Oh? And what would that be?]: netero [I didn''t want Gon and Killua to witness my power because I didn''t want them to see how powerful I really am]: soren [Oh? So you will use your full strength now?]: netero [Yes! And one more thing. When I take the ball I still want to take the rest of the Exam, will that be okay?]: soren [Well if you could take the ball from me then you would qualify as a top rank Hunter in around the top 200''s. But if you take it then yes you can still take the rest of the Exam]: netero [Okay good, I didn''t want to leave them 2 to finish alone]: soren [Then shall we start now?]: netero [Yup! Get ready Old man you will half to use more power than normal to keep that ball from me]: soren I start to release all my Nen covering my body, then use Armament Haki to cover both my Hands and Feet. [Oh, quite strong!]: netero [Oh, I''m not done yet]: soren I then use Observation Haki to the max making my aura Spike and change color to a Reddish Purple mist and then I yell. [REN!]: soren My aura Spikes again and the look on the Old man''s face changes. [Oh my, what a monster]: netero [Are you ready old man?]: soren [...Yes, come at me when ever]: netero Chapter 13 - Hunter Exam Part 5 I rush Netero and aim for the ball, He moves his hand and tries to push me to the floor. But right before he could push I twisted my body and used my leg in the air to kick downwards toward Netero. My kick had all my power in it and Armament Haki around it. Netero seen how much power my kick had and used his arm to block it, but. [Ouch!... what did you do to your leg?]: netero [Haha, my leg is covered in so much Nen it gives me a shell that''s harder than steel]: soren [Oh, what a useful skill, but you use a lot of Nen to support it. Now it''s down to how long you can stay like that?]: netero Netero started to laugh while he is rubbing his arm from my kick. [Haha! This will last longer than you think]: soren [Oh? Then shall we continue?]: netero [You bet! Let''s go until I either exhaust my Nen or until the 7 hours and 48 minutes are up]: soren Netero began to get serious, he covered his body in Ten. the color of his aura was a faint Gold color almost white. It really does show how rusty he is. [I''m coming at you now Old man]: soren After about 5 hours of fighting I finally touch the ball and then shut my aura off. Once I had touched the ball Netero cut his aura off as well. [Thanks for the fight Old man you gave me a sweat]: soren [Hohoho, you are really interesting young man. Are you also a Zoldyck like Killua?]: netero [Yes, he is my twin, and before you say "the only thing that matches are our face and voice" I don''t know why but we were born on the same day and same hour]: soren [Hohoho¡­ Are you sure you don''t want to be a Hunter now? If you happen to fail the test later on you can''t be a Hunter you will half to wait until next year]: netero [Do you really think that I could fail the next coming tests?]: soren [Hoho, I guess you''re right, but you know what they say, too much arrogance will lead to a mighty downfall]: netero [I will keep that in mind, also do you mind having the ship go a bit slower for Gon over there?]: soren [No problem, he fought hard to make me use my right hand]: netero [Okay, I will be leaving now, thank you for the spar, and also. Call me Ren, I like you Old man]: soren [Oh? Then call me Netero, that is my name. Ren]: netero [I know. But I like the sound of Old man better]: soren "Hahaha" I started laughing on the way out of the room and head down the hallway and pass by 2 contestants who were dead. ''I guess Killua passed by here, I should go find him'' I search for Killua and found him asleep in an isolated room. I joined him, and lay across from him where we face each other. [Good night, Kill]: soren The next Morning we all got up ate and got ready to land at the Exam site. When we land Everyone got out of the Ship and take note of the surroundings, some were wondering what this test was for and then some people head toward the edge and looks down. [Your goal is to reach the bottom of the tower in 72 hours. And concluding this speech start Phase 3 Good luck]: green man A man starts to climb down the tower from the side. [Good thing I''m a professional Rock Climber, this will be easy]: cannon fodder As he was climbing down a big Bird thing swooped by and killed him. [Oh My!... how are we supposed to get down?]: prob cannon fodder I call over Killua Gon Leorio and Kurapika. [Let''s stand together, I seen a group of people fall through the floor earlier, so maybe that''s the way]: soren We group together and then we fell into the floor, when we stopped falling we all ended up in our group. [Where are we?]: leorio [I don''t know, but it looks like we are all together]: kurapika In front of us is a box with 5 Watches in it we look at them then hear something. "You must put on those watches to progress" As we put them on a door opens, then Leorio spoke up. [SO what do we do now?]: leorio [I think we should follow these arrows?]: gon We all take a look where Gon was pointing and seen some flashing arrows pointing. We follow them and get to a (T) in the road as we were discussing what way to go we heard another voice. "You all must vote with the watches, (X) for Left and (O) for Right" We all decided which way to go and then head that way. After 30 Minutes of picking and choosing which way we would travel we all got to a big room. Then the voice spoke up again. "To advance from this room you must achieve 3 Wins against these prisoners, the longer you stay here the more there sentence it reduced. If you are here for 72 Hours, there sentence is reduced 72 years" [So we half to beat them 3 times?]: leorio [It appears that way]: kurapika [So who will go first?]: gon [I will, I''ve been waiting to fight something]: soren [Okay, go get em Ren]: killua and gon [No problem, this will be a piece of cake]: soren I walk forward and see a bald guy with scars that cover his head on the stage. I walk onto the stage and ask. [How will we play this game?]: soren [We will fight until someone concedes]: bald guy [So no killing?]: soren [No, I will not kill you]: bald guy [Okay, let''s start]: soren He started rushing me but I doge and chop at his neck and knock him out. Then I give him a big smack to wake him up. [I-I Conceded, you win]: bald guy Chapter 14 - Hunter Exam Part 6 As I walk back to my group the bald guy goes back to his group. I could faintly hear him say something. [Thank god I just requested a battle until one surrenders]: bald guy Well time to figure out how to make Leorio either go last or win his game. I don''t feel like waiting 50 hours in a room. [Good job out there Ren!]: leorio [Thanks! It was so easy, I could have done it in my sleep]: soren [Hmp, Show off!]: killua [Oh come one Kill, you could have done the same]: soren Next one of the prisoners came forward and shouted. [Who will be my opponent?]: ??? [I will take this one]: kurapika [Go get em Kurapika]: gon [[[Yeah! Good luck!]]]: soren, killua and leorio Kurapika walked onto the stage and then asked. [How shall we settle this?]: kurapika A big blue guy spoke up. [I have killed 19 people¡­ and 19 is an uneven number. I want to change that today]: blue guy [So a death match I presume?]: kurapika [HAHAHA! Yeah]:blue guy ''Haha! He must be so sacred right now'': blue guy [Okay, I''m fine with that]: kurapika ''What was that? Isn''t he supposed to be so scared right now?'': blue guy [Now you know I won''t take a surender right? I will fight to kill]: blue guy ''That should scare him enough Haha!'': blue guy [That''s fine, are weapons allowed?]: kurapika [Well, because I am a criminal, I can''t have a weapon. So no weapons allowed]: blue guy [Okay, let''s get started then]: kurapika As he said that he threw his weapon on the ground next to his blue tunic he had taken off earlier. ''That kid! I''m glad I said something now'': blue guy [Then let''s start, Hahaha!]: blue guy Kurapika started his fight like in the Anime, when the blue guy brought up the Phantom Troupe, Kurapika''s eyes started to change to a Scarlet color that looked like a shining Red Galaxy. ''Wow, those really are one of the most beautiful colors in the world, I''m not surprised that his clan was killed for them'': soren Kurapika rushed the blue guy and right before the blue guy could say he surrendered Kurapika knocked him out and left the stage. [I-is it safe to be by you right now?]: leorio [Yeah, but my eyes get like this every time I even see a spider]: kurapika [You should have told us that sooner]: leorio Another prisoner walks to the stage and checks on the blue guy, afterward the prisoner said something to us. The voice sounded like a girls. [You still have not won, he is still alive but hasn''t surrendered]: girl inmate [What! Let me check!]: leorio [No, you can stay there, I said he is unconscious]: girl inmate [Well how do we know that he isn''t already dead?]: leorio [...Oh? Would you like to make a bet?]: girl inmate [Yeah, I''ll make a bet with you]: leorio Leorio steps onto the stage and the girl starts to explain the rules of this game. [If you look to your right you will see a screen, there we will both gamble 50 hours, if you win I will get 50 years added to my sentence]: girl inmate [So what will we bet on?]: girl inmate [I''ll bet 10 hours that he is alive]: leorio Leorio walked over to the blue guy laying on the ground, did some checks and then got up. [So¡­ is he alive?]: girl inmate [Yes, he is alive]: leorio [Okay, now what would you like to bet on now]: leorio [I will now bet on if he is actually unconscious]: leorio [Okay! I will bet the remaining 40 hours I have then he is truly unconscious and not faking it]: girl inmate [Okay, I''m down with that]: leorio [So how will we test this theory?]: girl inmate [Easy! I put him here and drop him, if he is truly unconscious then he will fall to his death and that''s one problem out of the way, if not and he is still conscious then it''s my win]: leorio [Okay, Then I would like to change my bet. I bet 40 hours that he is still conscious and was faking it the whole time]: girl inmate [Then I guess it''s time to let go]: leorio Leorio let go of the blue guy and he started to fall backwards and then. [WAAAAIT! I''M NOT READY TO DIIIEE!]: blue guy The blue guy was trying to catch him self, and at the last second Leorio caught and pulled him back to the stage. [I give up okay, I''m done with this, I''m going back to prison where it''s safe, you guys win]: blue guy The points above our heads changed from 1 to 2. Then Leorio spoke to the girl again. [Your turn, what will you bet on?]: leorio The point board went from 40 - 60 with Leorio winning to 80 - 20 with the Inmate in the lead. [Humm¡­ Let''s bet on if I am a girl or a boy]: girl or boy inmate? She or he said that as they were taking the hood that covered the face off. Leorio seen the beautiful look under the hood and had a perverted smile plastered on his face. [How will we test if you are actually a boy or a girl?]: leorio [You can come and check every part of my body]: unknown gender inmate [Your on! I will place 10 hours that you are a boy]: leorio [I knew he would bet that way! He''s just a pervert]: killua Chapter 15 - Hunter Exam Part 7 (18+) [How did you know he would bet that she was a boy?]: gon [Because Leorio wants to cop a feel on her, and if she is a boy then we get 10 hours added, but he knows that she is most likely a girl]: soren [Oh? I don''t get it]: gon [Never mind Gon]: killua As we finish our conversation the Inmate spoke up. [Too bad, I''m a Girl]: (Girl) inmate [And how do I know that you are not lying?]: leorio [Come and check then, I won''t stop you]: girl inmate [Hehee, don''t mind if I do]: leorio Leorio approached the female inmate and started to reach inside of her clothing, grabbing hold of her Boobs. [Wow, so forceful, how long will you check for?]: girl inmate [I''m just making sure nothing is fake]: leorio As he groped her breast she let out some slight moans, the other inmates behind her were loving the show and kind of jealous. After Leorio got done with her chest area she moved down to her crotch, when he got down there he moved his hand very carefully as to not touch a P*nis. When he felt that there was no bulge he began to stick his fingers into the slit. [Mmh, slow down I''m super tight]: girl inmate Leorio''s nose shot rockets of blood and the inmates let out a bunch of laughs from behind the girl inmate. [Looks like I will need to go deeper]: leorio As Leorio stuck his finger deeper he added another finger to make it 2 fingers. The Inmate let out more moans. [Cover your eyes Gon]: soren [But why? What is Leorio doing to make her scream like that? It''s not a scream but is not talking either]: gon [Don''t mind it Gon you should not know what Leorio is doing right now, if you knew then I would half to kill him]: killua Leorio was now planning on checking with his mouth to make sure that there was no hidden trick, before. [Okay! Your done, I said touch not lick]: girl inmate [Tch¡­ well you are a girl, I lose this bet]: leorio [Then what will you want to bet on last?]: girl inmate As Leorio is walking back to his position he is smiling and sniffing his hand. [Man what a pervert]: kurapika [So¡­ what will you bet no now?]: girl inmate Leorio starts to think to himself out loud so that we could hear him. [How about we bet if I''m a boy or girl¡­ no that is too easy, maybe we could¡­ no still to easy]: leorio [Leorio how about you bet weather you are a teenager or not]: gon [No! Isn''t it obvious that I''m a teenager, that would never work Gon]: leorio The inmate''s face was surprised and you could hear her say. [He''s a teenager?]: girl inmate [OH! I got it. Let''s play rock, paper, scissors]: leorio After the bet was made Leorio lost rock, paper, scissors. He came back an Killua smacked him in the head. [I guess it''s my turn]: gon Gon''s opponent was a thin Inmate and when he entered the stage he had some candles with him. They both faced each other and the thin inmate spoke up. [I hate violence so lets play a game. Here I have 2 candles, one long one and one short one. Pick one and the one that runs out first loses]: thin guy Gon looks at the candles and then looks at us and says. [What candle should I pick?]: gon Kurapika then speaks up and shouts. [Pick whatever one you want, it''s your choice]: kurapika [Ah! Okay, then I pick the long one because it''s longer so it should last longer]: gon Killua and Leorio almost fell over due to Gon''s reasoning. Then thin guy throws Gon the long candle and light them at the same time. Once they light them they walk back in place and stand there. [So how long will these normally take to burn?]: leorio [The small one is about 7 hours]: kurapika Then Gon''s candle started to ignite and burn at a faster rate. After 3 minutes his candles was almost gone. [Oh No! Gon only has about 3 minutes until his candle will be put out. So that guy laced his candle with something]: kurapika Then Gon got an Idea, he set his candle on the ground and ran as fast as he could to the thin guy. [If my candle burns hotter and faster than a little bit of wind won''t blow it out right?]: gon He rushed the thin guy and blew out his candle. Turned around and seen his candle still lit. [I won guys! Now we can move on]: gon "Not so fast, you must wait out your 50 hours in this room to your right" ''I guess it''s time for me to try something, I really don''t want to wait 50 hours in a room'' [Wait! Can we battle there last person in whatever they want to reduce our time in that room?]: soren "Hmmm¡­ I suppose so but the person who battles will half to be someone who hasn''t battled yet" [Great!... Killua! Your up, go fight]: soren [Sure! I haven''t got to fight yet, who will I be fighting]: killua Then from the dark a Big white man with blonde hair and bulging veins on his hands and forearms come to the stage. [Killua, you can''t fight that guy]: leorio [Why? Is he strong?]: killua [Yes! Hes is a murder that has killed over 100 people just for fun. He is someone you can''t fight, he will kill you]: leorio [No¡­ I''ll be okay, I will fight him]: killua [kill-... Ren, tell your brother that he cant fight him]: leorio [He''s fine, we are from a family of Assassins anyway]: soren Chapter 16 - Hunter Exam Part 8 [Family of assassins?]: leorio [Yea! Killua and Ren are both Elite Assassins]: gon When Gon said that Leorio backed away slowly. On the other side Killua is fighting the mass murder. [I''m going to enjoy ki-]: blonde guy [It''s time to move on from here guys]: killua [Good job Kill, Hey! Examiner, how long do we half to stay in that room? I would like to hurry so we can finish this part of the Exam]: soren "... Yes, you must stay in that room for 12 hours" [Wow! Such a huge dudiction, Why?]: soren "That guy took 4 Hunters to capture" After we entered the room we stayed there for 12 hours then left and finished the rest of the Exams Phase completing it almost last. After the Phase was concluded the Examiners took us to a big Island and had us reach into a box full of folded papers. Each paper had a tag number on it, the Examiner said that the number on the paper will be the tag we half to take to pass this phase. You need 6 points 3 points for your badge 3 points for your targets badge and 1 point for someone whos badge is not your target. After the Examiner states the rules and starts to let people escape into the woods I take Killua and meet up with Gon and his friends before we are set into the woods to start. [So what tag do you guys have?]: gon [I need to take 103]: killua [I need to take 245]: kurapika [I need to take 16]: leorio [I need to take 146]: soren [So who''s tag do you need Gon?]: killua [I need to take Number 44, Hisoka''s tag]: gon [Wow¡­ That sucks, good luck Gon]: soren [Thanks, I will definitely take his tag and become a Hunter]: gon After we all were sent into the woods I started my hunt for my number. Some people hid while others ran away from everything, then you had those who did the job and hunted the targets. After 3 days we were all called back and told who passed, there were a total of 10 who passed this test. Netero came to the island in the airship and picked us up to take us to the Final test. Along the way we were asked questions about the Exam and about the participants. I became my turn to talk with Netero, when I entered his office I sat down in the chair. [So¡­ What was the hardest part about the Exam?]: netero [Nothing, it was easy for me to pass it]: soren [Oh? And who is the one you are keeping an eye on?]: netero [To be honest?... You!]: soren [Ohoho, I see. Last 2 questions, who would you not want to fight]: netero [Gon, Killua Leorio and Kurapika. Not because they are stronger than me, but because they are my deepest and closest friends]: soren [I see. And who would you want to fight the most?]: netero [I want to fight Hisoka, he seems to be strong, but for the Exam I wouldn''t like to fight him in front of Gon, Killua and the rest]: soren [Oh, so a private fight?]: netero [Exactly, if I got to fight with him later down the line I want to see how I stack against him]: soren [Okay, thank you for your time, we will be landing in 5 hours]: netero I left the room and head towards my room and sleep until it was time to get off the ship. After we land I wake up and head out of my room to exit the ship. When we all get off we head into the plaza with Netero. He starts to explain the final Phase. [So, the Final Phase will be a tournament. You will only need one win to become a Hunter and the losers will keep advancing until there is one person who loses and he will not become a Hunter]: netero [So this is a the one who places top loses tournament]: leorio [Exactly! Now, can we have our first competitors]: netero Gon fought first. He ended up winning only because his opponent didn''t want to deal with how persistent Gon was. [Next 2 participants]: netero It went on like this until it was Killua''s turn. After his turn was mine, he was fighting Illumi disguised as a Mr. Pinhead look alike. He was super creepy. After Killua''s fight started Illumi too out his pins and transformed back into himself. Killua was stunned seeing this. [Illumi? Why are you here?]: killua [I thought it would be fun, isn''t that why you are here?]: illumi [But why are you here]: killua [Ohh¡­ Mom and Dad are super mad at you and Ren for leaving without permission, I will tell Ren later as well. But for now you must go home to receive punishment]: illumi Illumi did something with the cursed pin in Killua''s head, Illumi also tried to plant one in my head as well, but the System helped neutralize it. Illumi made Killua give up the fight, then it was my turn. I go up to face my opponent. [Start the fight]: netero I go in to chop my opponent in the neck but Killua comes up behind him and stabbed him in the chest, killing him on the spot. [Killua, why did you do that?]: soren [Killua is disqualified! Everyone else passes]: netero After that Killua left to go home, I stayed to receive my Hunters License. After I got my license Illumi comes up to me and I stare at him. [What do you want?]: soren [Mom and Dad are very mad and you and Killua, you must go home now to receive punishment]: illumi [No! Fuck you and I will never go back to receive any kind of punishment, so you can leave now]: soren [Oh? Why doesn''t my needle work?]: illumi [You mean that piece of crap that you tried to place in my head when I was 2? I destroyed it when I felt it try to activate]: soren [Oh? Good job Ren, you have good skills. I congratulate you]: illumi Chapter 17 - Rescue Killua I turn to walk away, then Illumi spoke up again. [You know that the 3 people that you and Killua see as friends?]: illumi When Illumi brought up Gon, Leorio and Kurapika. Soren''s face had a slight change to it, but wasn''t noticed by anyone. [Friends?... You mean the people I used to make my trip more fun?... They mean nothing to me. If you kill them I think Killua might hate you, though I don''t care]: soren [Ren!... Do you mean that?]: leorio [Ren! Even if I haven''t known you for long, but I can see that what you say isn''t true!... You don''t mean it]: kurapika [Shut up! You trash only made it here because of Killua and I]: soren [No! You don''t mean it! Tell us this is a lie]: leorio [Piss off!... I got what I came here for. Let''s go home Illumi, don''t worry about those Trash]: soren "....." [Well Ren, we need to stay and get our introduction]: illumi [What do you mean?]: soren [Well we are Hunters now, so we need to have an introduction about the organisation and how to accept missions]: illumi [Then let''s do that and go home]: soren [Sure! I''m glad you want to go home now]: illumi We all walked into the big room and sat down in a chair. As we listen to a run down of rules and regulations the door burst open, and Gon had walked into the room with his broken arm from his fight with the Ninja guy. [Oh, welcome Gon. Take a seat in an open spot]: netero Gon had ignored Netero and continued up to Illumi and I who were sitting next to each other. [You!... you need to apologise to Killua!]: gon [And why should I do that?]: illumi [You don''t know what you did wrong?]: gon [No, so why should I apologise to him?]: illumi [You don''t have any right to be his brother]: gon [Do I half to earn the right to be his brother?]: illumi Gon had snapped and grabbed Illumi but the wrist and began to lift him into the air. [You trash! Let him go before he kills you]: soren Gon still holding Illumi by the wrist began to turn and look at Soren. [Ren? Why are you sticking up for him? Aren''t you made that he made Killua fail the exam?]: gon Before Soren could speak up, Leorio and Kurapika spoke. [You!... we will let you be rude and threaten us but¡­ But you can''t do and say that to Gon!]: leorio [Guys, why are you yelling at Ren?]: gon [Because, he said that we were just there to make the exam fun for him. He said that we meant nothing to him]: kurapika [That makes no sense, He-]: gon Soren rushed to him making Leorio and Kurapika stand ready to rush and stop him from touching Gon. All the examiners just sat back and watched the whole thing. [Just keep your mouth shut, you really mean nothing to me]: soren ''I had to stop him from showing proof that we were friends, or Illumi really will kill them'' Gon still holding Illumi by the wrist looked back at him and continued. [I am Killua''s friend, and will go and save him]: gon After he said that Illumi spoke. [Killua has no friends, he is just a machine meant to kill. Same with Ren over here]: illumi Gon Looked back at me and then to Illumi with hatred in his eyes. Then he put strength in his hand squeezing Illumis wrist and broke it. Illumi looked at Gon with surprise, and then said. [What will you do if you go and save Killua?]: illumi [I will never let you see him again]: gon [What makes you so sure he wants you to save him?]: illumi [Because¡­ He told me how he hates his family, and the only one who was by his side was Ren]: gon [Oh? Then by all means, come and save Killua if you can. And when he tells you that he doesn''t want to go with you, then you can go home. Anyway, Let''s go home Ren, we are done here]: illumi [Illumi, can I go home by myself?]: soren [...Hmm, sure! But don''t take too long, you are still in trouble]: illumi Illumi then left the room and the Hunter Examiners ended the introduction. When everyone started to leave I caught up with Gon, Kurapika and Leorio. When Leorio seen me he started to yell at me. [Why are you here!? Get out of here, your not our friend right?]: leorio [Well, first¡­ shut up Leorio. Second, if I had not said and did what I did, you all would be dead]: soren [What do you mean?]: kurapika [Illumi had threatened me if I had not come back that he would kill the people I considered friends. But if I owned up to being your friend and then followed him back, he still would have killed you to make a statement. So the best thing to do was to disown you all, Gon understood]: soren [Ah! Did you really Gon?]: leorio [Well¡­ not entirely, but who does Ren let use his nickname like we do? If we truly weren''t his friends he would have told us to call him Soren]: gon [Oh¡­ I see now. Thank you for explaining all of this to us Ren]: kurapika [No problem, you all are mine and Killua''s only friends. When Illumi said that Killua and I were just Machines meant for killing he wasn''t lying. Growing up all we did was train and kill, by the time I was 7 I had killed 40 people. And Killua is not far behind me]: soren [Y-you killed all those people by the time you were 7?]: leorio [Yes¡­ I was 2 when I killed my first target, ever since then I have been use to blood and killing. But, I want Killua to change that he has killed a lot as well but I can see that he still has a chance to change his future. But first we will need to go save him. When you feel your ready, come to our house on Kukuroo Mountain]: soren [Kukuroo Mountain? Isn''t that where the Zoldyck''s live?]: leorio [Yes! My name is Soren Zoldyck. Nice to meet you]: soren [You were that famous!?]: leorio Chapter 18 - Gacha Draw [Famous, but not the good kind sadly]: soren [Can I get a picture? I could make a ton of money from it]: leorio [Sure, but you will be hunted down and killed after you receive it]: soren [Oh, never mind then. I will be fine without it]: leorio [Well, jokes out of the way. If you want to truly save Killua then you will need to train, go to my home and when you reach the gate talk to Zebro, tell him that I sent you there to train to open the gate]: soren [But isn''t it just a gate? What''s so hard about opening a gate?]: leorio [Yes, there is a gate that can be opened with just a key but our guard dog will kill anyone who enters through that one]: soren [Then what''s the point of it?]: leorio [To feed the dog. The true gate is the big door]: soren While Soren was explaining to Gon and Leorio. Kurapika had got a computer and searched up the Zoldyck and then showed Soren the picture of the gate. [This gate?]: kurapika Kurapika had shown me the gate and pointed at the testing gates. [Yes, you need to open those to not be attacked by Mike the guard dog of the family]: soren [That''s impossible! That must weigh at least 256 tons]: leorio [No, the first gate is 4 tons each door and then the second level is 8 tons each gate and so on each level I can open the 6th level, and if I was super angry I could open the 7th]: soren The looks I got from Leorio after I said that made me feel different. But hey, I am from another world, so I guess I am different. [I will be going to train on my own and while I am gone I want you all to rescue Killua and get stronger. I have a parting gift for you to train]: soren [What could you have to help us train?]: leorio I reach into my bag that I had found on the Island (aka stole) and use the System to copy both the (Basic) and (Beginner) Nen books I take out 3 copies of each and hand them to Leorio, Kurapika and Gon. Gon had looked at the book not understanding anything and handed it back. [Do you not want it? It will make you stronger]: soren I didn''t tell them the name of the technique, because I want them to learn it themselves. [I will be okay, and I can''t really understand much from books. I do better when experiencing things then reading them]: gon [Haha, okay. If you ever need help "Experiencing" something tell me, I will be happy to Bea-, I mean teach you about it]: soren After Leorio and Kurapika put the books in there respective bag and suitcase I give them a "goodbye" and start to leave. Then I remember something, and turn around to tell them. [Remember, my family is super crazy, so they won''t hesitate to kill you, so you must be prepared to kill them]: soren After I left those kind words I left the compound and go over all the things I gained over the exam with the System. ''System, can you show me my status'' {OKAY HOST¡­ SHOWING STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 12 years (34) Str: 7000 ---> 10000 Dex: 3000 ---> 5000 Agi: 3000 ---> 5000 Int: 2000 ---> 4000 Cha: 2300 ---> 3000 Luc: 2000 Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Master) - Observation Haki (Master) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Nen (Intermediate) - Cooking (Master) System Points: 40.000 ''Wow, my status rose more than I thought¡­ Maybe it''s from my fight with Netero¡­ It''s gotta be that'' {CONGRATS TO HOST FOR COMPLETING HIDDEN MISSION (Become a Hunter) REWARDS ARE AS IS (10.000 System Points, Lottery Tickets x5, Nen (Intermediate) book)} ''Holy crap! This is cool, and I should have lottery tickets from when I was still in the womb'' ''System, can you open my inventory?'' {OPENING HOST''S INVENTORY} Inventory- Body Hardening Pills x10 - Nen Series (Basic, Beginner, Intermediate) - Lottery Tickets x10 ''Okay, I got some stuff. I will use the Body Hardening pills later for now let''s check the Lottery'' ''System, can you make the lottery into a Gacha Lottery?'' {YES, HOST CAN MAKE THE LOTTERY ANY KIND OF GAMBLING GAME} ''Cool, then can I open the Gacha Lottery please?'' {OPENING GACHA¡­ FOR HOST FIRST TIME USING LOTTERY IF HOST DRAWS 10 TIMES HE GETS 2 EXTRA MAKING A TOTAL OF 12} ''Awsome! Let''s use all my tickets and get the 2 free turns'' {HOST USES 10 TICKETS AND GETS 2 FREE DRAWS} In my mind I can see the Tickets disappear and then I hear a sound that reminds me of a prize wheel. *Chkk chkk chkk chkk¡­ chkk¡­ chkk, chkk* {DING¡­ HOST HAS WON (Flying Nimbus x1, Body Strengthening Pill Pack (x10 Pills) x1, System Points 10.000 x3, Nen Book (Advanced) x1, Random Bloodline x2, Senzu Beans Pack (x15 Beans) x1, Kusanagi Sword x1, Bag of Kunai (x20 Kunai) x1, Random Skill x1) CONGRATS HOST} [Holy shit!]: soren I couldn''t help but scream as I was walking down the road. Some people who were walking past me jumped when I said that and then started to stare at me as I kept walking. ''I made out like a Bandit today, I got a mode of transportation but¡­ System, can I ride on the Nimbus or no, because I definitely don''t have a pure heart'' {HOST WILL BE ABLE TO RIDE IT BECAUSE IT IS BOUND TO THE SYSTEM, WHICH IS PURE. AND THE SYSTEM IS PART OF YOU} ''Good to know, I guess I should find a place to get on it and find a place to train to make myself strong enough for the upcoming fight with the Ants'' Chapter 19 - 1 Year of Training I found an ally, and head down it to call the Flying Nimbus so I could head off to find a place to train my Nen and other skills. [Flying Nimbus!]: soren Then Flying Nimbus came down from the sky like it came from another dimension, and then flew to my side. I slowly try to get on it as to make sure that the System didn''t lie and that I would fall through, but I got on and was now floating above the ground on the Nimbus. [Okay Nimbus, let''s fly high into the sky to look for a quiet place to train, and when we find one we will land]: soren The Flying Nimbus took off from the ally flying high into the sky, we flew high enough that people on the ground wouldn''t see us. Looking over the edge of the Nimbus I could see the whole city I was once walking through. [Look at that, we are so high in the air]: soren As I was enjoying the view I remembered that I had acquired other things from the Lottery, and decided to take a look. [System, can you show me my Inventory]: soren {SHOWING HOST INVENTORY} Inventory- Body Hardening Pills x10 - Nen Series (Basic, Beginner, Intermediate, Advanced) - Body Strengthening Pills x10 - Random Bloodline x2 - Senzu Beans x15 - Kusanagi Sword - Kuni x20 - Random Skill x1 [Awsome! Thank you System]: soren {NO PROBLEM HOST! I WAS MADE TO SERVE YOU} [Well, I still like to show my appreciation. And I just realised, after all these years. I never asked, what is your name?]: soren {SYSTEM HAS NO NAME¡­ BUT IF HOST WOULD LIKE, HOST CAN GIVE THE SYSTEM A NAME} [Well I feel it''s a bit late now, but I will give you one¡­ Hmm¡­ How about Sakura]: soren {HOST HAS CHOSEN A BEAUTIFUL NAME¡­ SYSTEM WILL NOW BE REFERRED TO AS (Sakura)} [Cool!... Sy- I mean Sakura. Do you know any place that we can train in peace?]: soren {THE SYSTEM ADVISES HOST TO FIND A MOUNTAIN TO TRAIN} [Great! That''s what we will look for]: soren After about 4 hours of searching Soren found a tall and quiet mountain with great conditions to train in. As he prepared to land, he opened the System to use one of his Random Bloodlines. [Sakura, could I use one of my Random Bloodlines, please]: soren {OPENING (Random Bloodline x1)... DING!... HOST HAS JUST RECEIVED THE (Uchiha Bloodline) CONGRATS!!} [Holy shit! That''s awesome! So will I be able to use the Sharingan?]: soren {HOST CAN USE THE (Sharingan) WHEN HOST HAS MEET REQUIREMENTS TO UNLOCK IT} [And what requirements are those?]: soren {HOST SHOULD HAVE BEEN GIVEN THOSE REQUIREMENTS WHEN BLOODLINE FUSED} As Soren closed his eyes to search his mind it came to him. [Oh! This is quite easy I would say. I just half to experience a Life and Death moment]: soren All the requirements for all forms of the Sharingan were now in Soren''s head, he just needed to reach those requirements to unlock them. [How should I experience a Life and Death moment?]: soren As Soren was in thought about how to achieve the requirement, he began to feel someone or something was watching him. [I guess I could let the thing that is watching me, while trying to hide its presence, attack me]: soren As Soren turned around to intercept the thing that was watching him, it finally jumped out from its hiding spot. [There you are!... Come, come and hit me]: soren 1 Year later on a mountain top Soren is standing still with a calm face, and eyes closed, then he takes in a deep breath and focuses it a strong force comes out covering him and a large part of the mountain. [Aww, I can only hold it for 10 seconds]: soren Soren opens his eyes showing a Red eye with 3 black tomes in each eye. [It''s been 2 months since I created King''s Haki with Nen and I can only reach around 300 meters in diameter, and only hold it for 10 or so seconds. Hell, if I shorten it to only 100 meters I could hold it for 6 hours straight, I really have to work harder]: soren Soren cuts off his Haki and wipes his face that was covered in sweat and then calls for the System. [Sakura, can I see my status please]: soren {SHOWING HOST STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 13 years (35) Str: 10000 ---> 25000 Dex: 5000 ---> 10000 Agi: 5000 ---> 10000 Int: 4000 ---> 4500 Cha: 3000 Luc: 2000 Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Grand Master) - Observation Haki (Grand Master) - King''s Haki (Advanced) - Genjutsu (Intermediate) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Nen (Advanced) - Cooking (Master) System Points: 80.000 [Hmm¡­ My skills are decent, and my Observation and Armament Haki are at Grand Master. One step away from being Max level. Haki levels go as so. Basic - Beginner - Intermediate - Advanced - Master - Grand Master - Supreme Haki]: soren Soren was marveling over his skills when he remembered that he has been here for 1 Year. [Right, it took Gon 2 month in the Anime to get Killua back from my family. And then they spent another 2 month in Heavens Arena. After that, they decided to go to Gon''s home and there they opened the box left from Ging, when they discovered that Ging made a game they wanted it and tried to look for a copy but to no luck. Until the billionaire bought all copies, they spent a week training their Nen and got accepted into the game. Now they should be nearing the end of the game. Once I see news about the death of that billionaire''s wife I will head to the Association to be ready to fight the Ants]: soren As Soren went over all his training he went back to training in Nen to make his Nen Power. [It should be Complete in about 3 days¡­ Hehe]: soren Chapter 20 - Hunter’s Association For 3 days straight Soren sat with his legs crossed and focused his Nen to cover his body. Until the 3rd day his Nen made a Reddish Purple, armor that covered parts of his body. [I did it!... It''s complete now]: soren Soren made an Armor that covered his chest and shoulders, forearms, and the shin of his legs. It almost looked like the Saints from Saint Seiya. {CONGRATS TO HOST FOR MAKING A NEN ABILITY¡­ REWARDING HOST FOR THE CREATION OF HOST''S FIRST ABILITY. HOST IS GIVEN (System Points 20.000, Lottery Ticket x3, Random Fighting Technique x1)} [Wow, I didn''t expect that. I should use the last bit of time to use all of my Body Hardening and Body Strengthening Pills to refine my body to its maximum potential for this world]: soren Soren took out all 10 of each pill and started to pop them into his mouth, 1 pill at a time. After about 10 minutes of eating the first pill his body made some cracking sounds. *Crack¡­ Crack, Crack* [Wow, I can feel my body becoming more like Iron. this is amazing!]: soren After around 2 hours of refining the Body Hardening Pills, Soren checked his status. Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 13 years (35) Str: 25000 Dex: 10000 Agi: 10000 Int: 4500 Cha: 3000 Luc: 2000 Body Type: Netero Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Grand Master) - Observation Haki (Grand Master) - King''s Haki (Advanced) - Genjutsu (Intermediate) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Nen (Master) - Cooking (Master) System Points: 100.000 [Wow! My Nen, upgraded to master. I guess it''s from creating my Nen ability¡­ And I got a new thing added¡­ Body Type?... Sakura, what does Body Type mean? And why do I have Netero''s Body Type]: soren {BODY TYPE, MEANS HOW HARD YOUR BODY IS. NETERO IS AT THE PEAK IN HOW TOUGH AND HARD HIS BODY TYPE IS. HOST CAN CHANGE THE NAME TO (Body Of Steel) IF HOST DOES NOT LIKE HOW IT IS WRITTEN NOW} [Yeah, go ahead and do that. Thank you Sakura]: soren {NO PROBLEM HOST!... SYSTEM THINKS IT IS IMPORTANT TO INFORM HOST THAT IF HOST DOES NOT TAKE THE (Body Strengthening Pill) HOST WILL START TO DETERIORATE DUE TO THE TOUGHNESS OF THE BODY, STRANGELING THE ORGANS} [Holy shit! Why didn''t you tell me earlier!... I gotta absorb these other pills quick as to not harm my body]: soren Soren sat cross legged and started to absorb his Body Strengthening Pills. After about 2 hours he ate all of them and then the system made him feel relief. {HOST HAS ACHIEVED YIN AND YANG IN THE BODY IN THE FORM OF HARDENING AND STRENGTHENING. HOST WILL NO LONGER SUFFER STRANGULATION OF ORGANS AND DIE} [That''s good to know¡­ Sakura, can you inform me when the news about the billionaire''s wife is dead?]: soren {SYSTEM WILL INFORM HOST WHEN NEWS HITS} [Thank you¡­ I will go and practice some other skills. Also, can I use that Random Fighting Technique draw to start practicing Martial Arts?]: soren {OPENING (Random Fighting Technique x1), DING!... HOST HAS BEEN GIVEN THE FIGHTING TECHNIQUE OF (Goku). WOULD HOST LIKE TO INTEGRATE IT?} [Yes! Please integrate this style]: soren {...INTEGRATION COMPLETE¡­ HOST NOW HAS ALL THE STYLES GOKU USES TO FIGHT, TRAIN THEM TO GET BETTER AT THEM} [Thank you Sakura. You always find ways to help me]: soren {HOST, AS THE SYSTEM ALWAYS STATES, THE SYSTEM WAS MADE TO HELP AND SERVE YOU} [I know, it''s just my way of thanking you, so don''t mind it]: soren After Soren said his kind words to the System he began to practice the, just fused Knowledge of Goku. ''It must be beneficial to train it while it was just fused into my memory, right?'' After about 2 days of constant training, the System informed Soren of the news he''s been waiting for. {DING!... HOST STATED THAT HOST WOULD LIKE TO KNOW WHEN THE WIFE OF THE BILLIONAIRE DIES, SO SYSTEM IS INFORMING YOU NOW} [Thank''s Sakura. Now, I guess I should head toward the Hunter Association to prepare for the mark of the Ant Saga]: soren After Soren picked up his campsite from 1 Year of camping, he started to head down the mountain into the city so he could see in which direction the Hunters Association was in. [I guess I should conceal most of my Aura as to not oppress anyone who may have or use Nen as well in the city]: soren After about an hour of walking down the mountain he made it to the base of the mountain and started to stroll through the city. When he would see someone he would ask about the Association. [Excuse me¡­ Would you know how to get to the Hunters Association from this town? I only need to know the Direction and I can go from here]: soren [Hunter Association?... Ah! You mean that place right there?]: random guy [Haa?!]: soren Soren didn''t know he was that close. He thought that Flying Nimbus and him would be flying for a couple of hours. [Yes, that is the building you are looking for]: random guy [Thank you! I will be leaving now]: soren Soren left with humiliation on his face. For him to be a Hunter and not realise that he was only about 3 miles away from the HQ. Soren felt Hollow, then he perked up and started to walk towards the building. After around 15 Minutes of walking toward the building he finally made it. When he entered, it was big and spacious. There was a receptionist at the counter, when I walk up to her she began to talk. [Welcome to the Hunters Association! How can I help you today?]: rep [I am here to talk with Old Man Netero]: soren [Oh Dear, you mustn''t speak about Chairman Netero like that]: rep The face of the receptionist turned to that of disgust. [I''m a Top Tier Hunter, and I need to talk with Netero. Please tell him Soren Zoldyck is here¡­ Or would you like to fight? I can tell you are a hunter as well. You can''t even help leaking you killing intent right now]: soren Chapter 21 - 3-Star Hunter [You¡­ Do you really think you could even stand a chance against me? And a Top Tier Hunter? Don''t joke kid, you may have just passed the test but you are far from my match]: rep [Just passed? You think that I just became a Hunter? I have been a Hunter for a whole year now. And not your match? Do you think I don''t know Nen? If so you will lead your own downfall]: soren The face on the receptionist changed and you could tell she knew she had made a mistake. ''This kid, he may be new but he is not brand new. He also knows Nen, I can''t just try and start a fight. I don''t even know how good he is'' [So will you call Netero? Or will I have to call him myself?]: soren [...Give me one minute, I will make a call]: rep After 10 Minutes, 2 guards came from the elevator and came over to Soren. [Are you here to see Netero?]: guard 1 [Yes, will you guys be taking me to him?]: soren [One last question¡­ Is your name Soren Zoldyck?]: guard 2 [Yes yes, now will you take me to see Netero. I am beginning to become impatient with your hospitality]: soren [Okay, Chairman Netero told us to test you. If you can force us to admit defeat then you may see him, If not you have to leave the building. Will you try your luck?]: guard 1 [I''ll battle you, so will we use weapons?]: soren [We will not use weapons as to not dirty the floor with blood]: guard 2 [Then shall we start?]: soren As Soren said those words he put his hands in his pockets and let his King''s Haki out and it started to shake the building. ''Holy shit! And I wanted to fight with him?'': rep [Prepare to take us on together, Mr. Zoldyck]: guard 2 Both guards rushed Soren and as they got closer Soren expanded his King''s Haki and upped the pressure. As the pressure rose the guards fell to the ground and couldn''t move even an inch. Soren started to walk towards them with his hands still in his pockets. [You guys really think you can fight me? Well, now that you are on the ground, am I able to meet with Netero?]: soren [Y-yes! Just please lift your ability. P-please!]: guard 1 Soren retracted his King''s Haki and entered the elevator that the guards hat came out of and he hit the top floor button on the elevator panel. [Time to go see an old friend]: soren When the elevator stops and the door opens, Soren is meet with Netero. [Long time no see Soren. How have you been this past year?]: netero Soren walks out of the elevator and sits in a chair facing Netero, starting their conversation. [I have actually been in that Mountain outside of this city for the past year, I fought Beasts and Mastered my Nen. But I feel I have a long way to go to completely grasp my power]: soren [Hmm, was that your power when you made the guards collapse down there?]: netero [Yes and no. My Nen ability is focused around Will power, the stronger my Will the stronger my ability will be. The thing that made the guards collapse was my pure Will]: soren [So what category would this be classified under?]: netero [I guess you could say Transmutter, but I can also use the Enhancer to cover my body like you had seen on the airship. But that was also incomplete]: soren [Incomplete you say? All that raw power could be refined to an even stronger form?]: netero [Yes, you could say that]: soren [Ren¡­ would you like to be a 3-Star hunter?]: netero [Are you sure you would like to make me one? There are only around 10, do you really want me to be the 11th. I haven''t even made the requirement to qualify for 3-star]: soren [That is true, but you will surely make those contributions in future. So would you like the card?]: netero Soren had a smile grow on his face before saying. [Sure, I will take up the role of a 3-Star Hunter]: soren [Great! I will have someone go and make it right away, can I have your License so I can have it remade]: netero Soren handed Netero his Hunter License, and Netero handed it to a green man who then left the room to make the new card. [So, would you like to play another game to pass the time?]: netero [Sure, but first I would like to inform you of something important, I came here today for a reason]: soren [And what might that reason be?]: netero Soren thought of a way to bring up the rise of the Ants to lower casualty to everyone. [With my Nen ability I am connected Forces. Be it Will, Tension, Electrical, Magnitical, Ect. With this ability I can feel when slight changes in the world happen. Almost like predictions, and what I saw on that mountain was horrifying. There is something starting up in the East, and it will be powerful. If we don''t scout it out we could have trouble]: soren ''That should help lower casualties for the Arc, now. What will Netero do?'' [Hmm¡­ I will send someone to investigate it. Thank you Ren]: netero [Okay, so do you still want to spar?]: soren [Sure, I haven''t had any reason to go all out so I have gotten a bit rusty¡­ Follow me, we can spar in the training room]: netero As we walk towards the door the green guy came and gave me my new Hunters License. It has a gold outlining with 3 gold triangles making an upside down (T) shape, with a Red background with 2 (X) on each side of the (T) and a White Triangle. (https://ae01.alicdn.com/kf/HTB1DzvJa0fvK1RjSspfq6zzXFXaG/Hunter-x-Hunter-License-Card-GING-FREECSS-Japan-Anime-paper-stcker-or-PVC.jpg) *This link is what the card looks like if you are confused* [Thank you]: soren [No problem, welcome to the top Mr. Zoldyck]: green guy Netero takes me to the training room, and we prepare to has a spar. [You ready old man?]: soren [Yes, whenever your ready I will start]: netero [Okay, I''m ready, don''t look down on me. My training made me 100 times more powerful than when we had or spar on your airship]: soren [Ohoho, I know¡­ I will start then]: netero Netero powered up and began emitting a Golden light, with every second he focused his Nen to surround his body he became more powerful. [I guess I should do the same then]: soren Chapter 22 - Fighting Netero As I close my eyes I focus all of my power to exert itself all at once. [...HAA!!]: soren I open my eyes and all of the power rushes out all at once. It felt as if the whole world was shaking for everyone inside of the Hunter Association building. [Hmm¡­ You really are a Monster!]: netero [Oh?... you think I''m done here? I just released all of my pent up power, letting it shake the building and it''s foundations]: soren [This is just raw power?]: netero [Yes¡­ now I will use my Nen ability]: soren As Soren said that he took all the power he released and formed it into a Reddish Purple Armor covering his Chest, Forearms and legs, When he did that the building had ceased it''s shaking. [So this is your power?]: netero [Yes¡­ All of that power that surrounded this entire building making it shake is now condensed into this armor]: soren [May I come and touch it?]: netero [Sure, but be careful. If you put any power in your hands the armor will burst forth sending who ever touches it back]: soren Netero walked in front of Soren, and placed his hand on Soren''s chest. When he did so Netero''s calm face changed. [You have enough power to stop my attacks in this armor]: netero [Oh? Do I? Then I think this will be a good spar]: soren Netero backed up to his previous position and continued to unleash his monstrous power. [I will not use my weapon as to not harm you]: soren [Oh? You have a weapon as well? I thought your family was known for using bare hand killing techniques]: netero [Yes¡­ We can manipulate our hands into that of sharp knives but I haven''t been home for a year. They must think I have died, so I took new techniques to train in.]: soren [And what are these new techniques if I may ask?]: netero [I don''t mind¡­ they are the Sword and Hand to Hand Martial Arts]: soren [Oh, so accomplished¡­ It was right to make you a 3-star Hunter]: netero [Well¡­ Are you finished raising your power? You have been talking to buy time to raise your power, so are you done?]: soren [Oh, so you could tell. I thought I was not raising it by too much to be noticed by anyone]: netero [Well, I have been raised to notice even the tiniest change in someone that I have been contracted to kill]: soren [I see, I guess you are right¡­ I guess I''m done preparing my power. So will you make the first move?]: netero [No, I will give the honor to you]: soren [What a nice boy¡­ Then let me thank you]: netero Netero rushed Soren with all his speed, Soren could keep up with his eyes but barely. Soren used his arms to block the punch that Netero was prepared to throw. [Really old man? Just an average punch? You barely covered it with Nen, and you expect to do damage?]: soren [Hehe¡­ you are young so you have a lot to learn, who said I was going to attack with this punch?]: netero Netero disappeared from his spot in front of Soren and appeared right behind him. Soren gave a slight smirk, before turning around and catching Netero''s fist. [I told you¡­ do you really think that the punch you just used would damage me? Take me serious]: soren [You¡­ Kid, you are good. I like your spirit, will you work as a Hunter trainer for all Hunters]: netero [No, I have other things planned. But I will train my brother to get to my level before I leave]: soren [Ohoho¡­ Yes, Killua. He passed this year''s Hunter Exam]: netero [Good! I thought It would be easy for him. How about the rest¡­ Like Leorio and Kurapika, and Gon]: soren [Leorio is doing great. He has full control over his Nen. And Kurapika is working for some rich guy as a bodyguard, Looking for his clan members eyes¡­ And Gon, he is with your brother Killua inside of the game Ging, Gon''s dad, Left for him, from there I don''t know anything]: netero [Sound like they all are doing fine]: soren As they fought each other they discussed what has gone on with Soren''s friends. Neither of them took the spar seriously, so they ended it and had some food. [I think we are about even in power]: soren [Is that what you think? I was only using around 60% of my full power, and I am rusty. So if I was in my prime, that would be around 30%]: netero [Wow, I''m way behind¡­ I guess I should go back to training]: soren [So how much strength were you using?]: netero [...Hm, around 50% and I also never used my weapon or my full knowledge in Martial Arts. So if I was to use that then I would have used around 30 to 35% of my full power in that fight]: soren [... So you are almost to my level. If you were to train for 3 more years, I think you would surpass me by 3 times¡­ You truly are a monster]: netero [Stop¡­ your making me blush]: soren [Ohoho, I see, you already knew this¡­ Well, is there anything else you need from me?]: netero [Hmm¡­ Can I have access to that training room we used?]: soren [Sure! Anything else?]: netero [Tell nobody to enter or go near it for 2 weeks. I will be training]: soren [Okay¡­ Then if there is nothing else I will leave you be, I have somewhere to be right now¡­ see you later Ren]: netero After Netero left the room Soren went to the training room to raise his Power even more. In the room Soren locked the door and started to take to the System. [Sakura, can you tell me how much a gravity room is?]: soren {FOR HOST TO BUY A GRAVITY ROOM HOST NEEDS 80.000 SYSTEM POINTS. HOST HAS 100.000 POINTS RIGHT NOW, WOULD HOST LIKE TO PURCHASE A GRAVITY ROOM?} [Hmm¡­ Do I really need it?... You know what¡­ Buy it, and turn this room into the gravity room right now]: soren {HOST HAS BOUGHT (Gravity Room) HOST HAS LABELED CURRENT ROOM AS GRAVITY ROOM AND CAN MOVE IT WHEN HOST IS DONE. GRAVITY CAN BE CHANGE UP TO 500x GRAVITY} [Cool! I will start it off at x2 gravity to see how it feels]: soren {HOST HAS MADE GRAVITY x2 IN CURRENT ROOM} Chapter 23 - Power Up As the rooms gravity became 2x that of its original, Soren felt he could handle even more. [Hmm¡­ This is not hard. Up it by 5x gravity]: soren {SYSTEM WILL NOW MAKE GRAVITY x5 IN CURRENT ROOM} As the pressure pushed down on Soren making him hunch over just a bit from being unprepared, he straightened up and told the System. [Still not enough¡­ Make it 20x gravity]: soren {SYSTEM WILL NOW MAKE GRAVITY x20 IN CURRENT ROOM} Before the gravity hit the room Soren tried to ready himself to face the strain on the gravity. Once the room became that of 20x gravity Soren fell to the floor and couldn''t get up. [S-Sakura, re-remove the gravity]: soren {REMOVING 20x GRAVITY¡­ RETURNING ROOM TO NORMAL GRAVITY} Soren reached into the System and pulled out a Senzu Bean and popped it into his mouth. [W-wow, that almost killed me, there truly is a big difference between 5x gravity and 20. I will half to work up from there]: soren As Soren thought if he should start off with 10x Gravity, he thought he should be careful can go from 6x and see which Gravity he can withstand, but barely. [Hmm¡­ So it looks like 9x gravity is my limit right now¡­ I guess it''s time to start training]: soren Soren started by doing push-ups without Nen as to strengthen his core foundation and raise his strength. After he reached 1.000 push-ups he moved to sit-ups, did 1.000 and then 1.000 pull-ups. After he finished these 3 sets he would take a 30 minute break, and start over until he could do it easily. Then he upped the amount of reps he would to to 2.000, After 4 days, he was able to complete 10.000 of each set at 9x gravity. [I guess I should up the gravity now¡­ Sakura, let''s try 12x gravity]: soren {SYSTEM WILL NOW MAKE CURRENT ROOM 12x GRAVITY} The gravity pushed down on Soren making him hunch a bit, then he started doing his 3 sets. First 1.000 then 2.000 and so on until he reached 10.000, when Soren reached this he realised he had been here for 1 week. [I guess I should go take a shower and eat proper food. Then I should practice my Haki inside of there¡­ Sakura, set gravity to normal]: soren {SYSTEM SETTING ROOM TO NORMAL GRAVITY} Then pressure in the room disappeared and the room had obvious damage from being 12x heavier than normal. [Sakura, what does my status look like?]: soren {SHOWING HOST STATUS¡­} Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 13 years (35) Str: 25.000 ---> 70.000 Dex: 10.000 ---> 48.000 Agi: 10.000 ---> 48.000 Int: 4.500 Cha: 3.000 Luc: 2.000 Body Type: Body of Steel Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Grand Master) - Observation Haki (Grand Master) - King''s Haki (Advanced) - Genjutsu (Intermediate) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Nen (Master) - Cooking (Master) System Points: 20.000 Soren left the room to find a shower, after a while of searching he stopped to ask someone who was passing by. [Do you know if there is a shower around here?]: soren [Y-yes!... Chairman Netero told us if that if you come out to tell you, there is a furnished room with all necessities ready for you]: random hunter [Thank you¡­ Can you bring me there?]: soren [Sure, follow me]: random hunter After following the Hunter that Soren had called out to, he was brought to a room with his name on it. [Thank you for showing me where this was]: soren [No problem, so will you be using the training room again?]: random hunter [Yes, I will take a shower maybe eat something then head back]: soren [Okay¡­ Have a good day Mr. Zoldyck]: random hunter After Soren took a long shower he decided to make use of his cooking ability and make something from his memory. Closing his eyes he could pull up a bunch of recipes and picked a good one. [This looks good¡­ Apple Risotto, a good breakfast food]: soren After Soren cut up the apples he added apple juice to simmer in the rice, then he added the cut up apples after 3 minutes of simmering. Once the rice was done he added bacon to cook in the remaining apple and rice juices from the pan. He fried up the bacon and added it on top of the rice and apples. [And complete, Now time to eat]: soren Soren ate his food and went back to the training room. When he entered he asked Sakura, his System to up the gravity back to 12x gravity so he could train his King''s Haki. For about 6 hours Soren trained his King''s Haki, when he finished, he upped the gravity to 14x gravity and went back to his 3 sets he did this for 3 weeks and now he is up to 30x gravity. [Sakura, show me my status please]: soren {SHOWING HOST STATUS¡­} Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 13 years (35) Str: 70.000 ---> 460.000 Dex: 48.000 ---> 200.000 Agi: 48.000 ---> 200.000 Int: 4.500 Cha: 3.000 Luc: 2.000 Body Type: Body of Steel Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Grand Master) - Observation Haki (Grand Master) - King''s Haki (Master) - Genjutsu (Intermediate) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Nen (Master) - Cooking (Master) System Points: 20.000 Chapter 24 - Start of Ant Arc [Holy shit! My power might be one of the strongest in this world¡­ Sakura, are you able to tell me how many people are more powerful than me? If I can surpass them I can leave]: soren {THERE ARE ONLY 1 PERSONS, STRONGER THAN HOST¡­ GIVEN TIME FOR (Netero) AND (Zeno Zoldyck) TO GAIN THE POWER FROM THERE PRIME WOULD MAKE 3 PERSONS} [And this is before the Ant King Meruem is born?]: soren {YES¡­ SO WHEN THE ANT KING IS BORN WILL MAKE 4 PERSONS} [I guess the strongest person in this world is from the Dark Continent, if I want to leave this world I will have to surpass that guy]: soren {NO NEED HOST¡­ THE PERSON FROM THE DARK CONTINENT WILL DIE FROM OLD AGE SOON} [What!... That''s a let down, I guess that I will kill the Ant King and move out to my next world¡­ I wonder, what will benefit me more One Piece world or to go to the world of¡­]: soren Before he could finish his sentence Soren was interrupted by a loudspeaker. [Soren, your presence is requested in Chairman Netero''s office]: speaker [I guess it''s time for the Ant saga¡­ Sakura take down the gravity room from this place and keep in in the system for now]: soren {GRAVITY ROOM IS NOW STORED INSIDE OF THE SYSTEM} After the System took the gravity room back into storage Soren headed out of the room toward Netero''s office. When he got there he sat down in the chair across from Netero. [So why did you need to talk to me?]: soren [The report you make a couple of weeks ago turned out to be true. There seems to be monstrous creatures who are killing civilians and bringing them to their nest for the queen to eat]: netero [So, they are Ants?]: soren [Well they look like hybrid monsters but are reporting to an Ant]: netero [So maybe this Queen Ant is eating animals and Humans to make these monsters with their features?]: soren [That sound plausible¡­ So I want to make a team to fight these monsters, and you are on the team]: netero [Okay, cool¡­ But what will be the reward?]: soren [Ohoho, why would you want compensation for a world devastating crisis? This could cause world destruction]: netero [Because, I gave you information 4 weeks ago, yet you only sent someone out a couple of days ago]: soren [Yes, but being able to tell when a disaster will strike is rare, even among Hunters. So I had to get someone who was willing to take a look]: netero [That''s understandable I guess, but I still require compensation. That is also a reason I became a Hunter, Money is what makes the world go round after all. Hehehe]: soren [Don''t worry, all participants will be overly compensated]: netero [Good, when do I set out then?]: soren [You can set out right away with the others I thought would be a good addition]: netero When Netero said this 2 guys came in, one had a big build with white hair. The other was the exact opposite with a small build and black hair. [Please introduce yourselves for Mr. Zoldyck here]: netero [My name is Knov, I will be the one who scouts the enemy with my Nen Ability]: knov [My name is Morel Mackernasey, you can just call me Morel. I am here to be on the front lines with you I suppose. And we will be joined by our apprentices later]: morel Soren looked them up and down as if looking for any problems in them. When he finished he spoke. [My name is Soren Zoldyck, welcome to my team]: soren Morel and Knov faces became slightly distorted as they thought, ''Why are we following this runts orders? And when did it become his team?'' the looks could not be seen from normal people but Soren was different. He could tell they detested his attitude towards them. Soren gave a smirk and began to talk to the group. [You all will not help very much, all I want you to do is help my brother Killua and his friend Gon grow in strength. I will take care of the rest, any problems?]: soren [What! And why are you bringing your brother and his friend along?]: knov [Oh, you misunderstand, they are already over there fighting as we speak. I will kill off the Ants and I want you to teach them how to perfect there Nen, now if there are no other questions lets move out]: soren [Wait, Ren¡­ How do you know that Killua and Gon are there?]: netero [Remember how I said I can feel anything in the world as long as I know the feeling? I have grown up with Killua, and Gon I may have met recently, but I can tell his presence as well]: soren [... You really are a Monster¡­ Morel, Knov, do as he says. Right now he is more powerful than even me, I trust that you will get the job done Ren? And I leave these two to you as well]: netero Soren left the room with Knov and Morel following suit. After, they went to get an airship to take them to the place of the Ants. After 1 day of travel they arrived to the place that Knov and Morels students will be along with Gon and Killua. [Time to decent, remember, keep my brother and his friend safe, I''ll do the rest]: soren When Soren dropped from the airship he lands on the ground with his hands in his pockets. When he dropped he landed in front of Killua. [Hey Kill, how have you been]: soren Killua jumped back because he was not expecting a sudden entrance like Soren just performed. [Ren! How have you been]: killua [Good, how about yourself? And how is Gon?]: soren Soren looked over to Gon who seems to be contemplating something. [I''m good, but Gon¡­ He lost someone who was close to him named Kite. So he isn''t in the mood for fun]: killua As Killua said this, Soren understood that Gon was feeling hateful towards the Ants. [Gon!... Do you want the power to take revenge? Or the power to help those weaker than yourself?]: soren Gon''s face brightened when he heard his name. When he faced the person who said his name he was surprised at who said it. [Ren¡­ When did you get here?]: gon [Just now¡­ So, do you want power for revenge or to help others?]: soren Gon thought for a moment before speaking again. [I-I want the power to help others, and I want to get vengeance for Kite, if I must sacrifice myself to achieve that I will]: gon [So it''s for a little bit of both I suppose¡­ Gon! You must go home now, if you want strength to take revenge then you must leave, I will finish everything else here]: soren Chapter 25 - Ant King’s Castle [... Ren, you don''t understand¡­ Kite was one of the only people who cared for me when I was little, then he was taken away from me by a monster. If you were in my position and Kite was Killua would you let it go?]: gon [Your right, I would take revenge¡­]: soren [Then you see wh-]: gon [But!... I wouldn''t base my power around it¡­ You both were taught Nen right?]: soren [Yeah, what does Nen have to do with this?]: killua [You both have a Hatsu (Nen release)?]: soren [Yeah, again, what does this situation have anything to do with Nen?]: killua [Did your teacher not tell you that Even when you create a Nen ability you can change and evolve it?... Well to put it in simple terms, Your Aura is always changing, be it in amount, quality or power¡­ With these how you call them power ups your Nen abilities will change to fit what the body is trying to perform, so if you base your Nen around being neutral and then suddenly change it to pure hatred then it will destroy your body over time and you will in turn lose your abilities]: soren [Wow, I didn''t think about it like that]: killua [So Gon¡­ I ask you once more, but reword the question, will you gain strength to fight for others, or yourself?]: soren [... I want to get stronger to protect everyone around me!]: gon [...Good! Now, I will be going in to attack the Ants. I will leave Knov and Morel here to help you improve your fighting capabilities, once you improve to an acceptable standard come join me]: soren As Soren said this he was about to take off before he was stopped by Killua. [Wait¡­ Soren, where were you for a year? You never came home and I never heard anything about you from the hunters Association. Where did you go?]: killua [I was in training for that whole year up to almost 5 weeks ago]: soren [So how strong are you now?]: killua [Well¡­ I guess I can show you what kind of progress I made over this year. Prepare yourselves]: soren As Soren told them all to prepare he release about half of his power to show what kind of progress he made. [HAA!!!]: soren The half of Soren''s power that came out crushed everyone with extreme pressure, Killua looked like his head was going to explode because of Killua''s Mind control needle. After Soren seen this he retracted his power and walked over to Killua. [S-stay back¡­]: killua [Killua, it''s okay, come here]: soren As Soren walked close to Killua, Killua started to back up as if something was telling him to flee. [Killua! Snap out of it, Illumi placed something inside of you when we were younger. He tried to do the same to me but I broke out of it]: soren When Killua heard this he came back to normal and was a bit pissed to find out that Illumi was controlling him. [Come here, let me remove it for you]: soren When Killua came in front of me I lifted my hand and used my King''s Haki to crush the power of the needle and it disappeared. [Your free from his control now¡­ I will be going ahead to kill some of these Ants, enjoy your training boys]: soren As Soren was leaving the area to go fight the 3 guards of the King Killua screamed into the sky. [We are the same age!!!]: killua [Okay boys¡­ Time to train, follow me]: morel Gon and Killua followed Morel and Knov to a private place to train their Nen so they could go help Soren. On the other hand Soren is dashing through the Ant Nest using Armament Haki to cover his Manipulated Fingers that look like sharp daggers. [Do you think you can ki-]: ant [Haha! Nice try you pests, I will wipe out your entire species]: soren Soren was running through the nest killing everything he could see. The look of enjoyment was all over his face, he was even counting his kills. [Hehe! 136, 142, 237. This is so easy, I will kill everything before the true threat even starts]: soren Soon he entered the Queens room to see that Meruem was born and had left the nest, He walked up to the Queen and asked. [Where did he go?]: soren [My, son¡­ H-his n-name i-i-is Meruem, please tell him]: queen [Looks like she is dead now¡­ if I remember correctly, Kite''s reincarnation is still inside her]: soren Soren looked inside the womb and searched for Kite. when he found him, Kite was super small, even smaller than a normal baby. [Whaaaa!¡­ Whaaa!]: baby kite [...Kite, you shall journey with me and get stronger before returning to Gon, let''s go kill the Ant King]: soren With those words Soren opened his System and asked Sakura to buy him one body hardening pill and one body strengthening pill, then asked for the system to integrate them into Kites body. {DING!... HOST HAS INTEGRATED BOTH PILLS INTO KITE''S BODY, REMAINING POINTS ARE (4.600) [Wow, that cost me a lot of points, at least I hardly use them]: soren After Kites baby body absorbed the 2 pills his body became stronger. [Let''s leave this place now]: soren Soren ripped a long piece of clothing off of his set of robes he got from the hunter association that he put in his system for later. Then made a sling and put Kite inside it and wrapped it around his back. [With this and those pills I should have no problem running and jumping but when fighting I should be a bit more careful as to not let him get hit]: soren Soren left the cave with Kite on his back and head toward the palace that Meruem was staying in, in the Anime. When he got there he saw dead bodies all over the place. [Looks like I''m just in time, I should call Nimbus and have it hold Kite while I fight these people]: soren After thinking Soren Called to Nimbus and had it take care of Kite, when Nimbus flew into the clouds, Soren Ran into the Palace plaza and released his unrestrained aura. [Come out you stupid Ants]: soren As he said this mixed with the release of his aura, 1 of the King''s guards came out. It was a Red monster with 4 big arms, when the monster seen Soren he rushed him to try and kill him. Unexpectedly for the Red Any monster Soren just lifted his hand, and the red monster that was about 3 feet away from Soren was stopped in mid air. [Wa-what is this?!?!]: red monster [Haha! Don''t worry, you will die now, so there is no need to know]: soren Chapter 26 - Final Battle Starts The big red ant monster was still stuck in the air when Soren used his aura covered hand to chop down at him. [W-wai-wait n-noo-]: red monster Before the monster could finish his sentence Soren cut him in half. The sudden attack didn''t leave the monster time to transform himself into his stronger version, but the monster still would have died, it just would have taken a few seconds longer. After Soren got up from his downward slash that he gave the red monster he looked around to see the plaza as an empty lot. [I guess there is nobody else here right now¡­ but to be safe let''s use my Observation Haki, and scope the whole area]: soren Soren sent his Observation Haki out and covered the whole castle and plaza, after he retracted it he could see something on the edge of their life and about to die. [I wonder if it''s an Ant, or someone the Ants have not killed yet]: soren When Soren went to check it out, he was met with a body of dead humans. Under all the corpses there was something struggling to get out, Soren walked up to the corpses to remove them from the source of the struggling. When the corpses were moved a loud screaming came from the source of the once struggling, now cowering in fear being. [NOO!!! PLEASE DON''T EAT ME!... PLEASE, I BEG OF YOU]: ??? [Calm down, I killed all the Ants that were around this area¡­ Tell me, how did you survive?]: soren After a while while the being that appeared to be a little girl slowly started to open her eyes because he was not dead yet. And as she looked at Soren and heard that all the monsters were dead she began to calm down. [Are you calm now?... if so good. Now, tell me, how is it that you survived being killed by those monsters?]: soren After a bit of silence the little girl spoke up. [...M-my b-brother and I-I were walking home when a green monster with a hat looking thing on his head started killing all of our villages people, when they seen us we started to run but¡­ they caught up to us and killed my brother, right before they could kill me one of his friends said that we would taste better fresh. I thought that meant they were going to eat us, but after I was caught, me and a few remaining villagers were taken by that 4 armed guy and were thrown into here with all these bodies]: little girl [So what happen to the others that came with you?]: soren [They were eaten by that red monster with 4 arms]: little girl [Hm¡­ So I guess he was being a pig and wanted them for himself, and would probably say that the people killed themselves when Meruem returned]: soren [Y-you killed that monster?]: little girl [Yes¡­ now let''s get you out of here, is there any place you want to go? I will take you there and then I will kill the rest of these ants]: soren [No¡­ I would like to die like the rest of my village¡­ would you please kill me Mister]: little girl [...How about you help me return the favor for saving you]: soren [And what would that be?]: little girl [you seem to be around 10 or 11 right?]: soren [... You don''t want me to¡­*Face Blush*]: little girl [No!... On my way here I saved a newborn and need a parent to raise it. I can''t do it because I have to go fight these monsters¡­ My request for saving you is, become it''s parent until I return]: soren [But I know nothing about parenting, and I have no money to support myself, let alone a baby and myself]: little girl [I will provide all the money needed and a place for you to stay, all you have to do is raise it, if in case you have questions. There are people there who could help you]: soren [Th-then I will raise your baby]: little girl [...That sounds so wrong. Please don''t say that again]: soren [Okay!... I will raise this child until you return¡­ but, where am I going to raise it?]: little girl [I will take you to the Hunter Association and there is a place that I own in the building that will now be your home]: soren [How will I get there? It will take at least 2 years to walk there]: little girl [That''s where I come in¡­ Nimbus!]: soren As Soren called the Flying Nimbus down. A yellowish cloud came down right next to us. [Wow!... wait, what can we do with this cloud?]: little girl [It is the fastest thing in this world¡­ We can reach the Hunter Association in less than an hour. So jump on and I will take you and the baby]: soren [Baby?]: little girl As the Little Girl looks at the cloud she sees a baby wrapped up in a piece of torn clothing. Looking at the clothing and Soren''s clothes she could see that he used his clothing to make a blanket for the baby. Soren grabbed baby Kite and put him in his arms before jumping on the cloud. In his mind he told Sakura to make the cloud accept the little girl as well to ride on it. [Jump on!... also, what is your name?]: soren [My name is Nitasha¡­ What is yours Mister]: nitasha [Mister? I am only 13 years old¡­ and as for the name, you can call me Ren. now jump on and let''s go]: soren As Nitasha jumps on the cloud I hand her baby Kite and tell the Nimbus to fly towards the Hunter Association at its fastest speed. [Be careful Nitasha this will be a fast ride]: soren Nimbus took off and they flew towards the Association and got there in less than an hour. [My room is 1265, when you get there call for some assistance, and settle into the room¡­ I will be going now, here is my card to get into the room, use it carefully]: soren Soren handed Nitasha the Hunters License and flew off back to the battle, once he arrived Sakura spoke. {HOST WHY DID YOU GIVE THE (Hunters License) TO THAT GIRL?} [Well I will be leaving this world soon and I won''t need it for the next world, would I?]: soren {DING!... SYSTEM THOUGHT IT IMPORTANT TO TELL HOST THAT HOST CAN SELL CARD BACK TO SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM POINTS. HOST''S (Hunter License) IS WORTH 300.000 (System Points)} [What the fuck! I need to get it back!... but after I defeat Meruem and become the Apex of this world]: soren When Soren got back to the battlefield he could sense that an Intense battle was unfolding, in one direction he could see Netero and Zeno fighting with Meruem. Once Zeno separated Meruem from his winged guard he left the fight. On the other side, Soren could feel intense aura coming from a familiar presence. [Gon¡­ you didn''t listen, and now you are paying the consequences. And how did this all unravel so quickly in that hour I had been gone?]: soren With this the final battle is about to start and soon end with Soren saving everyone. Chapter 27 - Final Battle Part 1 [It looks like Netero is just starting his fight with Meruem, so I will go look at Gon''s fight and see how far he will take this]: soren Soren flew on the Flying Nimbus towards Gon''s fight and had to wait in the skies for Gon to start to Fuck Pitu up. When Pitu lunged at Gon to kill him, he turned and kicked Pitu into the air, as she shot upward I moved out of the way because she was heading straight towards me. At the bottom, Gon was crouched and getting his Jajanken ready to punch Pitu and kill her. As Pitu fell back down, Gon launched his attack blowing Pitu into the forest, as he chased after her Soren decided to end this now, or else it would play out like in the Anime. Once Soren reached Gon he was punching Pitu with his Jajanken, As Soren walked forwards Gon heard something to turn around, and see what was the source of the noise. [So¡­ You didn''t listen to anything I said, did you?]: soren Gon looked at me with tears in his eyes. He knew what he did wrong and was in his heart apologising. As Gon looked at Soren, a headless Pitu got up and lunged towards Gon from behind. At that moment you could hear someone else besides Gon and Soren, it was Killua. [Gon! Behind you]: killua As Gon looked towards Killua, his eyes became more distant as when he saw Killua, the look on his face was that of someone being scared. [Killua¡­ I''m sorry]: gon As Gon turned around to intercept Pitu there was a flash and Pitu''s body disintegrated, when Gon turned to see where the blast came from, all he saw was Soren with a massive aura covering him. [Ren¡­ Thank¡­ You]: gon As Gon said those words, his body fell to the floor and started to shrivel up becoming like a dried up corpse. [Gon!...]: killua Killua rushed up to Gon in attempt to help him up, but Soren stopped him. [Killua¡­ He is already in a bad condition¡­ I will call for someone to pick him up¡­ go home and find a way to get Alluka out and she can heal him, it will be our only chance]: soren [But, how can I do that¡­ Mom and dad will kill us]: killua [Killua, you are the fastest person in our family¡­ there should be nobody who can stop you, and Alluka is the only person who can save Gon. His Nen has discarded his body when he made the contract¡­ Now hurry, go get our little sister]: soren [... Okay, I will]: killua As Killua left Soren began to speak to himself. [Killua¡­ Ever since we were kids you never once stood up for yourself. In the Anime, you were always a "I fight for myself" kind of kid, but when I came into your life I guess I changed that¡­ I''m sorry¡­ When I leave, you will be all alone and only have Gon]: soren As Soren finished his thought he pulled out a phone and made a call. [This is Soren¡­ I need you to track this phone and rescue Hunter Gon Freecss. He is in critical condition¡­ I will be going to finish this battle with Chairman Netero]: soren As Soren finished his conversation he left the phone by Gon and supported him with a bit of Nen before he left towards Netero''s fight with Meruem. {HOST, SYSTEM THOUGHT IT WISE TO TELL HOST THAT HOST CAN SAVE (Gon) WITH 1 OF THE HOST 2 WISHES AND IN DOING SO (Gon) WILL BE HEALED AND HAVE THE ABILITY TO USE NEN AGAIN} [No¡­ That''s not needed, Alluka will be able to save Gon and he will get his Nen back, all that happened is when he was healed by Alluka his body was reverted back to before he had his Nen opened, so he can get it back. But it''s just a matter of when]: soren As Soren explained to Sakura why he refused to save Gon with a wish he arrived to the battle field with Netero and Meruem. When he got there both Netero and Meruem looked at him in surprise. And then someone else joined the fight, he had Wings and antennas, Blonde hair with a White button up dress shirt with Black pants. [You can not interfere in the Kings battle Human]: winged ant [Oh?... So I will battle with you first?]: soren As Soren said that the Ant released his full power towards Soren, and when Soren seen this he thought to release his own power. [HAA!]: soren As all the power forced its way out the Winged Ant had a feeling of fear run down his back. [Haha¡­ So you idiots do know how to fear, good to know. That guy with 4 arms and that girl with a cat like appearance never showed fear, even in the face of death. That must mean you are the smart one]: soren The face of the Winged Ant changed from fear to that of anger when Soren described the appearances of both Pitu and Youpi. [You killed both of them?]: Pouf Soren''s face changed to that of someone who had sadistic thoughts before saying. [Killed? No, I massacred them, just like they massacred those innocent Humans. But not like you would understand, you are just an insect]: soren As soon as Soren said those words Pouf rushed towards Soren only to be killed the second he reached Soren. [Oh my¡­ So much blood]: soren Soren said as he shook his hand making the blood that covered it fly off. [Ren¡­ You really have grown into a monster in those 3 or 4 weeks since you came to the Hunter Association to train]: netero Netero and Meruem watched as Soren killed Pouf, when Netero and Meruem seen this they were surprised. [Oh? That''s nothing, I came here to finish my job, I told you that I would exterminate all the ants, why did you come?]: soren [Ohoho¡­ It''s my job to come and help the young ones fighting an unwinnable fight, but it looks like I was wrong]: netero {HOST HAS MADE IT TO THE TOP 3 STRONGEST PEOPLE IN THIS WORLD} Sakura sound into Soren''s head and He had a Grin on his face. [Well Netero, I will finish this fight here. Go take care of Gon, he has made a Nen contract and the repercussions from it have drained his body of all life force leaving him barely alive]: soren When Netero heard this he had a face of sorrow, then he looked at Soren and said. [Then I leave this for you, I will go take care of Gon]: netero As soon as Netero left Meruem turned to face me and started to talk. [So¡­ you are stronger than that old man?]: meruem [Yes, you could say so¡­ and you are strong?]: soren [Yeah, you could say that¡­ So, how will we settle this?]: meruem [Well I know that from the looks of things you were injured from Netero and are barely able to stand right now¡­ So if we fight it will be an utter defeat for you¡­ But I can give you something that will heal you and we can fight and I will still beat you, how does that sound?]: soren [You have something to heal me?]: meruem [Yes¡­ would you like to try it?]: soren Chapter 28 - Final Battle Part 2 As Soren offered Meruem a way to heal his injuries, Meruem took a minute before responding. [...I will try your method of healing me, but when I kill you don''t complain in the afterlife]: meruem When Meruem said this Soren had a grin appeared on his face and then tossed Meruem a Senzu Bean. When Meruem caught it he looked at it before asking what it was. [That is called a Senzu Bean, I found it in the mountains and was eating it as a source of food, I realised that it could heal wounds that got inflicted when fighting animals¡­ Eat it, your wounds and damage will go away, and afterwards we can fight]: soren Meruem put the Senzu Bean in his mouth and started to chew it, once he swallowed it his body began to glow a little and all his wounds were healed. [I feel lighter¡­ is this the effect of this food?]: meruem [Yes, all of your wounds have been healed¡­ So, let''s start our fight]: soren We Soren Said that He released all his power towards Meruem, All his Nen was Focused into making his Star Armor. (I decided to call his Hatsu(Nen release) Star Armor, if you don''t like it give some Ideas) Once the Star Armor covered his body Soren Released his King''s Haki to cover the battlefield making Meruem stagger a bit, after his Haki was released Soren''s Eyes turned Red and inside was A black dot with 3 Tomes floating around. Once this happened Soren''s aura Spiked even higher than before, and when Meruem seen then he took a few steps back before calming himself. [So this is your full power?... I see why you think you can beat me by yourself, if given time you really could]: meruem When Meruem finished his sentence Soren started to laugh before speaking. [HAHAHA!... Do you think you still have a chance? My power has more ability to it than pressure, once you attack you will see¡­ Now, power up and come fight me]: soren As Soren said that Meruem started to release his power, as every passing second he got stronger and stronger, after 10 -15 seconds Meruem''s power shot through the sky equaling or even stronger than Soren. ''Hehe, looks like I was right he is number 2 on the leaderboard, once I surpass him I will be number 2 and then I just have to wait until number 1 dies from old age¡­ at least that''s what Sakura said'' Once Meruem was done he started to speak again. [Now please don''t hold it against me but I will kill you now. And to give you peace of mind, I won''t eat you after you die]: meruem [Talk is cheap, you need to do it first. And eat me? You won''t be able to even pierce my skin]: soren As Soren said his sleazy line the battle commenced, Soren ran towards Meruem as Meruem ran toward him. They clashed with neither side willing to budge even an inch, When Soren activated his Sharingan to put Meruem under a Genjutsu Meruem had backed off. The genjutsu worked and Meruem was seeing himself being torn to bits by the humans he has killed as Soren watches, As Meruem is being torn apart by these humans he is trying to free himself but to no avail. [You will not break free from there, in this world you have no power]: soren Soren told Meruem who was looking around at the humans who were killing him, every time a human would rip off a limb or cut into him the wound would immediately repair itself. [What is this? Why do I feel pain but have no wounds?]: meruem [Your wounds heal themselves instantly in this world, the more you struggle the more pain will be inflicted]: soren As Soren said this Meruem thought for a second before saying. [So to say this world is fake?]: meruem [....]: soren [Then I should not fear this world because no harm is being done to my real body¡­ this is one terrifying ability]: meruem Soren was shocked to see how smart Meruem really is, to the point that he realised he could break out of something that shouldn''t even exist in this world. ''Shit¡­ I spoke to much, well I guess it''s time to kill him" As Soren finished this thought, Meruem closed his eyes and force all the will he could to break the genjutsu. In doing so he went from being surrounded by humans to standing in his previous spot with Soren doing the same. [So I guess you can''t move when doing that?]: meruem Soren was in thought on what to use next and didn''t hear Meruem. [So I guess that''s a yes¡­ then here I come]: meruem As Meruem rushed forwards Soren snapped out of his train of thought. [Ha?... Oh, you want to come at me this time]: soren Once Soren seen Meruem running up to him he used his hand to block the kick coming from Meruem, once the attack collided Soren was launched back a few meters. [Oh? What a strong kick¡­ If I had no defence I would be dead]: soren Soren then rushed up to Meruem and threw a faint before disappearing, Meruem put his arms up to block Soren''s punch but then saw him disappear. The next moment, Soren appeared behind Meruem kicking him in his unguarded side, sending him around 10 meters away coughing up some blood. [How do you like my kick? Strong enough for you?]: soren Meruem got up from the ground wiping the blood from his mouth before talking. [... You are definitely worthy to be my opponent, that old man only managed to harm me from a sneak attack]: meruem [It honors me to hear such praise from a bug, Haha!]: soren Soren started to see the fight as one he already won, Meruem was the opposite he knew that the attack that Soren gave him ruptured his lungs. Soon he would not be able to fight and die, Soren had indefinitely won this fight. [So will you fight some more?]: soren [... You have won this fight, but I will fight you to the death]: meruem [That''s what I wanted to hear¡­ But before I finish this fight I want to know something¡­ What did you feel when killing Humans?]: soren [If you really want to know¡­ I felt¡­ Nothing, every time I killed a Human it was like killing food]: meruem [I thought so¡­ why would you spare food, I feel the same towards the animals I eat]: soren As Soren said this Meruem gave a slight smile before speaking again. [And like you Humans can get attached to those Animals I have found one I am deeply attached to¡­ I will go into the next life knowing that I could have been better]: meruem As Soren seen Meruem repenting his sins he had a connection. ''I remember Meruem really felt different towards the blind girl¡­ His only companion he truly loved¡­ It was a sad moment when he died, maybe I can convince him to change'' [Meruem!... Are you willing to change?]: soren Chapter 29 - Need A Chairman? Soren''s words shocked Meruem, he couldn''t help but ask. [What do you mean?]: meruem [I mean will you change in order to stay with the one you love?]: soren [How did yo-]: meruem [You said, like humans find animals that they care for you have done the same]: soren [... So what will I need to do?]: meruem [Stop eating Humans, there are other things out there that taste better, you just have to find them]: soren [...Okay¡­ but, the person I care about is injured]: meruem [I can fix that¡­ same way I fixed you the first time]: soren [Then¡­ Can you save her]: meruem [Yes as long as I get a promise from you that you will change]: soren [Yes, I promise]: meruem [Alright, let''s go save your friend]: soren As Soren gets the promise from Meruem that he will change they head towards the place that Meruem keeps the blind girl. After we reach to room she is seconds away from death, Soren took a Senzu Bean out and feeds it to her. As she was healing Soren took another one and gave it to Meruem before leaving. On his way out he turns towards him to tell him something. [Meruem¡­ I will let you live here with her, no more eating humans, if I hear anything about it I will kill you, and I will kill her]: soren As Soren said that and turned towards the Unconscious and healing blind girl, a smile appeared on his face. Meruem seen it and let out a Deathly aura to warn Soren. [I will be going¡­ I need to fix the damage done by your people¡­ I hope I never have to see you again, and if I do, well¡­ I hope that don''t happen¡­ Cya later, or not. Who knows]: soren When Soren left Meruem sat down next to the blind girl waiting for her to wake up. On Soren''s side he rushed back towards the Hunter Association, when he got there, the rep at the front desk seen him. [Mr. Zoldyck! Good, your here¡­ Did you defeat the Ants?]: rep [Yes¡­ Tell Netero that there will be no more from them]: soren [Okay! Also¡­ Your presence is requested for the selection of a new Chairman]: rep [HA!?!... Why? What happen to Netero?]: soren [Chairman Net- or should I say Mr. Netero has decided to retire and quote, leave the position up to the next generation]: rep [Okay¡­ I will be there, but now I will be going to my room]: soren As Soren left the Reception desk he went to his room to rest for a little bit, and go over his status. When he got up to his room the door was locked and when he reached for his card he remembered about Nitasha. [I guess I should knock to get in]: soren As Soren knocked on the door he did so gently as to not blow the door off its hinges. Once the door was open Nitasha was there with a Bigger Kite, Kite looked to be around 3 in growth wise. [Thank god, Ren!... This child¡­ I am sure that babies don''t grow so fast, what is up with this one?]: nitasha [He is a special case, don''t mind it. I will take over from here, can I get my License back]: soren Soren got the license back and then spoke again. [Thank you for your help¡­ Is there anywhere you would like to go? I will take you there and give you all the money you require]: soren [... I would like to stay here and continue to help you raise Kite-kun¡­ Is there a problem with that?]: nitasha Soren thought for a minute before looking at Nitasha and saying. [Do you have the ability to take care of him?]: soren As he said this Soren let a bit of King''s Haki out and it covered over Nitasha, she dropped to her knees and started to sweat profusely. [I-I-I will take care of him!]: nitasha As Soren seen her resolve he released her from the pressure and gave Kite to her. [I want you to pass the Hunter Exam. Once you do, then you will have the right to take care of Kite]: soren [Hunter Exam!... I will pass and come back to watch Kite grow]: nitasha [Good! I will await that day¡­ Now I will rest, go buy yourself some stuff, I will buy you anything you want]: soren [O-okay! I will just go get some food and clothing]: nitasha When Nitasha left the room Soren went into his bedroom and sat down on the bed. When he sat down he felt relief and then lay back on his back. [Sakura, what is the deal with Kite? Why does he rapidly grow?]: soren {HOST MUST KNOW THAT (Kite) IS NOW AN ANT¡­ HIS ANT GENES LET HIM HAVE RAPID GROWTH} [Oh¡­ So when will he be fully grown?]: soren {SYSTEM ESTIMATES AROUND 1 YEAR} [Wow, that''s fast¡­ Nitasha will not be able to see Kite grow]: soren As Soren thought over this he remembered his fight with Meruem and how he beat him. [Sakura, what rank am I in for strength?]: soren {HOST IS 2nd PLACE¡­ IN APROXIMITALY 5 DAYS THE NUMBER 1 SPOT WILL DIE FROM OLD AGE} [Hmm, so in 5 days I will be able to leave this place]: soren Soren thought about a lot of things when he remembered he needed to check his status. [Sakura¡­ Show me my status please]: soren {YES HOST¡­ SOWING STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 13 years (35) Str: 460.000 ---> 590.000 Dex: 200.000 ---> 325.000 Agi: 200.000 ---> 325.000 Int: 4.500 ---> 10.000 Cha: 3.000 ---> 6.000 Luc: 2.000 Body Type: Body of Steel Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Grand Master) - Observation Haki (Grand Master) - King''s Haki (Grand Master) - Genjutsu (Advanced) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Nen (Master) - Cooking (Master) System Points: 4.600 Chapter 30 - Meeting with a Powerhouse When Soren woke up the next day he was called to gathering room for potential candidates. When he entered multiple people started to stare at him, some even mumbled words like "who is this kid?" or "Did someone set us up as fools?" the people who said these things thought they could not be heard but Soren heard it all. [So¡­ where is the Old Man? Why did he call us here?]: soren Some of the people spit out the drink that had when they heard Soren say such bold words. And that he was called here as well. [Quit bluffing kid¡­ you need to scamper out of here before the higher ups get here, you don''t want to get in trouble do you?]: ??? Soren looks at the person who said that, he didn''t recognize them. [Why do you think I''m not supposed to be here?]: soren When Soren said this someone he did recognize spoke up. [We are here to be picked as the next Chairman¡­ Even if we didn''t want it in the first place]: ??? The person who spoke was none other than Ging Freecss, Gon''s dad. [So look who finally shows up to something, I haven''t met you, but I know a lot about you. At least as much as your son does¡­ Ging]: soren [You know my son? How is he?]: ging [Dying¡­ He sacrificed his Nen to attain power, now he is in critical condition]: soren [Oh¡­ So he is hurt? Well at least he has friend there to support him¡­ Also, if you are his friend why are you not there?]: ging [Because I was called here¡­ And you are surprisingly calm for being his father¡­ Why are you not worried?]: soren [Because he''s my son¡­ If he died I would be sad¡­ But because he is my son I know he will pull through]: ging [...*Sigh* you must really not know what state he is in¡­ Let me show you, watch carefully]: soren As Soren said so he called for someone to come into the room, Soren had prepared this person beforehand. When the person entered he carried with him a couple of photos, when the photos were placed down people started to grab and look at them. [This is Gon right now¡­ these were taken approximately 3 hours ago, do you really think something like this is okay to be calm about?]: soren Ging grabbed the photo and looked at it, when he took a look, his face changed just a little. [I believe he will pull through and get better¡­ otherwise, why would you still be here instead of being with him?]: ging Soren thought to himself when Ging stated this. ''He really is an idiot, but his instincts are spot on. He could tell that somehow, or some way Gon will be okay'' [I had my brother Killua go home to get our little sister, she has a specific ability that will help heal Gon]: soren [So there is no need for me to worry then right?]: ging [Shut up, you really are an idiot, same as Gon, I told him not to do anything rash but now he is hurt and in the hospital]: soren Ging broke from his gloating look after his instinct about Gon being okay was right, when Soren told him to shut up and called him and Idiot. [So¡­ why did Netero call you here then squirt?]: ging [The name is Soren¡­ and I am here same as all of you]: soren Everyone in the room had a face of shock except Ging. [Th-there''s no way, how can you be here to be a candidate for the next Chairmen?]: girl hunter [Uh, because I am a 3-Star Hunter same as you and I Exterminated all of the Ants with minimal help]: soren Everyone''s mouths dropped at this point, even Ging. [Well¡­ I came to say what I wanted, now tell Netero or whoever, when they get here that I will be dropping from the Candidacy]: soren [Hey! Unfair, I want to drop as well]: ging [No¡­ Ging must stay, this kid can go because we don''t know him]: hunter [Cya later then¡­ I will be going to see Gon now]: soren When Soren left the room he walked past Netero who gave him a smile and continued to the room that Soren left. [Looks like he does not care if I drop from being a candidate]: soren After Soren left the building he made his way to the place Gon was being healed. When he entered he was warned that Gon might not pull through for much longer. [It will be fine¡­ I have my brother going to get something to help]: soren [But Mr. Zoldyck¡­ We advise that no outside help be used as it might make the patient react in a horrible way, possibly killing the patient¡­ Will you still use this means?]: doctor [Yes¡­ Keep him under constant surveillance. If something happens, contact me immediately]: soren [Yes Sir¡­ I will notify you immediately is something happens]: doctor After that Soren had gone back to his hotel and took a nap. When he fell asleep something strange happened, he began to float in a dark room. [What the fuck happened?... Where am I, is this me transferring to a new world?]: soren Soren did not know what was going on, he even tried to call Sakura, But to no avail. [Did I die again? If so what did I die from?]: soren As Soren is pondering over what has happened a faint voice could be heard coming from behind him. [Young one¡­ You will be the last person to speak with me]: ??? As Soren turned around to meet with the faint voice he seen an overgrown shadow, when Soren saw this he felt powerful pressure emitting from it. [Good¡­ It looks like you are worthy to meet with me¡­ I am the strongest person in this world¡­ I have been in this world for 300 years, but sadly I have reached an age that my body can''t keep up with me anymore. I will soon die from Old age, I used the last of my power to search for a successor of my power¡­ And here you are¡­ My heir]: ??? [... Do you even know me Old man? What if I just kill you right now¡­ then your life''s work will be ruined]: soren [Ohoho¡­ Such a rowdy brat¡­ When I reached 160 years old I met God¡­ He gave me the power to see Truth¡­ When I look at you all I see is a 34-35 year old man¡­ and you don''t seem to be from this world]: ??? ''This guy is dangerous¡­ I must kill him now'' As Soren thought this, the man spoke again. [Ohoho¡­ Don''t worry¡­ I am at death''s door. but, before I go I want to give this power to you¡­ My name is Zenkai I am the strongest being in this world¡­ and now I leave all that to you my heir]: zenkai As Zenkai spoke those words Soren blacked out and heard Sakura boot up. {HOST HAS ACQUIRED (Eyes of Truth) DOES HOST WISH TO INTEGRATE INTO THE BODY?} [Fuck Yes! Integrate please¡­ Thank you old man]: soren Chapter 31 - Drinking Bleach {HOST WILL FEEL SOME PAIN FROM THE INTEGRATION¡­ PLEASE BEAR WITH IT UNTIL DONE FOR OPTIMUM EFFECT} [Pain?... I dealt with Pain since birth, bring it on!]: soren Once Sakura started to integrate the Eyes of Truth into Soren a Sharp pain struck him. [Fuck!... What is this?]: soren {THE (Eyes of Truth) ARE SOMETHING ONLY A GOD CAN USE¡­ A NORMAL PERSON WOULD EXPLODE FROM THE POWER¡­ THE PAIN YOU FEEL NOW WOULD HAVE KILLED ANYONE ELSE INSTANTLY} [Are these eyes that powerful?]: soren {YES¡­ WHEN THE EYES ARE FULLY INTEGRATED HOST WILL ONLY BE ABLE TO USE AROUND 2% OF THE FULL POWER} [So I guess I will have to train to utilize the full power?]: soren {HOST IS VERY SMART!} [Was that sarcasm?... Never mind, how long will this pain last I can take it but it''s annoying]: soren {HOST HAS GREAT TALENT TO GET USE TO THIS KIND OF PAIN¡­ THE PROCESS WILL FINISH IN 2 HOURS} After 2 hours went by Soren blacked out. And when he woke up he felt pain in his eyes. [Sakura can I see me appearance?]: soren {YES HOST¡­ SHOW HOST A MIRROR REFLECTION} When Soren looked into the mirror he could see his Sharingan. But it was different, the normal Red color was now a Yin and Yang circle of Blue and Red with 3 Yellow tomes and a big Yellow dot in the center. (refer to Discord) [T-this¡­ Looks so cool!]: soren As Soren admired his new Eyes he remembered about the number 1 spot on being the strongest and asked Sakura to show him. {HOST IS CURRENTLY FIRST ON THE APEX LIST¡­ HOST CAN LEAVE TO THE NEXT WORLD WHENEVER HOST WANTS} [Perfect¡­ I will make sure Gon get''s better before I leave¡­ And I want to tell Killua and the rest before I up and leave them]: soren After Soren got up and went to leave the room he got a call on his phone. Looking at it, he could see the doctors number. [Oh, I hope Gon is okay]: soren Soren answered the phone and the Doctor started to talk. [Mr. Zoldyck, your brother is here with your little sister, they say they are here to save Gon]: doctor [Good, let them in, I will be there in 30 minutes]: soren Soren then dashed to the hospital holding Gon, when he got there everyone was there, Biscuit, Knov, Morel, Killua, Alluka, Knuckle and all the other people Gon made friends with, Leorio had gone to the Chairman selection to yell at Ging, Kurapika was with him. [Ren! Your here, we can heal Gon but we must be alone]: soren [Okay¡­ I can handle that]: soren As soon as Killua said that soren spoke up. [Everyone must leave¡­ the way we will heal Gon is a family secret, only those in the family can know]: soren After Soren said that everyone started to leave the building. [Okay, everyone is gone¡­ I used my presence sense to check, even people using Zetsu can not evade my presence sense]: soren When Soren gave the Okay, Killua asked Alluka to heal Gon when he asked a face with black eyes and a wide smile broke out. [Kay!]: alluka When she spoke she grabbed hold of Gon''s hand and a big amount of power burst forth. So much power burst forth that the Sakura spoke up. {HOST HAS BEEN SURPASSED ON THE APEX LIST¡­ HOST IS NOW SECOND PLACE} ''HAA!?!? Alluka is this powerful when making a wish like this?'' When Alluka finished healing Gon she spoke again. [Done!]: alluka Then reverted back into normal and passed out for the exertion of power. {HOST IS NOT IN FIRST PLACE ON THE APEX LIST} ''Oh thank God!'' When Soren finished his thought Gon opened his eyes and jumped out of bed hugging Killua and I, Alluka was also in Killua''s arms. [You guys saved me¡­ Thank you!]: gon [Guys, I have to tell you 2 things¡­]: soren [What is it Ren?]: killua [First¡­ Gon, your dad is at the Hunter Association, you can go meet him now]: soren [What! My dad is here! Let''s go meet him]: gon [Hold on Gon¡­ The second this is, I will be leaving for quite a while, I will be going to get even stronger]: soren [Stronger? You are already super strong why do you need to get stronger? And why leave?]: killua [Kill¡­ I need to leave to get stronger and it was my fate to leave, but to leave you without saying anything would hurt me¡­ So I will tell you this¡­ Get stronger, come and find me when you do]: soren Killua started to get emotional but didn''t cry a single tear, Gon on the other hand had tears in his eyes. [We will get stronger, and when we do... We will come and find you for sure, I will promise that]: gon [Haha, Yeah! We will come and beat you up on that day too]: killua [Okay boys, I will give you something to help, this helped me to get stronger, and help Gon get his Nen back]: soren When Soren said this the two''s faces grew in excitement. [What is it Ren?]: gon Soren took out 5 books all of which were about Nen. [These books will help you strengthen your Nen, read them carefully as to understand the most from them]: soren [Aww books! I hate reading]: gon [Hahaha¡­ Well you must learn to read from them then, I trust that you don''t need me anymore¡­ I will take my leave]: soren As Soren left the building he turned to give a final glance before disappearing and calling up Sakura. [On to the next world]: soren {WHERE TO HOST?} [Bleach!]: soren Chapter 32 - The New World {OPENING PORTAL FOR HOST TO TRAVEL THE MULTIVERSE} When Sakura said that, a portal opened like a slice through reality. [So I step through here and I will go to the world of Bleach?]: soren {YES, ONCE HOST STEPS THROUGH THE PORTAL HOST WILL FLOAT IN A MASSIVE SPACE UNTIL HOST REACHES THE DESTINATION} [That''s cool, I wonder what I will see]: soren When Soren stepped through the portal it closed behind him, then he was floating with colors beyond his imagination flying by him as he traveled. [This is so beautiful¡­ How long until I reach the world of Bleach?]: soren {HOST HAS APPROXIMATELY 6 HOURS UNTIL HOST REACHES THE WORLD OF BLEACH} [Awesome¡­ Wait¡­ What is that in the distance?]: soren What Soren was looking at was a big shadow like creature that was roaming the space that held all the Anime and Novel worlds. {HOST MUST STAY AWAY FROM THAT¡­ IT IS KNOWN AS THE (World Eater)... IT GOES AROUND TAKING OUT CANCELED OR AXED SERIES, IF HOST MAKES CONTACT HOST WILL BE AXED} [Haha, very funny¡­ But it kills off worlds that have been canceled or axed, sounds dangerous¡­ Does it also eat world''s that have been properly finished?]: soren {NO¡­ ONLY WORLDS THAT HAVE NEVER BEEN FINISHED OR WORLDS THAT WERE AXED FOR ANY REASON} ''So that''s where all those unfinished Anime''s went'' [Sakura¡­ Can I turn in my Hunter License for System points now?]: soren {YES HOST¡­ DING! SYSTEM HAS TAKEN (3-Star Hunter License) AND AWARDED HOST 300.000 SYSTEM POINTS¡­ HOST NOW HAS 304.600 SYSTEM POINTS} [I''m Rich!!]: soren {WHILE HOST IS TRAVELING WOULD HOST WANT TO UPGRADE THE SYSTEM? IF NOT NOW THEN HOST WILL HAVE TO UPGRADE IT WHEN HOST GETS TO THE WORLD OF BLEACH} [How long will it take?]: soren {APPROXIMATELY 3 HOURS} [Okay do it! I will have 3 extra hours to look at the upgrades]: soren {WILL HOST WANT TO CONDENSE AND CONVERT (Nen) INTO (Spirit Power)?} [Yes!]: soren {THIS ACTION WILL TAKE HOST POWER AND CONDENSE IT INTO A DENSE FORM OF (Spirit Power) MAKING HOST POWER DROP TO THAT OF (Ichigo) WHEN HE GOT HIS (Shikai) BUT HOST POWER WILL BE CONCENTRATED INTO POWERFUL OUT BURSTS¡­ WILL HOST STILL CONDENSE AND CONVERT?} [Do I have a choice?]: soren {YES¡­ HOST CAN KEEP AND USE (Nen) BUT WILL HAVE TO START FROM SCRATCH TO LEARN (Spirit Power)} [... I guess I will Convert and Condense my power]: soren {SYSTEM WILL NOW SHUT DOWN AND UPDATE IN¡­ 3...2...1 ...SHUTTING DOWN} 3 Hours later Sakura booted back up ringing in Soren''s ears. {SYSTEM HAS UPDATED¡­ HOST HAS NOW UNLOCKED NEW FEATURES, AND SYSTEM HAS CHANGED STATUS FORMATION¡­ HOST SHOULD CHECK IT OUT} [Check it please]: soren {SHOWING HOST NEW STATUS¡­ DING!} Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren) Age: 13 Soul Power: Soul Reaper (Base) Luck: Lucky Body: Steel Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Grand Master) --> (condensed) Armament Haki (Intermediate Master) - Observation Haki (Grand Master) --> (condensed) Observation Haki (Intermediate Master) - King''s Haki (Grand Master) --> (condensed) King''s Haki (Intermediate Master) - Genjutsu (Advanced) ---> Genjutsu (Master) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Nen (Master) ---> Soul Power (Master) - Cooking (Master) - Spirit Pressure (Intermediate) - Eyes of Truth (2%) System Points: 304.600 Soren looked through his status for 3 hours and then was alerted by Sakura about the Bleach world coming up. [Great¡­ Let''s enter!]: soren A portal opened up before Soren and he stepped through he was in a black room and then Sakura spoke to him. {HOST, WHAT TIME PERIOD WOULD YOU LIKE TO ARRIVE?} [Hmm¡­ how about when Ichigo was 13 as well so it gives me time to train, the series didn''t start until he was 15¡­ I have 2 years, and you already know what I can do with 1]: soren {ROGER¡­ HOST WILL BE PLACED INTO THE WORLD OF BLEACH 2 YEARS BEFORE THE START OF THE SERIES} After Sakura said that, the black room around Soren disappeared and he was standing in the middle of the street. [Looks like I made it¡­ Haha, time to find a secluded place to train. In 1 year I will join Ichigo in school to get closer with him, and a year later when he meets Rukia I will help train him]: soren Soren decided to look around town while heading in a direction to find somewhere quiet. {HOST SHOULD KNOW THAT YOU CAN EXCHANGE SYSTEM POINTS FOR MONEY} ''Really! Quick! Tell me how much money I can get for 100 System points'' Soren was excited when he heard that because, at that moment he had lots of System Points. {HOST EACH SYSTEM POINT CAN BE EXCHANGED FOR $20 IN THIS WORLD} ''Hmm, $20 per System Point and I want to exchange 100 points that would give me¡­ 10¡­ 100...1000, wait 2000 dollars, and if I were to exchange all of them¡­'' {DOES HOST WISH TO EXCHANGE ALL POINTS FOR MONEY?} [NO!!!!]: soren Soren couldn''t help but shout out loud, As he was walking past a person. ''Great¡­ now he thinks I''m weird¡­ I will Exchange 100 System points so I can buy a hotel room and start my training'' Chapter 33 - Meeting Ichigo {HOST EXCHANGING 100 SYSTEM POINTS FOR ($2000)} When Sakura exchanged the System Points Soren had $2000 put in his inventory. {HOST HAS MONEY PLACED IN HOST''S INVENTORY} [Sakura can you show me the Inventory]: soren {SHOWING HOST INVENTORY¡­ DING!} Inventory- Random Bloodline x1 - Senzu Beans x10 - Kusanagi Sword - Kuni x20 - Random Skill x1 - Flying Nimbus x1 - Gravity Training Room - Money x2000 [So I used 5 Senzu Beans in Hunter x Hunter¡­ I also still have a Random Bloodline and a Random Skill use¡­ I will keep the $2000 on my person because I doubt anyone can rob me]: soren Soren took the $2000 and kept it on his person, then he saw the famous Health Clinic from the Anime. [So this is where Ichigo lives huh¡­ I should come by later to talk with Ichigo''s dad, he is one of the more powerful characters later on in the series]: soren After walking a couple more blocks Soren still couldn''t find a good and quiet hotel. [All I found were run down hotels and overcrowded hotels¡­ But, there are some nice houses that I could buy with more money¡­ Sakura, exchange 500 more points into money please]: soren {ROGER¡­ EXCHANGING POINTS} In total Soren had $12,000 and found a real estate building. [Hi, welcome to Karakura Realestate, How may I help you¡­]: estate agent When the Agent seen Soren she thought ''Why is there a kid in here? Where are his parents?'' then she asked him. [Little boy¡­ Where are your parents?]: estate agent [I don''t have parents¡­ I''m here to purchase a house]: soren As Soren said this he took out a bunch of money and placed it before the Agent. [You have no parents?... Where did you get this money!]: estate agent The Agent''s mouth dropped when she saw all the money Soren pulled out of his pocket. [Little boy¡­ You didn''t steal this did you?]: estate agent [No¡­ how could I steal it?]: soren [Please stay here while I make a call]: estate agent Soren began to get annoyed for 2 reasons¡­ First is that he is treated as a kid even though he is 35 mentaly but looks to be a 13 year old kid. Second is that the Agent that said she needed to make a call is now calling the police. ''This is a lot more work than I thought¡­ Maybe I should go to Ichigo''s house and see if they can house me'' Soren left the building and went towards Ichigo''s house. When the Estate Agent came back to the front where she told Soren to wait, she was surprised to see that he left. [Where did that boy go? The cops are on there way to find out where his parents are]: estate agent On the other hand Soren was now on the doorstep of Ichigo''s house. [It looks like this is my only chance, I hope Ichigo''s dad won''t be able to sense my Spirit Power]: soren Soren knocked on the door a couple of times carefully as to not blow the door into smithereens. [Hold on I''m coming¡­]: ??? A voice came from inside and the second the door was open Soren was face to face with none other than the MC of the entire show. [Yeah? What do you need? We''re not open right now]: ichigo [I came here to ask if I could live here¡­ I have nowhere else to go]: soren [...Sorry but we don''t have that kind of money to just take someone in like that]: ichigo [Oh, money is not the problem¡­ I have tons of it, I just couldn''t buy my own house]: soren When Ichigo heard this he perked up a bit then asked. [Did you steal it?]: ichigo [No!... Why does everyone come to that conclusion?]: soren [Because you look to be the same age as me and if you have enough money to buy a house by yourself then you most likely stole it]: ichigo Soren had a face of surprise. He thought, ''Why didn''t I think of that'' then he spoke again. [Well no¡­ I did not steal it and it''s not counterfeit either]: soren [Come in¡­ We can wait until my dad gets home and then talk about it. I''m Ichigo, what''s your name?]: ichigo [My name is Soren, but you can call me Ren]: soren [Okay Ren¡­ What school do you go too?]: ichigo [I don''t go to school, I already know all I need school can''t teach me anything more]: soren [Well in this house we have to go¡­ If you stay here you will need to enroll into a school]: ichigo [Okay¡­ So when will your dad get home?]: soren [I don''t know, maybe soon]: ichigo Soren was looking around Ichigo''s room and could see some ghosts hanging around. He thought to ask Sakura about it. ''Sakura, why can I see ghosts as well? Is it from the Eyes of Truth?'' {NO¡­ HOST CAN SEE GHOSTS AND SPIRITS BECAUSE HOST HAS CONCENTRATED SPIRIT PRESSURE¡­ SYSTEM ALSO ADVISES HOST TO MAKE A CONTRACT WITH A (Zanpakuto)} ''Can I make a weapon I own a Zanpakuto?'' {YES¡­ HOST CAN MAKE ANY SWORD HOST WANTS INTO A (Zanpakuto) BUT BE WARNED¡­ YOU CAN ONLY EVER MAKE ONE¡­ HOST WILL NEVER BE ABLE TO MAKE ANOTHER} ''So you''re saying a Zanpakuto is like a life partner?'' {YES¡­ ONCE A CONTRACT IS FORMED, THE (Zanpakuto) WILL NEVER BE WITH ANOTHER UNTIL THE DAY YOU DIE} ''That''s good to know¡­ I feel something like a tugging sensation'' {THIS IS SPIRIT PRESSURE¡­ ICHIGO''S DAD IS HOME} Soren and Ichigo made there way to the living room just as the front door opened and Ichigo''s dad walked in saying [I''m Home!]: isshin [Looks like my dad is home¡­ Let''s go introduce you to him]: ichigo Isshin walked into the living room and seen Soren, his face became that of someone inspecting a threat before straightening up and speaking. Chapter 34 - Zanpakuto [Who is this little one Ichigo?]: isshin Ichigo looked at me then looked back at his dad before saying. [He came to the Clinic looking for a place to stay as he has no parents, can we house him for a while?]: ichigo [... Ichigo, you know that we don''t have that kind of money¡­]: isshin [But dad thats it, he has money but can''t get a place of his own due to his age]: ichigo Isshin took a minute to think before saying. [Fine¡­ He can stay for a while. What school does he go too?]: isshin [Yeah, he doesn''t really go to school]: ichigo [Does Not go to school?... Well He will now!... Boy, what is your name? So I can enroll you tomorrow]: isshin [My name is Soren, nice to meet you Mr. ?]: soren [Kurosaki¡­ My name is Isshin Kurosaki, you meet my son Ichigo]: isshin [Thank you for housing me Mr. Kurosaki]: soren [No problem¡­ Now, what is your full name?]: isshin Isshin was asking Soren for his entire name to see if he belonged to any special family. The aura that Soren gave off was that of someone strong, so Isshin was doing some scouting. [My name is Soren Zoldyck, my family was killed in an accident and left me all of their money. I have no other family because my parents were only children and my grandparents died, I also have a Twin brother but I don''t know where he is]: soren When Soren told his story he tried to keep some stuff true but his family were not dead. Soren thought who could really kill them, I''ve tried many times but to no avail. [*Sniff Sniff* You can stay here as long as you need]: isshin [Dad stop! Your crying again]: ichigo Ichigo tried to stop his dad from making a fool of himself but with no luck. [It''s okay Ichigo, I am okay with him showing such compassion]: soren [... Soren, you will need a room so I will bunk you with Ichigo until I can clear up some space for you]: isshin Ichigo was visually pissed off. [Why does he have to room with me¡­ why can''t you make the girls room together and give him one of their rooms]: ichigo [Because¡­ My sweet little girls need all the space they can get, and I don''t want Soren to go through their stuff]: isshin Soren was speechless, Isshin did not mind saying what was on his mind. [Umm, I''m right here you guys]: soren They both looked at me and straightened themselves up, before Isshin left to do something. [Looks like I will be sleeping in your room]: soren [Yeah Yeah, you will be sleeping on the floor]: ichigo [No problem, I have done that before]: soren Soren has slept on the forest floors for 1 whole year. Sleeping on a bedroom floor was nothing. When it was time for bed, Soren sat on the floor in a meditative position and Ichigo noticed. [Are you okay dude? Why are you sitting like that?]: ichigo [I am going to sleep so I sit like this]: soren [Okay¡­ Good night]: ichigo While Ichigo went to bed Soren was talking to the system asking if there was a way to train right now. {HOST CAN BUY (Lost in the Spirit Series) FROM SYSTEM STORE¡­ IT IS LIKE THE (Nen Series) BUT FOR SOUL TRAINING} ''How many books and how much for them'' {THERE ARE 7 BOOKS AND EACH COST (5.000 System Points) WOULD HOST LIKE TO BUY THEM?} [Yes, buy all of them]: soren {SYSTEM IS PURCHASING 7 BOOKS¡­ HOST HAS BOUGHT (Lost in the Spirit Series) FOR (35.000 System Points) REMAINING POINTS ARE (269.000 System Points)... WOULD HOST LIKE TO START PRACTICING WITH THE BOOKS?} ''Yes¡­ I will also Make my Kusanagi Sword my Zanpakuto'' {IS HOST SURE¡­ ONCE YOU SET A WEAPON AS A (Zanpakuto) YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO CHANGE IT} ''I''m sure¡­ make Kusanagi Sword into a Zanpakuto'' {TRANSFORMING (Kusanagi Sword) INTO A ZANPAKUTO¡­ DING!... COMPLETE¡­ (Kusanagi Sword) IS NOW A ZANPAKUTO AND THE ZANPAKUTO''S SPIRIT IS (Sasuke Uchiha) WOULD HOST LIKE TO MEET WITH HOST''S (Zanpakuto)?} ''Yes¡­ I would like to meet him'' {WARNING¡­ (Sasuke Uchiha) WILL ONLY REMEMBER HIS TIME WIELDING THE SWORD NOTHING MORE¡­ HE WILL ALSO RECOGNISE IF THE USER HAS A (Sharingan)} ''Cool, let''s meet with him then'' When Soren gave the Okay to meet with Sasuke he was transferred into a world of spirits. All around him was a dark grassy field with little to no trees, the atmosphere was a tinge of blue. A little ways away sat a man under a tree with long black hair and missing 1 arm. When Soren got closer the man disappeared and reappeared behind Soren. [One who calls on this spirit¡­ I am known as Sasuke Uchiha, I am the owner of this sword]: sasuke When Soren turned around he saw Sasuke looking at him with his Eternal Mangekyou Sharingan (will be called EMS for short), Soren couldn''t help but use his Sharingan. When he did Sasuke''s personality changed, and he spoke. [He who has my clans blood, wield my sword and call my name. *%#*[email protected]! For I am now yours]: sasuke [Hold on¡­ I couldn''t hear you]: soren [Then you are not ready to wield me¡­ Come back when you have surpassed your limits]: sasuke When Sasuke said that he disappeared and Soren woke up from his meditative coma. When he woke up the sun was rising and Ichigo was still asleep, at that moment the door burst open and Isshin jumped into the room and onto Ichigo attacking him. [Ichigo! You must be prepared for anything]: isshin When Isshin ran in and landed on Ichigo, Ichigo woke up and started to yell at his dad. [You dumb old man I was sleeping, why did you do that]: ichigo Isshin had a big bump on his head from Ichigo beating him up after he had jumped on him. [Morning guys¡­ I guess it''s time for school? I''ll get ready]: soren Chapter 35 - 1 Year Time Skip Soren got up off the floor and headed towards the exit of the bedroom, before he left the room Isshin spoke up. [Ren, we need to stop by the clothing shop to get you new clothes for school]: isshin When Isshin looked at Soren he seen him wearing the same thing as the day before. Soren wore a Black T-shirt with White shorts, his shoes were average running shoes. Soren also kept his hair all spiky and it was Blue in color. [Does the school have a dress code?]: soren [Yes, the school requires Black dress pants, a White button up dress shirt and a black school jacket]: isshin [Then let''s go get my clothes]: soren [Ren you also can''t have dyed hair, we will need to fix that]: isshin [But my hair is not dyed, this is my natural color]: soren [Ha?!? That''s your natural color?]: isshin Isshin was surprised to find out that Soren''s hair was not dyed but his actual hair color. [Then let''s go shopping before we enroll you¡­ Ichigo you will go to school now, Soren will be in later]: isshin Ichigo left off for school then Soren and Isshin went shopping for clothes. After about an hour of shopping Soren was now ready to be enrolled in school. When they got to school, Isshin took Soren to the schools principals office to be enrolled. [This is my nephew, he has been sent to live with me for a while so I will be enrolling him into this school]: isshin The principal looked at Soren seeing his Spiky Blue hair and how his shirt was not fully buttoned up, his jacket was left open and his sleeves rolled up to his elbow showing his forearms. [Your nephew looks to be a delinquent¡­ He has dyed hair and has no respect for the dress code. Why should I admit him?]: principal [His hair is not dyed, that is his natural color and I will have him dress properly, please let him enroll]: isshin Soren was dumbstruck with how Isshin acted towards the principal. This principal acted so high and mighty, if he knew that the person he was talking to could blow this whole building away with a slight swing of a Zanpakuto he would shit himself. [I will dress appropriately]: soren [See he said he will dress properly]: isshin As Soren was rolling his sleeves down and buttoning his shirt up the principal had a grin like he was the top shit around here. Both Soren and Isshin''s faces changed just enough for the principal to not notice, they both hated how they had to act towards this guy. [I will admit your nephew into my school, he can go to class after I print up a class scheduled for him]: principal After about 15 minutes of waiting the principal handed Soren a schedule and sent him to class with these parting words. [I did you a favor letting you into this school, don''t cause trouble you delinquent]: principal Soren left the room pissed off and punched a wall, the wall now had an indent created into it. When Soren entered his new class he looked as he did before he straightened himself up for the principal, he did so on his way to the classroom. All the girls in the class looked towards Soren and couldn''t help but start to drool over him. [You must be the new student, the principal told me you would be on your way here¡­ I''m the teacher for this class, would you mind introducing yourself to the class?]: teacher Soren stood at the front of the class and looked at everyone with content. [I am Soren Zoldyck, I am here because I was told I have to be here, I don''t plan on making friends with or helping any of you...]: soren The Teacher cut Soren off short before saying. [Your seat is over there please go sit down]: teacher Soren made his way to the seat pointed out to him, when he sat down the person next to him was Ichigo. [Hey Ichigo¡­ Looks like we are seat mates]: soren [Nice introduction Ren]: ichigo [Really!? I thought I made it clear that I did not want to make friends with anyone here]: soren [If you were trying to make everyone think of you as a delinquent then yeah, you made a great first impression]: ichigo Ichigo and Soren started to make fun of each other while the teacher taught the class. When Soren ended the conversation he closed his eyes to start reading the books he bought last night. [-Ren!... Soren! Wake up!... No sleeping in my class!]: teacher Soren opened his eyes to hear his name. When he saw who was calling him, he ignored them and began to look around him. [Since you want to sleep in my class then you can answer the next question for the class]: teacher Soren looked at the question written on the board and then in his mind asked the system for the answer. {HOST THE ANSWER FOR THIS QUESTION IS (X = 46)} Soren walked to the front and wrote the answer on the board. The teacher looked at the answer astonished. [You¡­ You guessed?... You must show your work]: teacher *Sigh* Soren gave a sigh before writing down everything the system told him, As the teacher seen this his mouth dropped as it was all correct. Soren finished, and before he left asked. [Can I go sit back down now?]: soren The teacher shook his head while still being astonished by Soren. Soren made his way back to his seat, then closed his eyes again going back to reading his books. [Ren!... Ren, it''s time to go home now]: ichigo Ichigo woke Soren up and they walked home, when they got there they had dinner and Soren went to Ichigo''s room and sat Cross legged and continued to read his books. ''Sakura, how much progress have I made into understanding the first book?'' {HOST HAD UNDERSTOOD 95% OF BOOK 1/7} ''Great!... I think I will be able to understand all of these books in around a year'' Soren began his Training that consisted of Wake up, go to school and read the Lost in the Spirit Series, go home and read more then go to bed, while the body is sleeping, Train with the Zanpakuto to utilize it''s full power, then wake up again. 1 Year has passed, Ichigo and Soren have turned 14 and became 9th grade freshman. During that year Soren has made a lot of progress in both, understanding the Lost in the Spirit Series and utilizing his Zanpakuto. ''I still have 1 more year until Ichigo meets Rukia, I must make myself more powerful by then, I should also check my Status'' [Sakura¡­ can you show me my Status please]: soren Chapter 36 - Side Story over the Year -First Day there- [Girls!... Girls! I have something to tell you both]: isshin As both of Ichigo''s sisters came out of there rooms to meet with their dad, Karin had a face of someone who didn''t want to be there. Yuzu was the opposite, she was happy to see her dad and interested in what he wanted to tell them. [Girls, I want to tell you something important]: isshin [What is it dad?]: yuzu [We will have a guest staying here for some time, his parents had died and there is nobody else to take care of him]: isshin [Dad, you know we can''t afford that!]: karin [Don''t worry he has money]: isshin After Isshin said this he gave his daughters a thumbs up while winking his right eye. [So where will this person be staying?]: yuzu [He will be staying in Ichigo''s room for the time being while I clear out his own room]: isshin [So why did you call us out here then?]: karin [I want you to meet him so you all won''t be scared if you see him later¡­ I don''t want you to make us look bad]: isshin [Okay! Let''s go meet this guy then]: yuzu Yuzu was just too carefree when it came to doing things. If left alone, she would probably invite a pedo into her house. Isshin brought Karin and Yuzu downstairs to where Soren was sitting across from Ichigo. [Okay!... Soren, I would like you to meet my daughters¡­ They are 9 years old. So don''t get any thoughts]: isshin Isshin gave Soren a death stare when he said that last part. Karin seen Soren and gave him a long stare, so long she had not even known how long she was looking at him, then Yuzu spoke up. [He looks like a cat, I like him]: yuzu Soren was speechless, then Isshin spoke up. [He will be staying as long as he needs to¡­ Soren, I will have a room ready for you in a couple of days]: isshin [Okay, Mr. Kurosaki]: soren -2 Months later- [Soren! Come down for breakfast]: karin Lately Karin has taken a liking towards Soren, As he came down stairs he took a quick glimpse as Karin seen this her face became red and she hid her face, hoping Soren did not see it. ''Did she just get a red face from me looking at her?'': soren [Morning Karin, you said breakfast is ready?]: soren Karin cleared her face then spoke to Soren. [Yes, breakfast is ready, can you go get Ichigo from his room]: karin [Sure, I''ll see you down at breakfast then]: soren As Soren Ran back up stairs to go get Ichigo Karin''s face became red again, then she left for the kitchen. Soren came back down with Ichigo in hands, and what was meant by in hands literally meant in hands. Soren came back downstairs dragging Ichigo by his collar, Ichigo was struggling to break free. [Ren! Let go of me!... I told you I would come down later!]: ichigo [Well Karin said it was breakfast time now!... Stop struggling and just accept it]: soren [Do you really wanna fight me that badly? I will fight you Ren!]: ichigo [We can try later, for now it''s time to eat]: soren Soren has been training Ichigo in Hand to Hand combat teaching him some techniques to defend himself. -8 Months into the year- [Soren! I heard you slept through all your classes again]: isshin [Yeah, I already knew what they were teaching so I slept through it]: soren [Well in this house that''s not accepted, you must always pay attention. If you want to sleep in class beat me in a fight]: isshin Isshin has been testing Soren like this a lot, just like Ichigo. When Isshin said this Soren got into a fighting stance. [So you would rather try to fight for the right to sleep in class then just stay awake? Okay, come at me]: isshin Soren rushed towards Isshin and laid him out in 3 moves. ''I could have done it faster, I guess I''m a bit rusty'': soren Isshin got up, dusted himself off and turn to walk away saying. [I let you win this one¡­ Haha, be good in school okay Soren]: isshin [Yeah, I will. Also, why do you give me looks when Karin comes around me?]: soren [Karin is my daughter, she should not be thinking about boys at her age. She''s only 10 years old]: isshin [Don''t worry Mr. Kurosaki, I don''t think of her like that. She just likes to talk to me]: soren [So your saying my daughter is ugly!... Put em up we are gunna fight this out right now]: isshin [No that''s not what I meant¡­]: soren Isshin Ran towards Soren to throw a punch but Soren dogged it and countered with a chop to his neck. [Shit, I knocked him out]: soren [That was nothing¡­]: isshin [Ha? I thought I¡­]: soren {HOST SHOULD KNOW ISSHIN WAS GOING TO ATTACK HOST WITH SPIRIT POWER} ''That fucker, was really aiming to kill me'' -1 Year into the year- [I will beat you today Soren]: ichigo Ichigo and Soren would fight daily to train in Hand to Hand Combat, Soren would always win but everytime they fought he would have to use more power to beat Ichigo. [Your getting better Ichigo, maybe someday]: soren [No, you keep beating me¡­ I don''t think I''ll ever win]: ichigo Later on that night Soren sat in his room training with his Zanpakuto, when he finally broke through a layer of the Zanpakuto. [Finally!... Sakura, can you show me my status now that I have broken through and unlocked my Shikai]: soren {SHOWING HOST STATUS¡­ DING!} Chapter 37 - Breaking the Principal Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren) Age: 14 Soul Power: Soul Reaper Luck: Lucky Body: Steel Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Intermediate Master) - Observation Haki (Intermediate Master) - King''s Haki (Intermediate Master) - Genjutsu (Master) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Soul Power (Master) - Cooking (Master) - Spirit Pressure (Advanced) - Eyes of Truth (3.5%) - Sword Mastery (Advanced) System Points: 304.000 [Great!... Now I should use the gravity room to strengthen my body and surpass the Body of Steel]: soren Soren asked Sakura to convert his room into a gravity room and set it at 30x normal gravity. [This feels comfortable, I will train in this for the night and sleep in this gravity as well]: soren After Training like he did in Hunter x Hunter, he went to bed. Then next morning he felt a bit stiff from the weight that the gravity put on his body, when he got up he stretched and did morning exercises. After he finished, he turned the gravity back to normal, at that moment Isshin rushed into Soren''s room to wake him up. [Wake up Soren! It''s time for schooool!]: isshin As Isshin bust through the door Soren chopped him in the neck making Isshin fall to the ground. [Your as sharp as ever Soren¡­ It''s time for school]: isshin [I know¡­ I will get ready now]: soren Soren was shirtless, as he turned around to put on a shirt Isshin seen Soren''s back. It was covered with scar tissue and bruises that will never heal. [Soren¡­ What happened to your back?]: isshin [Oh¡­ this was what happened during my training]: soren Soren thought that Senzu Beans would heal Scarred Tissue but in his case all Scars that have formed will stay, even if he eats a Senzu Bean. the only wounds that won''t leave scars are ones that have occured before the chance to heal happened when he ate a Senzu Bean. [What kind of training was this? It looks like you were tortured for years, are you sure that your parents did not torture you?]: isshin [No, my parents didn''t do this¡­ I did it to myself]: soren ''This Old man is smart, he could deduce that this was done by others'' [Well I won''t pry into it anymore but if you feel like you want to talk about it, I''m here for you, I see you like one of my own now]: isshin As Soren put on his shirt he spoke to Isshin again [Thank you for your concern, but Ichigo has been doing the same thing with me, go look at him]: soren [What!?!?!]: isshin Isshin Rushed out of the room to go yell at Ichigo and reprimand him for following Soren. [Hehe, sorry Ichigo¡­]: soren As Soren was finishing getting dressed Karin came to Soren''s door to see what the noise was. [Is everything okay Ren?]: karin [Oh Karin, nice to see you again. I thought you were avoiding me for some reason because I haven''t seen you in a week or so]: soren [No, I just¡­]: karin Karin couldn''t come up with an excuse so she ran back to her room flustered by Soren. [What was her problem?]: soren Soren and Ichigo set off for school, when Soren took a look at Ichigo he could see a visual bump on Ichigo''s head. [What happened to you?]: soren [Don''t talk to me¡­]: ichigo Ichigo knew Soren had something to do with why Isshin came in and beat him up, he just didn''t know what Soren did. When Soren and Ichigo came to the school they could see the principal standing at the front gate. [Get to class you delinquents, it''s your first day back to school for this new year]: principal [Man, I hate this guy]: ichigo Soren had a grin appeared on his face then turned to Ichigo and told him to watch what he was about to do, then walked up to the principal. [Hey Principal Dick, look at my eye I think I got an infection]: soren [What''s wrong with your eye and why are you asking me to look at it? Get to class]: principal dick As Soren got close to the principal, he couldn''t help but look at Soren''s eye. When he did Soren''s eye turned into a Yin Yang Sharingan with 3 tomes, once the principal seen this his face became dull. And all you could hear is Principal Dick having a fantasy. [Ohoho... Girls, you should be getting to class why are you here?]: principal [What the fuck it this dream?]: soren As the principal was fantasizing people started to gather around and watch. Ichigo came up to me and asked what I did. [I don''t know, my eye was hurting so I asked him to take a look]: soren Back to the principal he was getting into some dirty stuff. [Girls! Stop taking your shirts off you need to go to class¡­ Wow what big breasts]: principal [Someone start recording this]: boy student [Ahh! This guy is a pervert, someone go get a police officer]: girl student As a girl runs off to get an officer the principal was getting to the climax of his dream. [Ohh, go slower¡­ I can''t take it like this¡­ you are my student, and I can''t be responsible for this]: principal [What a fucked up pervert]: ichigo [Oh! I-I''m cumming¡­ stay still]: principal [[[[Did he just¡­]]]]: gathered students Looking down at the principals pants he has a small bulge that had some stuff oozing out of the fabric. [[[[He just¡­]]]]: gathered students The principal then woke up to see everyone staring at him. As he started to survey the crowd with an angry face he came across a police officer. Chapter 38 - Almost Time When the principal saw the police officer in the crowd, his face went from an angry one to that of a stiffened one. [How can I help you officer?]: principal [I got a report from one of these students that the principal was having perverted fantasies about students of this school]: officer [well that sounds preposterous, I am the principal and I have been here the whole time making sure my students get to class]: principal As the principal was trying to swindle his way out of this situation a student shouts from the back. [I have video proof it happened!]: student The principals face then had a look of "Oh Shit!" on it, as the officer turned to call the student up the principal spoke. [Students are not allowed to have phones on school grounds, any and all phones seen will be taken and the student will be put on a suspension. The student who has the phone bring it to me immediately]: principal The officer looks back at the principal and then says. [Are you in charge over a police investigation as well?]: officer The principal was dumbstruck, and all he could utter at the moment was. [Since when did this become an investigation? What did I do?]: principal The officer turned back to the student and signaled him to come and give him the phone, the principal stood back and watched the whole fiasco unfold before him. [Here is the video Mr. Police Officer]: student As the officer took the phone and pressed play on the screen, the video started to play. All you heard were the principal making moaning sounds and a couple of incriminating lines. [S-stop, you are a student at this school¡­ Why are you rubbing my dick with your breasts?... it feels soo good, quick turn over so I can fuck your tight hole¡­ I-I-I''m cumming! Stay still!]: principal in video The principal was in shock, he said all this out loud, but in his reality he really was with a young girl from his school who promised not to tell anyone. The officer handed the student back his phone and started to speak again. [I''ve seen enough, I will be taking you in for indecent exposure towards minors¡­ And I might find other charges as well]: officer [Indecent exposure? When?]: principal The officer gives sigh and then looks down at the principals pants and tells his to look. [What''s wrong with my pants?]: principal As the principal looks down and sees a big wet spot with some oozing stuff coming out his face turned red and then tried to make a run for it. [Hey! Stop right there!]: officer Soren seen this and chased after the principal and chopped him on his neck laying him flat on the ground. The officer made it to the principal and seen Soren. [Thanks kid! You saved the streets from another Pedofile]: officer [Oh, it was nothing. So will we have school today?]: soren The officer seen Soren''s hopeful face then had to destroy it. [Sorry buddy but there are still teachers to teach right?]: officer Soren''s face dulled down and he started to walk to class. ''Maybe I should do the same with all the teachers¡­ No, that would ruin someone''s life, all I did to the principal was let his see something he wanted to see. He did the rest himself, and I guess doing the same with the other teacher would take too much time. I will just go to class and sleep like always'': soren Everyone had gone to class and the principal was taken to prison for Indecent Exposure towards minors and fleeing and arrest, along with being classed under a pedofile and he can''t get a proper job. A couple of weeks later a new principal was hired and was much nicer than the last one, the only thing is¡­ Soren can no longer sleep in class due to the rule the principal made. [All students caught sleeping will be expelled]: principal ''Sakura, is there a way to study the books without it looking like I''m sleeping?'': soren {YES¡­ HOST CAN PROJECT THE BOOKS ONTO OTHER BOOKS IN REAL LIFE¡­ OTHERS WILL ONLY SEE THE BOOK YOU READ AS A NORMAL BOOK} ''Then let''s do that'': soren Soren would start to read books instead of sleeping, at least that''s how others saw it. After about 4 months of doing normal stuff and training with Ichigo in Hand to Hand Combat Soren felt that having to wait this long for the story to start was boring. He could only grow so much on his own, back in Hunter x Hunter when he had lived on the mountain he had wild beasts to fight. Here in Bleach there were Hollows but they hardly came around when Soren was there. ''It''s almost time for Ichigo to meet with Rukia, about 7 months. I will suppress my Spirit as to let Hollows feel at ease to come here. My Spirit suppress Hollows because of how dense it is'' 6 Months later Ichigo has gotten to a point where he can go toe to toe with Soren fighting with no Spirit Power, Both Soren and Ichigo are now 15 years old and are like brothers. Isshin has officially adopted Soren, even though Soren told him no. With all these changes Soren was able to start seeing Hollows come around the neighborhood, during these times Soren would take a look at them and blow them away with Kings Haki mixed with Spirit Pressure. {DING! CONGRATS TO HOST FOR KILLING (Hollow) REWARDS ARE 3+ SOUL POWER AND SOUL AWARENESS AND 40 SYSTEM POINTS!} Ever since Hollows have started to show up and Soren started to kill them he would get stuff from the System. [Sakura, what does my status look like?]: soren {DING! SHOWING HOST STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren) Age: 15 Soul Power: Soul Reaper (Basic) Luck: Lucky Body: Steel Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Intermediate Master) - Observation Haki (Advanced Master) - King''s Haki (Advanced Master) - Genjutsu (Master) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Soul Power (Master) - Cooking (Master) - Spirit Pressure (Master) - Eyes of Truth (4.3%) - Sword Mastery (Advanced) System Points: 309.460 [This is awesome!... Sakura let me check my inventory please]: soren -Inventory- Random Bloodline x1 - Senzu Beans x10 - Kusanagi Sword (Zanpakuto) - Kunai x20 - Random Skill x1 - Flying Nimbus x1 - Gravity Training Room (in use) - Money x6842 Chapter 39 - Meeting Rukia [This looks good¡­ Sakura, can I use that last Random Bloodline]: soren {OPENING (Random Bloodline)... DING! HOST HAS UPGRADED SYSTEM. (Random Bloodline) WILL NOW GIVE 3 CHOICES TO HOST TO CHOOSE FROM} -Random Bloodline- 1. Hollow Bloodline. (This Bloodline will give host the power over a Hollow) 2. Quincy Bloodline. (This Bloodline will give host the power of a Quincy, if Host also has the power of a Soul Reaper it will Double the Damage done to Hollows) 3. Soul King. (This Bloodline make host the King of Hell and gives an advantage over Hollows and Soul Reapers, down side is Quincy''s will know host''s aura and actively try and kill host) [Wow, all good choices, the 3rd one sounds the best but, Quincy''s will try and kill me¡­ I think I will pass for now on it, after I leave this world it will be useless form how the Sakura describes it. Same with the second option, I will go with Hollow Bloodline]: soren {HOST HAS PICKED (Hollow Bloodline) HOST WILL FEEL A TUGGING SENSATION IN SOUL WHILE SYSTEM INTEGRATES BLOODLINE INTO HOST¡­ HOST WILL ALSO HAVE TO FIGHT WITH A DUAL PERSONALITY¡­ GOOD LUCK HOST} [Dual What!... AGGGGG!]: SOREN {INTEGRATION STARTED¡­ COUNTDOWN UNTIL COMPLETE¡­ 20 MINUTES} [AHAHAHAHAHA! I''M FREE!]: hollow soren As Soren began the integration with the Hollow bloodline, he began to have a fight with himself. [Who are you!... This is my body so get out]: soren [What do you mean?... This is OUR body, and I plan to take it over AHAHAHA!]: hollow soren [Take it over. Ha you can do that over my dead body]: soren [Weeell, I can arrange that. Hahahaha!... Be a good host and hand your body over!]: hollow soren Soren was fed up with this Hollow Form, a grin appeared on Soren''s face at the Hollow mask was forming. [I will now show you the power I possess to over run you]: soren As Soren said that, the Hollow inside him began to get serious, He was wondering how he got here in the first place. Originally he was chained in Hell and couldn''t move a muscle, then a Voice popped into his head saying "would you like to leave here?" Instantly he said yes. Then the Voice popped back into his head and stated, "Initiating fusion into System¡­ becoming part of Multiverse Anime System¡­ First Mission, Fight over Previous Host Body. Time limit 20 Minutes, Failure means Previous Host will take over your Power" The Chained Hollow had many questions, such as. "What is a System?" and "Anime? I have lived for thousands of years yet never heard of it" and finally, "Fight for a body? Easy! Let''s Go!" As Soren was fighting with the Hollow inside his Body the System was still performing a Count down that both Soren and the Hollow could hear. {TIME REMAINING¡­ 12 MINUTES} At this time Soren started to unleash his Soul Pressure mixed with King''s Haki and aimed it towards the Hollow inside himself. As the pressures poured down onto the Hollow he couldn''t help but curse. [Fuck! What is this? I thought I would be able to take over easily¡­ What is this Brat made of!]: hollow Soren As the power Soren released was still his own the Hollow could not shut it off. The mask was still forming and the Hollow was visually starting to give up. {TIME REMAINING¡­ 6 MINUTES} [Looks like I won this round¡­ Hahaha! Give me your power]: soren [Fuck you Human! I will take over this body some day!]: hollow soren {TIME REMAINING 3 MINUTES} As Soren was gloating on the Hollow losing all motivation for this fight the System started the last count down. {TIME REMAINING¡­ 10...6...2¡­ TIME IS UP, HOST HAS INTEGRATED WITH THE (Hollow Bloodline)... SECRET MISSION COMPLETE¡­ ( Survive the Hollow Attack) DETAILS INTIALE: (System has given the Hollow a Mission to take over Host body, if the mission was complete, Host would lose body to Hollow. But if the Hollow lost Host would gain it''s full powers)} [What the Fuck! Why would you do something like that?]: soren {SYSTEM NEEDED TO GIVE THE HOLLOW MOTIVATION¡­ SYSTEM REWARDS HOST FOR COMPLETING SECRET MISSION (Soul Power +7 and Soul Awareness, Lottery Tickets x10, Soul Reaper Shihakusho} [Okay Sakura, I forgive you¡­ You give me such wonderful stuff]: soren Soren still had the Hollow mack covering the top of his head. When Soren took it off to look at it he had a grin on his face. The Hollow Mask had his favorite colors engraved into a skull like mask, the mask was shaped like Ichigo''s but the markings were different and the color was Teal. (Picture in Discord) [This is badass! I like the color]: soren As Soren was marveling at the Hollow mask it started to disintegrate into his hands. [Well that was a waste¡­ I guess I should go eat something]: soren As Soren was opening the door to his room there stood 4 people. Ichigo Isshni, Karin, and Yuzu. When Soren seen them he kinda felt like they were stalking him. [Is everything okay?]: soren [We should be asking you that, what was going on in there?]: ichigo Soren understood why they were standing outside of his door now. [Training¡­]: soren [Are you hurting yourself again?]: isshin [... No! Why would you say something like that]: soren Soren had beads of sweat dripping from his forehead. [Well we heard you scream so we all rushed over to see if you were alright, but your door was locked. So we stood outside and were listening in on what you were doing]: yuzu Yuzu was too open on what they were doing. [Well I''m fine, let''s all go out and eat something]: soren [Okay!]: yuzu A couple of months had passed and Soren found out that using the System he could deafen the sound coming from his room. Later on that night Soren heard a sound coming from outside, it was getting louder and louder. [This sound¡­ This is a Hollow, it''s coming towards us]: soren All of a sudden he heard Ichigo bust out of his room into the hallway. [It looks like it''s time¡­ Hehe, I will watch from afar]: soren The whole thing played out like in the Anime, Yuzu and Karin were caught by the Hollow and this Girl was dying when suddenly she asked if he wanted to save his family. Ichigo agreed and then she said. [I''m Rukia, and you are?]: rukia [Ichigo Kurosaki]: ichigo Chapter 40 - Masked Man As Ichigo stated his name Rukia asked if he wanted to save his family, and that it could only be a possibility, and not a 100% chance that it would work. [I don''t care¡­ We will be dead anyway even if I don''t try]: ichigo As Rukia got the okay from Ichigo she took her Zanpakuto and faced it towards Ichigo telling him to stab himself into it. [I will transfer my power to you so you can save your family]: rukia Then Ichigo took the sword with her hands still around the handle and stabbed himself. At that second a blinding bright light burst out, and from it Ichigo stood, but was different. He now wore the soul reaper uniform known as a Shihakusho, and on his back was a thick Zanpakuto. [It worked¡­ Save your family¡­]: rukia As Ichigo looked toward Rukia one more time he then turned around to face the Hollow. In the next second he drew the sword on his back and lunged at the Hollow, But one thing was off. Unlike in the Anime, Ichigo could not fend off the Hollow and kill it. As it struck down its big palm Ichigo was smashed against the wall. [It looks like it was stronger than the report¡­ I''m sorry¡­ Ichi-]: rukia In the next second before Rukia could say her last words a flash came by and sliced the Hollow clean through. As Rukia seen this her mouth dropped, Not only did nobody come with her but even if someone did, they would not be this powerful. As Ichigo got up from the rubble and looked towards the fallen Hollow he seen someone standing there with his back turned towards Ichigo, as the face turned around all Ichigo seen was a mask. It looked similar to what the Hollow wore but had funky teal lines that marked the mask. The man also wore a Dress like Rukia''s but it had some armor pieces that covered some parts of him, and a scarf that wraps around his neck slightly covering the mouth area of the mask and the scarf was blowing in the wind. [Who are you?... Are you friends with Rukia?]: ichigo [...]: masked man Then the masked man looked towards Ruika and then towards the two girls that were caught by the Hollow. When Ichigo seen this he began to get upset, it only made it worse when the masked man started to head towards Ichigo''s two sisters. [Hey!... Stop right there! Leave them alone!]: ichigo The masked man then stopped and was about 5 meters away from the fallen girls, then the masked man had turned around to face Ichigo. When Rukia could finally get a better sight of the masked man she shouted towards Ichigo. [Stop!... That thing looks like a Hollow! It must be a high level one!]: rukia Just as Rukia said that to Ichigo, he went on the defence holding his giant sword up, ready to fight at any moment. Then out of nowhere the masked man started to speak. [Ichigo Kurosaki! I have been watching you for quite a while¡­ You interest me very much. Do not fear, I have saved you and your sisters only because you interest me¡­ And you, Soul Reaper!]: masked man When the masked man looked towards Rukia she froze, when faced with the pressure oozing out from him left her almost unable to even breath, then the masked man spoke once more. [I want you to train Ichigo and make him a Soul Reaper, Once he becomes self sufficient get out of his life]: masked man Rukia was lost for words, this man wearing a mask holding a weird-looking Zanpakuto, she thought it was maybe his Shikai state. When she composed herself she spoke up. [I have no problems training him¡­ at least until my powers return, I will train him]: rukia [Good, now I will let these little one go back to your side...SUSANOO RISE!]: masked man When he said this, he raised his hand forward and from behind his back a smoky Black skeleton appeared and picked up the two girls that were knocked unconscious. Ichigo freaked out when seeing this but Rukia told him to calm down, the Black skeleton hand moved the two girls over next to Ichigo and then vanished. [I have shown only a tiny bit of my power today, next time we meet let''s hope it''s not as enemies]: masked man As the masked man said this, he vanished from his position, leaving only White Crows in his place. Both Ichigo and Rukia were stunned to see this sight, after a minute of being in a stupor, Ichigo and Rukia regain their senses. Ichigo checked on his sisters while Rukia thought in her mind. ''Who is that guy?... He seems to know quite a lot'': rukia On the other hand, back in his room Soren appeared wearing the same things as the masked man but the mask was off the side of Soren''s head. [That was tough¡­ Acting like that is definitely not my thing¡­ Sakura can you remove these cloths]: soren After he said that the clothing Soren wore disappeared. He began to take a look at the aftermath of the fight. He could see Ichigo picking up his two sisters and talking to Rukia before heading back into the house through the giant hole in the wall. On Ichigo''s side his conversation went like this. [Up we go¡­]: ichigo Picking up the two of them, then he turned to Rukia. [Thank you again for helping me save them¡­ I guess from what he said I will see you again?]: ichigo [It seems that way... but for now, I need to figure out my situation]: rukia [What Situation?]: ichigo [My powers¡­ I lost them when I gave them to you]: rukia [Then I can just give them back]: ichigo [No¡­ It wouldn''t work, you are too weak to give them back]: rukia [Then I guess I will head back and see how Dad reacts to this mess¡­ I''ll see you around]: ichigo [Yeah¡­]: rukia Ichigo went in towards the house and then stopped when he saw his body where he was stabbed by Rukia. [What is this! Am I dead!?!?]: ichigo Rukia the spoke up, seeing Ichigo''s reaction. [No¡­ Your not dead, your spirit is just outside of your body]: rikua [Ha!?!?!]: ichigo Ichigo turned with a look of confusion. [How do I get back! Or am I stuck like this forever?]: ichigo [Just take your body and force your spirit back in]: rukia Ichigo the gave a big sigh, then put both of his sisters under one arm and then grabbed his body bringing them back into the house. Soren then went back to his bed and started to go over the battle. [It has now started]: soren Soren spoke with a grin now plastered on his face. He then quickly covered his face with his blanket and pretended to be asleep because someone was just about to open the door to his room. As it opened Ichigo looked it to see if Soren was okay, just before closing it he mumbled something. [Good¡­ It looks like that masked man didn''t do anything to Soren]: ichigo He then closed the door and left to go sleep in his room. This was now the start of something crazy for Ichigo and he just wanted it to be some kind of dream, and if he could just wake up from it, he would be happy. Chapter 41 - Orihime The next morning Isshin rushed into Ichigo''s room to wake him up. As Ichigo heard him come in he woke up to intercept his father''s attack, but it never came, instead, it was Isshin yelling. [Thank god you are okay¡­ I checked on your sisters and Soren, they are also okay]: isshin Ichigo got out of his bed and asked Isshin what was wrong. [A big truck had crashed through the front of our house¡­ I''m so surprised we all slept through it]: isshin It was then that Ichigo remembered what had happened last night and about the masked man. Then he remembered about Rukia, and then wondered if he would see her again. [The police came by and told us the report¡­ they said they found a sleeping truck driver in our living room]: isshin Ichigo was stunned when he heard that there was a truck driver that was stationed in his living room last night. Only because that was not what happened, now he was thinking. ''Did that girl do something?... No¡­ She couldn''t have'' Ichigo placed that thought to the back of his mind and then went back to talking with his dad. [So will we be reimbursed for the damage done?]: ichigo [Yes, the police said that all the damage caused will be fixed by the company that the driver works for]: isshin Isshin then saw the face that appeared on Ichigo when he said, "the company that the driver works for will fix it all" So naturally, Ichigo knew that it wasn''t the driver''s fault, a dissatisfied face grew on Ichigo. [What''s wrong Ichigo?... Are you feeling well?]: isshin Then Ichigo had an Idea strike him. ''What if it was all just a Dream that was caused by the sounds of that truck driver crashing into our house¡­ That''s it!'' [Nothing dad¡­ I''ll get ready for school then]: ichigo Isshin was kicked out of Ichigo''s room with a chop to the head. When Isshin left you could see a bump on the top of his head, at that time Soren was walking out of his room dressed for school, Isshin seen this and rushed over to him. [Soren! Come hug your adoptive father!]: isshin Soren didn''t even give him the chance. Once Isshin got into the vicinity of Soren he disappeared and Isshin fell to the floor, Soren then reappeared behind Isshin saying. [I told you that I didn''t want to be adopted¡­ And I definitely don''t want to be hugged by you]: soren [Oww, Soren that hurt, why did you doge?]: isshin Isshin got up and now had a smaller bump on the already existing bump made by Ichigo previously. [I''m gonna head off to school, tell Ichigo I''ll see him there]: soren Soren rushed out the doo- Hole in the wall and head towards the school. As Soren was starting to walk down the street he hear someone calling him from behind. [S-Soren, wait up!... Don''t leave me with my dad, he is annoying me, take me with you!]: ichigo Ichigo was trying to get out of the house but Isshin was hugging his leg while Ichigo is putting on his shirt trying to leave. Soren stood there to wait for Ichigo, then he heard his name again. [Soren!... Are you off to school now?]: ??? As Soren turns to see who called him, he could see Orihime walking up to him. [Where''s Ichigo?]: orihime Soren pointed back to his house and said. [There¡­]: soren Orihime sees Ichigo and Isshin and the big hole in the house, then she turns to me and ask what happened. [Isshin is sad that he doesn''t get enough attention from his kids so he is hugging Ichigo''s leg to keep him there]: soren [Not that¡­ The house. What happened to it?]: orihime Orihime started to laugh as she seen Sorens face make one of those "Oh! That''s what you meant" And then Soren spoke. [Last night a Truck drove into our living room, we all slept through it I guess, the police came by this morning and told us]: soren While Soren and Orihime were talking Ichigo finally got free from Isshin and ran towards the two. [Let''s Go!]: ichigo Ichigo grabbed Soren and Orihime and started to run down the street, Soren broke free and chopped Ichigo. [Oww, what was that for!]: ichigo [Who told you to grab me?]: soren Ichigo who was rubbing his head from the chop Soren gave him let go of Orihime''s hand too. [Does it look like we are being followed?]: soren [No, I just-]: ichigo [Your not in a fight with someone and need to escape, learn from your mistakes and better yourself]: soren [Yes Master]: ichigo Soren then whacked Ichigo again. [Oww! What was that one for?]: ichigo [What did I tell you about calling me Master¡­ All I did was teach you some martial arts]: soren [Sorry Mas- I mean Soren]: ichigo Whack! Soren hit Ichigo for the third time. [What the Fuck! What was that for, I didn''t do anything!]: ichigo [Because I wanted to¡­ Do you want another?]: soren [Please no!... I won''t question it anymore]: ichigo Orihime was watching this unfold and started to laugh while covering her mouth as to not let them find out, she also worried if she was found out that she would also get hit. [Let''s head to school now¡­ If we are late I will chop you again]: soren Ichigo was worried so they picked a slightly faster pace than walking speed and arrived to the school 15 minutes later. [We will see you in class Orihime, I need to talk with Ichigo for a bit]: soren [Okay! I''ll see you guys later]: orihime Soren told Ichigo some stuff about how if Ichigo likes Orihime he should go after her. He only said these things because He really liked how the two of them make a good couple. And as they were talking, someone spoke up. [Hi Ichigo¡­ Who is this?]: ??? Chapter 42 - Hellish Training As Ichigo turned around to see who called to him he was stunned to see the girl from the night before who had helped him save his family. [Rukia?... I thought you were just a Dream¡­ Turns out you really ar-]: Ichigo Ichigo couldn''t finish his words before the girl Rukia shoved her hand over Ichigo''s mouth saying. [Don''t bring that up¡­ There are people around]: rukia Rukia took a look at Soren when she said that. At that point Ichigo looked towards Soren and then thought for a moment. ''Do I really want to bring him into this mess? What would I gain from it? I also don''t want Soren to get hurt'' Soren then broke Ichigo out of his thought process saying. [What happened last night? Between you two?]: soren Ichigo snapped out of his thoughts and quickly and shortly responded. [Nothing!...]: Ichigo Soren had a grin appeared on his face, not only did he know what happened last night but he felt in the mood to tease Ichigo. [Oh? Was it that good that you forgot?]: soren Ichigo was confused until he saw the grin plastered on Soren''s face, then Ichigo took a quick look at Rukia who was standing there watching, waiting to be acknowledged by the two. [No! That''s not what happened¡­ Why would you say that]: ichigo Rukia seen the look Ichigo gave her and how he replied to Soren''s comment. For the life of her she couldn''t understand what Soren meant by his words. [So you mean to tell me that both of you did nothing all night long? Then what were the loud noises I heard that I graciously Ignored, to me it sounds like the two of you enjoyed it very much¡­ hehe]: soren Rukia seen how Soren was giving a slight laugh and how Ichigo''s face was getting red and then how Soren was looking between the two of them, then she asked. [Did you see us?]: rukia Soren was breaking down inside, he could use all of this to tease Ichigo. [No¡­ I only heard stuff¡­ Let me ask, is it as big as you said it was? I went back to sleep when you said "I''ve never seen one so big"]: soren (Rukia said this about Ichigo''s Zanpakuto) Ichigo was breaking down in tears over how Soren was able to say all of this with a straight face, Rukia on the other hand was only thinking about the stuff that happened outside, to see how much Soren knows. [So Ichigo¡­ Did you tell him what happened between us?]: rukia [No!... and that''s not what he is talking about]: rukia Rukia was stunned to know that Soren was not talking about the things that happened with the Hollow. [Then what is he talking about?]: rukia [He is-]: ichigo Just before Ichigo could clear himself, and let it fall over to Soren, Soren spoke up. [Don''t worry Ichigo, I''ll help you out¡­ I''m sorry my brother is a monster in bed, I hope you can still walk straight, and I am guessing you are here looking for more. I am also sorry to tell you that he is one of those "I don''t stop at the same gas station" kind of guys. I hope you can forgive him, and if you are interested, I am free]: soren It was at this moment Ichigo knew, He fucked up. He could see Rukia piecing 2 and 2 together, and in the next second her face became red like a tomato and steam could be seen rising from her head. She then took her gaze towards Ichigo, Ichigo knew he was in trouble. Soren seen this and then bid his farewell to the two. [Looks like I ruined the honeymoon, I will be on my way then¡­ Sorry. Also see you in class Ichigo]: soren [He won''t be making it to class¡­]: rukia Soren got out of there quick, in his mind, he knew that he either signed Ichigo into a hellish training or, his demise. Either way, Ichigo will be at death''s door, so there was no use looking into it. When Soren got to class he could see Orihime sitting in her seat waiting so he joined her. [Orihime, It looks like I made it to class on time]: soren When Orihime seen Soren she looked ecstatic, she gestured for Soren to sit next to her. When Soren sat down he started a conversation with her, then out of nowhere Soren heard a scream coming from outside. When he had gone to see it he got a view of Rukia wiping Ichigo around. [Where did she get the whip!?!?]: soren A little bit later Ichigo and Rukia came to the classroom along with the teacher, Ichigo sat down and Rukia stood next to the teacher. [Hello class, today I will introduce a new student¡­ Everyone say hello to Rukia, she will be with us from today onwards]: teacher From that day on, we would all go to school then afterwards Rukia and Ichigo would break off and do their training. One day Soren got curious, so he followed them, when he seen how Rukia trained Ichigo it was like someone training a devil. Ichigo would be doing reps of something and Rukia would be wiping him even if Ichigo did nothing wrong in the rep. It went on like this for a couple of months but as time had gone on Rukia started to be more lenient. Soon training was over and Ichigo has started to kill Hollows, when Soren found out he started to release some spirit to draw in more Hollows. [Looks like I will see just how many Ichigo can take]: soren After a couple of weeks Ichigo was out killing Hollows with Rukia and Soren decided to make a move, the whole time Soren was watching Ichigo train, Soren would train as well. Soren had broken through 370x Gravity, he was coming to a peak in his power. But, he was still far from the Apex of this world, Training in just Gravity will not pose much help anymore, so Soren came up with an Idea to free himself and make Ichigo work harder. One day while Ichigo was fighting a Hollow, Soren put on his Hollow mask and Shihakusho that had some Armor pieces on it along with a scarf. [Ichigo! The right!]: rukia Ichigo blocked from the right and cut off the Hollows hand. In the next second the sky started to darken and the Hollow started to howl, When Ichigo took a look up to see what was happening a man wearing a mask appeared on top of the Hollow. [You!... Get down here so I can beat your ass]: ichigo The masked man looked down at Ichigo, then started to speak. [You have gotten strong indeed¡­ But still nowhere near what I want you to be at¡­ since I have waited this long I will take something in return¡­ You can take it back when you surpass me]: masked man On the inside while the masked man a.k.a. Soren was talking he was asking Sakura if there is a way to make a fake body of his to present as either unconscious or dead. {HOST CAN BUY A (Gigai) AND USE IT AS A WAY OF ESCAPE FOR HOST} ''Buy it please'': soren {DING!... HOST HAS BOUGHT 1x(Gigai) DEDUCING 10.000 POINTS} ''Expensive¡­ But it''s worth it" Then the Masked man pulled the Gigai out and had it under his arms. [I have taken your friend here¡­ I will keep him until you can take him back, see you then]: masked man Chapter 43 - Orihime’s Sadness [You Bastard!... Let him go now!]: ichigo Ichigo was furious, He rushed towards the Masked man and jumped on top of the Hollow. Ichigo then slashed down towards the masked man, as the masked man turned to dodge the strike Ichigo made a slight change to the strike. The masked man then had to adjust the way he was dodging but Ichigo''s sword clipped the edge of the mask. As the masked man stood up Ichigo could see half of the masked man''s mouth, the masked man was giving a big grin. [Well done¡­ I did not expect that]: masked man The masked man''s mask started to gather smoke and repair itself. [But still not enough¡­]: masked man Then the masked man pulled his sword and lept towards Ichigo still holding the body of Soren (aka the Gigai) and slashed towards Ichigo. Ichigo tried to dodge but the masked man was faster and kicked Ichigo off the Hollow. [Ichigo!... Make your way to the Soul lands where these Hollows come from, when you can survive in there you are worthy to fight me]: masked man As Soren was getting up off the ground and getting ready to launch himself back up to the masked man, the masked man released his Spirit Pressure. So much Spirit Pressure was released the Hollow started to retreat, it opened a black spatial rip in space and started to enter into it. Rukia was stunned by the pressure released by this masked person. [So much power¡­ That''s on the level of a captain]: rukia Ichigo was stunned by what Rukia said so he asked. [Level of a Captain? What does that mean?]: ichigo As the Hollow and the Masked man riding it disappeared into the rip, the rip started to close. Ichigo tried to make one more attack but as he got close to the remaining opening to the rip it closed fully. Rukia then regained her composure and spoke. [You will find out everything in due time¡­ But for now we must get you onto his level, I just don''t know if you can ever make it to that level]: rukia Inside the black void Soren was riding the Hollow towards wherever it made its home. When Soren took a look around he could only see darkness so when he asked Sakura the system responded. {HOST SHOULD FOCUS SPIRIT POWER INTO THE HOLLOW MASK, ONCE HOST DOES THAT HOST CAN SEE} Soren put the Gigai back into Inventory and focused his spirit power into the Hollow Mask, when the power gathered he was able to start seeing the things around him. [Wow, this place is so barren¡­ How can anything live here?]: soren {DING!... HOST HAS ACQUIRED THE CONCEPT OF (Spatial Travel) WOULD HOST LIKE TO LEARN IT?} {Learn?} [Yes! I would like to be able to leave in the future]: soren {DING!... HOST HAS LEARNED (Spatial Travel) Level 01} [Cool, Sakura can I see my status]: soren {SHOWING HOST STATUS¡­ DING!} Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren) Adoptive Name: Soren Kurosaki Age: 16 Soul Power: Soul Reaper (Advanced) Luck: Lucky Body: Mythical Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Sharingan 3 tome) - Hollow (Mask) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Intermediate Master) - Observation Haki (Advanced Master) - King''s Haki (Advanced Master) - Genjutsu (Master) - Spatial Travel (Level 01) Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Soul Power (Master) - Cooking (Master) - Spirit Pressure (Master) - Eyes of Truth (4.3%) - Sword Mastery (Master) System Points: 299.460 [What is a Mythical Body?]: soren {(Mythical Body) IS A HIGHER FORM OF BODY TEMPERAMENT, THE ONLY THING THAT CAN PIERCE HOST BODY IS ANY WEAPON INFUSED WITH SPIRIT POWER} [So I''m basically invincible?]: soren {HOST SHOULD STILL BE CAREFUL¡­ IF A HOLLOW INFUSES IT''S HAND OR TEETH WITH SPIRIT POWER HOST WILL RECEIVE DAMAGE} [I will be careful¡­ I think it''s time to kill this guy and explore on my own now though]: soren Soren then took his Zanpakuto and stabbed the Hollow in the head while sending his spirit power through the blade exploding it''s head instantly. [Oh!... Sakura, what is the time difference in this world compared to the outside world?]: soren {10 - 1¡­ EVERY 1 DAY IN HERE IS 10 DAYS OUTSIDE} [Wow¡­ So if my guess is correct, I can only spend 20 days in here then that should be enough time to let Ichigo grow and for Rukia to be taken back to Soul Society for execution]: soren While Soren was walking around exploring the Hollow world he would kill some Hollows who were in his way. On the outside world Ichigo and Rukia were training to get stronger, Orihime found out that Soren stopped coming to school. When she went to find out why, she met with Ichigo and Rukia training. [Guy''s¡­ where''s Soren? I haven''t seen him in a while¡­ Is he sick?]: Orihime Ichigo turned to Orihime and spoke. [Piss off¡­ I''m not in the mood to talk about it]: ichigo [Ichigo! You don''t need to be rude about it]: rukia Orihime ran off after hearing Ichigo say that to her, when she got to her house, she ran into a police officer. [Woah there little miss¡­ This is an active scene please leave]: officer [But this is my house¡­]: orihime Orihime was confused as to why there were police around her house. [Then you must be the one we need to tell¡­]: officer The police officer took a deep breath and started to speak. [Your brother has died¡­ it looks to be a suicide]: officer [No!... that can''t be]: orihime Orihime felt like the world was falling down on top of her, she couldn''t help but break down right before the officer and cried for hours. When the police were gone from the property, Orihime sat in her house all alone. Some days passed with her friends trying to get in contact with her but to no luck, even Ichigo came by. [Orihime¡­ I''m sorry¡­ I acted like a jerk, I just had a lot going on. Soren¡­ Soren is missing, one day we woke up and he was just gone]: ichigo Ichigo made up a lie that was close to the truth and he apologized to Orihime for how he acted to other week. Soon the door opened and Orihime invited Ichigo in, later on more people showed up and they all sat down and talked to one another. Later on in the night everyone left and it was just Ichigo and Orihime. As Ichigo got up and left, he felt a pressure press down on him, and looked back towards Orihime''s house. Chapter 44 - The Truth About Hollows Soren was roaming the world of the Hollows killing everything in sight, when he would come across a weak opponent he would use just Spirit Pressure mixed with King''s Haki to crush the Hollow into nothingness. [Sakura, is there any way to fight stronger opponents in here?]: soren {DING!... HOST HAS SURPASSED MOST HOLLOWS INSIDE THIS WORLD. ONLY 3 KINDS OF HOLLOWS REMAIN THAT SURPASS HOST¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE THE DIRECTION THEY RESIDE?} [Yes! Please tell me where they are]: soren {HOST MUST CONTINUE WEST FOR 3540km} [That far?... It looks like I will make it in around 12 hours if I run]: soren Soren then took off West killing everything that he passed, the system would reward Spirit Power and Spirit Awareness in low quantity when Soren would kill these Lower Hollows. On the outside world where Ichigo was, he went back to Orihime''s house when he heard the sound of a Hollow. When Ichigo made it back to Orihime''s door he knocked while yelling. [Orihime!... Open up I forgot something]: ichigo On the inside, Orihime was just getting ready to take a shower. As she was setting the water she heard something outside of the bathroom, when she got up to go check it she found nothing. Ichigo was still banging on the door but couldn''t be heard, as Orihime went back to the bathroom she heard the sound again, and she went to check where it was coming from again. As Orihime went into the living room and took a look around she finally hear the banging on her door, when she went to check it she heard Ichigo. [Orihime! Open up please¡­]: ichigo Orihime then opened the door to see what Ichigo wanted, when Ichigo came in he took a look around and Orihime couldn''t help but ask. [Why did you come back? Did you forget something?]: orihime [I thought I did but I don''t see anything, I guess I left it at home¡­ sorry about that]: ichigo [That''s no problem¡­ I guess I''ll see you at school tomorrow]: orihime As Ichigo and Orihime went towards the door they heard a loud screeching sound coming from behind them. When Ichigo turned around to take a look, he could see a big Hollow outside of the window looking in. [Wow, I keep hearing that sound but I don''t know where it''s coming from]: orihime Ichigo could clearly see what was outside the window but looking at Orihime it seemed to be invisible for her, but the question was, why was it here?. Ichigo turned towards Orihime and told her. [I will be going now, have a good night]: ichigo Ichigo thought that the Hollow was there for him because Hollows are attracted towards strong spirits, so if he could bait it away from the house he could kill it. As Ichigo made his way down the steps towards the front of the house he seen the Hollow still looking inside of Orihime''s apartment. [Hey you stuipd Hollow¡­ Over here!]: ichigo Ichigo picked up a rock and threw it at the Hollow, when it realized it was being attacked the Hollow turned to face the attacker. Ichigo then started to run down the street, as the Hollow seen the fleeting attacker it gave a small chase. When Ichigo seen it following him he kept running, after a little ways Ichigo turned around ready to face it only to see nothing following him. As that point Ichigo heard a loud scream coming from the direction he came from. [AHHHH!]: ??? [That sounds like Orihime, but why?]: ichigo Ichigo ran towards Orihime''s apartment and when he got close he used the glove Rukia gave him and pushed his Spirit out of his body, catching his body he laid it down and pulled his Zanpakuto from his back. [I''m coming Orihime!]: ichigo Ichigo rushed towards the sound of struggle and when he turned the corner he could see the Hollow holding Orihime in its hand. [Let her go you damn beast!]: ichigo The Hollow took it''s gaze from Orihime and place it towards Ichigo, it then let out a huge scream and Orihime passed out but the last thing she say was Ichigo holding a sword. [Ich-i-go¡­.]: orihime Ichigo then jumped up holding his Zanpakuto in hand and slashed towards the Hollows hand that was holding Orihime, as the Sword came down the hand came off and started to fall. Soren was now giving a good slice and dice towards a pack of Hollows, when Soren''s sword would swing Hollows would drop like flies. [Sakura how far am I from the destination?]: soren {HOST STILL NEEDS TO TRAVEL 2746km TO REACH DESTINATION} [So I should pick up the speed then]: soren As Soren rushed throw the hoards of Hollows not even giving them a second glance he started to make haste towards his goal. Ichigo was now fighting with the Hollow that had ahold of Orihime, this was when Rukia had showed up to help Ichigo out. [Ichigo!... Aim for the mask, when you break the mask it will finish the Hollow]: rukia [What do you think I''ve been trying to do!?]: ichigo When Ichigo would swing his Zanpakuto towards the Hollow, it would dodge the attack and then counter attack towards Ichigo. [You piece of crap¡­ die already!]: ichigo As Ichigo came down for a downward slash it made contact with the Hollow Mask. as Ichigo seen this she felt relieved, and in doing so didn''t get enough power to fully slash the mask, what Ichigo saw next left him stunned. [W-what is this?... Why is it him?]: ichigo Ichigo was now witnessing Orihime''s deceased brother fight as one of these Hollows. [Ichigo!... you need to fully break the mask to defeat it!]: rukia [I can''t¡­ I can''t do that to Orihime]: ichigo Rukia was stunned, then she spoke up to Ichigo. [That''s why it''s best to always take out the mask in one strike¡­ so we don''t see who''s under the mask]: rukia [What do you mean? who''s under the mask?]: ichigo Ichigo was stunned with the words that left Rukia''s mouth. [All Hollows are people who have stayed here for too long, and their soul chain has been eaten away¡­ We try to finish the Hollow in 1 strike to the mask to save us the hardship of knowing who is under the mask. It could be a Friend, Lover or Family. To save us the hardship of knowing we take them out in 1 strike to the mask]: rukia [That''s fucked up¡­ I need to save Orihime''s brother]: ichigo [You can''t¡­ He is already gone, the only way to save him now is to end the fight and break the mask]: rukia Ichigo bit his lip and then aimed his sword back towards the Hollow. [O-Ori-hi-mee!]: Hollow Chapter 45 - 3 Kings [What are you doing Ichigo? Finish it]: rukia Ichigo stood there facing the Hollow who had just called out Orihime''s name. [I-I can''t¡­]: ichigo [What do you mean!?]: rukia [I can still feel Orihime''s brother¡­ Like he still has his conscious thoughts about his sister]: ichigo Rukia stood there looking at Ichigo as if he was crazy. [Ichigo, you''re not killing him just sending him to the Soul Society¡­ The longer he stays like this, the more pain you are actually putting on him, help him pass on, finish the fight]: rukia Ichigo was contemplating on what he should do, it was at this moment that Orihime softly mumbled something in her unconscious state. [B-bro-ther, It''s okay¡­ I can-]: orihime Orihime then stopped mumbling, when Ichigo heard this he became more resolute in his decision. [I will save you Sora¡­ HA!]: ichigo Ichigo raised his Zanpakuto and rushed towards the Hollow. Ichigo then jumped up and put all his force into slicing down towards the Hollow cleaving the Mask clean in half. [ORAHAAAAARGGG]: hollow The Hollow let out a loud screech before turning into a black mist and disappearing into thin air. [I''m sorry Orihime¡­ I couldn''t save Sora]: ichigo Ichigo sheathed his Zanpakuto on his back and walked over to Rukia and Orihime. [Ichigo, there was nothing you could do¡­ once someone becomes a Hollow there is no return. The only way to save a Hollow is to break it''s mask and in doing so send it to Soul Society]: rukia [What is Soul Society anyway? That Masked man who took Soren said something about it]: ichigo [Soul Society is a place where all souls reside, and to protect them Soul Reapers live there as well. Our task is to take out Hollows and send wandering souls to Soul Society before they become Hollows¡­ Once a Hollow has it''s mask broken it becomes a pure soul again and is in turn sent to Soul Society]: rukia With Rukia''s words Ichigo was a little bit more at ease knowing that he had made Sora''s life better. A couple of days passed and Ichigo was getting stronger and stronger, on Soren''s side he was now reaching his destination. {HOST IS NOW 3km FROM DESTINATION} [Finally¡­ I was starting to wonder if I was ever going to make it to this place¡­ Time to fight someone strong]: soren As Soren came up to a castle looking building he could feel the power emanating from it, and around the building it looked like it could be a barrier. All the Hollows refused to get closer than they were, as Soren got to the area that divided Hollow filled ground to open space, he placed his hand through. [Ha?... There''s no barrier, then why do these Hollows stay on this side?... Maybe they are afraid to cross?]: soren What Soren didn''t know was his guess was completely right. All the Hollows knew they were no match for the being that lay inside that area so they stay far enough away where they feel safe. [I guess I should go in then¡­ I wonder how strong this Hollow is]: soren As Soren crossed the threshold between open ground and Hollow fill ground he could feel more pressure being placed on him, and as he went deeper into the area the pressure only got stronger and stronger. Soren is suppressing his Aura to the utmost as to not scare away any Hollows, so this pressure is being placed on Soren''s body entirely yet Soren does not even shake. [This is quite the pressure that this Hollow gives off]: soren A grin appeared on Soren''s face as he started to let out his own pressure. [Come to me!¡­ HAHAHA!]: soren Soren started to laugh maniacally, some would say that being alone in this world with only Hollows and his System made him go crazy. [Come to Daddy my Son!]: soren It was at this moment that one could say that he has gone crazy. Soren then pulled out his Zanpakuto and called its name. [Come to me Uchiha''s Wrath]: soren The blade began to light on fire with lightning running through it, the fire was Black and the Lightning was coursing through the fire like a heartbeat. [This is sooo cool!... My Zanpakuto has 2 Shikai releases]: soren Soren''s Zanpakuto has 2 Shikai releases being Uchiha''s Wrath and Susanoo, Soren has not unlocked his Bankai though. [Sakura, how long until I can use my Bankai?]: soren {SYSTEM CAN''T TELL HOST BECAUSE THE SYSTEM DOES NOT KNOW EITHER¡­ THE (Bankai Release) IS ALL DEPENDANT ON WHEN THE HOST ZANPAKUTO FEELS IT''S TIME TO GIVE IT TO HOST} [So I have to wait until Sasuke feels it''s time to give me his Bankai huh?... well for now let''s take out this Hollow]: soren As Soren felt a sudden movement from his release pressure that was mixed with Observation Haki. In that next second Soren blocked to the left as a hand with long claws came towards him. [Ho, so this is how you fight huh? Sneak attacks?]: soren [Human? Hollow?... How? How do you have the presence of both?]: ??? [You can speak? Never mind...None of your business, just fight me]: soren The Hollow then jumped back from his first failed attack and gave Soren a nasty snarl. [Human or Hollow, what are you?]: hollow Soren had a grin appear on his face and then responded. [I am neither, but I guess if I had to pick one I would say Human]: soren The Hollow was confused, he couldn''t tell what Soren meant by "neither" it was one or the other. [Impudent! You have no Hellish Aura and your Human Aura is not completely Human either, it is mixed with a Hollow¡­ So I ask again what are you? And if you choose not to say I will kill you]: hollow [You said it''s mixed yes? Then you have your answer¡­ Like I said earlier, I am neither Human nor Hollow but a Mix]: soren [Impossible!... Hollow''s can''t reproduce so How?]: hollow [Enough of 20 questions let''s fight, if you win I will tell you how]: soren The Hollow heard this and then launched towards Soren, once Soren seen this he brought his blade up to guard. Once the Hollow''s claws made contact with Soren''s blade the Lightning Flame began to crawl up the Hollow''s hand, the Hollow then broke off from Soren and put out the flame with his other hand. [So you could tell huh? You really are strong then]: soren [Petty tricks will never work on me Human, I''m one of the 3 Kings, King Zorin]: zorin Chapter 46 - Death of a King Soren gave Zorin a look of someone who looks down on everyone but Zorin could not see it because Soren wore his mask. [So¡­ Will you make a move or wait for me?]: soren [HAHAHA!... You may be strong but my attacks just a moment ago were just casual attacks]: zorin [So is this telling me that you are playing around?]: soren [HAHA! I wouldn''t even call that playing, I will give you a chance to hit me once, after that I will take your puny life]: zorin Soren''s grin became even bigger and then he spoke up. [Oh mighty King I jest, you are too kind¡­]: soren Zorin''s face became lighter as he heard Soren''s words, he thought that maybe he could use this Human/Hollow Hybrid and make him his slave, then Zorin''s face changed once more when he heard Soren''s next sentence. [I shall show this stupid King the path towards the light and kill him here, never look down apon someone who has unknown strength]: soren [Brat!... This mighty King will kill you where you stand]: zorin [Then come!]: soren Zorin then launched back in for another attack towards Soren, as he came close to Soren, Soren made his move. [Ring Of Fire! Form and kill my enemy]: soren Soren never had any real move set so he decided to come up with his own, that was the beauty of his Zanpakuto. [Burn in Hell¡­ HAHAHA!]: soren The Ring Of Fire expanded outwards colliding with Zorin, the move sent him back to his starting position, the fire was now spreading all over Zorin''s body, burning him. [You cheeky brat!... Die!]: zorin Zorin used his Spirit power to suppress the flames that covered his body, when the flames ceased to remain covering his body he retracted his Spirit Power. [I will give you this¡­ You are the first that has made me use this much power in ages]: zorin [I guess you should exercise more then]: soren Soren started to make fun of this self proclaimed King, and when Zorin had enough of it he decided to make Soren feel real pain. Zorin then started to power up like someone from Dragon Ball Z would. [HAAAAARRGG!]: zorin Zorin''s power started to soar, even to the point where the System started to give warnings. {WARNING!... ENEMY POWER IS RISING RAPIDLY, HOST WILL NOT SURVIVE IF HOST DOES NOT DO THE SAME} ''Wow¡­ Sakura has never done this before'' Soren was startled about the warning that came through from the System, he then proceeded to start his power up. Unlike Zorin, Soren has full control over his power, Zorin hasn''t fought in ages so he needs to focus and force his power to rise, Soren just needs to slowly or rapidly release his power, doing the second starts to cause harm to his body though. [HAHAHA! Yes, power up for me¡­ I haven''t fought someone as strong as you in quite a while]: soren Once Soren raised his power to half of his full, he began to watch Zorin power up. As Zorin was just about finished releasing his full power it was just above 75% of Soren''s full. Not fighting for so long has diminished his strength. [Here I come, prepare to die Human!]: zorin Zorin came up to Soren in a flash and swung his hand down smashing Soren into the ground. [Oh? You know Flash Step?]: soren Soren had spit out a mouth full of blood, his body took damage but Soren felt no pain from it. His torturous training has made his nerves system shut down, no amount of pain can make Soren scream out. [I-Imposible, How can you take that strike?]: zorin [Easy!... You''re just weak]: soren Zorin continued his barrage of strikes towards Soren, Soren blocked quite a few but quite a few also got through his defence and damaged him, spitting out another mouth full of blood Soren spoke up. [HAHAHA! It''s my turn now]: soren Soren started to raise his power to around 90%, with this increase Zorin was now taking every blow Soren threw at him, he couldn''t even dodge them. [You¡­ Just die already!]: zorin As the fight continued on Zorin started to get his previous power back, then Soren was starting to miss his attacks or some were being blocked. [Haha! You''re doing good, keep me entertained for a bit longer]: soren Soren then upped his power to max, once he did this the battle started to get dangerous for the Hollow''s who surrounded the area where they were fighting. [Why won''t you die already!]: zorin [I can''t die until I have done everything there is to do in my life]: soren Soren launched towards his opponent and struck him across his chest leaving a deep and long slash, then Zorin attacked Soren aiming for his head and left a deep mark along the Hollow mask. [Haha¡­ Nice shot, I guess I should bring out more skills]: soren Soren then shot backwards to separate from Zorin and then started to summon his other Shikai release. [Come to me Susanoo!]: soren As Soren gave his command the previously Flame and lightning covered sword went out, and from behind Soren appeared a Smoky Black skeleton with Teal highlights appeared behind Soren. Soren then raised the Zanpakuto in his hand and the skeleton raised it''s hand and when it did that a sword manifested itself into its hands. [Wa-what is this?]: zorin Soren didn''t reply to Zorin but just gave a grin that Zorin couldn''t see because it was under Soren''s mask and then called out once more. [Now!... Flaming Lightning, surround!]: soren The skeleton''s sword started to gain the Black Flames with Lightning coursing through them, the sword was now covered in this Flaming Lightning and Soren called out once more. [Attack!... Flame Lightning Prison]: soren Soren brought his hand that held his Zanpakuto down, and when that happened the skeleton brought down it''s sword and struck Zorin. [What!... No! No, this can''t happen! Not to me!]: zorin The Flames and Lightning danced all over Zorin and burned him to a crisp. {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR KILLING ? KINGS¡­ REWARD (Soul Power and Soul Awareness 100+... Lottery Tickets 10x.. King''s Soul)} [These are awesome rewards¡­ Sakura, where is the next King? If I take them all out I might get something special]: soren Chapter 47 - *Special* A/N: This is a Special for 1mil Views... I know that it''s not 1mil people that actually read the Fan-fic on a normal and that it is how many people clicked on the novel itself but still is 1mil of something so here is a super long chapter Author-senpai out. {DING!... HOST MUST TRAVEL SOUTH FOR 4000km} [So far!... well I guess I should head that way then]: soren {DING!... WHY DOES HOST NOT USE (Spatial Travel)} [Ha!? I can use that to travel this world?]: soren {HOST CAN USE (Spatial Travel) TO TRAVEL WHEREVER HOST WANTS EXCEPT WORLDS, HOST STILL REQUIRES SYSTEM TO TRAVEL WORLDS¡­ AS HOST LEVELS UP (Spatial Travel) HOST CAN TRAVEL LONGER DISTANCES} [Why didn''t you tell me this earlier? I could have gotten here sooner]: soren {HOST NEVER ASKED¡­ SYSTEM ONLY TOLD HOST THIS TIME DUE TO THE HOST HAVING FEELINGS OF NOT WANTING TO TRAVEL THE DISTANCE} [Fuck!... Well no use thinking about it, I should get there soon]: soren Soren used Spatial Travel and as his did so, a void opened before him and he stepped through. When he came out, Soren asked the System how far he traveled. {HOST HAS TRAVELED 250km¡­ HOST HAS GAINED EXPERIENCE, (Spatial Travel) IS NOW (Level 02)} [Awsome!... I can make it to the next place sooner than I thought]: soren Soren began to do a couple more spatial jumps before he felt extremely fatigued. [Sakura, why do I feel so worn out?]: soren {HOST HAS USED (Spatial Travel) IT USES STAMINA AND SPIRIT POWER TO OPEN A RIP INTO SPACE¡­ HOST MUST REST AND REGAIN HOST''S ENERGY} [Okay¡­ Sakura, how close am I to the next place?]: soren {HOST NEEDS TO TRAVEL ANOTHER 500km} [So one more time huh¡­ I will rest up fully and then continue]: soren Soren rested and regained his stamina, his passive skill Stamina Up makes it easier to accumulate his stamina and makes his stamina last longer. [Okay! Let''s go see just how strong this King is]: soren As Soren got up from his spot he ripped open a space in the void and jumped in, when he came out he was face to face with a forest covered mountain. As Soren began to ascend the mountain he could feel the pressure from the being who sat upon the top of the mountain, when he got closer a voice struck out into the air. [Who dare have the balls to step upon my mountain!]: ??? As the voice struck into the ears of Soren a deadly pressure came with it, Soren then began to release his pressure to fight against the opposing pressure, then Soren spoke out. [I dare!... Come and give me a fight, I challenge you]: soren When the voice on the mountain heard this sentence come from Soren''s mouth a loud BOOM! Was heard from the skies. [You!... I saw what you did with my younger brother, he may have been weak but you crossed the line you Human/Hollow Hybrid]: ??? [So I guess you are one of the 3 Kings?]: soren Soren spoke without restraint and without fear of the other party. [Yes¡­ I am one of the 3 King''s, the Second King, the King of Death, call me Shin]: shin As Shin was talking a figure descended from the sky, when Soren looked up to see the figure it was the one who was talking known a Shin. [Let''s skip formalities and fight already¡­ I want to kill you and go on to the final King]: soren Shin was enraged to hear Soren''s words, then a grin appeared on his face as he turned around and shouted back to the mountain top. [Ulquiorra! Watch as I take the head of this man]: shin When Soren heard this name he remembered it from somewhere and then it hit him. ''Ulquiorra Cifer¡­ The Hollow that was from Aizen''s group'' Soren then spoke up to get the attention of Shin. [Shin Cifer!]: soren Shin then turned to face Soren and was stunned to hear his full name. [You!... Where did you hear that name?]: shin Soren then had a smile under his mask to which no one could see. Soren then thought up an elaborate plan to spew to this Shin Cifer. [I heard the name from the Hollow I killed and fused with]: soren Shin was surprised, there was only a couple of Hollow''s who knew his name and they went missing. ''Could this Human really have killed one of my friends?'': shin [Human¡­ what was the name of the Hollow you killed and absorbed?]: shin [I don''t know¡­ he never had the chance to give a name before I killed him, why?]: soren The words Soren said then flipped the switch of Shin, at that moment Shin rushed Soren pulling out a Zanpakuto. [Oh? So you have a Zanpakuto?... Only Soul Reapers should be able to have them, how did you get one?]: soren Shin had a grin grow on his face before responding to Soren. [I killed a Soul Reaper and took his Zanpakuto fusing it to my soul]: shin Soren was not surprised with what Shin said because he knew that it could happen because it happened in the anime. [Then let me take back what isn''t yours and kill you here]: soren Soren then pulled out his Zanpakuto and put it up to block the incoming attack, but in the next second the once frontal attack disappeared and reappeared behind Soren slashing his back side. [Fuck!... That''s one good attack]: soren Soren spit up a good amount of blood and then popped a Senzu Bean to close the wound, as the wound closed Soren let out his power to the max. [That was close¡­ I could have lost my life if I was just a little more careless]: soren Shin looked at the wound he inflicted onto Soren''s back and was surprised to see it heal so fast. [How did you do that?]: shin [None of your business, I''m ready to fight for real now]: soren Shin was even more enraged and lunged at Soren with his weapon ready to taste more blood. Once Shin got close to Soren, he disappeared and Shin slashed at open space, the slash left deep gash in the ground. [You really want to kill me huh?]: soren Soren was now fighting for real but Shin hadn''t even let out his power yet so Soren knew that he had to be extremely careful, as Soren was preparing for his next attack Shin started to leak his power. [Are you going to release your power now?]: soren [I deem you worthy for the use of my full power so I will kill you with it now, say your prayers]: shin After Shin said this Soren rushed up to him knowing that it would be very dangerous to let him power up, but as he got close the force from Shin releasing his power launched Soren off into the distance taking out a couple of trees. [Damn¡­ What fierce power, but why?]: soren {DING!... HOST SHOULD KNOW, ZORIN WAS THE THIRD KING¡­ WEAKEST OF THEM, THE SECOND KING IS SHIN WHO HAS TWICE THE POWER OF THE THIRD KING IF NOT MORE} [So the King in first place should be 3 times stronger than the Third King?]: soren {NO¡­ THE FIRST KING WILL BE 10TIMES STRONGER THAN THE THIRD KING} [How does that work!? At most it should be 4 times]: soren {HOST SHOULD KNOW THAT THE FIRST KING IS THE CREATOR, ALSO KNOWN AS THE KING OF HOLLOWS¡­ THE SECOND AND THIRD KING''S ARE LIKE DUKES WHO WATCH OVER THEIR RESPECTIVE REGIONS} [Then what happened to the Fourth King? If it''s respective regions, then there should be a Fourth King yes?]: soren {SYSTEM CAN NOT TELL HOST¡­ HOST MUST FIND OUT FOR THE HOST''S SELF} [Well fuck!... How should I deal with this guy]: soren Soren got up from the pile of broken trees and dusted himself off before heading back to where Shin is. [So you survived that huh?... When my power is being released anyone who attacks will be hit with my raw power]: shin [Yeah, that sure is one strong power]: soren Soren waited for Shin to release his full power while he also thought of a way to defeat him. ''Damn! He already passed my full power¡­ Will I survive this?'': soren After Shin finished powering up to his max Soren was looking at him in fear, this was the first time since his new life that he has felt real fear. Shin was now leaking so much spirit power that you could see it emanating from his body in a smoky red color. [Now die Human!... HA!]: shin Soren then blocked with his Zanpakuto and arm as Shin came for a frontal attack. [Don''t worry, I will attack from the front, so don''t worry about an attack from behind. HAHA!]: shin As Shin came in to attack Soren used Armament Haki and covered both his arms and his Zanpakuto, as his arms and Zanpakuto turned dark Black it also gave off a faint color of Teal, and as Shin attacked he was repelled. When he saw how his attack failed his grin started to turn into a frown, and then he asked. [What was that trick you did?]: shin Soren saw how his plan worked so he started to plan out some more ways to at least escape from this monster, when Shin saw how Soren was pondering about something and disregarded the question asked he began to become even more enraged. [Fine! Let''s see how long you last protecting yourself with that trick]: shin Shin then began his second round of attacks and when Soren seen what was going on he began to react by blocking and dodging what he could, still some attacks got through and left deep gashes on Soren''s skin. {WARNING!... HOST IS LOW ON HEALTH PLEASE REST AND REPLENISH} ''Ha? But I feel just fine'': soren The System informed Soren that he was about to die so Soren then grabbed a Senzu Bean and ate it, after it entered his body all the wounds started to disappear from his body. {HOST IS NOW RECOVERED} Soren continued to block and dodge the incoming attacks from Shin, as Soren did this he began to start seeing Shin''s moves more clearly. ''I can now start to clearly see his moves¡­ Wait! Clear¡­ Sharingan! I''m a complete idiot'': soren Soren then activated his Sharingan and now could see every single move Shin made, and with the Eyes of Truth Soren could see Shin''s Spirit Power flow. [HAHAHA! Let''s see you attack me now!]: soren Shin saw Soren''s eyes and could see a weird pattern in them, it looked to be a Yin and Yang swirl of two opposites and some weird golden Tomes floating around his eyes. [What is this? Why does it feel so weird?]: shin Soren activated his eyes and began to go on the attack, as he rushed Shin, Soren started to release his Shikai. On Soren''s sword a Black Flame with Lightning coursing through it appeared. [Eat my Eternal Flame¡­ HAHAHA!]: soren As Soren slashed down Shin couldn''t react fast enough and was cleaved in half. [DAD!... Dad, don''t die!]: ??? [M-my Son¡­ Avenge me]: shin From afar Soren could see Ulquiorra Cifer running towards the now finished battle, when he got there he looked Soren in the eyes with hate. Ulquiorra never had any emotions in the Anime because there was never a need for them, his dad was never killed in front of him so there was never any emotion shown. Soren could see Ulquiorra''s face, it had not tears but you could tell he was upset. [Kid¡­ Come and kill me when you get strong enough but for now just hate me¡­ Hate me so much that when you see this mask everything dies in your path]: soren Soren had looked Ulquiorra in the eyes and with his Sharingan implanted something into Ulquiorra''s head. [When in future you meet a man named Aizen you will follow him and listen to him he will help you grow in strength]: soren After he said this Soren disappeared from that spot and then the System rang in his head. {DING!... CONGRATS ON KILLING SHIN, REWARDING HOST WITH (Lottery Tickets 10x¡­ Soul Power and Spirit Awareness 400+) FOR COMPLETING HIDDEN QUEST (Ulquiorra Cifer''s Hatred) HOST IS AWARDED (500.000 System Points)} [I like the outcome from this but still, this is not much even when I almost lost my life]: soren Soren was wandering the waste lands looking over his rewards and then was pondering if he should fight with the First King. Soren only won the fight with Shin because of his Sharingan being fused with the Eyes of Truth, if he fought with the First King what would the outcome be? [Sakura, I would like to return to the Human world]: soren {SORRY HOST, SYSTEM CAN''T PERFORM THAT¡­ IF HOST LEVELS UP (Spatial travel) TO LEVEL 05 HOST CAN LEAVE BY HIMSELF, IF NOT HOST HAS TO WAIT FOR A RIP CREATED BY THIS WORLD TO RELEASE HOLLOW''S} [Fuck!... Looks like I will have to level up my skills¡­ Sakura what level is my Spatial Travel?]: soren {LEVEL 03¡­ 4 MORE TRAVELS AND IT WILL RISE TO LEVEL 04} Chapter 48 - Street Thugs {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR LEVELING (Spatial Travel) UP TO LEVEL 05¡­ HOST CAN NOW RIP THROUGH THIS WORLD''S DIMENSIONS} After around 4 hours of constantly using Spatial Travel Soren had finally leveled it up to level 5. [Yes!... Now I can head back to the Human world]: soren Soren then ripped a gap into the space before him and jumped in, when he came out he was in a dark alleyway. [Where did I end up? Sakura do you know?]: soren {HOST HAS RANDOMLY TRAVELED¡­ ONCE HOST LEVELS UP (Spatial Travel) TO HIGHER LEVEL HOST CAN START TO GET CLOSER TO THE DESTINATION THAT HOST WANTS} [So you''re saying that I could end up being thousands of kilometers away from my intended target until I level up Spatial Travel more?]: soren {HOST HAS GUESSED CORRECTLY¡­ CURRENT POSITION IS ONLY 40km AWAY FROM HOST''S INTENDED DESTINATION} [At least I''m not too far from the place I wanted to be at]: soren Soren began to walk out of the alley and head towards his old home, as he was walking out of the alley he meet with some highschool thugs who were hanging around the alley. [Well look at what we have here boys]: highschool thug [What do we have boss? HAHA!]: lackey 1 Soren was surrounded by 5 people who looked to be straight up delinquents, so he spoke up to warn them. [You are better off forgetting me and going on your own ways]: soren The boss of the delinquents started to feel like he was being looked down on by this person in a mask and black dress with some armor pieces. [Hey kid it''s not Halloween, and go away? Are you insane? Cough up all your money and we might let you walk away]: boss thug [Yeah! Tell him Boss! HAHA!]: lackeys The group of 4 that stood behind the boss of them started to cheer their boss on while laughing. [Okay¡­]: soren [That''s what I wanted to here¡­ You are just a kid who was trying to bluff your way out of this but I''m just too smart for you HAHA!]: boss thug Soren then walked towards the boss of these thugs and reached in his pocket. [That''s right! Give all of it HAHA!]: lackey 2 Soren then pulled his hand out of his pocket and placed his hand in front of the boss of these thugs and when the boss reached out to receive what was in Soren''s hand, Soren turned his hand over sticking out his middle finger and then said. [Fuck off or die!]: soren The boss of the thugs face began to get red when he saw that he was taken for a ride by Soren and only to be cursed out and given not money but the finger. [Kid you messed up, our Boss has beat up many and put them in the hospital for weeks at a time]: lackey 3 [Yeah! Now we gotta beat you up to show you just who you are messing with]: lackey 4 [Enough!... I will take him myself, he has made a fool of me]: boss thug Soren gave a sigh and then beckoned the boss of these thugs to come close so he could whisper something to him. When the boss seen this he smiled and got close to Soren, and then soren got close to his ear and put his hand up, as to stop someone from reading his lips. [Can we take this into that alley please, that''s where I would like it to happen]: soren The boss understood what Soren meant, he wanted to get beaten up in private as to save some face. [Boy''s¡­ Stay here, I will be right back]: boss thug [Yes Boss! Hurry so we can go eat with his money afterward]: lackey 2 [HAHA! Yeah sure¡­ Okay kid let''s do this]: boss thug Soren started to walk down the alley with the Boss thug walking behind his to make sure that Soren doesn''t try to escape. [Here should be good¡­ Okay let''s do this]: soren [You''re a smart kid but you just meet someone who you can''t match today, I will make sure to end this quickly and for revenge I will strip you of your clothes as payback for giving me the finger]: boss thug Soren gave a smile that the boss thug couldn''t see because Soren still wore his mask. [I would like to say one last thing, can I?]: soren [Go head I will wait, don''t take too long though I got plans with my boy''s to eat after this]: boss thug [...You''re a smart kid but you just meet someone who you can''t match today, I will make sure to end this quickly and just because I think it''s funny I will strip you of your clothes and leave you here]: soren [You!...]: boss thug Before the boss thug could finish his words Soren disappeared from his spot and punched the thug in the gut and then the thug fainted. Soren then began to strip him of his clothing and leave him next to a big pile of trash, then he began to walk out from the alley dusting his hands off. The group of lackeys saw Soren come out unharmed and not followed by their boss, they started to worry and asked. [What did you do to our Boss?... Where is he?]: lackeys [Your boss is asleep down there, if you want you can go wake him]: soren After the lackeys heard Soren then began to rush to their bosses aid while avoiding Soren, Soren then began to walk towards his old house. The System gave him a direction to walk in so that''s the way he started to walk, after around 3 hours of walking he made it back to his old house. [Sakura, is there a skill that lets me fly in the store?]: soren {HOST CAN BUY (Soul Control) IT LET''S HOST GATHER THE SURROUNDING SOULS IN THE AIR SO YOU CAN STEP ON THEM¡­ THERE ARE NO SKILLS IN THIS WORLD TO ALLOW FLIGHT¡­ HOST CAN ALSO USE THE (Random Skill) AND HOPE TO GET LUCKY OR HOST CAN USE (Flying Nimbus)} [I don''t want to use Nimbus because I want to feel what it''s like to fly on my own]: soren {THEN HOST ONLY HAS THE OPTION TO USE (Random Skill)... OR USE A WISH, WILL HOST USE A WISH?} [No!... I will just buy the Soul Control skill¡­ Can you get it for me Sakura]: soren {DING!... HOST HAS BOUGHT (Soul Control) FOR (40.000 System Points) HOST HAS A REMAINING BALANCE OF (759.460 System Points) WOULD HOST LIKE TO BUY ANYTHING ELSE?} [No, I will take some time to master this]: soren Soren started to gather the Spirits under his feet and started to walk into the air like he was ascending stairs, as he started to get higher he began to falter a bit but caught himself. [It''s a bit tough to keep concentrated on holding the spirits]: soren Chapter 49 - Urahara’s Shop After a couple of hours Soren had finally got used to controlling the spirits and could freely control them, Soren was now standing about his old house waiting for Ichigo. After an hour, Ichigo had come out of the house with Rukia and started to head off somewhere, Soren could guess that it was a Hollow that they were heading off to kill. [Hm¡­ I have been in that Hollow world for 2 days so it should be 20 days out here, I still have a long way to go before Rukia is taken back to Soul Society¡­ What should I do in the meantime?]: soren {DING!... HOST CAN PRACTICE MORE ON THE (Lost in the Spirit''s Series) HOST IS 63% COMPLETE FOR FULL UNDERSTANDING OF THE SOUL} [But I read those books like 40 times¡­ How don''t I have a full understanding of them, I even know the books page for page without looking at it]: soren {HOST MAY KNOW THE BOOKS PAGE FOR PAGE BUT HAVE FAILED TO FULLY UNDERSTAND THE REASON BEHIND THE BOOKS} [So there''s more to them ay?... Okay! Let''s go find a secluded place and start reading]: soren About 7 Months later on top of a mountain, a man was sitting with his legs crossed appearing to be concentrated on something, once the man was finished with what he was doing he stood up and let out a loud shout. [Finally!... I finished comprehending the whole series]: soren The man who was on that mountain was none other than Soren, he had just finished the Lost in the Spirit''s Series. {CONGRATS HOST FOR A 100% COMPLETION ON YOUR (Lost in the Spirit''s Series) WOULD HOST LIKE TO BUY THE NEXT SET?} [What the fuck! There''s more?]: soren {THERE ARE 3 MORE SERIES HOST CAN BUY} [No!... I will wait for now and see what I missed, Sakura, how long was I reading for?]: soren {HOST WAS OUT FOR 7 MONTHS¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE A RECAP OF WHAT HAPPENED AROUND YOU?} [You can do that?]: soren {YES!... INITIATING RECAP¡­ ¡­ DOG PEED ON HOST ¡­ HOBO PEED ON HOST ¡­ BIRDS POOPED ON HOST ¡­ } [That''s not what I meant! And nasty! If I see that Hobo I will kill him]: soren {DING!... HOBO WAS A FEMALE} [What the fuck!... Why would a girl pee on me?]: soren {SHE SAID YOU WERE TO CUTE AND THAT IT WAS A SIN SO SHE NEEDED TO GIVE YOU DIVINE RETRIBUTION} [...I have no words for this]: soren A/N: I really don''t¡­ I went too far here [Sakura what happened in the outside world around Ichigo?]: soren {THE SYSTEM CAN NOT PERFORM THIS, HOST MUST FIND OUT FOR HOST SELF} [Well that was a ride¡­ You got my hopes up for nothing, I guess I will go to Urahara''s shop to see if Ichigo is there]: soren Soren made his way down the mountain, he also stopped by a public bath house to get rid of the filth that gathered for 7 months. When he was done he made his was to Urahara''s shop, once Soren got there he knocked on the door. [Coming!]: ??? When the door opened a little girl with black hair opened the door to see a man wearing a mask. [H-Hollow!]: little girl The girl punched towards the man wearing a mask but the punch was caught by the one wearing the mask. [Little girl I am no Hollow, I am here to see if a friend dropped by]: soren Then from the back of the shop the voice of a boy came. [Ururu, what''s up I told you to tell them that we are closed, why are you still there]: boy [Sorry Jinta, he said he''s looking for his friend]: ururu The boy named Jinta shot towards the front of the shop to see who the person was looking for, and when Jinta saw the Hollow mask he was startled and shouted. [Ururu watch out!... Damn Hollow, die!]: jinta Jinta then pulled a big metal club seamingly out of nowhere and swung it down towards Soren, Soren then caught the club and stated once more. [I am no Hollow¡­ Is there a man named Ichigo here?]: soren Jinta was still wary about the man before him who caught his club and then stated that he is not a Hollow but wore a Hollow mask. Soren on the other hand was thinking about something else. ''They must not have seen Ichigo''s Hollow mask yet¡­ That means either Ichigo is not out of the hole yet or Rukia has not been taken yet'' Jinta then spoke up. [Why are you here for Carrot Top¡­ he''s training with mr. Urahara]: jinta [I am here to help him train, can I come in?]: soren Jinta then lost all wariness about the man in the mask before him and spoke up. [Yeah, come in they are in the basement]: jinta Soren, Jinta and Ururu all had gone down the the big training area, when Soren started to descend he was surprised to see that what made this place look like the outside and bring light in was spirits. [Carrot Top is over in that hole¡­ Once he makes it out can he be a Soul Reaper]: jinta Soren walked over towards Urahara and once Urahara turned around to ask the two kids who was at the door he seen Soren standing there with his Hollow mask on. [Hollow!]: urahara Soren gave Urahara no chance to attack because he felt he might not be able to block the attack without taking damage, so he spoke. [I''m not a Hollow its just a mask]: soren The two kids came from behind Soren and spoke up for him. [Yeah! He''s here to help train Ichigo]: ururu After a little bit Ichigo shot out from the hole with a bunch of smoke shooting up as well. When everyone saw Ichigo wearing the same kind of Hollow mask as the masked man earlier Jinta asked. [Is he a Hollow or not?]: jinta [He is not a Hollow¡­ He is the same as me]: soren After the some cleared Ichigo saw Soren standing next to Urahara, Ichigo then went into a rage shooting towards Soren pulling out his broken Zanpakuto. [Step back a bit guys, I will take it from here]: soren Soren then pulled out his Zanpakuto leaving everyone in amazement. Chapter 50 - Training Ichigo [What kind of Zanpakuto is that? It doesn''t even have a guard]: jinta The Kusanagi sword had a Black strip going down a White base, there was no curve in the blade and had no guard around the handle. On the handle the Uchiha Clan emblem was printed in Red and White, this sword was the one Sasuke used later in the series. [Give Soren back now!]: ichigo Ichigo shot towards the masked man swinging his sword without any technique, the masked man meet Ichigo''s broken blade and held him there. [Young one, you must learn to weild your blade better if you would like to get your brother back]: masked man [What''s going on right now?]: jinta Soren took a look towards Jinta and then back towards Ichigo before saying. [You want to save that woman who was taken back to the Soul Society?... Impossible! That''s why I''m here to train you]: masked man [Why would I need help from you! I will kill you!]: ichigo [HAHA! Then do it! Kill me, HAHA!... But I will tell you one thing, Once you try to kill me, I will hurt you and you will no longer have enough time to save that girl Rukia¡­ What will you choose? Try to kill me? Or let me train you to beat me?]: masked man Ichigo relaxed his sword but still kept it aimed towards the masked man, then he gave a sigh before agreeing to the masked man. [I will train with you but only to save Soren and Rukia, after that I will kill you myself]: ichigo [HAHA! Good!... Now, let''s fix your posture. You can''t go around swinging that sword like you do, it will only make you more vulnerable]: masked man [What''s wrong with my stance!?]: ichigo [You may be able to kill some Hollow''s like that but you will die in the first couple of strikes to someone who knows how to wield a sword]: masked man [So how will you fix that?]: ichigo [I will try and kill you¡­ you must dodge until I can''t get close to you]: masked man [WHAT!]: ichigo [Start running, here I come]: masked man Soren then began to chase Ichigo around the room, as Soren would slice towards Ichigo, Ichigo would try and block or dodge. When Ichigo would touch swords with Soren, Soren''s blade would cut through Ichigo''s like butter. [What are you doing there Ichigo? Do you not know how you infuse your Zanpakuto with Spirit Power?]: Masked man [What do you mean!? Infuse with Spirit what?]: ichigo [HAHA! So she didn''t even do what I asked of her, I wonder if I should even help save her, HAHA!]: masked man [Shut up! What are you talking about!?]: ichigo [Remember? I told her to train you yet you have no idea how to infuse your Zanpakuto with Spirit Power¡­ That is how you can control your Zanpakuto, watch me]: masked man Soren began to raise his Zanpakuto into the air and a dark Black mist began to surround his Zanpakuto after the Black mist gathered a bit of a Teal glow emitted from his sword. [Do you see? Now watch]: masked man Soren then lowered his sword towards the ground and it began to tear the ground apart, he then began to walk towards Ichigo with his Zanpakuto making a big crack in the ground as he walked. [T-this is!...]: ichigo Ichigo had no words for what he was seeing, even Soren''s pressure that was being emitted from the Zanpakuto was suffocating Ichigo. [This is called Pressure Soffication, I can control my Spirit Pressure and make it surround individual people to suffocate them]: masked man Soren then got around 4 feet away from Ichigo before releasing his grip on Ichigo, the glow around the Zanpakuto disappeared and Ichigo could move his body again. [Now!... Take my attacks and learn to fight properly]: masked man Urahara was surprised because it was the exact same tactic he was going to use to make Ichigo release his Shikai, but this masked man was using it for another purpose. [...Interesting]: urahara After around 5 hours Ichigo could now dodge Soren''s attacks but he was now down to the wood handle of his Zanpakuto. [HAHA! What! Are you going to fight me with just the broken handle of your Zanpakuto?... Let me tell you, reach deep inside you and pull out your Zanpakuto]: masked man Ichigo was stunned as to what this masked man said, he then closed his eyes and appeared in a world of his own. [Ichigo¡­ Why haven''t you called me?]: ??? [Who are you? I don''t know you but for some reason I feel like I should know you like the back of my hand]: ichigo [Ichigo, I want you to take me in your hands and call my name]: ??? [But I don''t even know your name, what are you? Who are you?]: ichigo [You must sense me out, if you don''t this world will cease to exist¡­ Now! Call my name]: ??? From the outside Soren was watching Ichigo stand there as power started to emit from his body, then he opened his eyes and spoke. [Come Zangetsu!]: ichigo As Ichigo faced the masked man holding the hilt that was left of his Zanpakuto a bright light shot out towards him. [HAHAHA! Yes!... Now is the real test, thest name? Stay alive]: masked man Soren lunged at Ichigo while clashing swords with him, Soren had a smile grow under his mask that Ichigo couldn''t see. [Remember! Infuse your Zanpakuto with Spirit Power or I will break this new sword of yours]: masked man Ichigo was startled about what the masked man said so he started to feel his power and force it all into his sword. [Don''t put too much in or you will collapse from exhaustion]: masked man The masked man was too late, Ichigo then collapse on the ground and passed out. The masked man then turned around a spoke. [Give him some water and let him rest, I will let you take it from here¡­ Make sure he can fend for himself in the Soul Society¡­ Oh! And when he wakes up tell him one thing¡­ Tell him Soren misses him very much and that the masked man is doing this for his own good]: masked man After Soren said that he disappeared from that spot and left the Urahara Shop to head off the the Soul Society. [Sakura, can I open my own portal to the Soul Society?]: soren {HOST MUST BE LEVEL 06 IN (Spatial Travel) TO OPEN THAT POETAL} [So it''s time to level up just a bit then, this should be good]: soren Chapter 51 - Aizen Appears For 3 days Soren trained his Spatial Travel and upgraded it to level 7, he leveled up to 7 because he had the feeling that he would need to for later fights. Ichigo trained with Urahara, or should I say was beaten up by Urahara, after 3 days Ichigo was ready to ender the Soul Society. [Now remember Ichigo, once you guys enter the Senkaimon you will have limited time before it clears out everything inside]: urahara [Got it! Let''s go save Rukia guys]: ichigo [Yay! Let''s go already]: orihime [Yes, let''s go save her]: chad [Hold on, I need to prepare my equipment]: uryu [No time¡­ We need to go now or we will miss our shot]: yoruichi A cat spoke up and got everyone back on track, after that they all jumped into the dark tunnel running towards the other side. Soren was now getting up from his meditating position, stretching out his left hand he brought it down ripping a hole in space before jumping through it, when he exited the portal he was falling from the sky. [Holy shit!]: soren Soren then pulled all the spirits to form under his feet and stood still in the air above the small city, looking over this city one could see some nice looking buildings. [That must be the Soul Reaper Court¡­ I wonder when they will notice me? Will they even notice me?]: soren As Soren was thinking out loud he felt a shift in the space. [Sakura what was that?]: soren {DING!... HOST HAS LEVELED UP (Spatial Travel) TO LEVEL 07, IN DOING SO HOST HAS NOW BEEN FUSED WITH SPACE AND CAN FEEL WHEN A BIG SPACE IS BEING AFFECTED} [Wow, so I''m guessing Ichigo and the others are here now]: soren As Soren said this he heard screaming coming from above him, as he looked up, he could see two mounds falling towards his face. [What the Fu-]: soren Before Soren could finish speaking the two mounds fell on his face, knocking him to the ground, Soren quickly got up and shouted. [They already know I''m here and would sneak attack like this?]: soren When Soren looked towards the items that fell on him, he could see that the items belong to someone, the figure was feminine with long Orange hair and two big peaks, Soren could tell who this was instantly. [Holy shit! Why did Orihime fall on me?]: soren Then from above Soren heard a couple more voices, when he looked up to see who it was he could see Ichigo, Chad, Uyru and Yoruichi. When Soren looked back down towards Orihime he could see something off, his hands were over something that would look super suspect. [Orihime, are you okay!?]: ichigo Ichigo came falling down as well but had more style in doing so, when he saw Soren touching Orihime''s twin peaks he flipped. [You!... Let Orihime go now or I will end your life]: ichigo [This¡­ Yeah! This is just a misunderstanding, she fell on me from the sky¡­ Yeah that''s what happened]: soren [Oh? Then why is your hand still holding onto her breasts?]: ichigo Soren quickly let them go and got up from the ground, and jumped up into the sky. [Hey! Come back here and die for your crimes!]: ichigo [I will see you later Ichigo, remember rescue Rukia and I will tell you something about Soren]: soren When Ichigo heard that he could be told about Soren after he saves Rukia made Ichigo excited, but even with that he still despised the masked man with all of his heart and let out a loud shout. [Damn Masked Man!... I will beat you and take Soren back]: ichigo [Then do it fast¡­ If you can''t do it by the time Rukia is to be executed then he will forever be out of your reach]: soren Soren then disappeared from the air and left Ichigo there to help Orihime, Soren then reappeared around the area where Ichigo and the rest meet Jidanbo, after he started to get closer the sky started to rumble and big walls started to fall from the sky, slamming into the ground. From afar Ichigo and group saw the walls fall down and Yoruichi spoke up. [They know that we are here, let''s hurry and find a way in]: yoruichi Soren was now watching the walls fall in place so he stood back and flew back into the sky, once he got high enough he could see people gathering by the wall ready to defend with their lives. [Wow, big welcome party I would say]: ??? Soren heard this and turned to the voice, when he saw who was talking he was stunned to see Aizen standing there with his hands behind his back. [Who are you?]: soren Soren chose to play dumb as to not rasie any suspicion towards who he is. [My name is Aizen, I''m one of the Captains of the Court Guard Squads¡­ Who are you?]: aizen Soren was surprised to see how open Aizen was, this just showed how carefree Aizen really was towards Soren''s strength. [My name?... you can call me Mask, as you can see, I just came to see what the court guard squad looked like¡­ Now if you excuse me I will be leaving]: soren Right as Soren was going to leave from there Aizen spoke. [Now hold on Mr. Mask¡­ I am a Captain, so I am required to take you in for questioning. Would you be so kind as to take off the mask and come with me?]: aizen Soren was shitting bricks because he knew this person before him has betrayed the Court Guard and has been working with Hollows for quite a long time. [Sure, I can follow you]: soren Soren then touched his mask and it disappeared, Aizen seen this but wasn''t surprised, his face only went into a bigger smile than before. [Now Mr. Mask, I would like you to take a look at something for me¡­ My Zanpakuto has been a little different lately, would you mind taking a look at it? Maybe you can spot something I can''t]: aizen [But I know nothing about your Zanpakuto, how could I possibly help?]: soren [Nonsense, just take a quick look¡­ Here]: aizen Soren seen Aizen draw his Zanpakuto and laid it down in both hands, when Soren took a look something happened with his eyes. ''Hmm, that''s weird¡­ my Sharingan is churning, is he trying to use his power?'' {WARNING!... AIZEN IS USING HIS POWER TO HYPNOTIZE HOST, WOULD HOST LIKE TO NEUTRALIZE IT?} ''Fuck yes! Neutralize it please'' [Looks fine to me]: soren Soren told Aizen his Zanpakuto looked fine, Aizen''s smile then disappeared and he began to sheath his Zanpakuto before speaking out to Soren. Chapter 52 - Bankai [Boy, who are you really?]: aizen Soren was now face to face with Aizen, and Aizen could see that something was weird inside of Soren''s eyes. [I really did just come here to take a look at the Court Guard]: soren Soren did not lie, he came here to watch the show play out like it did in the Anime. When Aizen saw Soren''s face when he answered he could tell that soren wasn''t lying, then Aizen straightened up and said. [So you aren''t with those other intruders? If so, then you won''t mind if I kill them right?]: aizen Before Soren could speak Aizen''s face changed, he then looked at Soren and gave one last smile before saying. [I was called for some important business, I guess I will see you later]: aizen Aizen disappeared from his spot leaving Soren there, Soren then put his mask on and disappeared also. Soren then went to where Ichigo would be to make sure that Aizen wasn''t going to kill them right away, when he got to the area he could see Ichigo in a battle with Jidanbo. The battle played out a little better than in the Anime, Ichigo had better control of his Zanpakuto and could infuse his Zanpakuto with spirit power that was stronger than in the Anime. [I think it''s fine to leave them here¡­ For now I need to go train to beat Aizen, I''m just too weak]: soren Soren then disappeared from his spot overwatching Ichigo and group and ended up is a desolate area with no person in sight for miles. [This should be a safe area, I''m far from the Soul Society and from the town of souls¡­ It''s time for me to unlock Bankai]: soren Soren sat with his legs crossed and closed his eyes going into a meditation, inside this meditation was a world of Sakura Trees, and in the center was a man with black hair missing one arm and has 2 Sharingan but they were the evolved form called the Mangekyo Sharingan (MS). Soren walked up to the person known as Sasuke Uchiha and sat down the same as him, when Sasuke opened his eyes he saw his disciple. [Hello¡­ Why are you here?]: sasuke [Master I have come to unlock Bankai, will you train me?]: soren [.... If you wish to have me train you then you must first unlock the same eyes as me]: sasuke [How do I do that?]: soren [You must kill your best friend]: sasuke ''I knew it¡­ Damn is there another way?'': soren Soren cursed in his mind because there was no way he could take Ichigo''s life or anyone else he has made close ties too. ''Sakura, is there another way?'': soren {HOST CAN BUY (MS) BUT IT IS EXPENSIVE} ''How much is it to buy (MS)?'': soren {FOR HOST TO BUY (MS) IT WILL COST HOST 500.000 System Points¡­ WILL HOST PROCEED WITH THE PURCHASE?} ''Ouch, that is a lot¡­ but sadly I hardly use the points so proceed with purchase please'': soren {PURCHASE SUCCESSFUL¡­ BUYING (MS) FOR 500.000 HOST REMAINING BALANCE IS 259.460 System Points¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE TO BUY ANYTHING ELSE?} ''No, I''m fine, can we proceed with the fusing of the eyes'' {HOST MUST KNOW, WITH UNLOCKING (MS) YOUR EYES WILL ONCE AGAIN GO UNDER PAIN AND THE COLOR WILL CHANGE ONCE AGAIN, FOR MAXIMUM EFFECT HOST MUST STAY CONSCIOUS THE WHOLE TIME} Even with all the nerves that have gone dead in Soren''s body he could still feel the pain that the system induced onto himself, Soren could only guess that the pain was not being inflicted onto his body but his spirit. ''Proceed, I''m ready'': soren After Soren said those words a big gush of pain shot towards his eyes, for just a couple of seconds felt like an eternity. {TIME REMAINING¡­ 3:59:53 UNTIL FUSION COMPLETE} [ARGHHH!]: soren Sasuke saw what was happening to Soren but disregarded the whole thing. In the real world where Soren sat with his legs crossed blood started to pour out of his eye sockets, and back on the inside Soren was rolling around like a madman trying to endure this pain. After a really long time of pain Soren was now able to sit up straight and meditate while the fusion was going on. {TIME REMAINING¡­ 1:20:12 UNTIL FUSION COMPLETE} Soren was now able to endure the pain but it was still there, if he moved even a bit he would howl out in pain, after 1 hour went by the system spoke up again. {TIME REMAINING¡­ 0:20:05 UNTIL FUSION COMPLETE} ''Almost time, once this is done I will be able to learn Bankai'' After 20 more minutes of agony the system finally spoke out again. {CONGRATULATIONS TO HOST FOR SUCCESSFULLY FUSING WITH (MS), HOST CAN NOW USE (MS) BUT BE CAREFUL, IF USED TOO MANY TIMES HOST WILL GO BLIND} ''I thought so... Sakura, is there a way to reduce the effect of blindness?'' {NO¡­ DOES HOST THINK THIS IS SOME OTHER KIND OF SYSTEM NOVEL?} ''....'': soren ''So I will just go blind if I use my eyes too much then'' {NO¡­ HOST HAS UNLOCKED A NEW FEATURE TO SYSTEM¡­ THE NEW FEATURE IS CALLED THE (MS Leveling Skill Tree) DOES HOST WISH TO LOOK AT IT?} ''Yes please'': soren {NOW OPENING MS Leveling Skill Tree} Mangekyo Sharingan Level 01 Exp to Next Level: 0/10 Level 02 unlocks MS that will take much more to cause 1% of blindness to host, once host unlocks Level 03 can be seen by the host. ''Holy shit, this is awesome¡­ So I can basically level up to Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan, is that right?'' {HOST IS CORRECT} ''Okay, now it''s time to learn Bankai so I can beat Aizen'' Soren woke up from his meditation state to see Sasuke staring at him, when Soren opened his eyes the (MS) was revolving around, his eyes were purple with Soren''s own (MS) pattern. When Sasuke saw the (MS) he then spoke. [It''s time for you to learn my name]: sasuke For 2 day''s Soren had fought with Sasuke, each time losing, but on the third day Soren was able to beat Sasuke buy just a hair. [Good... Now, hear my name for I will only say it once... Sasuke Uchiha]: sasuke Chapter 53 - Foiling Aizen’s Plan Pt1 Sasuke looked Soren in the eyes activating his Infinite Tsukuyomi, when Soren looked around to survey his surroundings Sasuke spoke up. [My name is Sasuke Uchiha, what I will teach you is known as Infinite Tsukuyomi¡­ With this skill you will rule the world]: sasuke At this moment Sakura shouted out in Soren''s head. {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR UNLOCKING BANKAI, THIS BANKAI WILL ENTRAP EVERYONE HOST DEEMS AN ENEMY IN A WORLD RUN BY HOST¡­ WARNING! OVER USE OF THIS SKILL WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO HOST''S EYES} [So it''s not some overpowered move but one powerful enough to help me out when needed]: soren {INCORRECT¡­ ONCE HOST UNLOCKS (Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan) HOST CAN USE BANKAI WITHOUT WORRY OF DAMAGING HOST''S EYES} [So I just need to upgrade my eyes?]: soren {CORRECT¡­ ONCE HOST UNLOCKS (EMS) WILL HOST HAVE CLARITY OVER THIS WORLD} [Can I buy it? And how much would it cost to buy it?]: soren {HOST CAN PURCHASE (EMS) THE PRICE IS 1.500.000.000 System Points¡­ BUT HOST HAS INSUFFICIENT POINTS} [Holy shit! Why so many points?]: soren Soren was astounded by how many points were needed to buy (EMS), he was also sad that he hardly ever opened the quest tab of the system to see if there were any quest that would give him lots of points. [Well no use of crying over it now, I will just level up naturally]: soren Soren then left his Soul world and came back to the desolate area where he was sitting with his legs crossed, after he opened his eyes a bright light shot out from his body. The light was so bright that Soren felt someone notice him, Soren then got up and disappeared from that spot. [Sakura it was 3 days there, but how long has it been here?]: soren {SYSTEM THOUGHT HOST MIGHT WANT TIME TO FLOW THE SAME IN BOTH PLACES SO IT HAS BEEN 3 DAYS OUT HERE AS WELL} [So Ichigo should be training to unlock his Bankai right about now, I should go find Aizen and kick his ass, but we both have a similar Bankai that puts people in an illusion]: soren Soren was pondering if he should out Aizen instead or kill him, Soren also thought that if he killed Aizen it would ruin Ichigo''s story line. [I guess I will damage Aizen but not kill him, and I will out Aizen in the process]: soren Soren tried to come up with a way to out Aizen but all of them ended up with everyone not believing him and trying to kill him. [Well I guess the only way is to fight him close to death and make him out himself somehow]: soren Soren made his way back to the Soul Society and made his way in. Once he got into the court he could see Soul Reapers running around looking for the intruders. Soren then stopped by one of the lone Soul Reapers and knocked him unconscious, taking his uniform and placing his in storage, he put on the uniform of the guy he knocked out. [I guess I should take off my mask as well, that way I wont cause suspicion between others]: soren Soren''s mask came off and you could see his cat like features with his spiky blue hair flowing in the wind, Soren then started to walk around looking for Aizen. When Soren made it to the place in the Anime where Aizen made it look like he was killed to rid himself of the eyes of the others, Soren saw Aizen talking with one of his underlings. ''I guess it''s time to fight him'': soren Soren jumped out from behind the building he was watching from and called out. [Aizen!... Fight me now]: soren Aizen who was looking at the underling then shot a glare at Soren before drawing his Zanpakuto with a smile and looked back at the underling, once Aizen was done the underling looked towards Soren and started to scream. [AHHHH! Lord Aizen!... No, no no¡­ Help Someone killed Lord Aizen!]: underling Aizen was standing behind the underling watching things go down, once he had enough he turned to walk away and then Soren rushed him. [Where do you think your going?]: soren Soren appeared in front of Aizen with his Zanpakuto drawn and shouted. [Bankai!... Infinite Tsukuyomi]: soren Aizen jumped a bit but then relaxed when he saw nothing happened. [HAHAHA! Little one, did it backfire? Or was it a bluff?]: aizen Aizen then pulled out his Zanpakuto and pointed it at a shivering Soren was looked to be scared for his life once his Bankai didn''t activate. [Since you want to fight me so badly I will give you 3 shots, once that is over I will kill you]: aizen Soren sat there shaking and quivering like a little boy scared of the dark, as Aizen saw this he started to laugh again. [Boy, man up, you are a Soul Reaper aren''t you?... If you won''t attack I will]: aizen Aizen raised his Zanpakuto towards Soren and right before he cut down he said his last words to Soren. [You could have joined me, you looked strong¡­ We could have ruled over the Soul Society, but sadly you''re time is up]: aizen Aizen then slammed his Zanpakuto down slashing Soren cutting him in half. But something changed Aizen''s smiling face into one of disbelief, as he cut Soren down, Soren turned into a cloud of smoke and then reformed in the same scared and shaky boy. [What is this?... Why are you not dead?]: aizen [HAHAHAHA!... Aizen you idiot]: ??? Aizen turned around to see the underling that he had put under his illusion had a grin across her face and was laughing hysterically, what puzzled Aizen was the words that left her mouth. [What is this Kiko, why are you out of my illusion]: aizen [Illusion? Since when was I put in one of those?]: kiko Aizen was surprised to see this girl who looked up to him as a God was now being rude to him and making him look like a fool, then Kiko spoke again. [Oh¡­ You mean that time at the main gate when my little friends came to save Rukia?]: kiko [What are you talking ab-]: aizen Aizen then realized what was happening, the Kiko in front of him was not Kiko but the scared little boy who he tried to kill earlier. [I guess you just realized, you really are a smart one¡­ I am the masked man at the gate you tried to recruit, and at this moment you are under my illusion instead of the opposite way around]: soren [Impossible!... How could this be]: aizen [Oh, and one more thing¡­ you have just blurted out your plans to me thus giving away your plot to overthrow Soul Society]: soren [And who would believe you huh? It''s just me and you here]: aizen Chapter 54 - Foiling Aizen’s Plan Pt2 When Aizen said this Soren couldn''t help but drop his head, when Aizen saw this he had a feeling run through him as if he won. Then Soren started laughing, when Aizen saw this he began to have doubts about what was going on. [Is that what you think?... Do you really think it''s just you and me?]: soren [What are you talking about]: aizen Soren then raised his head with a bit of blood running down from his eyes, then he snapped his fingers and the air started to warp, leaving Soren in place of Kiko, and behind him were a couple of Soul Reapers who once had their weapons drawn but now they just rested at their sides and they had their mouths agape. [Captain Aizen, was that true? Are you planning on overthrowing Soul Society?]: soul reaper Aizen saw all the Soul Reapers surrounding Soren, they were ready to strike Soren down when they heard that someone had killed Aizen, when they got there and saw Aizen standing there not moving but just talking they felt something was off. Once they heard Aizen talk about taking over Soul Society, they couldn''t believe what they heard, even to the point of asking if what they heard was right to Aizen. [Insects!... All of you will die before you even have the chance to tell anyone]: aizen Aizen was now going to kill everyone here and blame it all on the man who started all of this, once Aizen took a step forward all the Soul Reapers were scared and took a step back. [HAHAHA!... Aizen, do you think I would completely release you from my world?]: soren Soren then raised his Zanpakuto and called for his Susanoo and covered his blade in fire and lightning, once Aizen saw this he tried to leave but couldn''t move. [Kill him Sus-... AGHH!]: soren Soren''s Susanoo disappeared and he fell to his knees, When he looked up a ton of blood was flowing from his eyes. [Looks like this is it for how long I can use this power]: soren {HOST HAS CAUSED MAJOR DAMAGE TO EYES¡­ HOST BANKAI WILL BREAK IN 1 MINUTE} ''Holy shit!... Only one minute? None of my skills can beat him in a minute...Wait! I have one more Random Skill roll¡­ Sakura use Random Skill'' {DING!... ROLLING FOR RANDOM SKILL¡­ DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR DRAWING (Monkey Steals Banana)} ''What is this skill?'' As Soren looked at the description his face had gone into one of disgust, but further reading made him see a glimpse of hope. Soren then got up from the ground and started to rush towards Aizen as fast as he could. [HAHAHA! What do you plan to do to me in that state, huh?]: aizen When Soren got close enough to Aizen he reached out towards Aizen''s donger and shouted in his head. ''Monkey Steals Banana!'' Soren''s hand glowed in a golden color and grabbed Aizen''s donger twisting it in all sorts of ways, one would think as they saw this that Soren would rip the poor donger off. [MOTHER FU-!]: aizen Aizen couldn''t finish his words before Soren reached for his donger again. And again, and again, and once more. Soren was trying to ruin this man''s career by spamming the same skill, some could even hear Soren say something as he was doing it. [ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA ORA!]: soren After the minute was up Soren passed out on the ground, Aizen also fell to the ground with tears in his eyes and passed out. The Soul Reapers gathered around both Soren and Aizen and picked both of them up, and putting them in handcuffs, then they all went back to HQ to put them in prison. When Soren woke up he was meet with metal bars that block his way to leave the room. [Meer bars are to hold me?... This is a good joke]: soren Soren then punched out towards the metal bars and he was then shot back into the wall. [HAHAHA! Brat, these bars are enough to even hold the head captain, do you think you could break them?]: ??? Soren heard the person talking and it sounded like Aizen, when Soren walked back up to the bars he could see Aizen standing there with his arms through the bars. [So I guess they thought to question you about what you said, looks like they started not to believe you when you said you would kill everyone¡­ In my opinion you deserve more than death]: soren [What would you know about me brat]: aizen Soren had a grin plastered on his face then he spoke. [What if I were to tell you that I know everything about you, and that I also know the future, also if I hadn''t done what I did you would achieve your goal but in the end be killed by an Orange haired kid]: soren Aizen''s face turned to one of anger, he couldn''t believe what the other party has said. [Oh yeah?... Then tell me, how did I achieve my goal before this Orange haired kid killed me?]: aizen [The God Crystal]: soren Aizen''s face was now in disbelief, then he looked towards Soren''s cell and shouted. [You¡­ How did you know about the stone]: aizen [I told you didn''t I, you will die either way because I ruined your plans to go to the council and kill them to activate the crystal]: soren Soren spilled all the beans on Aizen''s plans and made Aizen think that if there was a way out of here, there would still be no way to finish the plans. [Well I had fun here but it''s time for me to leave]: soren [You can''t leave, even Head Captain Yamamoto couldn''t break these-]: aizen Soren put on his Hollow Mask and focused all his power into his fist along with all his strength from Hunter x Hunter and punched out towards the bars. When the punch landed Soren was shot back into the wall and spat out a mouth full of blood and slowly got up. [HAHAHA!... Fool, I told you that you couldn''t-]: aizen The bars started to crack and then shattered into bits and pieces, Soren then walked out and picked up his Zanpakuto from the desk it was lying on, then he looked at Aizen''s Zanpakuto and then looked at Aizen himself. [Hey¡­ Please let me out, I will let you work under me in my quest for domination]: aizen Soren picked up Aizen''s Zanpakuto and walked over to Aizen''s cell. [Why would I help you, I just told you the future¡­ I can''t have you making my plans fall into chaos]: soren Soren then released a massive power onto Aizen''s Zanpakuto making it disintegrate, then Soren walked towards the rooms exit leaving Aizen dumbfounded and almost on the verge of tears to his lost Zanpakuto. Chapter 55 - Meeting Renji As Soren left the room Sakura gave him a notification. {HOST HAS SOLD (Aizen''s Zanpakuto) TO SYSTEM FOR 600.000 System Points¡­ HOST NOW HAS 859.460 System Points} ''Holy shit, why so many?'': soren {AIZEN IS A LEADING FIGURE IN BLEACH SO HIS ZANPAKUTO WICH IS LIKE HIS SOUL IS WORTH A LOT OF POINTS} ''So if I were to sell Ichigo''s¡­ Hehe¡­ NO! I can''t do that to him'': soren Soren was walking through the halls of the place, he then remembered that Rukia should still be here unless they moved here to the other place. Soren then started to look around, then he heard some talking coming from one of the rooms, as Soren got closer he could hear a male and a female''s voice. [Rukia, they said there going to move up your execution date to 3 days from now]: ??? [Don''t worry about me Hanataro, thank you for telling me]: rukia [No problem¡­ Uh, Ms. Rukia, one of the people who have broken in said they were here to rescue you and said that he knows you]: hanataro [What was his name! Do you remember!?]: rukia [He said his name was Ichigo, I had healed him in the sewers]: hanataro [That idiot¡­ He''s gonna get himself killed over me]: rukia At that second Soren couldn''t help but jump into the conversation so he started to walk into the room. When he entered, nobody noticed him so he just gave a faint introducer. [*cough cough*... Hello there!]: soren Soren was now faced with Hanataro and Rukia looking at him, Hanataro was confused on who it was but Rukia knew him. [You¡­ Why are you here?]: rukia [Well you see, I came here to watch the show¡­ Ichigo said he needed to rescue you so I came to watch, then I meet Aizen, we battled a bit¡­ Then I woke up in the other room locked up behind bars. I this how you guys treat the person who just saved Soul Society]: soren Soren said all of this with a straight face, but for the last part he added a fake cry. [If you were locked up behind these bars then how are you out here?]: hanataro [Easy!... I broke them]: soren [That''s impossible!... Even Head Captain Yamamoto couldn''t break those bars]: rukia [Then I guess that means I''m stronger than him, hehe]: soren Soren wasn''t completely wrong or right, on the Apex listing Soren listed 3rd place, but when he releases every last bit of power he reaches 2nd place for just a bit. Hanataro was looking at Soren with eyes of fear, if he was locked up that means that he''s a bad guy. [What happened to Captain Aizen?]: hanataro [Oh?... He is also in the other room locked up, like I said, I saved Soul Society and this is the kind of treatment I get]: soren Soren''s words were unbelieveable, but every second they thought about it, those words started to stick inside their hearts. [Quick! I heard something explode from the room containing Aizen and that Ryoka]: soul reaper Soren looked at Rukia and Hanataro and put his finger up to his mask, before disappearing he did a cliche "Shhh". [Shhh¡­ I was never here¡­ Hehe]: soren Soren was now outside of the prisoner building and was walking around in the Uniform he stole earlier, he also took off his mask as to not raise suspicion from anyone. Soren was feeling bored of watching everything go on so he decided to look through the system, when he called it up some stuff had changed. Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren)/Adoptive Name: Soren Kurosaki Age: 17 Soul Power: Soul Captain (Advanced) Luck: Lucky Body: Mythical Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Mangekyo Sharingan) - Hollow (Mask) Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 03 Exp to Next Level: 190/1000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 04: Unlocks 4% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Advanced Master) - Observation Haki (Full Mastery) - King''s Haki (Full Mastery) - Genjutsu (Advanced Master) - Spatial Travel (Level 07) - Shikai (2 Levels) - Bankai (Unlocked) - Spirit Control (Master) - Monkey Steals Banana Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Soul Power (Master) - Cooking (Master) - Spirit Pressure (Master) - Eyes of Truth (5.7%) - Sword Mastery (Intermediate Master) System Points: 859.460 [Looks like my powers are coming together quite nicely¡­ I guess I should go watch Ichigo train to unlock Bankai while doing my own training to raise my power output]: soren When Soren reached the entrance to the cave where Ichigo was training with Yoruichi, he saw Renji about to bust in. [So you came here too?... you must have heard first about Rukia''s early execution then]: soren [Who are you, why do you know about Rukia''s execution date being changed]: renji Renji turned his objective towards Soren who stood behind him with a Hollow mask covering his face. [Don''t worry, I''m here to help Ichigo save Rukia¡­ Could you put your Zanpakuto down now?]: soren Renji still stood there with his Zanpakuto aimed towards Soren, when Soren saw that Renji was not going to put the sword down he got a little mad. [I asked politely, now I''m telling you¡­ Put the Zanpakuto down or I will make you¡­ Please]: soren Soren''s demeanor was pressuring Renji, and the end of Soren''s sentence was as polite as it could get, he even went so far as to cock his head to one side as he said "Please" When Renji felt this pressure he dropped his Zanpakuto unconsciously due to the pressure. [Thank you¡­ Now let''s go watch Ichigo]: soren Soren walked past Renji and pulled his Zanpakuto taking one slice towards the bolder which covered the entrance to the underground training area. [Well¡­ Let''s go already Renji]: soren Renji was surprised to his his name come from this guy he has never met before. [How did you?¡­ Who are you?... Why do you want to even help save Rukia?]: renji Chapter 56 - Soren? [Oops¡­ Nevermind that, let''s go in before they start to think they are under attack]: soren Renji and Soren begin to enter down the hole and into the training grounds, when Ichigo saw who it was he shouted. [You!... Come to attack early did you, I''m ready for you]: ichigo When Renji saw the way Ichigo reacted he began to think that this masked guy was really a bad person. [Ichigo, shut up]: yoruichi [But Yoruichi this guy-]: ichigo Yoruichi had put her hand in front of Ichigo''s face blocking any more sound from coming out, when Yoruichi saw Soren coming towards them she spoke up. [Why are you here, I also sensed you enter into Soul Society with us back then]: yoruichi [Well for my dear Ichigo here I would do anything for, I had to come see him save his friend]: soren Ichigo was so pissed about what the masked man just said that he began to turn Red with anger, when Yoruichi saw Ichigo he removed her hand to let Ichigo talk. [You¡­ You stole my brother and harmed my family¡­ I will never acknowledge you as anyone special to me]: ichigo Inside Soren a Torrent of things had built up that he wanted to express to Ichigo but couldn''t just yet. [...Ichigo¡­ I promised to tell you about your brother Soren if you save Rukia yes?]: soren [What about it, once I get strong enough I will kill you and take him back from you]: ichigo [I''m changing the deal¡­]: soren [No! You can''t just change the deal, not when I''m so close]: ichigo Ichigo interrupted Soren before he could finish his sentence, Soren then raised his hand and chopped Ichigo on his head. [Shut up and listen¡­ I''m changing the deal¡­ Unlock Bankai in the 3 days before Rukia is executed and I will tell you about Soren]: soren [But Rukia isn''t supposed to be executed until a week from now, how did it change]: ichigo [I don''t know but she will be executed in 3 days from now]: renji Ichigo looked towards Renji and then had a confused face and asked. [Renji¡­ since when did you get here?]: ichigo Renji was mad because Ichigo had not seen him standing next to the masked man the whole time. [Nevermind that, I am here to train for my Bankai as well¡­ Once I achieve it I will head out to try and save Rukia]: renji Renji walked over to the wall of the room and sat down with his legs crossed and he laid his Zanpakuto across his lap, closing his eyes he went into meditation. Soren who was watching Renji was now turning back to Ichigo and next to him appeared his Zanpakuto spirit. [So is that your Zanpakuto Ichigo?]: soren [Yes, now leave me alone]: ichigo Soren then sat down right where he was standing and preparing to go into meditation, when Ichigo said this he shouted. [Hey idiot, you can''t sit there, once I begin training with my Zanpakuto you will get hurt from being in the way]: ichigo [Oh? Don''t worry, your puny Zanpakuto can''t harm me]: soren Zangetsu heard this and had got a bit flustered from Soren''s words, then Ichigo looked away trying to hide his mood from the masked man before speaking again. [What ever, if you get hurt you better tell me what you promised before you die]: ichigo [Sure thing, that is if you can harm me to that point¡­ Hehe]: soren Soren placed his hands on his thighs and focused his power on releasing his Armament Haki to cover his whole body, when Soren released it his body began to turn black and the color had a tinge of Teal in it. [What''s happening to him?]: ichigo Ichigo questioned what was going on with the masked man but seeing that nobody else knew he threw it to the back of his mind saying it must be due to his Zanpakuto. Soren began to train with his Zanpakuto again, as Ichigo and Zangetsu were fighting they made there way to avoid Soren who was just plain in the way. After a couple rounds Ichigo began to lose a lot of stamina and falter, when he got close to Soren he had stopped, then Zangetsu jumped towards Ichigo. When Ichigo realised he couldn''t counter this attack he decided to doge last minute, when he moved Zangetsu who had forgotten about Soren hit him, when the sword touched Soren''s skin the sword shattered into bits and pieces. [I told you that you would get hurt]: ichigo Ichigo who saw Soren get slashed shouted, but when Ichigo saw that the blade shattered and turned to dust and didn''t even leave a mark on the masked man he was stumped, Soren then opened one eye and said calmly before closing his eye once again. [Your dodge was too slow, correct yourself]: soren After 3 days of training Renji was already gone and Soren was done with his training and just decided to do slow training while watching Ichigo fight with Zangetsu, then Ichigo broke through Zangetsu''s weapon and pierced him. [Congratulations Ichigo, hear my name and remember it for the rest of your life¡­ My name is Zangetsu, my Bankai takes all of your power and compresses it into a small blade that gives you immense fighting prowess¡­ Farewell for now Ichigo]: zangetsu Soren then opened his eyes and got up from the ground, when Ichigo saw this he quickly spoke to the masked man. [Don''t run now¡­ I have achieved my end in the promise, now fulfill your end]: ichigo Soren stood before Ichigo and gave a slight chuckle that didn''t escape Ichigo''s ears. [What''s up, quickly tell me what I want so I can go rescue Rukia]: ichigo [Show me your Bankai]: soren Ichigo didn''t hesitate, he focused his energy and released his Bankai for the first time. When Soren saw this he felt like Ichigo was ready, he then looked at Ichigo and asked seriously. [What would you like to know, think about this carefully]: soren Ichigo thought for a second then spoke. [Where is my brother¡­ Where have you left him?]: ichigo Soren was now resolute with the fact that Ichigo really felt that he was part of the family, then he reached up for his mask and spoke with tears in his voice. [Hello Ichigo¡­ I''m sorry for what I put you through]: soren Chapter 57 - Saving Rukia Ichigo was stunned at what the masked man said and when he took off the mask Ichigo saw the face. [S-Soren?... No! What kind of joke is this]: ichigo [It''s not a joke, I did this to force you to become stronger because I know what kind of horrors you will have to face in the future]: soren [But why for so long, you never left any kind of goodbye just one day you were gone and I thought you were taken by some freak]: ichigo Soren was now feeling hurt inside from Ichigo''s use of the word "Freak" When he got over it, he looked at Ichigo and started to tell him some of the stuff that he has learned. [Ichigo, if I hadn''t done what I did you would indefinitely die to someone one day. And I needed to find a way out of the house to do some training of my own]: soren Ichigo was now looking at Soren with tears in his eyes, the person who treated him like a brother for a couple of years since he moved in was taken right before his eyes and he could do nothing to stop it. And out of nowhere, here he is, and he was the masked man himself. [I don''t care where you had gone, I''m just glad that you''re here now¡­ So let''s go save Rukia]: ichigo [...Yeah, about that¡­ I need to go fight with Head Captain Yamamoto, but don''t worry, you will be just fine]: soren Right before Ichigo could yell at Soren for not wanting to help Soren disappeared from his spot leaving Ichigo and Yoruichi standing there, when Ichigo thought about Soren''s words when he was the masked man he kinda figured that Soren wouldn''t help to save Rukia and leave it up to Ichigo alone. [Ichigo, your brother is an interesting fellow¡­ But he can''t beat Yamamoto¡­ Yamamoto is the strongest person in the Court Guard Squad, once he decides to get serious your brother will die]: yoruichi [Don''t worry about him¡­ I believe that he will beat Yamamoto]: ichigo Ichigo had full faith in Soren, after that Ichigo was given a gift from Yoruichi, as he received the gift he put it on and left the cave. [Yamamoto should be at the Sokyoku unlocking it right now]: soren Soren rushed through the air towards the Sokyoku, when he made it to the Sokyoku he was stumped to see that both Rukia and Aizen were strapped to the Sokyoku and were about to be executed. [No¡­ This is wrong, I feel like something bad is going to happen¡­ I gotta stop this now]: soren When Soren got closer he was noticed by Head Captain Yamamoto, when Soren realized that he was caught he quickly spoke out. [Soul Reapers, you must not use the Sokyoku to kill Aizen]: soren When the surrounding Soul Reapers saw Soren and saw his clothing they were stunned, Soren''s clothes looked to be glowing with a faint light, and his Hollow mask made him look like a Hollow but it was apparent that he was not a Hollow. [What did you say Ryoka¡­ How dare you show up in our presence]: soul reaper Head Captain Yamamoto was now looking into the sky towards Soren and then towards Aizen who had a blank expression on his face, then he looked back at Soren before asking. [Why should we not kill Aizen with the Sokyoku?]: yamamoto [Because he has the God Crystal, once the Hogyoku pierces his chest the crystal will absorb all the power from the Hogyoku]: soren Soren''s words were outrageous to the point where some even spat out towards him. Yamamoto took another look towards Aizen only to see a blank face,Yamamoto looked back at Soren and felt that this man was either trying to save Aizen or Rukia, he couldn''t tell. [Sir! That is the other man we brought in when we took Aizen in]: soul reaper A lone Soul Reaper had said to his Captain that stood next to him, when Yamamoto heard this he came up with the idea that this man was here to save Rukia. When Yamamoto made up his mind he began to start unlocking the Sokyoku, when Soren saw this he started his attack. [NO!... I will protect this world from your mistake that you are making today]: soren Soren then appeared before Yamamoto, Soren was so fast that none of the other Captains present could see Soren''s movements. [Boy, do you really want to go through with this?]: yamamoto Yamamoto appeared to be the only one who could see his movements and reacted to them accordingly. Soren was now touching swords with Yamamoto, when the other Captains realized that Soren had drawn his Zanpakuto to clash with the Head Captain they were furious. [I told you¡­ Don''t use the Sokyoku to kill Aizen, one you do there is no going back]: soren At this moment Ichigo had arrived in the sky to see Soren clashing with and old man, once he saw Rukia being tied up he rushed towards her, behind Rukia was Aizen. Ichigo saw both of them tied up there and thought for a moment on what he should do, he didn''t know this other person, and they were there along with Rukia. [Rukia! I came here to rescue you]: ichigo Rukia seen Ichigo floating above her and couldn''t help but start screaming at him. [You idiot, I told you already!... You can''t beat my brother, give up on saving me, go help that masked guy escape so you can find your brother]: rukia Ichigo was starting to get tired of Rukia telling him that he couldn''t save her, and when she told him to help the masked guy he laughed. [Well your Head Captain can''t beat my brother there]: ichigo Rukia was stunned, since when had this masked guy become Ichigo''s brother? Soren then looked into the sky to see Ichigo standing there in the cloak that was gifted to him by Yoruchi. [Hey, Ichigo¡­ I got this, you go ahead and release Rukia]: soren [No problem Soren¡­ Now let me get you outta here]: ichigo Rukia was stunned to her Ichigo call the masked guy Soren, she had lots of questions piling up right now that she wanted answers too. [Okay¡­ Let''s get you outta here now]: ichigo Ichigo lifted his Zanpakuto into the are and then jammed it into the Sokyoku, once it entered the Sokyoku he released his Spirit Power, the Sokyoku then exploded because it couldn''t handle the amount of power coming from it. Aizen had started a freefall and Ichigo grabbed Rukia, when Soren looked up he saw Ichigo standing on the remains of the Sokyoku and was looking into the distance. [Renji, your here¡­ here catch]: ichigo Ichigo threw Rukia towards Renji and looked at Soren giving him a thumbs up, Soren responded with a thumbs up in return, then looked back towards Yamamoto who still had his Zanpakuto in hand clashing with Soren. [Boy¡­ You have made a grave mistake, now you must pay with your life]: yamamoto Soren then backed off and Ichigo was running into the distance with Rukia and Renji only to be stopped by Byakuya, that''s when Ichigo started his fight with him. Soren then activated both of his Shikai''s at the same time forming a Susanoo that carried a sword with Fire and Lightning covering the blade. [Is this your Bankai?]: yamamoto [No, this is just my Shikai¡­ My Bankai is way more powerful, you will see¡­ Hehe]: soren Chapter 58 - Halloween Special {TRANSFERRING ALL DATA TO A COSTUME LOCATION DESIGNED TO INDUCE FEAR TO HOST} [What!?]: soren Soren was once standing in the middle of Karakura Town enjoying the Halloween festival, in that next second Sakura had spoken and Soren was now in a pitch Black room. [What is this¡­ Why am I here, what''s going on Sakura?]: soren {SILENCE¡­ YOU HAVE BEEN A PAIN IN MY SIDE FOR YEARS, NOW IT''S TIME FOR YOU TO FIGHT TO SURVIVE¡­ IF YOU CAN SURVIVE THE SYSTEM WILL BELONG TO YOU AGAIN} Sakura had said hurtful things towards Soren, Soren never even knew Sakura thought about. When Soren heard a "Ding!" he started to look around, a field with tall sunflowers that had started to Wither and Decay appeared before him. [What''s going on?]: soren {YOUR GOAL HERE IS TO SURVIVE THE WHOLE NIGHT FIGHTING AGAINST THE FEARS OF ALL THOSE YOU HAVE FOUGHT AND KILLED SINCE YOU GAINED THE SYSTEM¡­ OH, ONE MORE THING¡­ YOU WILL LOSE ALL OF YOUR POWERS AS WELL¡­ HAHAHAHA!} As Sakura said this Soren felt a tugging sensation at his soul that left him in a deep panic, when the tugging stopped Soren tried to use Spirit Power only to find out nothing worked. [What am I supposed to do to fight if I have no power]: soren As Soren pondered over this question 6 little green goblin things sprinted towards him at a fast speed, when Soren saw this he instinctively dodged and struck his hand out chopping with full force killing one of the goblins. [So I still have my instilled knowledge and form left from being an assassin, my strength doesn''t seem to be diminished either]: soren The remaining 5 looked towards their fallen comrade and jumped towards Soren as if trying to avenge the one that had fallen, Soren saw this and charged towards them. [Insects must fall when impeding my path towards glory]: soren Soren gave 5 more chops that took off the head of each goblin, but Soren didn''t walk out unscathed. When Soren looked at the scratch on his arm there was a deep gash that was oozing blood, Soren then ripped off a bit of clothing and wrapped the wound. [Piss ants really think you could beat me? Come back in 100 years when I''m old and decrepit]: soren Just as Soren was about to leave the field, something shiny caught his eyes, when he turned around to see what it was he could tell instantly. [My Zanpakuto? When did I have this, and when did I drop it for them to pick up?]: soren {DING!... YOU HAVE TAKEN OUT THE FEARS OF THE FIRST PERSON YOU KILLED AY?... HERE IS THE GIFT, HEAD OUT OF THIS FIELD AND INTO TOWN FOR YOUR NEXT OBJECTIVE¡­ IF YOU DON''T, WELL¡­ HAHAHA!} Soren walked into town only to be met with 10 towering ogre looking things that took one look at Soren and thought "Feast!" When Soren saw the looks that the ogre''s gave him he lunged at them. [Want to eat me?... Eat my blade!]: soren Soren sliced his sword through one of the ogre''s legs and the ogre came falling down crushing one of the medieval looking houses, when the other ogre''s saw this began to get angry and release this green fog from their mouths. The fog surrounded Soren and began to infect his wound, Soren felt a stinging sensation and began to unwrap his bandage only to see worms crawling around in his wound and up his arm and under his skin. [What is this¡­ No, this must be fake¡­ I need to take my arm out or this will get really bad]: soren Soren was now pondering what to do about his arm, and when the ogre''s saw this a grin appeared on their faces, when Soren saw this he dropped his head and out came a bit of laughter. [So illusions?... Is that all it took to scare one of the big bosses I killed when I was only 4, what a shame]: soren Soren disregarded his arm and jumped towards the ogre''s that remain standing slicing at all of their necks killing them, then Soren walked over to the one that was lying on the ground trying to get up and chopped off it''s head. [What will you drop?]: soren Soren asked this question and soon his Star Armor dropped, when he put it on it fused with his Shihakusho, Soren then got another message from Sakura. {SINCE THEY COULDN''T KILL YOU THEN YOU LEAVE ME NO OTHER CHOICE¡­ DING!... UNDYING ARMY RISE AND KILL THIS INSECT BEFORE YOUR MASTER} Soren was upset that Sakura had hated him so much, it hurt him so much that he asked. [Sakura, do you really want me to die?... If you do, I won''t stop this army from killing me]: soren Soren thought that if Sakura really wanted him dead she could do it any time she wanted because he had the system and Sakura was the system, Sakura could choose life and death for the host. {DON''T LET THEM KILL YOU, YOU MUST FIGHT WITH YOUR LAST BREATH AND DIE OTHERWISE IT WON''T BE ANY FUN WATCHING YOU DIE} [... Okay]: soren Soren noticed something strange with how Sakura said that and only had an idea, Soren then began to fight with the undying army killing them left and right only to find out they get back up. [What is this, why don''t they stay down¡­ There must be someone that keeps raising them]: soren Soren was fighting his way through the horde of zombies and skeletons to reach the back where the defence should be weak and that''s where the summoner should be, based on stories this would be the case, but when Soren made his way to the back there were even more of them than before. [That must mean they are protecting the summoner]: soren Soren made his way over to where the horde was most dense and started chopping away, when he made it through he was face to face with a boy who wore a yellow raincoat. When Soren got closer to the boy in the rain coat he was crying, Soren walked up and asked. [Why do you keep summoning these creatures?]: soren The boy who didn''t stop crying then looked up towards Soren with pitch black eyes and said 4 words that made Soren shiver just a little. [You will float too]: boy [What do you mean I will float too?]: soren The boy started to let out a creepy laugh that shook Soren down to his bones, and then the boy started to scream. [YOU WILL FLOAT TOO!]: boy The boy in the yellow raincoat lunged at Soren taking him by surprise and pierced his heart, the boy then ripped his hand out of Soren''s chest with Soren''s heart in his hand. [Bye bye¡­ Go float with mommy, daddy, and the rest]: boy Soren''s last thoughts before everything turned to black were startling. ''Did I think wrong? Who was that?... Was that MY fear? Did Sakura really want me dead?... Well I guess I will just drift along into eternal darkness¡­ I loved the time that God gave me in this second life¡­ I guess I should give him thanks for all he has done¡­ T-thank Y-yo-...'' ????????Happy Halloween!! ???????? Chapter 59 - Fighting Yamamoto Pt 1 Soren then used his Shikai to push Yamamoto back and then he dashed off towards the edge of the cliff, when Soren turned around to see if Yamamoto was following him he was attacked with a big blazing fire that shot him a few miles away. [Holy shit this guy is tough!]: soren Soren got up from the rubble that Yamamoto caused when blasting Soren back and started to head back as to prevent Yamamoto from stepping in on Ichigo''s side, but before he could get far Yamamoto appeared before Soren with 2 other Captains. [So you are going to 3v1 me ay?]: soren One of the captains known as Jushiro asked in confusion. [Three ve one? I have no clue what that is, how about you Shunsui?]: jushiro [Come on now Jushiro catch up with modern times he means the 3 people fighting against 1 person]: shunsui Shunsui seemed to know a lot about modern times so he cleared it up with Jushiro, then looked back at Soren and started to talk. [Yes it will be a 3v1 but not the way you think it will be¡­ It will be you, me and Jushiro against Captain Yamamoto]: shunsui Soren already knew that these 2 did not agree with the whole idea of killing Rukia because they all were there to protect the Hogyoku inside of Rukia, so Soren just played along to keep suspicion away from him. [Okay so we just have to beat him?]: soren [Yeah, but that''s an impossible task with just us]: shunsui Soren was stumped to hear that these 2 still went against orders despite knowing that it was a 0% chance that they would win, in the Anime they had some confidence, so he thought they might have just been talking out their asses. [Don''t worry guys, I can fight him myself¡­ You just stand guard and make sure he doesn''t escape]: soren Shunsui and Jushiro were stumped to hear Soren''s words so they quickly replied to them. [You must be nuts, he is the strongest Captain ever to live¡­ One move from him is enough to shake the grounds]: jushiro [Yeah kid¡­ Don''t test your luck, we have a chance to live because we are Captains of the Court Guard Squads¡­ You on the other hand are just some random Ryoka who snuck in and disrupted peace here]: shunsui Soren felt a little betrayed with the last words that came from Shunsui''s mouth, but he pushed through and spoke again. [I have enough power to make the ground shake with the flip of my palms¡­ Like I said¡­ Don''t worry and stand back for a bit]: soren Shunsui and Jushiro were stumped to hear Soren''s comment, they looked at each other and then back to Soren then spoke. [You got guts kid¡­ We will let you go on with your plan and stand back, but once we see you in trouble we will jump in to help]: shunsui Soren gave them a smile from underneath his mask and looked towards Yamamoto, who was just waiting patiently on the side to be noticed by the 3 of them. [You will be fighting me old man¡­ Prepare to taste defeat]: soren [Oh? So you finally noticed me?... I could have killed all 3 of you 20 times since you were talking]: yamamoto [Only 20?... You must be getting rusty, I knew you were waiting patiently for us to finish talking]: soren Soren was starting to mock Yamamoto to try and make him angry, but to Soren''s mockery Yamamoto just shrugged them off. He who has been in countless battles of life and death has heard many things to try and throw him off, some brat who hasn''t even finished sucking the milk from the tit of his mother could never insult him. [Young one, I do thank you for letting us know about Aizen and his plans for Soul Society but it''s time for you to die]: yamamoto Soren was preparing all of his power to strike towards Yamamoto, if he could land a fatal blow when Yamamoto''s guard was down then Soren could win. [But I say when it''s my time¡­ and I feel like living a few centuries longer]: soren Soren rushed towards Yamamoto to strike first but to his dismay he found that he was shot backwards, Yamamoto then held his cane and forced Spirit Power into it releasing his Zanpakuto from its slumber. [Wow, you really are strong¡­ Sadly this is nothing but love taps]: soren Soren rushed back towards Yamamoto running through the flames of Yamamoto''s Zanpakuto, when Soren got close he activated his MS and asked in a domineering manner. [Ready to see my Bankai?]: soren Yamamoto was stunned to see Soren''s eyes change color and shape, in the next second Soren shouted. [BANKAI!... Infinite Tsukuyomi]: soren With this Soren got a notification in his head from Sakura. {HOST WILL BE ABLE TO USE (Infinite Tsukuyomi) FOR 2 MINUTES BEFORE HOST STARTS TO LOSE MORE OF HOST''S EYESIGHT} ''2 Minutes is enough time¡­ I can have this old guy on the floor crying in 1 minute'': soren When Soren activated his Bankai the world around Yamamoto and Soren started to change, when Yamamoto started to see the changed he was worried but as these images turned into things that had happened in his past he began to worry. From afar Yamamoto heard something and turned around ready to attack at any moment. [Genryusai!... there you are, I was looking for you everywhere]: ??? As the figure got closer Yamamoto could make out a female figure, soon the female figure turned into a distinguishable person. Yamamoto looked at this person and could tell instantly who it was, but it was impossible, the person before him had been dead for a long time, when the female got close enough to Yamamoto and saw that his Zanpakuto was drawn and aimed at her she said in a scared voice. [Genryusai, why are you aiming that at me¡­ It''s me, Reiko]: reiko Yamamoto then dropped his Zanpakuto and started to walk closer to the figure and spoke. [Reiko¡­ I thought your had died, how are you still alive]: yamamoto [Died?... When?]: reiko [Nevermind¡­ All that matters is that you are here now]: yamamoto As Yamamoto said this his Zanpakuto that was left on the ground and burst into flames, when Yamamoto turned to see this the flames got bigger and bigger and started to spread out, then he heard Reiko start to scream. [AHHHH! Genryusai why would you do this!... What have I done to you!?]: reiko [NO!... No, it''s not me!... The Zanpakuto¡­ It chose to do this]: yamamoto Reiko then burnt into nothingness, Yamamoto then fell to his knees with tears in his eyes, when a voice popped into his head. [You belong to me¡­ Any form of love to anyone else and I will burn them into cinders¡­ Understand?]: Zanpakuto Chapter 60 - Fighting Yamamoto Pt2 Yamamoto was on his knees looking at his surroundings and watching them as they burn down, the Zanpakuto known as Ryujin Jaka had set the village that Yamamoto cared for on fire and Yamamoto sat there and watched it burn down. [AHHHH!... SOMEONE HELP US!]: villagers Yamamoto sat there reliving what happened in his past and seeing it happen a second time made him hurt even more inside, when Ryujin Jaka saw this it spoke to Yamamoto again. [You have pledged your life to me when you formed your soul contract¡­ Come! Pick me up and leave this trash of a village]: ryujin jaka Yamamoto couldn''t fight with Ryujin Jaka because it was part of him, and if he disobeyed it then the Zanpakuto would burn everything down around him, leaving him to feel sadness and pain for the rest of his life. Yamamoto picked up his Zanpakuto from the ground and started to walk down the dirt road, as he walked he thought about all that has happened to him. [I was fighting a boy who had weird eyes, he shouted Bankai and next thing I know I was here¡­ Is this that boy''s Bankai?]: yamamoto Yamamoto was a smart man, he was able to decipher Soren''s Bankai in a short time, he was only upset that he was fooled by the image of his past lover. [I should be able to break out of this if I use Ryujin Jaka and burn down this whole place]: yamamoto Right as Yamamoto said this Soren appeared out of thin air and started to mock Yamamoto. [Oi¡­ Old man, don''t plan on escape¡­ Once I use this move there is no escape, but you could wait out the time though]: soren [What? There is a time limit?... Why would you tell me this?]: yamamoto [Well I only tell you because this world is run by me¡­ the time limit is 2 minutes and you have only been here for 4 seconds]: soren [How is this possible! I have been here for at least 30 minutes]: yamamoto [I can control the time here, you could be here for 100 years and it would only have been 1 minute outside, I can also take your life as well since you are defenceless]: soren [You are truly one evil child, let me out now]: yamamoto [Evil?...Hmm, I guess you could say that¡­ I have been an Assassin since I was 2 years old]: soren Yamamoto heard this and felt nothing but sadness for this boy, he had been forced into a life of killing since he was 2 years old. Yamamoto then looked up at the floating Soren and asked. [So how long do you plan to keep me here? And what will you do while I am here?]: yamamoto Soren looked at Yamamoto and then put his hand on his chin in a thinking pattern, after a bit he snapped his fingers and shouted. [That''s it!... I will make you see that same scene as earlier for 200 years, you can either live it out, kill yourself or I will kill you¡­ Either way you could die from all 3]: soren Yamamoto thought for a moment and then said with a not so proud manner. [Will you accept surrender?... I don''t want to watch my beloved die over and over, nor do I want to die¡­ I need to be there for my people]: yamamoto Soren thought for a moment, he sat there in the sky as minute by minute passed, suddenly he spoke. [I can accept surrender, but there is one thing¡­ I need you to accept a seal being placed on your heat]: soren [Why is there a need for a seal?]: yamamoto [Come now, don''t play dumb¡­ If I release you, what say you wouldn''t try and attack and kill me?]: soren Yamamoto was seen through entirely but was not even mad, he thought for a moment and then agreed to be placed under a seal. [I will place a seal that will explode your heart if you try to harm me]: soren Soren then used his Spirit Power to form a formation and used his will to form an intent into the formation, Soren had learned this from the system. The whole time Soren was thinking he was inquiring about this formation, when it was complete Soren placed his hand on Yamamoto''s head and then released his Bankai. When everything started to revert back to normal, Soren was standing right before Yamamoto with his hand on Yamamoto''s head, once Soren removed his hand Yamamoto felt as if he has a pressure placed on his heart. [Now, I will tell you a secret¡­ Aizen has been plotting to access the Hogyoku in Rukia, if we had not jumped in to save Rukia, then Aizen would have soared in power and killed off all of you]: soren Soren had come up with an elaborate lie that had some truth in it, when Yamamoto heard this he started to ponder about Aizen and his true motives, when Shunsui and Jushiro saw Soren and Yamamoto not fighting they became stunned. [Hey, what''s going no?]: jushiro Jushiro and Shunsui had come by Soren''s side to see what had happened, when Yamamoto looked at them he gave a slight smile and spoke. [I have lost to this young one here, I will no longer wish for his life]: yamamoto Soren then looked at Shunsui and Jushiro and took off his mask showing his smile on his face, the mask then disappeared into a black smoke. [I would like to introduce myself¡­ My name is Soren, I have been watching over Ichigo as he trained to get stronger. Now that I have helped you all save the Soul Society I hope that you can forgive Ichigo and let him and Rukia both go unharmed¡­ I would also like to add that Isshin Kurosaki is his father]: soren [Isshin Kurosaki?... Oh, you mean Isshin Shiba, the former Captain of division 10?]: Shunsui [Yes, but keep this a secret from Ichigo¡­ Isshin hasn''t told him yet]: soren Yamamoto had took an interest into this boy known as Soren, how could he know all of this, Yamamoto then decided to ask. [How do you know all of this? Can you tell me?]: yamamoto Soren looked at Yamamoto and with a smile put his finger over his mouth and cocked his head to the side winking his eye and said. [It''s a Se-cr-et]: soren Soren then looked towards the sky where the Sokyoku is and said in a quiet tone. [They should be done by now¡­ Let''s head back]: soren When Soren disappeared from his spot, Shunsui Jushiro and Yamamoto followed suit and disappeared as well, when they reappeared they were all at the edge of the cliff watching Ichigo and Byakuya being treated for their wounds. [Soren!? Is that you?]: ??? When Soren turned to see who was calling him he realised that he was screwed, Orihime was walking over to him looking at Soren in the Soul Reaper outfit that was slightly modified, Orihime then spoke. [So where were you, Ichigo said some man took you¡­ You gotta tell Ichigo when he wakes up that you are okay]: orihime [He already knows¡­ But I want you to tell him something for me¡­ When he wakes up tell him I will be gone for a while and he should train]: soren Chapter 61 - Overpowered!? When Soren finished his sentence he disappeared from his spot not even giving Orihime the chance to ask any questions, when he reappeared it was high up in the air a far ways away from where Orihime and the others were. [Sakura, can you go over my status before I head back to the Hollow Dimension]: soren {YES HOST¡­ SHOWING HOST STATUS¡­ DING!} Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren)/Adoptive Name: Soren Kurosaki Age: 17 Soul Power: Soul Captain (Master) Luck: Lucky Body: Mythical Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Mangekyo Sharingan) - Hollow (Mask) Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 05 Exp to Next Level: 204/10000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 06: Unlocks 6% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Advanced Master) - Observation Haki (Full Mastery) - King''s Haki (Full Mastery) - Genjutsu (Full Mastery) - Spatial Travel (Level 07) - Shikai (2 Levels) - Bankai (Unlocked) - Spirit Control (Master) - Monkey Steals Banana Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Soul Power (Advanced Master) - Cooking (Master) - Spirit Pressure (Advanced Master) - Eyes of Truth (5.7%) - Sword Mastery (Intermediate Master) System Points: 859.460 [Not bad¡­ Sakura, how does my Inventory look?]: soren {NOW OPENING INVENTORY¡­ DING!} -Inventory- Senzu Beans x4 - Kusanagi Sword (Zanpakuto) - Kunai x20 - Flying Nimbus x1 - Gravity Training Room (in use) - Lottery Tickets x48 - Money x6842 [Holy shit! Since when did I get so many Lottery Tickets?... Sakura, is there any kind of deal I can get for using all 48 Lottery Tickets?]: soren {HOST CAN GET 4 FREE SPINS IF HOST USES ALL 48 LOTTERY TICKETS} [So I can get 52 draws then¡­]: soren Soren thought about if he should use all of his tickets and make use of the 4 free draws, and after about a minute of thinking Soren decided to use all of the tickets. [I will draw 52 times please]: soren {TAKING LOTTERY TICKETS AND TRANSFORMING THEM INTO DRAWS...DING! COMPLETE¡­ HERE ARE YOUR PRIZES!} {Senzu Beans x23, Body Reconstruction Pills x8, Super Skill Draw x1, Super Bloodline Draw x1, Mind and Soul Concentration Pill x8, Sorry Try Again x3, Skill Level Upgrade x4, Life Sustaining Pill x4} [Wow¡­ Wait¡­ 3 try again''s? What bullshit¡­ But this other stuff must be good]: soren As Soren looked through his items he began to feel slightly cheated, the only good items in these draws were the Senzu Beans, Super Skill and Bloodline draw and Skill Level Upgrade, everything else was useless to him. [Sakura, use the Super Skill Draw right now and I will save the Bloodline one for later]: soren {USING (Super Skill Draw)... DRAWING¡­ DRAWING¡­ COMPLETE! HOST MAY CHOOSE FROM THE LIST BELOW} {Skills- 1: Magic Affinity 2: True Body State 3: Hakai 4: Rebirth Through Blood} Soren started to foam from the mouth as he read the list, the options just got better as the list got bigger. Soren read through all the descriptions that came with the skills, Magic Affinity was basically giving the one who wields the skill an Affinity with all magic, True Body State was a Skill that would merge the host with the Heavens and Earth letting the host gain more power, Hakai was from one of his favorite Anime and the Skill did as the name implied in Japanese "Destruction" The last Skill was from a Novel that Soren had read a long time ago and it let the host come back to life from just a single drop of blood. [All of these Skills are just so dominating, if I were to use any of them I would become someone unstoppable in the future¡­ Sadly I can only choose one]: soren Soren then pondered about the future, what world he would go to next and about what skills would help him the most, after a couple of minutes Soren then shouted. [I got it!... I will go with Hakai¡­ It will bring me to the top in the next world I want to travel to]: soren {DING!... SKILL CHOSEN¡­ CONGRATS TO HOST FOR UNLOCKING (Power Of Destruction) HOST HAS NOW BEEN PLACED ON THE PATH OF A DESTRUCTION GOD} [A what!?]: soren Soren was surprised with what Sakura had just started so he looked at his Status once again to see that a new thing was added. Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren)/Adoptive Name: Soren Kurosaki Age: 17 Soul Power: Soul Captain (Master) Luck: Lucky Body: Destruction Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Mangekyo Sharingan) - Hollow (Mask) Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 05 Exp to Next Level: 204/10000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 06: Unlocks 6% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Chosen Path: Destruction God (Hakai Level: 01) Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Advanced Master) - Observation Haki (Full Mastery) - King''s Haki (Full Mastery) - Genjutsu (Full Mastery) - Spatial Travel (Level 07) - Shikai (2 Levels) - Bankai (Unlocked) - Spirit Control (Master) - Monkey Steals Banana Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Soul Power (Advanced Master) - Cooking (Master) - Spirit Pressure (Advanced Master) - Eyes of Truth (5.7%) - Sword Mastery (Intermediate Master) System Points: 859.460 [What is this! I even upgraded my Body to Destruction, what does that even mean?]: soren {HOST HAS CHOSEN A PATH WITH A (Super Skill Draw) HOST CAN HAVE MANY PATHS WHEN HOST OPENS MORE (Super) GRADED DRAWS¡­ HOST BODY HAS UPGRADED TO A POINT WHERE IF HOST DEEMS IT NECESSARY, HOST BODY CAN DESTROY ANYTHING IT TOUCHES} [That sounds terrible! How will I show a Woman any Love in the future!?]: soren {WHEN HOST DEEMS IT NECESSARY} Chapter 62 - The Use of Hakai Soren closed his status and then opened a portal to the Hollow dimension and disappeared, when he came out of the portal he was above the world of the Hollows, looking down over the world Soren could see a bunch of lower Hollows who were traveling around, he paid no attention to these beings as he asked Sakura. [Sakura, where is the First King located?]: soren {DING!... HOST MUST HEAD STRAIGHT FOR 50.000km} [Holy shit! So far!?... either way I have Spatial Travel so I can get there with some effort]: soren Soren then opened more portals heading in one direction for quite a while, after 10 jumps the system rang out. {DING!... CONGRATS ON HOST FOR UPGRADING (Spatial Travel) TO LEVEL 08} [I finally got it to level 8, awesome!... Just a few more jumps and I should be there]: soren As Soren was making his jumps something from below had noticed and started following Soren while concealing it''s aura. [Mhh, Fast!... Must meet!]: ??? Soren felt a small aura following him but placed it towards the back of his mind as he continued forward towards the First King''s place, when Soren made it there he decided to wait outside for a while to regain his energy. [Who''s there?]: soren Soren was just about to get up from his rest when something shot forward before catching itself and hiding behind something realizing it''s target has stopped just a bit further ahead. ''Did he notice?... No...no,no,no¡­ He couldn''t have right?'': ??? [I have already noticed you so come out]: soren ''Can he read minds!?... Should I go out then?'': ??? Right as the being who was following Soren had decided to make its way out to meet with Soren, Soren spoke up. [If you will not come out then I will just force you out]: soren Once the being heard Soren''s words it realized that Soren was no patient man and was ready to blow a hole in it to find out who they were. [NO¡­ I''m coming out!... I''m coming out]: ??? When Soren saw the thing heading out from behind the area it was hiding at he could make out some details, it was a girl who had Red hair and Golden eyes, when Soren made his way from her face down towards the rest of her body to see if she had any weapons he could see a big gaping hole in her chest. [You are a Hollow?... Have you come here to try for my life?]: soren [No¡­ No life¡­ I...I don''t know what I am¡­ I woke up one day with a thirst and have killed the things around here and took some of their blood¡­ But then I saw you¡­ You glow!]: ??? Soren took a look at the girl and realised she had no visible weapon, but if one were to count anything as weapons her chest had 2 big weapons. [What is your name, and what do you mean I glow?]: soren [My name?... Well I don''t think I have one¡­ I might have at one point, will you give me one?]: ??? [Hmm¡­ Names?... I''m not too good at naming]: soren As Soren was pondering over a name he then felt a biting sensation at his fingers, when he looked down he could see this girl sucking his fingers. [Munch¡­]: ??? [Oww!... Really, Munch!?... let go now]: soren [Sorry!... Please don''t hurt Misha, I will never do it again]: misha [Misha?... I thought you didn''t have a name?]: soren [It just came to me when I had some of your blood¡­ Every time I would drink some blood from the creatures here I would gain some knowledge, I can also do this¡­]: misha Misha then formed a Hollow mask that covered her face, she then moved it to the side and when she saw that Soren was not interested she then started pouting. [I can do more than just this¡­ Watch this!]: misha Misha then put her hands out as if she was holding a sword and the mask started to disintegrate and reform into a White sword with Golden patterns. [Now that is interesting¡­ Can you evolve the sword?]: soren [Evolve?... do you mean make it cover my hands? I can do that]: misha Misha then focused and made the sword disintegrate and reform around both her hands giving her White cat like paws that had claws, and above her head appeared Golden cat ears. [Can you show me yours, Mister?]: misha [My name is Soren, and everyone who wields that kind of sword has a different form that it takes, and if I unleash mine it will destroy you]: soren [Oh¡­ So what are you here for then Mister Soren?]: misha [I am here to kill the one who lives a bit aways behind me, then I will leave]: soren [Can I come with you when you leave?]: misha [Well¡­ I, uh¡­]: soren When Soren tried to decline he was stuck looking at the Kitty ears bent downwards and glossy eyes that made Soren feel he had to take her with him. [Okay¡­ I will take you with me¡­ But you must stay out of my way]: soren [No problem¡­ I will be behind you them]: misha Soren gave a sigh and then turned towards the destination and made his way into the area where no Hollow dared to pass, once he got a bit closer a booming pressure crushed down on both Soren and Misha. [Hey are you Okay!?]: soren Soren turned around to see if Misha had collapsed into the ground from the pressure, when he saw Misha standing just fine he was stunned because at this moment Soren was almost pushed to his knees. [Mister Soren are you Okay?... Why are you one one knee?]: misha From far away a voice came over and boomed out causing Soren to cover his ears. [Who are you little girl? How can you stand the pressure?]: ??? When Soren looked up there was a man standing in the air with a coat draped over his back, when Soren got up he was still a bit shaken from the pressure and voice that came from this man. [Me?... I am Misha, please leave Mister Soren alone]: misha Soren was stunned when he saw that none of this affected Misha in the least bit, he began to wonder the same thing as the man who is presumed to be the First King, "Who is this girl?" Soren then realized that fighting this guy is impossible, but then it hit him. ''Hakai!... Well I can only try, if it doesn''t work then I can run'': soren [I am the First King and the strongest King¡­ My name is Kj-]: name unknown [Hakai!]: soren Soren then released a strong beam of light that destroyed the First King, when the attack finished Soren then passed out. Chapter 63 - Leaving Bleach [Mist¡­ Ren!... Mister¡­ Oren!.... Mister Soren!]: misha As Soren was coming to he saw Misha holding his face giving him Mouth to Mouth trying to save his life, when Soren saw this he felt a little embarrassed. [What happened?... What are you doing?]: soren [Thank god, you are safe¡­ I was using a technique that I saw in one of your memories]: misha [Memories!?... You looked into my memories!?]: soren [Well¡­ Yes and no, when I tasted some of your blood I gained some of my memories along with some of yours¡­ It was the same when I ate the blood of the creatures around here]: misha [What did you see?... Which memories?]: soren Soren quickly prodded at Misha to spill which memories that she saw because Soren had never performed Mouth to Mouth resuscitation. [Well I saw you in a weird contraption and you were doing something weird and then you heard a BOOM sound and then you had placed your mouth around the weird thing¡­ and then I saw you standing in a white room]: misha Soren then looked at Misha and realised that she saw the only memory he did not want her to see, when Soren looked at her she looked at him and spoke. [I tried to do the same thing that you did, but when I pulled your pants down it looked too weird so I went to your mouth instead]: misha [You what to me!?]: soren Soren looked down at his lower half to see his pants pulled down, when he registered the rest of Misha''s sentence he felt a bit relieved but still felt embarrassed so embarrassed that the blood in his face started to deplete as his face turned white. [Oh no!... Do you need me to use my mouth to blow more air in?... Or do you need me to blow on that weird thing?]: misha When Soren heard the second part he quickly came back and yelled. [No!... I don''t need help]: soren When Soren said this Misha then looked away from Soren''s face and went down towards his lower area which was still not covered and saw a towering pole and pointed it out. [Hey why is this thing acting like it did in the memory?]: misha Soren looked down where Misha was pointing and freaked out and quickly pulled his pants up, when Soren got his pants up he quickly headed off towards the distance. [What¡­ Hey wait up!... Are you forgetting me?]: misha Soren turned around and spoke softly towards Misha. [I will take you out of here but do not speak of this to anyone¡­ Ever!]: soren Misha quickly agreed to Soren''s request with a nod of her head, Soren content with her reply opened a portal and appeared in the city. [Here we are¡­ Now I have other things to do, don''t cause too much trouble]: soren [Are you going to leave me?... Will you come back?]: misha Soren looked at Misha and then said with a straight face. [Yes¡­ I will be back, be good and go find good people to help you]: soren [Okay!... I will wait for your return then Mister Soren]: misha Soren then started to walk away to find an empty ally to leave the world, as he turned around to see if Misha was going to follow he saw her heading towards an ally where some shady looking people were calling her over. [This is bad¡­ I already set the transportation]: soren {HOST WILL LEAVE THE WORLD IN 20 SECONDS} [What should I do?]: soren On the other hand, Misha was walking around and was called from afar, when she started heading over the shady people started talking to her. [Hey little lady¡­ Do you wanna Blow me?]: thug Misha who was ignorant of the world quickly spoke. [Do you need me to Blow air into you?... are you going to die?]: misha The thug was surprised to see this lady was an idiot, when he realized that he had a chance to pull her in he quickly changed his attitude. [Yes, I am indeed dying¡­ I need you to blow air into me]: thug Misha headed over and then looked at what he was pointing at the spoke again. [Oh, I can do that¡­ I was going to do that to another guy I had just made friends with but he rejected me]: misha The thug was stunned and couldn''t help but think to himself. ''That guy must have been a scardy cat Virgin¡­ Hahaha, what a find'': thug Right as the thug was pulling his pants down and Misha was getting down on her knees, a man was rushing towards them at a super fast speed, when the thug saw this he quickly shouted out. [Wait your turn man, she''s with me!]: thug Soren then punched out exploding the whole body of the thug and grabbed ahold of Misha. [Are you back so early Mister Soren?... Why did you kill him? I was going to help him by Blowing air into him]: misha Soren was stumped, how stupid was this girl, he also thought that if this girl was any more stupid she would be a retard walking in circles. [I have a lot to teach you¡­ But I guess you will be coming with me now]: soren At that moment Soren and Misha disappeared from that spot and reappeared in a colorful void, as Misha looked around she could see all of these spheres that contained little lights and couldn''t help but ask. [What are these?]: misha But before Soren got the chance to explain a loud voice boomed out. {THIS IS THE ANIME MULTIVERSE¡­ YOU ARE AN UNINVITED GUEST SO I WILL PURGE THE INTRUDER} When Soren heard this he quickly interrupted. [Wait!... She is mine, I will invite her]: soren {DOES HOST ACCEPT THE INTRUDER AS A PARTNER IN LIFE?} [Yes!... Now please, no purge]: soren {HOST HAS NOW ACCEPTED A (Wife) HOST PARTNER WILL BE KEPT IN A FROZEN STATE BY SYSTEM UNTIL HOST NEEDS HOST PARTNER} [Why does she need to be kept in a frozen state?]: soren {HOST''S PARTNER DOES NOT HAVE A STABLE BODY THAT CAN SURVIVE HERE, SYSTEM WILL KEEP HER IN FROZEN STATE TO SAVE HER LIFE} [Please do¡­ Misha, I will bring you back out when I make it to the new world¡­ I will see you soon]: soren {SENDING HOST PARTNER INTO FREEZE MODE} Chapter 64 - Shanks Ship (Rewrite) [Mister Soren, what''s goi-]: misha Misha was then frozen and brought into the system, when Soren saw this he felt a bit guilty for bringing her with him but when he thought about how he saved her from being possibly raped he felt better. [Sakura, the next world I would like to travel to would be One Piece, at around the time when Luffy was a boy and saved by Shanks]: soren {SENDING HOST TO (One Piece) HOST WILL REACH THAT WORLD IN 8 HOURS} [That''s quite a long trip... Sakura, can you put me in a sleep mode until we get there?]: soren {DING!... THE SYSTEM CAN DO THAT FOR HOST BUT IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED, HOST CAN FACE DANGERS IF NOT AWAKE TO DEAL WITH THEM} [Wake me if anything dangerous happens¡­ I need some rest]: soren As Soren fell asleep time started to go by, after around 3 hours floating in the void with hundreds of Anime worlds passing by something pressing happened, when Sakura noticed this it quickly warned Soren. {DING!... WARNING!!... SOMETHING IS APPROACHING HOST, PREPARE FOR BATTLE} When Soren woke up from the loud warnings that were flashing off in his head he quickly took a battle stance, when Soren was fully awake he took a look around. [What''s going on Sakura?... What do I need to prepare for?]: soren Right as Soren said that an enormous black figure darted towards Soren from behind, when Soren turned to block he was sent flying back a couple hundred yards. [What is this thing?... Wait, is this that world eater monster?]: soren {DING!... HOST IS CORRECT, HOST HAS CROSSED INTO THE PATH OF THE CREATURE AND THE CREATURE IS TRYING TO DEVOUR HOST} [Devour!?... My ass! I will kill it and make it wish it never tried]: soren {SYSTEM DOES NOT RECOMMEND THIS OPTION} When Sakura told Soren this he started to ponder over some ways to escape or fight his way out, after some thinking Soren decided to throw a move and make an escape. [Die Monster!... Eat my flaming lightning!]: soren As Soren struck down at the monster the flames and lightning completely disappeared, in the next second Soren was seen striking the skin of the monster with the bare blade of his Zanpakuto. {WARNING!... WARNING!... HOST WILL BE IN IMMINENT DANGER IF HOST PROCEEDS WITH ATTACK} Soren quickly retreated from the attack but the creature was faster then Soren and hit him with a pitch black tentacle sending Soren flying. [Mother Fuc-... ]: soren Soren couldn''t take this and spit out a mouth full of blood leaving him in a half dead state, when Soren recovered from the attack he quickly asked Sakura. [Sakura, if I use Hakai would it kill this monster?]: soren {SYSTEM DOES NOT KNOW¡­ HOST CAN TRY BUT THERE ARE NO PROMISES} Soren raised his hand and used Hakai, a bright light had shone out from Soren''s hand, the light had sucked at Soren''s powers draining him completely and making him pass out, the monster who was unfazed by this light struck out at the unconscious Soren stabbing through his body. {WARNING!... HOST HAS BEEN HIT A DEADLY BLOW¡­ SYSTEM WILL NOW INITIATE (Host Protection Plan)} A bright light shone out from Soren''s body, as the black creature came in to finish Soren off and erase him from existence the light came in contact with the body of the monster, that light that covered Soren''s body dealt damage to the creature and made it howl before running off. {DING!... HOST SOUL HAS BEEN SHATTERED¡­ REPAIR IN PROGRESS¡­ FORCED USE OF POWER SEAL¡­ HOST WILL CONTINUE ONTO (One Piece) REPAIR OF SOUL WILL TAKE 5 HOURS} As Soren floated in the void towards his destination he was unconscious, after 5 hours had passed Sakura had sounded out once more. {REPAIR COMPLETE!... HOST HAS ARRIVED, ENTERING WORLD} When Soren''s body reached One Piece he was still unconscious, after that Sakura opened the portal into One Piece and Soren entered. [Hey, Captain, what''s that in the sky up there?]: ??? The guy who just asked this question was looking up at the sky at something that was falling towards the boat he was riding on. [I don''t know¡­ Maybe a bird?]: captain As the figure in the sky got closer to the boat, some of the people on board could make out a figure of a person, and the person who called out originally was right below the falling figure. [Watch out there Rick, it''s coming straight at you]: captain When the guy known as Rick looked at his captain and saw where he was pointing at it was too late to react, when Rick turned around, in that next second the figure fell on top of Rick, after that the captain walked up to the person who was laying on top of Rick. [Need help there?... HAHAHA!]: captain [This ain''t funny Captain Shanks]: rick A couple of hours later in a room on the ship Soren was starting to wake up, when he started opening his eyes he could see a blurry figure with Red hair. [W-where am I?]: soren [So you''re awake now?... Good, you had just fell onto my ship, my names Shanks, I am the captain of this ship]: shanks [Ship?... Shanks!... Where are we?]: soren [We are on the Grand Line, you had fallen from the sky¡­ So are you from the city in the clouds?]: shanks [City in the clouds?... No]: soren Shanks was stumped to hear that the boy before him was not from the island above the clouds, he was now wondering where he came from. [So then how did you end up falling onto my ship?]: shanks Shanks turned back to Soren and then asked. [I had come from far away and had come here looking for adventure¡­ Why I fell from the sky, well I have a power that lets me walk on air]: soren Soren thought up a magnificent truth/lie and told it to Shanks, when he had heard this Shanks then brightened up and asked. [So you have Devil Fruit powers¡­ What''s yer name kid?]: shanks [Soren¡­ And yes I have Devil Fruit powers but I can still swim, there must be something special about me]: soren Shanks looked at Soren and then with as smile said. [Well Soren¡­ Would you like to join my crew?]: shanks [Sure!... I would love to join you guys]: soren Soren and Shanks walked out of the room and made their way to the main deck of the ship, once they got there Shanks gathered everyone around himself and Soren. [Everyone¡­ What do we say to our new crew members?]: shanks [Hello there¡­ We are the Red Hair Pirates, welcome aboard!]: crew [Good!... Now let''s drink to finish the introduction]: shanks Shanks then brought Soren with him and went towards the cabins to show Soren where he would stay. [Well this is your room¡­ You don''t seem to have a weapon, have you lost your weapon?]: shanks Shanks asked as he observed Soren and realized that he hadn''t had any visible weapon. [Oh¡­ I have a weapon, I just keep it hidden]: soren When Soren said this he then pulled his Zanpakuto out of the void like he was unsheathing a sword from its sheath, when Shanks said this he was surprised and quickly questioned. [You can hide things in some sort of space?... I thought you had a Devil fruit that gave you the ability to walk on air?]: shanks Soren realized he messed up and quickly gave Shanks a suspicious response. [I have multiple abilities¡­ One day I was walking around and found a bunch of fruit, I ate it then passed out, then I woke up like this]: soren Chapter 65 - Out Of Booze! When Soren told Shanks the lie that happen to be the first thing that popped into his head he realized that it was stupid and nobody would believe him, he wished that he could take it back and think of a better lie but in the next second Soren saw Shanks give a smile. [Wow! You must have eaten a Godly Fruit that gave you the ability to eat more than one Devil Fruit without exploding]: shanks Soren then realized that Shanks was not the brightest crayon in the box, any normal person would outright refute Soren''s last statement and think that something was off, but when Soren saw how Shanks totally believed him he felt that behind this believe would one day be the downfall of Shanks. [You believe me?]: soren Shanks who was admiring his new crew member with a face of being pleased then changed his face to one of questioning when he heard Soren ask if he believed him. [Why wouldn''t I believe you¡­ There is no reason for me not to believe you, I don''t see you as an enemy nor do I feel that you are the type of person to lie about something like this]: shanks Soren was stunned with Shanks worlds, Shanks neither knew Soren nor thought he was a bad guy. This would one day truly bring Shanks down and if Soren was to stay with him he might fall too. Soon a crew member came over to Shanks and Soren and started to talk. [Captain, the booze are ready¡­ Let''s party!]: crew member Soren could already tell that the crew member before him had already drank a bit before coming to get them, when Shanks saw the crew member he then put on a big smile and shouted. [Let''s go party then!]: shanks Shanks started to follow the crew member out to enjoy the booze with the others, then he turned around and realized Soren was not following them, he then spoke up to Soren. [Come on Soren if we are late there will be no more booze left for us]: shanks Shanks has quickly ran back and started pulling at Soren to hurry so that he could get some of the booze before it was all gone, when Soren realized that Shanks wanted to go Soren then spoke up, he didn''t want to go because there was some stuff he wanted to check before he joined in the party. [I will join you later, I need to check some things before I come out]: soren Shanks looked at Soren and then thought that maybe this guy didn''t like to drink, he then gave up on dragging Soren out and let him be. Shanks then gave Soren a quick word before leaving to go join the rest of the crew. [I will try to keep some booze for you but I promise nothing¡­ WAIT FOR YOUR CAPTAIN YOU DRUNKEN BASTARDS!]: shanks Shanks then ran off leaving Soren and those words, Soren had then really thought over his words carefully and thought that he made a big mistake in joining with the Red Hair Pirates. Soren then walked into his room and sat down with his legs crossed and opened the system. [Sakura, could you show me my status, I feel weaker for some reason]: soren {DING!... HOST HAS BEEN SEALED¡­ SHOWING HOST STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren)/Adoptive Name: Soren Kurosaki Age: 17 Soul Power: Soul Captain (Master) Luck: Lucky Body: Destruction (Sealed) Bloodline''s: Soma Yukihira - Erina Nakiri - Uchiha (Mangekyo Sharingan) - Hollow (Mask) Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 05 (Sealed) Exp to Next Level: 204/10000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 06: Unlocks 6% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Chosen Path: Destruction God (Hakai Level: 02) Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand (Sealed) Skills- Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Poison Res - Fire Res - Electric Res - Physical Res - Super Stamina - Rhythm Echo - Armament Haki (Advanced Master) (Sealed) - Observation Haki (Full Mastery) (Sealed) - King''s Haki (Full Mastery) (Sealed) - Genjutsu (Full Mastery) - Spatial Travel (Level 07) (Sealed) - Shikai (2 Levels) (Sealed) - Bankai (Sealed) - Spirit Control (Master) - Monkey Steals Banana Passive- Dagger Mastery - Throwing Mastery - Killer Instinct - Soul Power (Advanced Master) - Cooking (Master) - Spirit Pressure (Advanced Master) - Eyes of Truth (5.7%) - Sword Mastery (Intermediate Master) System Points: 859.460 [What is this? Why are there so many seals?]: soren {DING!... WHEN HOST WAS FIGHTING WITH (World Eater) HOST SOUL WAS DAMAGED AND THE SYSTEM HAD TO USE (Host Protection Plan) TO SAVE HOST LIFE¡­ IN DOING SO THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN FUSED WITH HOST SOUL ENTIRELY AND HOST HAS BEEN SEALED} [I get the sealing part but fusing with my soul?... How was I connected to you before?]: soren {DING!... SYSTEM WAS CONNECTED WITH HOST BODY¡­ NOW THAT SYSTEM IS CONNECTED WITH HOST SOUL, THERE IS NO WAY TO PART WITH THE SYSTEM} [Part with the System? Why would I want to do that?]: soren {IF HOST WOULD EVER LIKE TO BE A NORMAL PERSON IN THE FUTURE HOST WOULD NEED TO PART WITH THE SYSTEM¡­ NOT THAT IT IS BOUND TO HOST SOUL HOST WILL HAVE TO WALK THE PATH OF¡­@*[email protected](!)*@#()!} [The path of what?]: soren {IF HOST CAN NOT UNDERSTAND THE SYSTEM HOST IS NOT QUALIFIED¡­ YOU CAN TRY AGAIN IN THE FUTURE} [Well there is no thinking about it now¡­ Sakura, could you simplify my status?]: soren {DING! SIMPLIFYING STATUS¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE TO CONVERT TO THIS WORLDS POWER?} [What is this worlds power?]: soren {THE POWER EMANATING FROM THIS WORLD IS CALLED AURA¡­ IT INVOLVES DEVIL FRUITS, HAKI AND SKILLS} [Yeah, convert my power over to Aura, not like I have my powers anyway]: soren {DING!... CONVERSION COMPLETE!... NOW DISPLAYING HOST STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck (Ren) Age: 17 Aura: (Undefined) Luck: Lucky Body: Destruction (Sealed) Bloodline''s: 4 Bloodline''s Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 05 (Sealed) Exp to Next Level: 204/10000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 06: Unlocks 6% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Chosen Path: Destruction God (Hakai Level: 02) Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand (Sealed) Skills- 18 Skills -List?- Passive- 8 Passives -List?- System Points: 859.460 Soren nodded his head in approval, instead of having a big headache when looking at the long list of skills he could now choose to open a list and display his skills. Soren then got up from his spot and walked out of the room, he was now going to go join in on the party. [Oh! I forgot¡­ I still have access to my bloodlines¡­ Mask!]: soren Soren reached out into the void and a Hollow mask started to form in his hand, when it completely formed he put it on and started to head to the deck of the ship. When Soren made it to the main deck he could see a bunch of people having a great time drinking and partying, Soren joined the crowd with his mask off to the side of his head. [Soren!... Quick, come join us]: shanks Shanks caught sight of Soren and quickly invited him over, when Soren came over he saw Shanks and a man with a big sword on his back and a black hat covering his face. [Soren, this is Mihawk¡­ He is my rival in swordsmanship until I lost my arm]: shanks Shanks pointed to his missing left arm and gave a slight laugh, then looked at Mihawk and started introducing Soren to Mihawk. [This here is our new member, he fell on Rick from the sky...]: shanks When Shanks introduced Soren, Mihawk gave Soren a slight look before disregarding him entirely. Soren felt that Mihawk was a bit haughty and felt that he looked down on him, Shanks then continued his introduction of Soren. [He is also a swordsman, I don''t know how good he is yet but I wish for you to spar with him]: shanks Mihawk was caught by Shanks words and then gave Soren a full body look and then spoke out. [I don''t see a sword¡­ How can one be a swordsman if he is not prepared at all times to fight with his sword]: mihawk At this moment a clang sound was heard as Mihawk disappeared from his seat and appeared with his sword drawn, and the one who was clashed with him was none other than Soren. In Soren''s hand was the blade of his Zanpakuto, it was slightly pulled from the void just enough to block Mihawk''s slash. [Are you trying to kill me?... Are you not worried that I might be stronger than you?]: soren Shanks had just realized what had happened, he started to look at the situation and laugh. [So he does have some skills¡­ HAHAHA!]: shanks Mihawk who was just a tad surprised then backed off, when Soren saw Mihawk back off he then sheathed his sword fully and released it back into the void. Mihawk was now standing there with his sword strung behind his back, he then looked at Soren and spoke again. [Not bad, but you still lack skills]: mihawk Mihawk then sat back down disregarding Soren, Shanks then turned completely to Soren and gestured to him to sit down and have a drink. Soren then took a set at the spot Shanks pointed and grabbed the mug that Shanks handed him, Soren was 17 in this body but truly he was almost 40 he took the drink and downed it. [Guys look! Soren is good at drinking!]: shanks Soren then put the mug on the table that he sat at and Shanks then noticed something new about Soren, he then asked. [Hey Soren, what is that mask looking thing?]: shanks [Oh this?... It''s just a memento from when I was younger]: soren Soren then started talking about his Hollow mask and from afar a crew member came running out of breath. [C-Captain!... This is bad¡­ This is real bad!]: crew member [What is it!... Here, have some booze]: shanks Shanks handed the mug in his hand over to the man who just ran over, when the crew member saw how kind Shanks was to him, he started to cry a little, the guy grabbed the mug and started to put it to his lips when another crew member came rushing up and spoke. [Captain!... The booze! We are all out!]: crew member 2 Shanks heard the crew member and his face quickly changed as he snached the mug of booze back from the crew member he just gave it to before the guy could even take a sip. [No booze!?... We need to get more quickly¡­ And you, did you know that we were out of booze and still wanted to accept my offer when I was unaware we were out of booze?]: shanks [Yes! Sorry Captain!]: crew member 1 All of a sudden another crew member came running forth while shouting. [Captain!... Big problem!]: crew member 3 Shanks then turned to the guy who had just run up and then spoke. [I know¡­ Were out of booze!]: shanks The crew member who had just come up then shouted. [What!... Out of booze! It can''t be]: crew member 3 When Shanks caught how the man who just ran up was not here about the booze he then inquired why he was here. [Oh!... Captain, there is a fleet of Marine Warships heading our way]: crew member 3 Shanks then straightened his face and said. [That''s all?... The booze are more important, forget about Marines]: shanks Chapter 66 - Flying Sword Strike When Shanks said those words the 3 crew members who thought that they were going to be over run by Marines then started to rethink things, then one of the 3 crew members said. [Yeah!... Booze are more important!... But how will we get more booze?]: crew member 2 Shanks then thought the same thing, if there was no more booze to drink then their party would be over. As Shanks thought for a moment he came to a conclusion and then gathered everyone close enough to whisper. [If we are out of booze and are being surrounded by Marines would that mean we could get more booze from them?]: shanks Everyone thought about that for a bit until Soren spoke up. [We need booze?... I can get you some booze]: soren Shanks perked up when he heard someone say booze, and when he saw Soren he quickly asked. [You have booze?... If so then we don''t need to worry about the Marines and just get away and continue our party]: shanks Soren was now speechless, the man that he thought was the most badass character in the Anime: One Piece, was a complete idiot. [No, I don''t have any booze on me but I bet those Marines do¡­ And you said that you wanted to know how powerful I am, I will show you now]: soren Soren then turned around and placed his Hollow mask over his face and jumped up into the sky, he activated his Spirit Control skill and was now standing in midair. ''Thank god that Spirit Control was one of the only Skills that were not sealed, now I can show off some of my power, and when I''m done I can ask Sakura about how to unseal my powers'': soren Everyone who was on deck of Shanks ship then looked up in the air at Soren who looked as if he was just floating there, when everyone saw him pull a sword from the void they started to anticipate at what he would do to those Marine warships. On the other side, the Marines who were in charge of observing the ship they were about to intercept quickly got scared when they saw a man with a mask standing there in the air, one of them quickly left the observation deck to go find his superior. [C-Captain!... Captain!... It''s an emergency, on the Red Hair Pirate ship that we are trying to intercept there is a man with a mask standing in the air with a weapon drawn]: crewman When the Captain of the Marine warships heard this he decided to check for himself, and when he got out to the observation deck, the man who was standing in the air started his attack. [Everyone! To your battle stations, this man is going to make his attack!]: marine captain Soren, who was standing in the air then asked Sakura a question before starting his attack. ''Sakura, are there any sword skills that I can buy that will help me to take out these warships?'': soren {DING!... SYSTEM HAS TAKEN HOST REQUEST AND COMPILED A LIST FROM HOST DESCRIPTION¡­ HOST CAN CHOOSE FROM THE LIST BELOW} -Skills Shop- 1). Torental Slash: When the user raises his or her sword it will gather power, and when user slash''s down with that power it will cause a big gush of power to destroy anything in it''s way. (Warning!... Will cause major stamina drain to user) System Points: 10.000 2). War Gods Temperament: When the user focuses his or her power into a single blade and slices out, it will cause the War God to descend and kill anything in that blade strikes way with a gush of power. (Warning!... May cause a deep power drain after use) System Points: 20.000 3). Flying Sword Strike: When the user strikes out it will cause high damage to anything and everything, this strike is good for taking on an army or even a God. There are no repercussions because the power that comes from this strike depends on the power of its user. System Points: 65.000 {WHAT WOULD HOST LIKE TO BUY?} When Soren saw the godly skills he started to foam at the mouth a bit, after he calmed himself down he realized that the skills even had warnings, but when he was the third skill he was decided. ''I want to buy Flying Sword Strike'': soren {DING!... PURCHASE COMPLETE¡­ SKILL WILL NOW BE USABLE BY HOST¡­ WARNING!... WITHOUT PROPER TIME TO LEARN THE SKILL IT''S POWER WILL BE DECREASED BY 1/3 ¡­ REMAINING SYSTEM POINTS IS 794.460¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE TO PURCHASE ANYTHING ELSE?} ''Yeah, let me use 460 System Points to buy some of this world''s money'': soren {DING!... PURCHASE COMPLETE, HOST HAS NOW GAINED 92.000 barries, THE MONEY HERE IS 2000 FOR EVERY 10 System Points} ''That''s good to know, I guess it''s time to take out these warships'': soren Soren then raised his sword in the air and focused his power into letting the skill (Flying Sword Strike) take effect, when he got enough power he then slashed out an ever so normal looking slash. As an invisible slash tore through the void towards the Marine ships some of Shanks crew members felt that the strike was botched and that the wait was anticlimactic, but only those who truly understood the way of the sword knew that this strike was the most beautiful thing in the world. Mihawk who originally saw Soren as a boy who knew not even 1/100th of what he knew, was now a bit surprised and started to look at him in a different light. On the Marine ship, when those who were on guard for the strike saw how normal it looked they started to laugh out loud, but when the Marine Captain saw the strike he felt there was something off. [Quick! Everyone dodge that strike for your lives!]: marine captain But at that point it was too late, the strike had landed and caused a big explosion on the big ship while the little ones around it were obliterated into nothingness. On Shanks ship, when the crew saw Soren''s strike land they were stumped. Mihawk even spit out his drink when he saw the other ships get obliterated, Soren then rushed out towards the sinking ship and acted as if he was going to grab the booze before the ship sank. [Captain!... Won''t he die from the ocean?]: crew member Shanks who was a bit stunned from the attack then bust out laughing and quickly said. [He is a special case, he has eaten multiple fruits and had not exploded¡­ And he is also not affected by the oceans, it''s as if he is being watched over by God himself]: shanks Shanks said this as a saying but what he didn''t know was, it was true, Soren is being watched over by God. On Soren''s side, right before he darted off towards the sinking ship he got a notification from the system. {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR DESTROYING (Marine Captain Kwazy''s) SHIP¡­ HOST HAS GAINED THE FOLLOWING (Booze 35 kegs, Rifles and Swords x600, Treasure Chests x3) ALL ITEMS SENT TO HOST INVENTORY} ''Holy shit!... Either way, I told them I would get booze from the Marines¡­ If I don''t head over there but pull out all the stuff here it would look suspicious, I should head over anyway¡­ there might be some survivors'': soren {DING!... NO SURVIVORS¡­ ALL DEAD} ''Holy shit!... I''m just too overpowered'': soren Soren shot out towards the sinking ship and stayed there for a couple of minutes before coming back to Shanks ship, when he returned Shanks ran over to him and questions ferociously. [Where''s the booze? Why are your hands empty? Was there not booze?]: shanks [Calm down¡­ there right here, take a look I also found these]: soren Chapter 67 - 100 Million Bounty Soren raised his hand and a portal opened up dropping all the booze collected from the battle, and when everyone saw the portal all of their mouths dropped to the floor in shock. Then people started to clamor about Soren and all of his capabilities, Shanks then spoke up. [Is this some kind of space power?]: shanks [Yes, I can keep anything I want in it¡­ But I don''t know its full capabilities yet]: soren [So what was the other thing you wanted to show me?]: shanks Soren then opened the portal again and dropped all of the equipment that was collected but keep the money for himself. When all of the crew saw the weapons they got excited because as a pirate weapons break often and need replacements. [I was able to grab these after I got the booze, I don''t need all of these so I want to give them to you and the crew]: soren Shanks openly took the offer and felt even more happy that Soren fell from the sky landing on his ship, and how he was willing to join his crew. [Thank you for your help, but are you sure that you don''t want anything from the pile of stuff?]: shanks Soren thought for a moment and then said. [If there are any good swords I will choose one from them]: soren Shanks agreed and then grabbed a bottle of booze that was sitting there and then yelled. [Booze are back!... Party is now restarted!]: shanks Soren went back to his cabin to try and find ways to unseal his powers, and as he was doing that something far off had just watched a video that was projected from a snail. [That man¡­ He is powerful, but he is wearing a mask, so it''s hard to put a face to the pirate]: ??? [Well we have some description to go off of Garp]: ??? [And what would that be Sengoku? He is wearing a mask]: garp [You''re age must be getting to you, look closely¡­ His hair, this masked man has Blue hair]: sengoku [HAHAHA!... Blue hair but a member of the Red hair pirates¡­ That''s kinda ironic is it not?... And how would you say we find someone who wears a mask but has just blue hair, if we look by that means then we would be hunting down thousands of people. Hell, even some of our marines might have Blue hair]: garp [That isn''t the point at the moment, for right now we have a man wearing a mask take out a fleet of warships with a single strike¡­ And the only thing we have to go with is Blue hair and a skull mask]: sengoku [Then what should we call him?... Blue Reaper?]: garp [It''s kinda stupid but who cares¡­ He will be known as the Blue Reaper, and what should his bounty be?]: sengoku [Well seeing as he took out a fleet of warships with a single slash I would say 100,000,000 barries sounds about right]: garp Sengoku thought it over for a moment before calling over a marine that was on standby and then said. [Have HQ make a wanted poster with this picture, name him Blue Reaper and the bounty should be 100,000,000 barries]: sengoku [Yes Sir! Right away Sir!]: marine The Marine then ran off with a picture in hand that was printed out from the snail intercom, and the bounty was then made for a (Capture Dead or Alive) Blue Reaper Reward: 100,000,000 barries On Shank''s ship Soren was in his cabin focusing on his system when a "Ding" rang out, and when Soren checked it he was surprised. In the place of Aura which was previously marked as Undefined now changed. The new thing in place of Undefined said "Reward 100mil" [100mil? What does that mean?]: soren Soren threw it to the back of his mind because at this moment he was about to go through a change with his power, he thought that this moment was more important and he could ask Sakura about it later. 3 days later Soren was sat in his cabin only ever to show himself for food and drinks, and as he was in a state of breaking through the next layer of seals his door burst open with Shanks coming in screaming. [Soren! Come quick!... We need you to come see this]: shanks Soren''s concentration burst making him lose his progress, and at this moment he was a bit upset but didn''t show it. [What is it? Are we under attack?]: soren [No, I just want you to see this]: shanks Soren was now even more upset but decided to put it to the side and go see what it was. Soren had many thoughts of what it might be, as he thought about what it could be a thought came to mind. ''Did they find a good sword in that mix of weapons?'' Soren was a little happy when this thought came to mind but when he got to the deck that happy face turned sour. [What''s this?]: soren Soren was now face to face with a wall that has a wanted poster glued on it. [It''s you!]: shanks [What do you mean it''s me? I have a wanted poster?]: soren [Yeah look at it! They even used a cool picture]: shanks Soren walked up a took a look at the picture, when he saw the picture he realized that it was of him with his Hollow mask and his Zanpakuto raised in the air. As he continued reading he was stunned. [Blue Reaper?... How did they come up with this name, there''s nothing blue about me so how di-... Oh¡­]: soren Soren took a closer look at the picture and realized that his hair is waving in the wind, and when he got down to the reward he was surprised. [100 million, not bad for my first bounty]: soren Soren then turned around and asked shanks. [So what did you call me up here for?]: soren Shanks smile then turned into a straight face and spoke. [That''s what I called you out for, your bounty is higher than some of the crew here¡­ Congrats!]: shanks Soren was now super pissed and couldn''t hold in all the anger, he then looked at Shanks with anger in his eyes and started to draw his Zanpakuto from the void. [Soren, what are you doing?]: shanks [Oh nothing, just about to kill a fly]: soren [Fly? Where? You are looking towards me though]: shanks Soren then had the Zanpakuto fully drawn and spoke with a hint of killing intent in his voice. [You are the fly¡­ An annoyance]: soren Soren then started to chase Shanks around the ship slashing at him. Chapter 68 - The Meeting A month had passed since Soren had entered the world of One Piece, Shanks and his crew were soon going to meet White beard. Over the course of this month Soren had been practicing to release his Sealed skills, and so far all he had managed to release was Haki, but it was different, when Soren opened the system he noticed a change. [Sakura, can you show me my Skills list from stats]: soren {DING!... SHOWING HOST STATUS¡­ OPENING SKILLS} Skills- Assassination: {Shadow Step - Killers Aura - Body Manipulation - Rhythm Echo} Resistantes: {Poison - Fire - Electric - Physical} Enhancements: {Super Stamina} Prowess: {Spatial Travel (Sealed) - Genjutsu - Shikai (Sealed) - Bankai (Sealed) - Spirit Control - Flying Sword Slash} God Skills: {Monkey Steals Banana - Hakai (Sealed)} Haki of Gods: {Armament - Observation - King''s} [Holy shit! Haki has evolved into a new form¡­ It must be due to being in the world that the skill originated in¡­ I wonder if my Haki could get even stronger now]: soren Soren had these thoughts and at that moment Shanks walked into Soren''s cabin, when Soren turned towards Shanks he spoke with a bit of arrogance. [Don''t you ever knock?... I was busy, what do you need? Do I need to chase you around the ship again?]: soren Shanks then looked as if he was reminiscing about the happenings a month ago, after he realized that he almost lost his life due to a banana peel that was left on the ground having his slip and fall down he broke the silence and spoke to Soren. [We will be reaching White Beards ship in like 5 days, I was wanting to know if you wanted to be by my side when I go to talk with him]: shanks Soren thought about it for a bit before he spoke, Soren wanted to meet White Beard but knew that if White Beard found anything he didn''t like about Soren he would complain. After Soren thought about it he agreed and then quickly gave a condition. [I will¡­ But!... I want you to help me raise my Haki as high as I can before then]: soren Shanks was happy to hear Soren agree, but when he heard Soren talk about Haki he froze and then spoke. [You know Haki?... What Haki can you use?]: shanks [Armament, Observation and King''s Haki, I have most of them down to the basics and just need to train more]: soren Shanks was surprised to find out that this man before him was not only strong but could use all 3 types of Haki, he then spoke. [Having Armament and Observation Haki is common, but having King''s Haki is rare as it is, and to have all 3 is even more rare]: shanks [What Haki do you have?]: soren Soren already knew that Shanks used all 3 Haki as well but hid that fact. [I can use all 3 Haki myself as well]: shanks When Shanks said that he put his hands on his waist and propped his head up in the air looking away from Soren as if saying "Yes I know, I am a rare genius¡­ Praise me, and keep praising me Hahaha!" but he never got that response from Soren, instead Soren spoke as if he didn''t care. [So you can use all 3 as well, it must not be that rare then if even an idiot captain can use all 3 types of Haki as well¡­ is there a way to get rid of Haki? I don''t want to be associated as being an idiot for having all 3 like you]: soren Soren said this in a joking manner but made it seem as if he didn''t want to be associated with or have the same power as Shanks, Shanks was no longer in that "Praise me" pose and was now on his knees crying and saying stuff like. [Why would you call me idiot captain? Do you not like me? Are you mad at me for something?]: shanks Soren then got up from his bed that he was sitting down no and walked up to Shanks, when Soren was around 2 feet away from Shanks he raised his left are and placed it on Shanks only arm and spoke. [I just don''t want to be associated with an idiot captain like you that''s all¡­ It''s not me¡­ It''s you, now if you will excuse me I will got out to the main deck, meet me there in 10 minutes so we can start training]: soren Shanks felt like his heart shattered when he heard a cheesy line come from Soren, he then said in a choked voice from fake crying. [You got it wrong¡­ The saying is "It''s not you¡­ It''s me"]: shanks When Shanks said that he could hear from the distance Soren shout something back. [I didn''t get anything wrong¡­ It''s not me¡­ It''s you]: soren When Shanks heard this he was on his way to the door, in that next second he fell to the ground from shock, Shanks then quickly got up and started heading towards the main deck. Soren was now stretching his body to keep it from cramping later on when Shanks would spar with him. After 10 minutes Soren was waiting for Shanks to arrive, and soon after that Shanks started to walk out from the lower deck and spoke to Soren in a jolly voice. [I''m ready to train you now¡­ I would have been here sooner but I had to go drink a bit to forget about those hurtful words you said]: shanks Soren wasn''t buying his bullshit, he quickly retorted and shouted. [Bullshit! You just wanted a reason to get yourself a drink¡­ Anyway, let''s get to work. There are 5 days until I will accompany you when talking with White Beard]: soren Soren and Shanks then trained with Observation Haki first, after about a day and a half Soren could see all the attacks coming at him from multiple people with his eyes closed. [Great!... Even my best men and me combined couldn''t even touch you, I think if you work even harder you could soon see a few seconds into the future]: shanks [Thanks but I still have work to improve on, Can we get everyone on the ship to come at me?]: soren [Sure!... All Men at the ready! All of us will attack at Soren to make him progress further in his Haki¡­ Attack to kill until he says otherwise]: shanks At the end of the day Soren was dodging every single attack that came his way blindfolded. At first he was gaining some scarring from the blade attacks but after he used all 6 senses to feel out the blade he furthered his progress to the max. [I think this is as far as we can take you in this path, do you want to work on Armament Haki next?]: shanks [Yeah¡­ How will we train it?]: soren [I will attack you and you will have to cover the places I attack with Armament Haki, the faster I attack the quicker you have to defend]: shanks After a whole day, Soren was able to quickly cover certain parts of his body that was under attack, he could even cover his whole body if he wanted to but in doing so it would weaken the sturdiness of his Armament Haki. Soren then quickly went into training his King''s Haki, and after the remaining 2 days passed he felt that he was ready to fight in the world with the big fish. [Wow! You really are a talent¡­ Just after 5 days you could even surpass a couple of the 7 WarLords¡­ And just in time for our meeting with White Beard]: shanks [Thanks idiot cap-... I mean Captain]: soren After a couple of minutes Shanks ship had reached its destination in a land of Ice, and it was soon time for Soren to meet with White Beard. [Let''s go Soren¡­ Everyone else stay here,we''ll be back... Hopefully]: shanks Chapter 69 - First Devil Fruit Soren and Shanks left the ship and walked over to White Beard''s ship, and when they got close Soren wanted to hide his face for his own purposes so he wore the Hollow mask. [Why are you putting on your mask?]: shanks Shanks saw Soren put on the mask and started to question him about it, but seeing as Soren didn''t give an answer he dropped the question and continued towards White Beard''s ship. Once one of White Beard''s Crew saw Shanks heading towards the ship he quickly ran off to inform White Beard, and after a while a man who looked like a giant got off the ship and waited there for Shanks to come up. [Soren, don''t say anything unless I tell you too, Okay?]: shanks [Sure, I''ll try my best]: soren Soren gave Shanks a response that basically gave off a "I give no promises" vibe to it, and soon after Soren and Shanks came to a stop and were just 10 feet away from White Beard and his crew. Once White Beard saw Shanks he gave a smile, but when he saw someone standing beside Shanks his smile disappeared and a face of appraisal appeared as he looked Soren up and down. [Who gave you the right to check me out old man]: soren Soren spouted out towards White Beard with no care for his life because Shanks was there to protect him if anything went wrong, and the only reason Soren did this was because he knew White Beard loved people who had a set of balls when they talked with him, Soren was now trying to appeal to White Beard''s approval of him. When White Beard heard what this man in the mask had said to him a frown appeared on his face replacing his look of appraisal, after a moment he spoke up. [Shanks, who is this brat who you have brought along? Didn''t ya tell him who I was?]: white beard --->(wb) [He is a new member of my crew, I found him to be quite powerful¡­ He took out a whole fleet of Marine ships and saved us from running out of booze]: shanks White Beard took a second look at Soren then back at Shanks before saying something that upset Soren a bit. [He looks to be just a brat who can''t even pick up a sword let alone take out a fleet of Marine ships]: wb The anger that was bubbling up inside of Soren was immediately pushed back down, but unconsciously he was releasing some killing intent that didn''t slip by White Beard. [Boy¡­ Do you wanna fight or something? If not, you better put that killing intent away, I still haven''t forgiven you for what you said earlier]: wb Shanks gave a look at Soren seeing him resisting his urge to fight White Beard then looked back at White Beard and then spoke. [How about a little spar¡­ I think Soren would like to test out his power against a Yonko]: shanks [Hahaha!... Fight?... I would kill him in 2 moves, do you really want to lose a promising crew member Red Hair?]: wb As Shanks and White Beard were having their conversation Soren was reading a System message. {FLASH MISSION!... GET WHITE BEARD TO FIGHT WITH HOST¡­ REWARD FOR COMPLETION (System Points 50.000, Random Devil Fruit x1)} ''Holy Shit!... I was just trying to make him think of me as a fighter to make him like me, but this mission¡­ I need this Devil Fruit'': soren Soren then spoke up to Shanks and White Beard seeing as they were arguing about something. [How about it White Beard¡­ Let''s spar for just a bit, I am more resilient than you think]: soren Soren had started to taunt White Beard, and once Soren said those words himself White Beard started laughing. [Hahaha!... Kid¡­ You sure have balls, I guess I misjudged you¡­ I will spar with you but if you die it''s your own fault]: wb At that second when White Beard agreed to spar with Soren the system prompted another message. {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR COMPLETION OF MISSION¡­ REWARDING HOST WITH FOLLOWING (System Points 50.000, Random Devil Fruit x1)...ROLLING FRUIT!... DING!... HOST HAS RECEIVED (Rumble-Rumble Fruit)} Soren saw the fruit and realized that this fruit was one of the best fruits in One Piece. ''Holy Shit!... Sakura, if I eat this fruit will It affect my ability to swim and make ocean water a weakness to me?'': soren {DING!... HOST CAN BUT A FRUIT STABILIZER, OTHERWISE YES, HOST WILL GAIN THE WEAKNESSES OF THE FRUIT} Soren pondered over this and then asked quickly. ''How much is one of those stabilizers?'': soren {DING!... ONE COST (300.000 System Points) HOST HAS (844.000 System Points) WILL HOST BUY ONE?} ''Yes!... If I can get rid of the weaknesses then I can use Lightning as a weapon, and electrical attacks will nullify'': soren {DING!... BOUGHT (1) STABILIZER FOR (300.000 System Points) REMAINING POINT IS (544.000 System Points)... USING STABILIZER TO CLEAR (Rumble-Rumble Fruit) WEAKNESSES¡­ DING!... CLEAR, WOULD HOST LIKE TO USE FRUIT?} ''Yes!... Consume fruit please'': soren {DING!... FRUIT CONSUMED¡­ FUSING POWER TO HOST BODY, IF HOST DIES THIS POWER WILL BE LOST¡­ FUSION COMPLETE, HOST NOW HAS POWER OVER LIGHTNING} Soren now had the power to control and create lightning, and once the power fused with him lightning surrounded his body, and at the same time White Beard had rushed at Soren for the spar to start. [Prepare yourself kid, I won''t go easy on you]: wb Shanks stood on the side and watched as White Beard rushed Soren, Soren was just standing there doing nothing. Shanks was wondering what other tricks Soren had up his sleeves, and once White Beard got close to Soren a bunch of lightning shot out of Soren''s body covering him in lightning. [Take this kid¡­ URGHAA!]: wb White Beard threw a punch that was covered in the power that cracks and destroys space, and when that punch made contact with the lightning covering Soren''s body a big explosion sounded as White Beard jumped back. [what just happened? Did Captain just kill him?]: wb crew members Shanks looked at the spot where the explosion occurred while watching and waiting for something to happen, and in that next second White Beard started to laugh. [Hahaha!... Boy¡­ I like you, would you be willing to join my crew and leave Red Hairs?]: wb Shanks turned towards White Beard and in that second saw Soren on White Beards shoulder with his sword pointed at his neck. [Sorry but I have already told idiot captain over there I would stay with him¡­ Thanks for the offer though]: soren [Hahaha!... Good, your a good kid¡­ Shanks!... You have officially been listed as the fourth Yonko, now I need to go¡­ I hope to see you around kid, Hahaha!... Move out men!]: w Chapter 70 - Gravity Magic White Beard left with his crew and left Soren and Shanks there to take in what White Beard just told Shanks, and after a little bit Soren smacked the back of Shanks head to make him come to his senses. [Oww!... What was that for Soren?]: shanks [We need to head back to the ship now, I want to go to a town]: soren Shanks came to himself and decided to joke with Soren for a bit. [You do know you just hit a Yonko right? Are you not afraid I would kill you for this? Hahaha!]: shanks Soren saw the playfulness in Shanks eyes and came up with a comeback. [I think White Beard got the wrong Shanks¡­ Should we got stop him and ask?]: soren [No!... He didn''t get the wrong person, I am now a Yonko]: shanks Shanks was getting flustered by Soren''s words and started to reprimand him with his eyes closed from anger, and when Shanks opened his eyes to see if Soren was sorry for his actions he noticed a lack of "Soren" only to turn his head and see Soren heading back to the ship. [Hey! Where are you going? I wasn''t done yelling at you]: shanks Soren didn''t stop his movements only spoke out. [Heading back to the ship, are you coming?]: soren As Shanks saw Soren continue towards the ship he started running to catch up with Soren. [Wait for your dear captain will ya!]: shanks After Shanks and Soren got back to the ship the crew started to interrogate the two about what happened, Shanks then spoke up telling the crew about Soren sparing with White Beard. While Shanks was telling stories about the meeting Soren had gone back to his room to look through his inventory. ''Sakura, what happen to my Gravity Machine?'': soren {DING!... HOST LEFT IT IN (Bleach) HOST CAN GO BACK TO THAT WORLD TO GET IT BACK AFTER HOST REACHES THE APEX OF THIS WORLD} Soren started to get mad at himself for rushing into this world without getting his stuff together from Bleach. ''Is there a way to sell items back to the system?'': soren {DING!... YES, HOST CAN SELL ITEMS BACK TO THE STORE BUT WILL NOT GET A FULL REFUND} Soren then got an idea on how to fix his problem, he then quickly inquired about getting a refund on the Gravity Machine. ''Can I sell the Gravity Machine that I left in Bleach?'': soren {DING!... NO¡­ HOST NEEDS TO BE IN THE SAME WORLD AS THE ITEM} ''Fuck!... Well then let me buy a new one, I will sell it back to the store after I leave here'': soren {DING!... HOST CAN PURCHASE A NEW GRAVITY MACHINE OUT OF THE LIST BELOW..} -Store- Gravity Machine 01: Can increase the gravity in a room host is in up to 500x gravity. System Points: 80.000 Gravity Training Room: A room that needs to be placed in the open, it can bring gravity up to 800x gravity. System Points: 150.000 Gravity Magic: Magic that host can train to bring gravity around host up to 10,000x gravity, host can also use this as a form of attack. Warning! Host needs to train properly to use 10,000x gravity for host or enemy, if not properly trained host could explode from gravity. System Points: 200.000 Soren saw the screen pop up with all of the options and realized that there are more gravity related things then compared to back in Hunter x Hunter, and after Soren looked through he saw Gravity Magic. ''This¡­ Sakura, I want to purchase Gravity Magic'': soren {DING!... PURCHASE SUCCESSFUL, HOST HAS PURCHASED (Gravity Magic) FOR 200.000 System Points¡­ REMAINING POINTS 344.000 System Points} Soren''s power started to change as the gravity around him made things get heavier. [Wow!... This power is awesome, I can feel myself getting heavier]: soren Soren was clenching his fists as the weight of his body began to get heavier, soon after the floor beneath him started to crack. {DING!... WARNING! HOST SHOULD SUPPRESS GRAVITY TO PROTECT THE SHIP HOST IS ON} Soren didn''t know what was going on until Sakura spoke up and warned him, he quickly released the summoned gravity and the floor beneath him stopped cracking. [I need to find an island soon]: soren As Soren sat back down on his bed, he decided to look through his inventory. {DING!... SHOWING HOST INVENTORY..} -Inventory- Senzu Beans x27 - Kusanagi Sword (Zanpakuto) - Kunai x20 - Flying Nimbus x1 - Gravity Training Room (in other world) - Body Reconstruction Pills x8 - Super Bloodline Draw x1 - Mind and Soul Concentration Pill x8 - Skill Level Upgrade x4 - Life Sustaining Pill x4 ''Hmm¡­ That Super Bloodline looks appealing, I wonder if I could get something that makes me Immortal or raises my strength my leaps and bounds'': soren Soren the took his chances and opened spun the Super Bloodline draw, and after a minute of spinning it finally stopped and spat out 4 Bloodlines for him to choose from. {DING!... HOST MUST CHOOSE ONE OUT OF THE 4 BLOODLINES PULLED} -Draw Options- 1) Devil Lord: This Bloodline will grant Host strength that surpasses Heros and access to Ancient Magic. Warning! Host will be hated by Heros or Main Characters of the world host is in. 2) Saiyan: This Bloodline will grant Host an Unlimited Potential go grow in strength, and host will gain the traits and abilities of a Saiyan. Warning! Host will transform into a raging Ape id host looks directly at the full moon, and Host will lose control of host self. 3) Hero: This Bloodline is the passed down bloodline of the fallen Hero, Host will be granted with Luck from a Goddess and strength from the God of War. Warning! All Heros are hunted down by Demons and those who wish to revive the Demon King. 4) Alucard: This Bloodline grants True Immortality to its Host, once one is fused with this bloodline they will never die no matter what comes their way. Warning! Host may not die with this bloodline but can still be sealed and sunlight will still hurt like a bitch. {WILL HOST PLEASE CHOOSE ONE?} Soren was stunned with his choices, all 4 of them were top tier Bloodlines that would make him go broke 10 times over if he wanted to buy one. After about 10 minutes of pondering over his choices Soren made his decision. [I will take the Saiyan Bloodline¡­ I want to be able to grow stronger in battle and possibly live every little boy''s dream of going super saiyan¡­*Cough Cough* But mostly to grow in battle]: soren {DING!... FUSING BLOODLINE, HOST WILL GO UNCONSCIOUS FOR 12 HOURS WHILE BODY UNDERGOES PROCESS OF TEARING DOWN AND REBUILDING HOST BODY} Chapter 71 - Arriving at Gupang Soon after Soren''s body began the rebuild Shanks had entered the room to see if Soren wanted to join the party they started up on the deck, and when Shanks saw Soren passed out he just left the room as to not accidentally wake him up and get chased around the ship. {HOST BODY WILL START THE TRANSFORMATION OF THE BODY¡­ HOST WILL NOW START THE PROCESS OF GROWING A TAIL} Even though Soren had fell in an unconscious state the system still sounded out with how the progress was going, and during this whole process a couple of people stopped by the room to see if Soren would come party with them, but they all left after they saw Soren asleep. {DING!... BODY FINISHED 12% OF THE REBUILD¡­ REMAINING TIME IS 10 HOURS} Soren was visited by most of the crew in this time frame before he woke up from the rebuild, and the second the system started it''s countdown to completion Soren was starting to wake back up. {HOST WILL WAKE IN 5¡­ 4¡­ 3¡­ 2¡­ 1¡­ DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR A SUCCESSFUL FUSION WITH THE (Saiyan) BLOODLINE, HOST HAS MET WITH ONE PROBLEM THOUGH¡­ HOST HAIR WILL STAY BLUE} As Soren woke up to this notification he was confused and quickly turned to find a mirror, and when he saw his face, he felt like he regressed in age. [Why do I look like I am 15 again?]: soren {DING!... SAIYANS LIVE LONGER THAN MOST HUMANS DO, AND DUE TO THE BLOODLINE ENTERING HOST IT MADE HOST''S BODY REGRESS TO LOOK AS IF HE WAS YOUNGER} [But I''m only 18!... Why would it make me look like a kid once more]: soren {DING!... HOST CAN CHOOSE TO CHANGE HIS APPEARANCE TO THAT OF 12 HOURS AGO BEFORE FUSION WITH BLOODLINE} [How would I do that?]: soren {DING!... HOST NEEDS TO BUY A (Facial appearance) MASK¡­ ONCE IT IS USED IT WILL CHANGE YOUR APPEARANCE UNTIL YOU CHANGE IT AGAIN} [How much is it? If it costs too much you can forget about it]: soren {DING!... 1.000 System Points¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE TO BUY ONE?} [Buy it please, and use it to revert my face back]: soren {DING!... PURCHASE COMPLETE REMAINING POINTS IS 343.000 System Points¡­ CHANGING FACE TO MATCH 12 HOURS PRIOR TO THIS MOMENT} Soren''s face went back to his mature look of 18 years old, and when he calmed down he walked back to his bed to sit down. [Oww! What the fu-!]: soren Soren was trying to sit on the bed, but in the next second as he sat down, he felt pain in his ass as if he was breaking his ass bone. [What!... Tail?!?]: soren Soren had forgotten about the Saiyan trait of having a tail, he only realized when he almost broke his tail trying to sit down. Soren then took a moment to control his tail and wrap it around his waist, and hid the tail under his current clothing of a White shirt and Black baggy pants. [Sakura, why do I feel so weak after fusing with this bloodline?]: soren {DING!... HOST''S BODY HAS BEEN TORN DOWN AND REPLACED WITH THAT OF A SAIYAN¡­ FEAR NOT, HOST CAN BUILD IT BACK UP WITH THE 8 (Body Reconstruction) PILLS¡­ IT WILL ALSO BE MORE STURDY THAN BEFORE} Soren who was a bit pissed off about the fact that he lost all of his body refinement progress quickly perked up when he heard that the pills that he thought to be useless finally became useful. Soren then took all 8 pills out of his inventory and popped then into his mouth letting the power course through his body, and after a couple of minutes he began to clench his fist seeing as there was no more power coursing around his body. [Cool¡­ Sakura, show me my status please]: soren {DING!... SHOWING HOST STATUS} Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 18 Aura: 100 Million (Top level Pirate) Luck: Lucky Body: Destruction Bloodline''s: 5 Bloodline''s Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 05 (Sealed) Exp to Next Level: 204/10000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 06: Unlocks 6% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Chosen Path: Destruction God (Hakai Level: 02) Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand (Sealed) Skills- 21 Skills -List?- Passive- 9 Passives -List?- System Points: 343.000 Soren looked at his status and realized that his body that was sealed was now unsealed and possessed more strength to it. [Nice, but what is this new passive skill?]: soren Soren then checked all of his passive skills and realized that "Ki Manipulation" was added to that list, after looking at it for a bit he then found out that it had a leveling form to it and that he started at level 0. [Looks like I will need to upgrade this to start living my dream of *Cough Cough*... Never mind that¡­ I wonder if we have gotten any closer to an island]: soren Soren then walked out of his room and came up to the main deck still hiding his tail under his clothing, as he made his way out on the deck someone spotted Soren and shouted. [Soren''s awake!... Everyone, Soren''s awake!]: crew member When they heard the guy who just shouted out they turned in the direction he was pointing at and saw Soren standing there. [Soren!... There you are, come join your captain for a drink]: shanks Shanks pushed his way through the crowd and arrived in front Soren placing his hand on Soren''s shoulder, and as he did that Soren tilted with his hand and almost fell down. [Whoa! Are you okay?]: shanks Soren realized that with the addition of his tail he had to adjust to a new center of gravity, once he caught himself he quickly spoke. [I''m fine, I think I just spent too much time in my room¡­ Are we nearing an island soon?]: soren [Yeah, there is one just a couple of hours from us¡­ We ran out of booze so we gotta stop there to refill, and also¡­ Soren, can I please borrow some money please]: shanks Soren gave a sigh and opened his space making a big stack of money fly out and land in Shank''s arms. [Thank you!... See guys, I told you Soren would give us some money for booze]: shanks Soren didn''t care for money as he could get tons of it and patiently waited to reach the island, and after a couple of hours they finally docked at a harbor and Shanks spoke. [Here we are boys¡­ Gupang Island, time to get some booze!]: shanks Chapter 72 - Emergency Quest! As the ship docked Shanks and his crew started to disembark from the ship and go booze shopping, Soren had other plans as he started heading into town to accomplish a few things. [Shanks, I will be back in a few hours, I need to get a few things]: soren [Alright, just don''t take forever or we might leave you here, haha!]: shanks Soren looked at Shanks and saw the playfulness in his response and decided to mess with Shanks a bit before he were to head into town. [You know¡­ It might be better that way, I can then make my own crew and go against your crew in the future¡­ You know what, go ahead and don''t wait up]: soren Soren gave Shanks a smile when he saw Shanks smiling face start to turn into a frown thinking Soren was going to leave his crew, then he realized Soren was kidding and gave a big laugh while saying. [Hahaha! Good one¡­ We will gather here in 3 hours]: shanks [Sure I will be back in 3 hours then]: soren Soren then ran off towards the town and left Shanks and a few of the crew members- that didn''t leave to get booze there. Once he found a quiet ally he made his way down it making sure he didn''t attract any attention, after Soren made sure it was clear he opened the system and spoke in his head. ''Sakura, can you let Misha out of the frozen space now please'': soren {DING!... ONCE HOST UNFREEZES (Misha) FROM THE SAFE SPACE SHE CAN NOT BE FROZEN AGAIN UNTIL HOST LEAVES THE CURRENT WORLD¡­ WILL HOST STILL UNFREEZE (Misha) FROM THE SAFE SPACE?} Soren didn''t even give a second thought about the question and answered. ''Yes, please unfreeze her'': soren {UNFREEZING (Misha)... DING! TRANSPORTING HER TO CURRENT HOST''S LOCATION} In the next second Misha appeared before Soren in the same position she was in when she was frozen, and when she appeared the rest of the words that were not said came out of her mouth. [-ng on? What does the voice mean by freeze?]: misha Misha fell into Soren''s arms with Soren catching her when she realized she was no longer in that void with Soren but in a weird town, it was also more underdeveloped then the areas she had seen from Soren''s memory and what she could see for the couple minutes she was brought out from that dark world. [This is the next world, I have been here for a little bit and couldn''t unfreeze you earlier due to being on the ocean surrounded by people. If I brought you out then, it would look suspicious to them]: soren [That''s fine¡­ So, where are we?]: misha [We are in the world known as "One Piece" and we are currently on an island called Gupang, I came here to bring you out and get a few supplies to help my training]: soren Misha listened to Soren talk about the world and the place they were at currently, and as Soren spoke about where they were Misha had a look as if she was sick. Once Soren noticed this he asked if she was okay. [Misha, do you need any medicine? Are you okay?]: soren [Unn¡­ Misha feels like she is not supposed to be here]: misha Misha spoke in third person but Soren put it off as her personality, and then he got a notification from the system. {DING!... URGENT MISSION!... (Help Misha remover her world connection)... IF HOST IS UNABLE TO COMPLETE THIS IN THE ALLOTTED TIME (Misha) WILL DISAPPEAR FROM EXISTENCE} When Soren saw the consequences if he failed the mission he quickly looked in the system to find out the details of the quest. {QUEST¡­ (Help Misha remover her world connection) Quest Rank- ??? Quest Details- You must eliminate the connection between Misha and her former world with the mean required to her specific requirements. Quest Time Limit- Until Shanks crew gathers back at the ship (Approximately 2 Hours and 45 Minutes) Quest Rewards- Depend on Rank scored for mission Quest Fail- Misha Dies!} Soren quickly read the Quest and its details throwing out the thought of the reward he quickly began to come up with ideas to try, and after thinking for 15 or so minutes he took a look over at Misha noticing that she was looking pale and staggering just a bit. [M-mister Soren¡­ Misha doesn''t feel so good]: misha Soren could see the blood draining from her face and started to think faster gaining new ideas and throwing useless ones out from his head, and as the seconds turned to minutes and those turned to hours the system sounded out. {TIME REMAINING IS 30 MINUTES¡­ PLEASE HURRY IF YOU WANT TO SAVE (Misha)} Soren quickly turned around when he heard Misha try to stand up caught her when she fell down, and as Soren laid her down was caught by Misha with a weak dying hand and she spoke softly into Soren''s ear. [I-I''m so-sorry for the trouble I caused you¡­ I¡­ I love you, you were the first one to be with me in that dark place¡­ Ev-even if it was only for a short time, I felt something deep in my chest that said "This man will rule the world some day"... Th-thank you for being with me in my time of death, I hope you will rule the world with me in your heart someday]: misha Misha''s grip dropped from his cheek as tears flowed down from his face falling onto hers, then it hit Soren as he shouted. [BLOOD!... My blood might work right!?]: soren Soren quickly cut his hand and put the open wound up to Misha''s mouth and squeezed his palm making all the blood flow into Misha''s mouth, but even as he did this the system sounded out again. {TIME''S UP IN 3-2-1¡­ TIME''S UP!... SORRY FOR YOUR LOSS HOST} As the system sounded out Soren couldn''t believe it and broke down, he looked to the sky and started leaking killing intent. As the clouds started to get dark and form a funnel shooting down towards Soren he shouted. [NOOOOOOOOOOO!]: soren At that moment something clicked inside of Soren that would strike fear in the hearts of those who would hear the name Blue Reaper in the future. Soren''s yell released all of his prowess to the funnel as he released King''s Haki to invelope those in a 10,000ft radius, with what came next most would call seeing a Demon Lord''s birth as a Dark red light shone from Soren''s body as the system sounded out with warnings. {WARNING! WARNING!... HOST IS FORCEFULLY USING (Hakai) UNSEALING (Hakai) FOR A BRIEF MOMENT} Soren''s Hakai shot out killing everything Soren saw as an enemy at that moment, the clouds dispersed into nothingness and the forcing tugging at Misha''s body was erased letting color come back to her face, only for her to shoot up and shout. [Misha thought she died a moment ago¡­ But Misha looks okay]: misha As Misha checked her body to see if there was any damage done she realized Soren was gone, but the second she looked around for clues she noticed Soren passed out with red around his eyes and tears flowing still from the socket. As Misha rushed over to check on him she thought she heard him mumble something. [Misha¡­ Love¡­ %@$^@@]: soren Misha couldn''t help but ask as she heard his mumbles. [What did you say?]: misha [I love you too Misha¡­ Rest in peace]: soren Chapter 73 - Meeting back with Shanks When Misha heard Soren''s words she felt a weird feeling that she had never felt before but felt it was a good feeling, and as she was pondering over this feeling she got down on the ground and gave him a kiss on his forehead and whispered. [Misha want to know more about these feelings she is having¡­ But Misha will wait until you wake up to ask though]: misha As Misha got up to look around where they were she got a big flash of power hitting her head and soon passed out next to Soren. At this moment Memories were flashing through her head about Her past and about Soren''s life, she saw mostly images of his life in Hunter x Hunter and about all the wicked things he did as a child in a family of Assassins. Then the memories jumped to Bleach as she saw everything Soren went through with Ichigo and the others, only for her to see their meeting. After those images passed by Misha was then greeted by a God, then the God started to speak. [Greeting Child¡­ I am known as a God to most but am truly just one of many¡­ I guess you have questions as to why am I here¡­ Well let''s start with the basics¡­ I was the God that gave Soren his power, I have also been watching his journey through each world and so far have loved every moment of it]: god [Why have you been watching Soren for so long? Is he that important?]: misha [Hmmm¡­ Yes¡­ Soren is the whole reason we watch him and how his personality grows]: god [What do you mean by "We"? Is there others?]: misha [...There are many Gods who watch over Soren as he journeys through each world, but as I stand above these other Gods they can only request to have changes¡­ Such as an incident about a month or so ago when you and Soren were inside of the void, the other God''s didn''t like how Soren went about his actions and requested a change so I reversed time and rewrote Soren''s memory]: god [And why are you telling Misha this?]: misha [Well to be quite frank I will be removing this conversation from your memory, I only wanted to offer you something for making Soren realize his feelings about you as the God''s wanted to see a love story¡­ They wanted it so bad that they destroyed my house with lightning]: god [So Mister Soren is just a pawn in your game?]: misha [No, quite the opposite actually¡­ I want Soren to gain as much power as possible to surpass me and fight¡­. Never mind that¡­ My offer on the other hand is to give you proper memories¡­ You were never meant to be in Soren''s story as one of the Gods created you and sent you in, and that won''t happen again unless I permit it¡­ So, will you take the offer?]: god [What will happen to Misha if she takes this offer?]: misha [Well you will be able to act properly on your feelings towards Soren, and will know your background a bit¡­ I will most likely implant the memory that you are a God''s daughter¡­ Technique you are her daughter but you were created from nothingness]: god [Hmm¡­ I will take your offer, Misha want to spend her life with Soren]: misha [Hohoho¡­ Good! Now I will send you back, Soren should be waking up shortly¡­ Good luck my new daughter in law]: god [Wait¡­ What does that mean?]: misha Misha never got the chance to hear an explanation as she was hit with a bright flash of light and she woke up next to Soren, she got up from the ground and spoke. [My name¡­ I am Misha, I was born between a Goddess and a mortal, then sent down to the Dark worlds to fight for strength¡­ I love Soren¡­ Yes, Soren¡­ Soren¡­ Wait, Soren!]: misha Misha rushed back to Soren''s side and stood there as a groan of pain shot up from a man lying down. [Uuuwwwaa¡­ What happen¡­ Wait, Misha!]: soren [Misha''s here my love]: misha Soren who heard the voice recognized it and quickly turned to face the voice, and as Soren saw who it was he surprised to see the once thought dead Misha standing with tears in her eyes. [Misha! Your alive! But how?]: soren [Misha doesn''t know, Misha thought she died but a second later she woke up and saw you passed out right there]: misha Soren couldn''t care less as he got up and went to hug Misha, and after a bit of hugging she broke it off and asked. [Was that true? Do you truly love me?]: soren Misha had not hesitation and spoke. [Yes! Misha fell in love with you from the moment Misha met you, and then you go all out to save Misha from dying, why wouldn''t Misha love you?]: misha Soren felt his heart warm when he heard Misha''s words and couldn''t care less that he was late to meet back at Shanks ship and went back to hugging Misha for a little longer as if to not lose her ever again. [Won''t you be late if we stay here any longer husband?]: misha [Husband? Also Shanks can wait, if he truly would leave me he would have, I can also still feel him on the island when I send my Observation Haki out]: soren Soren grabbed Misha and started to walk out of the ally and back towards the ship still wanting to slightly hold up to the agreement he made with Shanks, he also felt a bit bitter in his heart that he couldn''t get the materials he wanted to help him train but came up with the excuse "Next Time" and continued back to Shanks ship. After a 10 minute walk Soren and Misha made it back to the ship only to see Shanks and the crew with open mouths looking at Soren. [What''s up guys? Why are you staring at me like that?]: soren Shanks was the first to speak up with a bit of worry in his voice. [Didn''t you feel that power from earlier?]: shanks Before Soren could speak up Misha spoke. [Yes, that''s Husbands power earlier¡­ Isn''t Husband strong?]: misha Shanks jaw then dropped to the floor at the words of this woman to the side of Soren who claimed that the power came from Soren and that he is her Husband. [Ain''t you a bit quick to get a wife, you must have only met her a few hours ago, and was she correct when she said that the power came from you?]: shanks Soren kinda felt like he was in an awkward situation and thought about it for a bit only to give in and confess since this was his fellow crew members anyhow. [Yeah, that was my power¡­ I ran into some trouble makers trying to flirt with Misha here and released all my power by accident to scare them away¡­ Oops, sorry]: soren Soren gave this answer while putting one hand behind his head while winking with one eye and sticking his tongue out like a typical Anime Character. Shanks was stunned to see how strong Soren really was and asked. [So is your wife going to travel with us then?]: shanks Soren thought for a moment before he spoke. [Yeah, I would like that but if it''s a no go I can always leave the crew and get my own boat hehe]: soren Soren said the last part as a joke and Shanks quickly said. [She can come!... I will also give you two your own room]: shanks Chapter 74 - Drunk Party Soren entered his room with Misha and sat on the bed, Misha sat next to him and started to put her head on his shoulder only to quickly remove it when she felt something furry patting her in the face. [W-wh-what is that!?]: misha Soren saw Misha jump and as he turned to look at what she was afraid of, he was hit in the face with a long hair brown tail. [Don''t worry, it''s just my tail]: soren [Just your tail? Misha doesn''t remember you having one before, Misha would remember seeing one when she took off your pants to-]: misha Misha couldn''t finish her sentence before Soren covered her mouth and said. [No need to bring it up, I just sprouted a tail when I woke up a couple days ago]: soren Misha watched as it swayed in the air like it was a loose balloon string, soon Soren rewrapped it around his waist catching Misha off focus and brought her attention back to Soren as he started to get to know Misha a bit more and tell her about his life also inquiring if she remembered anything more about her life. After a couple of hours Soren realized that with how much blood he fed her, she must have gained all of her memories back, he was also surprised to find out that she is half God and half Mortal. Shanks soon came into the cabin that Soren was at and Soren to follow him, Soren then got up along with Misha and followed Shanks. [Where are you taking us Shanks?]: soren [To your new room that''s were]: shanks Soon Soren, Misha and Shanks entered a room next to Shanks room that was meant to be a Vice Captains room and spoke. [Soren, will you become one of my ship captains? I plan to get more ships and conquer the Grand Line and I want you to be a Captain of one of them¡­ So will you do it?]: shanks Soren thought about it for a moment and the spoke. [No¡­]: soren [....]: Shanks [....]: Misha Soren had reasons for declining Shanks invite but didn''t want to out right explain the reasoning but decided to come up with an excuse. [I only decline your offer because I have other plans, I want to start my own group of pirates and try to conquer the Grand Line myself¡­ I''m sorry Shanks, It''s not you¡­ It''s me]: soren [Hey, this is not a joke¡­ Wait, "It''s not you, It''s me"... Soren, this isn''t you, you would never be nice to me]: shanks Soren couldn''t face Shanks after he spoke because Shanks had taken such good care of Soren for the last Month or so, and telling him now that he was planning on leaving soon made Soren feel bad. Soren then entered the room Shanks brought them to and Misha followed. [Thank you for everything Shanks, I will bother you to let us borrow this room for a bit]: soren Shanks was speechless as he knew what Soren was thinking, and didn''t feel good about letting Soren feel this way and quickly left to go find his crew. Inside the room Soren laid down on the bed and thought about some stuff, Misha then came over and laid next to him. ''How could I be feeling these feelings? I was born and raised an Assassin, I was taught to Kill and be merciless from a young age'': soren {DING!... HOST NEEDS COUNSELING¡­ HOST IS RIGHT¡­ HOST WAS RAISED BY ASSASSINS BUT HOST WAS ALSO JUST A NORMAL HUMAN BEING IN THE BEGINNING, OVER TIME AS HOST FIND NEW FRIENDS AND LOVERS HOST PERSONALITY WILL CHANGE¡­ THE BEST ADVICE IS TO JUST GET OVER THE FEELING} Soren thought about what Sakura said and then decided to apologize to Shanks for being so rude earlier, as he moved Misha''s arm- who was fast asleep, to get up he made his way to the door and opened it only to be greeted by many people. [Soren!]: many people Soren thought everyone came to beat him up for leading Shanks on but it was the exact opposite, as he thought up ways to explain himself Shanks appeared and spoke up. [You don''t need to feel bad about leaving us, there was never anything holding you to us anyway¡­ But if I do say so myself, I will be sad when you leave use¡­ I only have one request¡­ Watch over a boy named Luffy for me]: shanks Soren gave no hesitation and said. [No problem, Where is he?]: soren Soren played along with pretending to not know him and let Shanks explain about Luffy, and after Shanks told him a bit about Luffy Soren spoke up. [Since I will be leaving soon let''s get waisted!]: soren [That''s the spirit! You heard him boys, grab the booze!]: shanks [Aye Captain!]: all the crew Soren left Misha to sleep in the room for now but what he didn''t know was that she was awake listening to the conversation go down, and inside Misha was happy that Soren got rid of the feeling that he was betraying Shanks and crew, Misha then actually went to sleep. [Drink like it was your last day one earth boys!]: shanks [Aye Captain!... Cheers!]: all the crew Soren was so shit faced by the end of the night that he was staggering back to his room, it was also at this moment that Soren wondered why his Poison Immunity didn''t work for Alcohol but was too drunk to think about it. But somewhere that nobody could see with their eyes was someone sitting on a chair with a panel open, and on the panel the words Poison Immunity were red saying that it was inactive. [Let''s see how far we can get tonight shale we? Hehehe]: ??? Soren entered his room only to see Misha sitting up facing his direction when he opened the door. [How was the party?]: misha [Iz wuz ameazing¡­ I wuz tha weiner of a Drunk Contesssst]: soren Soren was drunk and you could tell just by his words and how they were slurred or elongated, Misha then walked up to him to help him to the bed. [So now that we are alone can Misha repay Husband for saving Misha''s life?]: misha Soren was surprised to see Misha climb over his body as he was under her, and he sobered up just enough. [I don''t think thus iz a goodz Ider]: soren [But Misha loves you and Husband and Wife do these things for their loved one]: misha Misha was starting to kiss Soren with love in every kiss, all of Misha''s feelings were real for Soren and she felt that it was time because with the flashes of his memory that flew through her head it was like she knew him for many many years. [Just lay back and let Misha service you then]: misha [Pleeezz-]: soren Soren''s words were stopped by Misha''s finger and she got lower on Soren''s body and started to undo his pants letting the dragon out. And Soren was thinking "Is it time?" as Misha grabbed hold of the dragon. Chapter 75 - Misha x Soren 18+ (This Chapter is not Mandatory nor important to story, only here for perverts... Read at own cost) When Misha''s hands started to stroke Soren''s slowly rising dragon there were a few moans coming from Soren. [UNNHH¡­]: soren [Do you like this Husband? Misha can go a little faster if you want]: misha Misha picked up speed in her stroking and soon Soren''s waist started to convulse. [I¡­ I''z coming!... UNNHH!... Here it comes!]: soren Soren then let lose his first shot of the night, and it hit Misha''s face, and started to slowly drip down. Misha''s face had a look of being shocked due to the sudden outburst, but that face changed to a bright smile as she spoke. [It''s okay Husband, Misha will take as many loads as Misha needs to just to satisfy Husband]: misha Misha then put her mouth around the dragon who was trying to go back to sleep only for it to rise once more for round 2. As Misha''s mouth enclosed Soren''s penis he started to shiver due to the warm and slimy sensation, and soon he started to pump his hips as Misha had the tip of Soren''s dragon in her mouth and was working the shaft with two hands. [Ohh!... It''s growing even bigger now¡­ How will Misha even fit this inside of her?]: misha When Soren heard Misha''s words he thought of his Dende going inside of Misha and was so turned on that he let out his second load of the night, but Misha was ready as she was taking all of his semen. [*Gulp¡­ Gulp¡­ Gulp* Ahh!... There''s just so much to take]: misha Soren could physically hear Misha gulp down all of his seed, and when Misha saw his face had a darker tinge of red she knew he was embarrassed and the spoke. [So is it time to go further Husband?]: misha As she said this she started to crawl up Soren, and as she reached his face she planted a kiss on Soren''s mouth. Misha was sticking her tongue inside of Soren''s mouth swirling it around and twisting the two''s tongue''s together, the only problem Soren had with this was that he could taste the aftertaste of his own semen, it even grossed him out. Misha noticed this and broke off the kiss and spoke in an apologetic tone. [Sorry Husband, Misha didn''t clean up properly]: misha Soren paid no attention to Misha and sealed her lips again and this time made the move of sticking his tongue inside Misha''s mouth, and as he battled with her tongue he could taste the salty residue from his seed. Throwing these thoughts aside his dragon rose up and poked Misha from behind. [Looks like your little brother is ready for round 3, are you ready to enter?]: misha Soren looked at Misha and then at his Mini Monkey only to see Misha start pulling up her dress to show off her skimpy underwear (courtesy of the Gods) and then he spoke. [I didn''t know you were into that kind of clothing]: soren Soren was starting to sober up due to his Poison Resistance starting to kick back in, but the only response Soren got from the blushing Misha was. [Misha found them in the drawer with a note and decided to put them on, do you not like them?]: misha Soren didn''t give Misha the chance to regret showing him her underwear before he flipped over and landed above Misha saying. [I love them, I also think it makes you look super sexy¡­ Let me pleasure you for a little]: soren [Wait N-]: misha Misha couldn''t finish her sentence before Soren lowered himself to Misha''s waist and moved aside her sexy underwear showing off her nice Pink pussy, Soren then stated to put his lips to her lower lips and moving his mouth around teasing her and making her and earning himself some slight moans, Soren then thought to himself as he continued teasing her. ''Wow! The move in that video that I saw before I died really does work¡­ Hmm, I wonder¡­'': soren Soren then started to lick the outside of her pussy making the whole area wet from his spit and the juices that started to flow out from her, and soon the quiet moan from Misha started to get loud. [AhhH!... UNNHHHAAA! Mhhhmmm Sooo Good!]: misha Misha felt like she was in heaven as Soren teased her pussy, and soon the floodgates opened as Misha let out the biggest moan ever. [Ahhhhh!... Misha''s Coming!]: misha Misha released the waters and Soren was sprayed in the face with what felt like a garden hose. Once Misha looked down to see the aftermath that she caused she saw Soren covered in her fluids and got worried he was mad. [S-sorry¡­ Misha just felt soooo good, Misha couldn''t help herself]: misha Soren then gave her a smile and said 3 words that made Misha super horny after that. [I loved it!]: soren Soren then began to eat Misha out once more, and soon he felt it was time to progress. Soren got up and took his pants off fully and began to line himself up at her cave and asked. [Are you ready?]: soren Misha gave his a slight nod with the look of "Fuck me so hard I cant stand up" Soren saw this look and slightly understood at he started to enter the cave with his Dragon that towered at and astonishing 13 inches, and in Soren''s head he thought that his penis was the bigest he has ever seen but put it to the side as he continued his quest foward soon reaching a barrier. [I''m gonna push a bit harder here, tell me if I need to stop]: soren [Un!]: misha Misha nodded giving him the sign to break the barriers and proceed with his "one man army" and as he pushed a popping sound could be heard along with some slight screams. [Ahhh!]: misha Sorne halted his trooper and gave Misha time to adjust and once she nodded to continue she slowly approached while stopping here and there to give Misha a chance to adapt to his girth and length. After about 5 minutes of pushing and stopping to adjust he finally reached the second barrier known as the womb and stopped thrusting, he then started to pull out and thrust back in. [Mhhhmm!... Misha wants Husband to go faster now]: misha Misha gave Soren the okay and Soren started to pick up speed as he pulled and thrusted his whole length inside of Misha kissing her womb with each thrust, Misha was so loud at this point that some of the crew on Shanks ship heard her and came to make sure that she wasn''t hurt only to hear Soren grunting in there and Misha say stuff like "Fuck me harder!" they quickly got the just and left but some stayed to imagine how glorious it looked. After a couple of minutes Misha had at least 5 orgasms and was going for the sixth, only to start to feel raw in her crotch, and soon both Soren and Misha said at the same time. [Ahhh! I''m coming!]: soren/misha Soren gave one last good push making his Dende kiss up against Misha''s womb and ejaculated all inside while Misha shot out like a water hose and covered Soren''s entire crotch. Then they fell together and Soren went soft still inside Misha as Misha whispered into his ear. [Misha think she''s pregnant now¡­ Thank you Husband for loving me as I love you, Misha will sleep right her on your chest now]: misha Chapter 76 - Arrival at Foosha Village {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR COMPLETING HIDDEN MISSION (First Wife) REWARDS ARE AS FOLLOWED (System Points 200.000, Skill Exp 100.000, Title: Soaring Dragon, A System Note) CONGRATS TO HOST} Soren woke up to this message that resounded in his head, and when he opened the system interface he saw that under the Quests tab there were 2 notifications. Opening up the Quests tab Soren was stunned. {Quests- 2 Done and ready to be claimed Quest 1: (Help Misha remover her world connection) Status: Complete Rank: SSS - Reward: Gravity Training supplies mid tier. (Receive?) Quest 2: (First Wife) Status: Complete Rank: C+ - Reward: System Points 200.000, Skill Exp 100.000, Title: Soaring Dragon, A System Note. (Receive?)} Soren''s eyes opened wide at what he saw, not only did he pass the emergency quest he thought he failed it was with an (SSS) rating, Was this a bad rating? Soren thought this only to push it out of his mind because all the novels he had ever read (SSS) rank was top tier. Soon Soren saw the second quest and felt a bit embarrassed because it seemed that the Sakura was watching everything that happened last night and made a quest for it. {DING!... WILL HOST ACCEPT THE REWARDS?} Soren heard Sakura ask for a second time and quickly responded as to not irritate the system. [Yes, I will accept both quest rewards]: soren {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST, SYSTEM WILL PLACE ALL ITEMS INTO STORAGE FOR HOST''S OWN CONVENIENCE¡­ WILL HOST READ THE NOTE THAT WAS REWARDED IN QUEST 2?} Soren thought for a moment on whether he should open a note that was rewarded from the system on a quest that involved indecent activities, and after pondering over it he decided to throw care out of the window and open the note. -Note: Greetings Soren, it''s me God, I have been watching you recently and noticed that you have found yourself a nice girlfriend¡­ *Ahem* Sorry, Wife. I watched as you lost your Virginity and thought you played a lot for being a "Virgin". Well anyway, I just want you to get stronger soon so you can progress into the upper worlds, then we can have a real talk¡­ Good Luck on your journey Soren and make sure to take good care of Misha, that poor girl is love stricken over you¡­ P.S. Don''t make babies too fast now, where will you send them when you leave to the next worlds? They don''t have Cosmic daycare here¡­ See you soon hopefully -God After Soren finished the note he started to get a bit red from thinking about how God had watched as he had his first time, soon the paper was crumpled up and tossed over his shoulder. Once it left Soren''s hands the paper turned to cinders as a remnant voice entered Soren''s ears. [Can''t have Mortals reading a note from the Divine now can we?]: god Soren then thought about his status and about the title granted to him earlier and opened his status to take a look. [Sakura show me my status please]: soren Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 18 Aura: 100 Million (Top level Pirate) Luck: Lucky Body: Destruction Bloodline''s: 5 Bloodline''s Titles: Soaring Dragon Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 05 (Sealed) Exp to Next Level: 204/10000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 06: Unlocks 6% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Chosen Path: Destruction God (Hakai Level: 04) Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand (Sealed) Skills- 21 Skills -List?- Passive- 9 Passives -List?- System Points: 543.000 As Soren looked over his status he noticed 2 things, first was that a new feature was added known as "Titles" and the second was that his Hakai had leveled up twice. [How did my Hakai level up?]: soren {DING!... WHEN HOST THOUGHT MISHA DIED HOST UNCONSCIOUSLY USED HAKAI TO DESTROY HER BONDS WITH THE PREVIOUS WORLD, THUS FREEING MISHA AND CLEARING THE QUEST} [Cool, but what do titles offer?]: soren {SOME TITLES HOST GET MAY INCREASE THE POWERS OF HOST, IF HOST WOULD LIKE TO SEE WHAT (Soaring Dragon) OFFERS THEN HOST CAN CHECK} Soren quickly went to check his title after Sakura told him that some titles could offer power and he could see what exactly they offer. {Title- Soaring Dragon: This title is given to those who''s Dragon can stay standing even after a long intimate night, Women will want you Men will want to be you. Your Dragon will stand alone at the peak of this world. Effects given: Increased Sexual Stamina 200%, possessor of this title can choose if there will be a kid born out of his shot} Soren was stumped from what the title told him, the only worlds that flowed from his mouth would scar some people. [That fucking perv!... I will kill that God if it''s the last thing I do]: soren Soren didn''t have time to look at the other items that were given by the system before Misha came from behind and wrapped her arms around his waist. [Is Husband okay? Misha can feel some tense anger from Husband]: misha Soren turned around still being hugged by Misha and wrapped his arms around her and said. [I''m fine, I just realized that I will have to kill someone in the future and cut off his donger]: soren [Oh¡­ Well Misha wishes Husband luck]: misha Far away up in heaven God had taken a bathroom break, as he sat on the toilet he felt a stabbing sensation pressured towards his manhood and quickly covered it fearing that if he took his hands away that it would disappear. 2 Months had passed when Shanks ship docked at a familiar town known as Foosha Village. When they docked Shanks went to inform Soren and Misha of their arrival at the intended destination. [Hey Soren!... Were here]: shanks Soren opened the door and Shanks could see Soren and slightly to the side he could see Msiha wrapping herself in a sheet. Shanks had a smile grow on his face and ignored Misha and spoke to Soren once more. [We are here at Foosha Village, Luffy lives here and I told him he can only be a pirate once he becomes 17 and he should be 8 right now]: shanks [Don''t worry Shanks, I will take good care of Luffy and help him grow into a good strong pirate]: soren [Thanks Soren, I know I can count on you¡­ Also there are lots of Marines that frequent Foosha Village so be careful not to drag attention to you less you get Luffy caught up in trouble]: shanks [I will Shanks¡­ Again, thank you for everything, we will meet again in the future I promise you that¡­ Come on Misha let''s go say bye to everyone and go grab a place to stay]: soren Chapter 77 - Luffy, Ace and Sabo Soren and Misha said their goodbyes and left Shanks ship, as they stood there and watch Shanks and his crew depart from the dock Misha was waving goodbye as Soren stood there and put on his mask and donned himself with Black pants and a Blue Shirt with a Black trench coat to make himself look more like the badass from Hellsing known as Alucard. [Where did you get those clothes from Husband?]: misha Misha saw what Soren was wearing and asked inquisitively, Soren noticed that she had a look in her eye as if she liked his clothing choices. [I got them from my storage do you like them?]: soren [Yes, Misha thinks that they match Husbands style of Assassination]: misha Soren had bought these clothes for dirt cheap form the System store, they were only cheap because they had no special effect nor any special enchant,. Soren had also purchased a bunch of regular clothes to wear around town or to bed. [Would you like some clothes too Misha?]: soren When Misha heard Soren''s words she blushed a bit and started to fidget with her hands, soon she snapped out of it and gave Soren his answer. [Would it be okay if Misha had the same clothes as Husband?]: misha Soren thought about it for a bit then remembered that Misha had stolen powers of a Hollow and had fighting capabilities of her own, even if they were nowhere near Sorens skills Misha still was a powerful person. [Yes, Can you form a mask like mine?]: soren [Misha can try]: misha Misha then focused on making a mask appear, after a couple of seconds a mask started to form and slowly took shape of what looked to be a festival Fox mask with Red markings. [Good, I will get you the same set of clothes as me but instead of a Blue shirt you will have a Red one]: soren Misha started to jump for joy when she heard Soren''s words and soon they left the empty dock and headed towards town, after renting a room Soren opened the System store and bought another set of his clothes but the Blue shirt was a Red one instead. {(Purchase Successful) HOST ITEMS WILL BE TRANSFERRED TO STORAGE HOST REMAINING BALANCE IS (540.000 System Points) WOULD HOST LIKE TO BUY ANYTHING ELSE?} Soren closed the system and called Misha over to get her clothes and try them on. Soren took the clothes from his inventory and handed them over to Misha, Misha then started to strip right in front of Soren, as Soren saw this he looked away to give her privacy only to her Misha say something. [Do you not like Misha''s body?]: misha Soren was quick to deny her accusation and said. [I love your body but I thought to give you some privacy to change your clothes]: soren [Well don''t¡­ Misha is changing here so you can watch a show]: misha Soren was was now looking at a naked Misha watched as Misha started to turn around and bend over to pull up her underwear, giving Soren a good look at her whole figure. [Does Husband like what he sees?]: misha Misha couldn''t get another word in before she was pulled towards Soren still being naked, soon the two started having sex only to finish after a couple of hours. [Misha needs a shower now¡­ Will husband join Misha?]: misha Soren gave a quick thought to it only to be pulled by his hand as both Misha and Soren went to the bathroom, after a quick shower and a bit of playtime that consisted of groping and lots of kissing, Misha and Soren got dressed. Soren wore his outfit and Misha wore her outfit, they were matching in everything but the color of their shirts, one wore a Red shirt and one wore a Blue one. [Misha, you look really nice in your outfit, it matches your hair so well]: soren Soren gave Misha complements that made her start to blush, Soren then spoke again. [Oh!... That reminds me, I also bought you some normal clothes that you can wear around town¡­ Speaking of town, I need to go find Luffy]: soren [Can Misha come too? Misha wants to see the town a bit]: misha Soren nodded and they both left the room in normal clothes and started walking around town, after a little tour Soren was stopped in the middle of the road by a group of Marines. [Hey! Young man, can I ask you a few questions?]: marine 1 Soren looked over at Misha who was interested in what questions the man in front of her Husband had for him. [Sure¡­ but you gotta hurry, I need to be somewhere soon]: soren The Marine looked at Soren then at the woman next to him and gave a slight smile before saying. [Do you know of a man who wears a mask and has Blue hair?]: marine 1 Soren looked over to Misha who gave him a look and could see that Soren''s look said "Don''t say anything, Okay?" Then he turned towards the group of Marines and spoke. [No why?]: soren The Marine gave Misha another look and said. [Strange¡­ I thought you might know due to you having Blue hair]: marine 1 Soren gave the Marine a smile before looking at his surroundings and noticed something before saying. [Does having Blue hair automatically mean I know this man who has Blue hair and wears a mask?... I mean look¡­ That guy over there has Blue hair too, maybe he might know]: soren The Marine looked towards where Soren was pointing to and quickly spoke. [He sure does¡­ Oh? He looks kinda suspicious too¡­ Let''s get him boys]: marine 1 [Aye Sir!]: marines [Hey you!... Yeah you¡­ Stop right there!]: marine 1 The man in question saw that the Marines were walking towards him and looked to be a bit mad so he darted off into the distance. [Hey! Stop running!... It must be him, we gotta go catch him quickly]: marine 1 The Marine had his men go chase down the suspect and right before he ran off to he turned towards Soren and said his apology. [Sorry about the inconvenience¡­ I need to go now, I think we just found our guy]: marine 1 The Marine ran off towards the other Marines and left Soren''s sight soon after. [Poor guy¡­ I wonder what he was running for?]: soren Soren quickly threw that idea aside and started walking towards the forest to find Luffy and his 2 sworn brothers, and after a 20 minute walk Soren reached an area where 3 boys were training. Two of them look to be around 11 years old and as for the third he looked to be around 8, Soren walked from the clearing and was noticed by the 3 boys. [Who are you and what do you want from us?]: the 3 boys [Hey, I''m Soren and this is my wife Misha, I came to watch you guys]: soren Chapter 78 - Training When Soren said those words Ace and Sabo gave him a weird look, Luffy on the other hand didn''t care and wanted to continue playing. [What do you mean "You came here to watch us" are you guys some kind of pedofiles?]: ace When Soren heard Ace''s comment he thought about his words only realizing now that, coming out into the woods where 3 little boys would play and tell them that he was there to "Watch" them was a bit weird. Soren then looked back at them and said. [I came here to help you guys become stronger, and by doing so I need to watch how you guys train]: soren Luffy who was originally just standing around waiting for something to happen then spoke up. [Train? We are just playing, what would we be training for?]: luffy [We are training to become the best pirates in the world you idiot]: ace Ace hit Luffy over the head when he said that and reminded Luffy of why they came here every day for the past couple of years. [Luffy, we need to become stronger so we can meet Shanks again]: ace When Luffy heard Ace''s sentence he remembered that he could only meet Shanks if he became a pirate and went to the Grand Line, there he would find the One Piece and meet Shanks again. [Yeah, I will be the Pirate King!]: luffy Luffy has always wanted to be a pirate but he almost forgot when he would train with Ace and Sabo every day because to him they were just playing around until they could become pirates. Soren saw Luffy''s realization and thought that Luffy was really just and idiot, he then decided to let the cat out of the bag. [Luffy¡­ You want to become the Pirate King and meet Shanks again, right? Well I was instructed by Shanks to help you achieve your goal by being your mentor]: soren When Luffy heard Soren''s words he froze up and thought for a moment. [You know Shanks? Also, I don''t need help¡­ I will become the Pirate King on my own]: luffy Soren saw Luffy''s determination while Ace was pondering over the words that Soren told Luffy, and Sabo was left out of the whole conversation only there if a fight broke out he would be needed to help. [Yes, I know Shanks¡­ I was a member of his crew, I left because I have a wife now¡­ His last request before I left the crew was to watch over you and make sure you grow into a fine pirate]: soren Soren told Luffy everything that Shanks wanted Soren to do and left nothing out, Luffy was standing there with tears in his eyes due to the fact that Shanks really did care for him. [*Sniff Sniff* Then it''s settled¡­ You will teach me!]: luffy Ace wasn''t too quick to accept Soren as he felt that he could be lying to Luffy and he asked. [If you really are a member of Shank''s crew then show us how powerful you are]: ace Soren looked towards Ace and saw his determination to see just how powerful Soren really was, Soren then opened the system and bought 3 cheap iron swords that didn''t even cost 10 system points and opened his inventory letting them drop out onto the ground. As the 3 boys saw the Iron swords drop out onto the ground from nowhere they were stunned only to be awoken by Soren''s next words. [Pick them up then attack me with them]: soren The 3 boys felt Soren was an idiot to let 3 people attack him with real swords and quickly Sabo spoke up. [You do know that these are real swords right? If we accidentally kill you then what?]: sabo Soren heard Sabo''s complaint and said as he grabbed a blindfold from his inventory. [Oh? Then I will deserve to die, I spent 3 days blindfolded with Shanks whole crew attacking me, they barely left a scratch on me]: soren Sabo''s mouth dropped at Soren''s words and felt that he was lying, he then walked forward to pick up a sword as Soren finished tying his blindfold. [Okay!... Now let''s sta-]: soren Soren couldn''t finish the words before he dodged a swords strike and said. [I didn''t say start yet, did i?]: soren Sabo who had just tried to strike Soren with the sword was stunned to see that even when Soren wasn''t ready he still dodged the sword. [I was just testing your claim, that''s all]: sabo Soren smiled at Sabo''s words and then stated. [If you guys and manage to land a strike on me then you all can depart now to become pirates, am I clear?]: soren [But Shanks said-]: luffy Luffy couldn''t finish his words before Soren cut him off. [Shanks is overruled by me, if you can land a strike I will take you to Shanks personally]: soren Luffy lit up at Soren''s words and then said. [But wait¡­ I don''t know how to use a sword]: luffy [Then use your fists, if you can''t use your fists then use a gun, if you can''t use a gun then use any form of attack]: soren Soren had sat there the whole time explaining that they could use anything that they felt comfortable using, Sabo then switched to his staff, Ace and Luffy both ran at Soren with their fists. [Take this!... Gum-Gum Pistol]: luffy Luffy then stretched his hand back super far and shot it forward like a pistol, Soren dodged it with no effort at all while Sabo was still trying to whack Soren like a pinata. [Good, Good¡­ You guys may be teachable after all]: soren Soren spent the rest of the day letting the 3 boys attack him, Soren even at one point started having conversations with Misha. By the end of the day Ace, Sabo and Luffy were tired out and were ready to go home, but before they could leave Soren called out to them. [Hey! I have a gift for all of you]: soren [Really! Where? Where? Gimme gimme gimme!]: luffy Luffy had shot up and ran towards Soren for his "Gift" Soren then opened the system and bought a bunch of weighted clothes that weighed about 100kg total and handed one set to Luffy and the other 2 sets to Ace and Sabo, he also bought one for himself that he would increase gravity on later. [What is this? Why is it so heavy?]: ace All 3 of them could barely lift the clothes that were handed to them and asked Soren what they were. [These are weights¡­ They weigh about 100kg each and will help you train, form today on you will wear these clothes during training]: soren The 3 boys looked like they just died as Soren said that they would wear these during training, Soren then dismissed them and started to head home. [Hey!... Anybody here? Hello! I''m stuck under these clothes!]: luffy Poor Luffy had gotten trapped under the weighted clothing that Soren gave the 3 and he spent the rest of the night there. Chapter 79 - Training Starts The next morning Soren left the inn he was staying at and went to the place that the 3 boys normally show up at. When he got there he could see a sleeping Luffy with a set of weighted clothes laid over his chest, looking at the scene Soren thought Luffy had gotten stuck under the clothes. Soren disregarded Luffy and let him sleep, he walked up to a big tree that stood a couple hundred meters behind Luffy and started his own training. [Let''s start off with some reps]: soren Soren put on his weighted clothes and felt that he still felt a bit weightless so he started adding gravity magic onto himself, once he got to around 40x Gravity Soren began to start his training. After 4 hours of intense reps Soren was stopped by a voice. [Hey Mister¡­ Can you help me out?]: ??? Soren looked over to the voice and saw Luffy now awake looking at him with the weighted clothes still trapping him. Soren gave a slight chuckle before thinking of a way to train Luffy before the others arrive, then it hit him. [Luffy¡­ You must remove the clothes by yourself, if you can''t do it, I will never let you become a pirate]: soren [Whaaa!... HNNNNGGG!]: luffy Luffy started to struggle to remove the weighted clothes that only weigh a measly 100kg, but when Soren thought further on it, he realized that Luffy was just an 8 year old boy who has no previous training in heavy lifting. ''This should be a good training for him'': soren Soren went back to his training and increasing his gravity to 45x gravity, starting over from square one he started with push-ups. After around 3 hours of consent reps with only a 10 minute break every hour Soren started to adapt to the gravity he was under quite nicely. [HNNNGGGH!... Get off me!]: luffy [Are you still having trouble getting these clothes off of you?]: soren Soren started to walk over to Luffy to watch him struggle up close, when he got up to his position where Soren was standing with Luffy at his feet he spoke to taunt Luffy. [What if you were in this same position when you entered the Grand Line and someone was over you, just like me. Then they take one of your friends and say "I will kill your friend if you can''t move that weight off of yourself" What would you do?]: soren Luffy heard Soren''s words and his eyes widened, Luffy pushed with all his might and managed to lift the clothes just a bit. [Come on! Or I will will kill both Ace and Sabo]: soren When Luffy heard Soren''s words he pushed the clothes with all his might, after another slight budge he yelled. [GET OFF ME!]: luffy Unconsciously Luffy started projecting King''s Haki, Soren watched as a few birds that were flying over head dropped from the sky unconscious, and the clothes that entrapped Luffy were thrown to the side, but not by far. [Hehe, good boy¡­ Your training truly starts now]: soren Soren watched a passed out Luffy as he thought those words, he then picked up the clothes that were right next to Luffy''s body and realized something off. [Hmm, These clothes¡­ Fuck!... I''m surprised Luffy could even lift this in a rage]: soren The clothes that Soren picked up were a set that he originally bought for himself but only noticed now due to the difference in weight with the ones he put on himself. [These things weigh easily 600kg, this is 6 times as much weight as he should have gotten¡­ Sorry Luffy]: soren Soren took off his weighted clothes and up on the ones that were given to Luffy by accident and laid the ones he was wearing down next to Luffy. [Oh yeah, I feel the difference now¡­ Well, back to training]: soren As Soren started his reps again with an increase up to 50x gravity a few hours passed and then 2 voices rang in Soren''s ear. [They''re here]: soren Soren got up from the rep he was doing and waited for the 2 boys to greet him, but when they saw Soren they asked. [What are you doing here?]: ace and sabo Soren was stunned, he didn''t see their weighted clothes anywhere. [Where are your training clothes?]: soren The two looked at each other and then started laughing, Soren was this and tick marks started to appear on his forehead. [Go home and get your Training clothes¡­ NOW!]: soren [Who do you think your talking to Mister, all I see is an old man trying to hang out with a bunch of kids]: ace Soren felt hurt, he truly was an old man who was mentaly 40 but physically only 18, Soren then spoke up. [Fine¡­ Leave! I will be training only Luffy, you guys are not part of the deal with Shanks and myself]: soren Soren told the 2 boys to leave but they didn''t move an inch but instead started to scold Soren. [This is our base, you are the one that needs to leave¡­ And don''t be trying to take Luffy, we are not letting our brother go with some pedo]: sabo Soren then snapped as he focused his gravity magic and forced Ace and Sabo to be under 2x Gravity, they both fell to their feet instantly. [He has a power like Luffy]: ace Soren then spoke to both of them with a cold tone. [You may leave, or you can stay and train with Luffy, these are your only choices and there is no middle]: soren The 2 boys started to shake a bit before nodding their heads and running off. Soon Luffy woke up and eagerly looked at Soren waiting for his praise about how he lifted the clothes, but sadly it never came, instead, Soren said. [Let''s start training¡­ I got you some lighter clothes, you should be able to put them on]: soren Luffy looked next to him and saw the clothes, he tried to pick up the shirt and struggled a bit but managed to hold it in his hands. [Mister¡­ It''s smells]: luffy Soren was a little stunned at Luffy''s comment and remembered that he trained in it. [Just put it on, worry about the smell later]: soren Luffy tried to put the shirt on struggling for a bit but managed to get it on, and then Soren spoke. [Perfect timing¡­ Now, Luffy you and your 2 brothers will start training.]: soren [Brothers? Where?]: luffy Luffy looked around but saw nothing until he heard some people walking towards them with struggle as they wore the weighted clothes as well. [There¡­ Now, the first thing you will do is walk around with the clothes, get use to them on your body]: soren Soren explained to Luffy and when Ace and Sabo arrived explained again. Chapter 80 - Sabo’s death It has been 2 weeks since Luffy, Ace and Sabo started their training with Soren, every day would start out under the tree at 8 in the morning, from there they would run 5km around town with their weighted vests. After they got back from running they would get a 20 minute break only to start hand to hand combat with each other, Soren taught them some stances and forms before leaving them to practice. After they trained in fighting Soren had them climb to the top of the tree, normally it would be and easy task but with weighted vests it was much harder. Over these 2 weeks of training Luffy had wanted to quit thousands of times only to be hit over the head by Soren and told that the training will help him achieve his goal, and on the last day Soren upgraded the weights for everyone. [Congratulations you 3, you can now perform basic weight training exercises, now it''s time to add more weight]: soren When the 3 boys heard Soren say that they were going to add more weight to the vests they broke down. [Come one Soren-sensei, we already adapted to this weight, why add more?]: sabo All Soren did was look at Sabo and take off his own weighted vest placing it on the ground, then he gave the 3 a challenge. [If you 3 can lift this weighted vest I will stop your training here and teach you something better]: soren The 3 looked at each other and thought Soren was giving them a freebie to progress in their training. Ace was the first to walk up and try picking up the vest. [Hnnggghh!... Hey! Why can''t I lift this?]: ace Ace looked at Soren who just had a smile on his face, then was pushed to the side by Sabo who said. [Step aside and stop playing¡­ Hnnggghh!... What is this made of?]: sabo Sabo had the same reaction as Ace when he realized that he couldn''t even lift the corner of the vest, looking at Soren he could see that Soren was a true monster before looking a Luffy seeing if he would try. [How about you Luffy? Will you try and pick up the vest?]: soren Luffy just looked at Soren and could tell that he wasn''t going to be able to lift the vest and said. [No¡­ I can''t lift it¡­ Can we move on to the next training?]: luffy Luffy for once said something smart and Soren praised him in his mind, as he picked up his vest he spoke about his power to increase the weight of things. [I can increase the weight of anything I want and in doing so I train my body to be stronger, I will now increase the weight of your vests]: soren When Soren said this the 3 boys felt the vest get twice as heavy and started to waver in their stances, and after a couple minutes to adjust Soren said. [Good, now start by taking a trip through town]: soren The 3 boys groaned and ran off heading towards the town and Soren went back to his training. [I should train my tail as to not have it as a weakness, when Misha accidentally grabbed it last night I realized that it could be a problem in the future for me]: soren Soren then put away his weighted vest and released the gravity that was pressing down on him, then he started working out his tail doing push-ups and pull-ups. At first it was hard and he fell from the tree a few times but it got easier as time went on. Almost 3 years had passed and Soren was now training Ace and Sabo in the basics of Observation Haki because it was almost time for them to set sail on their own, but something happened as when Soren was training the 2 of them Luffy was late to the training session. [Hey, where is Luffy?]: soren Ace and Sabo took off their blindfolds and shrugged their shoulders saying. [He should have been here 3 hours ago]: both Soren then closed his eyes to think only to remember that Luffy was taken hostage by a group of pirates to get information on where his hideout was. Soren then asked Ace and Sabo a quick question. [Did you guys steal from a group of pirates and get caught?]: soren The twos faces turned pale and sweat started to form on their foreheads, only to soon break down. [Were sorry Soren-sensei, we saw a group of pirates in town and wanted to test our new skills. But we were caught and escaped]: ace and sabo [Haah¡­ You kids, what will I do with you]: soren Soren then spread out his Observation Haki to search for Luffy, after a minute Soren found Luffy and spoke up. [I know where he is¡­ But as punishment you will go and rescue him, am I clear?]: soren [Clear Sir!]: ace and sabo They both ran off in the direction Soren pointed and started looking for signs of Luffy, and once they reached the dock where a group of pirates surrounded an 11 year old boy. [Hey!... That''s my brother, you better let him go now or else]: ace Ace was the first to shout out and grab the attention of the group of pirates while Sabo snuck around the group of pirates to save Luffy. [Little Brat! Where is our treasure!? Talk or else I will take his life]: pirate Ace was stalling for time while waiting for Sabo to get in place, the pirate started to get impatient and held his cutlass closer to Luffy''s throat, blood could be seen starting to form on the blade. [Now Sabo!]: ace Ace shouted out and the pirates were taken by his words and started looking around for who the brat before them called out too but it was to late, Sabo then dropped on top of the pirate who held Luffy in his arms making the pirate fall to the ground and letting Luffy escape. [Run Luffy! I will catch up soon]: sabo Sabo killed the pirate he fell on just from the weight that Sabo had on his vest, it was around 450kg, Sabo then was surrounded by the other pirates as Luffy ran towards Ace. [You''re dead brat!... Die!]: pirate A pirate lunged at Sabo who dodged with some effort but not much as his training with Soren started letting him get ahold of Observation Haki, once Sabo saw the opening made by the pirate who tried to impale him he ran for it. [Run guys! I''m right behind you]: sabo Sabo started gesturing for Ace and Sabo to run as he was running away from the pirates, Ace and Luffy started to book it only ho hear something they never wished to hear. *BANG* [GUAHHH!]: sabo Ace and Luffy turned around to see Sabo falling to the ground with blood covering his clothes. [SABO!!]: ace and luffy [No!... R-run, I will be okay!... Ace¡­ Take Luffy and run *Cough*]: sabo Sabo told Ace to take Luffy and run because he knew that Ace was more reasonable and just as he thought Ace grabbed Luffy and started to run. [I will miss you guys *Cough* Haha, Soren-sensei¡­ Thank you]: sabo Chapter 81 - Revenge [Hey! This brat killed the Captain!]: pirate A pirate who had went to check out the conditions of his captain said when he realized his captain died. [What a brat!... Well he''s dead now anyway]: pirate 2 The one who spoke was the one who stood over Sabo''s body and decided he didn''t want to see the brats face anymore so he tried to kick him into the ocean. [Oww! What the fuck!]: pirate 2 [What''s wrong? What happened?]: pirate [This brat!... I tried to kick him into the water but I can''t move him]: pirate 2 The other pirates gathered around Sabo and tried to pick him up. [Holy shit!... Why is he so heavy?]: pirate 3 The group of pirates saw that Sabo was wearing something weird and tried to take it off him. [It''s these clothes¡­ They are so heavy]: pirate 4 They all struggled to take off the clothes that Sabo wore and after 20 minutes of struggling, they finally got the vest off. [Holy Shit! How was this brat able to wear this and still move!?]: pirate They took the naked Sabo and kicked him into the waters and then threw the weighted vest in feeling that they couldn''t use it for anything. Luckily the vest missed Sabo by just a few inches and sunk down to the bottom super fast. [Let''s go grab a drink boy''s! We need to find out who will be the next captain]: pirate 2 The pirates left the docks and went into town to grab some drinks, soon there was a man in a hood who saw what had happened he grabbed Sabo before he could sink and left. Luffy and Ace returned to Soren with tears in their eyes, when Soren saw them he thought that it happened and asked anyway. [What happened? Where''s Sabo?]: soren [S-sabo Is.. Is¡­ Dead!]: luffy Luffy was covered in his own snot and tears as he told Soren what happened, as Luffy told Soren what happened Ace was sulking to the side blaming himself for not helping Sabo in his time of need. After Luffy explained what happened he spoke. [Where are these pirates?]: soren [They must be down by the docks still]: luffy Soren then laid his hand over Luffy''s straw hat and said. [Luffy! Ace! Follow me, we are going to go show those pirates who they messed with]: soren Soren then walked towards the docks through the town but was soon stopped by Ace who spoke out. [There they are!... Look, they are drinking]: ace Soren then looked over to the bar and recognised it, it was the place Misha worked at. Misha begged to experience the work life even though Soren said that she had no need because they had no need for money, but after some convincing, Soren helped her get a job in this bar. Inside the bar, Soren brought Ace and Luffy in to go confront the pirates. [Hey sweet stuff, come fill my drink will ya!]: pirate 5 The patrons of the bar watched as the pirate had hit on the one waitress who was off limits, they had all seen her Husband the day he came in to get her the job. I was at this moment that everyone started to feel pity for this pirate, but didn''t tell him otherwise. [On my way]: misha Misha had grabbed the big pitcher of beer and walked over to the group of pirates. [Here is your beer]: misha [Thanks sweet stuff¡­ Hey, you should come with me to my room later, I can show you a good time hahaha]: pirate 5 [No thank you, I have a husband]: misha The pirate was angered that he was declined and told that she has a husband, he then spoke with an angered voice. [Hey bitch, I gave you a great offer¡­ I can give you everything your husband can''t¡­ Money, Power, Pleas-]: pirate 5 The pirate was cut short of his sentence due to Misha slapping him across his face, he then got up and yelled. [How dare you!... I will **** you bitch]: pirate 5 [Ahem!... You will what to my wife?]: soren The pirate turned around when he heard someone speak to him and had a smile appear on his face when he heard him say wife. [Hey, your wife hit me and I feel a bit light headed, I might need to go to the hospital¡­ I will need medical fees¡­ I could also take her as medical fe-]: pirate 5 The pirate couldn''t finish his sentence once more when he was smacked again, this time by Soren. [Keep your nasty thoughts to yourself before I kill you for them]: soren The pirate was furious but the position he was slapped to made him catch sight of 2 boys, he then spoke once more. [Hey! I can forgive you if you tell me your relations with those 2 right behind you]: pirate 5 Soren turned to look at Ace and Luffy then turned back towards the pirate and said. [they are my disciples, and I have been told you killed my third disciple, is that true?]: soren The pirate started to give a chuckle and then spoke. [No¡­ I didn''t get the chance to kill that brat, but I did throw his ass in the ocean to feed the fish]: pirate 5 Soren''s face gave no change in appearance while Ace and Luffy were fighting back the urge to kill this pirate, then Soren spoke. [So who had killed him?]: soren Then a pirate spoke up laughing his ass off. [I did! Hahaha! I enjoyed his last words as I shot him¡­ Why? Do you have a problem with me shooting him?]: pirate 2 Soren then looked over to the pirate who just spoke, he didn''t say anything he just acted. One second the pirate was talking about his kill like it was some sort of trophy, and in the next second his head was separated from his body. [Tim!... Hey! Who dares to harm my crew!]: pirate 5 Soren then turned back to the pirate who was trying to get Misha in bed, while he was wiping the blood from his hand with a rag he spoke to the pirate. [I want you to know, I will kill all of you¡­ It''s not for revenge or for you trying to sleep with my wife¡­ I''m going to do it because I want to¡­ I haven''t killed anyone in 3 years, and my hands are a bit itchy¡­ And after I kill you I will use your body parts to feed the fish like you did Sabo]: soren Soren sounded like a psycho when he spoke to these pirates, and after he spoke the fear was set in for the pirates as the bloodbath started. Chapter 82 - Ki After Soren''s massacre of the group of pirates he grabbed Misha by the arm and said. [Time to leave]: soren Soren took Misha, Ace and Luffy back to his inn, when he got there he started to explain what will happen next. [Misha and I will have to leave now, I want to ask you something¡­ Do you want to go with me? I will finish your training and then you can leave if you would like]: soren Ace and Luffy looked at Soren with questioning eyes before asking. [Why will you need to leave? All you did was kill a group of pirates]: ace Soren let out a sigh before taking out a wanted poster and handing it over to Ace and Luffy to look over, when they grabbed it they asked a little confused. [What''s this for? It''s just Blue Reaper]: ace Soren then looked at both Ace and Luffy as if they were idiots and said. [Wow, Sabo would have understood¡­ Anyway, I am Blue Reaper]: soren Ace and Luffy''s eyes then stated shining when Soren told them and Luffy quickly asked. [Can you prove it?]: luffy Soren gave another sigh before calling forth his Hollow mask, and when Luffy saw the mask all he said were 2 words. [So Cool!]: luffy Soren then asked once more. [So will you join me on my ship until we get to a new island?]: soren Ace and Luffy looked at each other as if thinking about the decision, and after a quick talk with each other they came to an agreement, then Ace spoke. [We will join you to travel to a new island, but we will not join your pirate crew]: ace Soren gave a quick smile as he never planned to have a crew and then said. [Okay! Let''s leave now then, I can sense Marines heading towards us]: soren [But we don''t have a ship, or do you?]: ace [Nope¡­ But those pirates have a ship no?]: soren Soren then took Misha, Luffy and Ace down to the dock where the pirate ship was docked, after getting on he quickly took down the flag and disembarked from Foosha Village. [So where will we go Husband?]: misha [I plan on taking us somewhere close to Foosha Village, maybe the next island over?]: soren Misha thought about Soren''s words and thought that they were very obvious places and they could get caught, but they were quickly pushed away when Soren spoke again. [Marines will most likely think that we would go somewhere close but not this close so we should be okay]: soren Soren then let the ship float out on the seas and went to look around the stolen pirate ship, after looking around he decided to make this home for now. Soren then went down to the room used for training and opened his system. Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 21 Aura: 100 Million (Top level Pirate) Luck: Lucky Body: Destruction Bloodline''s: 5 Bloodline''s Titles: Soaring Dragon, Gravity Maniac Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 10 Exp to Next Level: 300/20000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 11: Unlocks 11% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Chosen Path: Destruction God (Hakai Level: 02) Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand (Sealed) Skills- 21 Skills -List?- Passive- 9 Passives -List?- System Points: 530.000 ''Hmm, Sakura, Why has my status not really improved?'': soren {DING!... HOST HAS NOT MADE AN APPEARANCE IN THE WORLD FOR 3 YEARS, HOST HAS TAKEN ON THE BOUNTY SYSTEM¡­ HOST GAINS STRENGTH BUT HOST WON''T KNOW HOW STRONG HOST IS UNTIL IT IS CATEGORISED} ''Wow, So I could be at the Apex of this world and not know because they haven''t categorised me as such?'': soren {CORRECT!} ''Well that''s a bit disappointing now'': soren Soren sat in the room cross legged and started meditating to calm his mind, and after 30 minutes something happened that startled Soren. {DING!... DISCOVERED NEW FORM OF AURA¡­ WILL HOST TRANSITION?...(Ki)} Soren looked at the system note and was shocked to see that his slight meditation could unlock Ki, he was also surprised that he never unlocked it in the past. ''Sakura, why have I never unlocked this in the past? Is it due to my Saiyan bloodline?'': soren {DING!... HOST IS CORRECT¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE TO TRANSITION TO (Ki) AS THE FORM OF DISPLAY?} Soren thought about it and then decided that Ki is most likely the best form of energy he could get in this world so he accepted immediately. {DING!... TRANSFERING TO (Ki)... DING! COMPLETE} Soren looked at his system again and noticed that Aura was now set as Ki and the number was quite large forming 100,000 reaching right around where Goku was when he reached planet Namek. ''Well it looks like I will be training my Ki for progress further'': soren Soren then sat in the training room all night long training while Misha, Ace and Luffy went to sleep. Once morning came Soren was still sitting there in lotus position making his Ki flow, and he even got the skill for Ki Manipulation. Ace and Luffy woke up and went to look for Soren who they soon found in the training room, they walked up to him and yelled. [Soren-sensei! Wake up!]: ace and luffy Soren who already knew they were there just opened one eye and said. [You will train without me today¡­ One of you will wear a blindfold and the other will attack, you must dodge while wearing the blindfold¡­ Take turns every 3 hours]: soren Soren gave his orders and then got up heading towards the room Misha was leaving Luffy and Ace to train. [So who is going first Ace?]: luffy Chapter 83 - Soren’s family secret After a couple of days floating out on the seas Soren decided it was time to take everyone to the neighboring island to settle down. When Soren docked the ship he could see Marines patrolling the dock with two posters in hand, when Soren looked a bit closer he could see that one of the posters was of the notorious Blue Reaper who destroyed a whole fleet of Marine warships with just one move, and on the other poster was Soren''s beautiful face that was covered in blood splatters from when he massacred those pirates. [Husbands, it looks like they are still looking for you]: misha Soren thought for a moment before he realized that he had unsealed his MS almost a year ago, at this moment he mentaly smacked himself and spoke. [Stay here for a moment I''m going to go talk to them]: soren Soren said this and left to go talk to the Marines who were questioning citizens as they passed. [Misha wishes Husband luck]: misha Misha, Ace and Luffy watched as Soren walked up from behind the two Marines and taped them on the shoulder, as they turned around Misha, Ace and Luffy could see the Marines tense up a bit before relaxing and showing Soren the posters before rushing off, leaving Soren there. Soren then came back to the ship and said. [All done, they will leave town with the other Marines and won''t bother us again]: soren Ace and Luffy showed some sparkles in their eyes as they watched how Soren made them run off, they quickly went into questioning mode and bombarded Soren with their questions. [That was cool! How did you do it Sensei!? What made the Marines leave in such a hurry?]: ace [Yeah! I want to know how to do it too]: luffy Soren gave a chuckle before thinking about what he just did and feeling how stupid he was to not use it beforehand back in Foosha. -Flashback of a couple of minutes ago- [Hey, you two are looking for someone?]: soren As the Marines turned around they saw someone who looked just like the wanted poster and froze up, they were so scared that all they could mutter was. [It¡­ Him!]: marines Soren then activated his MS and looked them in the eyes and said. [I hear you are looking for someone? Maybe I can help out, would you mind showing me?]: soren As Soren said this he placed the idea that he was not either person in the wanted posters deep into their subconscious. And after Soren asked to look at the pictures they relaxed, then placed both pictures in front of his face and asked. [Do you know anything about either of these people or how they are related? Or maybe where we can find them?]: marines Soren then gave a depressed face before saying. [Oh no¡­ I hope they aren''t too dangerous, I just got a ride into town on their ship, I tried to thank them for the ride with a drink but said that they were heading towards the Grand Line, they just left, maybe you could catch up]: soren [Thank you for your help¡­ We the Marines will forever remember your help today]: marines The two then took out a communicator snail and gave a report before running off most likely back to base for further instructions. [Hehe¡­ Piece of cake, well I should be safe to finish Luffy and Ace''s training here before I leave to go find other fun things in this world]: soren Soren then went back to the ship to grab Misha, Ace and Luffy. -End of Flashback from a couple of minutes ago- [We should go grab an inn for our stay, Ace, Luffy, I will buy you guys a room to share]: soren [But Sensei¡­ Why can''t we stay in your room?]: luffy Soren didn''t get the chance to respond before Ace hit him on the head leaving a trademark bump on Luffy''s head as he spoke. [Sensei and his wife need their own room, we will just be cockblocks if we stay with them in their room, dumbass]: ace Luffy looked at Ace with tears in his eyes before saying "OH!" as the tears then disappeared, Ace then crossed his arms and nodded waiting for Soren to praise him for his quick wittedness, but instead a smack came. [Oww! What was that for Sensei!?]: ace [Did I tell you to hit Luffy for his ignorance? If I wanted to let Luffy know the reason I would have told him myself, but I had no chance before I was cut off by you]: soren Ace rubbed his head as tears formed in his eyes as he started apologizing. [Sorry Sensei, I will think more next time]: ace Soren then took his hand and smacked both Ace and Luffy this time. [Oww! What was that for!?]: ace and luffy That is for not being able to dodge my attacks, we have trained for 3 years yet you still can''t dodge an attack. [But Sensei, we just started to learn Haki, give us a chance]: luffy Right before Soren could say anything about Luffy''s comment he then dodged a strike and turned to face the person who struck. [How dare you dodge Misha''s attack]: misha Soren was attacked by Misha and was a bit confused for the reason of the attack, but before he could ask for one he got his answer. [Why does Husband need to be so ruthless with his attack on his students?]: misha Soren thought about it for a moment before he spoke. [I only do this to protect them, if I just let them do what they want without proper tutelage they will end up dying due to being caught off guard. And ruthless? Misha, you do know how I was trained, yes?]: misha [Misha does not think that is relevant to how you train Ace and Luffy though]: misha Luffy and Ace then watched as Soren and Misha had a lover''s quarrel over how they were trained, Luffy who was intent on listening in on what they were talking about then spoke. [How was Sensei trained?]: luffy Soren then turned towards Luffy and gave a sigh before speaking. [Do you really want to know? It might make you think the way I have trained you is just for babies]: soren When Luffy heard Soren''s words he started coming up with all sorts of monstrous ways of how Soren would train and said eagerly. [Yes! Please tell me, I want to know how Sensei got this strong]: luffy Soren gave another sigh before taking off his white shirt revealing his lean yet muscular body that was covered with a bunch of scarred tissue. After both Ace and Luffy saw all the scarred tissue Soren put his shirt back on and spoke. [I was raised in a family of Assassins, I was trained since birth being beaten, electrocuted, burned, cut and all sorts of other torturous methods, all for the sake of being strong if I was ever caught and tortured]: soren Chapter 84 - Death of a Celestial Luffy''s eyes started to go from a sparkle to one of concern, after Ace saw Soren''s scars he felt bad for how Soren grew up. [Anyway¡­ We should go find an inn to stay at]: soren Soren, Misha, Ace and Luffy took a walk through town to find an inn, once one was found they entered and it didn''t take long before they were stopped by a group of pirates. [Hey there beauty, how do you say to come spend the night with us?]: pirate All that the pirate saw was a fist right before he passed out, and his buddies all started to run from the inn. [Misha, you need to wear a veil or something¡­ I don''t want to keep fighting people who don''t have common sense]: soren [But Misha doesn''t want to cover her face¡­ And for Misha to be honest, Misha likes how Husband beats up people who hit on Misha]: misha Soren gave a sigh and just continued to the counter, when Soren reached the lady at the desk he could see a traditional Japanese sword hung on the wall right behind her. Soren put it to the back of his mind and asked for 3 rooms, and after getting the keys he handed 1 to Ace 1 to Luffy and kept one for himself and Misha. [We will stay here to rest for a couple of hours and then we will start our training]: soren Soren and Misha went into their room and started to get changed into the outfits they would wear for the day, Soren wore his Black pants and Black trench coat with his Blue shirt, as he turned around to see if Misha was ready he was attacked. This wasn''t some normal attack though, this was an attack Soren would never dodge. [Husband! Take Misha!]: misha A naked Misha had lunged toward Soren and landed on his chest as the two had fallen on the bed together, and after a couple of hours of sexy time Misha and Soren walked out to the main lobby. There they found it to be a bit crowded, but before Soren could check it out he heard a shout from behind him. [Sensei!]: ace and luffy Soren turned to see both Ace and Luffy coming up from behind them, Luffy wanted to know what the crowd was for but as Soren didn''t know he decided to go look for himself. [Luffy, be careful¡­ If it seems troublesome come back]: soren [Okay! No problem Sensei! I''ll be right back]: luffy Soren thought about Luffy''s words and then quickly looked towards Ace and told him to go watch Luffy. [Make sure he doesn''t do anything stupid¡­ All we need is to get into more trouble]: soren Ace saluted Soren before running after Luffy who already joined the crowd, Soren and Misha both started to head towards the crowd to see what was going on, and what they saw was just some fat pig with a glass helmet. [Husband, who is that man?]: misha The man in question was wearing a white suit with a glass helmet, he was also riding on the back of a man who looked to be half dead. [He is known as a Celestial Dragon]: soren [He is a Dragon? But Misha doesn''t see any wings or fire]: misha Soren mentally face palmed before he remembered Misha was not originally from this world so he just explained. [He is not a literal Dragon¡­ He is from a family who are known as Noble''s, and they call themselves Celestial Dragons because they think they are God''s and the Celestial Dragon is the most Godly image in their minds, but they are just normal people, they also founded the World Government]: soren As Misha took in everything Soren said and how she watched the treatment of the people who were around that Celestial Dragon she couldn''t take it anymore and started walking up to him. [Misha, don''t do that. He will take a liking to you and I will then need to kill him, and then I wi-]: soren Soren didn''t finish his sentence because he noticed Misha had no intention of stopping so he just followed up behind her to be ready to act. When she got through the crowd she heard the Celestial Dragon yelling at the human below him who looked like he was on death''s door. [Hey! Piece of trash, get to moving! I need to collect a beautiful girl]: CD The only reason the Celestial Dragon was here was for a girl. [Hey! Leave that poor man alone or Misha will hurt you]: misha The crowd looked towards the person who had just spoken, and when they saw her beauty they all thought only one thing, "This must be the girl the Celestial Dragon is after, what a pity". When the Celestial Dragon looked at the person who dares to yell at him and claim to harm him he was ready to kill them, but all his thoughts changed when he saw her. [Beautiful¡­ Girl!... Apologize to me and then come here to be made mine]: CD Misha heard his words and got even more furious, and then Soren showed up next to her and put his arm around her to calm her down, but when the Celestial Dragon saw this he got angry and shouted. [Hey! Remove your arm from around my woman, then cut off your right hand and leave!]: CD Soren then took his gaze from Misha and place it towards the Celestial Dragon as Killing Intent flooded towards the Celestial Dragon, then Soren spoke with a cold tone. [You dare to court my wife and then tell me to cut off my hands for protecting you from her? I will just kill you then]: soren Soren started walking towards the Celestial Dragon, and when the Celestial Dragon saw Soren leave Misha''s side he shouted. [He''s away from my woman, kill him now!]: CD The guards who heard the shout all started to surround Soren, then Soren stopped and spoke once more, and what he said would forever be engraved inside of the minds of everyone present. [I will now kill all of you to keep everything quiet, say thanks to your boss here for his lustful heart¡­ Maybe if you reincarnate you will remember not to steal others wives'']: soren Soren then called his Hollow mask, as the mask formed the guards of the Celestial Dragon charged towards Soren with their weapons, but all that happened was nothing and in the next second 10 heads flew into the air as blood sprayed like a fountain. [I-impossible!... You, you killed my guards, that''s a first class offence]: CD Soren ignored his meaningless remarks and started to walk towards him slowly while using King''s Haki at its lowest level to put pressure on him, then the Celestial Dragon started to sweat and he yelled. [Stay back or I will kill you!]: CD The Celestial Dragon pulled a gun and aimed it as Soren and fired. *Bang* Soren used Armament Haki and let the bullet bounce off him, and then he spoke in a condescending tone towards the Celestial Dragon. [Oh? Was I bitten by a flea? Well time to kill you]: soren Soren then reached face to face with the Celestial Dragon and grabbed him by his throat, raising him in the air Soren put his finger to the glass helmet piercing it. [S-Stop!... No! Commoner air!]: CD Soren then continued with his finger and pierced his head killing him there. Chapter 85 - Ace Set’s Sail After the pleading of the Celestial Dragon had been silenced Soren dropped the dead body to the ground and turned around to head back over to Misha, but once he started taking steps towards her all the people that were standing behind her took a step back. [I don''t know why you all are afraid¡­ All I had done was take out some trash]: soren The people who heard Soren started mumbling among themselves before a man spoke out. [We don''t want to associate with a man who has just committed the biggest crime in the world, right when you took out those guards you sealed your fate¡­ We are just protecting ourselves of that same fate]: man Soren then looked towards the ground and started pondering about something, then he lifted his head with an "Ah ha" face and started walking over towards Misha and the crowd. All the people then started taking more steps back, someone even saw Misha standing there looking at Soren and tried to grab her to wake her from her "sleep" [Miss¡­ You should stay as far away from him. Here, come with us-]: man 2 Right as the man put his hand around Misha''s arm Soren spoke. [I wouldn''t do that if I were you¡­ Or do you not want that hand?]: soren Then man in question quickly removed his hand from Misha and ran from that place like his life depended on it, after Soren saw the man leave he put his sight back on Misha and arrived to her side. [Sensei! Were back!]: luffy Luffy came running up to Soren and Misha when they saw them. Soren then turned towards Ace and Luffy and gave them a smile seeing that nothing troublesome happened to them. [Good! We will go back to our rooms after I do something real quickly]: soren Soren then turned around to face the crowd of people who were still there and couldn''t move do to the fear the corroded their hearts, Soren then activated his MS and told everyone to forget about how the Celestial Dragon and his men had died and to remember it as the roof above them collapsing onto all of them killing them instantly. After Soren puth that thought into their heads he turned to the are that the Celestial Dragon and his soldiers were, he then took his weapon out and sent a half assed attack towards the area above the dead bodies and made the whole area collapse on top of the dead bodies, Soren even went as far as making part of the fallen balance beam that was made of wood splinter out and poke holes throughout the Celestial Dragons body. [This should be good¡­ And as for that guy who left, I will blame him]: soren Soren felt a bit bad for putting the blame on a man who did nothing but fear for his life and try to protect a girl, sadly he tried to protect the wrong girl. Soren went back to the group of people and spoke again. [That man who had just ran out of here had caused this and killed the Celestial Dragon¡­ We must tell the Marines when we see them]: soren Soren then took Ace, Luffy and Misha up to his room to discuss what to do next, Luffy then had a question and asked. [Sensei? Can you teach us these moves that you do to these people?]: luffy Soren thought about if for a moment and then spoke. [Sorry Luffy but I can''t¡­ This power comes from a Devil Fruit]: soren Luffy looked as if he was a bit depressed, but before long he shot up with another question. [Will I be able to do that move that made that "Celestial What''s it" almost pass out from fear?]: luffy Soren then gave a smile before he reached his hand out to pat Luffy''s head before speaking. [Who knows¡­ Maybe someday, but for now you aren''t ready]: soren Soren then looked over to the quiet Ace who looked as if he wanted Soren to pat his head too, but when he saw Soren look over towards him he quickly looked away. Soren saw this and decided not to pursue it, he then spoke to the both of them. [I know that you both are still upset about Sabo''s death but have but on a brave front to make yourselves seem more grown but it''s bad for your health¡­ Tomorrow we will go out to find a nice quiet place to make a grave for him]: soren When Soren spoke about Sabo Ace and Luffy tried to hold back tears upon hearing the name, but when Soren said it was okay to cry they let loose as both Ace and Luffy started balling with tears and snot flowing from their faces. Soren then saw that they needed time and decided to go talk to Misha until they were ready. After a couple of days Soren, Ace and Luffy were standing in a clearing that had a beautiful sight. All three of them were surrounding a gravestone with the name Sabo engraved in bold letters, on top of the grave were flowers. [Okay¡­ Now we need to train and get stronger as to stop things like this in the future]: soren Soren gave some encouraging words towards Ace and Luffy to make them start getting over the fact that Sabo was gone, but Soren also knew that Sabo wasn''t truly gone and that the mystical thing known as Plot Armor would somehow save him from death. Ace and Luffy then got up off the ground and stood next to Soren, Soren then took both of them and left to start training. For another 3 years Ace and Luffy would train their hardest from morning all the way until Lunch, and from there they would go visit Sabo''s grave and place a new bundle of flowers on the empty grave. And from there they would run 15km around town with 600kg of weight pressing down on their bodies. [Sensei!... It has been a long grueling experience training with you, I only hope I can one day get stronger than you]: ace Ace was standing before Soren saying his goodbyes, next to Soren Luffy stood with tears in his eyes, he knew that Ace was now 17 years old and he was now allowed to set sail. Soren on the other hand only had one thing to say. [Ace¡­ I''m proud of you, I know you never had any parents growing up and that you were all alone, I hope from the experiences you have had with me that you now see me as a caring figure in your life]: soren Soren said his words and gave Ace a surprise attack of love, and to Soren''s surprise Ace had dodged it. Be it luck or Ace progressing in his Observation Haki, Ace had a smile pasted on his face. [You only got lucky¡­ Buy before you go I have something for you]: soren Soren then opened his inventory and pulled out a custom made mask that resembled his Hollow mask, he then held it in his hand and gave a speech. [I give this to you for you are the first ever student to graduate my training, I have only ever had 1 disciple before I had taken on you 3, sadly Sabo couldn''t make it to this day¡­ Now, if you want, you don''t need to wear it, it''s only a souvenir]: soren Ace looked at the mask and then at his teacher, he then took the mask in hand and placed it on his head having it tilt off to the side. He then gave Soren a smile and said. [I like it¡­ I will wear it wherever I go, and in turn leave the name of the Blue Reaper''s disciple]: ace Soren saw how Ace liked the present and gave a smile, he then cleared his throat and gave Ace a last set of encouraging words. [The ship we came in on¡­ Take it and start your journey, take the lead for now but do remember that Luffy is right behind you]: soren Ace gave Soren a thankful smile and left the room where Soren and Luffy stood, Soren then looked at Luffy and spoke. [It will be sad at first but in 3 years you will be able to go find him if you want]: soren Luffy saw Soren''s concern and then spoke up to clear the air. [No¡­ I''m not sad, I am just a bit mad that he gets to have the chance to become Pirate King before I do]: luffy Chapter 86 - Dragon’s Emergency [Hey Dragon, what will we be doing today?]: ??? A boy with blonde hair asked a man with tattoos that covered from the left side of his face going down his left arm, when the man named Dragon looked at the blonde boy he gave him a slight smile and spoke. [Today is your 17th birthday Sabo, you should be wanting to spend it taking the day off]: dragon The boy known as Sabo gave Dragon a look of contemplation before he spoke up refuting Dragons words. [But something deep inside of me tells me that I need to train even harder¡­ I have had this feeling ever since I woke up in my room 3 years ago]: sabo For 3 years Sabo has trained diligently with Dragon and everyone else in the Revolutionary Army, and it was now his 3rd year anniversary of when he was saved and made a member of the Revolutionary Army. [Sabo¡­ You can''t always spend your life training, if you did that you might end up dying from overworking one day]: dragon Dragon tried to make Sabo take the day off and enjoy his 17th birthday but there was nothing that Dragon could say to change Sabo''s mind. [No¡­ I have this feeling that I need to beat someone¡­ I just can''t remember who¡­]: sabo [Sabo¡­ Just go practice with a sword or something]: dragon Dragon couldn''t help but feel bad for Sabo, he knew that his son Luffy was one of his sworn brothers and watched as Sabo was shot, all he could do was try and save Sabo. But what Dragon didn''t expect was for Sabo to lose his memory, Sabo was shot in the gut and thrown into the ocean, so Dragon''s only answer was that Sabo hit his head on a reef or something. Dragon then took Sabo and raised him to work in the Revolutionary Army, he never told Sabo about Luffy and Ace for the sole reason of letting him get his memories back on his own. [Don''t worry Dragon I will train my hardest today as well¡­ But who can I spar with? I beat everyone here and can get no more out of them]: sabo Sabo''s words broke Dragon out of his thought process and made him speechless, Sabo had already beaten every member of the Revolutionary Army except him himself. Dragon then came up with an idea and spoke. [How about we spar, and if you can beat me I will let you be the leader of the Revolutionary Army]: dragon Sabo''s eyes sparkled when he heard Dragon''s words and he lunged at the opportunity and said eagerly. [Now don''t complain when I beat you too, I haven''t stopped training for 3 years since the last time we spared]: sabo When Sabo first woke up he was met with Dragon and didn''t know where he was, so the only thing that Sabo thought was to fight with the person before him. Sabo lost miserably, and from that day forth Sabo would challenge Dragon every week only to be declined with the only words said "Go train harder before you challenge me again" and now 3 years later Dragon issued the challenge, so Sabo was excited at this moment. [Watch what you wish for Sabo, or you might be disappointed]: dragon Sabo readied himself as Dragon took out a sword of his own, they then faced each other, and as they eyed each other to find any weak points Sabo was the first to strike. [Bad move Sabo, now you are open]: dragon Dragon had deliberately left an opening to draw in Sabo, and as he saw that his trap worked he corrected himself to strike but what Dragon didn''t expect was that Sabo knew his plan and at the last second Sabo took his weight trained body and used all his force to jump straight over Dragon and his attack only to appear behind him. [This is your opening Dragon! Now I will be the leader]: sabo As Sabo was gloating about his position in their fight Dragon quickly fixed his position and ruined Sabo''s plan, Dragon was now facing Sabo again. [You talk too much Sabo¡­ If this were a real fight and you did that you could die]: dragon Dragon gave Sabo advice about how he was going about the battle only for Sabo to speak and correct Dragon. [I know this, but this is not a battle¡­ It''s a spar, if I wanted to, I could have stayed quiet and struck but then the battle would be no fun]: sabo Dragon was surprised with Sabo''s words, he then thought to himself. ''Is this personality from that weird teacher of his?'': dragon Dragon had only known about all of this due to the trip he made to watch over Luffy, and when Dragon saw a mysterious man training all of them he felt better and decided to leave Luffy in his capable hands. [So will you take this fight seriously?]: sabo Sabo antagonised Dragon and told him to fight seriously, and once Dragon heard those words he felt that Sabo was being too cocky so he decided to take off the training wheels and fight Sabo seriously. [Now don''t complain when I mop the floor with you young Sabo]: dragon Dragon then started using his King''s Haki to suppress Sabo, but Sabo wasn''t ready for it and ultimately lost his balance sending him to one knee. Dragon saw this and rushed towards the fallen Sabo and pointed the tip of his blade towards Sabo''s throat. Sabo at this moment looked up at Dragon and all he said was one word. [Sensei?... AGHHH]: sabo Sabo then grabbed his head and started to roll on the ground and scream in pain, Dragon saw this and quickly grabbed him and brought him to his room. It was also at this point that Sabo passed out and didn''t wake up, even after 2 weeks Sabo was still unconscious. Dragon felt that it had something to do with the pressure Sabo felt from him and something to do with that teacher of his. [I need to find that teacher¡­ If Sabo doesn''t wake up on his own, maybe that teacher can do something]: dragon Dragon gave the unconscious Sabo one last look before he put on his hood and left the room to go do something, but even after 6 more days passed Sabo still had not woken up and Dragon had left the Revolutionary Army base in search of something or someone. Nobody knew anything that was going on at the moment and only hoped for Dragon''s safe return and for Sabo to get better soon. But on the island closest to Foosha Village there was a 14 year old boy and a grown man training in the woods, the boy was sitting down cross legged with a blindfold on while the grown man held a thick wooden stick in his hand, he was speaking to the boy while sometimes swinging the stick and hitting the boy on his head. [Luffy¡­ Picture where I will strike¡­ Once you do that you will no longer get hit]: ??? [I can''t Sensei!... It''s too har- Ow!]: luffy Soren was then hit on the head once more with a stick. Soren was with Luffy out in the woods, and Soren was trying to help Luffy grasp even the tiniest bit of Observation Haki. But even after 3 weeks of this all Luffy accomplished was to add more bumps on his head, Soren even thought about taking him to Rayleigh, but after consideration on where Rayleigh was and how it would be pointless to go poke that beast Soren put it to the back of his mind. [Luffy, Practice harder and dodge the strikes, I will start making them hurt if you don''t]: soren Soren had thought that one of the reasons Luffy wasn''t grasping Observation Haki was due to the fact that he wasn''t in any kind of pain or danger, even with Soren hitting Luffy on his head Luffy felt nothing because his body was made of rubber. But if Soren had added Armament Haki to the stick and then hit Luffy, then it would be a different story. But right before Soren could start introducing Haki filled attacks he could feel someone watching him, Soren then got curious and went to check it out. [Luffy¡­ Take a break, I will be back shortly]: soren Soren then took off towards the person who was watching them. Chapter 87 - Talk with Dragon [Wha!?... Where did he go?]: ??? The person who was watching Soren and Luffy was now wondering where the man in question had disappeared to, Soren was standing there in one second then he disappeared in the next and when Soren did this it confused the person who was observing Soren. [Are you looking for me?]: soren The man who was searching around for the missing Soren was spooked when he heard someone speak from behind him, he quickly turned to meet the person. [How did you?... Nevermind¡­ I need your help]: ??? Soren knew instantly who the person in the hood was from his voice and the slightly visible tattoos on his face. The person in question was indeed Dragon, but what stumped Soren was that Dragon was asking him for help. [Who are you and why should I help you?]: soren Soren decided to play stuipd and ask Dragon his name, but Soren was also very curious about what Dragon wanted his help with. Soren''s only option at this point was to ask who he was and what his goal was, and when Dragon heard the question he thought for a moment before speaking. [... I¡­ My name is Dragon, I have been taking care of one of your students]: dragon Soren knew he was talking about Sabo but still asked. [You have Ace?... Man, it''s only been 3 weeks and he is already under someone else¡­ These are very sad times]: soren Dragon heard Soren''s claims and seen the fake cries on his face, he then spoke up and told Soren who he was really taking care of. [No¡­ I have Sabo under my custody¡­ And I have been training him for 3 years now]: dragon Soren removed his fake tears about Ace and gave a fake gasp before speaking. [*Gasp*... How dare you try to claim tutelage over a dead student of mine¡­ I should kill you for disgracing his death with your words]: soren Soren gave no room for Dragon to speak as he continued telling the sad story of how Sabo had died 3 years back, even with Soren knowing the truth and how Dragon truly did have Sabo, but he wanted to find out more about why Soren''s assistance was needed for Sabo. [You got it all wrong¡­ I rescued Sabo when those pirates had left¡­ I only came here because Sabo fell ill just a couple of weeks ago]: dragon Soren thought about it for a moment before speaking up. [And what happened that is so bad that only "I" could help him? If it is an illness then shouldn''t the great leader of the Revolutionary Army be capable of ridding Sabo of this illness?]: soren [How did you¡­ Never mind that¡­ It''s not just an illness, something is keeping him from awakening from his coma]: dragon [And what makes you think I can awaken him?]: soren Soren was now wondering the same thing. Why is Sabo in a coma, and why does Dragon think that he can wake him from it. Dragon then started going into detail about the events leading up to Sabo''s current state. [Sabo has lost all previous memories of everything before he woke up in the Revolutionary Army. He would always train his hardest and never take breaks, but just 3 weeks ago I had accepted the challenge to become his sparring partner, and I used some King''s Haki to beat him¡­ After I did that he mumbled one word¡­ "Sensei" then he passed out and has yet to awaken, I came here because of that one word]: dragon Soren heard out Dragon and thought it over himself, after some thinking he came up with a rough idea of Sabo''s situation. [I believe that Sabo has gone through some kind of Subconscious backlash of some sort]: soren When Dragon heard Soren''s words he gave Soren a questioning look and asked. [So are you saying that he is unconscious because his brain is trying to remember something?]: dragon Soren gave Dragon a smile before it disappeared and he spoke like he knew exactly what was going on, even though he had no clue. [Not something¡­ Everything¡­ When Sabo wakes up he will remember everything that happened before he woke up in your care¡­ Hopefully]: soren [What was that last thing?]: dragon [Nothing¡­ Here''s the deal¡­ I will come with you, but I need to tell Luffy first]: soren Dragon gave Soren a worried look but before he could say anything Soren relieved him of his worry. [I won''t tell him about Sabo or that your his father¡­ I just need to give him his tasks until I get back]: soren Dragon''s mouth dropped when he heard Soren out him as being Luffy''s dad, he then quickly questioned Soren. [How do you know these things? Are you some kind of spy?]: dragon Soren gave a slight smile and spoke. [You could say that I''m something similar to a spy, but I don''t work for anyone¡­ If I am hired I can do things like getting information all the way up to killing targeted people]: soren Dragon looked at Soren with weary eyes, he felt that Soren might just be one of the most dangerous people in the entire world. And what made it worse was that he worked for no specific organization, that meant that he may be enemies with someone but turn around to be allies the next day. [So why were you helping my son and his friends?]: dragon [Well it''s a bit complicated¡­ You see I was neither contracted nor paid to train him¡­ I was just asked by a friend to help him grow up. I initiated the training all on my own]: soren [I just have one last question then¡­]: dragon Soren looked at Dragon and then nodded his head giving Dragon the go ahead to ask the question, when Dragon got the okay he spoke. [Do you care for my son?]: dragon Soren thought about it for a moment before answering which made Dragon feel uneasy but he was relieved when he heard Soren''s next words. [If you are asking if I would ever fulfill a target request that was placed on Luffy then no¡­ But¡­ If there was ever a time where Luffy was in trouble I would let him deal with it on his own¡­ Luffy is a strong boy with a bright future, if I step in at every turn then he would never grow and always rely on me or others to get something done¡­ So do I care about him?... I guess you could say so, but I will never help him through his own battles]: soren [That''s good¡­ You are a bright teacher and I am glad that you are the one who is to teach Luffy¡­ I could think of no better teacher]: dragon [Why thank you for those kind words, but I am no great teacher¡­ I only live day by day and help my friends gather strength¡­ I will go inform Luffy of my departure and we will leave from there, I will be back in 30 minutes]: soren Soren went back to Luffy who was practicing with his Devil Fruit ability and told him of his leave, Soren then set up some quick Haki practice methods such as swinging logs and falling sand bags, Soren then went back home to inform Misha to watch over Soren while he was gone. [don''t worry Husband¡­ Misha will make sure Luffy doesn''t get hurt too badly]: misha Soren then left his home after he changed his clothes into that of his Black trench coat and pants along with a Blue shirt, then went back to Dragon. Chapter 88 - Sabo wakes up When Soren got back to where Dragon was told to wait he could see Dragon looking over Luffy. Soren then walked up behind him and spoke. [Why do you choose to stay out of his life?]: soren Dragon quickly turned around only to meet with Soren wearing a Black trench coat with Black pants and a Blue shirt, this was all accompanied by a White mask with Teal markings. [What is this outfit?]: dragon Soren took off his mask and Dragon watched as it disappeared into thin air, and before any questions could rise Soren spoke about the current situation. [We should hurry and go see what''s wrong with Sabo]: soren Dragon snapped out of his daze and started to bring Soren to his hidden ship. When Soren and Dragon made it to the place where the ship was docked Soren could see that it wasn''t a big ship nor was it flashing any insignia, the ship was just big enough to fit 4-8 people. [It will take us 3 days to get to our base, I want you to promise to keep the area disclosed]: dragon Dragon told Soren that all the information he was about to find out needed to be kept with utmost secrecy, even though Soren already knew this he decided to keep a secret. [No need to worry¡­ I have never told secrets to those I have not deemed worthy to know said secrets]: soren Dragon still felt wary about letting Soren know where the base was but decided that Sabo was more important, Dragon then started to disembark the ship from the dock and set sail towards the Revolutionary Armies base of operations. It was also at this time that the System sounded out inside of Soren''s mind. {DING!... HIDDEN MISSION STARTED¡­(Save Sabo) HOST HAS TO BRING (Sabo) BACK FROM HIS SUBCONSCIOUS WORLD¡­} Soren was a bit surprised by the System ringing out because he had only been training and did nothing major for 6 years, so he only ever heard the system when he was checking his status. Soren checked all the requirements to the mission and felt happy when he saw the rewards, the only problem was the backlash if he doesn''t save Sabo. {Mission- Save Sabo :Rank: S+ Rewards: System Points: 400.000, Original ¨­ Wazamono sword, Random Devil Fruit Fail Consequences: Host will not be able to Train for 3 years, System will not be available to Host for 10 years, reduction of All of Host points, Sabo dies} Soren was surprised that the Rewards and Consequences for this mission were Big for the rank level. This made Soren think that Sabo''s condition was worse than he originally thought, Soren then spent the rest of the trip in Ki meditation to bring up his power. [Soren, were here]: dragon Dragon and Soren had just arrived after a 3 day trip to the Revolutionary Army, over this 3 day period of time Dragon tried to get to know Soren to try and grasp his thought process, but all Dragon could get was his name. Soren then came out of the cabin, stretching his arms into the air, Dragon saw this and only thought that Soren was too careless, Dragon thought that if he had any intentions of killing Soren that due to Soren''s carelessness Soren would have died more than 100 times. [So where is Sabo? I want to see him right away]: soren Dragon then took Soren to where Sabo and the rest of the Revolutionary Army were, as Dragon walked through the base with Soren following behind him they all thought Dragon had left to get a doctor. What the group of Rebels didn''t know was that Soren was Sabo''s previous teacher and was only here to see if he could save Sabo. [This is Sabo''s room¡­ He still has yet to show any sign of waking up]: RA doctor Soren and Dragon entered Sabo''s room, and when everyone saw Dragon and saw that he was accompanied by a stranger they had questions, but before they could ask those questions Soren spoke up. [Everyone will leave this room and let me try to help Sabo through this]: soren Everyone had questioning looks but did as the stranger said and left the room, the only people left in the room were Soren, Dragon and Sabo. Soren then turned to Dragon and said. [That means you too¡­ Don''t worry, I will bring him through this]: soren Dragon then gave Soren a look before he turned around and left the room just like the others, and now only Soren and Sabo were left, Soren walked over to Sabo''s side and put his hand on his forehead. [Strange¡­ He is not sick¡­ So it is as I thought, Sabo is going through a deep Subconscious break]: soren Soren then leaned in towards Sabo''s ear and started speaking. [Sabo¡­ You dare not greet your Sensei when he comes to visit?]: soren Soren gave a slight chuckle, for it was only words that he thought would not work even in a hundred years, but something shocked Soren when Sabo started to sweat and mumble some words that not even Soren could understand. [Is my voice like some kind of activator?]: soren Soren then started to talk once more. [Sabo¡­ Do you remember the time we first met? Misha and I dropped in on You, Ace and Luffy doing your daily training. You all questioned me even when I said I was friends with Shanks, and the only way to get you guys to believe me was for you to attack me]: soren Soren finished his memory of their first encounter, Soren then looked at Sabo and could see his pained expression starting to clear up. Soren then started to continue his story of the 3 years they spent together. [You guys still hadn''t seen me as your teacher until I showed you my prowess, I went so far as to make you collapse from the pressure. It was only at that point that you guys seen me as a monster, and that''s also when I became your teacher officially]: soren Soren started to tell Sabo all about the times they spent together, good and bad, and after about an hour Soren got to the day Sabo died. [You 3 were supposed to meet up with me like normal but Luffy never showed, I then found out you guys were practicing to become pirates early. So as punishment I sent you and Ace to so rescue Luffy. But when Ace and Luffy came back alone I inquired where you were only to find out that you were dead, I took vengeance and killed those pirates and left Foosha Village with Ace and Luffy]: soren Soren could visually see Sabo started to come to but was still in an unconscious state, Soren decided to give Sabo that last push and introduce his memories. [It was only 3 days ago that I found out you were not dead when Dragon came to find me, I then came here to help you. You are one of my best students so you need to come back and live out your life]: soren Soren''s words snapped Sabo out of his state as all of his memories came flooding into him, he then shot up with the biggest gasp for breath. And the only words that came from Sabo''s mouth were. [Sensei!]: sabo Sabo scanned the room and could tell where he was, but the person he was remembering was nowhere to be seen. [Was that all a dream?]: sabo Sabo''s shout was heard by everyone outside of the room and everyone ran into the room to see what happened, only to see Sabo in there alone with no sign of the stranger in sight, Soren had left the second Sabo was better. Chapter 89 - Famous Person {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR COMPLETING MISSION AND RESCUING (Sabo) MISSION PASSED WITH A (S+) RATING REWARDING HOST WITH REWARDS¡­ HOST NOW HAS 930.000 System Points¡­ HOST CAN ALSO RECLAIM A RANDOM (¨­ Wazamono sword) AND ONE RANDOM (Devil Fruit) WILL HOST DRAW NOW?} Before Soren could think about using his rewards he noticed Sabo was about to wake up, Soren quickly turned into lightning and disappeared from the room. Soren didn''t want to be the reason Sabo left the Revolutionary Army if that was Sabo''s choice after he woke up, so Soren made the choice to leave and let Sabo continue down whatever path he wanted to go down. Soren made his way down towards the docking bay where him and Dragon came in from, Soren didn''t want to use a bunch of stamina lunging himself across the oceans with his Spirit Control ability so Soren started manipulating the Ki in his body and slowly began to rise off the ground. {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR ADDING (Flight) SKILL TO YOUR SKILL LIST} Soren was caught off guard by the system notification and fell, and after some quiet mumbling Soren then started focusing on making lift off, and right when he was able to get around 15 feet into the air. {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR LEVELING UP (Flight)} Soren then fell to the ground once more and this time he was mad, he started to shout. [You are doing this on purpose, aren''t you?]: soren {...} The system had indeed done that on purpose because the mumblings that came from Soren''s mouth earlier were on the lines of "Stuiped System, made me lose concentration". Soren then got up off the ground and brushed himself off, focused the Ki towards his feet for the third time and slowly began to rise, once he reached around 15 feet Soren began to be wary of the System for any notifications. As he raised even higher than 20 feet with no notifications Soren felt safe and started to use more focused Ki to blast off back towards his home. [Wow¡­ This is much faster than even when I run, I see why Goku and gang would rather fly then run everywhere]: soren Soren was going around Mach 1 and made it back to the island where Misha and Luffy were, in around 1.5 hours, the Revolutionary Army base wasn''t too far from Foosha Village and the Island that Soren resided on. When Soren landed he went back towards the Inn that Luffy, Misha and he were staying at, and when he opened the door, he was attacked by a naked Misha who could feel his presence when Soren had gotten back. [Missed me that much? I''ve only been gone for a couple of days]: soren [And a couple of days left Misha really dry]: misha Soren could sense how horny Misha was and only now realized now that he and Misha would have sex almost daily, sometimes more then once a day. Even with all the sex Soren still has yet to actually impregnate her though, Soren then colsed the door and took off his clothes and started his fun with Misha, and it only ended once the sun started going down, mind you it was about mid day when they started. [I need to go check how Luffy is doing, I will be back later]: soren After Soren said that Misha started moving her naked body off of Soren to let him up, but as she went to get up she gave a groan and looked down at what pained her, Soren looked down as well, and what he saw made his face a bit red from embarrassment. Misha''s whole crotch was red from how raw she became after their session and Soren''s dick was still inside her, the slight movement she made to move gave her pain from the 13 inch Dragon making his exit. [Do you need time to ease the pain?]: soren [No¡­ Misha will just move quickly and deal with the pain]: misha After Misha said that she quickly rolled off of Soren and as his Dong slide out it made a *Plop* sound and the white fluid oozed out, Soren was beyond embarrassed but put it out of his mind due to the fact that this has happened for years now. Soren then got up as Misha groaned while grabbing at her crotch in pain, Soren then went into the bathroom to take a shower. After he was done he came out fully dressed and covered Misha with a sheet before leaving as the hallway was crowded for some reason, and when he opened the door, everyone was facing the room opposite of Soren''s room, but when Misha let out a groan that had a hint of pleasure in it someone turned to face Soren as he was closing the door. [Dude¡­ Was she good?]: not so innocent bystander Soren just gave him a death stare and said. [Well she is my wife, and I would like you to keep your dirty thoughts to yourself¡­ Also, what''s with the crowd?]: soren The man quickly apologized for his comment, and then started explaining why there were a bunch of people outside in the hallway. [We have a famous person in town today¡­ Didn''t you know?]: might be innocent bystander Soren gave the man a nod when the man apologized and then shook his head when he heard the term famous person, as far as Soren knew the only kind of famous people in the One Piece world were Pirates, Marines and Singers. Soren then threw the thought to the back of his mind and turned to leave but as he was going to head down stairs Soren released his Observation Haki and saw the man that spoke to him start heading towards the room Misha was still in. Soren then used Gravity Magic and made the door weigh 10,000 pounds, and Soren continued down to the lobby, the man on the other hand looked both ways until looking back towards Soren''s door and spoke to himself. ''That idiot didn''t lock his door¡­ This is my chance¡­ She must be hot, she sounded hot¡­ And that guy wasn''t to bad himself'': soon to be dead bystander Then the man twisted the handle to Soren''s door and saw that the knob turned, but as he pushed there was no response from the door. [Come on!... Open!]: soon to be dead bystander The guy kept pushing, and pushing some more but there was no way the door was going to open, so he gave a sigh and turned to go back to looking along with the crowd at the famous person''s room. And then it hit him. [Wait!... There is still a keyhole!]: soon to be dead bystander The man bent down to look through the keyhole only to see a dark figure, then he thought to himself. ''This is it!¡­ I''m going to get a show!'': soon to be dead bystander As he started trying to get a better view, he could see a figure start moving, the man thought that the God''s were looking down upon him and granting him a gift for his kind words to that man by letting him see the man''s wife. [This is-... Wait What?]: now dead bystander Right before he could finish his words the man who thought he was going to get a nice show was now dead and what killed him was the tip of a knife that was rammed through the keyhole and into the man''s brain killing him. Soren then opened the door from inside and the man slumped over dead, Soren kicked him out of the room and walked out once again closing the door behind him this time locking it and went to where Luffy should be training. [I can''t believe I forgot to lock the door¡­ Well nevermind, I caught a pervert and got rid of him]: soren Soren then left the Inn and made his way towards Luffy. When Soren got there he could see Luffy dodging some swing logs with a blindfold and felt like the training was starting to pay off. As Soren quietly walked up to him not making a sound but not hiding his presence Soren took a stick off of the ground and swung it towards Luffy hitting him in the head. [Oww!... Who did that?]: luffy Luffy took off the blindfold and Soren was surprised, why didn''t Luffy dodged that attack like the others? Soren had this question but decided to ask after he opened his rewards from his last mission. Chapter 90 - The Story Starts Now Soren walked past Luffy and sat down under a tree that was near where Luffy was training. Luffy thought that Soren not say anything when he questioned him on why he was hit was due to a test that Luffy failed and accepted the hit, Luffy then went back to training leaving Soren under the tree to watch. ''Sakura¡­ Can I open the rewards now'': soren {DING!... HOST CAN OPEN THE REWARDS} Soren could somehow hear the sarcasm in the systems mechanical voice and realized that he made the system mad at him, Soren then cleared the air and apologized to Sakura. ''I''m sorry I made you angry, and I can only truly apologize if I knew what made you angry in the first place'': soren {HOST KNOWS BUT THE SYSTEM WILL REMIND HOST¡­ HOST HAS DISREGARDED THE SYSTEM FOR YEARS AND HAS CONTINUOUSLY PAID MORE ATTENTION TO (Misha) THAN TO THE THING THAT HAS BEEN WITH HOST SINCE BIRTH¡­ THE SYSTEM FELT THAT HOST HAD FEELINGS FOR THE SYSTEM WHEN YOU NAMED IT (Sakura) BUT WHEN THE SYSTEM DID A SEARCH RECENTLY THE SYSTEM FOUND OUT THAT (Sakura) IS A USELESS FEMALES NAME¡­ IS THE SYSTEM USELESS TO HOST? AND THEN HOST CALLS THE SYSTEM STUPID FOR GIVING A NOTIFICATION OF HOST PROGRESS AND SUCCESS¡­ THEN TELL THE SYSTEM¡­ TELL ME SAKURA¡­ DOES HOST CARE FOR ME AT ALL!?} Soren was stumped, he never thought that Sakura had feelings as a machine. All this time he thought Sakura was just there for his growth and nothing more, he never even thought it had even a conscious, and all Soren thought at the time when naming Sakura was that almost all the books he read about someone getting a System in another world, the Main Character would name the said System. Soren then broke out of his thought process and spoke to Sakura. ''Sakura¡­ I never thought you were sentient, and I only gave you a name because of the novels I read, all of those Main Characters would name their System¡­ And feelings?'': soren Soren took a moment to think about this before he spoke the truth about how he felt. Sakura was also waiting with anticipation, and should Soren say the wrong thing she would strike him into ashes right now. Soren then felt resolution and spoke. ''Sakura¡­ I care for¡­ You are right next to Misha with how much I care for you, and what you said is true. You have been with me since the beginning and I have mistreated you¡­ If I could change it I would¡­'': soren Before Soren could finish his words Sakura sounded out. {DING!... HOST HAS 2 WISHES REMAINING¡­} Soren quickly cut her off and spoke. ''No!... I mean¡­ I would but it would be a waist of a wish, and I could make up for it now¡­ Sakura¡­ Thank you, for everything¡­ Please forgive me for being an asshole'': soren Sakura thought about it for a moment which made Soren a bit worried about what she would say, but then everything was better when she sounded out inside his head. {DING!... HOST IS NOT AN ASSHOLE¡­ SAKURA FORGIVES HOST FOR EVERYTHING¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE TO OPEN THOSE REWARDS NOW?} Soren felt way better and quickly said yes and Sakura started opening the rewards. {DING!... HOST HAS OPENED THE RANDOM (¨­ Wazamono sword) AND HAS RECEIVED (Kitetsu ¨­ Wazamono) HOST HAS OPENED A RANDOM (Devil Fruit) AND RECEIVED (Dark- Dark Fruit)} When Soren saw his first reward he got excited, Kitetsu is one of the top 12 swords that Zoro wields when he joins Luffy''s crew. And when Soren saw his next reward he was shocked, he quickly asked Sakura. ''How did I get this fruit? Doesn''t Black Beard own this fruit?'': soren {DING!... YES¡­ THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DIRECTLY INTERFERE WITH THIS WORLDS LAWS DUE TO HOST BEING ABLE TO LEAVE, THEREFORE IF HOST DIES THE FRUIT WILL NEVER APPEAR AGAIN. SO THE SYSTEM HAS A RECREATION OF ALL THE FRUITS IN THIS WORLD MAKING HOST ABLE TO POSSESS A FRUIT THAT IS ALREADY IN USE} Soren thought this was one of the coolest things ever, Soren even started thinking about all the fruits he wants to get in the future. Soren then snapped out of his stupor and opened the store to get a fruit stabilizer so he can consume the Dark-Dark Fruit. {HOST HAS BOUGHT 1 STABILIZER FOR (300.000 System Points) HOST REMAINING POINTS IS (630.000 System Points)} Soren quickly used the stabilizer and ate the fruit, it also tasted like he was biting into a pile of shit, it''s taste was sour and rotten, it left Soren''s tongue with a tingling sensation. Soren almost threw up, his actions caught Luffy''s eyes and Luffy ran over to see what was up. [Are you okay Sensei? You look sick¡­ Do I need to go get Misha?]: luffy [No¡­ I''m fine, I just ate a rotten fruit]: soren Luffy calmed down when he heard Soren say it was just from a bad fruit, he then got up to go back to training when Soren stopped him. [Luffy¡­ Why didn''t you dodge my attack earlier?]: soren Luffy looked at him with question marks in his face and said. [Because I couldn''t see Sensei]: luffy Soren was stumped and asked Luffy a question to see if his theory is correct. [Then how are you doing so well dodging the swing logs and falling sand bags?]: soren Luffy just looked at Soren and stated with a proud smile on his face. [I just remembered how they fell and at what times¡­ Did I do good Sensei?]: luffy Soren was surprised and quickly threw a nearby stick towards Luffy which Luffy dodged by a hair, Soren then shouted. [You are not supposed to remember their pattern! You are supposed to feel where they are coming from]: soren Luffy gave Soren a dumb face, Soren could see that Luffy didn''t get what he was trying to convey. Soren then got up and took out his new Katana known as Kitetsu and slashed out towards the swinging logs and falling sand bags. This slash tore everything down in seconds, Soren then sheathed his sword and spoke towards Luffy in a demonic voice. [You are not training hard enough¡­ I will now make your life hell]: soren Luffy didn''t get what Soren was trying to do, so he just gave Soren a "Ha?" which made Soren furious and that was the start of a hellish 3 years. [Sensei¡­ I''m going to set out now, I will go find Ace and show him my new skills]: luffy It has been 3 years since that day when Soren flipped out on Luffy for being an idiot, Soren was now standing with Misha to his side and Luffy before them with his Straw hat, Red vest and Blue shorts. [Remember what I taught you please¡­ I won''t be able to face Shanks again if you die the first week on the seas]: soren Luffy gave him a playful laugh because he thought Soren was joking with him, but Soren was all too serious. Soren then walked forwards to his student and pulled out a mask from his storage and handed it to him with a small message. [This will help you on your journey¡­ Wear it with pride!]: soren Chapter 91 - New Member Luffy took the mask from Soren and placed it on top of his Straw hat, Luffy now looked like a badass from the way he wore the mask on the Straw hat. [You look like a true pirate now Luffy¡­ Go become pirate king]: soren Soren placed his hand on top of Luffy''s head as he gave those encouraging words to his graduate, Soren then removed his hand and sent him off. [Go explore the world, I will meet you from time to time so always be ready for my arrival as I might drop by when you are out at sea]: soren Luffy was wiping the tears from his eyes and taking in every bit of information Soren gave him, Luffy then gave Soren a hug and left towards the dock to see if he could hitch a ride. After Luffy was out of sight Soren turned around to head back towards the Inn, and when Misha saw Soren she could see a tear in his eye. [Why is Husband crying? Husband never cries]: misha Soren just took her in his arms and whispered in her ear. [I have been with him for 9 years, I see him as my own son]: soren Misha thought about this and realized that Soren spent most of his time with Luffy when they would train. And now even Misha was feeling a little heartbroken from Luffy''s departure, she then whispered in Soren''s ear to cheer him up. [How about we go make a Son for you then]: misha Soren took his head off of Misha''s shoulder and gave her a smile, they both then went back to the Inn and made love for 4 hours. After their intense love making, Soren and Misha took a shower and packed their stuff to leave the Inn. Going down stairs Soren was greeted by the owner of the Inn and had his last conversation with him. [It won''t be as quiet without you around anymore¡­ But we all have our own paths and you are now taking a new road, I wish you luck]: owner [Don''t fret Old man, I might be back in the future]: soren The old man gave Soren a smile, but is soon disappeared and the man then turned around to grab something, he returned with a sword in his hands and spoke. [I want you to take my daughter with you on your trip along with this sword¡­ My days are short and I don''t want anything bad to happen to my daughter once I''m gone so I beg of you¡­ Take her with you]: owner Soren looked at the old man and then at the girl who was hiding around the corner with tears in her eyes, Soren then looked back at the old man who was bowing with a sword facing him. Soren then put his hand on the old man''s shoulder and spoke. [Please¡­ Don''t bow to me, I will take care of your daughter for you, I will not let anything bad happen to her. I promise you this]: soren Then the old man stood straight up and thanked Soren while placing the sword into Soren''s hands while stating the origins of his sword. [Thank you Soren¡­ I want you to take this sword and teach my daughter how to wield it, this is the last request of a father to a friend. This sword is also a bit famous¡­ My father''s father got it from a man who he happened to save from major wounds. The man told my grandpa that the sword was a blessed sword and that it would only have the one it deems it''s owner wield it, then the man proceeded to bargain with the blessed sword to only take members of my family as future wielders. The sword accepted and is now passed down to our 4th generation]: owner Soren then took the sword from the old man and held it in his hands. Soren could feel the strong power coming from the sword and proceeded to try and pull the sword from its sheath. [Wait don''t do-]: owner The old man tried to warn Soren but it was too late, Soren then pulled the sword and looked at the old man with the sword drawn and spoke. [What? Is there a problem?]: soren The old man was shocked to see the sword accept Soren and let Soren draw it from the scabbard, the old man then spoke with a stutter. [T-the s-sword has c-chosen you¡­ Y-you must t-teach my daughter t-to wield t-this sword please]: owner The old man then started prostrating on the ground which caught everyone who was present in the main lobby of the Inn to notice and focus on Soren, Soren then quickly stopped the old man and spoke giving reassurance to the man. [I already told you I would take responsibility for your daughter¡­ So please stand up and give face to men world wide]: soren The old man stood up once more and gave Soren a hug, to which Soren put a stop to immediately, he then looked towards the corner where the girl was hiding and waved her to come towards him. [Young one¡­ How old are you?]: soren The girl who arrived in front of Soren was scared so she quickly answered and bit her tongue. [Yesh!... Oww!... I''m 24]: girl Soren thought about it for a bit and thought she looked younger than she actually was, Soren put that to the back of his mind and asked. [What is your name?]: soren The girl who was rubbing her tongue heard Soren and spoke once more but was careful not to bite her tongue this time. [My name is Karin]: karin Soren then turned his gaze from Karin back to the old man and spoke. [I will take care of Karin and make her a strong person]: soren The old man was eternally grateful, he even tried to kowtow towards Soren but Soren didn''t let him do so. Soren then walked up to Karin with the sword that the old man had given to him and handed it to her. He then turned around with Misha and started to leave the Inn, Karin was still in shock due to how handsome Soren was and how he could give such a distant feeling. While she was in her daze Soren turned around and spoke which woke Karin up from her thoughts. [We are leaving¡­ Are you coming or not?]: soren Karin woke from her daze and ran towards Soren with her sword almost falling from her grasp, all Soren said after seeing that would then cement Karin to her fate. [Looks like I have to teach you how to hold a sword first]: soren Soren said this as a joke but Karin had a blush appear on her face which told Soren that he was right, Soren was surprised that Karin had never even held a sword before. Soren then took both Misha and Karin down to the docks where Soren had bought a small ship that could accommodate 10 people and had a training room. [Wow¡­ How much did Husband spend on this ship?]: misha [Just 2 million barries, nothing much¡­ I could have gotten a cheaper one but this was the only small ship that had a training room]: soren Misha heard Soren''s words and only nodded to them, Soren then looked over at Karin and spoke which frightened her a bit. [I will make you a regimen that you will follow daily¡­ From there you will do small tasks that will build your stamina and willpower, at times you might even think I am torturing you¡­ So I will ask you once and only once¡­ Do you want to train under me still?]: soren Karin thought about it for a moment and was kind of scared to accept Soren''s offer when she heard that her training would feel like torture to her, and after a good 3 minutes of thinking Karin then spoke up. [I-I-I¡­ I will accept your training Master! Please teach me how to fend for myself and protect my friends and family]: Karin Chapter 92 - 1 Year later It has been a couple of months since Luffy made his debut and Soren set sail with Misha and Karin, and at this moment Karin was swinging a cheap sword that Soren had gotten from a group of pirates who tried to rob their ship a couple of weeks back. The reason Karin was swinging a cheap sword was due to her control, it was practically nil, the first day of Karin''s training Soren let her practice with her sword to get used to swinging it, but when she slashed downwards the sword flew out of her hands and went overboard. Soren quickly saw this and jumped into the water to get it before it sunk to the bottom, and after Soren brought it back up the sword started to glow and burn Soren''s hand which let him know it was angry, Soren then gave Karin a wooden sword to use. [Karin! Put your dominant foot forward and tighten your grasp onto the handle like your life depends on it, because in some cases it does]: soren Soren was lying down on a wooden beam that was next to the crows nest on a ship looking into the sky, Soren was also using Observation Haki to watch all the movements Karin was making and could clearly see every mistake, but slowly after every day would pass she would get better and better. After 3 more months Soren was in his same position next to the crows nest when a seagull had flown over his ship and dropped the news paper, Soren quickly got up and grabbed it. Soren then opened the paper and right there on the cover was an annoying yet funny face, Soren then let out a smile as he knew who this person was. [Luffy you are causing trouble and bringing me along with you]: soren The picture was of Luffy being placed in the same spot that Gold D. Rogers was executed in with the same thing about to happen to him. Soren could see the bright smile on his face with the mask that he had given to Luffy off to the side of his Straw hat, with the news paper read as so. -Breaking News! Pirate Monkey D. Luffy has declared his journey to become the King of Pirates and find the One Piece, but when his life was going to be ended soon after that declaration Monkey D. Luffy gave a smile to everyone there and waited for his death. Only to be saved by a freakish lightning strike that destroyed the execution tower freeing Monkey D. Luffy and leaving Buggy the Pirate in the rubble. Monkey D. Luffy then fled town with his crew in hand comprised of Roronoa Zoro, Nami, Usopp and Sanji. They all fled to their ship and left, and now the new pirate known as Monkey D. Luffy now has a bounty of 30,000,000 berries- [Looks like you finally got some friends to help you on your journey, I might make a stop by soon¡­ Hehe]: soren Soren had read the paper with great interest and decided to go show Misha, and as he landed Karin jumped in fright while throwing her sword into the water. [Eeeeeek!... Oh no!... Master Soren, I threw my sword again]: karin Soren looked at her in disappointment and just spoke to give her some encouragement. [It''s fine¡­ It will be something you need to correct in the future, here¡­ Take this and start over]: soren Soren handed her another cheap pirate sword and asked Karin a question. [Do you know where Misha is?]: soren [I think she is getting changed in your room]: karin [Okay¡­ Thank you, go back to practicing]: soren Soren started walking towards the cabins when he was stopped by Karin''s words. [I just told you she is changing, why are you going back there¡­ Pervert!]: karin Soren just looked at her like she was a complete idiot, he then thought of teasing her and spoke with a smile. [Well I guess you''re right¡­ I mean, it''s not like we have fucked before right? And I haven''t seen her naked? Nor showered with her? So going to talk to my "Wife" while she changes is going to make me a pervert?]: soren Soren said all of this with a teasing smile, and he could also see the inner gears of Karin breaking down as her face began to grow in a deep Red color, she even thought back to the nights where she could hear lots of loud moaning due to her room being right next to Soren and Misha''s. Soon she broke and started sputtering. [I-I-I¡­ Well¡­ I¡­ But...Well¡­ I give up]: karin Karin completely broke due to Soren''s words and her thoughts of all the things she would hear almost every night. Soren then gave her a smile and turned around to go back to his room, but was then stopped by Misha at the door to the cabins. [Husband didn''t have to tease her so hard you know]: misha Misha had her hair wrapped in a towel and was in her sleepwear, Soren then walked up to her and gave her a kiss on the lips and lead her by her hand back to their room, Karin saw this and began to break down again. Inside of Soren''s room Soren had pulled out a newspaper from his trenchcoat and handed it to Misha so she could read it. [This is great! Misha thinks that Luffy-kun will make a great pirate]: misha Soren then turned to head to the shower when he was pulled back by Misha who wanted one thing. Sex. Soren was then caught in the spiders trap and was kept busy for a couple of hours, it soon became night and Soren left his room to head to the deck. When he went out under the night sky he saw that Karin was not there and thought she went to bed, Soren then looked up into the night sky and saw a full moon, it then hit him. [Oh Fuck!... I need to do something fast]: soren Soren could feen the transformation trying to proceed, he then made a resolute decision and took out his Zanpakuto and swung it towards his tail. [Fuck!... Oww that hurt!]: soren Soren then felt the transformation break and the tail that was wrapped around his waist had fallen onto the ground, Soren bent over to pick it up and then he tossed it over the edge and into the water. [I think I should just go to bed now]: soren Soren was heading back towards his cabin and could hear some strange noises coming from Karin''s room, Soren wasn''t the type of man to peak on a girl but with the words her heard he then broke that character and went towards Karin''s door. [Yes!... Fuck me Soren Sensei!... Oh I''m such a bad girl, I just need some punishment!... Oh yeah! Right there!]: karin Soren was now a bit worried for himself, should he ever fall asleep and forget to activate his Observation Haki and Karin happen to give in to her lust, Soren might just get r*ped. Soren quickly left his position from Karin''s door and went back to his room and making sure to lock his door. The next morning Soren woke up and went to open his door when he saw Karin on the other side, and when she looked at him he could see her face getting Red. Soren didn''t say anything as to keep the peace and just went down to the training room, when he entered he made sure to lock the door and then activated his gravity magic and put around 700x gravity on himself. The floor of the ship had not broken due to Soren using his Gravity Materials on the ships training room, so Soren could put as much gravity as he wants and still the ship will hold. [9,999¡­ 10,000¡­ Wow, that was a good morning training]: soren Soren was wiping the sweat from his body with a towel, Soren then release the Gravity from himself and unlocked the door leaving the training room. Soren then went to the deck and seen the usual image of Karin swinging a sword for control, Soren then walked over to her to give some instruction. And after a couple more months passed it had been a year since Luffy left and Soren, Misha and Karin started their journey. Soren was sitting next to Misha and holding her hand, Soren then thought about something and spoke to Misha. [How would you like to go see Luffy?]: soren Misha was surprised buy Sorens words and immediately spoke. [Yes!... How long until we can see him?]: misha Chapter 93 - Enter the Grand Line When Misha asked her question Soren just responded with a smile before he started floating in the air, Misha was surprised by this but not as much as Karin. [Y-you ate a Devil Fruit that can let you fly!?]: karin Soren turned his head towards her and saw that she was still swinging her sword but paying attention to him, and deep inside it made him shiver due to her constantly peaking towards him, most likely to get future material. ''What a pervert¡­ Looks like I will need to introduce her to someone soon¡­ Maybe Zoro?... No, he still has yet to forget about Kuina¡­ That only leaves Sanji, hell maybe Luffy will take a liking to her?'': soren Soren thought about this while still floating in the air and ignoring Karin''s question. He then started to move and flew down by the water, and when he did that Karin ran over and started screaming. [No, he will die, I need to save him!]: karin Karin was starting to strip her clothes to jump into the water but was shortly stopped due the the ship shaking, and when she looked overboard to see what was happening she was stunned to see the ship start rising. [H-h-how? Why are we floating, where is Soren?]: karin Karin had looked towards Misha for answers due to her lack of care about the situation, and Misha just gave her a thumbs up. The ship then started moving towards a direction, and from under the ship one could see Soren holding the ship and flying off into the distance. ''Sakura, can you tell me in what direction Luffy is?'': soren {DING!... IF YOU KEEP GOING STRAIGHT FOR 10,000km HOST WILL REACH LUFFY''S POSITION, BUT HOST MUST KNOW THAT LUFFY IS HEADING EAST SO YOU MUST ACCOUNT FOR MOVEMENT} Soren thought about it for a moment and started flying, but soon stopped after hearing the ship start to make creaking noises. ''Sakura¡­'': soren {DING!... THE SHIP WILL BREAK IN HALF IF HOST GOES FAST¡­ RECOMMENDED WAY OF TRAVEL IS WITH (Spatial Travel)... HOST WILL ALSO EXPERIENCE A DECREASE IN TRAVEL DISTANCE DUE TO CARRYING A SHIP, HOST WILL ALSO EXPERIENCE A MAJOR STAMINA REDUCTION FOR EACH JUMP} Soren thought about this and started to put the ship down, once it was placed in the water he came back up and landed on the deck, he then used Ki to force all the water on him to disperse and vanish due to the heat. Misha then came up to Soren and gave him a hug and asked. [What happened? Are you okay?]: misha [Yeah, I''m fine¡­ But if I were to continue like that, then the ship would have broken]: soren Misha understood and stayed by Soren''s side, she then asked in a curious manner. [So when will Misha be able to see Luffy-kun again?]: misha Soren then turned around and placed his hand forward and opened a large portal, and when Karin saw this she passed out, and when Misha saw this she just gave an "Ah!" as if she had remembered how Soren used this to leave that Dark world. The ship then started to enter the portal and they had jumped around 200km, soren then fell to one knee and Misha rushed up to comfort him. [Husband! Are you okay? Do you need something?]: misha Soren stood up and gave a smile, once Misha saw this she stood back to watch what he would do next. Soren then opened another portal and the ship started to sail into it, then they appeared another 200km closer to their destination. Soren then fell to the ground completely and almost passed out, he was thinking to himself at this moment. ''Stamina training! I didn''t think that there was anything in the world that could let me train my stamina. Because due to how fast it regenerates I can''t use it all up¡­ Hehe'': soren Soren then took a 30 minute break and got back up, he then opened another portal and the ship entered, they then made another 200km shift. This happened for hours before finally Soren made it to the calm belt, this was the outer ring of the grand line that had no ocean movement, and it was also the most danger infested waters. [We are here¡­ One more jump and we can enter the grand line]: soren Misha was excited and had a smile on her face, soon she would be able to see Luffy. Misha was also fond of Luffy and felt like a motherly figure to him, she thought, if Soren was a fatherly figure then she would be the motherly figure. It was also at this time that Karin woke up and watched Soren open another big portal which made her pass out once more, the ship entered the portal and they now entered the Grand Line. [Where are we?]: soren When the ship exited the portal Soren was met with a big island that looked as if had no end. Soren thought about what Island was towards the beginning of the Grand Line that were like this, it then hit him. [This must be¡­ Little Garden?]: soren Soren was going in the timeline, and due to Soren over shooting where Luffy would land he came her a bit earlier than Luffy and his crew, Soren then started sailing around the island to get on the same path Luffy will travel. After a couple hours of traveling around the island Soren finally found a place to dock and docked his ship, he then felt like it was time to eat, after all that overuse of his stamina his stomach was completely empty. [Misha¡­ I want to go get some food, hold out here, I will be back in an hour]: soren Soren then left the ship and entered the large forest, Soren hunted for some large beasts and started putting their dead corpses into his storage. After 45 minutes of hunting Soren went back to his ship with 4 years worth of food, and when he got back he could see Misha sitting next to Karin and Karin having a blanket wrapped around her with a cup of water in her hands. ''What is she? Some sort of s*xual assault survivor?'': soren Soren got onto his ship and went into the kitchen and started cooking up a bunch of food, with his lost stamina and the activation of his Saiyan genes he felt like he could eat for days and still not be full. After Soren ate he made some food for Misha and Karin then went to sleep to get some mental restoration. [Soren!... I think I see someone!]: karin It has been a couple of days and Soren had put Karin on watch duty for any ships or people that pass by, Soren was lying down in his position he had laid for most of his time on the ship. Karin then shouted up at him, when he heard her he sat up to look at where she was pointing, once Soren looked over he could see a ship with a white rams head and an orange tree on the deck, it all was accompanied by a Skull and Crossbones with a Straw hat, but one thing different was the skull had some red designs on them that matched Luffy''s mask. [That''s them!... Stay here I''ll go introduce myself, hehe]: soren Soren then got up from his position and floated up into the air and shot off towards Luffy''s ship. Once he was above the ship Soren looked down on Luffy and his crew, he could see Luffy sitting in the head of the Ram with his mask on his face, he then turned his attention to Zoro who was lying in a similar position as he would lay in, but something was different. ''Why is Zoro wearing a mask like Luffy?'': soren Soren then looked around and found Sanji and Nami also wearing a mask with the same patterns as Luffy''s. Soren was a bit mad to see that his trademarked look was given to these people by the one of the only people allowed to wear the mask, Soren then decided that he would test them. If they could lay even a single attack on Soren he would let them wear the masks, after saying that to himself he then looked at Zoro again and drew out his Kitetsu which was purple in color with a blue hamon and dropped down kicking Zoro off of his place of rest. [Who the fuck did tha-]: zoro Chapter 94 - The Test Zoro got up from the floor rubbing his head while taking off his mask, he then looked up towards the place that he was kicked from and saw a man wearing a Black pair of pants and trench coat with a Blue shirt and a purple katana by his side, the man also wore a mask with teal markings. [Hey! Who are you and why did you kick me!?]: zoro Luffy, Sanji and Nami all looked towards the man who had kicked Zoro. When Luffy saw who it was he was excited and almost shouted, but before he did the man put up his finger to his mask for the quiet sign while facing Luffy. Luffy was smart enough after Soren''s training to get what that meant and kept quiet. Soren then used his old persona that was made from back in Bleach and spoke with his finger still over his mask. [I don''t like loud people, so keep quiet]: soren Zoro didn''t want to accept this disrespect that Soren had given them and spoke up. [Who are you to tell us to be quiet! This is our ship and you barge in and kick ME!... Tell me why I shouldn''t kill you right here and now]: zoro When Soren heard Zoro''s words he started to laugh before speaking again. [Hahaha¡­ Look here young one, I only came by to say hello but then I saw you were all wearing masks¡­ I just had a question so I introduced my foot to your face is all]: soren After Soren said his words Luffy started laughing on the inside but kept quiet, Nami noticed this and thought it was strange, because normally Luffy was the first person to try and fight someone who would attack his friends, but he just stood there. Nami then decided to watch how this would go down and stood next to Luffy. [So can I take this as a challenge?]: zoro Soren then started laughing so hard that he fell from the crows nest. [Hahaha!... Oh¡­ Oww!]: soren Soren got up and rubbed his head and spoke with a serious tone now. [You are still 1,000 years to young to challenge me]: soren Zoro was furious right now and drew a katana and put it in his mouth, he then drew the other 2 and held them in each hand. [Then Lesh fight then]: zoro Soren then started to walk forward, he didn''t draw his katana nor did he prepare any kind of attack and just kept walking towards Zoro who was preparing for a fight to the death. Luffy saw this and spoke out loud on accident and Nami caught his words. [Hehe¡­ Zoro is so screwed]: luffy [What do you mean Luffy! Zoro is your friend, why don''t you help him?]: nami Luffy heard Nami''s words and inside just said one word "Fuck!" Luffy then tried to clear himself without revealing Soren''s identity. [Zoro wouldn''t want any help, I will let him battle]: luffy Luffy was bad with excuses and just started to sweat and walk away, Nami then followed suit due to her suspicion, Luffy then sat on the railing where the helm was to watch the fight and give Soren and Zoro room. Sanji saw this and did the same, now Luffy, Nami and Sanji were up by the helm while Soren and Zoro had the whole deck to themselves. [I will give you a handicap¡­ I won''t use my hands at all, all you need to do is inflict damage on my body and you win]: soren Luffy heard Soren''s words and hoped deep down that Zoro would not fall for them, Luffy then started to reminisce about the time Soren gave the same challenge to him. [I will give you a handicap!... Make me bleed and you win]: soren [That will be easy!... If I win can you take me to go eat lots of food?]: luffy Soren smiled and gave Luffy a thumbs up while saying. [Sure!... But if I win you need to buy me food]: soren Luffy agreed and started to charge Soren, Soren just sat there not even looking at Luffy, he even had his hands behind his back. Luffy struck out and hit Soren square on the face, but to his surprise Soren''s face turned a Black color with dark Teal color, Luffy''s hand then started to throb and he gave up. Soren then got a free dinner that night and Luffy felt robbed as he had worked for a week to get that money from Soren. After Luffy had finished reminiscing about the past he started watching the fight with Zoro and Soren, Soren was now about 1 meter in front of Zoro and restated his words. [Like I said¡­ Strike me and make me bleed and you win¡­ I won''t use my hands]: soren Zoro was beyond pissed and took all 3 of his katanas and struck out at Soren in rage, Soren on the other hand just started whistling. Once the 3 swords struck Soren''s body a black film covered the stricken area and repealed the attack made by Zoro. [What the¡­]: zoro Soren started walking forward and then started talking in a condescending tone. [Man¡­ I underestimated you just a tad¡­ You made a nick on my coat, I guess I could charge you for the damage later]: soren Zoro was getting up to face Soren again and saw that there was not even a scratch on his body, Zoro felt disappointed on the inside. Soren saw this and made a move to cheer him up. [Don''t feel bad, not even Mihawk could face me¡­ Though he would cause damage if I were to let him strike me, but I still could beat him¡­ Maybe]: soren [What do you mean? Mihawk is the "Number One" swordsman in the world¡­ You say you could beat him!?]: zoro [Hmm¡­ Maybe¡­ Like a 50/50¡­ Last time I fought with him was 9 years ago]: soren Soren started telling him about the fight with Mihawk, this also made Zoro feel like he had a lot more work to do before he achieved a state like this masked man before him or Mihawk. [Well now that I have tested you I can now say that your technique needs work¡­ How else would you fight alongside my disciple]: soren At that time everyone was stunned, what was this masked man before them even talking about. Disciple? Who? Soren then went to remove his mask and Luffy also rushed up to him, once Luffy got close he threw an attack towards Soren''s face. [Take this Sensei!... HAA!]: luffy Soren dodged and punched Luffy in his gut sending him back hitting the wall, Soren then started giving him a joyful laugh and spoke. [You are still far from my level but still better than that swordsman]: soren Zoro felt hurt when Soren''s words were negative about him, Luffy then got up from the floor and rushed back up to Soren to continue the fight. As they fought Luffy started telling him about his journey and all the people he had met and all the things he had seen. Soren then brought up the incident at Loguetown, and asked. [So how did you get caught?]: soren [Well I wasn''t caught¡­ I wanted to see where the King of the Pirates had died and was caught off guard and shackled]: luffy [So you were caught¡­ Never mind that¡­ You have been lacking in your training I can tell¡­ I will travel with you guys for a bit to make sure you don''t slack]: soren Soren ended the fight and looked around only to see Nami, Sanji and Zoro surprised about how Luffy and him were able to converse while fighting. Chapter 95 - Luffy’s Punishment After the fight was over Luffy brought Soren over to introduce him to the rest of his crew. [Soren¡­ This is my crew, and also my closest friends¡­ Meet Nami, Sanji, Zoro and¡­ Hey! Where did Usopp go?]: luffy When everyone heard Luffy''s words they were surprised, they looked at the man who now had his mask off and over to Luffy, then they all looked for Usopp. [Anyway¡­ Guy''s, meet my Sensei¡­ He has trained both me and Ace]: luffy The only person who was calm was Soren, but as he looked around he could see Usopp hiding in the corner. Soren had a smile appear on his face and he disappeared into black smoke with a hint of lightning sparking around and reappeared next to Usopp. [Hello there¡­ You must be Usopp]: soren [Oh god!]: usopp [Close but not yet¡­ One day, maybe]: soren Usopp was scared at this moment, he went to hide right when he saw Soren kick Zoro off the mast of the ship. Now that this guy had found him he was almost pissing himself, he cowered and started speaking. [P-please s-spare me!... I-I will become your h-henchmen if you need. J-just don''t k-kill me!]: usopp Soren saw the sorry excuse of a child of Shanks'' best marksmen, he then thought about using the MS to make him more fearless but changed his mind when he thought about what kind of mental damage it may cause in the future. If there is no probable cause then deep inside his subconscious he will still be the wimp he is, but if he has fought with someone he knew he couldn''t beat and won then I used the MS to change his personality it would work. (EX. When Soren killed the Celestial Dragon everyone saw that he killed him, but they also saw a man run from the Inn. So all Soren did was pass the blame and it had a probable cause. But, if Soren had nobody to blame then deep down those people would feel something eating at their conscious telling them "Something is wrong¡­ Who killed the Celestial Dragon?") AN- [I won''t kill you¡­ Hehe, I wouldn''t even take the time to kill someone like you, that would make me look pathetic]: soren When Usopp heard Soren''s words he felt a bit better but somehow he felt that Soren just gave him the most disrespect in the world. Soren then grabbed Usopp and disappeared into that Black smoke with a bit of lightning coursing through it and reappeared in his previous spot but with Usopp in his hands. [What was that! What did you just do!?]: usopp Usopp had started screaming which made the others who was conversing about Soren and Luffy''s past stop and look towards the shout, They saw Soren holding Usopp and how Usopp was screaming. [See¡­ Your friends are fine, I''m not a bad guy]: soren Soren placed Usopp down on the ground and he caught a glimpse of his friends, Soren then placed his mask back on and spoke with a cold tone. [You all disgrace the style that I passed on ONLY to MY disciple and made me look bad on your journey till this point¡­ I will say this once and once alone¡­ You will not wear this mask again until you can beat Luffy¡­ And Luffy, your punishment for handing out my gift to others I will sentence you to¡­ 40 hours of weighted training]: soren When Luffy heard his words he felt like he was struck by a bolt of lightning and started to beg with tears in his eyes. [Please Sensei! Not that¡­ Anything but that!]: luffy When Zoro heard Soren saw weight training he got a bit excited and spoke. [Can I undergo this Weight training as well?]: zoro Soren looked over at Zoro and thought about it for a moment. ''Well he does start his own weight training later on in the series, what would be the harm in letting get a taste of it a little early'': soren [Sure¡­ Follow me, I will take you back to my ship]: soren Soren then walked up to the crumbled Luffy who had a bit of foam running from his mouth and picked him up by his collar, he then started leading Zoro to the edge of the ship. [That over there is my ship¡­ You guys should be sailing over there to catch up on your log pose]: soren Nami nodded her head and then asked. [Aren''t you going to wait until we get to the island before you head to your ship]: nami Soren just gave her a smile and spoke with a mystifying voice. [How do you think I got over here?]: soren [Well by boa-]: nami Nami couldn''t finish her words before Soren started floating in the air, this had given her such a shock that she spoke what she had thought. [Is he some kind of God or something?]: nami Soren just smiled and spoke once more. [Not yet¡­ Maybe one day]: soren Soren then grabbed Zoro as well and flew back to his ship, it didn''t take more than a couple of seconds to reach his ship and land. Zoro was the most surprised by this but couldn''t express it before Soren called him. [Well¡­ Follow me]: soren Soren then lead the unconscious Luffy who was slung over his shoulder and Zoro who followed behind him to his training room. [Why couldn''t we do this on our ship or training room?]: zoro [Because the way I train would destroy your ship in seconds]: soren Zoro felt a chill run down his spin when he heard the part about how "Just training" is enough to destroy their ship in seconds, it then hit him on who this man before him was. [You are Blue Reaper¡­ I was going to try and hunt you but was quickly stopped by one of the other hunters]: zoro Soren was surprised that Zoro would openly admit to something as such but put it to the back of his mind, they then entered the training room and Soren locked the door behind them. Soren placed Luffy on the floor and grabbed a cup of water and splashed him with it waking him up. [Sensei! Please, Don''t make me go through that hell again!]: luffy Soren ignored him and took out 2 weighted vests that weigh about 50kg, he then handed the vests to both Luffy and Zoro. They both put them on and at the same time said. [[Just this much!?]]: luffy and zoro Zoro felt like this man before him was just joking with them, Luffy on the other hand was thanking Soren in his mind for something light this time. [What do you mean? I have yet to increase the gravity]: soren When Luffy heard his word he felt like he was going to pass out once again, Zoro was different as he was confused. Increase gravity? That was only something in a fairy tale or a dream right. Soren then started to increase the gravity in the room to 5x, Luffy had stayed standing while Zoro slightly lost balance. [T-this is¡­ I like this¡­ More!]: zoro Chapter 96 - Alabasta Zoro had stood up and declared for more weight to be added, Luffy on the other hand sat there picking his nose, when Zoro saw this he felt that Luffy had done this before. Soren seeing Zoro''s conviction started slowly adding more weight, and now the room was at 10x gravity, Zoro fell to the ground and Luffy started to crouch just a bit due to the weight. [I will leave the gravity like this, you will start training now]: soren Soren gave the orders and went over to his own corner where there were a bunch of weights, and Zoro had looked up to see Soren lay down on the bench and start pumping, and when he looked at the weight on the bar he almost pissed himself. [F-f-five Hundred!?... and there''s 6 on each side]: zoro Zoro had saw Soren lifting around 6,000kg of weight and under this amount of gravity must weigh even more. Zoro felt that he truly lacked and needed to train even harder, he then looked over at Luffy who was doing push-ups while he was struggling to even stand. After a couple of days on the island Soren gave some tips to Sanji on cooking and gave a training guide to Usopp, after about a week Usopp was able to hit a small leaf off of a target that Soren set up from around 300m away. [Your dad would be proud of you Usopp]: soren Soren congratulated Usopp on his achievement, and when he heard Soren talk about his dad he started asking questions. [You know my dad? How is he?]: usopp Soren started telling Usopp about the times he had spent with Shanks'' crew and how Yasopp was always the one to challenge Soren to drinking contests and would always lose, and after about an hour of story time Usopp was seen with tears in his eyes. [I''m sorry¡­ Did I make you upset?]: soren [No¡­ I''m not upset, I''m happy¡­ I will surpass my dad in what he excels]: usopp Soren just gave him a smile and a pat on the shoulder then disappeared back to his ship, Misha was waiting in her room for Soren and Soren felt through his Observation Haki that this was the case so he left Usopp to "comfort" her. And after a couple more days Luffy decided that it was time to leave to the next island, they had met with the giants who had lived on the island and made friends with them. [We will be leaving Sensei¡­ I guess we''ll see each other in the future]: luffy [Hehe¡­ Yeah, I think I will go look for Ace now]: soren Soren said this and waved Luffy off, it was also at this point that he checked his status after a long time. Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 28 Ki: 450,000 Luck: Lucky Body: Destruction Bloodline''s: 5 Bloodline''s Titles: Soaring Dragon, Gravity Maniac Mangekyo Sharingan: Level 12 Exp to Next Level: 30/100000 Blindness: 1.8% Permanent Level 13: Unlocks 13% reduction of Eye deterioration speed Chosen Path: Destruction God (Hakai Level: 04) Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand (Sealed) Skills- 22 Skills -List?- Passive- 11 Passives -List?- System Points: 630.000 Soren felt that the system was kinda outdated and felt that he wasn''t ever getting any quests so he inquired about it to Sakura. ''Sakura, is there any kind of update that the quests can go through?... I never get any quests'': soren {DING!... HOST DOESN''T GET QUEST DUE TO SYSTEM BEING IN (Version 1.0) HOST NEVER UPDATED TO THE NEW VERSION¡­ THE SYSTEM WAS ALSO WONDERING WHEN HOST WOULD ASK} Soren didn''t know that the system could evolve, he thought that the quest tab could just update and give him new missions. ''Yes¡­ Please update the system to the newest form'': soren {WARNING!... DUE TO HOST NEVER UPDATING IN THE PAST THE SYSTEM WILL TAKE EXACTLY 2 YEARS TO UPDATE¡­ HOST WILL NOT HAVE ACCESS TO THE SYSTEMS FUNCTIONS, HOST WILL ONLY BE ABLE TO USE THE HOST''S SKILLS AND (Inventory)... WILL HOST CHOOSE TO UPDATE?} Soren thought about it for a moment but decided to update the system as to hopefully unlock better features. ''Yes¡­ Please update'': soren {UPDATE STARTING¡­ BE CARFUL HOST¡­ UPDATE STARTING IN 5...3...1¡­ GOOD NIGHT} [Looks like I will be on my own for the meantime, but this shouldn''t be a problem]: soren Soren went back into his room and slept on the bed saying he would leave tomorrow, the next day he woke up to something furry laid on his face. [What the¡­ Oh¡­ My tail grew back?]: soren Soren had then remembered that unless a spell was cast the tail would grow back, but then he thought of the reason it never grew back in that period he cut it and now. ''Maybe it has to do with the System acting as a form of that magic used by Kami'': soren Soren wrapped his tail around his waist before he started stretching. Soren then went into his training room and started his routine, and after a couple hours he finished and went on deck to head towards Alabasta, Soren wanted to take the long route so he just started sailing. After a month Soren, Misha and Karin made it to the Sandy Island. They didn''t follow the log pose so it took them a little longer than normal and it stopped them from traveling to the other islands. Soren docked the ship and made his way into town, but as he passed a set of wanted posters he could see Blue Reaper''s and his own wanted poster, and as he read both he saw that it stated in the poster that both him and Blue Reaper were suspected to be "one and the same". Soren then looked through his inventory for some kind of hood but didn''t have one, he then spoke. ''Sakura¡­ Can I buy a¡­ Oh yeah, looks like I will need to find one on the street'': soren Soren stuck to back streets and alleyways, soon he found a torn cloth that was in the street, it looked to be used as a blanket. Soren grabbed it and quickly took out a barrel of water from his inventory and started to wash the cloth, he then took the now clean cloth and wrapped his head only leaving his eyes visible. Soren then left the alley and made his way to a bar, when he found one he entered it and ordered a drink and asked for the closest Inn. ''I need to get an Inn so Misha and Karin don''t need to stay in that hot ship'': soren Soren finished his drink and started heading towards the Inn he was told about, and after booking 2 rooms he left to head back to his ship to pick up Misha and Karin. They then spent some time in Alabasta until Ace and Luffy show up, this would then be the time to see how far Ace has grown. [Husband, I want a child]: misha But first he would have to deal with this problem, was this not too early? They have been together for 12 years. Find out next time! Chapter 97 - Smoker’s Entrance [Umm¡­ Misha, why do you want a baby here? This place is very dangerous and may not be good for a child]: soren Misha then looked towards the floor as if to think about what Soren just told her, and after a minute she looked back into Soren''s eyes and spoke. [Un, then Misha will wait until we are in a safe world¡­ But Husband needs to make that happen soon or Misha might just have to r*pe you for a child]: misha When Misha said this Soren felt a bit aroused at the thought of someone like him being r*ped, who would even be strong enough to do so? With this question in his mind he then had sex with Misha. When Soren woke up the next day he left the Inn to stroll around town with his deteriorating hood, as he would do this every day in search of when Ace would get here. Soon Soren got to the dinner that he was at the first time he came to this island and saw a man with no shirt, a purple skull and crossbones with a white mustache, some scars on his back and a Brown fedora, while looking on his left arm you could see the letters A S C E with the S having an X through it. ''Seems like my disciple still can''t spell¡­ What a disgrace of a teacher I am'': soren Soren then walked up to the bar and sat right next to Ace and ordered a regular, and looking over at Ace he could see Ace''s face laying on his plate of food, while a bunch of plates are piled up next to him. Soren then started hearing some voices speak while looking at Ace lying there with his fork still in the air, even though he already knew what they were talking about he spoke up and asked anyway. [Can anyone tell me why there is a dead guy sitting next to me?]: soren The people heard Soren and one quickly spoke up. [He came into town just yesterday and found a Desert Strawberry, they are the most poisonous spiders this country has that look like Strawberries, and he just ate it]: towns man When they said that Ace shot up from his sleep and shouted. [Sensei would think bad about me if he knew!]: ace He then went back to sleep only to be grabbed from behind by Soren and yanked wide awake. [What did you do that would make me think bad about you?]: soren When Ace was turned around by this stranger and heard his voice he was so happy to see his Sensei again after about 5 years. Ace then spoke up after feeling Soren send him a death stare. [Well¡­ You see¡­ I lost the mask you gave me]: ace Soren then released his death stare and straightened up, after thinking to himself he then patted Ace on his shoulder and spoke. [No need to worry about it¡­ It was just a mask, you could make another one¡­ Luffy made his whole crew one]: soren When Ace heard his comment about Luffy Ace shot towards him and quickly asked. [You meet Luffy Sensei? How is he? Where is he?]: ace [Calm down Ace, Luffy should be arriving here soon]: soren Ace then felt a bit better and looked back at Soren, once he went to hug him Soren side stepped and Ace then hugged Smoker. [I didn''t know you cared for me like that Fire Fist Ace]: smoker Once Ace saw who he was hugging he quickly removed himself and backed up a bit, once Smoker saw that Ace was now preparing himself to battle Smoker then started to joke again. [Aww, what a pity¡­ I thought I just made a new member to my harem]: smoker When Soren heard this he gave Smoker a weird look, and when Smoker saw this he just asked with a questioning face. [What?... It was a joke!]: smoker [Whatever you say Poker¡­ I mean Smoker]: soren Soren couldn''t help but add that gay joke pun onto Smoker''s name, and when Smoker heard it he became furious and shouted. [You will be coming with me once I take Fire Fist Ace down]: smoker [I''m good¡­ I already have a wife, there is no need for a husband]: soren This made Smoker mad and at this point Luffy had shot through the door while shouting. [FOOOOOOOOOOOD!]: luffy Luffy then rammed into Smoker which sent him flying into Ace and they both crashed into the wall sending them 3 buildings away. Luffy then sat at the bar table and started eating a bunch of food, Soren then sat next to him and started eating as well, but right before Soren could take his first bite his plate went missing. He looked over at Luffy and saw him eating the food he had just stolen from him, Soren then put it to the back of his mind and ordered more food. And once it arrived, the same thing happened, Soren then became furious and was about to grab Luffy by his neck before Ace came through the wall and shouted. [Luff- Guhhhh!]: ace Luffy then looked over to see who was calling his name only to see Smoker coming through the wall shouting. [Monkey D. Luffy!... You are wanted by the Marines for piracy, I''m here to take you down]: smoker Luffy saw this and quickly left with his cheeks still full of food, and as he was about to leave the door Ace shot his head up to shout but it was only slammed into the ground once more. Smoker then chased Luffy out of the bar and Soren went to help Ace up, he then asked Ace a question. [Why did you not fight back with that Smoker guy? You are much stronger than him]: soren Ace then looked at his hand and spoke once more. [I-I don''t know¡­ It felt like my body had drastically weakened when I tried to resist him, but when he let go I had all my strength back¡­ The same thing happened when I tried to save my friend Thatch¡­ He tragically died due to my inability to save him]: ace Soren started thinking about what Ace had just told him and only came up with the idea that this was the mystical Plot Armour that had protected Smoker from being beaten to a pulp just yet. Soren then thought about why he had never gotten this feeling of being weakened when fighting someone, and as all these questions piled up Soren really couldn''t wait for Sakura to wake up so he could ask them. Soren then watched as Ace chased after both Smoker and Luffy, he then decided to go watch a fight and chased after them as well. Once Soren got to where Ace was he could see Ace about to fight with Smoker while Luffy was now being chased by a girl with glasses with a sword on her side. [I believe her name was Tashigi, I will stay here and watch this as Luffy just runs away]: soren The fight with Ace and Smoker began and Ace could feel through his Observation Haki that Soren was watching him right before it started to dim and he could no longer feel anything from his surroundings. Ace then gave a frown and started to use his Devil Fruit powers to fight with Smoker, Soren had seemed to realize that Ace had weakened when fighting with Smoker and thought to ask about all of his fights later to see if his theory was correct. The fight soon ended between Ace and Smoker as a draw and Ace ran off to go find Luffy, Soren then looked towards the out of breath Smoker as he watched Ace run off. [Smart choice Smoker¡­ It will be best to let him escape]: soren Smoker turned towards the voice and saw Soren standing behind him and thought about how long the man was there and about how he had seen this man before sitting in that bar next to Ace, he then asked. Chapter 98 - Soren’s Theory Soren was wearing both his hood and his mask, so all Smoker could see was the dress style of the man before him. Soren then removed the hood so Smoker could tell who he was, and once the hood was removed Smoker spoke. [You!... You have evaded the Marines for almost 14 years¡­ The second I seen your wanted poster I thought that you couldn''t be much of a challenge, but when I heard what you had done, I couldn''t believe it¡­ Blue Reaper!... I will be taking you into HQ here and now, prepare to fight!]: smoker Aa Soren listened to Smoker''s long speech he began to get annoyed, Soren then reached out before him and a sword came out of the void and shot out towards the ground and Soren caught it. Soren then spoke after staying quiet throughout Smoker''s speech. [I will only tell you once¡­ I want you to leave my students alone, if you still wish to pursue them after this warning tell me now so that I can end your life now rather than later]: soren Soren spoke clear enough that not even someone who was deaf could make out what he said and meant. Smoker then took the cigar that was always in his mouth even while he fought Ace out of his mouth and spit towards the ground before speaking. [*Pft*... So you are their teacher?... You must not amount to much then¡­ I will tell you now, my name is Marine Officer Smoker, I will never let pirates like Fire Fist Ace and Monkey D. Luffy escape my grasp¡­ I will also tell you that today is your last day as a free pirate because I will take you down here and now!]: smoker Smoker then unsheathed the sword that hung from his back and aimed it towards Soren, and all Soren did was give a slight chuckle to which Smoker took a deep offence and asked. [What are you laughing about? Have you gone so mad that you feel confident towards me?]: smoker It wasn''t that Soren "Felt" confident against Smoker that he was laughing, it was due to the fact that he "Knew" that he could beat Smoker that he laughed. In fact, he knew that he could kill Smoker a thousand times over as he was giving his speech, and it only made it more funny when Soren thought about the faces that Smoker might make when he realizes that nothing he could do could stop him. Soren then broke out of his thoughts and spoke to Smoker as if speaking to a child who just stuck a fork into an outlet and shocked themselves. [It''s best not to point sharp objects towards someone more skilled than yourself¡­ If you do you may just lose an arm¡­ Or worse¡­ Your life!]: soren As Soren said that last part he then disappeared from his spot and reappeared right behind with his Kitetsu drawn and aimed towards his neck. Smoker then turned with a bit of shock on his face due to Soren''s speed, he then broke out laughing himself. [Hahaha!... You must be stupid, I am a Devil Fruit user who has eaten the Moku Moku no Mi, there is nothing in this world that can touch me¡­ So your attack is useless]: smoker Soren just gave a grin that Smoker could not see due to the mask and covered his sword in Armament Haki, the sword then turned Black in color with a teal glow, when this happened Smoker became surprised due to his lack of knowledge of Haki. Soren then moved his sword just a bit and it made contact with Smoker''s skin leaving a cut, blood then started to appear on the blade and Smoker couldn''t move due to fright. [H-how c-can you h-hurt me!?]" smoker Soren just started laughing again, he then spoke once more, and what Soren said would change Smoker''s whole view of the world. [The so called Devil Fruit is not as invincible as you think¡­ There are many methods and ways to kill a user¡­ First should be obvious¡­ Sea Water! You can''t swim, but there are ways around that¡­ You use smoke and you can travel in the air¡­ And not all Fruit users can be affected by weapons like you¡­ Your smoke lets you be practically invincible, but as you saw I was able to harm you¡­ This is just a loophole that God set on these fruits, you see¡­ I use what is known as Haki¡­ I can cover my body or anything I touch in a coating that will make my defence as hard as Iron, and it also has the effect of damaging Devil Fruit users quite easily¡­ There is never true Immortality in anything]: soren As Soren gave his speech Smoker slowly started to back up to get away from Soren, but Soren didn''t let it happen as he kept walking forward towards the fleeing Smoker. Soren then ended his statement with his parting words before disappearing from his spot to catch up with Luffy and Ace. [I will give you this last chance¡­ Stay away from my students or next time I will kill you¡­ And feel free to get stronger and challenge me in the future, I will be glad to fight you again]: soren Soren then left Smoker there while he was covered in his own piss due to the frightening aura that Soren left him with, it was also at this moment that Smoker vowed to never mess with Soren, Ace or Luffy ever again. Soren then appeared in a canyon where Ace and Luffy were along with the rest of Luffy''s crew, he had sat a ways away to watch as Ace and Luffy had their brotherly reunion. And as Soren was going to make his entrance something unexpected happened, Ace and Luffy then stood around 10m apart from each other and started preparing for a battle between each other. [Looks like this might get interesting¡­ I will watch for now]: soren Soren then sat down where he was and watched as the fight went on. [You ready Luffy? Let me see what the extra 3 years you had with Sensei taught you]: ace [Your going down Ace!... I will beat you here and then become the Pirate King!]: luffy After a brief declaration between the two they began the fight. Ace covered his fist with fire and rushed towards Luffy, and as Luffy saw this he let Ace get closer so he could make a dodge towards the left, but once Luffy dodged Ace changed direction at a moments notice and hit Luffy in his stomach. [GuuAhh!]: ace Luffy then spit out a mouth full of blood before quickly recovering and sending a punch towards Ace, but once he saw this with Observation Haki he was able to dodge at the last second. Ace then backed away from Luffy and realized that there was a small cut on his right cheek. [Great job Luffy!... How were you able to damage my body?]: ace From far away Soren saw the whole thing as Ace punched Luffy and when Luffy struck back Ace dodged but only by a hair, but what surprised Soren was that when Luffy struck out his hand started to glow just a bit indicating that he was trying to cover his hand with Armament Haki. [Interesting¡­ I never showed nor taught him how to use Armament Haki yet he subconsciously used 1/1000th of it¡­ I understand now¡­ Ace is a lot more powerful than Luffy and die to that fact, the world is making an effort to bump Luffy up in strength without making anyone notice¡­ I guess this happened due to the world revolving around Luffy¡­ I should stop the fight now]: soren As Soren came up with a probable theory about how the world protects the main characters that it revolves around, his theory was this. -If the world is disrupted by an outside source (a.k.a me) and I train some of the Main Character to be stronger than they were in the main story then the world will suppress their power when they fight other Main Characters or Main Antagonists, but to the rest of the mob characters that mean nothing to the story, they would only see the (Trained) characters ar monsters.- Soren would test this out later when he got the chance but for now he decided to end the fight between Luffy and Ace as any further sparing would be pointless as Luffy would get stronger after fighting Crocodile. Soren then disappeared from his spot and then reappeared right between Ace and Luffy catching both of their fists before they could collide. [Fighting ends here¡­ Let''s sit down to talk for a bit, it''s been 4 years]: soren Ace and Luffy then had smiles appear on their faces and they went back to Soren''s Inn with Luffy''s crew. Chapter 99 - Zoro’s Sob Story Soren made it to the door of his room and went to open it but before he did Misha swung it open and with no shirt on tried to pull Soren in but quickly closed it when she saw Luffy, Ace and the rest of Luffy''s crew. Soren then turned around to see Sanji drooling with blood coming out of his nose, Soren then walked up to him and erased his memory with his MS. Sanji then fell to the ground and Soren went back to his position of blocking the front door, Chopper then spoke up asking Soren with a worried face. [What did you do to Sanji? Will he be okay?]: chopper [He will be fine, I just erased his memory of my wife''s body from his mind¡­ He should get up in a minute or two¡­ Maybe]: soren [Maybe!... Sanji! Stay with me Sanji!]: chopper Chopper started smacking Sanji in the face to wake him up, and after a couple smacks and a cup of water being poured on his head Sanji woke up. [W-what happen? Why did I pass out? Why is my nose bleeding?]: sanji Sanji''s nose was bleeding for two reasons, first was due to him getting a glimpse of Misha''s perfect breasts that looked to be that of a Goddess'', the other reason was due to Chopper beating the hell out of Sanji''s face to try and wake him up, but before anyone could tell him anything the door then opened again which caught everyone''s attention. [S-sorry you guys had to see Misha shirtless¡­ I thought Husband would be alone]: misha When Misha said this and Sanji seen Misha''s face he quickly started bleeding again and shouted while trying to get closer to Misha. [Damn! You guys got to see this and I was passed out?... Hello there beautiful, my name is Sanji, would you be so kind as to let me sniff you?]: sanji Soren then put his hand on the back of Sanji''s shoulder while letting off a killing intent, Soren then spoke. [I don''t kill you because you are in Luffy''s crew, so I suggest you get your perverted ass away from my wife]: soren When Sanji felt this killing intent he quickly ran back to his previous spot and mumbled under his breath. "What a boner killer": sanji Soren heard this and released more killing intent but left it at that, he then heard the door next to his room open as a girl ran out yelling. [Sooooren Sensei!]: ??? The girl was Karin and she was running over to Soren with the intent to hug him. Over these past couple of days Karin had made it her goal to be in a relationship with Soren along with Misha, she would wear skimpy clothing every day with the intent to seduce Soren and today was no exception. Karin was wearing a cut T-Shirt that came down to just past her breasts and some shorts that were cut up to her loins showing a lot of ass, her hair was held in a ponytail and she had her family katana strapped to her back. Karin looked like one of those characters from a erotic manga about fighting as her posture was completely changed when training with Soren. [Oh no¡­ Karin, why are you not practicing?]: soren Soren then took Karin by the collar of her shirt which made her nipples almost pop out from her shirt as the shirt was raised a bit when the collar of the shirt was grabbed, Sanji and Zoro both saw this, Sanji started bleeding from his nose again and passed out from blood loss, Zoro on the other hand looked at Karin with a bit of blushing around his face. Zoro thought that she looked really beautiful, and along with that sword which made his inner swordsman flare up and ready to fight he was feeling like his heart was throbbing so he spoke up. [Soren¡­ Who is she?]: zoro Soren looked over at Zoro and saw the blush on his face so he smiled and spoke. [Her name is Karin¡­ I promised her dad to watch over and train her in the way of the sword¡­ I also am not in a relationship with her so she is free, do you like her?]: soren [Hey Soren Sensi! That was mean, I love you but you don''t love me]: karin When Zoro heard Soren''s words he felt a bit relieved inside but didn''t show it, and when he heard Soren ask if her liked her he quickly denied. [N-no¡­ I was just curious about her, I already have a woman I love]: zoro [Hey! What do you mean you don''t like me! I am most beautiful right under sis Misha]: karin Everyone ignored the yapping Karin and Soren asked Zoro about his lover. [Oh?... Who is she? Where is she?]: soren Zoro''s face started turning from one of embarrassment into one of depression, Zoro then looked at Soren and started telling his story to Soren in the middle of the Inn hallway. Soren then released Karin as to let her go change and she ran back into her room. [Her name is¡­ Was, Kuina¡­ I grew up with her in her father''s dojo. Her father ran a dojo that taught for the soul purpose of self defence, I had showed up one day to challenge the strongest disciple of his dojo on my road to being the strongest swordsman, but when I saw who it was I couldn''t help but say something disrespectful¡­ I said that a female would never be able to beat me in a fight. She then accepted my challenge and we fought, I lost miserably, and from then on I would train there and every day I would challenge her to a fight¡­ It had gone on like that for quite some time until one night I seen her sitting outside staring into the night sky, I had walked up and sat with her. We talked about the "Sword" and our goals for the future, She wanted to be the strongest swordsman but I told her it was impossible because I would be the strongest swordsman, we then vowed right then and there that we would race to be the greatest¡­ But the next day I came to find out that Kuina had died falling down the stairs, it was also at that moment that I vowed to make it to the top for her and become the strongest. I talked with Kuina''s dad and he gave me her sword saying that she would want me to have it, I then started training and soon became a Pirate Hunter and after years of hunting pirates I was captured by the Marines and Luffy saved me while also making me a member of his crew and now here we are]: zoro Soren already knew the whole story of Zoro and his childhood friend Kuina but hearing it in first person made it way more sad. Luffy was bawling his eyes out and the rest of Luffy''s crew were also a bit depressed, Ace even had a tear in his eye, Misha was behind Soren while holding back some tears and Karin who had gotten dressed and came back had heard the second half of Zoro''s story, she then ran up and hugged him while crying. Zoro seen this and felt a bit embarrassed that Karin''s tits were pushing and rubbing on his chest a bit, Sorne then broke up the cry fest and brought everyone into his room, it was also at this point that Sanji woke up with a blood transfusion pack still stuck in his arm. He had woken up to see Karin in a more fitting outfit and felt depressed himself, as everyone entered the room Soren started his conversation and told them about his plan for the future. [Now that the sobbing is out of the way let''s get started with what comes after this, I plan on heading to one of the Islands located further down the Grand Line. When I was traveling with Shanks I noticed some interesting islands that I want to check out¡­ I want to leave you guys and let you do your own traveling, we might end up meeting a couple more times later on, but in the meantime I will let you all get stronger by yourselves]: soren Ace was the first to speak up when Soren told them of his plans to wander aimlessly inside the Grand Line. [Sensei, it is truly a great fortune to meet with you once more, I will not let you down and become one of the strongest pirates in the world]: ace Luffy was also a bit sad that Soren was leaving and he spoke as well. [I won''t let you or Ace down¡­ I will become the King of the Pirates, I pledge this on Sabo''s grave]: luffy Soren gave them both a smile and quickly remembered that he would not be able to go through with his plan if Karin was still with him, he then looked over at Karin who was sitting on Zoro''s lap, he then seen Sanji watching with daggers in his eyes as Zoro was starting to get more comfortable with Karin. Soren then looked back at Luffy and asked. [Can I leave Karin in your hands for a while until I come back?]: soren Chapter 100 - New World Incoming! (18+) [I don''t have a problem with her, but she better not distract Zoro]: luffy Luffy gave the okay to Soren for Karin to stay with him for a while, but when he saw Karin trying to be romantic with Zoro he thought that she might end up being a problem for Zoro''s concentration. [Good!... Thank you, I will come and find you when I am done exploring, I don''t expect my trip to last longer than 1 year]: soren Soren said this and Luffy gave Soren a thumbs up, Soren then started heading towards Zoro and Karin, when she saw Soren heading towards her and Zoro she quickly got up and brushed herself off, she then spoke. [Do you need something Soren Sensei?]: karin Soren just put his hand on her shoulder and spoke. [I will be taking a trip that will be quite dangerous, I will be leaving you in Luffy''s care until I come back]: soren Karin started crying when Soren told her that he would leave her, Soren then spoke some words to cheer her up. [You have improved enough to live on your own, so stay with your boyfriend over there until I come back]: soren Soren pointed over to Zoro when he said that and Zoro''s face became Red and his face quickly turned into one that tried to hide the fact that he was embarrassed. Soren then looked back towards Karin and saw her with a flushed face as well. [Then I will await your return]: karin Soren then gave her some money, he knew that if she started borrowing money from Nami that when he comes back there would be an unimaginable amount of debt awaiting him. [Take this and never borrow money from that girl, she charges super high interest rates]: soren Soren pointed at Nami and Nami had noticed as well as heard what Soren had said, she quickly gave an angry face and started yelling. [How dare you disgrace my name like that!]: nami But inside she was thinking something like "tch* How did he know I would charge interest when borrowing money?" She didn''t have time to think when she saw Soren hand her a bag full of money, Nami''s eyes then had money signs in them. Soren then took Misha and headed out of the room leaving Ace, Luffy and his crew which consisted of Sanji, Nami, Usopp, Chopper and Zoro who was standing next to Karin. Soren then left the Inn and went back to his boat, he took off his hood and found out that a group of bandits had tried to ransack the ship. [Thank God I keep all of our stuff inside of my storage]: soren Soren entered the ship and spread his Observation Haki around to make sure there was no squatter that decided to live in his ship. After making an all clear Soren then disembarked the dock and started sailing towards the New World, after Soren made it out in the sea a good distance he started opening portals and making jumps. [Husband, would you like Misha to make Husband some food?]: misha Soren was taking a rest after making Spatial Jumps for 3 days now, he was sitting in a lawn chair with an umbrella and shades while wearing nothing but a bathing suit, Misha was also wearing a bathing suit, Misha''s bathing suit was Gold in color and matched her Golden eyes. [No thanks, I''m good for now]: soren Soren was resting under the umbrella, Misha then came over and sat next to him, Msiha then whispered into Soren''s ear in a seductive voice. [Then would you mind rubbing me with lotion and I can ''rub'' you~]: misha Soren looked over at Misha and gave her a smile, Soren then got up and walked towards Misha, she saw him coming and turned over to give him her back. Soren then sat over her thighs while facing her back, he then took out some lotion from his inventory, Soren then put some in his hand and rubbed his hands together to cover both palms and started rubbing it into Misha''s back. [Mmmhhh!~ This feels goooood~]: misha Misha started to give small moans while Soren rubbed the cold lotion into her back, Soren then started moving towards her ass. Soren then unlaced one side of Misha''s bottoms and moved them to the side, Soren then took his flaccid dick out from the zipper of his bathing suit, Soren then took his hand that had some residue of lotion and he rubbed the tip of his dick, he then laid it between Misha''s ass cheeks. Misha felt this and started to get aroused, she then started twerking her hips making her ass cheeks rub against Soren''s dick. [Mmmhhh, Husband''s getting hard~]: misha Soren was indeed getting hard, Soren continued to rub in the lotion onto Misha''s back while thrusting his waist a bit to help rub his dick between Misha''s ass cheeks, and soon after Soren released a load onto Misha''s back. [Oh? Husband wants to use a different kind of lotion huh~]: misha Soren then took his hands and started rubbing the load he just shot onto Misha''s back in, it felt warm and a bit gooey, as Soren was rubbing his load into Misha''s back he started getting turned on by it. Misha liked the feeling as well, she started moaning from the feeling, Soren then let Misha turn over and now Misha was facing Soren while Soren was groping Misha''s tits with the residue from the cum-lotion mixture. [I''m going to put it in now]: soren Soren then positioned his dick at Misha''s entrance and it felt like it could slip in at any moment due to how wet it was, Soren then thrust all the way in making Misha let out a huge moan. [Ahhhhnnnngggg!]: misha Soren then kept thrusting while Misha was completely out of it, Misha''s face looked like an Ahegao face, her eyes were rolling up into her head while her tongue was sticking out letting a mouth full of saliva spill out. Soren saw this and couldn''t help but release his load inside of her, Misha then got mad and said while still moaning. [H-husband should h-have m-made more l-lotion!~]: misha Soren then got so aroused that he quickly pulled out and covered Misha in his 3rd load, and spoke. [Here is your lotion! Take it all!]: soren Soren started rubbing in the big fat load that he just shot into Misha''s body, she was so excited she started cuming herself. Soren seeing this started pounding harder and harder. [Ahhhhhnnnnnggg!]: misha Misha kept cumming over and over again in repeated succession, Soren saw how tired Misha looked after all of those orgasams that he decided for one final one that would make their day happy. Soren then started thrusting while rubbing Misha''s clit with his free hand while the other one that was groping Misha''s breast with cum went into Misha''s mouth and Misha started sucking all the cum from Soren''s fingers. [Here it comes! Take it all!]: soren Soren started speeding up while Misha was coming to climax for her 5th time and then they both released their cum together, Soren completely filled Misha''s womb with his full load and Misha started squirting out all her fluids onto Soren''s crotch, Soren then removed his dick and watched as a mix of their fluids came from Misha''s pussy. Soren then took a blanket from his storage and covered Misha with the blanket, Soren then cleaned himself up as Misha was still asleep. [Almost there!... One more Jump and we should be able to appear on the other side]: soren It had been a week since Soren''s boat deck party with Misha, both Soren and Misha were now at the big red wall that looked like it shot into the sky endlessly, Soren then opened the portal once more and the ship traveled through it arriving into the New World. Chapter 101 - Pangu Island Once Soren''s ship exited the portal he was greeted with a beautiful view, there were birds flying over head and a rainbow was shining in the distance. As Soren''s ship continued to sail along the waters Soren began to enjoy the view, but it didn''t hit Soren about how the weather and ocean activity can change at a moments notice until the sky turned dark and the ocean opened up making it look like Soren would sail off of a waterfall. [Holy shit! It really is like in the Amine, looks like I will need to be careful sailing around here]: soren Soren quickly opened a portal and appeared up on the other side of the waterfall, Soren then sailed out of that part. Soon Misha woke up from the sudden hard movement of the ship and came to see what had happened, she saw Soren with a bit of sweat on his forehead and asked. [What happened to make Husband sweat like that?]: misha [I had just made the last jump into the second half of the Grand Line and was out of stamina, I thought I would take a rest but the ocean then opened up out of nowhere and I had to over exert myself to save us]: soren Soren said all of this like it was no problem, and it truly was not, if Soren had to he could have gotten Misha and flew to a nearby island with the amount of stamina he had left. Misha heard Soren''s story and gave him a look as if saying "Be careful please" before she went back into their room to get dressed for the day. Soren then set a course to the closest island to dock for resupplying the ship, and after about 3 hours of sailing Soren docked the ship at an island that seemed to be deserted. [It looks like a ghost town here¡­ I also don''t remember an Island like this in the Anime]: soren Soren was walking through a town that had nobody in sight, he then used his Observation Haki to scan for any sign of life but to no avail. Soren kept walking until he smelled something cooking, he then turned to see some meat skewers that were getting burnt. [What the fuck is going on here? It''s a ghost town but there are signs of people living here, it''s as if they just up and vanished]: soren Soren then sent out his Observation Haki once more to see if it was just a mistake that he hadn''t sensed anything, after he pulled his Observation Haki back it still had the same result. Soren then thought about some of the weird anomalies that were present in the New World so he decided not to trust his Observation Haki and try one of his other skills, Soren then closed his eyes and sent a massive amount of killing intent out while mixing it with Observation Haki, once he had done that he could feel everything, be it living or nonliving. [There!... I found something]: soren Soren then disappeared from his spot but hadn''t reappeared, the atmosphere stayed like this for a couple of minutes. Soon about an hour passed by with nothing present on the island until the bushes started to move and a small child started to walk out still being wary of it''s safety. [Coast''s clear everyone]: child After the child spoke people started walking out of the forest where they had hid when Soren entered the island, they began to go back to their homes and shops, one even ran up to his meat stand and shouted. [My Meat!... Why me! Why my meat¡­ That stupid pirate!]: meat stand owner Once he said that though Soren had reappeared right behind him tapping him on the shoulder and asking. [That stupid what?]: soren The man heard the voice and quickly turned around to see Soren standing there with a smile on his face, the man went pale and quickly shouted. [H-he''s here! Quickly¡­ Run! He never left, he tricked us!]: meat stand owner Soren then covered the mouth of the stand owner but it was too late, the residence around looked over at where the shouting meat stand owner was and seen Soren with his hand covering the owners mouth and the owner being pale as a piece of paper. They all started shouting and running away from the pirate who had reappeared, but they couldn''t get very far before Soren shouted while releasing his King''s Haki. [Quiet!... Stop there and stay put!]: soren All the villagers tried to move but couldn''t due to fear and the ones that weren''t afraid still couldn''t move their feet for some reason. Soren then released the stand owners mouth and spoke. [Why are you running from me? I have just gotten here and need some supplies]: soren When the villagers heard Soren speak some small child-like villager spoke up. [Why do you need us if you just need supplies¡­ You would just rob them from us anyway, leave my people alone and just take them]: child Soren turned towards the child-like person who spoke and started questioning him due to his size and appearance, he then quickly threw this opinion out due to he himself is over 50 years old mentally while physically only being 28 not to mention having the Saiyan Bloodline makes him look even younger around 17. Soren then snapped out of his thought process and spoke. [You must be the Village Chief, I am not here to steal anything¡­ I came to buy all of my needed items... I am also not a pirate]: soren When the child-like chief heard Soren''s claim he doubted it, the chief then thought up a plan and spoke. [If you aren''t a pirate then release my people and I will let you purchase your needed supplies]: chief Soren had seen the face of the chief and already knew his plan but decided to play along with it, Soren then release his King''s Haki from all of the villagers and watched as they ran into the forest to hide. The chief was amazed that the pirate infront of him was such an idiot so he then spoke once more. [The man you hold right there¡­ Let him go as well]: chief Soren then left the meat stand owner scurry off after his fellow villagers who ran into the forest, Soren then stood there staring at the chief and started speaking. [I need 5kg of salt, 5kg of pepper, 100kg of meat along with some other spices and a couple barrels of fresh water¡­ How much will this be?]: soren The chief looked as Soren as if he was the biggest idiot in the world he then started laughing and spoke. [Who knows¡­ But you won''t be getting shit pirate! You are the biggest idiot I have ever seen, I made you let my people go and now you have no leverage over us to give you anything]: chief The chief laughing like no tomorrow before he started to walk into the forest leaving Soren standing there, he had a big smile on his face and when the chief turned to see Soren''s face all he saw was a smile as well before Soren spoke. [I had already knew your plan and let them go because it was useless to hold them when I have the chief right here, and you think you have won but I have the village¡­ If I want to steal it I can just start now as you all will be hiding¡­ Now¡­ As I have said, I need 5kg of salt, 5kg of pepper, 100kg of meat along with some other spices and a couple barrels of fresh water, how much will this be?... I will also be taking a discount due to your being uncooperative, shall we talk about price in your home?]: soren When the chief heard Soren''s words he realized that Soren was right, there was no stopping him from stealing it due to everyone hiding. The chief also realized that Soren was still wanting to purchase his materials rather than steal them, the chief then realized that he had made a mistake by trying to pull a fast one on Soren because Soren now wanted a discount. [...I''m sorry, I will talk with you¡­ Follow me]: chief Soren then bought all of the food at a 15% discount and also got some information about the island he was on. It was known as Island Pangu, the people there would always run into pirates who have just come to the New World so they are fearful of pirates so they hide, Soren then left Pangu. Chapter 102 - 3 Beasts [This should be a good spot to train]: soren Soren was standing on an unnamed island that was crawling with beasts, he had just finished killing a towering beast that had just attacked him with Armament Haki and got a deep wound on his arm due to not being prepared for it being able to use Armament Haki. [That was unexpected¡­ So the beasts here can use Haki, I guess I should train myself to be more in tune with it]: soren Soren had a large control over Haki but it was still just a skill to him, he wanted to make it act like part of his body and act on its own as a defence. Soren then took a blindfold out from his storage and wrapped it around his head, Soren then started walking into the forest before him only using his Observation Haki to map out the things in front of him. Soren continued to walk deeper into the forest until he felt that he was deep enough that Monsters would surround him from all angles, he then sat on the ground with his legs crossed with his Kitetsu laid across his lap. [Come and get me beasts]: soren Soren said this and released his King''s Haki to attract all the stronger beasts while leaving the weaker ones to run in fear, after about a minute 3 gigantic beasts started to come out of the forest closing in on Soren''s position. The 3 beasts formed a triangle with Soren at the center, Soren seen this with his Observation Haki and thought that these beasts were smart, they were so smart that even without talking they could form an attack strategy against this intruder. [I will not go easy on you, I will kill you all now]: soren Soren gave the beasts a word of warning as he started to draw his sword while still sitting down, once the beasts seen Soren draw his weapon they charged at him while covering their bodies with Armament Haki. Soren couldn''t see them cover their bodies but could feel a spike in their defence through Observation Haki. Soren covered his Kitetsu with his Armament Haki and swung his sword towards the 3 beasts, but to his dismay his attack was repelled and he was sent flying into the distance. [That hurt a little¡­ *pft*]: soren Soren spit out some blood and decided to take up his fight to the next level, Soren started walking back to his previous position only to see the 3 beasts waiting for him, Soren then upped the level of Armament Haki making his sword turn darker in color and give off a Teal glow. [Who will come and fight me first?]: soren The 3 beasts looked at eachother then towards Soren and saw that he was starting to get serious, then the one in the middle of the other 2 started to step forward. Soren saw this and took it as an act of wanting a 1v1, Soren then stood forward as well, Soren then gave the beast a smile, he then took his Kitetsu and stabbed it into the ground and cracked his knuckles. [I don''t need a weapon to kill you]: soren The beast took this as a sign of Soren looking down on him and in fact Soren did look down on him, Soren only drew the sword for if the 3 of them teamed up on him, but in any 1v1 Soren felt comfortable using his bare hands. [Let''s start this now shall we? I need to cook dinner later]: soren The beast heard Soren and as if it could understand him started rushing towards him, Soren met the beast face to face while the claws of the beast tried to slice Soren from his right chest side down to the left side of his waist. Soren then caught the giant paw, and as the paw was caught the ground around Soren started to crack in a spiderweb pattern, Soren was getting pushed back due to the shear strength of this beast, it''s power could match with Soren training in 700x gravity with 600kg of weight on each side of a benching bar. [You really are a beast¡­ But I am a bigger beast]: soren Soren then turned into a black cloud with lightning coursing through it and disappeared underneath the beasts giant paw, Soren then reappeared above the beasts head while making a rope of lightning and placing it around the beasts neck. Soren then pulled as hard as he could to try and strangle the beast but to no avail as it''s Armament Haki was too thick, the beast in turn pulled the lightning rope off of its neck and swung Soren around making him crash into a tree close by. [Agk! *Cough Cough* Stupid beast!]: soren Soren started to cough some blood and got back up, the fight continued with Soren having the lover hand in this fight. The beast started smiling and gave slight chuckles as Soren was such an ant compared to him, Soren couldn''t see any of this as he was blindfolded and could only sense positions with even that starting to fail. [Looks like I will need to start getting more creative with my attacks¡­ I do have body manipulation that was taught to me back in Hunter x Hunter¡­ Maybe I can do something with my family''s fucked up method of assassination]: soren Soren then took his hand and started concentrating his Ki into his hand to harden his fingers like steel bars and grow his fingernails into razor sharp knife like objects, Soren then focused his Armament Haki to the tips of his fingers covering his nails and fingertips, Soren then made a combined effect of both the Rumble Rumble Fruit and the Dark Dark Fruit. Soren''s hand was then covered in a black colored lightning that sparked rapidly. [This is¡­ I mixed my fruits powers?]: soren Soren had indeed mixed his Devil Fruit abilities into one, the 2 fruits in turn became One but he would not find out until Sakura was done updating. Soren then took his attention towards the beast he was fighting and began to charge towards it with great speed, once the beast sensed the great power that was focused around Soren''s hand it began to feel scared. [Thank you for your help¡­ You can go die now]: soren Soren jumped up and reached with his now deadly hand towards the beasts heat and the beast tried to cover the area Soren was going to attack with all the Armament Haki it could muster, but it was too slow. Soren''s hand entered the chest of the beast and the Black lightning started to wreak havoc inside the beasts body, Soren then pulled his hand out while holding something that still seemed to beat while in his hand. [One down 2 to go¡­ I hope you 2 will be better than your sibling here]: soren Soren then started walking towards them with the heart still beating in his hand, and as he walked closer he crushed the heart and when he did that the beast who the heart belonged too had fallen to the ground, dead. The 2 beasts that were left were utterly scared for their lives, Soren who once looked like an easy pray now looked like a Demon in human clothes. [Will you guys fight or flee?... Both will end in death but the first will make you go out looking like a Hero]: soren The 2 beasts heard Soren and started shaking, soon they couldn''t take the pressure they felt from Soren and the one on the left started to flee, Soren quickly disappeared and reappeared before the beast and snached it''s heart like the first one, he then crushed it killing the beast instantly. Soren then made his way back the the last remaining one, Soren stood before it and spoke once more but with a more chilling tone. [Will you guys fight or flee?... Both will end in death but the first will make you go out looking like a Hero]: soren The beast knew that this was the ultimatum with no change to it possible, and after thinking for a moment it then spoke which spooked Soren a bit. [P-please! Don''t kill me¡­ I''m just a kid, no more than 7 years old]: beast Soren was completely surprised, not only were the beasts strong but were also smart enough to use Haki and now this one is talking. Soren then registered the second half of the beasts sentence, it was just a kid? 7 years old? Soren was now feeling conflicted, if this one claims to be just a 7 year old kid then the 2 that he just killed must also be kids, Soren then asked. [You¡­ Speak, who were the other two? What is your relation and name]: soren The beast didn''t hesitate to speak for being in fear of its life. [M-my name is Haku¡­ T-those 2 were my parents, you first killed my dad and then killed my mom¡­ Please don''t kill me]: Haku [...Haku¡­ Come with me]: soren Chapter 103 - Update Sorry this is not a chapter, my internet is out and I dont know when it will be back on. I am writing from a phone and hate writing like this, but hopefully I can get Internet back as soon as possible. Thank you for understanding, also when I can start writing again I will try to upload at least 5 chapters. Thank you and see you all soon hopefully. Chapter 104 - Battle with Mamushi When Soren looked at the new bounty on Blue Reaper he had wondered how it went up, but like God had answered him Carrot spoke. [You should know¡­ Just 3 months ago you went and destroyed a Marine base killing 5 Captains and injured a lower Vice Admiral¡­ You then went on to state that you would kill anyone who was sent at you, then disappeared into the wind like you were never there]: carrot Soren was surprised to hear about a story of himself but not himself, he had many ideas come to mind about who might impersonate him but couldn''t think of who he pissed off most. He then tried to sweet talk Carrot again, while Carrot looked at Soren in fascination, Soren then spoke up while grabbing Carrots attention. [You know¡­ That wasn''t me¡­ I have laid reclusive and out of sight for many years, I even forgot about what I did to get a bounty in the first place¡­ I''m just a plain adventurer now]: soren Carrot was caught by Soren''s words and couldn''t help but start questioning him about what his life was like being an Adventurer, Soren answered the best he could as the questions were asked so fast he couldn''t think of an answer before another one was asked, and after 2 and a half hours of Q&A Carrot finally broke and saw Soren as someone interesting that she wanted to follow and go on adventures with. [If I free you can you take me with you?]: carrot Soren didn''t hesitate to answer Carrot. [No¡­ My journey is going to have lots of battle and bloodshed, I already have to watch over my Wife so she doesn''t get hurt¡­ And I also think you will get off of her sooner than you think]: soren Soren hinted towards the future when Luffy will arrive here and Carrot will join them. Soren seeing Carrots pouty face couldn''t help but crack a smile as he spoke once more. [Anyways¡­ I''m here to speak with the leaders of this Island, and then I will be off¡­ Like I said before, I never came here to harm any of you]: soren Carrot looked at the handcuffed Siren and covered her mouth with her left hand while hiding her chuckle. She then spoke up in a condescending tone. [You say you never meant to harm us but even if your intent was to harm do you think you would have won? Look at you, your still bound by cuffs you silly¡­ But I don''t mind removing the cuffs if you promise to take me adventuring with you hehe]: carrot Soren just looked at her with her mischievous antics before he raised both his hands up towards her showing ger the cuffs. Carrot took this as a sign that she won the battle and got her way, she then took the keys to the cuffs and turned back to Soren who was still there with his hands in the air, but just as she was about to use the keys while humming a Victory song with her eyes closed she heard a *Chrank* sound, and as she opened her eyes with the key in her hand she saw Soren with broken cuffs around both of his wrists and a smile plastered on his face. [ H-how!?... Just what are you?... Wait! You could break those the whole time!?]: carrot Soren could see the looks of confusion still lingering on Carrot''s face, Soren then gave her a slight chuckle while he brought his right leg and crossed it over his left, he then placed his hands into his lap and started to speak. [I can fight evenly with a Marine Admiral, do you think these pesky cuffs could hold me?... Anyway, can you take me to your leader now?]: soren Carrot who was still confused about how strong the guy was and still let himself get captured, Carrot then snapped out of her thoughts when Soren spoke about visiting her leader, she quickly thought against it but then thought about how strong this guy was and about all the innocent lives on this Island, and after a quick debate she reluctantly took Soren to meet their leader. Soren was brought to a building that looked like your average office building, it had 3 floors with both floors below the 3rd floor having rooms filled with warrior''s. On the 3rd floor It was an open space with a couple of desk''s around with people looking through files, and in the back by the window there is a desk with a big yellow Cat like man with a scar going down the left side of his face, Soren knew this guys name was Nekomamushi, one of the leaders of the Mink tribe. Mamushi saw Soren standing next to Carrot and thought that some pirate had swindled the airheaded Carrot, he then quickly got into a battle stance ready to fight Soren. [Who are you and why are you here! Answer in 5 seconds or I will kill you where you stand]: mamushi Soren couldn''t stand threats, he then raised his hand towards Mamushi and it started to get covered in a Black lightning that gave off a yellow glow. Mamushi saw this and knew that nothing good would come from this pirate and quickly attacked towards Soren not giving Soren the chance to finish his attack. [Take this you fuckin pirate!]: mamushi Mamushi attacked Soren left and right covering his claws in Armament Haki while using Observation Haki to its limits hoping to see any gaps in Sorens defences. Soren was dodging all of Mamushi''s attacks but by just a hair, soon Soren closed his eyes and started trying to feel where Mamushi would strike next, he also tried to feel where he would strike 3 turns from now. Mamushi saw Soren close his eyes and thought that the pirate before him was just giving up so he attacked faster and stronger to end the battle. Soon cut after cut began to form all over Soren''s body, and due to all the torture from his childhood growing up he felt no pain from these attacks, and because he felt no pain Soren could put even more focus into training his Observation Haki to the next stage. As Mamushi''s attacks got faster Soren also began to see more of the attacks, soon Soren was dodging before the attacks were thrown, he could now see 4 hits into the future and make corrections, Soren then thought to himself while he continued to dodge Mamushi''s attacks. ''This is awesome¡­ But this is still far from Future sight, but not too far¡­ If I were to fight Katakuri I would still lose but I got everything I could from Mamushi¡­ I guess it''s time to explain myself'': soren Soren then stopped dodging and covered his hands in Armament Haki while grabbing Mamushi''s hands, the battle stopped there and Soren started to speak while still holding Mamushi''s hands to keep him from attacking. And after a couple of minutes Mamushi understood everything, he then stood up from the chair he occupied after Soren got half way through his story and gave Soren a 90¡ã bow while apologising. [I am truly sorry for attacking you with no context as to who you are or why you came here, I hope you can forgive my actions¡­ Now can you tell me your reason for visiting us?]: mamushi [Well¡­ I already got it, I came to spar with you so I could improve my Observation Haki¡­ You may not be a strong opponent, but you are the fastest one that I have faced]: soren Mamushi was shocked for words, he couldn''t help but be happy and sad at the same time for he was happy that he was the fastest that Soren had ever battled with, but sad that he was not stronger than others that he faced. Mamushi knew that he was neither the fastest nor the strongest in the New World but still had pride, and Soren just ruined it by saying those words. [I''m happy that I could help¡­ So where will you go now?]: mamushi Siren thought about it for a moment before he spoke, and after thinking he then told Mamushi his plans for the future. [I will start making my way back to Paradise to meet up with some friends, then I will do some fishing to pass the time¡­ Maybe even kill some pirates who kill innocents]: soren Mamushi was surprised to hear that Soren would rather pass time fishing and talking with friends than to rule over an Island or find the One Piece that was stated to be at the end of the New World. [Well I hope to see you again in the future Soren... Your welcome here any time... Here, take this with you... It will help you get back here]: mamushi Mamushi handed Soren a Vivre card that was linked to him and sent Soren off at the edge of town, Soren then went back to his ship that was deep into the forest, once he got back he informed Misha and Haku about his trip, he then covered the ship in Armament Haki once more and picked up the ship then flew off the Elephant back down to the sea below and started sailing back to Paradise. [Onwards... Destination? Home!]: soren Chapter 105 - Marineford It had taken 5 months to get all the way to Zou and now Soren was heading home, this trip didn''t bring him as many rewards as he thought it would but it still paid off just enough in the end. As Soren sailed through the ever changing seas he came across a ship that happened to be heading towards a whirlpool, Soren could hear a bunch of screams coming from the ship and when he put more focus on the ship it looked kinda familiar to him. [Is that¡­ No¡­ But they are a bunch of idiots, better safe than sorry]: soren Soren then left his boat which was far enough to not be disturbed by the whirlpools current and be dragged in. Soren then flew over to the ship that was being dragged down and noticed a few familiar faces, but the main one was a man with Red hair wearing a white button up long sleeve shirt that was open all the way down to his abs, he wore a black sweeping cape with a high collar over the white dress shirt and wore Brown baggy pants that were cut off at the shin with a Red sash around his waist. Soren could pick this man out of a crowd due to this choice of clothing, Soren then decided to save them, he flew to the back of the boat and placed his hands on it while covering the entire boat with Armament Haki and started pulling the boat out of the whirlpool while the people on board started freaking out about the ship turning black. [Holy shit! This is hard to hold while covering it with Armament Haki]: soren Soren was struggling to keep the ship covered while pulling it out of the whirlpools current, Soren was visibly starting to go pale in the face, he then thought of a last resort that could either kill him and the whole crew on board or, save everyone. Soren then started to focus his power on making his Ki explode into surges while making it rage throughout his entire body but focusing it into his muscles. [HAAAAARRRGGGG!]: soren Soren''s Ki started to flare up and flow into his muscles, mini explosions oh Ki could be seen happening around Soren''s body. Soren then gave it all of his strength and pulled, this last pull had yanked the boat out of the whirlpool and back into stable waters, some of the crew saw Soren pull off the feat in amazement but then saw as he started plummeting towards the sea. [Captain!... I think I just saw Soren fall into the water, we need to save him]: crew member [Haha! Silly guy, Soren wouldn''t be here¡­ He was left back in Foosha Village with Luffy]: shanks Shanks was drunk off his ass while he was walking around the ship with a bottle in his hand, he even fell down a couple of times, the crew saw this and one decided to jump in after Soren to save him. Soon both Soren and the crew member who saved him came up to the surface and got back on Shanks'' ship, Soren''s last words before he passed out were. [My wife is over there]: soren Soren pointed into the direction of his boat and told the crew, the guy that Soren fell on coming into the One Piece world named Rick looked towards where Soren pointed and stated. [Over there guys¡­ That must be his ship, we better go get Misha for him]: rick Soren was unconscious for about 2 months, the whole time Misha, Shanks, and his crew were all worried for him, even Haku went to sleep next to him every night. Once he woke up he saw Misha standing over him with tears in her eyes while shouting. [Husband woke up!... Everyone, Husband is awake!]: misha Soren was greeted by Haku on his side, Misha standing above him and Shanks in the corner with tears in his eyes and a bottle of booze in his hand. Then the door slammed open and people started piling into the room anxious about Soren''s well being, Soren looked at everyone and felt that the time on Shanks'' ship was not wasted, he felt that Shanks and his crew saw him as part of the family. [How long was I out for?]: soren [About 2 years¡­*Sigh*]: shanks [WHAT!?]: soren Misha quickly hit Shanks over the head and corrected him. [Husband has only been asleep for 2 months]: misha Soren felt relieved that he didn''t just sleep 2 years away from his adventures in this world, but he was also upset that it wasn''t 2 years due to the fact that Sakura would be back up. ''I really do rely on Sakura too much¡­ Even when she comes back, I will do my best to do most things on my own'': soren Soren then spent a couple of weeks catching Shanks and the crew up on what happened, Soren told them about his adventures and about Ace, Sabo and Luffy, after their catch up they had a party that lasted 6 days until they needed to restock, in which they begged Soren to buy all of it or for him to take out another fleet of ships. This brought back some of the very first memories of this world to Soren, soon after, Soren decided to just give Shanks some money to restock the booze and Mihawk had come to challenge Soren for the 6th time, Mihawk was upset that Soren kept beating him even if it was almost a draw and not overwhelming defeat. After another week Soren decided it was time for him, Misha and Haku to head back towards Paradise, Shanks sent them off with a goodbye party that lasted 2 days even though Soren left the first night. [Those guys really will look for anything to throw a party that last a minimum of 4 days¡­ I will miss them when we leave this world]: soren Soren had a tear in his eye as he continued to said back towards Paradise, and after 4 months Soren made it back to the Red Line. [Luffy should be fighting in Impel Down right now¡­ should I help him out?]: soren As Soren was thinking about what to do next he was caught off guard a big Ship that looked like a whale came up next to him, it has a solution that wrapped around it that Soren could remember was the bubble solution used to get to Fishman Island, but Soren had no idea how they got coated in it again, but then it hit him. ''Fishman Island has a device that can make those bubbles a lot quicker that coaters at Sabaody¡­ Whitebeard pirates are also the protectors of Fishman Island, I wonder if Whitebeard has a bigger version on the bubble maker installed on his ship for a faster way to Fishman Island?'': soren Soon Whitebeard''s ship started sinking and Soren could hear the shouts of the Whitebeard crew saying "Save Ace!". Soren then made up his mind that he would save Ace when the time came, but right now he needed to make his way to Marineford and watch the battle happen. Soren then opened another portal and sailed into the portal coming out on the other side, he then started making his way towards the direction of Marineford, after about 3 hours of sailing Soren reached Marineford while staying a safe distance away as to not draw attention, Soren looked around to see Marines, World Government Officials and some news reporters hanging around an Execution Tower with a man shackled down with sea stone cuffs. The man was beaten and battered, but not as bad as in the Anime, Soren thought that even the World Laws couldn''t suppress Ace''s training that much. Ace was surrounded by Vice Admirals, Admirals and a Fleet Admiral. From the distance Soren could see Garp talking with Sengoku, it looked as if Garp was trying to reason with Sengoku, all Soren could guess, it was about Ace''s time of Execution. Soren then could hear in the distance the chants he heard just a couple of hours ago. [Save Ace! Save Ace! Save Ace!]: whitebeard crew The Whitebeard pirates ship started sailing up to Soren''s boat and soon passed it, and once the Marines spotted the Whitebeard''s they rang the bell 3 times indicating an attack and thus the War of the Best was kicked off. As Whitebeard and his ships got to the distance they wanted Whitebeard made his appearance and used his Devil Fruit to crack the space and cause a gigantic Tsunami in which Aokiji used his Devil Fruit to freeze the oceans stopping the Tsunami. Soren who happened to be on the outer edge of the attacks only got the front of his boat encased in ice, he then made his way off the boat and walked up to the frozen Tsunami covered his hands in Armament Haki along with his Mixed Devil Fruit powers of Darkness and Lightning making a Black Lightning with a yellow glow wrap around his fist, Soren then sent a punch at the wall of frozen water and smashed it, the shockwave sent Black lightning coursing through the 100 meter tall Tsunami and shattered the whole thing, this caught everyone''s attention, and as the frozen tsunami came crashing down a man of not even 2 meters was seen floating in the air as to not get crushed by the falling ice blocks. [Who in the hell is that brat?]: whitebeard Chapter 106 - Healing Whitebeard -Before Whitebeard and Soren made their appearance on the Marine''s side- Ace was being shackled to the Execution platform by 2 marine Captains while Sengoku, Garp and Aokiji stood to the side to make sure Ace didn''t try anything. After Ace was shackled down Sengoku started talking with Ace and asking him questions, but Ace just sat there with his head aimed towards the platform underneath him, Sengoku then took a Snail communicator and started speaking into it for everyone to hear. [So¡­ Fire Fist Ace¡­ I would like you to tell everyone who your father is]: sengoku Ace still sitting there spoke for the first time since he was shackled. [My father is Whitebeard]: ace [No he isn''t, tell us who your father is]: sengoku [Yes he is¡­ I have never looked to anyone else as a father except for Whitebeard and my Teacher]: ace [And who is this Teacher?]: sengoku [You all know him¡­ He goes by the name Blue Reaper¡­ And when he finds out that you guys killed me he will come and take your pathetic lives, Hahaha!]: ace [Well we will deal with that when the time comes, but for now we are talking about your father¡­ Not your fake father or father figure, but your Real father¡­ You see, back in the day we were looking for a newborn who would have been born around the time we were searching. We had asked many mothers who had just given birth or were days away from giving birth but to no avail¡­ We searched but still found nothing¡­ Ace do you know your mother''s name? It was Portgas D. Rouge, she had fooled the Marine''s¡­ No, she fooled the entire world¡­ Be it for the love of her child or the will to see to it that you survived, she had carried you inside her for 20 months, and as she gave birth ran out of strength and died¡­ Your mother had at that time given birth to the child of the most evil pirate the world has ever seen¡­ Your father is Gold Roger, the King of the Pirates]: sengoku After Sengoku finished his speech the whole place was quiet, in fact, the whole world was quiet, but once the people processed what was said they started to clamor over it, they had no words for what to say about the situation. It was also this time that Soren had arrived on scene and stayed way in the back, Sengoku was just about to start the Execution when Garp tried to prolong the Execution for someone, hell anyone to save Ace. [Sengoku, It''s not yet time to start the Execution, we still have a couple minutes]: garp [No¡­ I will start the Execution now to prevent any unseen calculations that will mess up this chance at ridding the world of Roger''s Blood]: sengoku Sengoku was just about to signal for the Execution to start when in the process of signalling Sengoku heard something in the distance and stopped to see what was happening. In the distance Sengoku, Garp and many other Marine''s could see a big Ship that was shaped like a whale coming towards them with the crew chanting "Save Ace" and behind them more ships from different crews were following in succession, Sengoku then saw Whitebeard stand up while removing the life support connectors, Whitebeard then used his left fist to smash the air causing fractures that in turn brought up a Tsunami. Aokiji saw this and seen that it was heading towards Marineford, he quickly turned the tsunami and the sea into ice, the tsunami froze in place and Whitebeard started to ready his signal to fight, but right before the signal was issued everyone heard a crack and felt a rumble as they looked towards the tsunami that was shaking and cracking with Black lightning running through it. The ice wall then shattered into pieces and started to crumble, and as the ice started to settle everyone saw a man floating through where the wall used to be. [Who in the Hell is this brat?]: whitebeard Sengoku had the same Idea, the man before them looked familiar but yet they haven''t seen much of him, as Sengoku was pondering about this man and his identity a Marine Captain rushed up with a wanted poster. [Sir¡­ This man''s name is Soren, he is suspected to be related or in fact is Blue Reaper]: marine captain Sengoku took the picture and looked back at Soren who was still floating there, he also thought to himself about what his Devil Fruit could be, and because he didn''t know he informed everyone to be cautious. He then looked over to Ace who had no care for life and was looking down towards the platform below him. [Look who came Ace¡­ Your father and your Teacher, how heartfelt that they have come to watch you die]: sengoku Ace looked up to were Sengoku was pointing and saw both Soren and Whitebeard, Soren then started floating over to Whitebeard''s ship and landed, as for Ace he started shouting. [Dad! Teacher! Leave this place it was a trap to lure you all here!]: ace [Teacher!!???!]: marine''s/pirates/viewers The whole world while watching were freaking out over Ace''s claim, both Soren and Whitebeard looked at Ace then back at each other and spoke. [Dad/Teacher?]: soren/whitebeard Soren already knew that in the Anime Ace looked up to Whitebeard as a father but thought he might have changed it as Soren had raised Ace for 6 years. Whitebeard was intrigued as to the fact that the boy before him was the "Teacher" his son was talking about since Ace first joined the Whitebeard pirates. Soren and Whitebeard then came to terms on their individual thoughts then started to laugh at the same time, it was also at this moment that Whitebeard remembered who this was. [Now I remember¡­ You are that brat from Shanks'' ship¡­ How have you been brat]: whitebeard Soren was still a bit mad that he continued to call him a "brat" but decided to toss the thought and just respond with his own pride. [Nothing too hard¡­ I have traveled here and there, trained almost everywhere and still will live a lot longer than your old ass, Haha!]: soren Whitebeard didn''t like Soren''s comment and shouted. [Then fight me Brat! I''ll show you who''s stronger in this fight]: whitebeard Soren was tempted to take the offer but thought that they should do it later, because right now they had to save Ace. [Maybe later old man¡­ First we need to save Ace]: soren Whitebeard then remembered what he came here for and shook his head in agreement, Soren then stepped forward amplifying his voice with Ki and spoke with a loud and deafening voice. [My name is Soren¡­ As you all heard, Ace is one of my Apprentice''s]: soren [J-just One of!?!]: everyone Everyone was starting to talking and reminiscing about how hard it was to take Ace in let alone bring him to the Execution platform. Ace was a monster who deserves to be Gold Roger''s child, and as everyone was discussing about Ace, Soren quieted them all down with his next words. [So¡­ Do you all plan to kill Ace? If so, do you plan to kill me to get to him?]: soren As Soren said his words his clothes changed from the White T-shirt and Black pants he was wearing to a Blue shirt Black pants with a Black trench coat and White mask with Teal markings. So Soren could get his point across he released his strength as his eyes that were once purple evolved to the next level, his left eye had a Red Sharingan with his MS design while his right eye was Gold in color with the same MS design. Soren was surprised to see an evolution without the help of the System and felt happy about it, he then took out both his Zanpakuto and Kitetsu III holding one in each hand, Soren then covered them in his strongest Armament Haki making them pure Black in color, then surrounded them in his Devil Fruits wrapping them in a Black lightning. Everyone who saw this started getting scared about what would happen next, and as extra measures Soren released his King''s Haki over the entire crowd, thousands of people fainted, once Whitebeard saw this he fell into though, he then quickly broke out of it and shouted towards all the pirates under his command. [Charge! Follow Soren''s lead!]: whitebeard The pirates started charging in killing any Marine''s who dare to stand in their way of saving Ace, soon Soren turned to see Luffy land on Whitebeard''s ship. [Who are you brat, and why are you on my ship?]: whitebeard [My name''s Luffy and I came here to save Ace]: luffy [Guhahaha¡­ Nice joke kid, but we got this¡­ This ain''t a playground, this is a War of the Best¡­ Just go home kid!]: whitebeard Whitebeard laughed off Luffy''s comment about saving Ace and told him to leave, Luffy then started to yell at Whitebeard like in the Anime. [Shut up Old man! I''m going to be king of the pirates one day!... And today I''m going to save my brother Ace!]: luffy When Whitebeard heard Luffy''s claims he was speechless, he had never meet someone ballsy enough to yell at him except for Soren. It was also at this moment Soren descended from the sky back onto Whitebeard''s ship and spoke. [Hey Luffy¡­ Welcome to the party, wanna give me a hand?]: soren Luffy turned to see Soren and quickly yelled. [Teacher!... You must be here to help save Ace too!... Yeah, I can give you a hand, let''s go save Ace]: luffy ''I should have expected for Soren to teach that boy as well¡­ *Haaaa* I''m getting too old for this'': whitebeard Whitebeard thought as he watched the interaction between Soren and Luffy, he felt that today he would see a new generation being born into the world "The Worst Generation". Luffy then asked Soren a question. [Teacher¡­ What happened to your swords? They look like the same ones but the blades are Black in color]: luffy [*Sigh* You will find out later, but for now let''s go save Ace¡­ Oh and one more thing]: soren Soren then took out a Senzu Bean and handed it to Whitebeard and told him to eat it. [What''s this little bean going to do?]: whitebeard [Just eat it quickly before something bad happens]: soren Whitebeard popped the bean into his mouth and ate the Senzu Bean, after a couple of seconds Whitebeard was feeling like he wasn''t sick anymore. [This is great!... But kid¡­ I still won''t be able to do much like this, I''m reaching that age I won''t las-]: whitebeard Soren then put his arm up facing Whitebeard and focused all of his Ki and transformed it into Life Force and sent it into Whitebeard. After Whitebeard felt the surge of energy revitalise every single one of his cells he felt young again. [That should make you live another 60 years¡­ Enjoy, this is my gift to you]: soren Soren then took another Senzu Bean out and ate it to replenish all of his lost Ki and turned back to Luffy. [Let''s go get Ace!]: soren Chapter 107 - Akainu Dies As Soren left with Luffy towards the Execution platform, Whitebeard decided to join the fight directly and came down off of his ship with his Bisento now ready for battle. [All right! All who are prepared for possible death follow me!]: whitebeard Whitebeard gave his crew some not so inspirational words of motivation then charged into the battle following after Soren and Luffy, he was then followed by all the pirate crews that came with him to rescue Ace. Soren and Luffy were coming up to the Execution platform when they were surrounded by thousands of Marine''s, Soren was then back to back with Luffy while giving him some motivation. [Do you remember our training?... If you can''t beat these guys, then no dinner for you tonight]: soren Soren said his words and Luffy thought it was the end of the world, and right before they could start taking out these soldiers Soren was hit by a fist of Lava and shot away from Luffy and the other Marine''s. [What the-...Hey you cheap bastard! How dare you take me away from my student when I am giving him motivation]: soren Soren got up while wiping off some soot from his clothes, he then started facing the person who just attacked him, it was none other than Akainu. Akainu was surprised to see that Soren was able to stand there unharmed by his attack, even if it wasn''t a full power attack Akainu still thought that it would have left a few burns. [Neat tricks pirate, how did you pull it off?]: akainu Soren was completely ignored and felt a little angry that Akainu would pass him off as someone who''s words can be ignored, Soren then readied his weapons and aimed them towards Akainu, he then spoke with a cold tone. [How about I cut a few limbs off then I can tell you right before I end your pitiful existence]: soren Right after Soren said his promise he disappeared and reappeared in front of Akainu slicing off Akainu''s left hand before disappearing and reappearing in his previous position covering his arm that had some burns on it. [Your good kid but that''s all, I could have killed you 6 times during your attack]: akainu Soren was stunned to see that Akainu was able to attack him without him noticing, Soren then focused his Ki towards his arm and covered the burn to keep it from getting infected. Soren then started using his Observation Haki to the max and charged towards Akainu once again, every time Soren would make a swing of his swords Akainu would dodge with Kami-e (Paper Drawing) while giving off his own attack. Soren was at first angry the Akainu could avoid all of his attacks while making his own connect, no matter how hard Soren looked, even if he could see it coming 3 attacks into the future he still could not dodge them, but for some reason Soren was loving it. Every attack that hit him, ever move he did dodge, all the experience that tied into this fight, Soren was feeling growth, his Saiyan Bloodline was kicking in and forcefully making Soren stronger, his hands that every once in a while had itched like no tomorrow now were crying out in excitement. ''So this is what it means to be a Saiyan¡­ I hope I don''t become a masochist from this'': soren Soren was enjoying the fight so much that he forgot that he was even taking any hits, soon his body was covered in burn marks as blood was coming out of scabs that started to form from Soren''s enhanced healing. Akainu was looking at this kid who looked as if he were seconds away from death''s door and thought he was crazy, Soren started laughing as if this was the best joke he had ever heard in his life. Soren was enjoying the fight and didn''t notice his Ki started to leak out and form nightmares for the weaker ones that were in a 200 meter radius of Akainu and Soren, everyone was in shock to see the beast that was Soren and how he had no form of self awareness for his well-being. Soren then decided to take it up a step and released his Susanoo, Soren was then surrounded by a pitch Black skeleton with Black smoke with hints of Teal smoke coming off of the skeleton. [I wonder if you can take this¡­ Amaterasu!]: soren The skeleton then started firing off heaps of Black flames, all Akainu could think was. [What in the Fuck is this kid!?]: akainu Nobody who was spectating the fight between Akainu and Soren from the Marine''s side could tell what Devil Fruit Soren had eaten, Soren displayed so many different powers that it was hard to tell what was happening. Akainu didn''t try to dodge the Flames that shot at him because he was a Lava man, no fire could harm him, but he was wrong, once the fire hit him he started screaming in pain. [AAHHHGGRRHH! Bastard! What are those flames!]: akainu Soren who realized that Akainu was down for the count started to calm down his fighting spirit, the Susanoo then disappeared along with his MS and his eyes went back to the Black color they were. Soren then walked up to the fallen Akainu who was trying to put out the Amaterasu and crouched before him with his hands on his thighs, he then started to speak to Akainu in a calm voice. [Those are the flames of a God, they can burn anything into ash, even reality¡­ It was fun playing with you but our time ends here, Ace will be saved and you can die knowing that I, the teacher of the Son of Roger had killed you and everyone else here]: soren When Akainu heard Soren he looked around to see what was happening and what side was winning only to see Garp and Sengoku fighting with Whitebeard, all the other pirates found their own target while some of the 7 warlords had traded sides and started fighting the Marine''s and World Government, all the other Admirals and Vice Admirals were helping the higher ups in the World Government escape while Ace was no longer chained to the Execution platform but was escaping with the Rookie known as Monkey D. Luffy, with Akainu''s final breath he used Shave and disappeared from his position and reappeared right behind Luffy and Ace while throwing all of his strength into his last punch sending a hole through Ace''s chest while hitting Luffy as well. [Son of a bitch!... I better act quickly to save Ace]: soren Soren disappeared and reappeared behind Akainu while taking off his head with his Armament Haki infused sword, he then disappeared and reappeared next to Luffy who was hugging a dying Ace, Soren grabbed Luffy''s shoulder and let Luffy grieve. [Ace!... AACCCCEEE! WHAAAAHHH!]: luffy Luffy unconsciously released a massive amount of King''s Haki that hit everyone, Marine''s and Pirates alike, everyone passed out except for those who had a stronger will. Jinbei then came next to both Soren and Luffy while assessing the situation, Soren then turned to Jinbei and spoke to him. [Take Luffy and run from here, I will help Whitebeard clean up the rest]: soren Jinbei nodded to Soren''s words, he then grabbed the heartbroken and still sobbing Luffy then ran off to escape Marineford, Soren then knelt down and placed his hand over Ace''s heart that happened to still have a bit of life left in it, Soren then took all of his remaining power and transformed it into Life Force Ki, Soren then took out a couple of Senzu beans while tossing them into Ace''s mouth and forcing him to eat them, Soren then started forcing the Life essence into Ace''s body, this started a rapid healing effect that started to close the hole in Ace''s chest. After a couple minutes the hole was completely closed and Ace''s heartbeat started coming back, soon after that it became normal but Ace stayed unconscious, Soren then looked around to see the battlefield, Garp was fighting Whitebeard to a draw, all the other pirates were picking up their fallen comrades due to Luffy''s King''s Haki, Soren saw all the Marines starting to flee leaving only some Vice Admirals left who were over by Akainu''s body they had a Fruit in their hands which Soren guessed was Akainu''s Devil Fruit. Soren then took another 2 Senzu Beans and ate them himself, he then started floating into the air and gathered a Black energy ball at the tip of his fingertip the size of a ping pong ball, he then flung it like he was flinging a booger off of his finger towards the group of 3 Vice Admirals. The shot hit the first guy taking off his head, the ball then changed direction and hit the other 2 who saw the first one die and tried to make a run with the Devil Fruit, the same scene happened with their heads flying off. The battle with Akainu had taken Soren to new heights after he ate those Senzu Beans, Soren was now 3¡­ No, 4 times stronger than before, Soren flew down next to the Devil Fruit that dropped from the 2 deceased Vice Admirals'' hands, and placed it into his storage, Soren then went back to Ace and put him on his shoulder and flew back to Soren''s boat where Misha and Haku were waiting. [Sorry Whitebeard, Luffy¡­ I will give Ace back later, for now Luffy needs to train and Whitebeard needs to get his powers under control]: soren Soren then broke the tiny bit of Ice that held onto Soren''s boat and then started sailing to find a place to recover. Chapter 108 - Magma-Magma Fruits Use After Soren left there was some movement behind the rubble of Marineford, and soon a tall overweight man with Black hair and a Black beard with a tan skin complexion was seen stumbling back on his ass from everything he had just witnessed. [W-what is he?... He healed that old bastard Whitebeard and took out an Admiral with relative ease¡­ I need to get out of here]: ??? The man was none other than Blackbeard but was known to the Whitebeard pirates as Teach, once Blackbeard saw what happened, his plan to kill off Whitebeard once he was on his last breath backfired, Whitebeard was now as healthy as a horse. Blackbeard then called his crew and told them that they will retreat for now and try again another day, the Blackbeard pirates then left the area leaving Garp and Whitebeard, all of the Whitebeard pirates and the groups that severed under Whitebeard had gathered back to their boats and ships with all the fallen and waited for Whitebeard to finish his fight. [Y-you really are like you were back in your prime, haaa, I can''t keep up anymore]: garp [Gurhahaha! What do you mean? I''m still far from my prime, but after I take time to gain my powers back I will be even stronger than in my prime¡­ We will stop for today, I need to mourn over my lost Son¡­ I will pay the Marine''s back in full one day]: whitebeard Whitebeard then started walking back towards his ship, The Moby Dick, and left Garp there to pick up the fallen soldier''s. Soren on the other hand had noticed the Blackbeard pirates but decided to leave them for Luffy in the future, right now he was on an island close to Marineford resting deep within a cave while waiting for Ace to wake up. After 3 days, Ace had finally woke up, once he opened his eyes he quickly shot up not realizing anything familiar, Ace took a quick look around and noticed nothing, just an empty cave, Ace then got up and looked around, he started walking towards where the only bit of light was shining. After walking just about 50 feet he came to the entrance of the cave, once the light hit his face he quickly blocked it with his hand due to how bright it was, Ace then grabbed his stomach as it started growling. [How long have I been out?... Last thing I remember was dying after I was rescued by Luffy]: ace As Ace was trying to remember how he got here he felt something from his Observation Haki and quickly turned towards the direction he felt a disturbance. [My Observation Haki¡­ I can use it again, I haven''t been able to use it in months, why now?]: ace Ace started walking towards where he felt someone, after walking a few hundred feet he saw someone so familiar that if he didn''t recognize them he would be ashamed to call himself a student of theirs. [Teacher! How did you get here? Last I remember of you, was when you fought with Akainu¡­ Then Akainu punched me in the chest with his Lava fist]: ace [Calm down Ace¡­ I had saved you after Akainu tried to kill you, I also had killed him, so there will be no trouble with him in the future¡­ Here, take this¡­ You must be hungry, after all, you have slept for 3 days straight]: soren Ace took the food from Soren''s hands and began to consume it like a vacuum, Soren gave a small chuckle after seeing this but put it aside and started speaking in a serious tone. [Ace¡­ Do you want to see Luffy again?]: soren Ace stopped eating when he heard Soren''s words, he swallowed what was in his mouth and spoke. [Yes! When can we see him again?]: ace [We will leave in a few hours and go back to Marineford¡­ There we will be able to see him one more time before we won''t be able to see him for a couple of years]: soren Ace took in what Soren said and quickly ate the rest of his food, Ace then let out a big burp and gave Soren a smile while saying. [Ready! Let''s go!]: ace Soren then brought Ace to the boat and told Misha that he and Ace will be gone for a while, after telling Misha, Soren then grabbed Ace up by his waist with his tail and now Ace was strapped to Soren''s back, Soren then started floating up in the air and flew off towards Marineford. After an hour of flight Soren landed on top of a building far into the distance and unwrapped his tail from Ace''s waist, Ace was full of questions as to why they were so far away and where Luffy was, but all he got was a "Shhhh", Ace and Soren then sat there waiting for 30 minutes before a boat could be seen in the distance, soon the boat docked and Soren could see Luffy and an old man with long Gray hair wearing round rimmed glasses with a white coat draped over his shoulders. [Ace, take a good long look at your brother¡­ We won''t see him again for at least 2 more years]: soren Ace didn''t want to just look from afar, he felt that Luffy still thought he was dead and wanted to correct his thought, but Soren told him that if Luffy found out that he was still alive then any kind of Drive or Motivation for becoming stronger would be lost, so the best choice of action would be to let Luffy think he was dead and let him train. Right after Ace thought about what Soren said, he then heard the big bell start to go off. *Dong!¡­ Ding!... Clang!* The bell rang 3 times which was the signal for the base being under attack, as Ace and Soren look towards who rang the bell they both could see Luffy with tears in his eyes with a tattoo on his left arm that said 3D2Y and the 3D had a big X through it. Reporters had taken some photos as Luffy gave a small speech about Ace before he left with the old man known as Rayleigh, but right before him and Luffy entered back into the boat Rayleigh turned his head and looked at Soren and when he saw Ace right next to him alive and well his mouth dropped. Luffy saw this and quickly asked. [What''s wrong Rayleigh?... We need to go before the Marine''s get here]: luffy Luffy spoke to Rayleigh and caught his attention as he coughed while turning back towards Luffy and the boat, he then closed his eyes and spoke. [Oh, right!... Let''s go start your training]: rayleigh Deep in Rayleigh''s mind he was thinking about how Ace was still alive and about who the man next to Ace was. When Rayleigh felt the man look at him he felt like the man was peering into his very soul, as if saying "Train Luffy well¡­ Or else!" After seeing that the man didn''t plan on making a move Rayleigh played it off as the Man was acquainted with both Luffy and Ace. Rayleigh then started steering the boat off to some beast infested island to train Luffy, while Soren took Ace back to the previous island where they left Misha and Haku. [Ok Ace¡­ I want to test a theory¡­ Can you try to use your Devil Fruit powers?]: soren Ace thought that this was an easy one, he then raised his fist and focused on it, but no matter how hard he tried there was no flame, not even a spark. [I can''t¡­ My Devil Fruit ability doesn''t work¡­ Maybe I need some more time]: ace Soren then interjected and started speaking. [No¡­ It''s not that you need more time, it''s that there is no more Devil Fruit inside your body¡­ More to say, you are perceived dead to the Laws of this world¡­ You can eat a new Devil Fruit¡­ Now to my second question, would you like Akainu''s Devil Fruit?]: soren Ace thought about it for a moment before he spoke, after a couple minutes thinking Ace then looked at Soren with resolution in his eyes and said. [I will put that bastards power to better use myself¡­ Please give it to me Teacher]: ace Soren then reached into his inventory and pulled out a Devil Fruit that had the shape of a chilli pepper, it was dark Red in color with some hints of black and the pattern on the fruit looked like magma flowing. Soren then handed Ace the fruit and Ace took it in hand, he looked at it for a moment before tossing it into his mouth while chewing it, and swallowing it. [Blegggghhhh!... I can feel it¡­ The power is surging through my body and into my brain]: ace Ace then raised his hand and after a few seconds it turned into magma that started to drip towards the ground, after seeing this Ace gave off a smile before transforming his hand back into normal. Ace then looked at Soren with gratitude in his eyes, Soren feeling happy for his student then spoke in a serious tone. [We''re not done yet¡­ You had descent control over your Fire Fruit but this Lava Fruit is different, we will train here for 2 years then go to Sabaody Archipelago]: soren Ace heard Soren and felt a little dread thinking back on those 6 harsh years of training, but he then gave off a determined smile and started his training with his teacher. Chapter 109 - 2 Year Timeskip The next morning Soren and Ace continued their training with Misha and Haku watching from the side, Haku was even memorizing Soren''s movements so that he could try and pull off the same moves in battle. Soren decided overnight that the first 9 months of Ace''s training will be physical as to strengthen his body to better handle the power of the Magma-Magma Fruit, it would also help Ace have a better understanding of Combat. Soren was fighting Ace with a blindfold wrapped around his head to give Ace a handicap while also trying to progress his Observation Haki, Ace kept swinging his fists towards Soren who dodged with ease while his hands stayed behind his back, he then started critiquing Ace''s movements. [Ace¡­ You lack focus, you waste too much energy in each of your attacks¡­ You also fail to use other parts of your body as a weapon and solely focus on your fists¡­ Try using your legs or your head to attack, this is why Luffy is stronger than you are¡­ He puts more thought into his attacks but lacks the smarts on how and when to attack. If each of you embodied each others mind set on fighting you both would be the best fighters in the world]: soren As Soren told Ace about what he needed to work on, Ace started to put some thought into his next attack. Soren felt his hesitation before each of his attacks and caught his next attack while surprising Ace in the process, he then started speaking while tweaking Ace''s style. [You lack confidence on if you should use a specific move in your attack so you hesitate in order to think about it, you become too tense¡­ If you put faith into each attack then you will have faster responses towards something like me catching your foot mid attack. I will now start to attack you in the same way to help you understand the difference between Hesitation and Faith in your attacks¡­ Even if it misses you just adjust and continue]: soren After Soren gave his guidance towards Ace he began to fight Ace with just the techniques he learned during his childhood as an Assassin. Soren removed his hands from behind his back and started to go on the offensive against Ace, every punch thrown, every kick that swung, every knee and elbow that jabbed, they all were made with resolution with no sign of hesitation. Ace felt the attacks that Soren hit him with, if Ace dodged one of Soren''s punches he would make adjustments and hit Ace with his forearm or elbow, he would even slap Ace if the attack was in range. Soren''s movements were like lightning, so fast yet there was no wasted energy, and after Soren stopped beating on Ace, Ace could see that Soren didn''t even break a sweat. [Thank you for your insight Teacher! I will do better next time]: ace The first 9 months of Ace''s training went by quickly for Soren but felt like an eternity for Ace. Day after day, Ace had the Martial way beaten into his core, and after the first 4 months Ace started getting the hang of his body, on the 6th month Ace had attacked Soren with no wasted Energy, his attacks were lightning fast but still looked slow to Soren. And by the 9th month, Ace was considered one of the most talented Martial Artists in this world, he could go toe to toe with a high ranking Admiral in just physical combat with no Haki or Devil Fruit ability, but once the Admiral uses Haki or their Devil Fruits Ace would lose. [Okay Ace¡­ for the rest of this first year we will improve your Haki, I will also teach you Armament Haki, and if you have the affinity for it I will teach you Conquerors Haki otherwise known as King''s Haki]: soren Ace had already understood Observation Haki and was very adept in it but still was lacking in progress due to the World Laws that suppressed his abilities. Soren realized that once Ace had died he was no longer connected to this world''s Laws, he was considered a dead man and was thus freed from the restrictions of this world. After Soren set up Ace with a blindfold of his own he went and grabbed Haku to help "Train" Ace, Haku was happy to help Ace get stronger and said. [I would be happy to tortu-... *Cough* I mean, train Foo- Ace¡­ What do you want him to learn?]: haku Soren looked at Haku who had a weird expression on his face, and after a moment he then spoke. [I need him to progress in his Observation Haki, and once he is at an acceptable level I will teach him Armament Haki¡­ For now I have business to take care of]: soren Haku saw Soren off while wiping the drool away from his lips before heading back towards Ace with a smile on his face, this would be the last time Ace and Haku trained together as it caused too many problems of who was going to eat who when they argued in the future. Soren on the other hand was grinning from ear to ear as a loud "Ding!" rang off in his ear, and soon he regretted opening the notification as once he did Sakura sounded off with all the new features and all the quests Soren completed during the Update process. {DING!... SYSTEM HAS MADE AN UPDATE TO (Software 2.0) THERE ARE NEW FEATURES ADDED ALONG WITH AN UPDATE TO QUESTS AND HOST''S STATUS¡­ DING! HOST HAS COMPLETED 200 QUESTS DURING SYSTEM UPDATE PROCESS, NAMING AND REWARDING QUESTS NOW!.. Quests Completed! -New World!- Reward 100.000 system points -Beast King Island- 20.000 system points, 10 Senzu Beans -Not A Pirate!- 5.000 system points, Ship parts, Lottery Ticket x3 ¡­ 20+ small quests -Ancient Elephant!- 70.000 system points, Random Bloodline x1, 30 Senzu Beans -Island of Zou- 100.000 system points, Random Skill x1, Vivre Card -Beasts Best Friend- 10.000 system points, Voice of All Things -Back Home!- 40.000 system points, 100 Senzu Beans, Random Relic x1 -Marineford Raid- 200.000 system points, Random Bloodline x1, Random Skill x1, 50 Senzu Beans (Hidden Quest)-Time Changer!- 1.000.000 system points, Random Devil Fruitxl x1, Fruit Stabilizer x3, 40.000 EXP (Hidden Quest)-World God''s Gaze- 1.000.000 system points, Super Bloodline x1, 1,000 Senzu Beans ...150+ small quests (Main Quest)-System Update- Bloodline Creation x1, Skill Creation x1, 2.000.000 system points, Message from God THATS IS THE END OF QUEST COMPLETED LIST} Soren was super excited to look at everything the new update includes, he was also interested in what the Bloodline Creation was capable of. After looking over the new functions Soren then called up his status and it displayed just a little different than his old Status screen. {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 30 Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: 5 Titles: Soaring Dragon, Gravity Maniac, True Saiyan, Teacher, The Reaper, God? Power Level: 450,000 ---> 1,230,000 Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 20 Exp to Next Level: 1,000/110,000 Blindness: 3% Permanent -Level 21: Unlocks 21% reduction of Eye deterioration speed- -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 10,000,000 Transformation: N/A Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand (Sealed) -Skills-: 22 -List?- -Passive-: 11 -List?- System Points: 630.000 ---> 5.175 Million (a/n If my math is off sorry, I calculated this all in my head, I didn''t have time to go back and forth on my phone writing this while calculating the System Points) After Soren saw his new status he felt like he would soon be strong enough to go Super Saiyan, once he could do that he felt that he would be strong enough to leave this world for the next one. Soren then went back to his boat where he saw Misha sleeping in the bed, he decided to focus on Ki training to stimulate his S-Cells into growing in rapid numbers, and after a couple hours he broke out of meditation to go to sleep. After another year of training his Ki while taking time to train Ace in his Devil Fruit, Soren felt it was time to head to Sabaody to prepare for Luffy''s arrival, Ace was ecstatic that he was finally going to see his brother again after what felt like 100 years, Soren then got everyone on the boat and set his course to Sabaody, he decided to take a break from training and sail there naturally. Chapter 110 - New Bloodline and Skill After Soren, Ace, Misha and Haku left their previous island and started sailing to Sabaody, Soren went into his room to look over everything he obtained during the System Update. Soren was scrolling through his Inventory looking at the small mountain that piled up to the thousands, he then came across what he opened the inventory for, Soren then asked Sakura for information. [Sakura, what are the limits on the Skill and Bloodline Creation tickets?]: soren {DING!... THERE ARE LIMITS BUT NOTHING MAJOR¡­ MAINLY NOTHING THAT MAKES YOU OMNIPOTENT OR BREAKS THE BALANCE BETWEEN HEAVEN AND EARTH} [So nothing like a bloodline that makes anything I will come into existence or a bloodline that lets me grow at all times of the day]: soren {THAT IS CORRECT HOST, BUT ANYTHING CAN BE CREATED, SAME FOR THE SKILL CREATION TICKET} After Soren took in what he was told, he decided to create one of his most wanted bloodline''s that he couldn''t get before due to the change in appearance. Soren then took the Bloodline Creation ticket and crushed it while putting his thoughts into play. ''Dragon Ball Creation, Creation Magic, Regeneration, Enhanced Senses'': soren Soren wanted the Namekian Bloodline but without the features of a Namekian, after he put his thoughts into the crushed ticket the System rang off in his head. {DING!... BLOODLINE CREATION SUCCESSFUL!... PLEASE NAME YOUR NEW BLOODLINE} When Soren heard his request was successful he was filled with joy, Soren then stated the name he wished the bloodline to be named. "Draconian Bloodline": soren {DING!... BLOODLINE NAME "Draconian Bloodline" ACCEPTED¡­ DING! "Draconian Bloodline" AND "Saiyan Bloodline" ARE COMPATIBLE AND CAN FUSE¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE TO FUSE THE 2 BLOODLINES?} Soren thought about it for a moment before giving the "Okay" to fuse the 2 bloodlines, once the System was done fusing it rang out again. {DING!... "Draconian Bloodline" AND "Saiyan Bloodline" HAVE SUCCESSFULLY FUSED WITH A 3% SUCCESS RATE AND BECOME "Dragon Saiyan Bloodline"} [What!... Success rate?... What would have happened if it failed?]: soren {DING!... HOST WOULD HAVE LOST BOTH BLOODLINES AND REVERTED BACK TO ONE OF THE OTHER POSSESSED BLOODLINES} [What!... Why didn''t you tell m- never mind¡­ it was a success anyway, Sakura can you tell me about my new bloodline?]: soren {THERE IS NOTHING NEW¡­ THEY JUST BECAME ONE, ALL THE ABILITY JOINED TOGETHER TO FORM 1 BLOODLINE} Soren then took the Skill Creation ticket and crushed it while thinking about its abilities and properties. ''Telekinesis, Pyrokinesis, Cryokinesis, Telepathy'': soren {DING!... SKILL HAS BEEN ACCEPTED, PLEASE NAME NEW SKILL} "ESP": soren {DING!... THE NAME "ESP" HAS BEEN ACCEPTED¡­ HOT NOW HAS A NEW SKILL ADDED TO STATUS} Soren opened his status to see a few new skills added, they were "ESP" which included all of the skills he wished for, "Dragon Ball Creation" it will let him create his own dragon balls, and then there was "Creation Magic" it was just like Kami''s magic but the System made it stronger, and by doing so Soren could create his own Time Chamber. After looking over his new skills he went out to the deck of his ship and started the creation of his Dragon Balls, Soren pulled up the System and had it help guide him through the creation process. {FIRST, HOST MUST IMAGINE HOW THE DRAGON WILL LOOK, IN DOING THIS THE DRAGON WILL BE IMMORTAL ALL THE WAY UNTIL THE HOST DIES¡­ SECOND, HOST MUST CREATE RULES. HOST MUST NOTE THAT THE RULES CAN BE CHANGED IF HOST SO WISHES LATER ON AFTER CREATION¡­ THIRD, HOST MUST CHOOSE A LANGUAGE IN WHICH THE DRAGON ACCEPTS WISHES IN, NOTE THAT THE DRAGON WILL ALWAYS SPEAK IN THE UNIVERSAL LANGUAGE THOUGH¡­ AND FINALLY HOST WILL STRENGTHEN THE DRAGON BALLS WITH THE HOSTS POWERS, THIS WILL SHOW WHAT THE DRAGONS WHISH CAPABILITIES ARE, HOST CAN ALSO STRENGTHEN THE ABILITIES LATER WHEN HOST GETS STRONGER} After Sakura stopped speaking Soren started the creation of the Dragon. In the Anime only the strong could make their dragon on Imagination, this only proved that Soren was among the strong, Soren then started imagining how the Dragon should look and even gave it a name, Soren then spent 5 hours visualizing how the dragon will present itself and turned out as such. The Dragon was Black in color with Purple horns and whiskers, the whiskers grew out for 1,000 meters which was nothing compared to its 1,000,000 meter long body, the body was slim like shenron from the DBZ series but radiates dark Purple mist when it is summoned. It''s eyes are Purple in color and will glow with a bright Purple when a wish is granted. The Dragon had 5 arms like a traditional Chinese Dragon and had 4 claws on each hand. The Dragon had long Purple hair that flowed in the wind and a short Purple beard around its chin. Soren had named the Dragon biased on his Color, the Dragon was named Kuroi Ryu which literally translates to Black Dragon, Soren would call him Kuroi for short. After the creation of the Dragon, Soren was ready for step 2, the rules, Soren planned on only him and his friends and family using the Dragon Balls so he started creating the rules. After 2 hours of coming up with rules eliminating some and adding others the rules looked as such. 1): No one with evil intent can call upon the Dragon. 2): There will be 3 wishes every summon. 3): No wishes for Immortality, but can grant Eternal Youth. 4): To summon Kuroi one must speak in the Dragon Saiyan Language. With these rules written down on a piece of paper Soren opened up the System shop and bought a Language Creation ticket, he then named it Dragon Saiyan Language. The Language started to create itself and force its way into Soren''s head, and after 3 hours of what felt like when Soren would cram for his Exams the night before the test the Language was complete and Soren felt like he could speak Dragon Saiyan like it was his native tongue. Soren then burned the Rule paper with his Ki and it disappeared into what looked like a star exploding. Soren then did step 3 by thinking about his Dragon Saiyan Language, once the Creation was registered, 7 Clear Balls the size of a Baseball had appeared before Soren, they looked lifeless, and as Soren placed his hand out towards the 7 lifeless balls he started injecting his Powers, Ki, Life force, Mental Energy and Spiritual Energy. The Balls started to glow with a Purple hue and soon the 7 clear Lifeless Balls started to turn into a deep Purple color, the Stars in the center were Black in color so Soren got worried, he quickly asked after placing all of his power into the 7 balls. [Sakura, are these balls like the ones from Dragon Ball GT? Will they scatter all across the galaxy and explode the planet they were used on if not returned in a year?]: soren {REST ASSURED HOST, THEY ARE NOT LIKE THOSE DRAGON BALLS¡­ THESE ARE ON A HIGHER LEVEL OF DIVINE, THEY CAN BE OVERUSED THOUGH, AND WHEN THEY ARE THE STARS WILL BECOME RED IN COLOR} Soren felt relieved and then started to speak in the Dragon Saiyan Language to call upon Kuroi. (Dragon Saiyan)[Come to me oh great and mighty Black Dragon; Kuroi!]: soren The balls started to spin, they spun faster and faster until it looked like a glowing Purple ring, the sky became pitch Black and lightning shot striking the waters around them, even Ace, Misha and Haku were alerted and came to see what was going on. Once they got to the deck they saw Soren standing with his arms in. Y position and in front of him was a ginormous Black Dragon with Purple accents, they then heard it speak. [Greetings Master... Thank you for creating me, can I get you something? I can grant you 3 wishes as long as they are in my power]: kuroi Soren thought for a moment before he spoke, then he thought of something and asked in the Dragon Saiyan Language. (Dragon Saiyan)[ Tell me¡­ from the information that is in my head, how strong are you compared to the other Dragons?]: soren Kuroi thought for a moment before he started to speak. [From my search of your memories and asking the Dragon God he has told me that I am the 10th strongest Dragon, I have been told that there are others like you who have the same power to create Dragon Orbs.]: kuroi Soren was surprised to hear that there are others who have the ability to make Dragon Balls, and from what Kuroi said they are stronger than him. Soren not wanting to keep Kuroi waiting told him that he just wanted to talk with and make sure that the Dragon Balls work properly, Kuroi then stated that since Soren only used 1 out of the 3 wishes that he would be able to call on him again in 4 months. Kuroi then turned back into the 7 balls and tried to blast off, but right before the balls split Soren used his Telekinesis to hold them in place before taking them back into his grasp. [Maybe I can meet one of these other traveler''s, are they all in Dragon Ball? I guess I''ll find out one of these days¡­ I guess I should explain to Misha and the rest about what happened and go get some rest]: soren After Soren''s explanation to Misha, Ace and Haku, Soren went to bed. 6 days later Soren, Ace, Misha and Haku made it to Sabaody while docking their ship. (I forgot where most pirates dock their ships when arriving if someone can help) [Let''s go explore¡­ Word of warning, this place is crawling with Marines and Pirates, also watch out for the Celestial Dragons, we are practically on their doorstep. I would rather not have to kill another Celestial Dragon for trying to take my Wife or Student as slaves. Haku, you stay with Misha while Ace will go with me to find Luffy¡­ Meet back here in 2 hours]: soren Chapter 111 - Gathering Misha and Haku went off towards the shopping district while Soren and Ace went towards Shakky''s Bar. When they got to the bar doors an old man with White slicked back hair and beard that had lines cut into the beard, he had a scar that went through his right eye but was lucky enough to keep his sight, he wore circle framed glasses with a strand of his White hair hanging over the left side of his glasses. The man wore a White cape with Green interior that covered over his Tan long sleeve button up shirt, he wore Dark Red pants that were cut at the shin showing his hairy legs. He wore an old pair of sandals and had a big mug of booze in his hand, he held the booze like it was natural to always have a drink in hand, and Soren thought there was never a time this old man didn''t have a drink in hand. The man who just came out of the bar as Soren and Ace were going to enter was none other than Rayleigh, he looked towards both Soren and Ace before giving them a smile and speaking. [Welcome!... Come in, come in¡­ I was expecting you I just didn''t know when you would show up]: rayleigh Soren and Ace walked into Shakky''s bar followed by Rayleigh who pointed towards 2 of the bar stools and had them sit down. As they took their seats, Shakuyaku came up to them from behind the bar table while wiping out a mug and asked. [Can I get you guys anything? It will be on the house just this once]: shakuyaku (shakky) Soren turned Shakky down on her offer, the same couldn''t be said for Ace. Ace started ordering food like it he was at an all you can eat buffet, it was also at this point Shakky felt regret for offering free food and drink, she looked over to Rayleigh as if to ask if it will still be free, Rayleigh just nodded his head and she went to go prepare the food. Soren was stunned to see how much food Ace ordered and thought to himself for a minute. ''Damn!... And I thought I had a big appetite¡­ This makes me wonder who the real Saiyan is between us'': soren As Ace looked over to see the way Soren was looking at him he swallowed his saliva from thinking about the food and spoke. [Pops has always taught us to never turn down free food when offered, even if your not hungry at the moment. And if you are offered free food, to take em for all they got and bring the leftovers back to the crew]: ace Rayleigh''s face went from a happy smile to a face filled with dread as he didn''t really hear of what Ace ordered and just nodded to Shakky not fully thinking about the consequences. Soren then spoke up and stated what both him and Rayleigh were thinking when they heard Ace''s words. [Wow, Whitebeard has no sense of restrictions when it comes to free stuff¡­ A true Pirate]: soren Ace just started to laugh at Soren''s words, it was also at this point that the food started to arrive and Ace began to chow down. Soren then turned to Rayleigh and saw his depressed face before he opened the shop and bought the best Liquor from the Anime World: Food Wars, Soren bought all different kinds of booze and Liquor, he then took them out of his Inventory by the case, Soren also had the System make the crates and bottles blank from brand names, the only thing written on the bottles were what kind of drink they were. Soren then took out a 200,000 berries and placed it on top of the crates that just appeared while shocking Rayleigh, Soren then started up the conversation that he knew Rayleigh wanted, that was the whole reason for inviting him and Ace in to eat and drink. [This should cover the cost of his food¡­ Now what did you want to talk about? I would also like to hurry, I need to be back at my ship in an hour]: soren Rayleigh didn''t hear Soren as he was interested in the boxes that appeared, he could smell the small hint of Alcohol on the boxes and started to explore, once he opened the top box and pulled out the bottle marked Whiskey while opening it and smelling the strong scent come from the bottle, Rayleigh then shouted. [I knew it! My nose never fails me, this is good booze¡­ But what is Whiskey?]: rayleigh ''What the hell!? Is he some kind of bloodhound or some shit!?'': soren Soren then watched as Rayleigh took a sip and then hugged the bottle like it was his long lost lover, Soren thought if he tried to separate Ray from the Whiskey bottle it would end with Soren''s face planted deep into the floor, that is if Rayleigh could manage to rival Soren''s strength. After Soren felt he gave Rayleigh enough time with his new found love he then gave a forced cough which broke Rayleigh out of his fantasy with the Whiskey bottle, it was also good timing too due to what Ray was about to do to the bottle next. ( ;-) ) [Hehe¡­ Oh, *Cough Cough*... Yes, I wanted to talk to you for 2 reasons¡­ First is why you were at Marineford they day Luffy and I were there. Second,What is your relationship with Luffy? Why are you with the "Dead" Ace?]: rayleigh Soren thought for a bit on if he should tell him the reason why Ace is alive and not 6 feet into the ground with a hole through his chest, he also pondered if he should tell Rayleigh about his relationship between Ace and Luffy, but before Soren could decide Ace spoke up with a mouth full of food. [Dash becaush Doren ish Luffy and I''sh Teasher]: ace Soren wanted to slap Ace for just speaking but he wanted to slap him even more for talking with his mouth full of food, Soren suppressed his anger and stuck to shouting at Ace. [Shut up and finish eating before you speak!... Look! You even got chewed up food on my favorite coat!... Looks like someone will be training with Haku for another month]: soren When Ace heard Soren say "Training with Haku" he felt all the blood drain from his face, he quickly swallowed the remaining food in his mouth and shouted. [Oh please! Anything but that!¡­ I think he wants to eat me. Please don''t make me train with him, I won''t talk with my mouth full EVER again!]: ace Ace''s pleas fell on deaf ears, and as Rayleigh saw their confrontation with each other he felt that Soren was a good teacher. The stories Rayleigh heard from Luffy over the time they spent together about this teacher named Soren made Rayleigh curious, Rayleigh then picked up another bottle of Whiskey and popped it open while pouring himself a glass. [Hahaha¡­ Good! Luffy has a great Teacher, and a true brother, but Luffy is not here at the moment¡­ He should be here in a few days though]: rayleigh When Ace heard Rayleigh he felt happy because he didn''t know when Luffy would show up, all he knew was that Luffy will appear on this Island. It was also at this point the bar doors opened with 2 people walking in wearing Black cloaks with a hood covering their faces, one was a man with 3 swords at his waist, the other was a female with one sword that gave off a heavenly glow while it sat in its sheath, one could feel that if it was drawn it would cut everything even the heaven''s. Soren sat facing Shakky who was cleaning out a mug while looking at the 2 who just entered, Soren already knew who the 2 who just entered were but felt that the female was off from how he remembers. Ace looked towards the 2 who just opened the door with a piece of meat in his mouth while both of his hands were occupied holding chunks of meat, he was about to speak but quickly caught himself as he remembered that he still had food in his mouth and in the end he still stayed quiet. The 2 who just entered started walking up to the bar and stood never to Soren without looking his way, Soren only gave a small glance over at the two but quickly went back to looking at nothing. [Welcome you two, you guys are the first ones here¡­ Congrats! Sit down and I''ll make you something to eat]: shakky As Shakky went off into the kitchen to make some food from what''s left of the food supplies the two sat down and started to talk to each other. [See!... I told you we would beat the others Zoro, but if we went the way you were trying to go we might not have made it at all]: karin [...Hmph¡­ We would have made it either way¡­ And stop making fun of my bad sense of direction, it''s not my fault that sea monster looked like it was pointing the way to Sabaody for us]: zoro [You idiot! He was pointing the way back to his nesting spot so he could eat us and feed his offspring, don''t just start trusting random monsters for directions]: karin [Whatever!... I would have handled it just fine, if he had tried to eat you I would have ended its life right there]: zoro [Awww¡­ That''s why I love you¡­ You may be a muscle brained fool who can''t tell his left from his right, but you are my muscle brained fool]: karin Karin then grabbed Zoro''s right hand with both of her hands, she then got up on her tippy toes and gave Zoro a peck on the cheek. Zoro''s face flushed Red and he spoke in a stuttered tone towards Karin. [I-I t-thought I t-told you not i-in p-p-public!]: zoro Karin gave Zoro a glare before stomping her feet in anger, she then shouted at Zoro before running out of Shakky''s Bar. [I thought we got over your public affection problems! There''s not even anyone here besides Rayleigh and Shakky!... I''m leaving!]: karin Soren heard Karin and thought that it was weird that she didn''t sense anyone other than Rayleigh and Shakky. Soren was one thing, as he was actively suppressing his Aura to the point they would only notice him if he spoke up, but Ace was different. ''Did Ace progress to that point in his Observation Haki that he could suppress his Aura from leaking?... If so, then he is 1 step away from seeing into the future'': soren Soren then looked over to Rayleigh and saw that he wasn''t going to say anything as he was in fantasy land with the Whiskey again. Soren then looked over to Zoro and saw his Red face as he was in deep contemplation about how he truly felt when around Karin, Soren then decided to help by tapping Zoro''s shoulder and speaking. [Ya know¡­ You should go get her before she gets into trouble messing with the wrong type of people¡­ A beauty like that will surely pull the attention of a Celestial Dragon]: soren When Zoro felt the hand placed on his shoulder but felt no Aura or presence he quickly turned to face a possible attacker, but as he saw the face and heard the speech of the one who touched him he relaxed as he spoke in an upbeat spirit. [Soren!... Wait¡­ Soren?... How are you here?... I thought you said you would be back in a year? After a year there was no word from you, we thought something bad happened to you, where have you been?]: zoro [There''s time for that later¡­ For now, go get your girlfriend and come back here]: soren Zoro''s face started to turn an even darker Red as he heard the words "Girlfriend" come out of Soren''s mouth, he then left Shakky''s Bar to go search for Karin, it was also at this point that Shakky came out from the back with food in hand, seeing that Zoro and Karin left she got mad that she made food for nothing, Soren then spoke up and took Shakky''s attention. [I''ll take their food if they aren''t here to enjoy it]: soren Shakky then gave a sigh before placing the food in front of Soren and Soren decided to dig in while Shakky went over to Rayleigh and confiscated all the booze to restock their bar. Chapter 112 - Freeing Slaves After Soren finished the food he thanked Shakky before him and Ace left Shakky''s Bar. Soren and Ace made it back to the ship just in time to see both Misha and Haku happily strutting down the path back to the ship with a bunch of floating bubbles with items and bags inside of them following right above them. Soren waited for Misha and Haku to reach the ship before he asked how the trip went, once both Misha and Haku hopped onto the main deck of their ship Soren jumped down from his perch landing in front of the duo. [So how was the trip? Did anything interesting happen to you guys? Did anyone cause trouble with you?]: soren Soren wanted to make sure that nothing happened while they were out shopping, God forbid some haughty Celestial Dragon try to have his way with Misha and either Haku or Misha kills him making their time here end abruptly. Misha was happy to see Soren ask about her trip into town but felt a bit overwhelmed when he kept berating her with questions before she could even answer the first one, Misha then started to pull her bubbles out of the sky by the strings that were attached to them. After all the bubbles came down, Misha popped them making the bags of clothes fall into her arms, she then looked at Soren with a smile and spoke. [Misha had fun, there were lots of things for Misha to see but not enough time to experience them¡­ Misha and Haku also had no problems so Husband can calm down]: misha Soren felt relieved to hear that Misha had fun, and seeing the smile on her face made it all the better. Soren then waved his hand as all the clothes in Misha''s hand disappeared into Soren''s storage, and as Soren took a quick glance over what Misha bought his face became a little Red due to some of the clothing names such as "Lingerie" and "Sexy Costumes" those words made Soren wonder what stores Haku took Misha too but ended up putting it to the back of his mind as he started to explain their next goal here. [Okay¡­ First we will wait for all the Straw Hats to arrive and gather before they start their journey towards the New World, once they reach the New World, we will join them for a while on their trip. And after I find Kaido I will battle him and claim the title of The World''s Strongest, while Luffy claims the title of Pirate King when he reaches his goal]: soren Everyone was down when they heard Soren''s plans, Ace felt that once he and Luffy join together they will both be King of the Pirates and rule this world together, Haku thought that he would be known as The World''s Strongest''s: Mighty Beast, and he will become famous and feared throughout the world. Misha on the other hand knew what was to cone next, they would leave this world and venture out into the vast multiverse, Misha didn''t mind leaving as she didn''t want to make friend''s, she just wanted to be with Soren forever, so where ever Soren goes she will follow behind him. Soren was already making plans as he was thinking about the next world he would like to travel too, but before he could go, there was always someone who Soren always dreamed of meeting and making a member of his Harem, Nico Robin was not only Powerful but Sexy. Once she found her answers to Void Century he would offer her the chance to follow him into a bigger secret, and with how curious Robin is, there''s no way she would refuse. [I will be out for a while, you guys should stay here or only go to Shakky''s Bar¡­ Don''t go into the city as that''s where I will be, I don''t want to drag you guys into what I will do next]: soren They all nodded their heads but still wondered what Soren was planning, they didn''t get the chance to ask as once they nodded their heads Soren disappeared. Soren always hated the idea of the Auction house selling slaves, it was an immoral and cruel thing to do as Humans, Demi-Humans and other races alike are still people. Nobody is truly better than the other, not even God as he makes mistakes too. --In Another Plane-- [ACHOOO!...Someone must be talking shit!... Lets see how they like a Lightning bolt fired up their ass!... *Ding!*... Oh! My toast is ready¡­ Smiteing can wait]: god [Hey **** Come watch what Soren''s doing now!]: random god [Makin Toast!!]: god [Okay whatever, he finished anyway¡­ Cheap ass God anyway]: random god [*Ding!* Butterin Toast!]: god (Hope you all like my TFS Mr. Popo reference, now back to Soren) --One Piece World-- Soren was wearing his Hollow mask along with his outfit that consists of a Long sweeping Black trench coat with a high collar that covered a Dark Blue T-Shirt while wearing Black pants with some stylish Black boots that went up to his shin. Soren was scoping out one of the main Auction House''s as their were many, but this one dealt with mainly Slave trade. Soren watched as a group of Pirates were walking into the front of the building with a big group of children cuffed and shackled following behind the Pirates. Soren was enraged and flipped a switch that hasn''t been flipped in years, Soren''s Ki started to fluctuate as his hair started to flow in the wind pressure made by his Ki. Soren then took out his old partner Sasuke in his Zanpakuto form, he then activated his MS ability and started to descend towards the Auction House Soren then entered the front door was then stopped by a group of bodyguards. [Sir, this area is closed until 9pm tonight¡­ The Auction head is in a meeting with a group who are putting goods up for Auction, please leave the area immediately]: guard Soren listened to what the guard had to say before Soren released his Ki in an explosion force towards the bodyguard, Soren then looked at the others before asking. [Do you think it''s alright to sell small kids? Do you think it''s alright to sell anyone in general?]: soren As Soren asked each question his Ki spiked with more and more, Soren then watched as the remaining guards quiver in fear, some even pissed themselves while one guy straight shit his pants. [You nasty fuck¡­ Go change yourself and never come back, if I see you that means¡­]: soren Soren took his thumb while the rest of his fist is still balled up, he then slid his thumb across his own neck insinuating that he will kill the man next time he saw him. The man who shit himself quickly got up off the ground and left while dribbling a bit of shit down his pant leg as he scurried off, Soren gave a discussed face before he surrounded his Ki in the air, it started to suffocate the remaining bodyguards due to how thick and dense it was, it even had a bit of Death''s Aura strewn throughout it. Soren then took his hand and pointed towards one the the remaining guards, the guard felt scared as Soren brought his thumb to his throat once more and made the same sign as last time, this time the guard he pointed at had his head taken off by some invisible force when Soren made the hand motion for death. The Ki in the air was so dense that Soren manipulated it into a blade that took off the head of the guard, he then looked towards the others and did the same, he watched as all their heads flew off, Soren then used his Dark-Dark Fruit to create a black hole that sucked all the bodyguard''s bodies into it and disappeared off the face of the world. [Disgusting Pigs deserve to be slaughtered¡­ I''m doing the word a favor by putting my talents into play]: soren Soren then retracted his Ki and entered into the private room where the Auction head was with the group of Pirates and children. The Auction head was busy checking if one of the little girls around 12 or 13 was indeed still a virgin to make sure the Pirates weren''t trying to trick the Auction head. And once Soren saw the lewd grin on both the Pirates and the Auction head as the girl was crying for her mom while yelling to the Auction head to not touch there, Soren flipped and broke out kill intent that filled the whole room only leaving the children unharmed by it. [You Disgusting Animals will all perish today along with your sins as I take you to hell personally¡­ Infinite Abyss!]: soren This was a move that Soren came up with involving Genjutsu and his Dark-Dark Fruit. The pirates and the Auction head looked towards Soren ready to kill him for disturbing their "Check up" but were soon met with complete darkness as they felt their bodies paralyzed and unable to move. It felt like they were there for thousands of years, this broke their minds completely and then Soren with his Hollow mask showed up, they then started shouting at him. [Let me go this instant and I will give you a quick death]: auction head Each pirate had their own world where Soren showed up to them and each person said somewhat similar things, there was only 1 pirate who was crying for his mother after sitting there in silence for what felt like a thousand years. Soren then took out his Zanpakuto and gave them all a little stab before disappearing, and after 10 seconds he reappeared but this time there were 2 Soren''s they both lunged towards the Pirates and Auction head not saying a single word and stabbed them before disappearing again. The wounds quickly healed as 10 seconds passed by and 4 Soren''s appeared, then 8, then 16, then 32, 64, 128, this went on for what felt like another thousand years as they were stabbed over and over by never ending Soren''s, they wouldn''t die as the wounds would always heal and just as they thought they would get used to the pain it intensified to a new level. Soon the stabbings stopped and they could move their bodies once more, they started running away as fast as they could not even looking back while trying to escape the darkness but were then confronted by a nasty version of Soren in his Hollow mask that looked like it took on a form of monster. They would fall down only to get back up to run the other way and meet the same image of Soren, soon they stopped being scared of Soren so he took it to the final level of hell. The Flames of the Gods Amaterasu covered the grounds of the Black hell and started burning the group alive over and over again as they would always heal good as new. [ST-STOP!... Stop it now! I give up! Let me live please!]: auction head Soren appeared before him and just spoke in a cold tone. [There was never repentance when I put you here¡­ You will die the same as every other pirate who brought that group of children to you today¡­ You think you''ve been through hell? The "Thousands" of years you have been here has only been a second in real time¡­ I want you to feel another couple thousand years before I kill you¡­ Remember as you ponder over these thousand years of continuous burning. "The Reaper only Reaps what you sow"... How many kids have you sold? How many kids have you touched and defiled with your nasty hand? You will feel just enough pain to make you hate your life but not kill your real body]: soren Soren''s words struck the Auction head in the face as he realized that he would not get out of here alive and that he would have to endure this agonizing pain for another couple thousand years. The pain and suffering continued for those sent into that world as if felt like thousands of years but for Soren it has only been 2 seconds, Soren feeling that it was time to end this even though they would never be able to atone for their sins decided to ramp up the pain and kill them mentally. Soon after the bodies of the Pirates along with the Auction head fell to the ground with foam coming from their mouths while Blood came from their nose, eyes and ears, they died and Soren felt nothing, he only started to get clarity as to his chosen path of Destruction God was brightened a little. Soren then walked up to the group of kids and released his Ki while cutting the Chains and Shackles, the kids watched, sone in Awe while some in Horror as this man wearing a scary mask just saved them and killed the others without even laying a finger on them. [You all are free now, go back to your parents¡­ If you don''t have parents I can arrange for an old friend to take you in]: soren Soren then left the room while going down to the cells and freeing the Slaves, he then made his way to the Auction vault and with a wave of his hand a bunch of Treasures ranging from Berries all the way to Devil Fruits and Famous Swords entered his Inventory. Soren then put his hands in his pockets and flew out of the Auction house and back to his boat while making a quick stop at Monkey D. Dragon''s island for the Revolutionary Army, he then told them that he saved a bunch of kids and adults from slavery that he would send to them while dumping the Treasures off with them along with those Kids and Adults who didn''t leave to find their families. [Oh how tough it is to be an Assassin and a Hero at the same time¡­ I wonder if I completed any quests?]: soren Soren then checked his System for any complete Quests that he could collect on. Chapter 113 - Straw Hats Unite {DING!... 2 HIDDEN QUESTS COMPLETED¡­ 1): -Slave Liberation!- Rewards: 10.000 system points, 20 Senzu Beans, 3 Million Berries 2): -Army Recruiter- Rewards: Monkey D. Dragon''s Respect, 30.000 system points, Title: Hope of all Children ¡­ END OF QUEST REWARDS} Soren was happy with what he got even though it wasn''t much in his eyes, he then went to sleep for the night as tomorrow would be an eventful day. The next morning Soren woke up and took Ace down to Shakky''s Bar, when he walked in Soren saw Rayleigh lunge at him with tears in his eyes. Soren quickly caught Rayleigh with one hand and saw how Rayleigh planned to grab hold of him with no intention of releasing until Soren hears him out, Rayleigh then fell to the ground and started sobbing while crying to Soren about his problems. [*sob sob* Soren!... *sob* The worst has happened *sob*...]: rayleigh [What happened Rayleigh?... And how can it make a man like you break down crying like this?]: soren Soren prepared for terrible news like Zoro and Karin were taken by Marines or worse; the Celestial Dragons, but what came from Rayleigh''s mouth next made Soren want to puke blood from the stupid reason Ray was crying. [*sob, hick*... MY BOOZE!... They are all gone! Im all dried out¡­ I NEED more! Please, you gotta get me more. Or better yet, tell me where you got those delicacies *sob*]: rayleigh Soren then bent down the the sobbing Rayleigh and then smacked him on the head. He then stood up and yelled at Rayleigh. [Stand up! Your a fucking MAN for pete''s sake¡­ Booze isn''t everything in life so learn to go a day without it]: soren Rayleigh then sat up and started acting like a child, he took his pointer fingers and started touching them together while pushing them to make a (^) shape. Soren could visually see as Rayleigh started to become pale in the face as sweat dripped from his forehead, he looked like a man dying of thirst as he started scratching his left arm with his right hand making himself look like a crack fiend. ''What in the fuc-... How will this man ever survive in an AA meeting? His opener would be "Hi, I''m Rayleigh, and I need Booze to keep living" I guess I should get him a bottle *sigh*'': soren Soren bought a bottle of Whiskey from the shop and tossed it over to the child-like Rayleigh. Once he saw the bottle be tossed, he quickly started scrambling towards it so it wouldn''t break after touching ground. After he caught it, Rayleigh popped the lid off and started drinking it like a baby would drink from a bottle, Soren even thought he saw Rayleigh''s eyes start to close being content with the liquor. Soren looked around the room to see it filled with a bunch of people who just watched how easily Soren shut Rayleigh up, after he finished scanning the room he saw a familiar group of people over in the corner with some evil grins on their faces. Soren and Ace then walked up to the bar table and took a seat, and a little while later a beauty with Orange hair and a tattoo of a Windmill and Orange walked into the bar while catching the attention of the nasty group of people in the corner, then a big fat man with a Red vest and a Straw hat called over to the beauty who just walked in. [Hey beautiful, why don''t you come sit over here with me and I''ll show you a good time]: fat guy The beauty known as Nami Ignored the fat guy and continued to sit there. The fat guy then spoke again but this time in a more angered voice. [I said come sit with me for a drink, don''t you know who I am?]: fat guy [No thanks, I''m waiting for someone]: nami Everyone in the bar had been scared shitless when Nami ignored and declined the offer of the fat man who was posing as someone he''s not. The fat guy then took a gun from an ugly troll who was sitting next to him and started to speak. [You must not know who I am! I''m Straw Hat Luffy, and you need to apologize]: straw hat luffy The bartender who was serving the bar today then spoke up as he was scared. [You better apologize miss, or I fear that he will kill you]: bartender Nami Ignored both the threat of Straw Hat Luffy and the warning of the old bartender. Soren then looked over towards the man who said he was Straw Hat Luffy along with Ace, and right before Ace could say anything Soren stopped him. The troll who gave Straw Hat Luffy the gun had taken it and walked up to Nami while putting her arm around Nami''s shoulder while pointing the gun at Nami''s face, the troll then started speaking. [My captain over there is Straw Hat Luffy and I am his Navigator, Nami¡­ Do you know what that means?]: navigator nami Before anyone could do anything a man with a big Afro and hat walked into the bar and raised a slingshot while shooting out a green pellet he spoke. [Not on my watch, green eater go!]: afro guy The pellet popped and a giant green plant came out wland wrapped Navigator Nami up, it was also at this point that the other people in Straw Hat Luffy''s group came over to start a fight. Before the guy with an Afro known only as Ussop was able to shoot another pellet Spren stood up and cut off Straw Hat Luffy, seeing this Straw Hat Luffy then pointed his gun at Soren''s face and spoke. [Looks like I need to end a few heros]: straw hat luffy Soren just stood there as the gun was placed to his forehead, the trigger was pulled as Nami and Ussop tried to save the man who stood between them and Straw Hat Luffy, but right as everyone thought it was the end for the man a "Ping!" Was heard as the bullet ricochet off Soren''s forehead and hit a wooden beam. [How terrible¡­ My disciple Straw Hat Luffy has fallen so low to become a fat slob who no longer remembers his teacher and would dare attack a defenseless girl?... I should punish you now, quickly, bend over my knee so I can reinstall my teachings into your monkey brain]: soren Everyone in the bar who had their eyes closed to keep from seeing a thought to be gruesome scene, slowly started to open their eyes after hearing Soren speak, 2 in particular felt this voice was familiar. Both Nami and Ussop opened their eyes to see Soren standing there with his hand around Straw Hat Luffy''s wrist, Soren was then pulling Straw Hat Luffy over his knee to start spanking. [Who are you?! Do you know who I am?! I''m Straw Hat Luffy! The man with 400 million berries on his head]: straw hat luffy (I raised his bounty in this fan fiction) Soren ignored Straw Hat Luffy''s retort and just swung his hand down making a loud *Whack!* sound that was then covered by screams of pain. Soren had covered his hands in Armament Haki to give "Luffy" his spankings, Soren then started to tell Straw Hat Luffy a bit more about himself, as it seems that Straw Hat Luffy forgot about their time training together when Soreb raised him for 9 years. [You see¡­ I feel that it was my fault as a parent figure that you have turned out this way, I didn''t discipline you hard enough. And it shows now that you forgot about me, your teacher¡­ And most importantly, Ace your brother who has been sitting next to me this whole time]: soren The people in the bar started to watch in horror as this man started to spank Straw Hat Luffy, and it got even weirder when Soren spoke about raising him and once Soren brought up Ace and the looked next to him and saw the "Dead" Ace, they all started freaking out. Straw Hat Luffy was still angry at this man who just started spanking him but couldn''t speak as ever time he would try Soren would whack him again. Nami and Ussop were crying right now due to Ace''s appearance, when they heard Ace had died and how Luffy was heartbroken it destroyed the Real Straw Hats as well. Soren then had enough of touching this fat pig and decided to spill the beans about the imposters. [Oh wait!... Your not Luffy, Luffy can''t turn fat due to his Devil Fruit¡­ You Imposters]: soren (Luffy can''t get fat he can only stuff himself and look bloated but once the food digests he will turn slim again) The people heard Soren and started to catch on, they then started to surround the group of Straw Hat Imposters and beat them up. Soren, Ace, Nami and Ussop then left the bar to catch up, Soren told them about how Misha was waiting at the docks and Zoro was somewhere with Karin so he doesn''t get lost. Soren then went back to his boat to start Ki meditation while he waits for the rest of the Straw Hats to show up, and after a couple more days of waiting Luffy was now on the Island, Soreb could tell due to him spreading his Observation Haki out to cover the whole Island. Soren then took Ace and started flying into the sky over towards where Luffy was, and because there was no "Straw Hat Imposters" looking for Luffy''s head, Luffy was slowly making his way towards Shakky''s Bar. Soren was flying over head but watched as by luck or just Plot Armour as Luffy ran into a group of Marines, the one leading the group was a beauty who was on Soren''s "To Get List" the Marine was former Marine Captain now Rear Admiral- Hina. Soren felt like the stars had aligned, he then brought himself and Ace down right on top of Luffy, Ace had even started shouting. [LUFFY! Look here, it''s me Ace!]: ace Luffy quickly looked upwards when he heard the name Ace, and once he saw both Ace and Soren, he started to cry while in mid battle with a group of Marines. Soren then placed Ace down and grabbed Luffy''s collar with Telekinesis right before Luffy lost his head by a blade strike. [You guys stay here and catch up, I will go check out the pretty lady over there]: soren Soren didn''t mind more then 1 woman with him on his journey, and Misha was okay with this as long as she gets his child before anyone else does. It seems like this thought was placed in her head by someone but Soren couldn''t tell who, but that didn''t matter as right now he was trying to recruit member 2 and get her on board with Harem plan. [Hello pretty lady¡­ My name''s Soren, what''s yours?]: soren Hina didn''t say anything, she just scoffed and spit out towards Soren who dodged with no effort. [I see¡­ I also see that you have tried to kill my Student while he was crying over getting to see his brother once more after 2 years. How shameful]: soren Hina just drew her sword and charged towards Soren while giving the order for her men to stand back and give her room. Soren saw this and decided to play with her for a bit while teasing her. [Oh¡­ So you act first huh?... I''m gonna note that down for Bed time play]: soren As Soren used little to no effort to dodge all of Hina'' s attacks, she started to get frustrated and shout at Soren. [I wish you would just die you dirty pervert!... Once I kill you I will be promoted to Vice Admiral and kill your students too]: hina [Whoa¡­ Not too fast, I might not be able to hold it any longer¡­ Speaking of your wish, I got this set of balls that can grant any wish you would want¡­ hehe]: soren Hina started to get Red in the face as Soren was teasing her with dirty jokes, her once elegant moves when she would swing her sword are now erratic as she just swung to try and his Soren, there was no elegance. Soren decided to make himself known in her heart by disappearing and reappearing next to her with her hand being bound by him. Soren then whispered into Hina''s ear before giving her a kiss on the lips and disappearing once more along with Ace and Luffy, Hina was then left there with a bright Red face while touching her lips and thinking back on what he whispered into her ear. [Is it really that big!?]: hina Soren, Ace and Luffy reappeared inside Shakky''s Bar stunning the costumer''s, and both Rayleigh and Shakuyaku. Soren then disappeared once more only to reappear with 8 more people, Soren came back with Nami, Ussop, Sanji, Zoro, Karin, Brook, Chopper and Frankie (or Franky, I forgot) [Welcome back you guys, it seems like 2 years to train made great work on all of your mental states¡­ Sanji most importantly¡­ It seems he will never be able to look another Lady-Boy in the eye ever again]: soren Sanji was about to ask "who the hell told him" but realized that he told nobody himself, this made Sanji wonder how Soren knew. Everyone then looked toward Rayleigh in anticipation for the answer on if the boat was done being coated. [... I am proud to say¡­]: rayleigh Chapter 114 - Another One bites the Dust Rayleigh had paused right as he was going to give an answer to the Straw Hats, but then he passed out with snot dripping down his nose. The Straw Hat crew were stunned, Nami, Sanji, Zoro and Karin all fell to the ground with their feet in the air, Soren then walked up to the sleeping Rayleigh and smacked him in the head making Rayleigh fall forwards in the process. [Just tell them¡­ It''s not done because you found a new love that is known by the name of Whiskey]: soren When the Straw Hats heard Soren say that Rayleigh spent his time with a new kind of Alcohol instead of coating their ship to prepare for the New World, it made them a bit angry, all except for Luffy. [Hahaha¡­ Old Man, you had fun with someone other than Shakuyaku? Won''t she kill you?]: luffy Luffy was still dense as ever, Soren even thought that no matter how he taught Luffy, Luffy will still be an idiot with an IQ in the single digits. Soren then pat Rayleigh on the back with quite a bit of force with a smile on his face before asking Rayleigh how long it would take to finish the ship. When Rayleigh saw Soren''s kind and gentle smile he knew from instinct that the smile was a fake, Rayleigh then tipped a bottle up to his lips taking a drink before he spoke. [A-about 3 days, then you can set sail]: rayleigh Soren then left Rayleigh''s side and went towards the door leaving Shakky''s Bar, but before he left he gave the Straw Hats some needed advice. [When you get to Fishman Island don''t let Sanji look at the mermaids¡­ If you do, then Sanji will relive his worst nightmare]: soren Soren then left the bar heading back towards his ship alone, Ace had stayed with Luffy and the rest. It was time to start preparations for leaving the One Piece world, Soren decided to leave Robin and only take Hina with him. Soren then spent the next 3 days taking the attention away from the Straw Hats by appearing near a group of Marine''s and making them chase him only to disappear. Soren even took Hina with him one time to a private area where he started up a conversation to sway her, but every time Soren looked her in the eyes she would blush. [But everything I told you is true¡­ I''ve never attacked these other branches. The only time I had Attacked and Killed some Marine''s was when they attacked me on Red hair Shanks'' ship]: soren Hina had no choice but to listen to Soren as there was no way she could move due to the gravity pressing down on her body. She believed that no matter what the pirate before her said, it would all be lies to sway her away from her duty as a Marine, Rear Admiral''s had gone through intense mental fortitude to stop things like pirates swaying High Ranking Marines to their side. [*blah blah blah*... Hey! Are you listening?... I asked if you want to see my dragon]: soren When Soren said the fierce "Hey" it broke Hina out of her thoughts, and once she heard Soren offer her to see his dragon, her face turned Red. [You pervert!... I don''t want to see your dick! Even if it is big¡­ I-]: hina Soren cut her off mid sentence and with a bland look gave her a stare that said "What the fuck are you talking about" and when Hina saw this she felt embarrassed, but then she cleared her throat before saying. [Then if not talking about your dick then what other kind of dragon would you be talking about, huh? You pervert!]: hina Hina thought she could clear her name for the thoughts she had while gaining information on a pirate who had little to no information known other than a face that was only recently found out. Hina thought if she could uncover the truth about this man she could get promoted, so she quickly inquired about Soren''s "Dragon" he was talking about. [Well first, you need to swear that you will keep it a secret¡­ Then I can show you a magical dragon that will grant wishes]: soren Soren knew that Hina would try to gather Information on him and report it back to her higher ups. Soren didn''t mind because he is the only person in the world that could use the Dragon Balls. When Hina heard Soren say she had to keep it a secret she felt he was an idiot so she quickly agreed and watched as Soren took out a set of 7 glowing Dark Purple balls with Black stars numbering 1-7 in each, and when Hina saw them she felt a power emit from them so she inquired. [Where is the "Dragon" you speak of? And why do I feel a strong power that could rule the world emanating from these 7 crystal balls?]: hina Soren just gave a smile and decided to spill a few more secrets to scare Hina and let the World Government know that Soren is dangerous and not to mess with him or his friends and family. [Like I said¡­ I found these in an old ruin and they summon a Dragon that grants any 3 wishes, be it death to someone you hate or multiple people you hate, all the money in the world, hell even to rule the world, the Dragon will grant the wish]: soren When Soren said that the Dragon can grant things like killing anyone and everyone or even world domination Hina''s face became distorted due to fear but when she thought that if she could gain these special Balls and return with them to Marine HQ then she would definitely be promoted and rewarded handsomely. Hina then started to plot to somehow take them away from this pirate and leave this Island, and while she was plotting Soren started to summon Kuroi. Once the balls started spinning and formed a Purple ring lightning started shooting from the sky and the Dragon started to appear, all this caught Hina''s attention as she saw the giant Dragon appear before her eyes, not only did it drag Hina''s attention but everyone else who was on the Island, they all looked at the Dragon, some with fear and some with awe. Once the Dragon was completely out he started speaking in the Universal language so that everyone could hear. [Master¡­ I have not fully recovered and can only grant 2 wishes, if you want to wait another 3 months I can grant you a 3rd.]: kuroi Soren not wanting to reveal his Language decided to talk to Kuroi in the Universal Language which everyone could understand. There was no problem conversing in the Universal Language but to make a wish it had to be in Dragon Saiyan. [I''m not here for a wish, I just wanted to talk for a bit¡­ there''s no problem right? If you have something important to do you may leave]: soren Kuroi looked at Soren for a moment and silence filled the area around both Soren and Hina, but from afar Soren could hear people on the island shouting wishes from the top of their lungs in hope the Dragon hears them and grants their wish. I was also at this moment Soren was thankful that he made the Kuroi only take wishes when made in the Dragon Saiyan Language, or this might have been a bad place to summon Kuroi. Soren then started to listen in on some of the wishes, just to see how selfish they were. [I want to be Rich!... I want a beautiful Woman to Sex me!¡­ I want to be strong!¡­ I want a bigger dick!... I want to be King of the Pirates!... I want Soren to love me!¡­ Hey, I thought I was your love. I want to be the strongest Swords men!... I want all the Gold in the world¡­ I want to find the All-Blue!... I want to be strong enough to keep up with my friends!]: people on the island Soren heard a lot of requests but only a few stuck out to him, he heard Luffy''s wish along with Karin, Zoro who didn''t seem too happy about Karin''s wish, Nami''s, Sanji''s and poor little Chopper''s wish. They were all the hope and dreams of the crew except for Nami, her wish was for greed, Soren was surprised that he didn''t hear Robin wish for anything as he was focusing in to try and find her voice but nothing came through. It was also this time that Kuroi started to disappear, because no wish was used the balls just fell back down and Soren looked back towards Hina who could bow move. [So¡­ what did you think? Was my Dragon cool or what]: soren Hina''s mouth was dropped wide open in surprise and before she could say anything a fat man in a white suite with a glass helmet around his head came running over as fast as he could only to see a Pirate and a Marine facing each other with the Marine kneeling on the ground with sweat on her forehead while the Pirate was right in front of 7 crystal balls. The fat man who anyone could tell was a Celestial Dragon was breathing heavily took a second glance as Hina and made his decision to take Hina to his room later for fun, but first he needed that Dragon. [You! Marine, where did that Dragon go who could answer wishes?!]: CD Soren only looked over at the fat man who he assumed ran over here because his slave wasn''t fast enough or had died due to the fat man''s weight. Soren smiled and looked down at the Dragon balls and started speaking to tease the Celestial Dragon and piss him off. [Oh?... Do you mean my Treasure? I found it in a ruin so it''s mine, why are you asking about it Fatty?]: soren The Celestial Dragon was furious that this commoner didn''t know his place and also called him "fatty". The Celestial Dragon then started to spit as he yelled at Soren. [Those are mine! They belong to us Celestial Dragon''s that''s why a Dragon grants the wishes¡­ Give me back our property and I shall give you a swift death]: CD Soren couldn''t help but laugh as he saw the smug Celestial Dragon try and lie just to take what isn''t his. Soren then started to walk closer to the Celestial Dragon, and when Hina saw this she quickly darted for the 7 balls and picked them up while stuffing them in a bag, she then darted off to head back to HQ. Soren didn''t care because he could just go get them back later, right now it was time to kill another Celestial, when the Celestial Dragon saw the Marine run off with his proclaimed "Property" he tried to shout only to be stabbed in the gut by Soren. [Y-you *Cough* D-dare strike *Cough Cough* me!?... I''m a C-Celestial!]: CD Soren had enough of his shit and twisted his hand that was grabbing hold of the Celestial Dragon''s stomach, Soren then ripped his hand out while still holding onto the stomach, he even pulled out some entails with it. [AHHHHH! GUHHHAAHHH!... G-guards! Quick, I''m dying! SAVE ME!!]: CD Soren just put his clean hand up to his lips and sushed the Celestial Dragon while using his MS to maximize the pain while keeping the Celestial Dragon quiet, but it was still too late, the guards came running around the corner. Soren then used alk the destructive force and exploded the Celestial Dragon before he turned to leave. [Oh No! Prince Charles is dead¡­That pirate killed him¡­ That means we will die too when we get back]: guard Soren had left the scene, but changed the guards minds on who killed the Celestial Dragon with the MS. The guards now saw it as some random pirate, while Hina had recalled her troops and was setting sail back to HQ, she was sitting in her room with a transponder snail ringing. [*Bdup Bdup* *Bdup Bdup*... This is Sengoku, who is this?]: TS sengoku (TS= Transponder Snail) [Yes¡­ Fleet Admiral Sengoku?... This is Rear Admiral Hina. I have urgent news that is for your ears only]: hina Sengoku was sitting in a dark room with a bunch of other Admiral''s around. And when he heard Hina saw that it was important he had her continue while not minding the others who were in the room. [I was on Sabaody Island and came into contact with the pirate known as Blue Reaper¡­ He told me he has a set of balls that are connected to a big Dragon¡­]: TS hina As Sengoku was listening to Hina his face started to blush and he spoke cutting her off. [How is knowing how big a pirate''s penis is, going to be important? How will this help us?]: sengoku The other Admiral''s in the room also started to blush but it stopped when Hina continued. [IT''S NO LIKE THAT!... *Cough* I thought he was being a pervert, but then he took out 7 Purple crystal balls with Black stars that have a number of stars that range from 1-7 in them¡­ He told me that the balls hold a Dragon inside them that can grant any 3 wishes the user has, be it Death or World Domin-]: TS hina Sengoku quickly cut her off with his next words. [Rear Admiral Hina, hold on a second¡­]: sengoku Sengoku then had everyone but Garp leave the room, and soon only Garp and Sengoku were left, but in a corner without their notice a shadowy figure listened in on what was going to be said. [Okay¡­ Please continue Rear Admiral Hina]: sengoku [He told me the Dragon could grant anything even World Domination¡­ When he said that I thought that no lowly pirate should own something so dangerous if it was true, I then thought about how I could take these balls away so that they couldn''t be misused by the dirty pirate¡­ I was then broken from my thought process when a Dragon appeared that was millions of meters long, the Dragon then called the pirate "Master" and said he could only grant 2 wishes because the 3rd one was used and had to wait 3 more months to use the 3rd one again¡­ Then the pirate said he didn''t want to use a wish and said that the dragon could leave, soon after the Dragon left and Prince Charles of the Celestial Dragons showed up claiming it was their property and that''s why a Dragon grants the wishes. I then went into action grabbing the Balls while the pirate walked towards the Celestial Dragon, and now I''m on my way back to HQ with the crystal balls]: TS hina Sengoku took in all of what Hina said and even wondered what the pirate wished for first that the 3rd wish needed to be replenished. When Sengoku thought about it he shuddered thinking that the pirate could kill all of us with just a wish, he was then glad the Hina took the balls, be it Pirate hand or Celestial Dragon hands the world would be in chaos. These magical things should only be in the hands of the Marine''s where they won''t be misused, Sengoku then spoke once more to the waiting Hina. [Great work!... When you get back you will be promoted to Admiral and get to choose a Devil Fruit if you don''t have one]: sengoku Hina was excited that she was promoted not 1 but 2 ranks and was now part of the top brass, even though she didn''t need a Devil Fruit because she had the Cage-Cage Fruit but now her paychecks would be way more. [I will arrive there in 3 hours Fleet Admiral Sengoku]: TS hina Sengoku then nodded and hung up the Transponder Snail and had Garp get people ready to accept Hina without delay, Sengoku felt that something was off, why would a pirate who has something so powerful for one, show it off and for two, not use its power to rule the world already. ''Something is fishy about those crystal balls that the pirate had not told Hina, but if the pirate was just over confident about his skill to keep Hina suppressed then maybe¡­ We will have to see when they get here'': sengoku As Sengoku left the room to prepare a safe place for these balls the shadowy figure who stayed in the room had disappeared with his last words being. ''Too bad Sengoku¡­ But these crystal balls will belong to me, I will rule the whole world with my wish¡­ I need to go prepare for these balls'': ??? Chapter 115 - New Member Soren had gone back to his ship to get something to eat, he was having some conflicts on who would be the one to join his Harem. He felt like he was being pulled back and forth by some force, in the end he decided to scrap both Hina and Robin and go for Hancock instead, and it wasn''t a bad choice either. Hancock was a beauty who would shatter the confidence of any other beauty, but the problem was her trust in men, and right now she loves Luffy because he was willing to sacrifice himself just to protect Hancock and her 2 sisters secret. Soren also didn''t want to steal Hancock from Luffy but also put into consideration that Luffy doesn''t look at Hancock as a love interest, he would rather be with Nami. Soren had thought back on one of the episodes of One Piece, he remembered that Luffy saw Hancock naked but felt nothing, and one time he saw Nami naked in the bath, Luffy then had a nose bleed which almost made him pass out. It was obvious that Luffy saw Nami in a more love interest way then he did Hancock, it was then decided that Soren would pick Hancock for his next wife. [Misha, we will leave a little earlier than Luffy and his crew¡­ Our next family member is waiting]: soren [Yes Husband¡­ You won''t forget about Misha when a new girl joins right?]: misha [I would never! You are my most loved wife ever¡­ But I will also love the others that come along, but I will still love and cherish you all equally]: soren Misha felt her heart flutter when she heard Soren assure her that he would never forget about her nor love her any less than the future women that follow him. Soren then disembarked from the Sabaody Docking bay and set sail for Amazon Lily to court Hancock, the only problem was that he would need to alter Hancock''s memory about loving Luffy. It made him feel dirty for being this low, but it would in turn be for the benefit, Luffy would never have feelings for Hancock so Soren was going to be there instead, to be the one to give Hancock love and affection. [Onwards to Amazon Lily!... Next stop, Hancock''s heart!]: soren After sailing through Soren''s spatial portals for 3 hours, Soren, Misha and Haku made a week long trip to Amazon Lily only take 3 hours. As Soren was about to dock there was movement from below the sea that shook Soren''s boat, and soon after a towering Sea King had come out from the sea below, it tower''s at 80m high and had a thickness of about 8m. Soren had looked at the big monster who had his own look of hunger, the Sea King had the head of a Lion and a Yellow body with light Purple spots that looked like that of an eel. Soren then gave a glance at the hungry Sea King before using his newly acquired skill "Voice of All Things", Soren could hear the Sea King and a bunch of other things as well. [Hungry¡­ Need food, this Human with a tail looks kinda small but should work as a snack]: sea king Soren was mad that the giant monster had only the thought of eating him, but before the Sea King could go in for his snack Soren spoke towards him while mixing his King''s Haki in with Voice of All Things. [What do you think you are doing?... You plan on eating this King before you? Let me kill you then]: soren The Sea King was surprised to feel the pressure pressing down on its body and when it heard Soren say he was going to kill him it made the pressure force him on a new level. Before the Sea King could be killed by Soren it spoke out to apologize and try to preserve its life. [My King! I''m sorry¡­ If I knew it was you I would have never come up in the first place¡­ Please forgive me and let me go with just this scolding]: sea king The Sea King didn''t dare to try and escape as he knew it was certain death, and the only way for it to hopefully make it out alive was to beg and plead. Soren had looked at the Sea King who was starting to sweat as he passed it off as remaining seawater that was running down its body. After a moment of silence Soren spoke up in a cold voice to intimidate the Sea King into submission. [You beg for this King to let you live but yet show nothing that could be worth your life¡­ Listen to me! Go gather some treasures that have fallen into the ocean from ships that have fallen]: soren The Sea King felt relieved that the man before him was going to let him go, even if it was to gather treasures, all he had to do was never show himself before this human with a tail ever again. The Sea King had then rushed off into the ocean after giving Soren a head nod that might just snap a normal person''s neck, and once Soren saw the Sea King leave he continued heading towards the shores of Amazon Lily. After docking, Soren and Misha had jumped down leaving Haku to watch the boat, the team of two then went towards a gate that had two girls dressed like Amazon warriors from a move Soren watched before he died, once Soren and Misha approached the gate they were stopped. [Halt!... Men are forbidden from entering Amazon Lily, but the female can enter after a quick check for hidden weapons]: guard Misha looked at Soren and then back at the two guards before speaking, and what she said next surprised both Soren and the guards. [This is not a man, Misha can vouch for her¡­ She just has a manly aura around her]: misha After hearing Misha, Soren put on his best female voice while thinking he would never have thought he would play as a transgender. (Girl Voice)[Yes, I am a woman¡­ I came here with my sister looking for a woman named Boa Hancock¡­ I thought she could help me become more feminine. Is she here by chance?]: soren Soren felt humiliated, he wanted to cry from how he had to act, he could have forced his way in but that would make him look bad. The two guards then walked up to investigate Soren for his gender while asking him for his name and how he became a pirate. (Girl Voice)[My name id Sorina, my sister and I became a pirate when we were young after marines had killed our parents]: sorina (soren) Once one of the guards tried reaching for Soren''s Dragon it became game over, there was no hiding that monster. Soren then stopped her and used his MS to alter the guards memory and make him pass off as a girl. [She''s clear¡­ They may enter¡­ And as for meeting Lady Hancock, you can go knock on the door and make a request]: guard Soren and Misha then entered into the village, once they entered Amazon Lily they were met with a bunch of women from Short to Tall, Skinny to Fat and Ugly to Beautiful. The women had looked over towards Soren because he looked like a male but seeing as he came in from the front gate he must be female, soon after the word got out that an ugly girl like Soren was hanging out with a beauty like Misha, and soon after that Soren and Misha had made it to the Snake Princess'' villa/castle. After knocking and waiting for a moment Soren felt from his Observation Haki that a little old lady was coming to the door, and when she opened it she was met with a Man and a Women, the old lady then started to attack Soren only to be stopped by Soren himself as he spoke. (Girl Voice)[I''m not a man!... They even checked me at the gate¡­ I came here today to meet with Hancock and ask her for some beauty tips]: sorina (soren) The old lady was skeptical but trusted the gate guards and let both Misha and Soren in to wait, soon after a stunning Beauty walked into the room and took a look at Soren, once Soren nade eye contact he used his MS to alter her memory and let her accept his presence as a man, as Soren didn''t want to continue being a girl. Boa Hancock then walked up to Soren and Misha, she then looked at both of them and asked what they wanted as nobody would come just for beauty tips. (A/N: Hancock underestimates how far women will go for beauty) [What do you want? I need to get ready for mine and Luffy''s future wedding, and start coming up with a list of names¡­ Oh! Luffy Jr. 342]: hancock When Soren heard how far she was in names it made him shiver. Soren then activated his MS once again making her forget about her love for Luffy, Hancock then became way more interested in talking with Soren and Misha. [I came here to help you with something¡­ Let me see your back please]: soren When Hancock heard Soren she blushed and tried to hit Soren while calling him "Baka Hentai" ("Idiot Pervert"), Soren dodged with ease and caught her hand as whispered into Hancock''s ear. [I know the secret you have and can help you regain your dignity]: soren When Hancock heard Soren she felt a bit threatened by his knowledge, he said he knows her secret and asked to see her back, she thought he must know about her Slave Mark. Hancock was then angered and shouted at Soren while ripping her hand away from his grasp. [Nobody should be allowed to know my secret¡­ With your big mouth you have just sealed you''re fate of dying here¡­]: hancock Hancock then started using her devil fruit powers to fight Soren who either dodged or countered her attacks. Soon Hancock became exhausted and almost passed out, Soren caught her in his arms and started to court her with words. [Silly Princess, I meant you and your sisters no harm¡­ I only came to heal your wounds]: soren [Why would you do this for us? We don''t even know each other, what would you get from helping us?]: hancock Soren smiled and felt he was almost there, he then continued to sweet talk Hancock. [I want to help you because I have fallen for you my love¡­ I would do anything for you, be it helping you rid yourself of that mark left by those pigs known as Celestial Dragons, or killing them in general]: soren Hancock blushed and could no longer face Soren while muttering things under her breath that Soren could hear if he focused on it but he didn''t care to listen in. Soren then took out a Senzu Bean and modified it with his Ki adding more Life Force. The Bean couldn''t fix scars at first but after adding a crap ton of Ki that was turned into Life Force, the Bean could do everything but resurrect the dead. Soren then fed the Bean to the unsuspecting Hancock who felt a burning sensation in her back where the Slave Mark was, and soon the feeling vanished along with the mark, Soren then made 2 more Beans and spoke which caught the surprised Hancock off guard. [My love, I made 2 more pills, 1 for each sister, this will remove their marks as well]: soren [H-h-he c-called me L-L-Love¡­ His Love¡­ Does this mean he loves me?... He''s cute as well¡­]: hancock Soren saw Hancock spacing out so he spoke up a little louder to get her attention. [Hancock!... Snap out of it]: soren [Yes Husband!?... Oh yeah! T-thank you for helping us¡­ Do you want anything to eat H-husband?]: hancock Hancock took the 2 beans from Soren and offered him food, Soren gave a slight nod to her question and watched as Hancock ran off with a blushed face. Soren waited for 20 minutes while talking to Misha about the future and when they were going to have kids but they were interrupted when they heard things break, and as they looked over to see Hancock with a tray that had broken plates and cups at her feet. [What''s wrong, my love? Why did you drop the food?]: soren [Y-you are c-c-cheating on m-me!?]: hancock Soren realized he forgot to tell Hancock that he already had a wife and she would be the second wife, Soren then quickly explained what was going on, and surprisingly, Hancock was accepting of the fact that she was wife number two, but there would be a new condition when adding a new member in the future. [I am okay being the second wife, but in the future we must all be accepting of a new member¡­ If we don''t like her, you don''t get her]: hancock Soren felt that Hancock was trying to tie him down, he also didn''t like the idea of having to get approval of a new woman to add him to his harem, but it didn''t affect him too much as if needed he can just force them to accept any girl with his MS. [I''m fine with that¡­ I guess we should go back to Sabaody and meet up with Luffy and his crew]: soren [Oh! Were going to meet Luffy-kun?!... I''ll prepare him some food as well]: hancock Soren watched as Hancock ran off into the kitchen to make more food, while she was gone Soren went and got the Old Lady that met them at the door, her name was Elder Nyon. Soren had used his MS to alter her memory and have her lead the Amazonian''s again until she finds a new replacement, this way Hancock could go with Soren, Misha and Haku. A while later Hancock came back from the kitchen with a big bag of food that she could barely carry, Soren swept his hand and the food all went into his storage, and when Hancock saw this she looked at Soren in awe. [Time to head back to Sabaody, Hancock, Elder Nyon said she will hold down this place until we return¡­ So we can adventure for a little while to celebrate our honeymoon]: soren Hancock blushed when she heard Soren say "Honeymoon", then Soren, Misha and Hancock went back to the boat where Haku was waiting for their return, and from there they went back to Sabaody. Chapter 116 - Jack the Marine Once Soren and his group had appeared around 300m away from the docking bay of Sabaody Archipelago, Soren could see pirates running around and fleeing from the island. And as Soren took a closer look he saw the Marines swarming around all the pirates that they could catch, it was also at this point that Soren remembered that he let some random pirate he had saw when walking around take the fall for killing a Celestial Dragon, he then thought that they must be looking for that pirate while killing or capturing any other pirate along the way. Soren then worried for Luffy and his crew as there was 2 days left until their ship would be finished and ready to sail to Fishman Island, and as Soren sent his Observation Haki out to search for them, he found the Straw Hat crew held up in Shakky''s Bar while hiding from the Marines. [Looks like they will be safe for now¡­ But I need to go get my Dragon Balls back, I guess drawing attention to me for raiding Marine HQ will help out Luffy and his crew]: soren Soren then sailed his boat to the docking bay, after docking, Soren, Misha, Haku and now Hancock all teleported with the help of Soren''s Spatial Travel skill; to Shakky''s Bar surprising everyone who was hiding out in the bar. Soren then brought Misha, Haku and Hancock over towards Luffy and his crew to introduce Hancock as his new wife, but when Luffy saw Hancock he spoke up. [Hey Hancock! What are you doing here? Are you with Soren Sensei?]: luffy Sanji took a look at Hancock and felt his lust try to show itself while saying deep down to himself "You gotta control yourself Sanji¡­ This is what you have trained for, you can''t bust a blood vessel now!" The hearts started to pop up into his eyes and soon disappeared as he gave a cough to distract his mind. Soren was proud of Sanji deep down and wanted to give him a thumbs up for suppressing his lust towards beautiful women, but held himself back due to the fact that Hancock would try and kill him for playing along in a perverts game. Soren then let out a cough as everyone was questioning Luffy for on how he knows Hancock but it was too late as Luffy spoke without thinking. [Well I saw her naked when I broke through her roof when she was taking a bath]: luffy ''Luffy you idiot¡­'': soren All the Straw Hats yelled in unison as Sanji couldn''t hold himself as blood shot out of his nose while shooting himself into the air. [WHAT DID YOU JUST SAY!!!]: straw hats Nami was the first to strike as she clobbered Luffy over the head with her closed fist, her eyes became pure white while her teeth had that of a Razor Sharp look. Robin just took her head out if her book while giving Luffy a promiscuous look as he have off a "Hmm" sound, Chopper was quick to rush over to the dying Sanji, while Soren threw Chopper a Senzu Bean and told him to feed it to Sanji, after that Sanji got up like nothing happened which surprised Chopper as he had never seen a type of medicine that could instantly heal others from any kind of injuries. [Hey Soren¡­ Can I have a few of these Beans? They seem to be magical and I would like to study them]: chopper Soren just nodded and took out a small empty bag and loaded it with 50 Senzu Beans and handed them to Chopper. Taking the bag he was surprised to see Soren hand him so many, Chopper then put the bag in his pocket and joined back with the crew that were questioning Luffy while Nami was still beating him on the head. It was also at this time that the White Knight Sanji spoke up while reprimanding Luffy about what he had done. [Luffy you idiot!... Now you need to marry her so she can feel pure again. If you don''t I will beat you up and never feed you again¡­]: sanji Before Sanji could finish Soren sent a bit of killing intent towards him to get him to shut up, once everyone was quiet he spoke. [There''s no need for Luffy to marry my new Wife as she belongs to me now¡­ And Sanji¡­ It seems you are trying to marry off a married woman. Should I punish you?]: soren Sanji quickly shut his mouth and started to sweat before he apologized and ran off towards the back of the crowd. Luffy gave Soren a smile as he knew Soren was half joking when he spoke to Sanji, and knew that Soren wouldn''t go out of his way to punish someone for words, he knew if Soren was going to do something about it Soren would kill instead as it was much easier. After everyone calmed down Soren told the Straw Hats what he planned to do next, as they protested Soren''s idea he just told them there was no choice. [I will do this either way, I just need you to make sure no Marine tries to hurt or take Misha, Hancock or Haku¡­ Haku will mostly protect himself as can both Misha and Hancock, but I''d rather not have them battle with an Admiral¡­ I will go to the Marine HQ to collect something that belongs to me and be right back]: soren Before anyone could say anything else, Soren had teleported on top of the Grand Line where the Marine HQ was located. Soren could see that there were a few guards that guarded the doors of the HQ, Soren just bulldozed his way through the front door paying attention not to kill them just yet, as he still needed them to inform the higher up and have them call all troops back to base. Soren used his Devil Fruits and mixed them making a Black Lightning that started to cover his body and destroy anything and everything that stood in his way, as the Marines attacked Soren with their Swords and Guns they were blasted back with Lightning while Armament Haki deflected their attacks. Soren then used his Ki to amplify his voice while talking in a cold tone. [You all have something that belongs to me¡­ I''m here to take it back now]: soren As Soren spoke the walls and floor started to quake. Soren''s voice reverberated throughout the whole HQ, some of the closer Marines had gone deaf due to how loud the voice was. Somewhere in a dark room a group of Admirals sat discussing the attack on Sabaody, but when they heard the booming voice and what it said, the marines in the room started to feel a impending doom deep in their hearts. Sengoku what was the most calm throughout the voice then felt a bit of dread, he knew deep down that those Crystal Balls were not accidentally left by the pirate, and even after a couple of hours of trying to summon the dragon there was no reaction. This was also the best time for the pirate to come try and take back the wish orbs as they could make him tell them how to summon the wish granting Dragon, Sengoku had then noticed that one of the long time Admiral''s that was a trusted friend of his had disappeared from the room. Soren on the other hand was still making his way towards a room that he felt a connection towards, after 15 minutes of walking through the maze like hallways Soren arrived to a grand door that looked around 25m in height. Pushing open the giant doors with no problem, Soren then entered the spacious Dark room that had a pedestal in the center with a dish that held 7 Dark Purple Crystals Balls with Black Stars inside them that ranged between 1-7 stars inside them. Soren then had a smile grow on his face, but felt it was strange that there were no guards inside of the room, and as Soren was around 2m from his Dragon Balls, the smell of blood entered his nose, he quickly turned to face the direction where the source of the smell came from only to see 10 Marine Captains with their heads detached from their bodies. Soren then felt a killing intent directed towards him, and as Soren turned to grab the Dragon Balls and leave he was struck in the stomach and sent flying back smashing into the wall, Soren looked up to see a man who wore a Marine Admirals outfit. Soren looked through his memory and couldn''t remember an Admiral who looked like this guy, the man before him was around 197cm tall with a bodybuilder type body, his hair was Black with White tips that reached down to his shoulders in length. He had a Black beard with a scar in the shape of a cross over his left eye, and wore a Sword on his waist that radiates a Holy Aura that reminded Soren of Karin''s Family Sword. Soren then pulled himself out of the wall he was embedded in and coughed up some blood while taking a look at the Apex List. -Apex Listing- 1: Kaido (Four Emperor''s) 2: IM (Marine HQ Leader) 3: Jack (Marine Admiral) 4: Soren (Blue Reaper) 5: Whitebeard (Four Emperor''s) {System Note: Places 2 & 3 are tied in Strength} Soren had never really felt the need to look at the rankings, because he felt that he was on par with Kaido the King of Beasts, but it was obvious that there was room for improvement. Soren then looked at the man before him and guessed his name was Jack, Soren was also surprised to know that Jack and the infamous IM are tied in Strength, and while Soren was thinking up a plan for battling this opponent Jack spoke for the first time. [I''m sure you already figured it out as you are a child of the famous Zoldyck Family, so I''ll make this short¡­ Tell me how to activate the Dragon Balls]: jack When Soren heard Jack his jaw almost hit the floor, but before that happened he caught himself and started thinking about this opponent. ''He knows I come from the Zoldyck Family and about the Dragon Balls¡­ He must be a reincarnated person as well¡­ But when did he get here?'': soren Soren thought about all the possibilities and then it hit him. Soren remembered about the story that Karin''s old man had told him back then. The story went as Karin''s Great Great Great Grandfather or something like that; had saved the life of a traveling swordsmen who in gratitude gave his family one of his Swords, then the swordsmen disappeared. Soren then placed two and two together and decided that the man the Karin''s Grandfather had saved was Jack, and Jack''s sword was passed down in Karin''s family. Soren then started to speak to Jack in a condescending tone as he tried to joke with Jack about the Dragon Balls. [Did you try working the shaft?]: soren (TFS Reference) Jack heard Soren and almost laughed as he knew what he was talking about, but not wanting to be friends with Soren because he chose the life of a pirate spoke angrily towards Soren instead. [Enough bullshit Pirate!... No jokes, tell me how to summon your Dragon¡­ Now!]: jack Soren smiled as he saw Jack almost laugh at his joke, Soren then continued. [I''m sorry to hear that¡­ If you are having problems with our products please call 1-800 Eat A-]: soren [I said Enough!...]: jack Jack interrupted Soren''s sentence and launched himself towards Soren to just kill him instead. Soren made moves to dodge but was hit instead, and thanks to Soren training his Haki, he could naturally use it without having to put thought into it. Soren was then launched across the room once more as his body was covered in tiny cuts, Soren then got up from the rubble holding his left arm with his right hand while Blood gushed from his body everywhere, Soren then popped a Senzu Bean and healed up. [You don''t need to get so mad at a joke¡­ Also why are you mad at me? I hadn''t done anything to you, yet you attack me like I killed your mother]: soren Jack looked at Soren in hatred when Soren brought up "mother" before he calmed down and decided to explain to the pirate before him why he was mad at him and why he hated pirates. [I am as you have guessed just like you in the part that I come from another world that has Anime¡­ When I lived on earth I was an orphan who had nothing for himself. I was adopted by 4 different families who abused me and sent me back to the orphanage, all I loved in the world was Anime¡­ I came back to the orphanage after school just to watch my favorite Anime, my favorite one''s were One Piece, Dragon Ball, Naruto, Overlord and so on¡­ But one day after school while I was on my way back to the orphanage I had heard screaming coming from an alleyway and ran towards it, there I saw a young woman being ra*ped by a group of thugs and found a metal pipe in the trash. While one of them was fucking the screaming girl the others were recording. I had snuck up behind them and whacked one on the head as hard as I could sending him to the ground dead, I wasn''t so fast so the other ones held me down while the girl ran away and a thug pulled out a gun killing me there¡­ I thought I was dead and gone only to wake up in a White room with a bright Golden figure who called herself a Goddess. The Goddess then told me how she watched my heroic deed and felt bad that I had to die without experiencing and joy in my life, I then got to choose any world of my choosing to reincarnate into with a cheat ability or cheat weapons¡­ I chose to live in One Piece with a pair of Holy Swords, after reincarnation I grew up with a loving mother who did everything for me, and then I got a wife and my mother was now too old to work so my wife and I stayed with her to support her like she did me¡­ Then one day a new group of pirates came to our island a few years after Gold Roger had set sail on the Grand Line, they Pillaged, Ra*ped and Killed everyone while I was gone looking for work as a bounty hunter. And when I got back I saw the scene of my dead wife with her legs spread open dripping cum¡­ She was even pregnant with our child, while my mother had her head bashed in with brain matter everywhere, I lost my cool and tracked down the pirates who did that to my village only to find them and get beaten up by one if the first Devil Fruit users. Luckily I was saved by an aspiring Swordsmen and gave him one of my swords to give him luck on his journey as I planned to die killing these pirates¡­ I was then recruited by a Marine known as IM who waa just a Captain at the time, and from there I have been killing pirates with no mercy ever since, and I only promised Garp to let Luffy go¡­ Now that I found a Reincarnated person who has Dragon Balls I wanted to wish my Wife and Mother back but I can''t access the damn things. So I will tell you once more¡­ Tell me how to use them and I will let you live, I just want my Wife and Mother back]: jack Soren felt that Jack only had good intentions with the Dragon Balls but didn''t want to waste 2 wishes on someone he didn''t even know, even if he felt bad for the guy. Soren felt torn between his choices, fight and kill this guy or let his use up the wishes and wait a year for them to gain enough energy. Chapter 117 - Piece Finale Soren had decided deep down to help Jack as he felt that if anything had ever happened to any of his close family like Misha, Hancock, Killua or Gon he would also want to use the Dragon Balls to revive them and kill anyone who was in his way. Even though Soren planned to revive Jack''s family, Jack couldn''t just get away from attacking Soren without any kind of punishment. Soren then started to power up as Jack had been waiting for Soren''s answer on how to use the Dragon Balls, but once Jack saw Soren had no intention to help him, it just solidified his choice in attacking Soren in the first place. [I thought that because you were a reincarnated being just like me that you would have some kind of morals, or else why would that Goddess reincarnate you into this fantasy world]: jack Soren just smiled before he spoke. [I was not reincarnated by some lowly Goddess. I was given a second chance at life by the God above all¡­ He had given me 3 wishes and I wished for an ever-growing System that can talk me to any world I want¡­ As for the other 2 wishes I kept them for a rainy day, your weak ass Goddess aint shit compared to the God who made me what I am]: soren When Jack heard Doren he felt that he was cheated. Not only had the Goddess reincarnate him into this world, but gave him Holy weapons that will make him grow into a God one day. And as for the man in front of him the God who reincarnated him gave him 3 wishes instead. Jack felt like this was bullshit, why did fate hate him so much that even with his luck for a Goddess to take pity on him, he still got the shitty end. Jack couldn''t leave this world nor could he have a System that could get him whatever he wants, Jack then watched as Soren powered up to max, but Soren was still out of his league in terms of strength. [I''m through playing around with you¡­ If you can''t find it in your heart to help an old man then there is no need for a selfish pirate like you to exist]: jack Jack drew his sword that had been sheathed since the first attack against Soren and unleashed all of his Holy Energy that was stored inside of his sword. The sword started to vibrate while glowing with the light of God, all the power contained inside the sword had rushed into Jack''s entire body, he cells began to revitalize while his strength had ramped up, it kept climbing higher and higher as it peaked and the System in Soren''s head dinged informing Soren that Jack''s current power had almost rivaled Kaido''s power. [This should be a fun match¡­ I''m feeling that same feeling I had when fighting Akainu back at Marineford]: soren Jack then stopped as his power reached max output and he disappeared from his spot leaving the floor beneath him shattered, Soren had lost sight of Jack but felt him attack as he reappeared on his left side punching Soren into the wall once again. Soren had spewed a great bit of blood as he started laughing in a maniacal tone, Soren pulled himself out of the wall once more as he ate another Senzu Bean, the wounds had started to heal as Soren used his MS to form his Susanoo around his body for protection. Jack had saw this and felt a bit of dread as he knew that Soren was a Saiyan when he saw Soren''s tail and now Jack saw one of the most dreaded Dojutsu from the Anime: Naruto. Jack then prepared himself to take on a monster, even if the monster isn''t as strong as him. Soren then rushed towards Jack while taking out his Zanpakuto, Soren knew that using his Zanpakuto who housed Sasuke''s soul would increase the defensive and offensive of the Susanoo when Soren had it activated. Soren reached Jack in a forward manor while swinging his Zanpakuto at Jack, Jack tried to block with his Holy sword but still received some damage while sending him crashing into the wall behind him. [How does it feel to have a taste of your own medicine?... And so we''re even I will hit you once more]: soren Soren then disappeared with Shadow Flash Step, a self created skill that was better than Flash Step from Bleach but incorporated his Dark- Dark Fruit. Soren had disappeared into a Black smoke before reappearing next to Jack as he was pulling himself out of the wall, Soren then hit Jack with a frontal attack sending him deeper into the wall before breaking into a new room. Jack got up while coughing up a mouth full of blood, he then watched as the smoke cleared just in time to see Soren hopping through the hole in the wall with a White skull mask that had Teal markings, Jack recognized the mask as a Hollow Mask from Bleach, it was also at this time that Jack felt Soren''s powers increase. Jack then went on the offensive as he started slashing at Soren with the intent to kill him quickly, Soren was dodging Jack''s moves by only a hair''s breath, Soren didn''t dare to use this time to train his Observation Haki as just a slight mistake will end his life, but even if Soren was not actively training, his Observation Haki was improving at an exponential rate. Soren was able to start seeing attacks be made before they were made, Soren then started speaking to himself in his mind. ''Left, Right, Downward Slash¡­ From my left shoulder down to my right leg¡­ Head Strike!'': soren Soren kept dodging with hardly any time to make a decision, if Soren even hesitated just a little he would ultimately die here. Soren then had the bright idea to use Ki as an offensive as well. Soren then started making Ki Spheres that he tossed towards Jack who ultimately jumped back with just enough space that he didn''t lose a limb from the exploding Ki Sphere. This gave Soren enough time to pop a Senzu Bean and watch as the Zenkai boost exploded in his body boosting his power by 3 fold, Soren felt the power flow and decided to check it after this battle was over. [Damn Saiyan''s!... Why would anyone ever create such an OP Race of warriors¡­ It''s almost unfair]: jack Jack was complaining about his luck and about how Saiyan''s are to dangerous, he then realized the whole reason why Freeza destroyed Planet Vegeta, it wasn''t completely about his fear of a "Super Saiyan" sprouting up but that and the reason that Saiyan''s never stopped growing. Jack felt that if the Saiyan Race was given a chance by Freeza they would ultimately destroy Freeza and the Universe, that''s why Beerus had Freeza destroy the Saiyans. Jack put these thoughts to the back of his mind as there was still an enemy before him who was the most dangerous person in the world next to Kaido, Jack decided to go all or nothing to kill Soren and started powering up again. The Holy Energy fluctuated through the air and put a heavy pressure on Soren, soon Soren watched as Jack took his Holy sword and impaled himself, the energy along with the sword disappeared inside of Jack''s body. The area around the wound on Jack''s abdomen had cauterized while turning his body a glowing Gold color, Jack now looked like a God inside of a Human''s body, it was also at this point that Soren heard another notification from Sakura. {DING!... (Jack) HAS PREFORMED THE (Godly Decent) RITUAL WHICH WILL SACRIFICE HIS LIFE FOR THE POWER OF A (God) HE WILL DIE IN APPROXIMATELY 5 MINUTES} Soren heard Sakura and felt a bit sad that Jack had choose to sacrifice himself for power, Soren was not going to let Jack experience any more heartache and end it now so that Jack, his wife, and his mother could be revived and live freely. Soren then took a quick peek at the Apex list to see Jack reigning in 1st place while Soren had been bumped up to 3rd tied with 2nd. Soren then thought to himself that he would be able to leave earlier then he thought, it would be quite sad when he would leave as he spent most of his time in this world, and here he had treated his students as if they were his own kids, Soren then made it his mission to come back later and check up on Luffy. [Jack¡­ I''m sorry for your loss, and I''m sorry for how shitty life has been to you¡­ But you can''t just go around playing the pity me card expecting people to do as you say¡­ How do you think your wife and mother would feel seeing you now? You just sacrificed yourself for power to try and beat me¡­ Did you ever take into consideration that your wife and mother would even want to come back? Sure they miss you, but is it morally right to take them from a place they might be happy at?]: soren Jack listened to what Soren had to say, even if it hurt him, Jack knew Soren was right deep down. Jack then tried to power down but soon after that a Dark Force entered Jack''s body and gave him another boost in power, it was also at this time that Sakura warned Soren. {DING!... DARK ART''S ARE AT WORK HERE¡­ HOST SHOULD BE CAREFUL, JACK WILL RAMPAGE AND TAKE OUT HIS ANGER ONTO THIS WORLD} Soren felt the power spike like never before, the power coming off of Jack had a suffocating effect on Soren, and then he heard some woman laughing in an evil tone. [Ufufufu¡­ I see that my Hero has forgotten why I sent him here¡­ Your whole mission was to eliminate Soren, yet here you are giving up while ge is still alive in front of you?... I see you still need convincing. Your dear little wife and loving mother had died due to my orders, oh it was so hot when I made that pirate fuck your wife while strangling her to death. And your mother got a front row seat, after your wife died the pirates friend beat her brains in while carefully not letting her due to early, she felt sooo much pain¡­ It gets me so wet thinking about it Unnmmhn!]: ??? Soren looked up at the woman who was floating with a Black as night; gown draped over her curvaceous body. Jack who heard the woman looked at her before he shouted. [Goddess!... I-it''s¡­ You! You killed my family!]: jack The Goddess only laughed out before she snapped her fingers and Jack''s eyes went blank, Jack then turned to Soren and roars out with a deafening tone that made everyone in a 3,000m distance cover their ears, and as for some of the people in a closer radius, they lost their hearing entirely. Jack had lost all reason and sprinted towards Soren with the intent to kill, Soren felt bad for how Jack was played by the person who reincarnated him while claiming to be a Goddess. Soren then made it his goal to find out what happened with that "Goddess" and why she wants him dead, since when did he piss off a God to make them want him dead? Soren then started forcing his limits to fight with Jack equally. Jack slammed his fist into Soren''s ribcage blasting him away, while Soren was barely able to catch himself, Soren then thought about using his ultimate move that would devastate even God''s. Soren then ran forward at full speed while dodging around as Jack sent punch after punch at Soren, and once Soren was close enough to Jack, he ducked under a punch that was aiming for his face as Soren went between Jack''s legs, Soren then shouted at the top of his lungs. [MONKEY STEALS BANANA!!!!]: soren Soren''s hand shot out towards Jack''s crotch grabbing hold of a 5 inch shaft while squeezing it into oblivion. Jack who then felt his manhood disappear fell to the ground roaring in pain as he lost something dear to him, Soren then saw his chance to end the battle and was about to kill Jack, but once he swung his Zanpakuto at Jack''s neck, Jack''s body was covered in a Blackish Purple miasma that protected him for Soren''s blade. Jack then jumped onto Soren and started pummeling him into the ground, Soren''s whole body had ached as blood covered his whole body, and after a few minutes Soren passed out. Jack realizing he won got off the ground while raising both arms into the air while roaring out a victory warcry. Soren sat in the hole losing his pulse by the second as Jack started heading towards the exit to wreak havoc on the rest of the world. ''Wake up¡­ Hey! Wake up!... You weak son of a bitch, you better wake up before everyone dies!'': soren''s conscious At that moment memories flashed by as he saw everyone dead. Misha, Hancock, Haku, Ace, Luffy, and his crew, Garp, Shanks, Whitebeard. Soren had the death of everyone he knew flash past his mind as the last image had shown him holding Misha''s lifeless body in his arms, and no matter how much Life Force he placed into her body Misha was still dead. Soren who was still unconscious as Jack was making his way out of the room; had his eyes shoot open, his body shoot up from the pit as his bloodied body floated in mid air. Soren''s Ki then spiked to new heights as his hair started to spike up into a point, his once Dark Blue hair started to glow with a burning yellow color, his Black pupil''s started to turn Turquoise in color, while Soren''s once compact muscle body type bulked up as his muscles expanded to new heights. Soren''s hair then turned Golden Blonde, and as Soren let out a war cry of his own his Ki spiked to new levels. [GURRRRAAAAAAAHHHHHHH!]: soren (9 episodes later) Jack who heard the loud scream from behind him turned only to see a golden bullet hit him in the face, then there was nothing. When Soren attacked with his new found full strength it took off Jack''s head with a single attack, Soren seeing the Blackish Purple miasma dissolve leaving Jack''s headless body on the floor, Soren then powered down losing his new Golden hairstyle and walked over to the now scattered Dragon Balls while picking them up and placing them into his storage, Soren then picked up Jack''s dead body and flew out of the giant hole in the ceiling he just made when he powered up. Soren then popped a couple Senzu Beans to regain his lost powers, stamina and vitality, when the wounds on Soren''s body fully healed his power skyrocketed to new heights, looking on the Apex Listings Soren ranked first. Soren then got a bunch of notifications that he would check later, but first Soren would make things right with Jack. (Dragon Saiyan)[Come out oh great and mighty Black Dragon, Kuroi!]: soren The balls glowed then rotated and spawned a beautiful Black Dragon with Purple accents, the Dragon looked at his master and spoke. [Greetings Master, do you need me to grant you a wish? I can only grant 2 wishes at the moment as I have not fully recovered]: kuroi Soren then placed Jack down on the ground and spoke in the Dragon Saiyan Language. (Dragon Saiyan)[Please repair this man''s body along with his Wife and Mother who were killed by pirates, also bring their bodies here]: soren [Your wish is very easy Master¡­*Eyes Glow Purple*... It is done, state your second wish Master]: kuroi Soren then turned around to see the dead and intact bodies of Jack and 2 women he had never seen before. Soren then hoped they were the right people since Jack never gave Soren their names, Soren then spoke again while saying his second wish. (Dragon Saiyan)[Please revive these 3 people while erasing the bad memories of these two women about how they died]: soren Kuroi stayed silent for a moment as id thinking before he finally spoke. [Normally, this would require 2 wishes to fulfill. But as you are my Master and Creator, along with you having pure intentions, I will grant this wish only once]: kuroi Soren was happy to hear the Kuroi would grant this wish, then Kuroi''s eyes glowed in a Purple color before saying the wish was granted and disappearing, but before the balls could split up Soren used his Telekinesis to hold them in place and placed them back into his storage. Siren then turned around to see Jack getting up while holding his head, and as he looked around he saw his Mother and his loving wife, his wife then tackled him while his mother started crying over being able to see her baby again. Soren then disappeared from their spot to give them time to make up, but he didn''t forget to leave a telepathic message for Jack before he went back to Shakky''s Bar on Sabaody. The Island was cleared out of Marines ad they were all called back to HQ due to Soren''s raid, Soren entered the Bar only to be tackled by Misha and Hancock, Soren then explained the story and told Misha that it was time to "go". Misha quickly said goodbye to everyone along with Hancock and Haku, Soren then brought everyone to the ship and explained who he was and what they would do next, Soren then had Sakura take hold of Misha, Hancock and Haku as he spoke his last words in this world for the meantime. [Let''s go back to Hunter x Hunter!]: soren Soren then watched a colorful portal open before him, and as he stepped through it closed behind him. Soren then thought about the message he left Jack before he left. -I had the plan to revive them from the start, I just wanted to fight a strong opponent. Don''t spend your life hating all pirates, because pirates like Luffy and Gold Roger exist as well¡­ I did you a favor, now you do me one. Stay in the Marines and help Luffy become the King of the Pirates from the shadows, when I come back I will take you with me to a new world if you want Sincerely¡­ Blue Reaper- Chapter 118 - Back Home As Soren was traveling through the almost never ending space he could see some spheres that he remembered seeing on the way to One Piece, Soren then knew he was moving backwards in this space. Soren then realized that it was going to take a long time before he reached his destination so he decided to ask Sakura about who or what that Goddess was. {DING!... THAT WAS ONE OF THE DARK GOD''S, THEY RULE OVER THE EVILS IN THE WORLD. THEY HATE THE GOD''S AND ANYONE WHO THEY SEND INTO THEIR WORLD TO DO THEIR JOBS} [Well what are their jobs that the God''s need people like us to do them?]: soren {THEY ARE TASKED WITH KEEPING THE EVILS IN THE WORLD TO A MINIMUM THAT THE WORLD WILL STILL FUNCTION AND STAY BALANCED WITHOUT CAUSING CHAOS IN THE WORLD¡­ BUT DUE TO THESE GOD''S BEING EVIL THEY INCITE THE EVILS TO DESTROY EVERYTHING} [So that''s why God brings mortals to other worlds to fight Demon Lord''s]: soren {HOST IS CORRECT¡­ ANYTHING ELSE HOST WANTS TO KNOW?} [I think I understand most of it¡­ But for now, I would like to open some of the Random Bloodlines]: soren {DING!... ROLLING RANDOM BLOODLINE¡­ ROLLING...ROLLING...ROLLING¡­ DING!... HOST HAS RECEIVED THE (Sage) BLOODLINE¡­ INTEGRATE WITH HOST?} Soren looked at the bloodline in confusion as he has never seen or read an Anime that has the Sage Bloodline. There were similar Bloodlines like Sage of Six Paths but, just Sage? Soren then decided to integrate the bloodline anyway as he couldn''t check the property and traits of a Bloodline until it was integrated. [Yes¡­ Please integrate the bloodline]: soren The process took only a couple hours and Soren had woken up from being unconscious during the entire thing. The only time Soren gad to be unconscious during a Bloodline integration was when it caused major changes to the body, and as Soren woke up he noticed that his arms were covered in a Brown fur. Soren immediately knew what form he had taken and quickly brought up a mirror, he had Brown fur that covered his entire body only leaving his chest and stomach bare with no fur, his hair became long and Black in color while his eyes had a Black ring around them with his pupil''s staying Black in color, while looking at his new form he noticed that he looked like a SSj4, but his fur wasn''t Red in color, and he couldn''t feel that overwhelming strength. Soren then asked Sakura what his new form was as he has never seen a form like this, but one that was way stronger. {DING!... WHEN HOST INTEGRATED THE SAGE BLOODLINE IT TURNED THE HOST''S BODY INTO IT''S APEX FORM WHICH IS A CONDENSED FORM OF THE GREAT APE, HOST''S POWER IN THIS FORM IS 45x BASE FORM} [Holy shit!... This is almost as strong as Super Saiyan and I don''t feel my stamina draining in this form like I do in Super Saiyan¡­ Wait! If I try to go Super Saiyan in this form will I become an SSj4?]: soren {NO¡­ HOST WILL EXPLODE WITH ALL THAT POWER¡­ HOST MUST BECOME A GOLDEN GREAT APE AND CONTROL YOUR POWER FROM THERE WHILE CONDESCENDING INTO YOUR SAGE FORM¡­ ALSO NOTE THAT HOST SHOULD WORK AT MASTERING ALL SUPER SAIYAN FORMS TO PERFECTION BEFORE REACHING SSJ4 UNLESS HOST WISHES TO EXPLODE} Soren was a little scared when he heard that he would explode if he tried to transform while in this form. Soren then focused on releasing his power, and as he did that, Soren started to revert back into his previous form of a 18-19 year old looking man with Blue hair. Soren then decided to hope for luck on drawing a Random Relic, as he had never seen this drop before, Soren then had Sakura roll the Random Relic and what he got was unbelievable. {HOST HAS RECEIVED (Unsealing Stone)} Soren looked at the properties and noticed he could even unseal his Skills that have been sealed. Soren then quickly used the stone to unseal his Hakai skill, Soren knew that it would be important later on as he found out that there are other Reincarnators along with some crazy Dark Goddess who wants his life for no reason. Soren had also found out that God''s and Goddess'' can''t interfere with Mortals themselves but can send emissaries to do what they want. Jack was an emissary that was meant to kill Soren when he entered the world but failed, Soren knew that there would be more to come in future time, be it sent by a God to kill him or, just a plain asshole who is jealous of him. Soren then decided to look at his stats once more before he enters the world of Hunter x Hunter again. {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: 30 Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Uchiha, Dragon-Saiyan, Soma Yukihira, Erina Nakiri, Sage, Hollow Titles: Dragon, 5+ more Power Level: 1,230,000 ---> 13,456,000 Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 50 Exp to Next Level: 198,000/250,000 Blindness: 12% Permanent -Level 51: Unlocks 51% reduction of Eye deterioration speed- -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 20,000,000 Transformation: Super Saiyan stage 1 Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. -Skills-: 30 -List?- -Passive-: 14 -List?- System Points: 6.175 Million -Inventory- Dragon Ball x7, Nimbus, Senzu Beans x6,000+, Random Bloodline x5, Random Skill x10, Zanpakuto, Kitetsu III, Girl''s Clothing, Guy''s Clothing, Food, Haki Manuals, 20+ misc.}(A/N I tried to remember the most important stuff, if I''m missing anything blame me having to write on the phone) Soren was content with his status and realized he was coming up to his destination. A bright light was shining through a tear made in space as Soren was launched out of the portal, he quickly caught himself and started to levitate in the air. Looking down, Soren could see the distance from where he was shot out at, and the ground, and seeing that Soren could tell that the fall would kill a normal person, hell, it could kill even someone like Zoro or Sanji. Soren then took out Nimbus from his storage and sat on top of it, he then started to reminisce on old times in the Hunter x Hunter world, but realized that he should head to the Hunters Association to see what''s new, he also needed to renew his Hunter''s license. Soren then spread his Ki all over the city he was in and found out he was 3 cities over from the Hunter''s Association, Soren then opened a portal and had Nimbus fly into it, after exiting the portal Soren looked around and found a place to land while being out of sight from the rest of the world. Soren landed and stored Nimbus in his storage again while pulling Misha, Hancock and Haku out from the frozen space, Soren had remembered what happened when he brought Misha out of the frozen place and quickly used Hakai focusing on the Bounding threads that Bind both Hancock and Haku to the One Piece world, after destroying their chains, they were no longer bound by the world and could travel with Soren and Misha to any world. Soren, Misha, Hancock and Haku walked out of the dark alley and saw the city, Misha was not affected as she had seen the cities before inside of Bleach and from Soren''s memories, Hancock and Haku on the other hand lived their whole lives in an Age where technology wasn''t advancing as fast as it could have, but remembering how Soren told them where he came from before they left, they calmed down and followed how Soren acted instead. [Okay, So we are in my home world where I was born and raised in a family of assassins. Both Misha and Hancock will be registered as Hunters when I go renew my Hunter License, with a few words from me, you guy''s won''t need to do the test¡­ Haku on the other hand will no speak in the human language as Dog''s here don''t usually speak human]: soren [So I won''t be able to talk ever again?!]: haku [No¡­ Just in public. I don''t care if you talk in private or with us when nobody is around]: soren Haku then felt relieved as he loved to talk, his main this was talking as he was the only beast on his island that could speak to humans, and it was an honor to be able to speak in the human language. Soren then walked with Misha, Hancock and Haku in toe, while entering the building there were some Hunter''s who couldn''t help but look at both Misha and Hancock as they walked in with some brat who reminded them of someone in particular. Soren ignored the men as they didn''t dare make a move on the two women with Soren until they remembered who Soren reminded them of. At the counter a young woman looked at Soren and felt deeply attracted towards him as he looked to be around her age, but looking at both women behind him giving her death glares made her back off, Soren then spoke of why he came here. [Yes, I would like to reissue my Hunter''s License please]: soren The women was surprised that someone who looks like they just finished the exams had already lost his License, she then asked for his name so she could look him up. [3-Star Hunter, Soren Zoldyck]: soren When the receptionist heard Soren say 3-Star Hunters she felt he was fucking with her she she was a little pissed and didn''t want to look him up as he might not even be in the system, but her focuses was brought back when she heard the name Zoldyck. She didn''t believe the "teenager" before her because she has seen a Zoldyck before, and they all have either White hair or Black hair, she then decided to scold the man who said he was a Zoldyck. [You may be young, and the Zoldyck''s may not be in the business of Assassinations anymore since Chairman Killua Zoldyck took over as family head¡­ But you still shouldn''t claim that you are apart of the Zoldyck family]: receptionist Soren''s mouth almost hit the floor, not because the Receptionist didn''t believe him nor from the scolding she gave him, but from what he heard about Killua not only being the new Head of the family, but being the Chairman of the Hunter''s Association. And right as Soren was going to have the receptionist look him up under that name anyway, a White bolt of lightning shot past the receptionist tackling Soren to the ground, and once everyone noticed who it was their mouths almost dropped. As for Misha, Hancock and Haku, they got into fighting position only to hear the one they thought to be attacking Soren shout. [Soren is that you!... Where have you been brother! I have been all over the Dark continent looking for you with Gon but we never found you]: ??? [Kill~¡­ It''s been like 23 years, why are you still acting like a child tackling me like that?]: soren [That''s the reason¡­ It''s been like 23 years since you went training. You never called, sent a letter, or anything. Gon even thought you died, but I assured him that nobody could kill you]: killua While Killa was complaining about the time Soren left and never kept in touch, Soren took a quick peek at the Apex List as it displayed as such. -Apex Listing- 1: Soren 2: Killua 3: Gon 4: Kurapika 5: Leorio ¡­ (Note: 2nd & 3rd tie, as well as 4th & 5th tie in Strength) Soren was happy to see that the whole crew was reigning in at the top of the world, Soren then made Killua get off of him as they both stood up and Soren started a conversation. [So¡­ You became the Chairman, that''s cool¡­ I guess Gon is second in command?]: soren [ Yeah, Gon and I run the Association together, but I still have the final say as I am the Elected Chairman¡­ As for your Hunter''s License, I will reissue it for the small cost of a spar]: killua Soren gave Killua a good look and could see how well Killua had grown, he was around 183cm tall with his White hair slicked back, his eyes were an Electric Blue color and he had a scar that went down the left side of his cheek, and wore a White as snow Business suite that showed his professionalism, even though the suite covered Killua''s body and you couldn''t make out his figure, Soren could sense that the power his brother held was immense. Soren himself was wearing his Blue Reaper outfit without his Hollow mask, so the same can be said about him with Killua trying to gauge Soren''s power. [Fine, lets spar like old times]: soren Killua gave a huge smile as he started leading Soren and his group to the Battle Arena that was built for sparing inside the Hunter''s Association. Everyone else who heard the conversation between the Chairman and the one who he said was his brother, started to follow after them to watch a show, Killua then turned around and spoke. [Also Soren¡­ Who are the two women and dog that follow you?]: soren [Oh! I forgot to introduce you guys¡­ Killua, these two are my wives Misha and Hancock, the dog is a special beast from the Dark Continent]: soren (He lied about Haku) When Killua heard Soren he quickly bowed and introduced himself to his sister in law''s. [Greetings¡­ My name is Killua Zoldyck, Soren''s twin brother, even though we are twins Soren is older than me by an hour so he is the older brother¡­ It''s also very nice to meet you]: killua Misha and Hancock gave Killua a slight bow and each gave their introduction. Soren and Killua then reached the arena and entered while leaving the spectators to watch on the outside of the open area arena that had a similar appearance to an arena of the Heaven''s Arena. Both Killua and Soren took off their heavy coats and rolling up their sleeves showing off their forearms, Soren had some really refined forearms while Killua had more compact forearms, Killua then gave a smile as he noticed from the crowd a man with Black hair and Green highlights, he wore a Black tank top and a pair of Black sweatpants. He was well built with a body type of a bodybuilder, his muscles bulging, while you could see his whole chest through the tight tank top, he was ripped. [Soren, looks like Gon came to see us spar, let''s show him a good show]: killua Soren gave Killua a nod and disappeared leaving a fading image of himself, Killua was surprised but was able to keep up as he blocked the punch Soren sent to his right side. The punch sent Killua sliding back as he released his Nen to cover his body and reduce the damage, Killua then disappeared from his spot and attacked Soren with a fist full of lightning. Soren was this and replied with his own Armament Haki that blocked the lightning attack while Soren sent a fist that he covered in Armament Haki, Soren put a bit of Ki in it as well making it glow in a bright brilliance, the attack landed on Killua as he brought his arms up to block but was still sent flying into the wall. [Come on Kill~...You gotta try harder than that, I''ll tell you where I''ve been if you can move me from this spot]: soren Soren was taunting Killua with the knowledge of where he has been the whole time, though he was going to lie. Killua then shot out of the wall with determination to find out where his brother had gone, he had looked everywhere, even the most dangerous places were turned upside down looking for Soren yet nothing. He even asked his little sister Alluka wishing for the location, but Alluka had passed out with no memory of the question Kilkua asked nor an answer. Killua then used his max output put against Soren and lighting filled the entire room, Soren only had a smile on his face as he used his own lightning from the Rumble-Rumble Fruit. [You like lightning, have some of mine little brother]: soren Soren and Killua had clashed lightning which created an explosion that caused the spectators to run and hide, Gon just stood in front of Misha, Hancock and Haku as he saw they were not going to leave. As the smoke cleared Soren had his feet deeply implanted into the ground while Killua was out of breath and bent over trying to gather more strength, Soren then knew that the Battle was over and got out of the hole''s his feet were in, Gon then came down next to Killua and spoke. [You alright Killua? Soren did a number on you there buddy¡­ You got really strong Soren, how have you been?]: gon Soren saw the once childish Gon turn into a man with a deeper voice than when he was just a 13 year old. [I''m great! I came back to introduce my wives to Mom and Dad before we leave again]: soren When Killua heard Soren he quickly spoke up. [No stay!... I have a nice place that I use as a vacation home that you guys can have]: killua Killua really didn''t want Soren to leave again so he offered anything that could make Soren be somewhere that he knew of. Soren had thought about if for a bit before he sighed and accepted Killua''s offer of a free house, Soren didn''t have money nor a place to stay, he could use System Points to get a bunch of money but decided against it. [Okay, I will only stay here for 4 years, then I will leave and continue my journey]: soren [What journey?... Me and Gon have explored the whole world and found nothing more than what we have¡­ Is there anything more?]: killua Soren just smiled before he spoke. [You hadn''t found me, I will tell you more but later¡­ For now I would like to see this house you spoke of]: soren Soren had planned to take Killua and Gon with him to his next world so they could experience the joys of adventure, that was the whole reason they all became Hunter''s. Arriving at the vacation home Soren opened the door and got a tour of the house, and after that was over Killua, Gon, Soren, Misha, Hancock and Haku all took a trip to the Zoldyck estate. When they got to the base of the mountain, Soren looked over at the gate keepers office only to see a new guy who looked relatively young, Soren guessed that Zebro had died some time ago, it made him sad, but he knew that 20 something years away from home will change a lot. Killua saw Soren looking over at the gatekeepers office and saw Soren''s face of disappointment, he knew that it was about Zebro not being there, it was true that Zebro had died one day from a heart attack only to be found during shift change, as Killua was about to open the doors Siren stopped him as he wanted to do it, but before he did Soren heard a bus coming from behind, it was the tour bus. [As you can see over here this is the Zoldyck estate¡­ The Zoldyck''s were once the most feared Assassins of the world, but after Chairman Killua took the seat as Head, there were no more assassination contracts being taken by them. Now they are Realtors, they buy broken down homes and use their connections to buy material at a low cost, they then repair the homes and sell them at a much higher price. Some say they threaten their "Connections" to sell them materials at low cost, but that''s all just rumors and here-say¡­ Look! It''s Chairman Killua right now!]: tour guide Everyone looked over to see Soren easily push open all 7 gates almost breaking the doors off their hinges. [Oops¡­ Too much strength¡­ This is a good place to control how much strength I use on someone or something without breaking or killing them]: soren Then Soren''s party entered the estate and went off towards the mansion to meet with the family, when they reached the doors of the mansion Soren warned Misha and Hancock about his family to which Killua gave a small chuckle before they entered the mansion. Chapter 119 - Additions to the Family When Soren and his group entered the Zoldyck Family mansion they were greeted by a group of butler''s with their leader being a man named Gotoh. He was a tall man probably around 182cm with short Black hair that was slicked back and out of his face, he wore a pair of pointed frame glasses, he also had a well trimmed chin strap beard. Gotoh wore a nice Purplish Black formal suit with a White button up dress shirt underneath with a Bolo necktie that had a Red gem embedded in it. Soren had known from the original that Hisoka tricked Gotoh and killed him, but he thought that the tricky butler had a few more tricks up his sleeve when he fought Hisoka, Gotoh then came up and bowed before Soren while welcoming him with tears in his eyes. [Welcome back young Soren¡­ It has been quite a while since I last saw you]: gotoh [Yeah, it has been awhile, how''s the family been since I''ve been gone?]: soren Soren walked up while patting Gotoh on the shoulder, he truly missed this butler that would treat both him and Killua as if they were his own kids. Gotoh then started leading Soren, Killua and the rest of the group to the main living space where the rest of the family were gathered. Once they reached the main living room Gotoh opened the door and lead everyone inside where Soren saw his family, the first person that came into his vision was his father Silva, then his mother, Kikyo, she no longer wore the bandages that covered her face, and the weird visor was gone as well. Illumi was sitting next to them, he was still a creep even though he gave up assassinations, Milluki was nowhere to be seen but there was a new face. He had short Black hair, the man wore a Pink shirt with White pants, the guy reminded Soren a lot of Milluki before he became fat. The next face he saw was a girl in her early twenties, she had long Black hair with a Black kimono that was Red on the inside with Red stitching, the woman had a relatively big bust, but Soren wasn''t interested as this was his younger sister Kalluto. Soren''s attention was then drawn to a girl who he hadn''t seen much before be remembered her as Alluka, his younger sister, Alluka had long Black hair that she kept in a ponytail, this was different than the style she had as a kid, she still wore a shrine maiden outfit that was Black in color with White undergarments. Soren could feel an evil that still slept within Alluka and decided to help her separate with it later with the Dragon Balls, Soren then took a step forward and spoke. [I see the whole family came to welcome me back, but where is Milluki? I don''t see him here]: soren When Killua heard Soren he almost broke out into laughter as he heard the guy in the Pink shirt shout. [Hey you asshole! I''m Milluki!... You telling me you don''t recognize your own brother?!]: milluki Soren heard the guy who claimed to be Milluki and started to put his hand on his chin as if he was thinking, Soren then spoke up. [Ahh!¡­ Yes, you do remind me of my brother¡­ But he is a fat pig, you wouldn''t want to claim to be something like that]: soren Soren knew full well that Milluki was the man standing a few meters away from him and decided to mess with him. Killua on the other hand broke, he was on the floor crying tears of joy from how funny this whole thing was. Milluki couldn''t take it and shouted at Killua to straighten things out, Killua the got off the floor and calmed himself before speaking. [It''s true¡­ The man before us is the once fat pig known as Milluki, after we stopped assassinations Milluki ran out of money, so he started to work on remodeling houses and doing heavyweight working to make money for the games he wanted¡­ And after 4 years this was the new Milluki, and because I like him better this way I as family head forbade him from staying in the house for more than 14 hours. So if he wants to play games all night he will be sleeping outside during the day]: killua Soren was amazed by the improvement of the family over the last 20+ years. Soren then went on to introduce his wives as he saw some of his family were interested in the women and dog that stood behind Soren. [Mother, Father¡­ This is my first wife Misha, and my second wife Hancock¡­ The dog''s name is Haku, he is a beast from the Dark Continent]: soren Everyone who heard Soren, besides Killua and Gon, were surprised while stuttering things like "First wife?" and "Second wife?" all looked at Soren in disbelief. Having more than 1 wife was not a normal thing in this world, so they were surprised that Soren was into having more than 1 wife, they were also surprised that both women were fine being with the same man. After Soren introduced both Misha and Hancock, Soren''s mother shot forward while grabbing both Misha and Hancock before disappearing to some private room for a chat, Soren was then face to face with his father who looked like he was a little angry before he said 3 little words that made the Strongest person in this world and a few others feel terror. [Come with me¡­]: silva While Soren was dragged off by Silva Misha and Hancock were now in a room with only Kikyo, but unbeknownst to them, their were 2 other women who were hiding in the room listening in while ready to kill Soren if they found out that he did anything to wrong them in any way. [So¡­ How long have you girls known Soren-kun?]: kikyo Misha was the first to speak up as she was with him the longest and felt even deeper feelings for Soren than Hancock did. [Misha has been with Husband for 15 years¡­ He has promised Misha a baby soon]: misha Kikyo who was holding a glass of water heard Misha say baby and shattered the glass in her hand, as Kikyo picked the bits of glass from her hand she asked more personal questions to Misha. [Have you guys already done it?... If so, how many times? Did he take advantage of you? Where did you get that tick of referring to yourself in 3rd person?]: kikyo Misha was feeling a bit overwhelmed before starting off with the simplest of the questions, she then started answering as best she could. [Husband and Misha have had sex almost ever night¡­ It feels quite good, and it lasts for hours¡­ But recently not so much as Husband wants to give Hancock her first time very soon, then all 3 of us can have sex together¡­ Husband has never taken advantage of Misha and knows that if Misha didn''t want something then Husband wouldn''t do anything¡­ And what is a "Tick"?]: misha Kikyo was feeling more angry at her son that she thought she had raised properly, as for the 2 other women who hadn''t made themselves known had disappeared from the room to go kill Soren. Kikyo then placed her attention on Hancock and had her answer the same questions Misha had answered just before. [I have only known Soren for a few days¡­ Even though we had just met he stole my heart by healing me and my 2 sisters from a terrible scar on our backs, literally¡­ And as for sex, Misha had answered. Not yet, but I hope soon¡­ Soren has also never done anything to harm me and I know that he never will]: hancock Kikyo felt some of the anger lift as she processed what Hancock had said. Kikyo knew from that point that they both loved Soren but she didn''t know to what level so there was one more test that Misha and Hancock had to take before Kikyo would give them her blessing. [One last question¡­ How much do you know about my little Soren?... Has he told you about how he was raised? Did he tell you about all the people he has had to kill in cold blood since the age of 2?... If I were to kill my son right before your eyes, would you let it happen? And I will do it, we train our family to kill without ties, Soren has tried to kill me 43 times since he was little, so why would I hesitate to kill him?]: kikyo When both Misha and Hancock heard Kikyo talk about killing Soren like she would kill a fly made their stomachs turn. She wouldn''t hesitate to kill her own flesh and blood, and it seems Soren was the same with how he was raised, Misha and Hancock didn''t even hesitate with what they both said next. [We have seen Soren kill many people as well just to protect us, if you try to hurt him we have no choice but to kill you in his stead¡­ Soren means more to us then even our lives]: misha/hancock The last words of the two had made them pass the test as Kikyo clapped her hands and got up while she finished bandaging her hand and spoke. [Congratulations!... I permit you to sleep with my son and become his wives¡­ Lets go get him before his sisters kill him]: kikyo They all left the room to see Killua shaking his head while holding his foot down on 2 girls backs piled on top of one another trying to escape. In Killua''s head he was mentally talking to himself on the reason why he has never brought home a girl, let alone a wife, Killua was surprised that Soren had the balls to bring home not only 1 but 2 wives and introduce them to the WHOLE family. [Let us go Killua! We need to kill Soren before he defiles these 2 women any more than he has!]: kalluto [Yeah!... If he gets the chance, he told the girl Misha that he will have a 3 some with her and the other girl named Hancock¡­ We gotta kill him now!]: alluka Killua had blood shoot out of his nose when he heard Alluka and lost his strength in his foot which in turn let the two women free, they then ran towards their dad''s room where Silva, Soren, Illumi and Milluki were. When the two sisters entered with weapons they were met with a group of men laughing and drinking cheerfully, and when the realized the door burst open they stopped and turned to the intruders. [Can we help you?]: illumi Illumi was the first to speak up and Soren thought it was funny that Illumi would ask such a thing. The two then dropped their weapons realizing they were out matched and ran out of the room, Soren then got up and said some parting words before leaving the room to be with his two wives. [Well¡­ It was nice seeing you all again. But I need to make due on a promise I made with Misha¡­ I will be back every now and then¡­ Also if you need me for anything Killua knows where I will be living, I guess I''ll see you all later¡­Here! Work on these and you can progress passed your current gap in power]: soren Soren threw Silva, Illumi and Milluki each a copy of Observation Haki so that they could practice it, it was a modified version to do with Nen so it could be used in this world. Soren then left the room and meet back up with Killua, Gon, Misha, Hancock and Haku, then left the Zoldyck mansion and Soren, Misha, Hancock and Haku went to Killua''s vacation home residency, and it was time to fulfill a promise while officially making Hancock his. ===============NSFW You can Skip if you want============== Soren had Misha wait in another room for a few minutes as he was going to spend some time with Hancock to officially make her a woman. Misha was fine with this as she left the room and let Hancock have her moment, once the door was closed, Soren turned his attention back towards Hancock who was blushing. Soren then came up to Hancock and started to kiss her deeply. Hancock enjoyed it so much she was reluctant to break away from the kiss to breath. Soren then started using his tongue while exploring the inside of Hancock''s mouth as her tongue went wild inside of Soren''s mouth, Soren then broke the kiss and started to move down to her neck, kissing as he went down made a trail of mixed saliva of the two. Soren then reached where there was clothing that blocked the way to her bare skin, Soren then started to use Telekinesis to slowly strip Hancock of her top leaving her in a Bra and pants. Soren then continued his kissing trail as he skipped over the boobs that still had a bra covering them and continued down the trail of happiness, after a few minutes of kissing and teasing, Hancock started to grope her own chest while Soren finally got to her pants and unbuttoned them. Soren then started working off her pants while giving kisses to her panties and the front of her pelvis, Soren then went back to her bra and undid it while throwing it to the side. Soren then started kissing her left boob while fondling her right boob, Hancock''s hands went to her pussy as she started to play with herself while enjoying Soren''s touch, Soren then engulfed Hancock''s entire left nipple into his mouth and started sucking her breasts like a baby. [Aahhhnnngggg!~... Ohhh yes!]: hancock Hancock started to moan as Soren''s foreplay was great. Soren then started to move lower while making another kissing trail, when he got to her panties he removed Hancock''s hands and they went back to her breasts. Soren could see how soaked the panties were as he started kissing the area over her pussy in her crotch, Soren then started licking the outside of the panties before he moved them to the side with his tongue and started attacking Hancock''s pussy with his rapid tongue movements. [Ahhnnnnggg!... Yes! This feels so good! I''m¡­ I''m cumming!]: hancock Hancock the started squirting, making the panties even more soaked and some of Soren''s face. Soren then removed the panties and began to devour Hancock''s pussy like it was his last meal before death, Hancock''s moans filled the entire home, hell even the neighbors might have heard Hancock''s screams of ecstasy. Soren then removed his clothes and had Hancock place his Dragon inside her mouth while he finger banged the shit out of her, at first, Hancock was struggling to get more than 5 inches into her mouth as Soren''s dick was just too big, but after getting enough saliva on his pulsing rod Hancock could get 8 inches before it started choking her. Soren didn''t force all 13 inches onto her as it was her first time, and Soren feeling that this was enough foreplay got down to her pussy and placed his dick at her entrance that was so wet you could fill a cup. [I''m going to enter slowly]: soren Soren then started pushing his dick into Hancock''s pussy slowly, and as he pushed, Hancock''s moans became louder and louder. [Hennnggaaahhhh!... Ohh yeah! This feels soo good!]: hancock Soren then felt Hancock''s pussy tighten around the tip of his dick that was inserted and almost released his load. [Ohh your pussy is so tight¡­ im not even in yet, it''s just the tip]: soren Soren then began to go deeper and deeper as he then reached the first wall. Soren began to press onwards and broke the first wall and stopped as Hancock let out a pained moan. [Ahhhhhnnnggg!... It''s okay, keep going¡­ It will feel better soon!]: hancock Soren then kept going and reached the second wall as all 13 inches was inside Hancock. Soren then began to start pulling out and pumping back in, Hancock was enjoying the whole process as her eyes started to roll up inside her head as her tongue was hanging outside her mouth with spit and saliva flying everywhere. Moans filled the whole house as Misha was fingering herself while waiting for Soren to come take her but when she heard how much Hancock was enjoying it she got jealous and stripped before heading into the room to join in on the fun. Soren was pounding the shit out of Hancock''s tight little pussy as she started to orgasm and squirt everywhere, Misha then hopped onto the bed and placed her pussy over Hancock''s face who started to eat out Misha. Hancock wasn''t mad that Misha joined them, rather then she was happy they could bond like this, soren didn''t have a problem either as he loved both of them. Soren then started to cum inside of Hancock while Hancock had her 5 orgasm, Soren then continued to fuck Hancock until she passed out, then he moved on to Misha and spoke. [You ready for your baby?]: soren Misha just nodded and said in a slutty tone that she would only ever talk to Soren in. [Fuck Misha like she was you''re little bitch slave! Give Misha that cock and ram it inside Misha hard!]: misha Soren obliged and started to fuck the shit out of Misha to the point she wouldn''t be able to walk right next morning, and when Soren felt he was about to cum he focused his powers into fertilization, Soren then shot his load deep inside Misha filling up her womb. Misha also had came and fell forward on the bed and passed out, Hancock had also woke up and wanted a second round while asking for a child. Soren then went round 2 with Hancock and shot his seed deep into Hancock''s womb making her pass out as well, Soren then laid Hancock and Misha together and watched as the cum dripped out from both of their pussies, Soren then cleaned up what dripped out and used telekinesis to levitate them both into the air, Soren then dressing both girls in a nightgown and changed the sheets on the bed before laying them back down and taking a shower. After that he went to sleep between the two girls who were now pregnant, he hardly could sleep that night as he was soon going to be a father, how would they look? What powers will they receive? Will they get a system like him? Soren was kinda anticipating a baby system as it sounded cute, Soren then went to sleep thinking about the kids and their future. =============End of NSFW=========== 9.6 months later Soren had just arrived at the local hospital with Killua and Gon in toe to see the new children being born. When they arrived only Soren was allowed into the room but after a word for Soren and Killua flashing his Hunter''s ID that said Chairman on it both him and Gon were allowed into the room with Soren. They arrived just in time to see 2 babies being born at the same time, it was rare, normally there was a time period between births, but for these 2 babies, they were ready to come out at the same time. The doctors helped lead the babies out and then there were sounds of crying heard from the two babies, Soren rushed over to hear the doctor say 2 things, the first was "It''s two boy''s", the second was "They have tails?!" Soren then unraveled his tail that he kept wrapped around his waist for years to which shocked Killua and the doctors in the room but left Gon unfazed as he spoke. [You hadn''t noticed?... Since he got back I noticed his tail]: gon The talk about the tail quickly vanished as Soren said he would tell them later about it. Soren then took a good look at the two baby boys that were just born, they both had Black hair and Brown tails, but the first one had a face that resembled mostly Soren with some features of Misha like his Golden Eyes. The second one more resembled Hancock in the face but had Soren''s Pure Black eyes that Soren could tell came from his Uchiha bloodline. They both had spiky hair like Soren''s that he didn''t mind, but Misha and Hancock may not like them having that unruly hair, Soren then took both babies into his arms to hold them as he started making baby faces at them an cooing. Soren then handed them back to Misha and Hancock to hold, Misha then turned to him along with Hancock and asked him to name the children. [Names huh¡­ Hmm, how about, Zenith and Zeno]: soren The two new mothers looked at their new babies and back at Soren before acknowledging the new names of the children. [Zenith, Misha likes that name]: misha [Zeno, I like that name too]: hancock Misha and Hancock spent a few more days in the hospital for further check ups even though Soren gave them each a Senzu Bean which put them at peak condition. Soren then started giving them advice on not to breastfeed too much or the babies will literally drain them dry, soren then took Senzu Beans and crushed it into powder, he then mixed it with a bottle of breast milk and feed it to Zenith, to his surprise it was working, what would normally take 10-15 bottles of breast milk only took a half bottle when mixed with a Senzu Bean. Soren then spent the next couple months taking care of babies along side Misha and Hancock. Killua stopped by along with a few family members, when Kikyo saw the 2 baby boys she freaked out at how cute they were after she got over the fact they had tails, she then turned to Killua and shouted. [When are you going to have a kid!]: kikyo Silva enjoyed his time holding the babies and when one of them squeezed his hand he felt like it was being crushed. Sliva then tried to sneak out with the babies to train them only to be caught by Kikyo and beaten to a pulp by the 3 mothers, Soren then let Killua hold Zeno as they sat down in the living room and Soren started talking about where he''s been. [Killua¡­ The reason you were not able to find me for so long was due to the fact I wasn''t in this world¡­ The day Alluka saved Gon from dying I had left to another world in search of higher strength to prevent those types of things happening in the future¡­ I plan on leaving again in about a year, I want to ask you if you want to come with me this time¡­ Gon can come as well, I plan to go to a world with no power next so I can raise my kids before we leave to a new world full of people who rival Gods or Gods themselves]: soren Killua took in all of what Soren told him before he understood the full scale of the fact that they are not alone in the universe. Killua really wanted to go but thought about what would happen after he leaves and asked Soren. [What will happen once we leave? Will I keep my power?]: killua Soren thought about it for a moment as he truly didn''t know because Misha wasn''t the fighting type and Hancock hasn''t needed to use her Devil Fruit powers here, Soren was a different case as he had an all powerful system, Soren the inquired about it from the system. ''Sakura, Will the people I bring out of their worlds be able to still use their powers? Or will they disappear?'': soren {DING!... HOST IS HALF CORRECT. THE PERSON WON''T LOSE THEIR POWER, BUT DEPLETE ITS ENERGY¡­ HOST MUST THINK OF IT LIKE A GAMES (MP) SYSTEM IF A GAME CHARACTER HAS 200/200mp AND ARE IN THE GAME, NO MATTER HOW MUCH MP YOU USE IT WILL REPLENISH¡­ BUT IF THE CHARACTER IS TAKEN FROM THE GAME TO A NEW ONE OR A NEW WORLD HIS MP CAN STILL BE USED, BUT THERE IS NO WAY TO REPLENISH IT} Soren thought about it for a moment before deciding to use his 2nd wish that God gave him. ''Sakura, can I use a wish to improve the System and give it an Add System function that lets me give anyone I deem worthy of owning a system can get a bootleg copy that has all the same functions as my current System, but it won''t go through any updates and will always stay at the current version'': soren {DING!... SYSTEM HAS GONE THROUGH MINI UPDATE¡­ HOST CAN NOW GIVE A SUB SYSTEM TO THOSE HOST DEEMS WORTHY¡­ DING! HOST ONLY HAS 1 WISH FROM GOD LEFT} Soren saw the update and opened the System interface to see a new sub category called (Sub System). Soren opened it and saw a + button, he clicked it and read as it said "Add a new Sub Host" Soren then gave Killua the permission and watched as Killua''s facial expression changed, Soren the asked what happened. [Some weird message like those from the game consoles me and Gon play in our free time just popped up in my vision]: killua [What does it say?]: soren [Will you accept Soren Zoldyck''s invite to have a Sub System? Y/N]: killua [Well¡­ Will you?]: soren Chapter 120 - New World of Food When Killua saw that Soren knew what it was, he didn''t hesitate to choose the letter Y mentally. Once it was chosen Killua felt a tingling sensation inside of his body, and once it disappeared a display interface came up the read "Welcome Sub Host Killua" the message then disappeared and left him with a "guide" button. Once Killua pressed the button mentally it showed him the process of how to use the System, calling up his Stats, using the Inventory, buying from the Shop, spinning the Lottery, and taking Quests for items and System Points. After looking over the functions Killua asked some questions about the System with Soren. [So, how long have you had this?... Does the one you own do anything different then the one you have given me?]: killua [I have had this System I named Sakura for many years¡­ As for what your system does, it does everything mine does, but it wont update to newer versions like mine, or let you teleport to new world''s without my permission, so where I go, you go, and if any future functions like virtual training appear, mine will have it, but you''re system won''t]: soren Killua was happy with what he has and decided to go get Gon from his training so that he could come here to get one as well. Killua handed Zeno back to Soren and disappeared, a few hours later Killua came back with Gon who was still confused, but decided to see what was going on. Soren then explained the whole story over again, and Gon was amazed at what was out there, after deciding to join Soren on his adventures, Soren gave him a System of his own, after looking through it he noticed something and shouted. [Hey! You can customise the Color of the system]: gon Soren was shocked while Killua shouted "Really!" and began to go through his own System changing the color. Soren never knew of this function as it was unnecessary, but Soren gave in and went into the settings to change his once plain White system into a new coloured one, after a moment Soren''s new system''s main color was Black, and was highlighted with a Teal glow, all the words and numbers were now Teal in color, a simple yet cool design. After Killua and Gon finished messing with their systems, Soren called both Misha and Hancock into the room for a private talk, Killua and Gon were allowed to stay, because they already know. Soren then gave Misha and Hancock a System, but before he gave the 2 babies their own System he stopped himself as they were only a couple months old, they wouldn''t even be able to accept the notification. [Alright!... Everyone should open their quest list and start completing quests to gain points¡­ The more you collect the better stuff you can get from the store]: soren When Killua and Gon heard this they opened up the Quest list like Soren said and saw the huge amount of quests that they could do easily, Killua then spoke to Gon in a childish voice like he used to. [Hey Gon, wanna race to see who can complete more quests in a single day? Loser buys dinner for the Winner]: killua [You read my mind¡­ Your on! Prepare to buy me food Killua]: gon Killua and Gon then darted out the house at blinding speeds, while Misha, Hancock and Soren just looked at each other and gave a chuckle. Misha then looked at her Quest Listings and found that most tasks should be a piece of cake for her, as when she looked at the Apex board she was 8th place, Hancock was 9th while Haku was 7th place. Both Misha and Hancock decided to go do some quests for a few hours while the babies sleep, they left Soren in the house to watch after Zenith and Zeno while they go collect points. While Soren was at home watching the boys, the city was in disarray as there were 2 blinding flashes shooting around before they finally disappeared, the 2 blinding flashes were Killua and Gon, they were doing small quests, like, Stop a bank robbery, stop an assault, or stop a corrupt government official, after they were done with those they moved on to the Dark Continent, there they fought beasts and monster''s the size of cities. While this was going on Soren just bought a scouter to look at the babies power levels, they were strong and Soren could feel it, but he didn''t know how strong, placing the scouter on his face he pressed the button and watched as it scanned their powers. *Blip¡­ Blip* BP: 15,300 : Zenith BP: 15,350 : Zeno Soren was shocked to see such high battle power on his little babies. He then thought about if they were raised on a planet with increased gravity, how high would they grow as infant''s, Soren then decided to remodel the house while the family were gone, Soren used a few thousand points to make the house a gravity chamber, he then raised the gravity to .5x as to not stress the babies. Seeing that .5x was nothing he raised it to 2x gravity and left it there, he then thought about their future growth and how strong they will become, Soren then sat in the empty house until evening came and the two women came through the door and were caught off guard by the pressure but it didn''t affect them at all, they went to the living room to see Soren sleeping on the couch with Zeno and Zenith sleeping on top of him with their tails wrapped around his arm and leg respectively. Misha and Hancock then went to bed and let Soren sleep on the couch with the babies, later that night Killua and Gon came back exhausted to the point they could hardly stand, and once they entered the house they dropped to the floor because they were out of strength and 2x gravity was too much on their exhausted bodies, they then slept at the front door that night. For the next year Soren had taken it easy in the Hunter x Hunter world while killua and Gon did a bunch of quests that number in the thousands, they never took breaks unless they were eating, or sleeping, they made around 5 million system points each and had a few random bloodline spins, mostly their inventory was filled with Senzu Beans. Over the Year Killua and Gon asked about the name of the bloodline Soren had to give him a tail, and when they found out the name, they saved up for it, the bloodline cost 5 million system points and once they had enough they bought it and started the reconstruction of their bodies. Killua''s hair color had changed unlike Soren''s, Killua now had Dark Black hair that became more spiky than it was previously, his once compact muscles had bulked up and ripped through the suit he wore, then there was a furry Brown tail the sprouted from his backside. Gon mostly looked the same except he lost the Green highlights from his hair and a furry Brown tail sprouted from his backside, both Gon and Killua''s eye color went from their previous Electric Blue, and Dark Green to a pure Black color. [Congratulations you two! You are now a proud member of the Saiyan race¡­ You guys will be ever growing in battle, the more you get hurt and heal the stronger you become from a thing called Zenkai boosts]: soren Soren then heard some pitter patter coming from the other room and turned to see 2 boys running towards him while both shouting. [[Papa!]]: zenith and zeno Soren bent down to take the two kids into his arms while questioning them. [Back so soon? Where are your mother''s? I thought they took you guys to the city to pick out some clothes]: soren [They are right behind us Papa! We ran in ahead when we got home]: zenith Soren then heard the door open as two beautiful women came in and placed some bags onto the kitchen counter. Seeing Soren holding Zenith and Zeno they had a smile appear on there face, the walked up to Soren and each took a kiss while saying "we''re back" Soren then gave each of them a slap on the ass which went unnoticed by everyone but the 2 who experienced Soren''s slap. Soren then set both kids down and watched as they ran over to Killua and Gon while shouting. [[Uncle Killua!... Uncle Gon! We missed you guys]]: zenith and zeno Killua took Zenith into his arms while Gon took Zeno into his arms. The two enjoyed being uncle''s to the two, Killua was the Blood Uncle while Gon was just a family friend, but Soren always looked at Gon as another brother, blood related or not. Soren then had the two kids go play in their rooms as Soren began to talk about the next world they would go to, and what they would need to do to blend in. [I plan to raise Zenith and Zeno in a world that has no concept of Magic, Nen, or any kind of power that could destroy the world. Even though we are strong, I don''t want to take the chance of them getting hurt by the aftermath of someone who may be fighting near them¡­ The next world will have no such thing as Saiyan''s, so we will either hid our tails, or cut them off, we can regrow them at a later time]: soren [When do you plan to travel to this new world?]: killua [Hmm¡­ Let''s see¡­ The boys are 1 ? years old, and you need to be 5 years old to start school... We will leave in 4 more years, this will give me enough time to teach you both Ki manipulation]: soren [What''s that?]: gon Soren answered Gon by creating a sphere of Ki in his hand while saying. [This is Ki manipulation¡­ It is neither Nen nor Magic, but Life energy, and every living being has it just like Nen¡­ Actually its a higher state of Nen as in you don''t need to only focus on 1 category of Nen like Enhancing or Transmutation]: soren Killua and Gon were excited to learn of something new and began to learn Ki Manipulation from Soren for the next 4 years, and 4 years later Soren gathered everyone and opened a World Portal while choosing the next destination. ''Next world, Soma Yukihira; Food Wars!'': soren They all entered and this time Soren didn''t need to keep anyone in frozen space as they all had a System except for Zenith and Zeno, whose bodies were sturdy enough to survive in the void. Soren held both kids in his arms as they fell asleep, Killua and Gon were in awe along with Hancock, because this was their first time seeing this, Misha had seen this once before even though only a short time, so it was still awe inspiring but not so much. After a few hours of traveling a portal opened and the Sakura informed him to pick a timeline, soren looked at his boys then spoke. ''Travel to when Soma was just 4 ? years old like my children'': soren They all entered the portal and came out on the other side, inside a dark alley. Soren was thankful that it wasn''t some super populated area or it might have caused some trouble, Soren then looked towards everyone before he spoke to Gon and Killua. [Okay! Either cut it off or hid it¡­ I''m going to cut mine off for now¡­ *Ouch*]: soren Soren cut off his tail and looked towards the two sleeping children and towards their mothers who had faces that said "Don''t you dare cut off their tails, or will will cut off your dragon" Soren shivered in thought of losing his Dragon, then he wrapped their tails around their waist and pulled their baggy pants over the tail covering it. Killua and Gon had sucked it up and cut their tails off while tossing them into their inventory like Soren did, they then left the alley and Soren searched for the closest Government office to go get ID for everyone, Soren walked in with his family and used his MS to secretly create their identities, Soren used a couple hundred thousand points in exchange for this world currency, they then left with their ID''s and paperwork for the kids like their Birth certificate. Soren then took them to a bank to open up bank accounts, using his MS to make the teller not suspect where all this money had come from, Soren then handed each of them a debit card with around 300 million £¤, and from their they went to an open area in the mountains while Soren made sure nobody was around before he used his Ki to clear all the trees in a big space before he used Creation Magic from his Dragon Saiyan Bloodline to create a mansion, Soren then cleared a path down to the main road before coming back up to the mansion and entering. [Soren¡­ Couldn''t you have used Creation Magic to forge documents?]: killua [Yes and no¡­ I could create documents, but they wouldn''t be registered in the government''s database¡­ This house on the other hand will be registered under newly constructed and I will go turn in a form to have it considered as a formal address]: soren Killua was surprised on how much thought Soren put into this plan. Killua then went to go pick a room while Soren, Misha and Hancock took Zenith and Zeno to go pick out a school, while Soren had Haku watch the house while they were gone. After researching and looking around for a bit, Soren found a nice school that was close to the house and in a good neighborhood, Soren, Misha and Hancock entered the school while holding Zenith and Zeno, they went to the main office to enroll the two almost 5 year olds. [Can I help you guys? What are you looking for today?]: office lady Soren stepped forward and spoke. [I''d like to enroll my kids into this school please]: soren The lady thought Soren was joking, because by looking at him, Soren didn''t look a day over 19-20 he should have just gotten out of the school system, yet he is trying to enroll his "kids" but after Soren placed his ID in front of her that said he was 35 years old she almost spit out her coffee. [And which one is your child?]: office lady [Both¡­ These are my 2 wives and 2 son''s]: soren The office lady then spit out her coffee, it covered her whole area, she then calmed down and started typing on a now sticky keyboard and asked questions. [Name of the Parents?]: office lady [Soren, Misha and Hancock Zoldyck]: soren The lady typed them down and continued to ask questions. [Name of children?]: office lady [Zenith and Zeno Zoldyck]: soren The lady then pulled up their files and saw that they were all set into the government''s birth system. The office lady then printed out 2 forms for Soren to fill out and another 2 forms stating that the kids were now registered. [With signing here you consent to your child learning here at ******** Pre School¡­ Your child will starts schooling next week, there is a dress code that must be followed]: office lady The lady handed Soren a dress code sheet, and he would need to go buy these clothes for Zeno and Zenith. Soren finished signing paperwork and left with Zeno, Zenith, Misha and Hancock in toe, from there Soren gave the list to Misha to have her go shopping with the kids and Hancock while he starts his next plan of action. Chapter 121 - TÅtsuki Academy Soren made his way to the closest Shopping District near his home, the name of the shopping district was Sumired¨­ri Shopping District. Soren recognised this place in the Anime: Food Wars!, the main character Soma Yukihira grew up here, this is also where he learned to cook from his father J¨­ichir¨­, Soren had continued to walk around the District until he saw an abandoned building with a phone number on it, Soren then took out a phone that he just bought an hour ago, and began to call the number. After a short talk Soren waited for about 30 minutes before a car pulled up, and an older man stepped out of the car to meet up with Soren, when the man saw Soren he felt that it was a joke and wanted to leave, but after Soren showed him ID the older man stayed to show Soren around the place. [So that''s the tour¡­ Will you be interested in buying the place?]: older man [How much is this place?]: soren [5 million £¤¡­ It''s well worth the price as its a 2 story building with a basement for storage]: old man Soren didn''t need to worry about money as he had a way to infinitely create more money with his Creation Magic, he just didn''t like doing that as it will slowly ruin the economy and how much the paper money is actually worth. Soren then signed some papers and transferred the money, he then watched as the man called his bank to make sure the money went through before he signed the deed and handed it to Soren, after the man left Soren started working on cleaning up the place with his telekinesis before burning all the old stuff with a burning Ki sphere. Soren then used his Creation Magic to create new furniture, making the place look brand new, Soren then placed the tables and chairs down all around the room while making a giant stove for cooking and had a few refrigerators that Soren started filling with food supplies. The newly created cabinet were then being filled with all sorts of spices, Soren then repainted the walls while he mopped the floor, all with telekinesis, the shop was read for business after a few hours but Soren would wait a few days as to not seem suspicious, Soren then went and bought a truck and filled it with empty boxes, then over the course of 4 days Soren was done moving empty boxes and decided to open up shop with a list of food. Soren brought Killua and Gon in to be waiters while he was in the back cooking, the first few days were slow, but after the world got out that the Zoldyck Family Restaurant had food that rivals Yukihira Shop, more and more people started to show up, even some food critics came to settle the debate on who''s food was better? Yukihira, or Zoldyck? Soren knew that he couldn''t take claim to his skills as they were stolen from the characters of this world, but he wouldn''t openly say that, so when customers ask "Who''s food is better, You''re food, or Yukihira''s?" Soren would always say the same thing. [I feel that their one and the same¡­ Food is food, we all need it to survive. Just some might prepare it better]: soren He gave them an answer while being so vague that some could say it never answered their question. Zeno would always come to the shop right after school while Zenith would go home with Misha or Hancock, depending on who picked them up. Zeno had a thing for food as he loved eating it, as well as watching it be prepared, Soren then started teaching Zeno how to cook just like J¨­ichir¨­ taught Soma, and after a few years passed by the Zoldyck Family Restaurant was tied with Yukihira for the top spot in the Sumired¨­ri Shopping District for best food stop. [Dad, can me and Soma go play at the park?]: zeno [Sure. Just don''t forget to tell your mother like you did last time¡­ Okay Zeno?]: soren [Yeah! I will, thanks dad!]: zeno [Wait up!... Soma, can you go ask your dad if he can come over. I want to talk with him for a bit]: soren [No problem Mr. Zoldyck!... I''ll go tell my dad now]: soma Soma and Zeno then ran out of the store at a fast speed for a pair of 8 year olds, Soren wondered if Zeno was teaching Soma anything. A few moments later the door to Soren''s shop opened and a man with long wavy Reddish Brown hair that had one really long bang that sat in the middle of his face, the man had a well kept chin strap beard with a well built physique. He wore a Black T-Shirt that was tight on his body with a White apron tied around his waist, the man''s name was J¨­ichir¨­ Yukihira, he was known worldwide as one of the best chefs to live, his cooking was so good that he could make a Monk who was fasting for 7 years to reach enlightenment, give up and eat just for the taste of his food. [What did you want Soren, I closed down shop for this]: j¨­ichir¨­ [Nothing much, I just wanted to talk about the future¡­ You plan on sending young Soma to T¨­tsuki right?]: soren [Yes, but he''s not even close to ready for it¡­ Once he becomes 16 I''ll send him, how about you? Young Zeno seems interested in cooking as well. Will you send him to that hell?]: j¨­ichir¨­ [Hahaha¡­ J¨­ichir¨­, we''ve known each other for around 3 years now, our sons are best friends¡­ Why would I separate them from schooling?]: soren J¨­ichir¨­ smiled as he knew that Zeno would be sent there too if he makes the cute, J¨­ichir¨­ then asked a burning question that he had for a long time. [How are you able to cook so well? I never saw you at T¨­tsuki, and when I tried to look you up in recent years, you have never shown up in their graduates list]: j¨­ichir¨­ [Hahaha¡­ I have been all around the world similar to you, I have cooked for many years¡­ it may not seem like it but I am actually 38 almost 39 years old]: soren [Impossible! You only look to be in your early twenties¡­ How can you be almost 40]: j¨­ichir¨­ Soren just laughed it off as it was true, even though he was almost 40 physically, he was almost 70 mentally. Soren then started getting into talking about food recipes and certain concoctions that should never mix, Soren would eat anything if its food, and his stomach wouldn''t care, J¨­ichir¨­ then pulled out a bento that had cooked Squid with heated jelly drizzled over it, Soren took it and could visibly see a dark miasma resonating from it, he then took the chopsticks and ate a piece. [So¡­ How is it? Disgusting right?]: j¨­ichir¨­ To J¨­ichir¨­''s surprise, Soren took another bite which made J¨­ichir¨­ think twice about this guy, he then took a bit himself only to throw up due to the clashing taste of octopus and Grape jelly. [You sick monster¡­ How can you eat this?]: j¨­ichir¨­ Soren just laughed him off before flicking the open switch and cleaning up for the night. Soren then began to wrap up his conversation with J¨­ichir¨­ so he could go back home with Zeno, but right at the end J¨­ichir¨­ spoke up asking Soren for a favor. [Soren¡­ I travel around the world a lot to be a chef for many people, when I''m not here Soma is all alone¡­ Will you watch over him when I leave on business trips?]: j¨­ichir¨­ [Sure, no problem¡­ I don''t mind little Soma hanging out more with Zeno, and I''m sure Zeno would like that too]: soren J¨­ichir¨­ felt comfort when Soren agreed to watch over Soma when he was on business trips. Right when Soren and J¨­ichir¨­ left the shop and Soren was locking the doors for the night, Zeno and Soma ran up behind them, Soren picked up Zeno while Soma stayed by J¨­ichir¨­''s side, Soren the looked at Soma and asked. [Hey Soma¡­ How would you feel about staying with me when your dad goes on business trips? You could hang out with Zeno every day]: soren [Really dad!? Soma can come over and stay with us for awhile!?]: zeno Soma looked at J¨­ichir¨­ who just gave a smile before Soma looked back towards Soren and spoke. [That sounds fun¡­ So next time dad is working overseas I will live with you?]: soma [Yup!... You can live with us]: soren [Don''t worry Soma, we live in a BIG house with like 20 rooms]: zeno Zeno started to emphasize how big the house was with his hands, and 20 rooms was a bit much, it was more like 8 or 10. Soren then said goodbye to Soma and J¨­ichir¨­ before they left to go back home, later on that night Zeno explained to Zenith about his day with Soma, Zenith was more of a quiet kid who only had a few friends and was content with that, while Zeno was a wild boy who loved to make many friends. Even though Zenith was more quiet, what he enjoyed most was listening to his brother tell him about his day, they would stay up all night talking until they fell asleep. And like that many years went by with J¨­ichir¨­ taking a few business trips leaving Soma here with Zeno, now they were both 16 years in age and great cooks as well, Zeno and Soma would compete daily for who made the best food, and their score was something like, Zeno 1293 wins, 1292 losses, and 1838 ties. That meant Soma had 1 less win than Zeno and were going to settle it today with their last battle before they go to T¨­tsuki Academy, both Zeno and Soma were back to back and once Soren yelled "start" they both began to cook at lightning fast speeds. What they were making was just some traditional Fried Rice, Zeno quickly put on a pot of water to start boiling while he started washing the uncooked rice in a fine strainer, after the rice was washed the water was at a boil. Zeno dumped the freshly washed rice into the water and covered it with a lid while lowering the temperature to let the rice simmer, Zeno then started heating up a pan while pouring some olive oil inside the pan, Zeno then started crushing up some cloves of garlic and deicing some onions while tossing them into the pan. It was also at this time that Zeno took the rice that was in the pot and strained it once more with a more course strainer, after straining the now cooked rice, Soren dumped it into the now caramelized onions and crushed garlic cloves, he then seasoned it with Salt and Pepper before dicing up some carrots and chives, and to finish it off Zeno drizzled a very little bit of white wine. Zeno then started plating 4 plates, 1 for the judge, 1 for himself, 1 for Soma, and 1 for Soren, it was also around this time that Soma finished his Fried Rice and plated 4 plates, 1 for the judge, 1 for himself, 1 for Zeno, and 1 for J¨­ichir¨­ who was in town to see Soma off to T¨­tsuki Academy. Both Zeno and Soma brought out their dishes to a close friend from school who took a bit of Soma''s food first, after her little fantasy of having her clothes explode into little Fried Rice bites that floated in a sea of caramelized onions and chives with a hint of soy sauce, she came back and spoke. [Wow! That was amazing Soma-kun¡­ I guess I should try Zeno-kun''s dish now]: class friend (I forgot her name XD) When the girl took a bite of Zeno''s dish her eyes shot open as she had a vision of being touched by Angels made of Fried Rice, they tore her clothes off while playing heavenly music, her taste buds were going in all sorts of directions as the taste was only one word "Heavenly" Zeno truly was worth of Soren''s teachings, it also didn''t help Soma that Soren had given both his kids a System of their own on their 16th birthdays which was just a few days ago. [So who won?... It must be me right?]: soma [Mmnnhh¡­ Sorry Soma, but Zeno''s food was just a tad more satisfying and had more flavor to it¡­ But your food was still amazing!]: class friend Soren then hung his head as he felt depressed, but then he raised his head with an evil grin as he pulled out a bento and a pair of chopsticks, he then walked up to his class friend and tried to force her to eat a piece of Octopus tentacle covered in peanut butter. [No! Soma I''m sorry! Don''t do this¡­ NOOOOO!...*Belrahh*]: class friend The poor girl was taken advantage of by that octopus tentacle, Soren then took Zeno over to his side before he handed him a box that was engraved with Soren''s handwriting. Opening the box, Zeno saw a set of 3 chefs knives, Zeno closed the box and hugged Soren before he went to go show Soma he present, and after that, Zeno and Soma went to T¨­tsuki Academy''s entrance exams a few days later, Zeno and Soma entered a hall filled with a bunch of aspiring chefs, and were surprised to see that some of them had lots of money from the looks of it, then a boy came up from behind them and introduced himself. [Hello¡­ My name is *Rich Snob* I am from a well known wealthy family of chefs¡­ What family are you guys from?]: rich snob [I''m Soma Yukihira, and this is my childhood best friend Zeno Zoldyck]: soma [Those names don''t sound familiar¡­ How rich is your family?]: rich snob [Oh, I''m not Rich, my family owns a small restaurant in a Shopping District]: soma [My dad is¡­ You could say well off, but still not rich¡­ We own a shop a bit down the street from Soma and his dad''s restaurant]: zeno The Rich Snob heard both of them and quickly took a few steps back and shivered as he was thinking about shaking their hands. The snob then started to point at them and scream. [You poor country bumpkins dare to try out for T¨­tsuki Academy because you work as a small family owned restaurant!?... Disgusting! Stay away from me before your poor rubs off onto me]: rich snob Both Zeno and Soma ignored the snob and continued to wait for further instructions on the exam. After a few minutes, a blonde woman walks in followed by a purple haired girl with a clipboard, the blonde then started speaking. [My name is Erina Nakiri, I am known here at T¨­tsuki by the alias The God Tongue¡­ I will be your Examiner today. I will give you 10 seconds to leave this place, otherwise you will choose to take the exam, and those who fail, can never try out for T¨­tsuki Academy ever again¡­ 10¡­ 9¡­ 8]: erina When everyone processed what Erina had just said they quickly started to dart for the door as they knew she was serious, the only people who stayed were Zeno and Soma, and Erina continued to count. [3¡­ 2¡­ 1¡­ Okay, I did my job¡­ Let''s go back now Hisako, nobody passed this year]: erina [Yes miss Erina]: hisako But before they could leave Soma spoke up startling them both. [Umm¡­ Excuse me, when do we start cooking?]: soma Erina looked at the 2 who still stayed, even after she said if they fail, they will never be able to try out again, she decided to remind them. [Why are you still here?... Didn''t you hear me? I said those who are still here when I finished counting will continue on to be tested, and those who fail will never be able to try out again]: erina [Well that''s why we are still here, bring on the test!]: zeno Erina was shocked that these idiots think they could pass with her, The God Tongue, as the Examiner. Erina then decided to play along and let them test, even though they will fail, after testing them Erina who refused to say that their cooking was good even though it was shouted. [It tastes like crap!... You fail, get out!]: erina Both Soma and Zeno left the building and went home, but later they both got a letter saying they were accepted into T¨­tsuki Academy. Soren was happy for the both of them and went with Misha, Hancock, Zenith, Killua, Gon and Haku to the ceremony for those who got accepted, Soma was made to give a speech and basically told everyone that he was a better cook then they were, Soren wanted to strangle Soma but held back as this was how the Anime played out. Zeno was now going to try for the top spot at T¨­tsuki Academy, and once he achieved that, they would leave this world and continue the journey to become the strongest. Chapter 122 - Earth Back at the Zoldyck Family residency, Soren was teaching Zenith a bit about Ki Manipulation. He had been a little depressed lately due to Zeno heading off to T¨­tsuki Academy with Soma, while leaving him here alone, so to make Zenith happy, Soren started teaching him small things about Martial Art''s. [Control your Ki and circulate it throughout your body¡­ Once you can circulate it without thinking about it, you can then move onto the next step]: soren [Yes dad, I''ll try better]: zenith In just a few months, Zenith was able to circulate his Ki naturally. Soren then showed him how to pull the Ki from within his body, out, and when Zenith saw a little Ki orb on the palm of Soren''s hand he was amazed, he then tried to do the same thing, but realized it was harder than it looked. [Try facing both your hands towards each other, while focusing on making a small ball appear between your two hands]: soren Soren had given Zenith the same advice Gohan gave Videl when he was teaching her how to fly. Zenith was slowly getting used to circulating Ki and started drawing more towards his hands and slowly a ball started to form, Zenith was so happy that he lost concentration and the ball disappeared, after getting mad about it he continued to try and form the ball, only to keep losing focus, dissipating the ball. Zenith kept this up for another 5 months, and by the end of that time, he was able to create that ball in his sleep, Soren then started teaching Zenith how to fly, and once Zenith had it explained to him, he understood that the previous training was to learn to fly. Zenith then started pushing his Ki out through his feet and started levitating off the ground, he then began to go higher and higher, but as he lost balance he began to plummet towards the ground at high speeds, Soren then caught him and explained that to properly fly, he needed to push Ki out from his whole body and depending on how he wanted to fly pour more Ki into the opposite way you want to go, an example was if you want to fly up, push more Ki through your feet, if you want to go down, push more Ki out through your head. Zenith understood what Soren told him and began to train in Ki Control next, while training went on, Soren, Misha and Hancock would have their own training sessions, even though there were not going to be more kids at the moment, they still loved the act of having sex. And just like that a year passed by since Zeno and Soma were enrolled in T¨­tsuki, both Soma and Zeno came home for summer break to spend time with the family for a bit, then Zeno brought up the training camp, after Zeno explained the training camp Soren knew that it was going to be tough for Soma and Zeno, hell even he might have trouble at such a place unless he buys all the best chefs bloodlines and integrates them. Soren then saw off both Zeno and Soma as they went back to school to prepare for the training camp, Soren then went back to mental training, he then remembered he had a few more Random Bloodline draws and decided to use one, as he opened the system Sakrua started spinning a Random Bloodline draw. {DING!... SPIN...SPIN...SPIN!... DING!... HOST HAS RECEIVED THE (Alucard) BLOODLINE¡­ WILL HOST INTEGRATE?} Soren looked over what he got and couldn''t believe his luck, with this he will truly be immortal, did he even want to be immortal? Soren didn''t know what to pick, if he became immortal, he would watch everyone he loves die from old age as he stays young forever, but he could either turn them, or wish for them to be immortal along with me from the Dragon Balls. Soren decided to integrate with the bloodline and handle the other stuff later, if his family didn''t want to be immortal, then he would kill himself when they died, Soren then integrated with the bloodline and felt as each individual cell of his was tore down and built back up revitalizing themselves. ''I feel¡­ Like death has released me from its grasp'': soren Soren pulled out a mirror and looked into it only to see his face look a bit younger with glowing Red eyes, as he opened his mouth his K9''s were protruding more that they ever were, Soren then thought that with him being a vampire that he shouldn''t be able to see himself in a mirror, but that wasn''t the case, he then thought about it being due to the Saiyan bloodline in him that was keeping him from being completely a vampire. Soren then opened the system and looked at his status to see the changes that have been made over the last 17 years. {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Age: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Uchiha, Dragon-Saiyan, Soma Yukihira, Erina Nakiri, Sage, Hollow, Vampire Progenitor Titles: Dragon, 5+ more Power Level: 13,456,000 Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 54 Exp to Next Level: 8,650/270,000 Blindness: 12.1% Permanent -Level 55: Unlocks 55% reduction of Eye deterioration speed- -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 35,000,000 Transformation: Super Saiyan stage 1 Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. -Skills-: 30 -List?- -Passive-: 14 -List?- System Points: 5.129 Million} Soren then went to check on Zenith''s progress, when he got to the backyard, Soren saw Zenith training with Killua. Soren then suppressed his Aura 0 which made it seem like he was no longer there, he then walked up next to Killua and waited for Killua to notice him, Soren counted the seconds and soon grew tired of waiting so he gave a small cough. Killua quickly turned and got into a battle position, but when he saw Soren he calmed down, Soren then stated that Killua should have been able to sense him if he was on guard. [Sorry Ren, I got so used to this being a world with no powers, I started slacking in my training]: killua [Ren huh¡­ I haven''t heard that name in quite some time¡­ Killua, if I offered to make you Immortal, would you take it? Or would you want Eternal Youth?]: soren Killua pondered over it for a while before he spoke up again. [I just want to be alongside my brother till the day we die]: killua Soren understood that Killua didn''t care what he became, as long as he and Soren could hang out as a family. Soren then made up his mind and decided that he would give everyone Eternal Youth instead of Immortality, Soren then decided to continue watching Zenith train with Killua. As the day ended Soren gathered everyone in the backyard and told them his plan. [I need to go to another world real quick¡­ I should only be gone for a few hours, I need you all to stay here until I come back]: soren [Can''t we come with you darling?]: hancock [Yeah! I want to come with you dad!]: zenith [Misha would also not mind making a quick trip with Husband]: misha [Me and Gon are fine here, we will train until you return]: killua Everyone had their own say, but Soren stood by his words and made them stay behind. Soren then opened a portal and stepped through while picking a world that was the most basic of basic, Soren then shouted out the name of the place he wanted to go. [System, bring me home! To where it all started, Earth! The place where every world has been created from]: soren {UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES, HOST WOULD NOT BE ABLE TO TRAVEL TO THE WORLD OF WHERE THE HOST''S BODY ORIGINALLY DIED¡­ BUT DUE TO THE POWER ACCUMULATED BY HOST, THE SYSTEM CAN TAKE HOST THERE ONE TIME} Soren was then yanked from the void at lightning speeds and vanished. Soren then saw a bright portal open up and drop him into the ocean, Soren then quickly hid his presence and swam to the shore, and after a 5 minute swim at a speed that rivaled the fastest speed boat, Soren arrived on a deserted beach. Sending out his senses that covered the whole world, Soren could see that there were no people near him, in fact, there were no people at all, Soren then pulled out the Dragon Balls and summoned Kuroi, once the giant Dragon was summoned Soren started asking questions. [Why are there no longer any people on Earth?]: soren Kuroi''s eyes glowed a bit as if searching, and after a while he spoke up. [The Human beings of this planet have destroyed themselves through war¡­ The ones that remained died due to starvation and depopulation¡­ This world is just an empty husk now]: kuroi Soren was surprised to hear that after 40 something years of his death, the world was destroyed. Soren then started his wishes, he looked up to Kuroi and in the Dragon Saiyan Language stated his 3 wishes. (Dragon Saiyan)[First, I would like for my family to gain Eternal Youth when I go back¡­ Second, I wish to turn this world into a world filled with Magic and Mana¡­ And finally, I want you to revive the population of this planet that died during the war that destroyed them all]: soren [Your wishes are granted!... Farewell Master]: kuroi Before the Dragon Balls could disperse, Soren pulled them with his Telekinesis, and placed them into his inventory. Soren then watched as the world started to fill with more color than he remembered it ever having, as new beasts were rising from the ground, while plants were giving off a powerful Aura filled with Life and Magic. Soren then flew into the sky and spread his senses over the whole world, he then saw powerful beasts like Dragon''s being born, and then a bunch of bright lights shined in the used to be cities that were now either creators or rubble, with few standing houses that looked as if they will fall any minute. The lights then cleared leaving humans in their place, the humans were looking around in confusion as they thought they were dead previously, Soren then decided to make an entrance to the people of his previous world to keep them from destruction once again, Soren then amplified his voice with Ki so that everyone in the world could hear him. [Greetings Mortals¡­ You have all killed yourselves, and I have been gracious enough to give you all a new life¡­ I remade your world into one of fantasy, you all can use Magic if you can find out how, I will no longer help you as you must help yourself now¡­ Don''t screw it up by killing each other off again¡­ Before I go, here is a parting gift]: soren Soren then raised his hands while using Creation Magic that he got from his Bloodline, he then created 50 huge cities that looked like the ones from his time on earth, each city was in a densely populated area. Soren then raised his hands and the people who were really far away from the city they were closest to were then picked up and transported to the city. [I have given you all the tools needed to survive a second life, don''t disappoint me]: soren Soren then watched as the people all around the world started bowing while saying things like "Thank you ohh mighty God", Soren then opened his portal and started traveling back to Food Wars!. On his way back, Sakura rang out and Soren gave the notification a quick glance, but what he saw surprised him. {DING!... HOST HAS COMPLETED THE HIDDEN QUEST (Rulers Touch)... HOST CAN CLAIM THE REWARDS NOW} When Soren looked at the description of the quest he was shocked, he then started reading it out loud. ["Revitalise a dead world and become their God and Idol"... What did I just do?]: soren Soren then opened the Quest to see what he could claim from it, his jaw then dropped at what the System was giving him. {(Quest Rewards) -Rulers Touch-: 3,000,000 system points, Title: Second Chance God, Super Bloodline Roll x1, Lottery Ticket x10} Soren was happy that he made his trip to his home world, if it had been any other place, he might not have gotten this lucky. While on the way home, Soren also found out that now that Earth had accepted him as a God, he could travel to the world like he could Anime Worlds. The portal opened and Soren stepped through arriving in his backyard once more, and then a loud rumble was heard as the sound of a Dragon rang out which notified Soren that his family now had Eternal Youth, Soren then entered the house and went to bed, even as a vampire, Soren still could sleep due to his other bloodline holding dominance, Soren was happy, because now if he wanted more kids, being a vampire wouldn''t stop him. [I guess I will wait a few more years before we get back on our journey]: soren After a few days of rest, Zenith came up to Soren and asked him to spar. Soren didn''t mind as this would help him grow in strength, and right now Soren was facing Zenith in the backyard of their house with Killua, Gon, Misha, and Hancock watching. Soren stood in place as Zenith ran towards him at full speed breaking the ground beneath him throwing a punch at Soren, Soren just caught the punch while redirecting the punch elsewhere, Zenith then threw a few kicks towards Soren who just dodged them like they were nothing. Zenith was getting a little angry that Soren dodged or parried his attacks, his Golden Eyes began to glow, soon his surroundings started to slow to a stand still, Soren saw this and wondered if that was Misha''s ability, he didn''t know as Misha didn''t like fighting and never really fought with anyone. Soren then activated his Truth Eyes and saw all the Ki flowing towards Zenith''s eyes, but before Zenith could attack he passed out and hit the ground. Soren rushed over and picked him up while putting a Senzu Bean into his mouth, Soren then knew that it would soon be time to leave as Zenith was ready, as for Zeno, he didn''t like fighting, he liked to cook more, Soren was going to let Zeno graduate from T¨­tsuki Academy before they left, Soren and everyone then went back inside to watch some TV while Soren was cooking Lunch for everyone, one of the problems with being a family of Saiyan''s was that everyone ate way more than normal people, they ate so much that Soren would add Senzu Beans into everyone but Misha and Hancock''s meals as the two women weren''t Saiyan''s. [I wonder how Zeno makes everyone look at him when he eats¡­ They must think he''s a monster that could win every food eating competition in the world]: soren Soren gave himself a laugh before he set the table and called everyone to eat, Soren then made himself a plate and ate along with everyone else, while telling them his plans for them to leave after Zeno graduated from T¨­tsuki Academy. Chapter 123 - Graduation It has been 7 months since Zeno and Soma had gotten back from the training camp, and both of them ranked in the top 10 out of the 100 students who participated. After they came back Zeno was hanging out with Soma in the dormitory where they had a small battle, a couple months later J¨­ichir¨­ came by to check on Soma and ultimately, both Soma and J¨­ichir¨­ had their own battle with Soma losing. A couple weeks after that Zeno had challenged one of the top students in the school to a competition, and unbeknown to him, when the student lost they were kicked out of the school, Zeno didn''t find out until a few days later when the students friend came and confronted him. [Why did you get my friend kicked out of the school!?]: student Zeno was surprised to be confronted in the middle of the halls so he couldn''t help but ask the student what he was talking about. [What do you mean?... What student did I get kicked out?]: zeno The student was infuriated when Zeno said he didn''t know who he was talking about so he started shouting. [You bastard! My friend Jake¡­ You challenged him to a cook off and he lost. Because he was a year above you and lost, and because he wasn''t part of the Elite Ten they decided to kick him out of school!... Do you remember him now?]: student Zeno thought back to a few days ago when he challenged a guy who was talking shit about Soma, Zeno then decided to challenge the guy to a battle, Zeno had not fully memorized the guys name, but Jake sounded right. Zeno then started to retell the encounter to the student who decided to confront him, after Zeno explained the situation, along with him not knowing that beating him would get him expelled, the student became even more angry when he heard this and started shouting. [So because Jake decided to talk shit to some poor boy, you took it upon yourself to challenge him and beat him?... What the fuck is wrong with you poor people. You can''t take criticism so you decide to fight your way through it¡­ Why did Jake have to lose to some dumbass who doesn''t even know the rules]: student Zeno was tired of listening to the screaming buffoon, he then turned to walk away, once the student saw that Zeno didn''t care and went to walk away he took it onto himself to fight Zeno, not in cooking, but in a physical fight, the student then charged towards Zeno with his fists raised and shouting. [Take this you bastard!... RAAAHHHHGGG!]: student Zeno heard the boy that was rushing towards him along with his rapid footsteps, Zeno then turned at lightning speeds to face the student while dodging the fist that was flying towards him, but as Zeno dodged, the student tripped and started falling towards the floor. The student didn''t want to be the only one to look like a fool, so as he fell, he grabbed hold of Zeno''s pants, and because Zeno couldn''t wear belts due to his tail, the pants started to come down, as the pants fell Zeno''s face showed one of worry. As the student was falling he saw that the pants were coming down with him and started smiling, but the smile quickly turned to one of fear as Zeno''s tail popped out of his pants, the student then hit the floor as Zeno quickly pulled up his pants to hide his tail, and as Zeno turned to look at the student he could see the mark of fear on his face. [W-what a-are y-y-you!?]: student [Did you see?]: zeno [Y-yes¡­ W-what the hell are you!... You eat like a beast, and you have a t-t-tai-]: student Zeno then covered the students mouth as there were some students right around the corner. After the students left, Zeno released the students mouth and started speaking. [You will not tell a single soul about today¡­ This secret will go with you to your grave¡­ Do you understand?]: zeno As the student heard Zeno his fear disappeared as he came up with an idea to get rid of Zeno. [Y-you want to keep this a secret right?... Then you need to quit this school, otherwise you can forget me keeping your secret, I will tell everyone]: student Zeno''s face then became dead as he heard the threat, Zeno then came closer to the student, as the student saw this he began to back up, as the student hit against a wall Zeno got close enough to put his hands on the students collar. Zeno then looked into the students eyes with his own, the student watched as Zeno''s eyes changed from the Obsidian color they were, into a deep Red color with 3 tomes rotating around them, the student began to feel fear once more as he asked. [W-what kind of m-monster are y-you!?]: student Zeno ignored his question and started speaking while activating a Genjutsu on the student. [You will forget about me, and the encounter with me today¡­ You will then leave this school and never come back]: zeno Zeno then watched as the students'' eyes became lifeless, Zeno then dropped the student and began to walk away. The student then got up and walked back to his room, packed his stuff and left T¨­tsuki Academy, after Zeno made sure that his Genjutsu was working properly he went back to his dormitory to hang out with Soma. And with that, a few years passed, Zeno and Soma were graduating this year, both with positions on the Elite Ten, Zeno held the first seat with Soma holding seat 2, even though both Zeno and Soma''s skills were almost equal, Zeno had a slight advantage which gave him the first seat. Over the couple years their ties began to pile up with Zeno sitting at 2465 Wins, 2463 Losses, with 5679 Ties, Soma had the exact opposite as he stood with 2463 Wins, 2465 Losses, and 5679 Ties. On graduation day Zeno had invited everyone from his family, Soren, Zenith, Misha, Hancock, Killua, and Gon, Haku came with them as he was technically part of the main family, but in this world he had to act as just a family pet, Soma had invited his dad along with some store owners that were nice to him as he was growing up. [Congrats Soma and Zeno!... we knew you guys could do it!]: soren & misha [Yeah! Good job brother!... While you were gone dad had taught me some stuff in cooking too!]: zenith When Zeno heard Zenith learned some cooking methods he was happy, he had started to feel like an asshole for leaving his brother all alone with nobody to play with, but he had some friends he could hang out with, along with their family, so Zeno felt that it was fine, but now he had to make up for the 4 years that they were apart. [Thanks Dad! Zenith!... Soma and I had lots of fun here, but it wasn''t as fun as the time I spent with you guys¡­ Where is Mom, Uncle Killua, and Uncle Gon?]: zeno [Hancock is eating the food that the school provided¡­ Killua saw a hot mom and went to introduce himself¡­ As for Gon, he is running a little late, he had to close up the shop. He should be here in a few minutes]: soren Zeno thanked Soren for telling him where Hancock was and went to look for her, Soma was off looking for J¨­ichir¨­ and his family friends. Soon after, Gon arrived to the party, he found Soren and went over to him, a bit after that a voice came over the loudspeakers and began to speak. [Good afternoon family and friends of this year''s Graduates¡­ I am the Principal of T¨­tsuki Academy. My name is Senzaemon Nakiri¡­ I am proud to introduce this year''s Elite Ten; First Seat: Zeno Zoldyck¡­ Young Zeno, please come to the mic and give your speech that you prepared]: senzaemon Zeno then came up to the mic and began reading off a small set of cards he prepared beforehand. [Greetings to Friends and Families¡­ I am Zeno Zoldyck. These 4 years were some of the best years of my life, but the road was not an easy one¡­ The challenges I faced¡­ The friends I made, and the enemies¡­ They all are the stepping stones that helped me reach where I stand today. Even though they were stepping stones, they will never be forgotten¡­ To my dear friends, and my closest enemies¡­ I thank you! You all made my stay here at T¨­tsuki some of the best moments¡­ I plan to make big things happen in my life, thank you for giving me the tools to do so]: zeno Zeno finished his speech and walked off the stage as Senzaemon took the mic back. Senzaemon then began to have the teachers stand on stage in a line, then he started calling up students in Alphabetical order, the students walked up while shaking hands with the teachers, after the students got down to Senzaemon, they shook his hand and he handed them Diplomas and a slick Black finished wooden case. [Congratulations... Take this and go to the next table to receive your Chef''s knife and hat]: senzaemon After all the students were called, Senzaemon took the mic and began the closing speech. [This year''s graduates are some of the finest that I have seen come through the doors of T¨­tsuki¡­ I do hope to see their kids come through those doors and surprise the world as they have¡­ I would like to thank all the parents, friends, and teachers who took the time to come out today, please enjoy the rest of the food before you leave]: senzaemon Senzaemon left the stage and everyone began to leave with who they came with, or with the newly graduates that they sent here. Soren went to the food tables and began to stuff a bag with all the food he could, while secretly putting it into the inventory where it wouldn''t get crushed or parish, after he felt he grabbed enough Soren went back to his group to see everyone giving Zeno graduation gifts. [Congrats Zeno!... This is a gift from both me and Gon]: killua Killua took out a wrapped box and handed it to Zeno. As Zeno opened it, a smile appeared on his face, because what Zeno pulled out was a costume made outfit that was physically sturdy enough to stop bullets and knives like they were crayons trying to pierce him. Killua had gotten this as a reward for a quest he completed back in Hunter x Hunter, Killua thought it would be useful for something, so he kept it just in case. [This is awesome! Thank you Uncle Killua, and Uncle Gon]: zeno Next both Misha and Hancock came up and handed Zeno their present. [This is from both of us, hope you like it]: hancock Zeno opened the box and saw a book of all the worlds recipes, Zeno then gave a quick flip through the book before putting it back and shooting both Hancock and Misha with a big smile. [This is one of the best gifts I have received, Thank you mom and Misha]: zeno Zenith then walked up to Zeno and gave him a long box. [This is from me¡­ I did some stuff in "You know what" to get enough "Stuff" to get this for you]: zenith Zeno opened up the box to see an exquisitely crafted Samurai Sword. Zeno held it in his hands and gave it a quick swing before sheathing it and placing it back in the box while saying. [This is the best present I could ever get¡­ I can see you worked a lot to get this present for me, and that shows how much you love me brother¡­ I will be sure to get you something just as awesome]: zeno When Soren overheard Zenith say he did quests in this world he looked on the quest board and saw that there were only 3 quests. -Quests- 1): Daily Training: Reward: 100 system points (Repeatable) 2): Help the Elderly: Reward: 100 system points (Repeatable) 3): Help the Homeless: Reward: 100 system points (Repeatable) Soren saw that the 3 quests were relatively easy, but they had a time limit before they could be completed again, they could only be completed once a day. Soren then scanned the sword given to Zeno by Zenith and saw that he could buy it on the store for 30,000 system points, Soren then did some quick calculations and found out that Zenith spent at least 100 days collecting these points. Soren then walked up to the group and started speaking towards Zeno. [I have a gift for you as well, but I can''t give it to you here¡­ We need to reach the "New" place¡­ So do you want to say your goodbyes to anyone? We can always come back in a few years]: soren Zeno thought about it for a bit before he turned to see Soma trying to challenge J¨­ichir¨­ to a battle, Zeno then spoke up answering Soren''s question. [I will say bye to Soma only]: zeno [Take your time son¡­ We will wait here then]: soren Zeno then walked over to Soma and sparked a quick conversation. [Hey¡­ I will be leaving the country for quite a while, and where I''m going letters will be a hard thing to do, let alone phones¡­ I just wanted to tell you before I left]: zeno Soma looked towards Zeno while J¨­ichir¨­ saw his chance to escape, Soma then spoke up to cheer up Zeno. [Don''t worry about it¡­ There is also no need to lie¡­ I want you to know that I know you aren''t human]: soma Zeno was shocked to hear Soma and quickly shouted before calming himself and asking. [How long have you known¡­ Why don''t you look at me differently?]: zeno [Hmmm¡­ Let''s see¡­ We became best friends when we were 5, I started spending a lot of time over at your house when we were 8¡­ I knew you were not normal when I saw you taking a bath on accident when we were 9, but after I looked it up one day I found out that it wasn''t ever recorded to have a hairy tail on your butt¡­ The reason I don''t look at you differently is because even with a tail, you will still be you¡­ I just want to know¡­ Are you like an Alien or something?]: soma Zeno was surprised hearing Soma and started to chuckle as what he said was true, Zeno then started to answer Soma''s question. [I don''t actually know¡­ My dad has a tail, he said it''s due to some kind of blood trait¡­ As far as I know we came here from a different planet, so I guess I am an Alien]: zeno Zeno decided to tell Soma a half truth, and when Soma heard Zeno he was super excited to know that there were other civilizations other than theirs out in space. Soma then gave his goodbyes to Zeno and ran back to J¨­ichir¨­ and left, Zeno came back over towards his family and Soren spoke. [I heard everything¡­]: soren [Please let him keep his memory dad, please!]: zeno Soren thought for a moment before he spoke. [I don''t mind him knowing as we won''t be here for much longer¡­ I also trust Soma, let''s go then]: soren Soren and his group went back to their mansion before packing everything inside their inventories, after leaving the house Soren used his magic to destroy it and make the plot of land flat once more, Soren then gathered everyone around and spoke to Sakura. ''The Next World¡­ Dragon Ball!... Here we come!'': soren Soren and his family then stepped into the portal that opened up and disappeared. A few hours later Soma came running up the path to look for Zeno but only came across an empty lot where a house used to be. [I guess I will never see him again¡­]: soma Soma then had some tears appear in his eyes as he ran back home. Chapter 124 - King Kai’s place Soren and his family were traveling through the void for about 18 hours before they arrived before a colorful portal that was the Dragon Ball world, the whole time they were in the void, Soren was training Zeno so that he could catch up with everyone else in terms of strength. Once they reached the world portal, Soren took a moment to think about what time period he wanted to travel to, and after about 30 minutes of debating on how much he wanted to change the story, Soren then decided and spoke out in his head to Sakura. ''I want to appear right before the Namek Saga on earth when Goku goes to pick up the Space Ship'': soren Once Soren picked the destination the portal opened up and let Soren and his family enter. Once they entered they came out of the portal deep in the mountains and forests, Soren took no time to take in the view as he quickly scanned for strong powers. Once Soren found someone who was strong even though they couldn''t hold a candle to Soren''s powers, he opened his own spatial portal and took him and his family through, and on the other side was a stunned man in an Orange Gi with Blue wristbands and a Blue belt, the man had weird spiky Black hair style, and Black Eyes. The man in question was none other than Goku, he was shocked to feel so many terrifying energies appear on earth right as he was going to leave for Namek, but as soon as he planned on checking out the powerful people who just got to earth, the power signatures disappeared and reappeared behind him, and as he turned to face the powerhouses he saw them fully step out of a closing portal. [W-who are you?]: goku Soren saw a chance to mess with Goku so he spoke with a smile. It wasn''t an evil smile nor a happy smile, but a neutral grin that says more than it shows. [Distant Relatives?]: soren Soren then unfurled his tail from around his waist along with Killua, Gon, Zeno, and Zenith. When Goku saw the tails he quickly felt fear, the people before him were all Saiyan''s except the 2 women, Goku quickly got into a battle pose ready to fight with the people who just came out of nowhere, but before he started fighting Goku asked. [I thought all the Saiyan''s were wiped out¡­ At least, that''s what I was told¡­ Why did you come here? There are no more Dragon Balls, if that''s what you''re wondering]: goku Soren could see Goku sweating the whole time trying to think up a way to get out of this so that he could save his friends. Soren then had enough of playing around and retracted his Aura, which surprised Goku, Soren then had everyone else do the same. Being in a world where powers were nonexistent to everyone but Soren and his family, having to reign in your power was not needed as nobody could sense it, but even with this Soren still had everyone learn to bring their BP (Battle Power) down to 1, while Soren could completely make his BP 0. [We are not here to fight with you¡­ We came to watch you fight actually¡­ I heard that Vegeta has killed off your friends, and you need to travel to Namek to use Namek''s Dragon Balls to wish back your friends, but be careful¡­ Vegeta is not the only powerhouse going after the Dragon Balls¡­ Train diligently until you reach Namek¡­ We will be off then]: soren Soren said that and then opened another portal, then left with his family. Goku was stunned to hear that the man who spoke said that there are people stronger than Vegeta, and that excluded himself, Goku then tried to sense where the man had disappeared to but sensed nothing. Goku then went back to Bulma''s place to get the ship and set off to Namek, and after he left Earth, Goku thought about what the Saiyan who led that group said. Goku then started training to the max, he turned on the gravity machine and placed it to 10x gravity, Goku then began to do his exercise''s, and while Goku was doing all that, Soren and his family were on King Kai''s planet. There, Soren saw King Kai pacing back and forth with a small Monkey and a overgrown bee looking incest following after him, Soren then walked up behind him and tapped King Kai on the shoulder scaring him in the process. [AHHHHH!... Who are you!?... How did you get here? Your not even dead]: king kai Soren thought about how to explain that, if he could lock onto someone''s position he could open a portal to those coordinates. It was kinda like Instant Transmission, but faster in locking on, and slower in teleporting, Soren then just explained the best he could without revealing too many secrets. [I opened a portal like "WOOSH" and stepped through like "POP" and then I''m here¡­ Any questions?]: soren King Kai thought Soren''s explanation was hilarious and fell to the floor laughing. It was only after he calmed down that King Kai started to speak seriously, it was also at this time that King Kai noticed the Monkey tails that were attached to Soren, Killua, Gon, Zeno, and Zenith. King Kai then became afraid, then started stuttering while asking Soren questions that concerned his safety with Soren and his group. [Y-you won''t K-k-kill me r-right?... I''m sorry for laughing at you earlier, please forgive me!]: king kai Soren was dumbstruck with how much of a pussy King Kai was when it came to his well being. Soren then thought it was no wonder Beerus decreased the size of King Kai''s world, he begged and pleaded for his life and sacrificed his planet instead, Soren then started to straighten up King Kai''s ideals about him just because he is a Saiyan. [Listen here¡­ I''m not here for your life¡­ I came here to tell you about what is going on¡­ As you know, Goku had battled a few Saiyan''s who came to Earth for the Dragon Balls. And now Kami and Piccolo are dead, along with all the other Z fighters¡­ They will be traveling Snake Way to train here until Goku can revive them with Namek''s Dragon, but the problem lies with who else is on his way to Namek¡­]: soren Before Soren could finish his sentence, King Kai spoke up with fear in his voice once more. [Freeza!... So what will we do?]: king kai Soren then decided to spill the beans to King Kai and spoke. [Well¡­ Freeza is nothing but a fly compared to me¡­ I will only help if Goku will undoubtedly lose the fight with him¡­ As for what I will be doing¡­ That''s simple¡­ I will sit back and watch the show]: soren King Kai was shocked about how Soren said that Freeza was just a fly compared to him, and not only did Soren say he wasn''t going to help, but he was going to watch until it was shown that Goku was going to die. [What''s your name?... You seem rather confident about your power¡­ I''ve seen lots of people who thought the world was shit compared to them, and they all died by someone stronger]: king kai [My name is Soren Zoldyck¡­ I am a special case¡­ My base BP is almost 14 million, and I can reach Super Saiyan¡­ But that''s not all, as I have achieved what none have for millions of years¡­ HAAAAAAAA!]: soren Soren then powered up and activated his Sage form which made his hair turn from Dark Blue to pitch Black, it grew just a bit, but not by much. His upper body expanded, ripping the tight shirt he wore to tatters, Soren''s upper body was covered in Brown Fur, and leaving his Chest and stomach bare and hairless. Soren''s eyes had a Brown Ring around them, while his pupils stayed the Obsidian Black color they were. Soren''s BP in Sage Mode was a multiplier of 100x, while just Super Saiyan was 50x, Soren''s new BP was an astonishing 1.345 Billion. King Kai was blown away by Soren''s raw power, it even tore up the ground beneath Soren''s feet leaving a small crater that Soren fixed with a wave of his hand, and while Soren had released all that power, the shock wave almost made a poor Namekian fall off Snake Way and into Hell, lucky a Bald man with 3 eyes caught him. [You sure have a lot of strength¡­ But why do you not want to help Goku beat Freeza?]: king kai [Hahaha!... If I could just beat all of his opponents with one attack, then where is HIS growth? How will he match up to me in the future instead?... I came here to watch the battle through your telepathy, is that alright?]: soren King Kai thought about what Soren said and agreed, if there was no struggle, then there was no growth. King Kai then agreed to let Soren watch the battle take place on Namek when Goku arrived, Soren then began to train his Super Saiyan state to reach perfection, and he had 6 days to do it. Over the course of 2 days, Piccolo, Tien, Chiaotzu, and Yamcha, had made it to King Kai''s planet and began training under him, they were surprised to see a group of 7 people already there with 5 of them having tails like the Saiyan''s that killed them. Both Yamcha and Chiaotzu had some PTSD from their battles but got over it when they got to know Soren and his group, Chiaotzu had fun playing with both Zeno and Zenith who even though were 19 years old, were still acting like 8 year old children. Piccolo felt how powerful Soren was and was awestruck by his Golden Form and decided to find out more about it, but once Soren started telling him that all Saiyan''s could transform into Super Saiyan, Piccolo felt a bit of dread that the one who he vowed to kill with all his might, could turn into this type of monster and mop the floor with him. And after 5 days passed, Goku had finally arrived on planet Namek, while Soren achieved Grade 3 in the Super Saiyan Form, Soren knew that he could try and skip all the grades and go to Mastery, but going through each individual level will strengthen the foundation and make the mastered version way more powerful. [Just one more level to go, and I will have mastery over Super Saiyan]: soren [Soren¡­ Goku has arrived on Namek¡­ Want to start watching?]: king kai [No¡­ Not right now, there will be nothing interesting right when he gets there¡­ Call me if he starts fighting someone]: soren Soren then went back to training his Super Saiyan form with an increase of 500x gravity, you mix that with the x5 that King Kai''s planet has, making Soren''s gravity around 2500x gravity. Soren was pushing his body and trying to compress the bulky body of his into a slim body type like Super Saiyan, and after a few hours, Soren''s body started to slim down, and Soren felt a huge drain to his stamina which he thought was almost infinite. [I made it to the next level¡­ Now I need to stay like this and control my stamina loss]: soren Soren then began to stay in his Super Saiyan form for as long as he could without changing back, it was almost time to make Freeza shit himself. Chapter 125 - Enter Goku! When Goku got out of the spaceship he sent out his Ki to scan for Gohan and Krillin, but while he was searching he found a monstrous power level along with a few others, but no matter how he looked he couldn''t sense Gohan, or Krillin, until he sensed that their power was so low that they could die at any moment. [Krillin, Gohan!... I''m coming, hold on!]: goku Goku then shot off towards where he could barely sense both Gohan and Krillin''s power. The group of powerful people had sensed Goku heading towards them and felt a bit of fear, as they were not as powerful as Goku, and soon a deep Red, fire like Ki shot past a man with Red skin and White hair, and his body who had Blue skin with Red eyes, and unlike the man with Red skin, the guy with Blue skin didn''t have hair. The Red Ki that shot past the two was none other than Goku, as Goku shot past them he flew through a giant muscular man in a torn Black spandex suit with White gloves and a Red mohawk. The speed made by Goku had the buff guy spinning in circles, and once he caught his balance he looked towards the flash of Red Ki that turned into a man no older than 24 wearing an Orange Gi and a Blue under shirt, Blue wristbands and a Blue belt that was tied around his waist, the man had Black hair with a weird hair style, the group of powerhouses looked towards the man and had no clue who he was until Krillin spoke up. [Goku!... Haha, your here]: krillin [Hey Krillin! I brought you a surprise, don''t worry, I''ll be right over]: goku Goku then knelt down in front of Gohan who was almost dead, Goku then took out a Senzu Bean and spoke while trying to feed it to Gohan. [It''s okay son¡­ I''m here now¡­ Eat this, it will make you all better]: goku Gohan ate the bean with the help of Goku, Goku then started to talk to Gohan telling him that everything will be okay, and not to die as Chi-chi would kill him if Gohan was hurt. Gohan then got the life back in his eyes as he looked up to see Goku, he then shot up and started hugging Goku and telling him that the people waiting over to the side were really powerful, Goku understood and started to get up to heal Krillin, while the enemies saw Goku heal Gohan they felt even more scared, Krillin then ate a Senzu Bean and healed up just fine. [Thanks Goku, but I kinda wish you hadn''t come]: krillin [Why''s that Krillin?]: goku [Those Ginyu guys¡­ Their tough]: krillin [Hold on¡­ Don''t speak]: goku Goku then placed his hand on Krillin''s forehead and began to read Krillin''s mind, he then saw everything that Krillin has been through, and after a moment he removed his hand while saying that he understands the situation. [Thanks¡­ Now there''s something I need to do]: goku Goku then took out a bean and looked towards Vegeta who was also on his last leg, he then took the bean and threw it while yelling. [Here Vegeta¡­ You''ll need this]: goku Vegeta caught the bean while Krillin started shouting at Goku for giving Vegeta a Senzu Bean, but Goku explained that they would need Vegeta at his peak to fight the enemies on this planet. Vegeta ate the Senzu Bean and immediately recovered, he then started facing off with the Ginyu Force along with Goku, and while this was going on, King Kai was watching the fight go down while telling Soren that the fighting started, Soren then came over while still in his Super Saiyan form and placed his hand on King Kai''s back to watch the fight. [Prepare to be scared¡­ Now feel the power of Recoome!]: recoome Recoome then powered up and shot out towards Goku while Vegeta sat off to the side to watch the fight, but right as everyone thought Goku was going to be hit by Recoome, Goku disappeared and Recoome hit nothing but open air. As Recoome realized that Goku was no longer there he began to look around to find him, Gohan and Krillin also began to look for Goku but couldn''t find him, Vegeta began to sweat as he started looking towards the mountain where the man with Red skin and his friend with Blue skin stood, and as they activated their scouters on their faces to find where Goku disappeared to they quickly turned around in shock, only to see Goku standing behind them. ''Wow¡­ Goku is so fast, only Vegeta could see him'': krillin Goku then began to speak towards the 2 alien''s that he appeared behind. [You guys have caused enough problems here, and it''s time for you to leave¡­ You need to go back to your ship right now and leave this planet, and never return¡­ Otherwise you''ll face me]: goku The two alien''s began to get mad and attack Goku, but once again, Goku disappeared and reappeared behind them, they then began to question who Goku was while Goku started to float up into the air and appear before Recoome once again. [Okay, okay¡­ We get it¡­ you''re pretty quick, but speed alone isn''t going to be enough to save you¡­ You see, I have this special attack that will level this whole place in one move, and you won''t be able to dodge this one]: recoome While Recoome was bragging about his special attack Gohan and Krillin were starting to get worried for Goku. Vegeta on the other hand was looking forward to seeing if Goku was what he thought he was, Vegeta then started talking to himself while Goku faced off with Recoome. ''This is where we see if I''m right about you Kakarot'': vegeta [I hope you''re ready there¡­ Because I''m about to send all you wimps straight to Hell!]: recoome Recoome the crouched down to the ground and placed his fists on the ground, he then started channeling his Ki throughout his body and turning it into an explosive, he then shouted out while laughing maniacally. [Haha¡­ Dodge this punk!]: recoome The ground then began to split as Recoome''s KIi began to flow outwards and destroy the ground, Recoome then raised his hands into the air while pushing his Ki to the maximum while shouting his attacks name. [EXPLODING STAR!!!]: recoome (A/N: I couldn''t understand what his attacks name was so I changed the name) The ground then began to crack even more as it spread outwards, and when the cracks reached Goku''s feet Recoome shouted "Full Power" and began to charge towards Goku with his fist, but before Recoome could even move past his previous position, Recoome felt pain in his gut as everyone''s mouths dropped open and the power surrounding Recoome faded. Everyone saw as Recoome was hunched over with Goku''s elbow implanted into Recoome''s sternum, and even though the attack looked normal, it was far from normal, Goku had sent his Ki through his elbow and into Recoome''s body, there it ripped through Recoome''s body and destroyed it from the inside. Vegeta watched the whole thing and started to get upset as he thought to himself. ''Kakarot has proven that with just 1 blow he was more powerful than any Saiyan¡­ Hell, more powerful than any Saiyan for a thousand years¡­ And I, the Prince of all Saiyan''s, have somehow become this idiot''s witness, and I''m the only one who has understood what he has become¡­ Maybe he doesn''t even understand it himself¡­ Kakarot has become the Legendary¡­ Super Saiyan! '': vegeta Vegeta was thinking to himself as Goku then turned towards the two enemies from earlier, and when they saw Goku stare at them they began to talk with each other. [What will we do Burter?... He will be coming for us next]: red guy [Don''t worry about it Jeice, with the two of us working together he will never beat us]: burter Both Jeice and Burter then began to use their teamwork to try and beat Goku with Speed, but as they began to get closer and closer to him to hit him, Goku was dodging like it was nothing, Goku was so fast that it even looked like he was stationary when he dodged. Everyone was in shock as Goku was just fine, and took their attacks like he was doing some morning aerobics, and on King Kai''s planet, both Soren and King Kai were watching how Goku was destroying the Ginyu Force with their own game, King Kai was rooting for Goku while Soren was just watching with interest. To Soren, Goku, Jeice, and Burter were still moving at a snail''s pace, with Goku being a bit faster by maybe 3 times that of Jeice and Burter, Soren quickly got board with waiting an decided to go back to meditation until Freeza shows up, and with that, a day passed and Freeza was making his entrance. Goku was about to get out of the Healing pod and go help out Vegeta, Krillin, and Gohan, at that moment Soren touched King Kai''s back again to watch the fight, Vegeta was started to battle with Freeza while yelling about being a Super Saiyan, but just like the cannon, Vegeta was smacked down with Freeza''s tail and getting beaten up. [You stupid Monkeys need to learn your lesson!... I''m so glad I got rid of your entire race, it relieved so much of my pent up stress]: freeza Soren began to laugh a bit while watching Vegeta get bitch slapped by Freeza''s tail, and when King Kai saw how Soren took this all as a big joke, he couldn''t help but ask. [You are a psycho aren''t you¡­ Will you jump in now?]: king kai [Psycho?... Maybe¡­ As for helping. Not yet, I will give all the way until Goku dies, if that happens I will step in and end Freeza]: soren While King Kai was talking with Soren Piccolo over heard him with his enhanced hearing and spoke up with a bit of anger in his voice. [W-what did you say!?... You can beat this monster and you are going to let Goku die fighting it?]: piccolo Soren then turned to Piccolo and spoke with a calm tone, totally ignoring the fact that Piccolo yelled at him. [Why would I take away the thing that will make Goku stronger?... Would you like it if I take the things that would make you stronger away?]: soren When Piccolo heard this he understood that Soren was right, Soren then went back to watching the battle with King Kai, and what he saw next was a bit funny as well. Krillin was being pierced by Freeza''s horn making him lose a lot of blood, Gohan saw this and began to get angry and powered up, Gohan then charged towards Freeza and attacked, but all of this was pointless, Vegeta then watched as Dende healed Krillin and came up with an idea that he thought would make him reach Super Saiyan. Vegeta then pulled Krillin over to the side while Gohan was fighting with Freeza, once Krillin accepted to talk with Vegeta, Vegeta then demanded Krillin kill him, Krillin was confused and scared, he thought that Vegeta''s help was needed and if Vegeta died then they would also die. [You must do it!... I''m a Saiyan, I wouldn''t die that easily!... Kill ME!]: vegeta Krillin then began to use his Ki to "Kill" Vegeta, but it was ultimately too weak, Vegeta then yelled at Krillin, but in the next second Krillin sent a massive Ki blast through Vegeta''s chest and sent him flying back, and sent towards Dende. [*Cough*... Haha¡­ I will finally become a Legendary Super Saiyan¡­ *Cough* I won''t fall behind you Kakarot *Cough*]: vegeta Vegeta then landed next to Dende and called him over, once Dende saw him he tried to hide, Vegeta then started yelling at him. [Heal me now so that I can ascend!... Quickly now !]: vegeta [NO!... You helped slaughter my people!]: dende [What!?... Heal me quickly NOW! Before I die!]: vegeta Soren watched this and felt that Vegeta was a complete idiot, what told him that Dende would even try to help him, Vegeta came to his planet to seal the Dragon Balls and slaughtered some of the Namekian people along the way. Soren then watched as Vegeta was about to die when Dende decided to help out due to both Krillin and Gohan losing the fight, Dende then started healing Vegeta and soon Vegeta shot up with a massive Zenkai boost, he then shot off towards Freeza while shouting the same thing as earlier. [I am now the thing you fear most, a Super Saiyan!... Prepare to die Freeza!]: vegeta But once again Freeza fought with Vegeta, but this time Freeza decided to show Vegeta just how out classed he is and transformed into his final form while only showing 10% of his power. Vegeta was then beat up, and everyone who was watching was terrified. Freeza then put his foot on top of Vegeta as he was beaten to the ground. It was also at this point that Goku had arrived to see all of this, Goku then landed and started talking. [Freeza!... Leave everyone else out of this, this is just me and you now]: goku Freeza then started laughing in his trademarked villain''s laugh. Freeza then took his foot off of Vegeta and sent a Ki beam through his heart letting Vegeta start to bleed out there, Goku then flashed over to him to fight Freeza, Vegeta then grabbed Goku''s leg and spoke with tears in his eyes. [Kakarot¡­ Don''t be soft on him¡­ *Cough* He killed our parents¡­ Our whole race went extinct due to him¡­ *Cough Cough* Kill this bastard Kakarot! Not for me¡­ But for our race]: vegeta [Don''t worry Vegeta¡­ I know, I won''t let him get away]: goku Chapter 126 - Enter Soren… Exit Soren After Goku said that Frieza wouldn''t get away with what he had done, Vegeta then died. Goku saw this and felt pity for Vegeta, Goku then blasted a hole into the ground with a small Ki blast, he then put Vegeta in and buried him, Goku then turned his attention towards Frieza, Frieza then started to taunt Goku about his feelings towards others he doesn''t even know. [Hahaha¡­ Monkeys will always be Monkeys¡­ Are you presenting yourself to me so that you can die a bit earlier?]: freeza [You will pay for all you have done Frieza¡­ You hurt my friends, and for that I can not forgive you. I will fight you today, and show you the power of those you look down on]: goku Soren was watching the whole conversation go down between both Goku and Frieza, Soren has always hated how Akira Toriyama was able to get away with blatant Racism when creating Frieza and Frieza calling the Saiyan''s a bunch of filthy monkeys. Soren was fighting the urge to teleport over to Goku''s location that moment and mopping the floor with Frieza, because not only did he not like Frieza''s racist manner, but now Soren was part of the group of minorities Frieza was being racist towards. When King Kai felt the anger emanating off of Soren and the grip of Soren tightening on his shoulder, King Kai felt a bit of fear, not towards Soren, but towards the destruction that Soren would cause, soon Soren had calmed down and thought about his training and how patients was instilled to be instinctual. [Are you okay Soren?... Your anger was being released for a moment there]: king kai [Yeah, no problem¡­ One of the downsides to the Super Saiyan form is that any kind of anger you feel will be multiplied by 100, so if I have a dislike towards someone and feel angry around them, even just a bit, my anger would soar to the point of wanting the said person eradicated off the face of the galaxy]: soren King Kai felt that Saiyan''s were just ticking time bombs at that point, but he didn''t dare to voice his opinion, and then both Soren and King Kai went back to looking at the battle between Goku and Frieza, Goku had just sent both Krillin and Gohan along with Dende to wish Piccolo back to life, in turn bringing Kami back, and wishing for everyone else who was killed by the Frieza Forces to come back. Goku then began to face off with Frieza while Soren watched as Piccolo left King Kai''s planet, Soren knew that it was almost time for his appearance, and just like that, Piccolo was then teleported to Namek and fused with Nail making his power soar exponentially, but it was still nothing compared to Frieza or Soren and his family. (A/N: For those wondering what Soren''s family are at in strength¡­ Here is a chart) Soren: 18 Million Base - Transformation: SSJ Mastered 75% Killua: 13.5 Million Base - Transformation: None Gon: 13.5 Million Base - Transformation: None Zenith: 12 Million Base - Transformation: None Zeno: 10.8 Million Base - Transformation Misha: 9 Million - No Transformation Available (For now hehe) Hancock: 9 Million - No Transformation Available (A/N: Back to Story Now) Frieza then began to charge towards Goku, but missed as the tail attack that Frieza expected to land just passed through an after image of Goku, and before Frieza could search for Goku, Goku appeared on Frieza''s left side with a fist that punched Frieza sending him flying into the small mountain that was a few yards away. [Damn Monkey!... What a cheap shot, but it won''t happen again]: frieza Frieza then brought his power up from 10% to around 20%, Frieza then started fighting Goku while pushing him back. Goku was getting thrown around like a rag doll by Frieza, and right as Frieza was going to toss Goku into a mountain side, Goku grabbed hold of Frieza''s tail and held him by it, Frieza knew that if he tried to throw the monkey in his hands, that it would end up with himself being thrown as well. [L-let GO!... Get your filthy hands off me!]: frieza Goku didn''t say anything, he just gave Frieza a chuckle and smiled, Goku then tightened his grip on Frieza''s tail making Frieza wail in pain, Frieza then released Goku''s leg due to pain, Goku then took this chance to throw Frieza into the mountainside once again. Frieza then got out of the crater that was made right next to the first one and spit out a bit of blood, Frieza then started to power up from 20% all the way to 40%, Frieza didn''t want to give this monkey anymore chances to power up, Frieza then disappeared from his spot while surprising Goku in the process, Frieza then punched Goku in the stomach making him spit out some stomach bile and a bit of blood. [GUHHAAAAUUUGGRAA!]: goku Frieza didn''t stop there as he continued to pummel Goku into the ground, Goku then began to scream in agony as he was beaten within an inch of his life, but as Goku fought, he kept pushing his power further and further, when he first started fighting with Frieza, Goku''s BP was around 1.5 Million, and as Frieza kept beating Goku up, Goku''s Zenkai would stockpile, and as Goku pushed himself to keep getting back up, the Zenkai doubled. And after Goku healed up enough due to his own sped up healing factor, Goku''s current BP facing off against 60% of Frieza''s full power which is around 72 Million, would be around 50-60 Million, it was also at this moment that Piccolo showed up, Goku could tell he was different as he was now fused with Nail, Goku and Piccolo then began to fight against Frieza together. Frieza was upset that some new weakling joined in on the fight, Piccolo and Goku then began to work together while in turn pissing Frieza off, Frieza was being beaten by both Piccolo and Goku, but once Frieza powered up to 70% of his full power it was over for both Piccolo and Goku, Frieza then began to beat the both of them into the ground to the point he regained his cocky attitude and began thinking on how to kill Goku in the most painful way possible, Goku then realized that it was impossible to win against Frieza, he then started to raise his hands into the sky to create a Spirit Bomb. Frieza saw that goku had his hands raised and thought he was surrendering, Frieza then began to tell Goku about his greatness and about how killing the whole Saiyan Race was his most proudest achievement in life, Goku sat there the whole time while hoping that Frieza doesn''t look up, as the Spirit Bomb was getting quite big, Piccolo on the other hand was wondering what Goku was doing standing with his hands in the air like that, until her happened to look up and see a massive ball of energy, Piccolo felt that Goku was an idiot for trying this risky move, he then began to hope that Frieza didn''t feel the need to look up. [Why are you still standing like that¡­ Are you ready to die yet?]: frieza [Well. Ehehe¡­ Just stretching a bit, can you give me a bit more time?]: goku [You Monkeys really are a stupid bunch]: frieza Frieza then shot forward and hit Goku with his tail sending him flying backwards, Frieza then took his time to walk up to goku while still telling stories about his great deeds in being a notorious space pirate. Goku didn''t care to listen to anything Frieza was saying, as Goku placed his attention into gathering life energy to create the Spirit Bomb, but as Freeza got close enough to Goku, he saw a reflection on the surface of the water, Frieza then looked up while shouting towards Goku. [What the hell is that!]: frieza [Piccolo¡­ A little help?]: goku Piccolo then jumped at Frieza while Goku continued to gather energy. Soon Piccolo was defeated by Frieza and Goku launched the Spirit Bomb which was a bit bigger than the cannon due to Soren sending a small bit of power towards Goku secretly, because, under normal circumstances, Life Energy could only be transmitted a certain distance away, Soren could bypass this flaw with his raw power. The Spirit Bomb then hit Freeza, Freeza tried to push it back but struggled with how much power it contained, Frieza then began to shout profanities as he went into the water along with the Spirit Bomb. [What! But how!?... I''m the Great Emperor Frieza! The strongest person in the Universe¡­ Nobody can defeat me, I sure can''t believe a filthy Monkey would defeat me!]: frieza Frieza then disappeared into the water as Goku went over to Piccolo to help him up, it was then at this point that both Krillin and Gohan arrived over to see Goku and Piccolo very injured. [Did you beat him dad?... I-is he gone for good?]: gohan [I told you he could do it Gohan!]: krillin Krillin completely lied to Goku, he had never said Goku would win, he hoped, but Krillin ultimately thought Goku was a goner. Goku then walked over to both Krillin and Gohan with Piccolo over his shoulder, Goku then began to talk with the both of them about how the fight was over and they could all go home now, earlier, all the Namekians were prepared to use the Dragon Ball''s to leave their planet, but now they could stay. That was until a voice of maniacal laughter filled with not just anger or hate, but pure detest and fury, everyone then looked over towards a still breathing Frieza as he was prepared to use the remaining wish of the Dragon Balls to gain immortality and kill Goku off once and for all, Gohan then hid behind Goku as Goku gestures for him to do. [Hahaha!... You will die today Monkey! And then I will wish for immortality, and blow up everything you hold dear, starting with your planet¡­ Earth was it?]: frieza Krillin was filled with fear while Goku was standing there with anger coursing through his veins just thinking about everyone dying, his anger was starting to fuel and it became 10 times worse when Frieza looked over to Krillin who backed up due to fear, but still took a fighting pose. Frieza then gave an evil smile as he pointed with his finger towards Krillin and spoke with an evil tone. [Let''s start with this Human right here shall we]: freeza Frieza then released a tiny Ki ball that pierced through Krillin''s body and sent him into the air, and his last words rang out. [GOKU!]: krillin *BOOM* Krillin then blew up into nothingness, and as Goku witnessed his long time friend that has been with him since he was 12 died, and he was already wished back once, so there was no return for him, Goku then began to shake as his power spiked immensely. [K-K-Krillin!... Y-You killed him! Freeza, you BASTARD!!!... I-I will never forgive you for this!... GHUUHHRRAA¡­ Frieza!!!... You. Will. Pay!... You will PAY!!!... GURRAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHAAGH!]: goku Goku began to lose himself in anger as the veins all over his body began to swell and pop out of his body, Goku''s eyes began to switch between pure White and eyes with Black pupils, his Hair then began to spike as his Ki began to switch between White and Yellow, Goku''s hair then flashed between Black and Yellow while his eyes were now glowing between White and Turquoise. [RAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!]: goku (9 Episodes Later!) (A/N: I saved you all 9 Chapters of screaming¡­ Your welcome) Goku''s hair then bursted and became fiery Yellow in color, and his eyes were and Emerald Green, Goku''s Ki surrounded his body while exploding out of every pore on his body. Frieza started sweating when he saw Goku''s new form, Goku then turned to Gohand and made him take Piccolo and leave this planet with Bulma and the other Nemekian''s, once Gohan nodded, he took hold of Piccolo and began to fly back, but Piccolo was just conscious enough to see Goku''s new form as he spoke to himself. ''So that guy was right¡­ Goku is a monster just like him'': piccolo Frieza then began attacking Goku with a bunch of Ki attacks, but they all were either dodged or deflected by Goku in his new form, then one of Frieza''s attacks entered the planet slowly starting the planet''s destruction, Frieza then began shouting at Goku demanding Goku to tell him about this new form, Goku just looked at Frieza with cold eyes, Goku then started explaining that Frieza''s worst fears have come true. [You know what I am, Frieza¡­ I''m a proud Saiyan who calls Earth home, I''m the warrior you''ve heard of in legends, pure of heart, and awakened by fury¡­ That''s what I am¡­ I am the Super Saiyan! Son Goku!]: goku [I-Impossible!... Y-you!?... Then you will die along with this planet!]: frieza Frieza then made a giant sphere of Ki that he sent into the core of the planet, in turn this started causing eruptions of Lava all over the planet. Gohan arrived towards the town that housed the remaining Namekians with both Piccolo and Bulma who was still oblivious to Krillin''s death, Gohan then had Dende bring over the Dragon Ball''s and had him wish for everyone to appear back on Earth while leaving both Goku and Frieza to fight here, and with this wish everyone was transported back over to Earth leaving both Goku and Frieza to fight. Soren who had been watching for quite a while decided it was time for him to take over and make Frieza his bitch, Soren then bid King Kai farewell while taking his family back to Earth to wait for his return, Soren then opened another portal over to Namek and stepped through while releasing his power to max, doing this shocked Goku as he took his attention off of Frieza, Frieza then sucker punched Goku, but Goku didn''t feel it at all which pissed Frieza off even more. [Hey there Goku¡­ I saw that you might want some help¡­ I''ll take it from here¡­ There''s still some things I need to talk to Frieza about, you should find a spaceship to get out of here]: soren Both Goku and Frieza''s attention were fully brought over to a man with spiky Golden hair and Emerald Green eyes just like Goku, but this man had a Golden Monkey tail still attached to his backside, and when Frieza saw this he began to stutter. [B-B-But how!?... I killed off most of the Monkey''s¡­ How can there still be so many left!? And this one has Golden hair too!... And those eyes! They are filled with a cold intent!]: frieza Goku just looked at Soren and asked a simple question. [How long have you been here?]: goku [Well¡­ I just got here, but I have been watching since you have landed here¡­ And before you ask why I didn''t help earlier... Would you have wanted me to stop you from reaching this power?]: soren [If you had showed up earlier you could have saved Krillin¡­ I would give up this power if I could save Krillin]: goku [Don''t worry about him, I can get him back with a wish]: soren [But someone can only be revived once by the Dragon Balls¡­ He has-]: goku [I know¡­ Look here]: soren Soren then pulled out his own Dragon Balls and had them float behind him in an arc with telekinesis. Goku saw this and felt surprised as he didn''t know how Soren could have Dragon Ball''s, but that was a question for later, Goku then quickly asked. [Can you save Krillin?]: goku [Sure¡­ But first let me kill off this brat¡­ I''m tired of his high and mighty act¡­ The strongest in the Universe? Don''t joke¡­ I''m stronger than you and then there''s Beerus even above that along with others]: soren When Frieza heard the name Beerus he shit himself. These monkeys who he thought were nothing but ants to kill whenever, and the only reason he killed them earlier then he originally planned was due to Beerus telling him to, if not for Beerus, Frieza would have killed off the Saiyan''s a few years later after they have lost their use, Frieza then saw his chance to beg for his life as Goku took off to find a ship. [P-Please spare me! I will do whatever you want]: frieza [Hmm¡­ No, I should kill you now]: soren [Please be merciful to this one here!]: frieza Frieza was trying to buy time until the planet exploded, Frieza knew that Saiyan''s couldn''t breath in space like him, and Frieza had just enough energy left to survive the blast. Frieza planned to let the Monkey die due to suffocation, then steal the Dragon Balls he had and wish for immortality, Frieza would then go to Earth and kill off Goku and his whole planet to get revenge for losing his face, Soren saw Frieza''s face and spoke, and what Soren said next made Frieza literally shit himself. [Oxygen deprivation wouldn''t kill me¡­ And even if it could I can leave to a safe planet whenever I want¡­ And as for Immortality, I''m already Immortal, I can''t die even if I wanted to]: soren Frieza felt despair as he heard Soren, Soren then made a small Ki blade and pointed it at Frieza, Frieza began to sweat as he saw his life flash before his eyes then Black. Soren used Genjutsu to on Frieza and left his body intact so that King Cold can come find him, the Genjutsu would lose effect once King Cold finds Frieza, Soren then left the planet as it exploded, and the last thing Soren sensed was Goku leaving the planet as well, he was heading off towards Yardrat to learn Instant transmission. Chapter 127 - Enter Trunks Soren stepped onto a grassy field somewhere on Earth, he then sent out his senses to find where everyone was, and once Soren found them he opened another portal before stepping through it. When the group of Namekians saw the portal open, they began to feel a bit of concern towards who or what would come out of the portal, but when a group of 6 people saw the portal, they started to calm everyone down as they told everyone who had just arrived. Soren stepped through the portal only to be greeted by 2 boys who appeared to be around 19-20 years in age, the two boys jumped on Soren while asking him how the fight went, Soren just pat them on the head and moved them off of him, Soren then got up and started speaking to everyone who was present. [Sadly, your home planet has been destroyed¡­ But you can always wish it back, or relocate to a place that will be off the radar¡­ As for Freeza, he should be dead, and Goku will be training on a different planet for a while, so don''t worry about him¡­ So I announce while Goku is gone, I Soren Zoldyck will watch over Earth]: soren [What makes you think we will trust you? We don''t even know you]: ??? Soren turned his attention towards the person who just spoke. She was a small girl with Blue hair and Blue eyes, she had a Red headband that kept her Blue hair out of her eyes, she wore a tight Black spandex suit made for space travel with a Yellow vest and Orange boots, Soren knew her from the Dragon Ball series as one of the most iconic characters of the Dragon Ball series. [Bulma yes?... I don''t mind if you don''t trust me, but if I''m not here to protect your planet, what is to say that Frieza''s men don''t come here for revenge?]: soren When Bulma heard Soren she felt a bit scared for 2 reasons. First being that Soren knew her name yet she has never met this person before. Second was that he was right, if Frieza''s men decided to come take out their revenge on Earth, there were only a few people who could take them on, but how many would show? Bulma then decided to let Soren do what he wants as there was nobody who could oppose him any way. [I agree with you protecting the Earth until Goku returns]: bulma [So everyone is in agreement then¡­ I will be out in the mountains training, so if anyone needs me find me by Ki signature]: soren Soren then had his family gather around him before he opened a portal, they all stepped through and disappeared leaving all the original Dragon Ball characters stunned. Soren had appeared deep in the mountains where he knew he could train to his heart''s content, but before that Soren needed to infuse his Dragon Balls with his powers to upgrade them, Soren then took out all 7 Orbs from his storage and set them on the ground. Soren then sat down and focused on transferring his Energy into the Dragon Balls, and as his energy flowed into the Balls they began to glow brighter and brighter, Soren had slowly been transferring his energy into the Dragon Balls for 3 hours, and once Soren finished the balls cracked and then exploded. *BOOM!* [Noooo!... How was that possible!? They can''t be destroyed]: soren Soren almost shed a tear when he saw his Dragon Balls explode, but before he could do anything else the exploded particles began to regroup and form a new set of Dragon Balls, but the power that rolled off of the new set of Dragon Balls was intoxicating. The appearance didn''t change, but the power they emanated grew exponentially, Soren quickly called on Kuroi to see his new prowess, and when he appeared Soren was shocked. [Greetings Master¡­ How can I help you?]: kuroi Kuroi had changed a bit as his once Black scales now had a thin Golden outline. Kuroi''s horns that were once Purple were now giving off a Golden glow, his once Purple eyes were now Gold in color, and the most noticeable change was the new Purple crown that floated above his head. [You have changed a bit¡­ How powerful are you now?]: soren [... 5th strongest¡­ Is there anything I can get you Master?]: kuroi Soren thought about if he needed anything, but nothing came to mind so he just began to talk with Kuroi. [Nothing I can think of, but can you tell me if there are any other people like me in this universe?]: soren [It will cost you one wish¡­ will you use it?]: kuroi [Fine¡­ Go Ahead]: soren Kuroi searched with all the power he could muster before he spoke once more to Soren. [I have searched this Universe along with the other 11¡­ My searches have shown that there are a total of 6 people like Master]: kuroi [6 huh¡­ I wonder if they know about me being here¡­ I guess we will find out in the future, but for now I will need to reach God state before I meet with Beerus]: soren Soren then let Kuroi go back to the Dragon realm while the Dragon Balls went back into Soren''s inventory. Soren then began to train, he would first master Super Saiyan to 100% before he would try and break through to SSJ2, and from there to SSJ3. [Should I show Vegeta a true Super Saiyan?... I think I will make him want to train under me, hehe¡­ This will be fun]: soren Soren then found Vegeta''s Ki signature and opened a portal to his position and stepped through. What Soren saw was Vegeta doing training of his own, Soren then gave a slight cough which caught Vegeta''s attention making him turn towards Soren in a fighting position. [Do you really want to fight me?... If you don''t want to die just yet, put your arms down]: soren Vegeta gave Soren a scan, he saw that Soren had spiky Blonde hair with a Blonde tail on his back side. ''Who is this person?... He looks like a Saiyan, but he has Blonde hair and a Blonde tail'': vegeta [To answer your question¡­ Yes, I am a Saiyan¡­ No I''m not some mutation, this form is what you look at as the Legendary form. The Super Saiyan]: soren [Impossible!... How can you reach that form before I Prince Ve-]: vegeta [Let me stop you there¡­ I''m older than you. And stronger¡­ Plus this form isn''t just for some royal piece of shit like you, you can only reach this form when you become humble]: soren Vegeta didn''t like how Soren cut him off and called him a weak piece of shit, Vegeta then put his fists up to fight with Soren. [So you want to fight?... I''m fine with that, don''t expect me to go easy on you now]: soren Vegeta then charged towards Soren screaming his war cries, but to Soren it was all like watching a snail charge at a train, slow. Soren just kept his hands behind his back while Vegeta threw punches and kicks towards Soren, only after the 10 thousandth punch did Vegeta realize that Soren was practically falling asleep due to how unmotivated he was, Soren wouldn''t even attack back, Vegeta then shouted at Soren. [Attack back you Bastard!]: vegeta [Oh?... Okay]: soren Soren just lifted his fist up and pulled it back into a punching motion, and when Vegeta saw this he knew he fucked up, he also knew there was no dodging the attack so he put his guard up just in time for Soren''s punch to land and destroy Vegeta''s arms turning them into noodles. [RAAAHHHGGGAHHHHAAGG!]: vegeta [I told you¡­ Here take this]: soren Soren threw Vegeta a Senzu Bean, Vegeta then caught it with his mouth and swallowed it. The Zenkai Vegeta got was nothing much as it was just one attack that almost destroyed Vegeta''s entire body, and if just a bit more power was added to Soren''s punch, Vegeta would have died. [Again!... I need to get stronger]: vegeta [Oh? And why would you need to get stronger?]: soren [Frieza has humiliated me 1 too many times¡­ And now that he is dead, I need to get strong enough to beat who ever killed him to regain my honor]: vegeta [Oh?... So you need to get strong enough to beat me?]: soren Vegeta gave Soren a look of surprises when he heard Soren killed Frieza, Soren just gave a small chuckle before he began to show Vegeta a most wonderful thing called Gravity training. [Well¡­ If you want to train, train in gravity¡­ I have around 6,000x Earth''s gravity on right now, so if you start off with 50x Earth''s gravity then maybe you can catch up to Goku]: soren When Vegeta heard the number range in the thousands he almost felt that he was facing off against an unbeatable monster, he also wondered how he would have ended up if Soren didn''t have any gravity holding him back when he threw his earlier punch. [Where can I train in gravity?... And how do you have 6,000x gravity on you?]: vegeta [Well¡­ Just like some people are born with the ability to use magic, I was born with Gravity Magic¡­ I can affect the Gravity around myself or others]: soren [That seems like a magic perfect for the Saiyan race]: vegeta [Yeah¡­ It is in some ways¡­ As for how you can train in Gravity, go to the Brief''s residence. They gave Goku his ship to get to Namek, they also built a Gravity machine on it¡­ There, you should be able to train]: soren Vegeta took Soren''s advice and went over to Bulma''s house, Soren just went back to his hidden mountain where he used Creation Magic to make a house for him and his family a few hours earlier. Soren then spent the next few weeks perfecting Super Saiyan, he brought his Transformation up to 100% Mastery, giving his body a peak multiplier to his base form of 100X, which was the starting multiplier of SSJ2. Soren then spent the next 3 weeks to break through to SSJ2, and once he broke through, the whole world began to shake causing a small Earthquake, in this time Soren had been trying to teach Killua and Gon how to transform, and because both Gon and Killua couldn''t imagine their most valued family dieing Soren helped them out by using his Bankai to induce a reality that felt real to the both of them. Gon and Killua then transformed and reached the first level of Super Saiyan, both Zeno and Zenith also wanted to transform but were told they had to wait until it was needed, Soren then spent some time getting SSJ2 under control. Over the next couple of months Soren had dropped by Capsule Corp to check up on Vegeta''s training, Soren would sometimes spar with Vegeta in his base form now that Super Saiyan was fully mastered, but due to the Power difference Vegeta still stood no chance, but the training Vegeta was getting in Martial Combat was improving Vegeta''s Combat prowess, Vegeta''s BP was brought up to around 55 Million, Soren was at around 100 Million. [You are improving Vegeta, soon you will be able to face me as an equal, keep it up]: soren Soren then went back to his mountain home and spent a few days having some fun with both Misha and Hancock, unexpectedly Misha got pregnant again, and Soren only found out when he was searching for Misha when she went into the city, Hancock also wanted another child but Soren said that it would need to be the same way that Misha conceived, and that was naturally, Soren wasn''t going to force pregnancy, even if Hancock wanted another child. Soon, another few months passed by, and the Namekians relocated to a new planet, Krillin was brought back a few months prior when the Namekian Dragon Balls were first able to be used again, Soren spent this time to reach stage 2 of SSJ2, Soren was on his way to stage 3 when he hit a bottleneck. [This should be good for now¡­ I should spend some more time with the family, after that I can progress further]: soren Soren then spent the next 3 months hanging out with his family, over this time Hancock milked the shit out of Soren so that she could get pregnant like Misha, and due to Misha being pregnant, she didn''t have sex with Soren, so this meant Hancock had Soren all to herself, and soon after she was going to be expecting as well. And just like that another 3 months passed by making it a whole year since Goku had been training on Yardrats, Misha was 6 months pregnant while Hancock was 3 months pregnant, Soren was now hanging out with the Z fighters which insisted of Piccolo, Gohan, Krillin, Vegeta, Yamcha, Bluma, Tien, and Chiaotzu. All of a sudden a strong power appeared on Earth, Soren knew that it was Trunks who appeared, while everyone else thought it was someone dangerous, Soren then started flying off towards Trunks while everyone else was surprised by his actions. [Come on¡­ It might be someone important, hehe]: soren Soren then led everyone to Trunks'' location, and because Bulma couldn''t fly Yamcha carried her, he even made the mistake to call her heavy which meant he got no pussy that night. Once everyone arrived where Trunks was standing he introduced himself while saying he was going to were Goku would appear, Soren told everyone he was alright before they all followed him to a clearing, once they got there they landed, Bulma hit Yamcha in the head and ran away from him, Trunks saw this and gave a small chuckle, they all had waited there for Goku to return, but before Goku got there Frieza''s spaceship came into view as Trunks prepared to fight. Chapter 128 - Beerus’ Planet Soren and the Z fighters all saw the Frieza Force space ship come into view, Soren knew that Frieza and his dad, King Cold would be coming out of the ship to kill off all the Earthlings until Goku shows up. [It seems like Frieza isn''t dead just yet]: soren [I thought you killed him¡­ What happened?]: krillin [Yeah, I thought I killed him when I blasted a hole through his heart and left him on Namek when it exploded¡­ It seems that he really had the desire to survive]: soren [Well he''s here now, so I can kill him myself]: vegeta Vegeta flew up and landed next to Trunks, Trunks gave a slight smile, but Vegeta ignored him and let out a soft grunt while he crossed his arms over his chest. Once the ship landed, the door opened and let out a group of around 20 Frieza Force soldiers, they were followed out by a man who was around 4 meters tall, and a child-like figure who only reached up to the 4 meter tall man''s knee. The tall man looked like a tall version on Frieza''s first form, while the child-like figure who was undoubtedly Frieza had a cyborg like body, the cyborg known as Frieza began to look around, and when he caught sight of Trunks and Vegeta he began to laugh before speaking in a condescending tone. [Hahahaha¡­ Is this all you have? I will pass my time by killing all of you until Goku and that other Monkey who dared to try and kill me arrive¡­ And until they get here, I will start with the two of you]: frieza Frieza then sent his soldiers off to fight with Trunks while Vegeta went straight to Frieza. Frieza didn''t mind fighting with Vegeta once again because it would help him take out some of his anger on the remaining Saiyan race, Frieza then began to fight with Vegeta, but to his surprise, Vegeta was able to keep up, but still couldn''t beat him. [It seems that you have improved quite quickly¡­ It''s time to end the Saiyan race today¡­ DIE!]: frieza Frieza then sent a death ball towards Vegeta, and when it hit, Vegeta was sent flying back, only to be caught by Soren, while Trunks deflected the Death ball in his Super Saiyan form. [Let''s keep this between us Frieza]: trunks Frieza turned his attention to Trunks who had Golden hair, and when Frieza saw that form, his PTSD kicked in as he started stuttering. [T-t-those E-eyes!... T-those cold eyes!... H-how! How can there be so many Saiyan''s left!?]: frieza Frieza then scanned the crowd only to see the rest of the Z Fighters in addition to Soren, and when Frieza saw his he started foaming at the mouth. Trunks then took out his sword and destroyed Frieza, he then watched as King Cold knelt down and mourned his lost son, but it was all fake, King Cold could care less, his mind set was "If you are not strong enough, then you are not needed" So even if it was flesh and blood, if they couldn''t keep up with their strength, then they will ultimately die, but King Cold still didn''t like the idea of someone killing his son in front of him, to him that was like saying "Your face is nothing to me". The whole time Soren observed the fight with Trunks and King Cold, he was planing what to do next, he knew that the next arc is the Androids Arc, but with his power, the Androids were complete trash, Soren wanted to fight stronger people, and who better to train with other than Whis. ''Its decided¡­ I will reach SSJ3 before I use the Dragon Balls to teleport over to Beerus'' planet for training'': soren Soren then watched as Trunks killed King Cold with a single attack before powering down and coming back to the group, while Bluma occasionally took a glance towards Trunks. Trunks just gave a small blush that made him want to hide his head in some hole, to him, that was Bluma, his mother, and she was giving him glances while blushing herself, but all of this ended shortly after when Gohan shouted. [That Energy... It''s Dad, I know it!... Daddy!]: gohan Everyone looked up to see a small space pod coming in fast, but it went out of control and flew off a bit into the distance before crashing into the ground creating a giant crater. Everyone then rushed over to the crash site where the pod landed, and when they got there they saw Goku come out and land right next to them. [Welcome back Goku]: soren [Dad!... I missed you!]: gohan [Hmmph!]: vegeta [Goku!...]: krillin Everyone had their own welcoming for Goku while Trunks came up and asked to talk with him in private, Goku agreed and they flew off to talk in private. Soren already knew what was going to be said, while Piccolo with his enhanced hearing heard everything, and when a certain conversation came up Piccolo''s face started to blush, Soren also could hear the conversation, but didn''t really care to much about it, and soon after, both Goku and Trunks began to spar due to Trunks wanting to see how good Goku was, and after they were done, they came back to the group while Goku placed the medicine in his pocket. [Soren¡­ Thank you for watching over the Earth while I was gone]: goku [No problem¡­ I live here now too, so it''s the least I can do¡­ But I will be leaving Earth soon, so I will leave my family here to help you all out¡­ Is that fine?]: soren [Where are you going?]: goku [I will be going out to train¡­ But where I''m going, you can''t follow¡­ Not yet at least]: soren When Goku heard it was for training he wanted to follow, but when he heard that he couldn''t go just yet he felt down. Soren then left the group saying that he needed to prepare to leave, everyone then began to talk about Goku''s year long trip while Soren went to his own home and sat down to completely master SSJ2. [Just 2 more stages until SSJ2 is mastered]: soren Soren then spent the next week training in SSJ2, he brought it up to 80% complete mastery, he then thought about looking at his stats as he hasn''t pulled up his stats page for many years. ''Sakura¡­ Can you show me my status'': soren {SO HOST HAS REMEMBERED ME¡­ DING!} {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Uchiha, Dragon-Saiyan, Soma Yukihira, Erina Nakiri, Sage, Hollow, Vampire Progenitor Titles: Dragon, 5+ more Power Level: 130,000,000 Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 78 Exp to Next Level: 10,950/320,000 Blindness: 19.6% Permanent -Level 79: Unlocks 79% reduction of Eye deterioration speed- -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Super Saiyan Mastered 100%, SSJ2 Mastered 80% Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. (Hakai is dependent on how much power is placed in it) -Skills-: 30 -List?- -Passive-: 14 -List?- System Points: 5.129 Million} Soren was a bit surprised by Sakura''s retort, he also felt that she was beginning to feel more human than just being an AI. Soren then looked over his status and was very happy to see that he was close to an Evolution in his Uchiha Bloodline, he felt that if he reaches level 100 for his Sharingan then it would evolve into the EMS (Eternal Mangekyou Sharingan) and right now he was at level 79. Soren then went back to training SSJ2 to perfection, Soren then spent the next 2 days to bring his mastery over SSJ2 to 100%, Soren knew that there was a little under 1 week until the Androids arrive, he also knew that Vegeta spent this time to reach Super Saiyan. Soren then went inside and began to teach both Zeno and Zenith how to transform into a Super Saiyan, while both Killua and Gon had just finished Stage 3 and went on to train in mastering Super Saiyan, Soren then looked through the System for a special skill that would let him keep his family safe while he was gone. ''Sakura, is there any kind of skill that will let me keep my family safe? Something that is similar to keeping them in a small world?'': soren {DING!... HOST CAN BUY THE (Small World) CULTIVATION SKILL FOR 3 MILLION SYSTEM POINTS} Soren then took time to look over the skill and its description, and when he finished looking it over, he decided that it was a perfect skill. ''This is perfect!... I can create a small world that starts out as big as a continent, I can then upgrade it to the point where it''s as big as a universe¡­ Sakura, please buy Small World skill'': soren {DING!... SKILL (Small World) HAS BEEN PURCHASED AND IS CATEGORISED UNDER PASSIVE SKILLS} Soren then felt a burning sensation in his gut where the Small World was forming, and once the burning stopped, he put his focus on entering the world. Soren then disappeared from the house and appeared inside of the Small World, it was a barren place with no life, but that''s because Soren has yet to add life by adding a power source, Soren the spread his Ki out covering the whole Small World, and once the air and grounds were touched by Soren''s Ki, it started to turn into a color filled world. Green Grass grew on the once barren grounds, while the cracks and gaps had water fill them up and flow with fish that were born from Soren''s life energy which was infinite due to him being immortal. The air became thick with oxygen while clouds formed in the sky along with birds that began to fly around, trees then began to grow in all shapes and sizes, then the newly grown forests were filled with animals of all shapes and sizes. [This is perfection¡­ I will move Misha and Hancock here while I am off on Beerus'' planet¡­ I don''t want to jeopardize my unborn children]: soren Soren gave his newly created world a nod before he shouted out its new name. [You will be named Eden]: soren Soren then turned to some open space before raising his hands and creating a house that was equipped with everything needed to survive, Soren then left the Small World and went to talk with Misha and Hancock, Misha''s stomach was huge while Hancock''s wasn''t too far behind her, Soren then explained what would happen and moved them both into his Small World. [Everything is ready¡­ I just need to reach SSJ3 before I leave]: soren Soren then spent the next 5 days breaking through to SSJ3, once he broke through he could feel his life energy being expended into the atmosphere. Soren tried to reign it in only to lose focus and revert back to his base form, Soren knew from that point, to perfect SSJ3 was to contain the exploding life force that leaks out from the form, Soren then told Killua, Gon, Zeno, and Zenith to help Goku and his friends fight with the androids, and they agreed willingly. Soren then pulled out his Dragon Balls and called upon Kuroi and wished for Kuroi to teleport him to Beerus'' planet when he said Beerus'' planet, Kuroi''s eyes glowed as he said that his wish was granted, Soren then said that he was free to go, Soren then picked up the Dragon Balls and sent them into his Inventory, he then looked up to the sky and shouted. [Beerus'' Planet!]: soren Soren''s body then fazed through space as he was teleported to a planet that didn''t really look like a planet, but more like an upside down pyramid, with a dead tree on top of it, the planet itself was Purple in color with some Blues mixed in, while the dead tree was a Grayish Brown color. Once Soren stepped foot on the planet he was met with a staff pointed at his face, Soren looked up only to see a tall guy around 7 foot tall, he had White hair and a pale Blue face, his eyes were a Violet color, and he had a Blue halo that floats around his neck. His attire consists of a maroon robe, a black cuirass with the same white and orange diamond decorations that Beerus has, and a blue sash, he also wears black high-heeled shoes with white spats. The man was none other than Whis, Beerus'' Angel Attendant, he looked at the intruder with curiosity along with anger for showing up on Beerus'' planet, he then asked Soren a question that would decide if he would die or not. [Who are you, and why are you here?]: whis Soren placed his hand in the air to show that he wasn''t here to cause trouble, he then began to speak along with telling Whis about the food he brought. [My name is Soren, I come here to be trained¡­ But before you decline, I brought you food that will make you train me with how good it is]: soren Whis was still cautious about Soren because even though he could tell that Soren was a Saiyan that should have been wiped out by Frieza, yet here one of them were showing up on their front door, but there was something else about Soren that Whis couldn''t figure out, no matter how long he looked, it even hurt his eyes when he tried to peer into Soren''s soul. ''There is something dangerous about this young Saiyan¡­ But he has food¡­ So I must sacrifice myself to test the food'': whis Whis then placed out his hand waiting for the food, and when Soren saw this he quickly pulled out some food from a bag he brought with him. Whis took a sniff of the food before taking a pair of chopsticks and eating a bite of the food, and once the first bite was taken, the food was vacuumed up in seconds by a Whis who was moaning over how good the food was. [Where did you get this?... Tell me immediately]: whis [I made it¡­ But my son is a lot better than me¡­ He trained at a cooking school after I taught him all I know]: soren [Son?... Quickly bring him here]: whis [He is busy at the moment but I can still cook for you¡­ So¡­ Will you train me?]: soren Whis thought about it for a moment before he gave Soren a smile and spoke. [Let''s start your training then, shall we?]: whis Soren first started out with a sparring match to test where he stood in fighting capabilities, and after that Whis set up Soren''s training list, and from here Soren spent his time training with Whis to get stronger. Chapter 129 - Q & A time with South Hi all my beloved Readers, My name is southgamez, and because of how cheesy that names sounds I go by South. I have read all your comments throughout the story so far, sorry if I can''t answer and Like all of them, but I still read them. Recently I have noticed that some of you are arguing between each other on the matter of Soren''s relations and how big the Harem will get. Firstly, I will say that Soren will not be getting more than 4 members in his Harem, so if you all want to fill up the remaining spot in Dragon Ball, as I have already decided to add Vados to the Harem, then be my guest. Secondly, I only write for fun, this is not my job, I do have a real job that pays my bills so when you spam my comment section with "Answer Me" or "He''s Ignoring Me", I''m not intentionally ignoring your comment, there is also a Discord that you have better chances of contacting me with questions instead of comment section. Now that that''s out of the way, on to the Brass Tacks. Q: Will Soren''s Harem Increase passed 4 members? A: No, no matter how many times you ask it will not change. Soren is not the type to think with his penis unlike Harem seeking Novels, and if I just keep getting the same question''s over and over, my next book will not be Harem. Q: Why does the Author not take the Readers ideas and put them into the story? A: I read all of your ideas and suggestions, but like most, I can''t implement them all, and your not giving me much to work with when it''s based on increasing the Harem, and as for World Selection, sorry, but I have most worlds planned out, but still take suggestions and might implement them. Q: Does the Author even care about the Readers and their suggestions? A: Fuck no... Just kidding... I love you all, and I care for all of your opinions and suggestions, even if they are stupid as shit (You know what I''m talking about Husky XD) Q: Is there a set Upload time? A: No, I upload when I want to, just like I write when I want to, but I do try and keep it to 1 chapter a day or every 2 days. If this was a paying job then I would upload more often. Q: Are you really an Unpaid Writer? A: Yes! I get no money off of writing Fan Fiction due to the copyrights, so if you plan on writing your own Fan Fiction, be prepared to get $0 in revenue, unless you get a kind soul to Donate you money through Pay Pal. Q: Do you beg for money? A: No, never. I don''t expect any kind of money off of this Fan Fiction, because in my opinion its complete garbage, and should be burned to the ground, I haven''t even put a Donation Link into the chapters until recent due to someone saying I should, but lass, no money. Q: Are you crazy? A: Bat Shit! I am probably one of the most insane people you would ever meet in real life, I also like role playing as an Ancient Immortal who is over 300 years old, they don''t get more crazy than me. Q: How far have you come in writing and punctuation since the start of this Fan Fiction? A: Far! I started off this series while using "Half" instead of "Have" up until chapter 26, and I''m too lazy to go back and change it, as for spelling. I still can''t spell for the life of me, and can say that Google Spell Check wrote half of my Fan Fiction with all the miss spells. Q: Will you do more Fan Fiction''s in the future after Soren''s adventures are over? A: Who knows, but for now, I will finish off this Fan Fiction, then I will start an original Novel so I can make some money if it becomes famous, but for future Fan Fictions maybe you guys can give some ideas, and if I don''t know the Anime/Manga/Novel then I will Read/Watch it before writing a new Fan Fiction. That was all I could think of for now that you all might have as questions for me. If you have more post them in the Discord, and I will create a channel just for them and make a new Q/A chapter in the future, and if you don''t like this type of chapter then I will delete it. Leave your opinions down below or in the Discord so I can ignore them XD I will also try to post 2 chapters tomorrow, good night. Chapter 130 - The WMA Tournament Soren had punched Beerus and sent him flying back, while crashing into a few rocks and trees. Whis on the other hand just sat there observing Soren while trying to find out what secrets his body holds, Soren was now in his SSJ4 form, his body was covered in a Dark Red fur that only left his Chest and stomach bare and fur less. Soren''s eyes were a Golden Yellow color, with a Red ring outlining his eyes, while his eyes shined with a fiery gleam, while Soren''s hair was now long enough to reach his shoulder blades, Soren just looked down and clenched his fist to feel his power, as it coursed through his veins. [I feel¡­ Godly¡­ Haha, Whis, am I close to a God in this form?]: soren [Hmm¡­ Yes and no¡­ Your body is indeed that of a God''s, but you lack the power of one]: whis [So in terms, how strong is my body on a God''s scale?]: soren [Mmmmh¡­ About a God''s Candidate¡­ You still have a long way to go Soren, and don''t try to rush it or your foundation will be ruined]: whis As Whis was giving Soren some well needed advice, Soren sensed something with his Observation Haki and quickly moved out of the way, as an Angry Beerus tried to blow up the spot Soren was just in with a Hakai blast. [Hey hey hey! No cheating now Beerus¡­ That would kill even my soul]: soren [Stupid brat!... Whis asked me to help you improve, and you punched me in the face!?... Now! What did you give Whis that made him train you?]: beerus Beerus was upset that he was sucker punched by Soren just a couple minutes after he woke up. Beerus was interested in what Soren offered Whis for training in turn, he then lowered his temper, and if what Soren provided didn''t reach his standards he would destroy Soren and erase him from this Universe. [Okay, okay¡­ Calm down, here¡­ I made this myself]: soren Soren then took out a table and a bunch of different foods, Beerus was then shocked to see Soren pulling things out of practically nowhere, and what made him more shocked was, Whis was won over by his food, that meant that Soren''s food was better than all those they have tried so far. Beerus'' mouth started to water as he took in the aroma of Soren''s food which was still fresh due to Soren''s Inventory freezing time for whatever was put in it, as long as Soren wanted it frozen, Beerus then began to dig into the food while rejoicing in his luck that he could be woken during the time that someone with such delicious food stopped by, Beerus then questioned Soren while stuffing his face with food. [So¡­ *Munch, munch* Where *Chew* did you *Munch* take out all of this *Chew, swallow* godly food from?]: beerus [I have a talent in Space Magic¡­ I can store whatever I want inside of an almost infinite space that I can open wherever I go]: soren Beerus took in what Soren said before speaking to Whis. [Whis, he really is a talent, just like you said¡­ But I can''t forgive you for not waking me sooner when he arrived here, you have been hogging all of this food to yourself, and not sharing with me¡­ And for that, I can never forgive you]: beerus Soren swore he saw a tear form in Beerus'' eye as he went on about Whis hogging the food, without waking him to enjoy the food as well. [So¡­ Kid¡­ Soren, was it?... Do you want to train here with us?]: beerus [Yes, I would love to continue training with you both]: soren [Continue?... Whis! You told me he just arrived here yesterday! Just how long has he been here!?]: beerus Before Whis could save himself from his lie, Soren spoke up without thinking of the consequences. [I''ve been here for about 10 years¡­ Oh¡­ Sorry Whis, I''ll make it up to you]: soren Soren then realized what he just did and saw as Whis gave him a death stare. [10 Years!... You got to enjoy 10 Years of this heavenly food, and didn''t wake me!?... I oughta De-]: beerus Beerus couldn''t finish his sentence before Whis let out a sigh and chopped Beerus on the back of the neck, making him fall unconscious. Whis then grabbed ahold of Beerus before he could hit the floor, he then faced Soren and started speaking, and what he said would haunt Soren in his dreams. [Now I need to listen to his complaints when he wakes up¡­ Do remember Soren, training will find itself to reach a whole new level of impossible for you now¡­ Good day]: whis Whis then tapped the ground with his staff and disappeared from his spot to put Beerus back in his bed. Soren just sat there scared out of his mind for what would come next time he trained with Whis, and after Soren realized he fucked up he put it to the back of his mind as there was no changing the outcome of what has happened, Soren then began to familiarize himself with his new form. ''Let''s see¡­ If I am correct, Majin Buu should be released in around 2 months right when the 25 World Martial Art Tournament is held¡­ I really want to join in for fun, but¡­ Will Whis let me go now that I have angered him?... Maybe if I tell him my Son is on earth he will let me go, he has always told me that he wanted to try Zeno''s cooking'': soren [WHIS!... I want to travel to Earth in 2 months, is that okay?]: soren All of a sudden Whis appeared before Soren and immediately declined Soren''s request due to his anger towards Soren for spilling the beans to Lord Beerus. [But my Son Zeno is there¡­ I''m sure I can get him to cook you up something nice and delicious]: soren Soren tempted Whis with his words, and when Soren said "Zeno" and "Cooking" Whis was in and totally forgot about his anger towards Soren. [Yes! Let''s go now¡­ Grab hold of my sho-]: whis Soren cut him off before Whis could finish his sentence and said. [Not now¡­ It''s in 2 months when the 25th Martial Arts Tournament is held on Earth¡­ It''s a festivity where all sorts of food and sports are held, you will love it]: soren Whis was interested in what Soren was talking about so he tapped his staff on the ground and pulled up Earth''s history and began to look at all the WMA Tournament''s held thus far. Whis was getting excited, not due to the weak Martial Artists who thought they were the top shit, but by all the good looking food that was present, there were stalls serving all kinds of different foods that Whis had never seen before. [So¡­ Can we go in 2 months?]: soren [Yes, I will inform Lord Beerus so that I won''t get in trouble once again]: whis [You might not want to do that¡­ You see, the Humans on Earth are not, how you say¡­ Informed! They won''t care if you are some God, because they don''t know that you are¡­ They look up to strength, and who they see as the strongest person right now is some dumbass who laid claim to beating some guy named Cell who was threatening to destroy the entire world]: soren As Soren was informing Whis about how stupid the people of Earth are, Whis was looking into it as well and realized that if Beerus came with them, that world would be destroyed in seconds, all because someone would yell at him or not show him respect. [I see¡­ But Lord Beerus must know about this, I will just warn him beforehand so he doesn''t cause trouble, and if he does destroy the Earth, I will rewind time on it]: whis [Okay, that works¡­ I will get back to training this form]: soren Whis just began to hum as he walked away, leaving Soren to train his new form, but because this form already took the perfection of a God''s body, there were not Stages 1, 2, or 3, Soren just needed to control his Energy loss that the form displayed. Soren then powered up to SSJ4 and began to float in a meditative position while concentrating on keeping the escaping Energy in his body, Soren then spent the next 2 months training SSJ4 to its peak, but only Mastered around 58% of the form. [Soren¡­ It''s time to go, will you be coming with us to Earth?]: whis Soren broke out of his concentration and looked towards Whis and saw Beerus dressed in his God of Destruction Uniform that consisted of a Black, Blue, and Gold Egyptian- looking attire, with the same White and Orange Diamond decorations as Whis. [I can get there faster if you would like Whis]: soren [Oh?... How so?]: whis Soren then got up while still holding his SSJ4 form and stretched out his hand before a Spatial Portal opened. [Like this¡­ I can go wherever I want as long as I have coordinates, I also planned on asking Kuroi my Dragon for the Universal map, so that I can travel to anywhere I want in an instant]: soren Soren was half right with what he said, he could almost travel the whole Universe in an instant due to how high his level was in Spatial Travel, but for him to get to Earth, it would take just one jump. Soren planned on buying the Kai''s special skill Kai-Kai which let them travel to any and everywhere within seconds, Soren always wondered why people like Whis never used it when traveling, and he brought it all down to Whis liked the scenery when he traveled. [This is a magnificent Spatial Portal¡­ Will this take us directly to Earth?]: whis [Yes¡­ I will be going first then, just follow me]: soren Soren then entered the portal and was quickly followed by both Whis and Beerus, and where they appeared was in front of Capsule Corp. Soren quickly sent out his senses to see that Vegeta was in the backyard getting as much training as he could before the WMAT, as Goku would be there, and Vegeta wanted to fight Goku at full power and beat him. Soren then disappeared from his spot next to both Whis and Beerus, only to reappear in the backyard of Capsule Corp next to a big metal sphere that looked like the spaceship that took Soku to Namek, Soren then stood outside of the training room and released his full power, and just a second later Vegeta powered up to SSJ2 and went outside to see who dare to try and fight him. [Who dare to interrupt me Prince Veg-]: vegeta [Stuff it Vegeta¡­ Its me Soren, I came to watch the WMAT and eat some food while I''m at it]: soren Vegeta was surprised to see Soren, but he looked completely different. Vegeta took in every detail of Soren, his Red fur, Black hair, Golden Yellow eyes, and his most scary feature, his insane power, Vegeta knew that he couldn''t even wish to beat Soren in this form. [W-what is this!?... Why is it so powerful?]: vegeta [Oh?... This?... It''s a long Story, but I can tell you that Super Saiyan isn''t the max potential our form can reach]: soren [I already know¡­ I have reached the form above Super Saiyan, I call it SSJ2¡­ How powerful do you think I am?]: vegeta [Pfft¡­ Too late, I have already surpassed SSJ2, and so had Goku]: soren [B-but how!?... He''s dead, how can he surpass me still?]: vegeta [Listen¡­ Just because he''s dead, doesn''t mean he is no longer a Saiyan¡­ Goku has trained with some of the strongest fighters from all over the Universe that have died and been sent to Other World]: soren [So Kakarot, is still one step ahead of me¡­ No matter, I will surpass him soon enough¡­ Oh! You just reminded me, that WMAT is today¡­ I will battle with Kakarot and beat him once and for all]: vegeta [Good luck with that truly]: soren Just as Soren was about to leave both Whis and Beerus appeared behind him while Whis asked. [Who''s your friend Soren?]: whis [Oh, nobody¡­ It''s just Vegeta, one of my people¡­ I came to see how strong he has gotten over the past 10 years]: soren [B-B-Beerus!... Lord Beerus!]: vegeta Vegeta saw Beerus and quickly came up and gave him a bow while holding back the anger Beerus has caused him, he then worked up the strength to ask. [What brings you here Lord Beerus, surely nothing will interest you on this planet]: vegeta [I am here for the food made by Soren''s child, Zeno, that''s all]: beerus Chapter 131 - Supreme Kai [Well, we will be going then¡­ I need to find Zeno before the Tournament so Beerus can try out his cooking]: soren Vegeta was worried when he heard Soren refer to Lord Beerus as just "Beerus" but Beerus didn''t seem to care that Soren lacked etiquette when talking with and about Beerus. [I will look forward to seeing you at the Tournament then Soren¡­ Will you truly not be fighting?]: vegeta [I might join in, but all the people who will join will be so weak¡­ Only you and Goku would give me a fight as long as I''m not going full power]: soren [Can we go now?... I''m famished]: beerus [Yes, yes¡­ Let''s go Beerus]: soren Soren then opened a portal to what was assumed to be Zeno''s location and gave one more farewell to Vegeta before entering the portal. Soren then popped out of the other side where Zeno was in the kitchen of their home, he looked like a 22 year old even though he was over 30, Soren then spoke up while catching Zeno off guard. [Yo son¡­ How have you been?]: soren [Dad!... Welcome back, how was training? And why is your fur Red instead of Brown?]: zeno Zeno came up and gave Soren a hug, he then took a look at Soren and his new SSJ4 form, he then turned his attention to both Whis and Beerus before asking Soren who they were. [Hey Dad! Who are they?]: zeno [These are my teachers Zeno¡­ The God of Destruction, Beerus, and his Attendant, The Angel, Whis¡­ I need you to start cooking up your best dishes for them as they love good food, will you do that for your dad?]: soren [No problem dad¡­ What do you guys want to eat?]: zeno Zeno turned his attention to both Whis and Beerus before asking them what they would like to eat. [Hmmm¡­ Give us what you would recommend to a God and his Attendant]: whis Zeno then started writing up a giant list of dishes that he thought were the best dishes in the world. Zeno then went into the kitchen and began cooking up a storm for the God of Destruction and his Attendant, and after 2 hours of waiting all the different dishes were complete, Zeno then began to place hundreds of different dishes on the dining table at almost impossible speeds. [All done¡­ Please, enjoy all the food]: zeno Zeno was wiping his hands with a washrag while gesturing to both Whis and Beerus, the two then began to dig in to the food while both Soren and Zeno also sat down to eat a bit. Soren watched as both Beerus and Whis were enjoying the food made by Zeno, and it soon ended with everyone having full stomachs, and as both Zeno and Soren sat back to relax and let their food digest, a little girl ran into the room shouting "Daddy!" Both Zeno and Soren turned to see a girl around 5 years of age with Black hair and Black eyes. The girl had a Brown monkey tail attached to her back side, Soren then saw Zeno get up out of the chair and catch the girl as she jumped into his arms. [Hey Shizu, where''s mom?]: zeno Soren was surprised to see Zeno had a child, he quickly shouted in an excited tone. [Zeno! You have a daughter!?... Why didn''t you tell me I was a grandpa!]: soren Zeno then turned towards Soren with Shizu in his arms, he then scratched the back of his head with his free hand while giving Soren an excuse to not tell him. [Well¡­ You were training, and all¡­ It was also sudden for myself, I met Shizu''s mother at a restaurant I own over in West City, we then went on a few dates before truly starting our relationship, then Boom, she was pregnant with Shizu]: zeno [So who is the lucky lady?]: soren [I''m Home!... Shizu? Where did you go?]: ??? [Speak of the Devil]: zeno [Devil?]: soren A woman with Blue hair came into the room while holding some groceries in her arms, and when she saw Zeno, Shizu, and 3 other people she hadn''t seen before, she quickly inquired who they were. [Who are these people, Zeno?]: ??? [This is my Father Launch¡­ And the people with him are his teachers]: zeno Soren was stunned, he knew who this person was, and then thought about the meaning behind Zeno''s term "Speak of the Devil" Launch was one of the side characters who didn''t have much relevance to the main story, but was shown quite often. She was how some people call a "switch character", one second, she was nice and cuddly, and in the next, she tried to kill you with any kind of weapon she could find, and right now Launch had Blue hair which meant she was nice, but the second she sneezes, she will become blonde and filled with rage. [Grandpa!]: shizu [Father in law?... But you don''t look a day over 20, just like Zeno, I could have mistaken you as his brother¡­ But Father?]: launch Shizu was then given to Soren to hold while Zeno helped Launch with the groceries. Soren then remembered that both Misha and Hancock were still in his Small World, Soren then put Shizu down and entered his Small World to collect Misha, Hancock, Shannon, and Serina, Soren then brought them out so that they can get accustomed with Earth and meet with the family again. [So it''s safe to be here again?]: hancock [Misha likes it better here¡­ We won''t need to go back, right?]: misha Both Misha and Hancock were happy to be back home, and it was also at this time that Zeno came from the kitchen holding Shizu in his arms, both Misha and Hancock saw him and Shizu and disappeared from their spots and reappeared next to Zeno hugging him and Shizu. [You had a child!... Your mothers are so proud of you!]: hancock [Misha wants to hold her grandchild]: misha [Hey! Don''t hog our grandchild¡­ Share the love with me Misha]: hancock Soren quickly took Zeno to the side and left the women to coddle Shizu with Launch. Soren then began to catch up with his Son, he had spent 10 years away from home along with basically kidnapping his mothers, Soren then asked Zeno where Zenith was. [Oh!... Zenith took a liking to Goku and his friends, they all began training together when Goku died¡­ Sorry I couldn''t save him dad]: zeno [Don''t worry about it, I can revive him whenever I want to, but the thing is, he didn''t want to come back¡­ So where is Zenith right now?]: soren [He is preparing for the WMAT¡­ Oh! Speaking of, we should head out now so we can catch the signup date]: zeno Soren was ready to go spectate the Tournament, and tuned to Beerus and Whis before asking them if they wanted to tag along. [We will spend some time testing the different kinds of food Earth has to offer, but if we get the chance, we will stop by to observe the matches]: whis Soren then took Zeno and opened a portal to the WMAT, and when they exited, Soren was met with all the Z fighters, Chi-Chi, Bulma, Kid Trunks, Videl, and a little boy who looked just like Goku, he was hiding behind Chi-Chi when Soren saw Goku walking up to him with a Halo above his head. [Y-your my son?... You look just like me, what''s your name?]: goku Soren watched the same scene play out where Goku was introduced to his kid, Soren then walked up from behind them and spoke out surprising everyone but Vegeta. [Yo¡­ Long time no see]: soren [W-who are you?... Are you a Saiyan too?]: krillin [What''s a Saiyan?]: videl [Krillin!]: gohan [Oh! So sorry Gohan¡­ I won''t speak no more]: krillin Soren then realized he was still in his SSJ4 form and powered down revealing his Blue hair and Obsidian eyes, Soren then put on a shirt that he pulled out from his inventory. Videl was confused as she watched everything go down, and everyone else were also surprised to see what Soren could do, but most of it was about how he could pull things out of thin air. [Is he some kind of magician?... How did he change his monkey suit so fast?]: videl Soren always hated how Videl thought that all the things that the Z fighters did were magic tricks. Soren then walked up to here and bent down a little before informing her that nothing he did was a magic trick, Videl then realized that everything her father said to her were lies, but Soren couldn''t care less, she had some type of knowledge about Ki, so it shouldn''t be too hard to believe that other things besides the ability to fly exist. [So, Soren¡­ Will you be fighting in the Tournament?]: goku [Hmmm¡­ I guess, but where is Zenith? I heard he would be here]: soren Just as Soren said that a figure landed out of the sky while lunging at Soren with a back breaking hug, the figure then broke the hug while shouting. [Dad! Your back!... Did you come here to fight in the Tournament as well?]: zenith [I will fight in it, but I won''t go full power due to destroying the whole Earth]: soren [Haha, nice joke¡­ That''s impossible, nobody can do that, only God could do that, and I don''t believe in him]: videl Soren just looked at Videl like she was an idiot before he calmly stated. [Most of us here can destroy this whole planet with just a simple Ki blast¡­ Just because your dad is some weak little human, doesn''t mean we are like him]: soren [Hey!... Soren! I''m a Human too]: krillin [Sorry Krillin, I am talking about Humans in general, your not included though]: soren Krillin felt relieved that Soren thought of him as not Human, but deep down he knew that he would never surpass being Human. Soon the WMAT application staff made a call for final registers, and that there were only 3 minutes left to register, Soren, Goku, Zeno, and Zenith then went over and registered for the Tournament before all the Z fighters were led to the preliminary waiting room. [So will you be watching the Teen League?]: zeno [The Teen what?]: soren Soren knew what Zeno was talking about, but to keep up his image he asked Zeno what the Teen League was. [Every contestant under the age of 18 will participate in what is called the Teen League, it is made to keep the major injuries down having a 10 year old fight another 10 year old, instead of a 10 year old fighting a 40 year old grown man]: zeno [Oh!... No, I don''t think so¡­ I will be practicing my SSJ4 form until it''s time for the preliminaries for the Adult League]: soren Soren then powered up and went to some place secluded to meditate, and about an hour into meditation, Soren was interrupted by a small man with a White mohawk and pointy elf ears. His skin was a Light Purple color, he also wore Green earing in his ears that Soren knew were the Potara Earrings, the man wore a posh Kai outfit that resembled a Cheongsam, but for Martial Arts, Soren knew that the man before him was the Supreme Kai. Soren opened his Yellow eyes to see the Supreme Kai (SK) and his attendant Kibito, Soren then landed back on the ground from his floating meditation position and began to speak while exhaling out a breath of heat. [What can I do for a Kai like yourself?... Why are you on earth?]: soren [How dare a mortal like you spe-]: kibito The Supreme Kai raised his hand to stop Kibito from speaking, he then spoke in a calm tone that told people he didn''t care how Soren spoke to him, and to SK he felt that this was how a God should act before a mortal. [I am here to protect you¡­ I see that you know me, though I would like to know from where, but for right now I need to take you with me for safety]: sk [Oh?... And what makes you think I need protection?]: soren [I guess it doesn''t hurt to tell you¡­ There is a man named Bibidi here on Earth. He has come here to revive an evil presence that will destroy this whole Universe, but to revive him, Bibidi needs powerful energy¡­ So he will be coming after you¡­ So, will you come with us now?]: sk [Oh No!... I feel so scared¡­ You can leave now, this person¡­ Bibidi, was it?... He will die in due time, and as for the one he is trying to revive, Buu I think it was¡­ He w-]: soren [Who told you who was going to be revived!?]: sk [Well¡­ Before you get hostile, do know, I am being trained by the God of Destruction and his Attendant¡­ I know a lot, and am no pushover when it comes to strength¡­ Now, as I was saying, Buu will be revived either way, there are at least 6 people here who Bibidi could use to revive Buu, and that''s without me]: soren [God of Destruction?... But how? IS he here?... No! This isn''t good¡­ Kibito, we must leave now!]: sk Chapter 132 - Food before a Fight Soren watched as the Supreme Kai began freaking out and trying to drag Kibito back to The Sacred World of The Kai''s. Soren then gave a sigh before placing his hand on top of the Supreme Kai''s head, keeping him in one place, while calming him down a bit, Soren then made the Supreme Kai face him, and began to speak. [Don''t worry about Beerus, I have him under control¡­ But I want you to continue your search for someone who may be targeted in the tournament, I will deal with everything else]: soren The Supreme Kai was shocked to hear Soren''s words, and in a confused tone spoke to Soren. [But wont Bibidi be after you?... You are the one we need to protect]: sk [Haha, if Bibidi had the balls to have his men attack me, I would let him take my energy¡­ Bibidi already knows of my presence, he is looking for someone who would be unsuspecting]: soren [Oh!... This is true¡­ Bibidi isn''t very powerful on his own, but his power lies in controlling others with magic]: sk [Exactly! So no matter what happens, Bibidi won''t attack me, because he couldn''t get away with it¡­ But he would love to get my energy though]: soren After Soren explained that he was safe for Bibidi''s greedy sights, he pushed the Supreme Kai into looking for other candidates. It was then that the Adult contestants were called to start the preliminaries, Soren, Kibito, and the Supreme Kai all walked into a big room with hundreds of contestants surrounding a punching machine and a Staff member of the WMAT. Soren saw the Z fighters grouped together and powered down from SSJ4 before leaving the Supreme Kai''s side to go stand with them. Soren was then joined by both Killua and Gon who also decided to join when they heard Soren would be competing. [Hey there brother¡­ Gon and I heard you were joining so we decided to fight as well¡­ I can''t wait to face you once more after so many years, good luck! Goku and Vegeta have gotten quite strong, I can tell from their pressure]: killua [Hey Kill~! I didn''t know you were in town, it really has been quite some time since we fought¡­ I look forwards to facing you as well, good luck in the preliminaries!]: soren Killua then went off with Gon who just gave Soren a nod, and when Soren was about to wait until it was his number being called, the announcer began to explain how the preliminaries will be held. [Greetings to all participants! I will be the announcer for the rules of the preliminaries this year¡­ Due to our hero who defeated Cell, Mr. Satan being here to challenge the winner of the Tournament, we will be gauging who passes the preliminaries off of who is closer to Mr. Satan''s score on this punching machine¡­ Now, if I may have the honor of having Mr. Satan start off the preliminaries]: announcer The announcer then bowed before backing away and letting the Shit for brains idiot known as Hercule Satan, up to the punching machine, Hercule then turned to the crowd before trying to use his false fame to gain attention. [Hahaha¡­ Yes, I am the Hero who defeated Cell¡­ I will be setting the standards for the preliminaries here, hehe¡­ Good luck to all of you, and I look forwards to facing the winner of this tournament]: hercule Hercule then turned his attention to the punching machine and pulled his fist back into a punch before giving his little war cry and punching with all of his power. [SATAN PUNCH!]: hercule Hercule''s punch landed on the machine and the score started to calculate a score between 100-500, before it registered at 137. The announcer took a look at the numberthat registered on the punching machine and began to freak out while sweating, before announcing how great Hercule''s punch was. [A-am I dreaming!?... Could my eyes possibly be looking at a score of 137 points!?]: announcer When the crowd heard how stunned the announcer was, they began to give off "Ooh" and "Ahh" while Hercule was breathing heavily, and giving off his smile that said "Praise me! I the great Hercule Satan, have achieved a score of 137 points" The crowd then cheered loudly as Videl was taking in the sight of her amazing father, she then saw Gohan and started calling out to him. Gohan was wearing his Great Saiyaman outfit which consisted of a White bandana with Black shades, a Compression Shirt, some Compression Tights, with a Green Sleeveless Cardigan, while wearing a Red Cape, and a Belt with a Gold Buckle, and a nice pair of White Gloves. Gohan also wore a Silver wristwatch that would hold the outfit when Gohan was not wearing it, this really made Soren think of Gohan as a Chunibyo, for how he dressed like a trashy superhero to fight crime. [Oh! Gohan! Over here!]: videl Gohan just gave her the peace sign and came over, while Hercule began to leave to his office, but gave another round of morall before he left. Some contestants began to think that they had no chance since Hercule was such a "Beast" while others thought that it would still be fun to challenge him, win or lose. [Okay, contestants! Come up and draw numbers to decide the order you fight in¡­ And the Junior League will follow Mr. Smith over here]: announcer All the kids left for their Tournament while everyone began to pick ticket numbers, the contestants then started lining up in the order of their ticket numbers and took turns punching the machine and getting their scores taken down on a chalkboard. [Number 6, got 97 points¡­ Pretty shabby, 61 points¡­ Oh! We might have a contender! Number 76, scores 112 points¡­ Next one up is Number 84]: announcer It was finally 18''s turn to punch the machine, but before she went up Krillin stopped her and told her to limit herself. 18, then walked up to the machine while getting some whistles from the other male contestants, and some comments like how a pretty girl like her shouldn''t be here fighting, but in a kitchen making a man happy. 18 then readied herself, and the announcer spoke up telling her to go any time she wishes, 18 then punches the machine as light as she could, the machine began to calculate for a moment before registering her score, shocking the announcer. [... What the! She scored a 774 with a tap!]: announcer The man that originally said something about cooking in the kitchen shit himself and left the WMAT in fear for his life, everyone else was just shocked and a bit scared at how strong 18 was. The announcer then cleared his throat before trying to explain to 18 that there must be some technical difficulties. [I''m sorry, but we seem to be having technical difficulties¡­ Please wait a moment]: announcer Krillin then popped up out of nowhere and quietly whispered to 18. [What the hell¡­ You said you were going to hold back]: krillin [I did¡­ It''s hard pretending to be weak you know]: 18 The announcer then finished messing with the machine before turning to 18 and telling her to retry her punch, 18 just gave a sigh before trying to make her punch any more weaker than before, 18 then punched the machine and watched as it began to calculate before registering in a 203. [T-Two Hundred and Three?]: announcer Krillin then stepped up and punched the machine with a tap, the announcer then spoke up. [Number 85 scored 192!]: announcer Goku then came up and punched the machine with just a slight tap, the announcer then announced. [Number 86 scored 186 points!]: announcer Videl then came up to watch all of what was going down, only to see the group of people that were with Gohan earlier, she then thought back on what Soren had told her, and began to contemplate. Piccolo then came up to the punching machine and gave it a finger tap, the announcer then spoke. [Number 87 scored 210 points!?... What is going on!?... I think it''s safe to say that this punch machine is completely broken, lets swap it out for a new one]: announcer Vegeta then came up and faced the machine before reading himself. [Stand back!...]: vegeta Vegeta then threw a punch the obliterated the machine into pieces, he then began to walk off leaving the announcer stunned and sweaty. They then quickly ran to get a new punch machine while Goku then turned to Soren and Gohan, and told them to hurry up, and that they were going to go watch the kids battle. Soren then had both Zeno and Zenith run up to him while Gohan stayed next to Videl to try and explain to her what just happened without revealing to her that what Soren said was true about them being able to destroy the whole world with one attack. [Aw great!... Now I won''t be able to see who wins between Goten and Trunks]: zeno [Why do you care so much?]: soren [You don''t know dad?... Both Goten and Trunks like Shizu, and are going to fight for her hand in marriage]: zenith [They WHAT!?... Not on Grandpa''s watch, I will cut their little brother within an inch if they try and touch my cute little Shizu]: soren [Calm down dad, I like both Goten and Trunks¡­ And I trust them to not try anything with Shizu, without consent]: zeno [I''ll show that Goku, and that Vegeta how to raise their children right]: soren Soren was a bit mad due to him just recently meeting his granddaughter, and now he found out that she already had suters after her. Soren then waited 30 minutes while catching up with both Zeno and Zenith, he found out that Zenith found a nice girl and they were trying to have a child, but they had no luck in doing so, soon the new machine was brought out and the test continued. [Number 121¡­ Please come up]: annoncer Soren then noticed his number was called and started walking up, he turned when he heard both his children and Gohan telling him to go easy on the machine, so they didn''t need to wait for another one. Soren nodded and walked up to the machine, he then took his finger and pointed it at the machine, he then pulled it back and Gohan had a look of dread in his eyes. [No¡­ He wouldn''t¡­]: gohan, zeno, zenith [He wouldn''t what?]: videl Soren then jammed his finger at the target in a soft manner, the machine didn''t brake. The score then began to calculate with Soren, Gohan, Zeno, and Zenith hoping Soren got a low score, the score then registered, and the announcer almost puked blood, Soren had his eyes closed praying for a low score, then the announcer spoke. [Number 121, has a score of 1152!?]: announcer [FUCK!]: soren Soren then opened his eyes and shouted while Gohan, Zeno, and Zenith all thought the same thing. The announcer then began to speak while saying the line nobody wanted to hear. [How could this be possible?... This machine must be broken to, we will go get another one right away]: announcer [NO! Stop! Give me a passing score of 150, then score the rest]: soren Soren didn''t want to use his MS, but he didn''t want to wait for another 30 minutes to try and be weak once more. The announcer was then compelled to make Soren''s score 150 and pass him on, then, Zeno, Zenith, and Gohan took their turns scoring passing scores, Videl then took her punch and passed, and the preliminaries were then ranked as so. 1): Goku 2): Piccolo 3): Vegeta 4): 18 5): Krillin 6): Soren 7): Zeno 8): Zenith 9): Gohan 10:) Videl (A/N: These are not scores in order, just how I placed them) Soren then walked towards the food banquet, he was followed by Zenith, as Gohan, Videl, and Zeno went to go watch the rest of the Junior League to see who won. Soren already knew that Trunks would win due to him telling Goten that he would let him pick out some toys from his room, so he wasn''t really interested in the matches, Soren then began to eat food along with Zenith, and a little while later Goku and crew came to join them. [Hey Soren! Already here I see¡­ Scoot over, I wanna sit too]: goku Soren then made some room and let Goku sit next to him while the other sat in the remaining chairs. The table was then filled with even more food than before, Soren and everyone else began to fill up while Videl just watched in horror, as the mountain of food was gone in seconds. [More please!]: goku Goku then ordered more food, while asking Gohan to pass him some rice, Krillin even dropped the Saiyan bomb, in which Videl heard while remembering the term used earlier to describe Soren. Gohan quickly shut Krillin up by covering his mouth with his hand. [Oh! Sorry Gohan, I''ll shut up now¡­ You know what, I just won''t even talk no more]: krillin Goku then turned to Soren and asked what his score was, and if he passed. [You know I passed, as for my score¡­ I tried to hit it as light as I could, but still ended up getting a 1152. The announcer tried to waste time by getting a new machine, but I stopped him and told him to give me a 150, he did and I passed with that]: soren [It''s so hard to pretend to be weak]: krillin [What was that?]: videl [Krillin!]: gohan [OH! Sorry Gohan!... It was nothing]: krillin Chapter 133 - The Tournament Pt. 1 (A/N: I realized that last chapter I didn''t mention the other 10 participants of the Tournament, sorry, but they were the original members, except Jewel. And due to it originally being 16 participants, I had bumped it up to 20, so the whole cast will include the original cast, Soren, Zeno, Zenith, Killua, and Gon) Soren knew that this Tournament would be super boring if he even used 20% of his full power, so he decided to limit himself to his opponents level to make it interesting. Soon, the PA came on and asked for all participants to gather in the drawing room, and there they would make the contestants draw lots to see who fights who. [Please step up one at a time, then draw a number out of this box]: announcer Soon everyone had drawn a number, and the matchmaking was complete. The announcer then went over who would fight in what round with the contestants, and it looked as so. First Match: Krillin vs Pintar Second Match: Piccolo vs Shin Third Match: Videl vs Spopovich Forth Match: Gohan vs Kibito Fifth Match: Soren vs Android 18 Sixth Match: Mr. Satan vs Mighty Mask Seventh Match: Goku vs Vegeta Eight Match: Killua vs Yamu Ninth Match: Killa vs Gon Tenth Match: Zeno vs Zenith [Looks like only one of us will be able to fight with dad¡­ Good luck brother]: zenith [You took the words from my mouth brother]: zeno Vegeta heard both Zeno and Zenith talk about facing Soren, he then did some calculating and found that one of them would end up fighting him before fighting with Soren. Vegeta then gave a scoff before folding his arms and speaking towards the two. [You will have to beat me before you can face your father¡­ And I won''t be so easy to beat like Kakarot]: vegeta [Hey! Vegeta! I''m not so easy to beat either, I will be battling with you, so don''t count me short]: goku The other contestants watched on as the "Freak" group talked as if they had this Tournament in the bag. Vegeta just scoffed before turning away from Goku and walking away, Soren just gave a chuckle before following Vegeta, and soon after everyone followed suit. Once they got to the waiting area, Soren was met with the famous WMAT Announcer, even though they never gave him a name, Soren thought to ask, he then found out that his name was Steve. Soren thought that Steve was a fitting name for the Blonde Announcer, Steve then began to speak into the microphone and announce the 25th World Martial Art Tournament, he then played a special video in name of Mr. Satan''s fight with Cell, it was the same crappy video from the Anime. [Now that that is finished, I shall announce the first 2 participants¡­ Will both Krillin, and Pintar, please come to the stage!]: steve Both Krillin and Pintar came up to the stage, and compared to Krillin''s appearance, Pintar was a tall fat Black Genie looking man with a long topknot wrapped in a Gold bangle, he wore a Blue Genie vest with Gold trim, he also had White Genie pants held up by a Black belt, and a nice pair of Maroon Genie boots with a Gold sole. The fat ripoff of Will Smith''s Genie from aladdin began to criticise Krillin telling him that he had no chance of beating him, and to give up. [Sorry buddy, but I need to win this]: krillin Pintar had no chance to speak again as his last sentence was left unfinished, as Krillin disappeared and punched him in the gut sending him flying. Steve saw as Pintar was sent flying out of the ring, he then took the mic while explaining to the crowd what happened and how Kirllin won. [Krillin Wins! With a devastating blow to Pintar''s solar plexus]: steve The crowd didn''t know whether to cheer and be happy, or be disappointed due to how quickly the match ended. Most of the audience couldn''t even see what happened with how quick Krillin was about it, but with Steve the Announcer being around Goku and his group since they were kids fighting in the WMAT, he could slightly keep up with their battles. ''He really does have some potential for Martial Arts¡­ Maybe I should teach him a few things'': soren Steve then had some stretchers come and pick up Pintar''s unconscious body, before he announced the next participants to come to the stage, [Now hopefully the next fight can last a bit longer than the first match¡­ Will both contestants Ma Junior, (Piccolo) and Shin, (Supreme Kai) please come to the stage for your fight]: steve Both Piccolo and the Supreme Kai, then came onto the stage to start their battle. Piccolo felt the Supreme Kai was a bit different than everyone else he had faced in the past, Piccolo was then being stared down by the Supreme Kai with a smile that said he was better than Piccolo, and it was true for the most part, as Piccolo had yet to surpass the Supreme Kai in power.Steve then grabbed his mic as both Piccolo and the Supreme Kai were in place and started announcing for the battle to start. (A/N: I will refer the Supreme Kai as Shin, from now on, I don''t like SK or typing out Supreme Kai all the time, but another short term for him will be SK) [Let the battle commence!]: steve Shin didn''t move at all, as Piccolo was shaking, he couldn''t move himself, no matter how hard he tried. Shin just kept staring at him while giving Piccolo his winning smile, and soon the audience began to get pissed due to the lack of action, they then began to shout, telling both Shin and Piccolo to do something, like a pack of tourists at a Zoo yelling at an animal in an enclosure to move or do something. [What''s wrong with Piccolo Goku?]: krillin [Shin isn''t just your average guy¡­ And he''s strong too]: goku [Really!?... Is he that powerful?]: krillin [Yes Krillin¡­ I mean, he is a God of Creation]: soren [What!?!?... Aw man, I hope Piccolo will be okay]: krillin [What do you mean Soren?]: goku Soren had spoken up without thinking, and found himself in a 10 foot hole he couldn''t just fly out of. Soren then started explaining the minimum of what he knew about Shin, and his job, and once Goku got a small understanding he stopped asking Soren questions, and went back to the fight of both Piccolo and Shin. The crowd was getting very antsy due to the lack of violence between both Shin and Piccolo, Steve even reminded the both of them that the match had begun, but no matter how hard both Steve and the crowd tried, Piccolo wasn''t budging and Shin just stood there letting off his Godly Energy, stopping Piccolo from even moving a muscle to fight him. Soren then had enough and wanted to see a proper fight between the two, instead of the original outcome of Piccolo conseeding, Soren then walked forward and shouted out towards both Shin and Piccolo, shocking everyone even the Z fighters. [Shin! Stop using your presence to dominate Ma Junior! Fight him for real, no cheap tricks¡­ Or I will Destroy you!]: soren Soren said the last part while releasing his Destructions Energy, and even though it was nowhere near Beerus'' Destruction Energy levels, it could still devastate a Kai who has no formal training from a pre existing Kai. Shin was utterly scared and retracted his Dominating presence, shocking Piccolo as he could now make a move towards Shin, while the Z fighters were trying to hush Soren while covering his mouth from speaking any further. [Quiet Soren! You don''t want to anger him¡­ Remember, he is a God you said!]: goku [Oh please¡­ Him, a God?... He may be a natural born God with a Godly Energy and Presence, but that is nothing compared to training with both Whis and Beerus]: soren [Who are they? Are they strong!?]: goku Soren didn''t get the chance to answer as Vegeta came up and stopped Goku from asking any further questions. Soren then turned his attention towards both Shin and Piccolo, but what he saw was the same scene as in the Anime. Piccolo conceded, even with the ability to make a move on Shin, both Steve and Shin were confused with why Piccolo decided to concede without fighting, but the crowd was a different story, they began to shout at how terrible the fights have been till now, but they couldn''t change the outcome. [Well¡­ Our winner of round 2 is Shin, the newcomer to the WMAT!]: steve Both Piccolo and Shin came back to the resting area, Piccolo went over to a corner while Shin went with Kibito, until it was time for his match. Soon after, Steve announced the next to competitors for round 3. [I know that the matches thus far have been a bit lacking¡­ But now we have the Daughter of our Number 1 Hero, Mr. Satan himself¡­ Will Videl please enter the ring! And here we have another newcomer, Mr. Spopovich!]: steve The crowd began to cheer when Videl was introduced, and both Videl and Spopovich had entered the stage, Spopovich was tall and bulky, he also had a bald head with an M marked into his forehead, he wore a Black spandex suit that strapped over his left shoulder, he also wore some Orange boots with White accents. Both Videl and Spopovich faced each other while measuring the others strengths. Steve then announced for the Third match to officially start, and when Steve said that Spopovich gave no time before he lunged towards Videl, he then began to beat her down. Videl then began to catch Spopovich off guard, she then began to dodge his attacks while throwing in her own, Spopovich then threw a punch that missed Videl, as she jumped into the air and sent a kick at Spopovich breaking his neck. Videl then began to catch her breath as Spopovich stood there without moving, and soon everyone noticed as Spopovich''s head was facing the wrong way, the announcer began to freak out, along with the crowd, Videl then realized her mistake and fell to her knees, Steve then came up to the stage and began to announce Videl''s disqualification. [Well folks¡­ It is truly a tragedy, and due to Tournament regulations, and Spopovich''s untimely demise, I''m afraid Videl forfeits the match to her late opponent]: steve As Steve finished his announcement, the crowd began to gasp as the once thought dead Spopovich, was now getting up off the ground. Videl''s attention was also caught by the hideous sight before her eyes, as she let out a big gasp, then Steve started screaming into the mic a bunch of gibberish. [WHAT THE DAAAAAHHHH!!!!!]: steve Spopovich then began to take hold of his head, and reconnect it''s position on his body. Soren could see the look on his face as he was utterly pissed off by Videl''s previous actions, and all he thought to himself was. ''Damn¡­ I''ve never seen that in all my years of Assassination¡­ Hell, even in One Piece, Buggy the Clown wasn''t that creepy when someone severed his body parts'': soren The crowd was completely stunned and shocked with the turn of events, and once Spopovich fixated his head onto his body properly he began to crack and turn his head until it was no longer stiff on his shoulders. [I¡­ WHAT¡­ HUH¡­ AHHH¡­ WHAT IS GOING ON HERE!]: steve [Y-your not real!]: videl ''Aaaannd, here comes the ass kicking'': soren Spopovich then cracked his knuckles while staring down Videl with an evil smile, and laugh before he took his leg and kicked Videl straight across her face sending her flying. Videl then recovered while still trying to catch her breath, but Spopovich had other plans as he charged at Videl, but Videl quickly dodged Spopovich''s deadly strike and flew into the sky, keeping her distance from him, Gohan then began to shout at her, telling her to stay in the air until her strength returned. Spopovich then began to stare into the sky, while planing on a way to attack Videl, he then smiled as he took flight himself and started to fly up to her, Videl was flabbergasted by the sight, while Steve started commentating once more. [Spopovich has also taken flight and brought this fight to the sky!]: steve Spopovich then flew above Videl, while keeping his distance for his next attack. Videl just stayed in her position, while waiting for Spopovich''s next move, she was completely scared at the thought of what he was planning next. Spopovich then began to place his hand out towards Videl, he then began to gather some evil energy into his palm before sending a blast towards Videl, she was then hit and sent falling back down to the stage while injured even more than before, but she caught herself before being sent crashing into the stage. Videl then landed on the stage on all fours, while Spopovich came down and landed about 3 meters away, he then began to slowly walk towards Videl, but then she started attacking him with a bunch of kicks to the face, Spopovich only felt a slight tickle, as he shrugged off all of Videl''s attacks, he then began to attack Videl in a ruthless manor before giving her an utter beat down that left her almost dead, but before Spopovich could finish the job he brother Yamu appeared and spoke. [That''s enough Spopovich! Finish it, right now!]: yamu Spopovich then listened to his brother with reluctance as he kicked Videl off the stage and outside of the ring, onto the grassy field below. Steve quickly called for medics while reluctantly announcing Spopovich as the winner, the medics quickly took Videl off into a room where a doctor awaited any majorly injured participants, and Gohan was quick to follow behind. Chapter 134 - The Tournament Pt. 2 After a 10 minute break so that everyone could calm down from the battle that just happened, Steve began to announce the next 2 contestants to come to the stage. Gohan had also just showed up and was questioned by Goku and Krillin on how Videl was, he told them she was fine, and it was also at this time Steve''s voice came over the loudspeaker. [Now that the intense beat down of our Hero Mr. Satan''s daughter has come to an end, let me introduce the next 2 participants¡­ We have with us the amazing Great Saiyaman! A hero of Satan City!... And his contender is another new face to the WMAT, Kibito!]: steve Soren spoke up right as Gohan and Kibito were heading off to the arena in a teasing manner. [What kind of name is Great Saiyaman?... Lame!]: soren Gohan just started to blush a bit before he continued to the stage only wearing his Great Saiyaman costume, minus the helmet, in its place was a pair of shades and a White bandana, but when Gohan had gone to check on Videl, he left it with her. Both Kibito, and Gohan were now on stage facing off against one another, and from the crowd, Gohan could hear some familiar voices calling out to him. [Go Gohan! Yeah, you can do it!]: ??? Gohan recognised them as his classmates, Gohan''s thoughts were how could they recognise him, but it was in the end brought down to the idea of without the Bandana, it was obviously him. Gohan then took off the shades and threw them to the side, Steve then started the fight and Kibito spoke up. [Come on now¡­ Turn into a Super Saiyan]: kibito [I don''t think I would need something like that to deal with you]: gohan Kibito didn''t have the time to waste, so he stepped forwards and spoke once more. [Now! Time is wasting]: kibito [It doesn''t look like I have much of a choice¡­ Alright, so much for school]: gohan Kibito had a lot of patience with Gohan and waited for him to transform, but Gohan was unwilling, as it would make him known as The Gold Fighter. [So you just want Super Saiyan? Or do you want me to kick it up a notch?]: gohan [W-what!?... You can take it further?]: kibito Gohan then gave his last farewells to his peaceful school life and began to power up. [HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!]: gohan The tiles of the arena began to float in the air, as the Energy gathered around Gohan and started flowing around him. Gohan''s hair began to stand in the air, as his hair flashed Yellow, he then pushed his power even further as his power spiked even further, and an explosion came out of Gohan''s body, and a blinding Golden light exploded blinding all the onlookers. Once the bright light disappeared, in its place was Gohan with sharp spiky Golden hair, with Lightning surrounding him, the crowds went wild as his classmates began to should that he was the Golden Fighter, even Videl was shocked, Kibito was standing there quite surprised due to the power that emanated from Gohan. The once floating tiles began to fall back into place on the arena while Gohan gave Kibito the stare down, with his cold Emerald Green eyes, but the ones who took the most interest in this was both Yamu, and Spopovich. [Yamu¡­ He''s the one were looking for!]: spopovich Gohan then gave Kibito a smile as he spoke. [So¡­ Was this what you had in mind?... What do we do from here?]: gohan Kibito was surprised with the power that emanated from Gohan, then thought back to Soren''s power. Kibito knew that Gohan was nowhere near Soren''s power, but it was still a magnificent sight to see, Kibito then thought on how so much power could be held by the mortals in a lower plane than himself. [So¡­ Will we start fighting then? Or do you give up?]: gohan Soon out of nowhere, both Spopovich and Yamu appeared, while jumping at Gohan. Gohan turned to face them, but Shin had used his Godly Energy to hold Gohan in place, the Z fighters were a bit surprised but decided to hold any questions until later, as Shin had told them not to interfere. Gohan then had all the power drained out of him with the small vacuum like machine left to the two of them by Bibidi, Soren then got out of his seat, and stood next to Goku as he held Videl from interfering, with what was happening. [Oh no¡­ You don''t plan on interfering do you Soren?]: goku [No¡­ But they won''t ruin this Tournament that I spent my time to join]: soren Soren then watched as both Spopovich and Yamu let Gohan fall on the ground, the two then gave an evil laugh and began to fly away, but soon they couldn''t move and Soren stepped forward while speaking in a deafening tone. [I don''t think so¡­ You both still owe me a fight¡­ Yamu has yet to fight, and Spopovich will be fighting Kibito, as Great Saiyaman is unable to participate any further¡­ If you both don''t plan on staying, then I have no other choice to destroy the tiny bit of energy you have collected]: soren Both Yamu, and Spopovich turned their attention to Soren, and say as he held his hand in a grabbing motion towards the two of them, holding them in place, and unable to escape. Soren then made another grabbing motion, and the Energy Collector flew out of Yamu''s hand, and into Soren''s grasp, Soren then spoke once more towards the two of them. [I will be holding onto this¡­ You may get it back later, after the Tournament]: soren Both Spopovich and Yamu were enraged, but when they felt the killing intent that Soren gave the two, they quickly calmed down. Soren then slammed his hand down, forcefully slamming both Yamu and Spopovich into the stage. [Oops¡­ I forgot to release both of you before I lowered my hand¡­ You both should be fine¡­ Anyway, Steve! Next match please]: soren Steve was surprised to see what happened and stuttered a bit before agreeing, he then took the mic again while announcing the next 2 participants. [Under Tournament Regulations, Great Saiyaman has been eliminated, and Kibito will continue onto the next round¡­ As for the interference, There was no visual physical harm towards Great Saiyaman, before he passed out¡­ So they will both just receive a penalty for interfering¡­ Now will Contestants Soren, and Android 18 please enter the arena!]: steve Soren and 18 both entered the arena and faced off against each other, Steve then gave the go ahead for the fight to commence. 18 then charged towards Soren while throwing punch after punch his way, due to Soren limiting himself to 18''s strength, all of her punches were fast, but due to Soren''s experience with fighting both Whis and Beerus, along with his Observation Haki, 18 couldn''t land a hit. Soon 18 became frustrated, and started using faster techniques, Soren still felt like he was overpowering her, so he completely dropped using observation Haki, and closed his eyes, only using the sound to react to all of 18''s attacks. [So you aren''t even going to try against me?... Don''t underestimate me because I''m a women]: 18 18 then began to throw even more punches and kicks, Steve couldn''t even keep up with all of them, so he just comentated what he could see. The crowd began to cheer as 18 was finally starting to land some hits on Soren''s body, but all of it was for naught, as Soren felt no pain from these attacks, Soren then gave 18 a smile before speaking while dodging. [You improve fast¡­ Tell me your secrets?]: soren [In your dreams!]: 18 Soren had enough of taking the hits, so he began to throw some back, all of his attacks were light, but Soren did sneak in some heavy attacks that would send 18 flying while spitting a mouth full of blood. [This is the most fun I''ve had in awhile!]: 18 Soren just gave a smile before continuing to dodge, block, or counter 18''s attacks, and soon Soren felt that the crowd had enough entertainment, he then hit 18 with an attack strong enough to send her out of the ring, in an unconscious state. [We have a winner!... Soren! One of the new participants to the WMAT]: steve Krillin was quick to come to his wife''s rescue, as he was worried for her, but soon after he got there 18 woke up and gave a scoff towards no one in particular as she was upset she lost the fight. Soren then started walking off the stage and back into the waiting room, there he changed out of he destroyed clothes and put on a new matching set as his last one, which was his outfit from One Piece. After a small repair break Steve announced the next matchup, it was Trunks, and Goten, versus Mr. Satan, but Trunks and Goten were dressed as one person named Mighty Mask, Steve then came up to the stage with his mic and gave an introduction to the next participants. [In this next match, we have our very own Hero, Mr. Satan himself, fighting against Mighty Mask!... Can we please get both participants to the stage please!]: steve Both Mr. Satan, and Mighty Mask came up to the stage, while Steve gave the starting signal. Mighty MAsk was the first to make his move as he quickly disappeared and reappeared before Mr. Satan, Hercule saw this, but barely, as he quickly Kowtowed down and made Mighty Mask trip over him and fall down on the ground. Mighty Mask aka Trunks and Goten, were then split apart and Steve announced Mighty Mask as as disqualification, the crowd started to cheer for Mr. Satan, because they thought he already knew and decided to pull the cover without hurting the two boys, but in all reality, Mr. Satan was the most scared in that situation, but he played it out like he knew and didn''t want to hurt the two boys. [Next up, we have one of our previous Champions to the WMAT Goku!... And his opponent goes by the name Vegeta! Will both Contestants please come up to the stage]: steve Both Goku and Vegeta came up to the stage and got into their battle positions. Steve then gave the signal to start the match and watched as both Vegeta and Goku disappeared and started fighting, and due to how fast the two were nobody could see their movements, not even Steve, the only people who could keep up were the Z fighters and Soren, Zeno, Zenith, Killua, and Gon. Soren then stepped in to help Steve out and started explaining what was going on, while Steve would narrate what Soren told him into the mic, then the battle continued between both Goku and Vegeta. Goku was beginning to be thrown around by Vegeta mid air, but Goku caught Vegeta by the foot and flung him into the stage below. There was a massive crater made by Vegeta''s impact, while he quickly got up and went to attack Goku once more, Vegeta powered up to Super Saiyan while pummeling Goku, Goku began to have his clothes torn to pieces as he was beaten by Vegeta. Goku then took some distance and transformed himself, they were both Super Saiyan''s now, The battle began to get intense as Ki blasts were fired off and deflected off into the distance, Vegeta then powered up to SSJ2 while Goku was still at Super Saiyan. The battle continued with Goku losing until he pushed Vegeta back, Goku then started powering up and turned into a SSJ2 as well, he then started laughing in his battle junkie tone while Vegeta just had a small smirk on his face, they both stopped movement, which allowed everyone to see them once again, and this time, they both had sharp spiky Golden hair. Mr. Satan was royally freaking out with all that has happened today, he then cowered in his office hoping that he would wake up from a bad dream, Goku then began to speak to Vegeta while enjoying the fight between them. [You have improved quite a lot since I died Vegeta! I can hardly recognise your power, But have you achieved the next stage yet?]: goku ''Oh Shit!... This will ruin everything'': soren Soren quickly took this time to shout out towards Goku. [Goku!... Don''t! You will lose a lot of time you have here if you do!]: soren Goku heard Soren and remembered that SSJ3 drained away at Life Energy, he then knew that Soren had already achieved this form. He then gave off a sigh before he powered down, Vegeta saw this and did the same, the both of them flew down to the stage and Vegeta questioned Goku why he powered down. [Kakarot! Why did you power down? I was just starting to enjoy the fight¡­ Don''t tell me you are going to quit!?]: vegeta Goku realized that they were both evenly matched in SSJ2 and the only way to test his strength further was to go to SSJ3, but just like Soren said, he would waste the remaining amount of time left on Earth, before he had to go back to Other World. [Yup! I give up¡­ We are just too evenly matched, and the only way to go further is to use up the rest of my time here]: goku [Bastard!... This isn''t an honest win for me! Fight me Kakarot!]: vegeta [You heard it here folks!... Goku had Conceded, Vegeta wins, and will go on to the next match!]: steve Chapter 135 - The Tournament Pt. 3 Goku began to walk off the stage with a smile on his face, and both his hands placed behind his head. Vegeta soon followed behind Goku with an upset look on his face, he felt that Goku cheated him out of a good fight by not taking him seriously. Both Goku and Vegeta came back to the waiting area, while Steve announced for the next 2 participants to enter the stage. [After that amazing match, let''s get our next two participants up to the stage¡­ Will both Killua, and Yamu please enter the stage¡­ As some of you can tell, Yamu is Spopovich''s brother, while Killua looks just like Soren, and that''s because they are twin brothers¡­ I will also state that, due to the penalty, Yamu will not be allowed to attack back for 1 minute... So who will win in this next fight?]: steve Both Killua and Yamu faced each other while eyeing each other''s strength, while Steve gave the introductions. Steve then signaled the start of the match, while Yamu began to sweat, thinking back on just a few moments ago, when Soren beat them so easily without even touching them. Killua took this chance to power up into Super Saiyan Full Power, and due to his mastery over Full Power, his multiplayer was 100x, the same multiplier as Soren''s Super Saiyan form has, Yamu saw this and prepared to block the attack sent by Killua, but it was just too fast, as Yamu was sent back a few meters. [Wow¡­ I really underestimated you on that one¡­ But I won''t do so with this next attack]: killua Killua then charged forwards while throwing a powerful kick that sent Yamu back several more meters, before Yamu caught himself and regained his balance. [You are powerful¡­ If I had used this chance to take your power, Spopovich and I would be long gone¡­ But your minute is up, I will attack now]: yamu Yamu used the Majin symbol on his forehead to give himself a spike in his Evil Energy. Yamu then began to charge towards Killua with utmost speeds, but to Killua, these speeds were slow, Killua took no effort to dodge all of Yamu''s attacks. Killua then got bored with the fight and wanted to end it quickly, he then spoke in a condescending tone towards Yamu. [I guess I can end this now¡­ I wanted to give you a chance, but you are no challenge¡­ Goodbye]: killua Killua then took his fist and punched into Yamu''s solar plexus, sending him flying and puking blood. Yamu then landed out of the ring, Steve came over to make sure that Yamu was still alive, Yamu then got up coughing blood, he had a look of rage in his eyes, but suppressed it before going back into the resting area, where Spopovich was. [We have it here folks! The winner of this match is Killua!... We will take a quick intermission, while the stage is fixed]: steve After a 10 minute break, the stage was as good as new, and Steve called out the next 2 contestants. [Okay! Can we get Gon, and Killa up to the stage, ASAP!]: steve Gon was ready, as he wore his Turtle Hermit Martial Arts Gi, but the color wasn''t Orange, but Green with Black accents. Gon then went up to the stage and waited for Killa, but no matter how much time passed, there was no opponent, Steve then gave his disqualification announcement. [Due to Contestant Killa, being a no show¡­ I regret to say that he has been disqualified¡­ The winner by default is Gon!]: steve Soren had known that Killa had fled the WMAT when he saw his match with 18. Killa knew that he would never be able to win, so he decided to preserve his life over lose it trying to win just a bit of fame and money. Gon came back to Soren and the Z fighters group, while Steve quickly introduced the next fight. [Since the last fight was a bit disappointing due to one of the contestants not showing up, I hope that this next fight will be a worthwhile fight¡­ Will Contestants Zeno, and Zenith please enter the stage]: steve Both Zeno and Zenith made their way to the stage and faced each other, Zenith then spoke up wishing Zeno luck. [Hey Brother¡­ Good Luck, and no hard feelings between us¡­ Right?]: zenith [You took the words out of my mouth¡­ Good Luck to yourself Brother]: zeno [Without further adieu¡­ Let the match start!]: steve Zeno and Zenith didn''t power up in the start, Zenith was just a bit faster than Zeno and hit him in the face with his left fist, and Zeno took it head on, while punching Zenith with his left fist. They both held their ground while not giving each other the chance to attack once more, but Zeno decided to use his tail and jab Zenith in the stomach. [PUUHHHHGGGHH!... N-not bad B-brother¡­ I didn''t expect for you to use your tail]: zenith Zenith coughed up a bit of blood, while Zeno back up and took another fighting style. Zenith gathered his strength and decided to use more strength than before, he then powered up into a Sage, his body exploded with hair, as Brown hair grew all over Zenith''s body, leaving only his chest and stomach bare of fur. Zenith''s eyes were Black in color with a Brown ring surrounding his eyes, and his hair was just a bit sharper than before, and grew a little longer, but not by much, Soren saw this and felt proud, but wondered how Zenith achieved this form, he then decided to ask after the fight was over. [So, how do you like this form brother?]: zenith [When did you get this?... Dad said you need to control your ape form to unlock this form]: zeno [You mistake me brother¡­ This is Sage Mode, a Bloodline]: zenith [Y-you!... When?]: zeno [While you have been busy taking care of your restaurant and Shizu¡­ I have been doing missions, non stop with Uncle Gon, and Uncle Killua]: zenith Zeno realized that he had become too soft, he stopped training, and spent more time with his family, and shop. Zeno then opened his System interface, and looked at all the points he had, he then gave a smile seeing how many he had, and opened the store. Zenith saw Zeno''s smile and questioned in a condescending tone just to mess with his brother. [Have you finally realized you can''t beat me?... If so, I don''t mind if you concede now]: zenith [No brother¡­ I have just took the time to also break through to the Sage stage]: zeno [No¡­ You haven''t¡­]: zenith Right before Zenith could say anything else, Zeno''s body broke out in the same Brown fur as Zenith, Soren was utterly surprised to see his son''s progress so fast. While Zeno, and Zenith had their conversation, Steve and the crowd were confused, they didn''t know what kind of missions they were talking about, and they thought it down to them doing jobs for money to get some kind of illegal body modifications, but as Steve wasn''t disqualifying them, then it meant that the fight would continue. [Boys! Don''t destroy the whole world now]: soren The people in the crowd who heard Soren thought he was joking, but both Zeno and Zenith knew Soren was serious and gave him a nod before facing each other and fighting once more. Their battle began to get out of hand when their energy started exploding out towards the crowd, Soren just raised his hand and made an invisible barrier that would contain all of their rampant energy waves, Soren also knew that this form had a 150x multiplier for Zeno and Zenith, while his was 500x, Soren also knew that the longer Zeno and Zenith train their Sage form, the higher their multiplier will reach. Both Zeno and Zenith''s battle continued for 30 minutes before their energies were depleted, they were both back to their base forms and all covered in injuries, they then began to fight to utmost exhaustion, but before they both collapsed, Zeno was hit and flew off the stage, and out of bounds, Steve then announced the winner for this round. [W-we have a winner folks! It''s Zenith! Zenith is the winner of this match!... Can we please get some stretchers to take both of them away, and before the next match can start we will need to fix the stage¡­ And due to the time, we will continue this battle tomorrow! For all participants that have moved on to the next round, we will have accommodations for you¡­ I am your WMAT Announcer! Cya all tomorrow!]: steve Soren and the group of winners were led to the 5 Star Hotel owned by the WMAT, they were then fed food. After dinner, Soren went to his room and transformed into SSJ4 to practice it to perfection, it was so much harder than all of his other forms, as he wasn''t just trying to make Stamina cost go down, he was trying to control the Energy inside his body perfectly. Soren had no need for sleep, as he was a Vampire, but he could sleep if he wanted too, so he spent the whole night in his SSJ4 form, and come morning, he powered down and went back to the WMAT venue. [Good Morning Men, Women, Boys, and Girls¡­ Welcome to day 2 of the WMAT! We will start out today with Contestants Krillin! And his opponent Shin!]: steve Both Krillin and Shin looked at each other, Krillin just gave a sweaty laugh towards Shin, while Shin just looked at him, he then spoke. [Don''t worry Krillin, I''ll let you have this match¡­ I don''t need to be here anymore, but I will be taking Gohan with me for training]: shin Shin just looked over to Goku who came to watch the show, Goku just gave Shin a nod before both Krillin and Shin made their way to the stage. Steve then gave the signal to start, and Shin immediately raised his hand, and spoke out. [I Concede!]: shin [W-WHAAAT!!!... You heard it here folks! Shin has decided to give up, that must mean that Krillin is a bit more than Shin can chew!... Since that''s the case, let''s get the next match on to way¡­]: steve Steve then introduced Kibito, and Spopovich to the ring, Spopovich wanted to concede so that he could leave with Yamu, after getting back the Energy vacuum, but once Steve yelled "Start!" Kibito raised his hand and shouted. [I Concede!]: kibito Spopovich was angered, he wanted to tear Kibito into shreds, but he knew if he tried anything, Soren would destroy the Energy Collector. Spopovich just walked off the stage mumbling and grumbling, while Kibito, Shin, and Gohan went back to The World of The Kai''s. Steve was so shocked that 2 fights in a row, were people who were giving up, he could also see that the crowd was getting antsy about it, then quickly introduced the next fight as to appease the crowd. [Well this has been disappointing, but I hope that our Champion won''t scare off the next contender in this fight¡­ Can Mr. Satan, and Soren enter the stage!]: steve Mr. Satan was super scared of fighting Soren, as he had seen the fight between both him and Android 18, but for his fame, he worked up the courage to enter the stage. Soren saw this and gave a smile before heading up the the stage as well, but he didn''t forget to send a telepathic message to Hercule. ''Sorry Hercule, but I will be winning this battle. I don''t want to humiliate you, so I want you to go near the edge of the ring, and when I charge at you, punch me¡­ I will then fly back, you will turn to the crowd to get cheers, and I will take this chance to push you off the edge¡­ You can then say that you underestimated me, and the crowd will look at me like the bad guy for attacking you unprepared'': soren Hercule was scared shitless when he first heard Soren''s voice, but after he heard Soren''s plan, he quickly agreed and got on stage near the edge. [Then let the battle start!]: steve Soren charged towards Hercule, he thought he would die, but as he went to cower on the ground, he remembered the plan and punched out at Soren. Hercule''s fist hit Soren in the stomach, Soren reflexively tightened his abs, Soren hoped Hercule was okay, but first he flew back while biting his cheek and spitting out Blood that filled his mouth. [GUAAHHHAA!]: soren Hercule felt his hand stinging as he turned to the crowd with tears in his eyes, he then put up a V sign with his fingers, and as the crowd started cheering Soren charged from behind and pushed Hercule off the edge of the ring and into the out of bounds. [M-Mr. Satan has lost!... What is this folks!? A Cheap attack!?]: steve The crowd began to "Boo" Soren as he held up his hands in victory, they all thought Soren got lucky enough for Hercule to lower his guard, but they all failed to realize that it was all staged. All except Vegeta, Zeno, Zenith, Krillin, Killua, Gon, and Goku, Steve then announced Soren as the Victor, Soren then left the stage and went back into the waiting room, while Steve called the next 2 participants. [Will Both Vegeta, and Killua please enter the ring!]: steve Both Killua and Vegeta entered the arena while facing each other, Vegeta then gave a scoff while asking. [Please tell me you have a form similar to your brothers]: vegeta [Well¡­ I have Sage Mode, if that''s what you are asking, but I haven''t achieved the SSJ2 form¡­ Good Luck Vegeta!]: killua Chapter 136 - The Tournament Pt. 4 When Vegeta heard that Killua was relatively weak compared to Soren, but when he heard that Killua could use the Sage Mode that both Zeno and Zenith could use, his interest was peaked. [Let''s skip the basics and skip to our more powerful forms]: vegeta Vegeta went into his SSJ2 form, while Killua transformed into his Sage Mode. Killua''s multiplier was around 150x base, while Vegeta was at 100x base in SSJ2, Vegeta felt that he could use Killua to further himself, now that Goku screwed him over, for a good fight. Steve saw both Killua and Vegeta raring to go, so without further stagnation, Steve announced the fight. [It seems both Killua and Vegeta are ready to go¡­ And it is my duty now to start this match!... Fighters may now Begin!]: steve Vegeta was first to act, as he charged towards Killua, and throwing countless punches and kicks that Killua did his best to dodge, block, and counter. After the thousandth attack, Killua saw his chance to grab hold of Vegeta''s leg and slam him into the stage, Vegeta then coughed up a mouth full of blood, as the stage was torn up for the umpteenth time. [GUHHHAAHAA!]: vegeta Vegeta got up while wiping the blood from the corner of his mouth, but before he could act against Killua, he was punched in his solar plexus. Vegeta was then launched towards the edge of the ring, and not far behind him, Killua was closing in to "ring out" Vegeta, but Vegeta didn''t want to lose this quickly, so he quickly rolled over to the side, and watched as Killua''s foot dug into the stage, where Vegeta once was. [At least you know when you are in a bad position¡­ You were pretty quick there]: killua Killua decided to take Vegeta seriously, he then started mixing his Ki with his "Aura" aka "Nen" and covered his forearms in lightning. Killua then charged at Vegeta while being on the offencive, Killua began to pumble Vegeta into the ground, but Vegeta was just laughing like an idiot. [What''s up?... Realize that you will lose, and have no way for victory?]: killua [Haha¡­ No, I am laughing due to the fact that this is the most excitement I have ever had in a fight]: vegeta Killua stopped fighting, and took his distance, he then raised his arm, and looked at it. Killua''s arm was covered in Lightning that could easily give off 1 billion volts of electricity, he then looked at Vegeta who was being attacked with this electricity moment earlier. Killua then began to think hard while looking between the smiling Vegeta, and the fist that was covered with deadly lightning, Killua then put two and two together, he then shouted. [Vegeta! I didn''t know you were a M!... Stay away from me, I have someone I love in my mind! Even if she hasn''t accepted me yet, I won''t ever turn to men!]: killua Vegeta stopped smiling when he heard Killua''s words, he then thought about what was said before his face became Red from anger, he then blew up and started yelling. [I''m not an M! And I''m not GAY!... I have a wife, and a child!]: vegeta Killua then calmed down, he then remembered that Vegeta is married to Bulma and indeed does have a child. Killua then felt his worry leave his body, and began to face Vegeta once more, Killua then spoke some words to antagonise Vegeta. [Well if your not Gay, then I don''t mind fighting with you once more¡­ Because if you were Gay, then you would make moves to touch my Dick, and we wouldn''t want that]: killua Vegeta was just angry from the words stated by Killua and charged towards him, but this was just what Killua wanted as he sidestepped Vegeta, he then sent a strong kick into Vegeta''s back and sent him flying out of the arena and out of bounds. [Sorry Vegeta¡­ But I would like to fight with my Brother¡­ Good fight though!]: killua Vegeta then realized that he was tricked into charging towards Killua in anger, and lost due to it. Steve began to announce Killua as the winner of this round, and called for a repair break, Soren then took hold of Killua''s attention while reprimanding him for using such cheap tactics, to beat Vegeta. [You know Vegeta has anger problems¡­ But you shouldn''t use them against him, us Saiyan''s have pride to uphold]: soren [Sorry brother, but it was just too easy¡­ That will be Vegeta''s down fall in the future if he doesn''t get better]: killua [I know¡­ But we can only leave it up for time to tell]: soren After the small break, Steve began to call the next competitors to the stage. [That last match was amazing, was it not?... So let''s hope this next match will be just as interesting¡­ Can both Gon, and Zenith come up to the stage!]: steve Both Gon and Zenith went up to the stage and began their fight, while Goku, and Vegeta stayed to watch, even though they were both out of the competition. Goku stayed for the purpose of seeing all the strong opponents, while Vegeta stayed to watch Soren, he thought if he could gain any kind of insight into Soren''s power, he could make a breakthrough. Gon didn''t want to hurt his nephew, but he also didn''t want to lose, so he came up with an idea, and spoke. [How about this Young Nephew¡­ Because I don''t want to hurt you more than I have to, and I also don''t want to lose... How about we settle this fight with 1 move?]: gon [Do you really want to settle this with just one move?... I''m down, good luck Uncle Gon]: zenith Gon decided to mix his Nen with Ki and form his special Nen attack with Ki infusion. Gon pulled his fist back into the Kamehameha stance, while covering his fist with his other hand, he then began to gather all his Nen Energy into his fist while surrounding it with Ki. [JA!]: gon Gon''s aura spiked as a fiery Orange ball formed around Gon''s fist, but as the Ki infused into his attack, the color of the energy surrounding Gon''s fist changed into a deep Red color. [KEN!]: gon Gon''s power spiked even more, as his attack grew in size. Gon then watched as Zenith was just watching Gon charge his attack, Gon then spoke to Zenith, while telling him to ready his attack. [Young Nephew, you might want to get your attack ready¡­ If you don''t you might get hurt, or even die from my attack]: gon [I will be fine¡­ My attack has been ready]: zenith Soren heard Zenith''s words, but couldn''t understand what he meant. Soren then scanned his body for any power release, but couldn''t find anything, Soren then began to use Sakura to scan Zenith. ''Sakura, is there any kind of Energy coming out of Zenith?'': soren {DING!... HOST SHOULD KNOW THAT ZENITH HAS COMPLETED MANY QUESTS WHILE GAINING POINTS THAT NUMBER IN THE 100 MILLION''S, ZENITH HAS THEN PURCHASED THE SKILL (Vector Manipulation)} [Holy Shit!]: soren [What is it Soren?]: goku ''Crap!... I accidentally shouted out'': soren [Nothing, I just realized what attack Zenith is using]: soren [Really!?... Can you tell me?]: goku [It''s hard to explain the skill itself, but it is called Vector Manipulation, Gon will lose this fight]: soren [No way!... That sounds cool¡­ What does it do?]: goku Soren only sighed due to how much of an idiot Goku was, Soren just ignored him while looking at the shop to see how much Vector Manipulation costs. ''80 million huh¡­ I will need to save up, and with what the description states¡­ If someone overpowers you enough, Vector Manipulation is useless¡­ Perfect skill for Zenith'': soren Gon was just about finished with his attack preparation, he then shouted the last part of the skill name making it spike to it''s max, he then chose Rock as his attack form. [PON!... ROCK!]: gon Gon then charged Soren with an attack that could destroy a planet, Gon was hoping that Zenith wasn''t just trying to blow his own whistle, he hoped that Zenith had his attack prepared. Gon''s attack then hit Zenith straight on his chest, the force left from the attack sent Zenith sliding back a few feet, while Gon had most of the energy in his attack vanish, while around 40% remained and sent back to him. Gon was then sent flying out of the ring, and due to Gon not protecting himself, Gon went unconscious from his own attack being reflected onto himself. [W-We have it here folks!... The winner of this round is Zenith!]: steve Soren then flew over to Gon and fed him a Senzu Bean, this woke Gon up while Zenith also came over to make sure he was okay. Gon had gotten a nice boost from his Zenkai after eating a Senzu Bean, Soren and Zenith then took Gon back to the waiting room, Steve then called for both Krillin and Spopovich to come up to the stage. [I will take revenge for Gohan¡­ Prepare yourself you monster!]: krillin [Hehe¡­ No you won''t!]: spopovich [Due to the punishment penalty¡­ Spopovich will have to wait 1 minute before he can attack Krillin, but can dodge and evade all he wants¡­ MAtch Start!]: steve Krillin disappeared from his spot and reappeared in front of Spopovich, and right before Krillin hit him, Spopovich shouted. [I Concede!]: spopovich Krillin stopped mear cm from Spopovich''s face, Krillin was surprised to see that Spopovich gave up, and Krillin wasn''t the only one, as both Steve and the audience also had their mouths open in surprise. [...K-Krillin wins!... Spopovich had Conceded! Krillin will pass on to the next round!]: steve Spopovich then hopped down and went towards Soren''s direction, and when he found Yamu, they both went towards Soren, Yamu then spoke once they found him. [We have both lost¡­ Due to our agreement, you will give us back our Energy Collector, right?]: yamu Soren just turned to them both and spoke in a clam tone. [Well¡­ You are trying to revive an Evil being from Ancient times¡­ Under normal circumstances, I would say "Fuck You" and kill you where you stand¡­ But a deal is a deal, just try not to interrupt the rest of this tournament, or I will kill both of you along with Bibidi, and Buu]: soren Soren then took out the Energy collector and gave it to the two, they then both left towards Bibidi. And what Soren didn''t know, was Bibidi was watching Soren through both Yamu, and Spopovich, Bibidi felt utter fear, when Soren stated his plan to revive Buu, he then knew that if Soren were truly left alive, he would die, along with Buu, but he had no way of killing Soren, and hoped he could catch him off guard with Buu. Soren then went back to the tournament stage while informing both Goku and Vegeta about both Yamu and Spopovich leaving to revive Buu, they both then left to stop it from happening. ''Well I guess I should finish my battles so I can go back home with Whis and Beerus¡­ Goku and them will handle this'': soren [Can we get both Soren and Killua up to the stage ASAP!]: steve Both Killua and Soren entered the stage, but before Steve could start the match, Soren spoke. [Hey Steve¡­ Due to the teams being uneven, can we make this a 1v1v1v1?... I''m sure Krillin was unsatisfied from his last fight]: soren Steve looked over to Krillin who just nodded his head, he then looked to the crowd for confirmation, the crowd just began to cheer and Steve made this a 1v1v1v1. [Will both Krillin and Zenith join in the ring as well!]: steve Both Krillin and Zenith entered the stage, Killua then looked over to Soren with a look of disappointment, Soren noticed this and spoke. [Sorry Kill~... I will fight you 1 on 1 next time, I want to end this Tournament now instead of later¡­ Good Luck to you all]: soren Chapter 137 - The Tournament End [Then I am proud to announce the final match in the 25th Number One Under the Heaven Martial Arts Gathering!... Start!]: steve Zenith was the first to charge towards Soren, but Soren just dodged while looking over at Krillin dodging Killua. Soren didn''t want Krillin to end up in a pitiful state, so he caught Zenith''s foot right before it hit him in the face, Soren then spoke while grabbing not only the attention of the audience, but Killua and Krillin as well. [I still feel no challenge¡­ I want all 3 of you to team up against me]: soren Both Killua and Krillin stopped attacking each other and turned to Soren who had his left arm out, with his palm facing the sky, while his fingers extended towards the sky, and in a taunting motion, Soren opened and closed his hand with a smile on his face. Zenith was then released from Soren''s grip, he then jumped back and gathered next to both Krillin and Killua, Zenith then looked towards the two of them, and with a nod of the head between the three of them, they charged towards Soren. Soren then powered up to his Super Saiyan form and began to dodge, block, or counter the trio, Soren still felt that this was too easy, so he decided to completely focus on improving his own movements, Soren wanted to lesen the act of movements to as little as possible. Soren then closed his eyes to feel the Ki fluctuate in the air, he then began to make small movements, as to not waste stamina, Soren was then hit by all 3 of his attackers, and sent back a few meters, before he caught himself. [Haha¡­ Didn''t expect that, good shot guys]: soren Krillin, Killua, and Zenith began to fight with Soren once again, but Soren just continued his training. While Soren was doing this, the audience began to get mad towards the fact Soren hasn''t thrown a single punch or kick since the start of the match, they began to get antsy towards the fact Soren felt cocky in beating all 3 of his opponents, but soon they all calmed down when word started to spread that Soren was wearing down on the trio''s stamina before he makes a counter. Soren didn''t personally care what people thought about him, and just continued doing what he was doing, and while doing that, Soren unknowingly began to release God Ki, and in doing so, Soren caught the attention of Whis and Beerus, the two God''s then made their way to the Tournament and watched as Soren was playing with Killua, Zenith, and Krillin. [Oh my¡­ I wonder how far Young Soren will really take his power]: whis [Tch¡­ He still lacks proper training, and without our help he would never make it this far¡­ I want to go back to eating]: beerus [Come Lord Beerus, let''s just stay and watch for a moment longer]: whis Whis had noticed that Soren''s movements were starting to get more natural, as if his body was performing on its own. Whis even thought he saw Soren''s hair even turn Silver for a second, Whis was now more interested in watching Soren in this fight, then he was in eating as of now, so he made Beerus stay and watch as well, but Whis'' overall goal was for Beerus to hopefully catch some insight into Ultra Instinct due to this fight. ''I do hope you go far Young Soren'': whis Once the trio realized that they were never going to touch Soren in their states, both Killua, and Zenith had powered up into Sage Mode, while Krillin jumped back and started creating Destructo Disks, and throwing them towards Soren while controlling them to avoid both Killua, and Zenith, as well as the spectators. Soren started to sweat as he felt the power jump, and the death inducing disks tracking his location, Soren then powered up to SSJ2 and began to take the trio a bit more seriously, but the whole time Soren still kept his eyes closed and visualized all the attacks hitting before they actually hit. Soren was also happy that he had Observation Haki, as it made his training 10 times easier, as well as pushing his Observation Haki further, making his Ki crash into the invisible barrier, that kept Soren from the next stage. ''I think I will focus more on Observation Haki training when I get back to Beerus'' planet¡­ And then I will focus on turning my Ki into God Ki'': soren While Soren was fighting Krillin, Killua, and Zenith, Goku and Vegeta were busy fighting each other. Vegeta had a weird M symbol engraved onto his forehead, just like Yamu, and Spopovich, Vegeta had gotten so angry that Goku was progressing, while he was stagnant at one place, that he had given in to Bibidi''s offer for power. [You can''t beat me now Kakarot, just give up and tell me that I am the strongest between us]: M vegeta [Vegeta¡­ You are being controlled by this power! Snap out of it]: goku [Controlled? Haha¡­ I am the Prince of all Saiyan''s, Bibidi''s stupid little magic trick can''t controll me¡­ I am doing this because I hate you! I hate you so much, and it only makes it worse due to you being better than me!]: M vegeta Vegeta then charged towards Goku while Buu was getting away, and heading towards one direction. [... Soren! Vegeta! Snap out of it!]: goku [Never! Fight me Kakarot! Let me show you your place as a low class Saiyan!]: M vegeta Goku had remembered Soren''s words, but right now was not the time to worry about shortening my time here on Earth. Goku then started charging up his power and broke into SSj3''s power, but not turning into a SSJ3, Goku then charged at Vegeta and pummeled him into the ground, Vegeta had no way to fight back, and soon, Vegeta passed out, with the Majin symbol on his forehead disappearing. [Sorry Vegeta¡­ I didn''t know you hated me so much¡­ But now is not the time to be discussing this, Buu will destroy the city]: goku Goku then left Vegeta there and flew off towards Satan City. Soren was still battling with Killua, Zenith, and Krillin, but was soon caught off guard by a growing power, and once Soren sent out his senses, he caught sight of Buu turning the citizen''s into candy. Soren knew that soon would be the time to leave so that Goku and the Z fighters could grow, Soren then pumped up his power to SSJ3 Soren then threw 3 punches that launched Zenith, Krillin, and Killua out of bounds, Soren then powered down and waited for Steve to announce the winner. [You have it here folks!... The winner of the 25th Number One Under the Heaven Martial Arts Gathering is Soren!... And I would like to thank those who participated throughout, but due to Contestants Krillin, Killua, and Zenith all being beaten at the same time¡­ There will be one more fight between them once they have their rest]: steve Soren was then given a cardboard check for 10 million Zeni, Soren then opened a portal to his home hidden in the mountains and placed the check with Misha, he then told both Misha and Hancock that he will be going back with Beerus and Whis for a little while. [Have fun Husband¡­ Misha will be waiting for your return]: misha [Have fun my love¡­ Don''t get hurt!]: hancock Soren then searched for Whis and Beerus'' energy with the help of Sakura, he then opened a portal and stepped through, Whis was the first to notice Soren, Soren then spoke up. [You enjoy the battle?... I think we can go back to Planet Beerus now]: soren [Oh?... So you''re ready to go back now?]: whis [Yes, I have come here do do what I wanted]: soren [Oh?... So what about that strong Evil Energy that only you could beat¡­ Will you just let it run rampant?]: whis [Well technically¡­ That is Lord Beerus'' job¡­ The energy you are sensing is Buu¡­ He has just woken up, and if left alone will devour the whole Universe]: soren Beerus heard Soren call him out and felt angry, he then snapped at SOren for his words. [You dare tell a God what his job is?... And do you think I care what happens to the Mortals in this Universe?]: beerus [Well I would hope so¡­ Because if left alone Zen-Oh sama will destroy this Universe]: soren When Beerus heard Soren he started to sweat, he then questioned Soren on his knowledge. [How do you know about Zen-Oh sama!?]: beerus [Well Whis is teaching me about the God of Destruction''s duties]: soren Beerus then looked over towards Whis and realized that Whis is training Soren as a God of Destruction Candidate, but Beerus didn''t dare say anything less he gets put on time out, and is unable to eat any good food for a while. [Fine! I''ll destroy this stupid threat]: beerus Beerus stretched out his hands, but before he could do anything, Soren stopped him and spoke. [I forgot to mention¡­ Goku and his group can handle Buu¡­ You don''t need to worry yourself Beerus]: soren Beerus was upset, but just swallowed his anger, Whis began to chuckle while trying to hide it with his hand. Whis then had both Beerus and Soren grab hold of him, Whis then tapped his staff on the ground, then all three of them shot off into the depths of space, and after around 30 minutes, the three of them were back on Planet Beerus. [Well, I will be off training]: soren Soren then rushed off to train his SSJ4 form to perfection, while Whis decided to take a look into the fight happening on Earth. Whis was curious as to how Soren knew that Goku and his group would be able to defeat Buu, and for the next 36 hours Whis watched how Goku and his group fought and defeated Buu. ''Soren just keeps getting more interesting by the second¡­ I should introduce him to my Sister, she likes mysteries¡­ Hehe'': whis Soren then spent the next 3 years Mastering SSJ4, and he could now completely control his energy like he was breathing. Soren also took some of that time learning to control his strength, so now he had no need to power down, Soren had made his SSJ4 his new base form, Soren then got up from his seated position he then decided it was time to convert his Ki into God Ki, and the best person to help do that was Whis, Soren then shouted. [Whis!... Can I get your help? I will make you some delicious food!]: soren Once Soren said "Delicious food" Whis appeared in front of him, and Whis then began to speak. [You know that Lord Beerus had gone to take a nap 3 years ago right?... Are you trying to wake him early?... So, what does my young student need help with? And what food will you present me with this time?]: whis [Whis, I need your help turning my Ki into God Ki, I already have the body of a God, so I want the Ki of one as well]: soren [Oh? So it''s such a simple task¡­ I will help]: whis Whis then waved his staff and a door appeared, Soren had realized what this door was, but he wanted Whis to explain it. [This is a Training Chamber, once you enter, the time will be faster, 1 day out here is 1 year in there, but this is not the only different thing with this door¡­ Once you enter, you will be pressured by God Ki, the only way to move is to either use God Ki, or not leak any of your Ki]: whis Soren then entered the room and began to be pressured, Soren was so pressured by the God Kim he felt his body would implode. ''I need to either hold in my Ki, or expel it completely... I guess I should slowly start to expel it'': soren Soren then began to make his Ki leave his body, and the more he released, the stronger the pressure was on his body. And after 2 months in the room Soren had expelled enough Ki to force himself to his base form, Soren then continued to expel more Ki, and while his body was expeling Mortal Ki, his body was also absorbing God Ki. ''Just a bit more!'': soren Soren then spent another 24 hours to completely expel his Ki, he then massively absorbed God Ki into his body, but what Soren didn''t expect was for his body to not be able to hold it all, his body then exploded into a bloody mess, but soon it started to reform. [Well that hurt like fucking hell]: soren Soon Soren''s body was reconstructed, and his body was filled with God Ki. Soren''s body began to burn as he clutched his whole body, and a bright fiery Ki aura shot out of his body turning his hair Red in color, and his muscles slimmed down to around the size of when he was 18, back in Bleach, and Soren''s eyes became Red in color. [I did it!... Whis! I can come out now!]: soren Once Soren said that, a door appeared before him and he floated over to it. Once he left the room, the world felt different, the Ki that would fill his body now felt dirty compared to the Ki he absorbs now, Whis noticed his changes and spoke. [Looks like you did it¡­ But you blew yourself up to achieve it.. Hehe¡­ So, how do you feel? Godly?]: whis Chapter 138 - Ancient Saiyan Bloodline Soren clenched his fists a few times before looking back at Whis, Soren then spoke. [There''s only one way to find out]: soren Whis seemed to understand what Soren meant, he then got in a battle pose that said he looked down on his opponents. Whis had his left hand behind his back, with his staff in his right hand and placed in front of him, Soren then charged towards Whis with the intent to kick him, but to his dismay, Soren was too fast, he completely passed by Whis, Whis then turned and smacked Soren in the back with the tip of his staff. Soren was then sent flying deep into a sea of trees, and once Soren got up, he dusted himself off, he then decided to train his new power for a bit before coming out of the sea of trees, Soren then jumped up and down a few times while throwing a few punches and kicks, he then finished his brief moment of training by running back to Whis. Once Whis saw Soren take his new power under control in a matter of seconds, he started to clap while speaking in joyful tone. [Wow!... You got used to your new strength quite quickly! I am proud of you as a teacher¡­ But you still owe me some food, so can we continue this after we eat? I''m sure you''re quite hungry as well, are you not?]: whis Whis was right, Soren then went to his cooking station that Whis prepared, he then began to cook up a storm, and after a few hours of cooking, all the food was brought to a table where Whis was seated. [This looks amazing!... As always, thank you Soren]: whis Whis began to eat, while Soren just took a few plates full of food and went back to training, he had eaten all his food before taking a look at his System after many years. ''Sakura, can you show me my status please'': soren {DING!... SHOWING HOST STATUS¡­} {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Uchiha, Dragon-Saiyan, Soma Yukihira, Erina Nakiri, Sage, Hollow, Vampire Progenitor Titles: Dragon, 5+ more Power Level: 8,500,000,000 Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 78 Exp to Next Level: 10,950/320,000 Blindness: 19.6% Permanent -Level 79: Unlocks 79% reduction of Eye deterioration speed- -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Super Saiyan Mastered 100%, SSJ2 Mastered 100%, SSJ3 Mastered 100%, Sage Mode (A/N: forgot to add this one), SSJ4 Mastered 100%, God Base (Essence) Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. (Hakai is dependent on how much power is placed in it) -Skills-: 30 -List?- -Passive-: 15 -List?- System Points: 2.129 Million} Soren saw his status and was quite happy with it, but under his transformations God Red was only in its Essence state, and Soren didn''t know what that meant, so he decided to ask Sakura. ''Sakura, what does the Essence State mean? Aren''t I already a Super Saiyan God?'': soren {DING!... YES, HOST IS A SUPER SAIYAN GOD, BUT HOST HAS NOT MASTERED THE STATE¡­ SO ONCE YOU POWER DOWN, YOU WILL LOSE ACCESS TO THIS STATE UNLESS YOU GRASP HOLD OF IT COMPLETELY} When Soren heard this, he was happy that he didn''t power down, he then focused on grasping hold of his God Ki Essence, to the point where he would only draw in God Ki. Soren spent the next day in his God State, before checking his status to see God Base (Essence) was promoted to God Base (Red), Soren then reluctantly powered down, before powering back up to Super Saiyan God. ''Thank god it worked¡­ I would hate to have to redo the whole process once more'': soren Soren then had an idea to check all the quest he had completed over the many years he has been in this world. ''Sakura, Can you show me all the quests I have completed since being here?'': soren {DING!... SHOWING COMPLETED QUESTS¡­ -Completed Quests- -The Priests Watchful Eyes! - Reward- 500.000 System Points, 1 Super Dragon Ball, Word Quest Ticket x1 -A Change in History!- Reward- 10.000 System Points, Tree of Might Fruit x1, Note from God ¡­ 10+ Quests -An Angel''s Interest- Reward- 500.000 System Points, Training Equipment, Ancient Bloodline x1 -Anger of a God!- Reward- 700.000 System Points, Godly Clothing Set, Eyes of a God ¡­ 100+ Quests -Beerus'' Respect- Reward- 2.000.000 System Points, Skill form Beerus x1, Destruction Ki -Whis'' Respect- Reward- 3.000.000 System Points, Skill From Whis x1, Angel''s Ki ¡­ 200+ Quests -New Level of Power!- Reward- 6.000.000 System Points, 1 Super Dragon Ball, Note from God! -God Ki!- Reward- 10.000.000 System Points, 1 Super Dragon Ball, God Ki Manual, Note from God!! Answer! WILL HOST ACCEPT REWARDS?} When Soren saw all the rewards he flipped out, he had hit the jackpot. Soren quickly accepted all the rewards and saw a few notes pop into his hand instead of directly into the inventory, he then remembered that God tried to contact him, so Soren quickly opened the notes 1 by 1, in order. -Note 1- Dear Soren¡­ It has been quite a while since we have last had a talk, but this is important. I have found out that your moves have caught the sight of an Evil God, and she wants your life, at this moment she has sent someone from your earth before it was destroyed to the Dragon Ball Universe 100 years before you have arrived. You might be wondering how she can do that, but us God''s have control over Time, so she can alter the TimeLine however she wants, but due to you having the System that I created, she can''t alter your time, only I can do that¡­ Good Luck my boy, and I hope you don''t die P.S. The person she has picked will appear as Fu, I suspect you know who that is, yes? Once Soren finished reading the first Note it burnt into oblivion, not even the Grand Priest could reverse time on it to bring it back. ''So it looks like I have someone troublesome that will be in my way¡­ I wonder if I can turn them to my side?... I better read the next Note'': soren -Note 2- Young Soren, you have not read the last Note for some reason. I hope you have the chance to read it soon, but now on to the main reason I have contacted you. The Evil God has made a move here in the Divine land, and we can only hold her off for 2 Million Years at most, you should hurry up and gain your Divinity, so that you can join in on the fight¡­ I suggest going into a Cultivation World next so you can travel here¡­ Good Luck my Son P.S. Your Children have grown quite nicely, they will be strong just like their Father ''I swear, this Old Man is a weirdo, but that Evil God sounds dangerous¡­ I should make my moves quickly so I can be strong enough to protect my family¡­ What does the third note say, it sounded most urgent'': soren -Note 3- My Son, you must have forgot you have a System that gives you rewards for completing Quests. If you do happen to ever see this, be wary of this Fu Character, he has control over Time, and can control people with a mind technique, he also seems to be pulling together a team of fighters to battle you¡­ So far he has amassed 4 strong allies, Goku, Vegeta, Buu, and Hercule?... Goku has achieved and mastered Ultra Instinct, Vegeta has also achieved the same thing. Buu has become Unkillable unless you Seal him, just like you, and the worst of them all¡­ Hercule Satan, he has been turned into a God of Destruction, with Ultra Instinct and Infinite power on his side, he rules over all 12 Universes¡­ What the Fuck is happening!? P.S. Be careful my Son, you will ultimately die if you face them, not even your Immortality can help you When Soren read the third Note, he felt that his life was a joke,he didn''t believe Hercule could be that powerful, but if Fu had used the Super Dragon Balls then anything is possible, but they still couldn''t make him stronger than even Zen-Oh, unless Zalama the Dragon God is even stronger than Zen-Oh. Soren was then fearful of what will happen in the near future, he then made himself resolute to training and becoming stronger then even Zalama before he fights Fu and his allies, Soren then put his focus on strengthening his Super Saiyan God form. ''I should make sure this form is completely mastered before I try and ascend to SSGSS'': soren Soren then spent a few days in his God form and making sure everything was solid, he then tried to power down, but it didn''t work. [I guess all my Ki is God Ki, so I will need to go into SSJ4 in this form]: soren Soren then made his power spike before forcing it through the figurative door in his body, making his whole body change. Soren''s whole body was covered in Red fur except his chest and stomach, they stayed bare, his hair on his head was still Red in color just like the SSJ4 Gogeta, and Soren''s eyes were still Red in color with Red rings around his eyes, Soren''s power exploded out and Soren could feel that this new form was natural to him, he also felt that through this form, he could gather Mortal Ki once more. Soren then tried to power down once more, and he went from SSJ4 God down to SSJ4, but no lower than that, Soren then powered back up to SSJ4 God, before sitting in a meditative position, Soren then had the idea to come up with a name for this form. [What would be a good name for this form?... True Saiyan God Red?... I guess I will go with True Saiyan God, and only change it to True Saiyan God Red when I reach the next stage]: soren Soren then decided to take a look at all the items he received from the Quest Rewards, Soren then spent the next half hour looking over all the items, and after that he spoke to himself. ''So I have 3 Super Dragon Balls, I can guess it''s the 3 kept in this Universe, while the other 4 are in Universe 6¡­ Should I ask Whis to take me?... Not right now, I''ll wait until Beerus'' brother brings them here¡­ Let''s see, I also have received an Ancient Bloodline, I wonder what it will be¡­ Angel? Demon?... Maybe the Saiyan? Or a God?... I guess the only way to know is to use it¡­ Sakura, please use the Ancient Bloodline please'': soren {DING!... ROLLING ANCIENT BLOODLINE¡­ ROLL¡­ ROLL¡­ DING!... HOST HAS RECEIVED THE ANCIENT SAIYAN BLOODLINE¡­ WILL HOST INTEGRATE NOW?} Soren thought it would be that, Soren then decided to integrate the Bloodline, he could only hope he could get a better one next time. ''Yes, Integrate now please'': soren {HOST WILL EXPERIENCE A PROLONGED TIME OF UNCONSCIOUSNESS, WHILE THE SYSTEM MAKES CHANGES TO HOST''S BODY¡­ ESTIMATED TIME UNTIL COMPLETION 24:00:00¡­ START NOW} Soren then blacked out, and the System went to work with making changes to Soren''s body. After 24 hours, Soren had woken up in a bed, he had no idea how he got here, as he was outside 24 hours ago. ''I guess Whis brought me here¡­ I will thank him later, but first I need to inspect my body'': soren As Soren inspected his new body Sakura dinged out in his mind. {DUE TO HOST''S PREVIOUS BLOODLINE BEING SO CLOSE IN SIMILARITY TO THE ANCIENT SAIYAN BLOODLINE¡­ THE SYSTEM HAS DECIDED IN BEST INTEREST TO FUSE THE TWO BLOODLINES¡­ THE RESULT IS (Ancient Dragon-Saiyan) BLOODLINE} Soren had no idea what this Bloodline was, so he only had the choice to ask Sakura. {THE (Ancient Dragon-Saiyan) BLOODLINE IS A GOD''S BLOODLINE CAPABLE OF INFINITE GROWTH UNLIKE THE SAIYAN BLOODLINE} Chapter 139 - The Birthday Party Pt. 1 Soren was looking over the description of his new Bloodline, and if Soren didn''t know any better, he could still say that this Bloodline was Overpowered. ''Ikari Boost¡­ 15x!?... Ikari will keep increasing the user''s power by 15 permanently while fighting¡­ This is just too Overpowered¡­ I guess this is how Broly was able to power up so much during his fight with Goku and Vegeta in the new movie¡­ This must have been why the Ancient Saiyan''s were destroyed in the end¡­ And an Infinite Growth Potential¡­ Saiyan''s already have an almost Infinite potential, but now I have no limits¡­ It should make my way to the top much easier now'': soren Soren then looked at the other items gained, and what caught his attention next was the two types of Ki. ''Destruction, and Angel Ki¡­ Can I fuse them?'': soren {HOST CAN INDEED FUSE THEM¡­ HOST CAN FUSE ANYTHING, AS LONG AS HOST TAKES THE RISK OF FUSING} ''Oh yeah¡­ There is a chance of the fusing to fail and destroy what was being fused¡­ Should I do it?'': soren After thinking about what might come out of fusing the two types of Ki, Soren decided to leave it up to his Luck and fuse the two types of Ki. {FUSING KI TYPES¡­ FUSING¡­ FUSING¡­ DONE!... FUSE SUCCESS! THE CHANCE OF THE FUSE SUCCESS WAS 35%} Soren was happy to hear that the fuse was successful, he then took a look at what came from the fusion between the two Ki types. What came from the fusion was a Ki type called Angel of Destruction, Soren then started to fuse the Ki into his God Ki, and after a few minutes a change appeared inside of Soren''s Ki, the once fiery Red Ki, was turned into a White radiant aura with the same fiery Red aura sparking out here and there like the lightning of the SSJ2 form, but the most noticeable change was a Halo made of Ki that floated above Soren''s head. It was the same color of his fiery Red Super Saiyan God aura, Soren then checked out his new Ki and noticed that it was more calm then before, he also had amazing control over it, Soren then had an idea pass through his head, he then took out the God Clothing Set and put them on. Soren now was wearing a God of Destruction''s outfit that more resembled Beerus'' brother Champa''s outfit, He was wearing a Black, Red, and Gold Egyptian-looking attire with Gold diamond shaped decorations. [Oh!?... So you have chosen to take on the role of a God of Destruction so soon?... I''m so proud to hear that, I''ll inform my father]: whis Whis came out of nowhere, and right before Whis could leave Soren stopped him. [Wait!... No, I just thought that Beerus'' clothes look cool, I don''t want his job]: soren [Hmm¡­ What a shame¡­ Those clothes look good on you]: whis Whis took in Soren''s new look and felt an Angelic aura emanating from Soren, and still, no matter how hard Whis looked, he couldn''t see through Soren, and it started to irritate him. [Soren¡­ Who are you?]: whis [What do you mean Whis?... I''m me]: soren [No¡­ I mean what are you, what secrets do you hold inside your body?]: whis Soren quickly covered his most private parts before speaking. [I knew you had a flamboyant tone in your voice, but I didn''t know you swung that way¡­ How does Beerus feel about this?]: soren [Very funny Soren¡­ But I mean what genes make up your blood]: whis Soren didn''t know how to answer this question without outing himself having an Omnipotent System that is more powerful than anything in this Omniverse. Soren then tried to use his new God''s Eyes that he got as a reward and mix it''s power with his Sharingan, he then told Whis that the changes have to do with him unlocking his Saiyan Blood lineage, and it took a moment of silence before Whis spoke up. [Oh, okay¡­ The Bloodline of the Saiyan race is quite wonderful¡­ I could see why Lord Beerus wanted your race extinct, besides the fact that they have terrible food taste]: whis Once Whis said this he decided to go eat some of the left over food while leaving Soren to continue his training, but what shocked Soren the most was that Sakura rang out inside his head with a notification. {DING!... HOST HAS UNLOCKED THE (Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan) HOST''S VISION WILL BECOME CLEAR¡­ TO UNLOCK THE (Rinnegan) HOST MUST HAVE THE BLOOD OF BOTH AN (Uchiha) AND A (Senju)} ''But don''t I already have a Sage Bloodline?'': soren {CORRECTION!... HOST HAS A SAGE BLOODLINE, BUT THAT IS NOT A BLOODLINE FROM THE NARUTO UNIVERSE¡­ HOST CAN BUY THE (Senju) BLOODLINE FROM THE STORE FOR (1.000.000 System Points)} Soren wanted to buy the bloodline so he could get the next stage, Soren then opened the shop and pulled up the Senju Bloodline and purchased it for 1 million System Points. Soren then integrated the Bloodline and Sakura rang out once more, and shocked Soren with it''s words. {HOST HAS UNLOCKED THE (Rinnegan)... DUE TO HOST''S INNATE ABILITY, HOST HAS UNLOCKED A SPECIAL ABILITY CALLED (Time Manipulation)} ''Holy shit! Is that Urashiki''s ability, from the Boruto Anime?'': soren Soren wanted to test out the ability, his eyes then transformed into the Rinnegan, and he focused on the ability to control time, Soren then saw everything in a Gray color, he then looked over to the pond he sat next to, and watched as a fish jumped out of of the water before being picked up by a hawk like alien bird, Soren''s eyes then saw color once more and he was in his original position, he then turned his attention over to the pond and watched as a fish jumped out of it before being swooped up by a bird. [So this is just like Observation Haki¡­ I''m not as excited by it anymore]: soren Soren had thought that now, but in the future this one ability will be one that rules over all, and Observation Haki is nothing like it, it didn''t just let Soren see the future, but he could jump into the future, or even the past, but would only find out about this later. [I guess i should go see my family, I wonder how my kids and grandkid is¡­ Maybe I have more grandchildren?]: soren Soren just got up and wrote a note to Whis before leaving it under a small rock in his position before opening a portal to earth. Soren then stepped into the portal and came out in the center of the living room to the house he built well over 12 years ago, but when he appeared, nobody was there, he then looked around and found a calendar he just happened to look at and remembered what year it was. [August 18th¡­ Today is Bulma''s Birthday!... I guess everyone is at her party, maybe I should cause the start of the Battle of God''s?... I wonder what Bulma would like as a present?]: soren Soren was filled with questions to himself, he then decided to let plot play out, and if Beerus decided to come here and fight with Goku, then so be it. Soren then decided to use his Dragon Balls as a present, he would let Bulma make 1 wish on them, and soon after Soren decided to go visit Bulma''s party he flew off. Soren would have teleported, but decided to take a stroll, and look over the scenery on Earth, Soren then spent the next 15 minutes flying over Earth at a slow pace, he then got to a docking port where he saw a party yacht leaving. [There they are¡­ I''ll go board it I guess]: soren Soren then found an open spot for landing, he then landed down while dragging the attention of many people. [Who is that?¡­ Was that magic?... No he must be a hired performer?... Look at his clothes!... Is he an Egyption?]: people on the boat As Soren made his way to Bulma who was on the stage, more and more people began to comment on his attire, and this didn''t go by anyone''s ears as one man heard Egyption Attire and quickly turned his attention to where the commotion was coming from. ''Soren!?... What is he doing wearing that?... Perhaps¡­ No¡­ But I feel nothing coming from him¡­ And his hair¡­ Is Red!?... Is this a new form of Super Saiyan?... He keeps surpassing his old strength every time I see him'': vegeta Vegeta kept asking himself questions, and after Soren got close enough to see him, Vegeta watched as Soren waved at him. [Vegeta!... Hey! Are you going to come greet me!?]: soren Vegeta just grit his teeth before jumping over to Soren, he then landed right next to Soren, and with his arms still crossed spoke. [What are you doing back?... I thought you were training with Lord Beerus and his Gay atendant?]: vegeta [I would watch myself if I were you¡­ Whis is not gay, he is just a bit flamboyent¡­ Also, what if he heard you? Do you think you would be safe from his wrath?]: soren Soren joked with Vegeta, he then got serious before speaking once more. [I had come home to see my family, but nobody was there¡­ I was wondering if they were here, are they here?... Also, I have a Birthday Present for Bulma]: soren [Bulma had invited everyone¡­ Your wives are over by the pastry table, and Zeno is with his daughter and wife, sitting over there¡­ As for Zenith, Killua, and Gon, they are with Kakarot god knows where training]: vegeta Soren looked around as Vegeta pointed towards where everyone was, Soren even caught sight of both Gohan and Videl, he then watched as both Trunks and Goten came over to Zeno, they then ran off with Shizu following them. Soren then decided to forget about what he just saw, as he told himself they were just going to play somewhere, nothing like dating or anything, Soren then looked back at Vegeta and spoke. [Do you mind bring Bulma here, my present is special, and I need to be here for her to use it]: soren [What did you get her?]: vegeta Soren didn''t care if Vegeta knew about his present, he then pulled out 7 Purple Dragon Balls, with Black Stars inside them. Soren then realized that he has yet to reinfuse them and upgrade them, he then sat them on the ground around him and sat in the center in a meditative state, Soren then began to infuse them with all of his God Ki. and after just a few minutes they gave off a Godly glow, Soren then got back up while making all 7 Dragon Balls float behind him, Vegeta watched this and just asked. [How do you have Dragon Balls?... And what did you just do to them?]: vegeta Soren thought to lie about them, he then spoke. [I wished to be able to make my own Dragon Balls, and I just infused them with my new prowess to make them stronger¡­ I estimate that they could Destroy a God Candidate]: soren Soren didn''t know what they could do, but still thought they could cause a lot of trouble for a God of Destruction. Vegeta heard what Soren said and felt a bit of two things towards Soren, fear, and respect, the respect outweighed the fear as Vegeta just went to go get Bulma, the two of them then came back to meet Soren. [Hey Soren¡­ Vegeta says that you have a Birthday Present for me?... What is it?]: bulma [I want to give you a wish¡­ Anything you can think of, can be yours]: soren [How can you do that? Only the Dragon Balls can do that, and even they have their limits]: bulma [Just try me¡­ What is your wish Princess Bulma, any one wish and I will grant it]: soren Soren''s words made Bulma blush, and Vegeta just got angry over the idea that Soren was flirting with his wife, Bulma then took a minute to think before she spoke. [Hmmm¡­ I want to look younger]: bulma Soren just smiled before he spoke. (Dragon Saiyan)[Wish Granted¡­ Great and amazing Kuroi, come and grant my wish!... I want Bulma to have a Youthful appearance throughout the rest of her life!... You can go back to the Dragon realm after that]: soren [What language did you just speak in?]: bulma Right as she said that a gigantic Black Dragon with Purple and Gold accents appeared and granted the wish before disappearing as quickly as he came. Soren then took hold of the Dragon Balls before placing them back in his inventory, Soren then took a look at Bulma who looked just like she did when she was 21. [What was that?... Why do I feel younger?... Soren answer! Was that a Dragon like Shenron?]: bulma Chapter 140 - The Birthday Finally Soren didn''t know how to respond as Bulma kept asking more questions before Soren could even answer the first couple. Soren then raised his hand, this movement made Bulma shut up in anticipation for the answer to come. [Yes, Kuroi is a Dragon like Shenron, but Kuroi is many times more powerful than Shenron¡­ As for why you feel younger, the wish I made to Kuroi, was for you to look like you did back when you were 21 for the rest of your Mortal life]: soren Bulma took in what Soren said, she then ran off to find a mirror, leaving Soren and Vegeta to talk, but nobody knew what was going on in her head as she was running off to find a mirror. ''So that''s why both Misha and Hancock stay so youthful!... Well now I will as well¡­ hehe¡­ Best Birthday gift in the world!... Thank you Soren'': bulma As both Vegeta and Soren went over to the buffet table, they were met with both Buu and Hercule grabbing some food. Buu was eating the pudding, while Hercule was tasting the Pork Ribs, Soren then made note to stick a few cups of pudding into his inventory for later use if needed, the two Saiyans then had an Eating Contest between themselves. [You may beat me in strength Soren, but you will never beat me in eating!]: vegeta [Bullshit! I have always had a bottomless pit for a stomach¡­ You will need to have your stomach pumped after you face me!]: soren [HAAAAAAAAA!]: soren/vegeta The two hungry Saiyans then began to give their war cries before digging into all the food they brought with Chef''s from all sorts of different stands began to flood their table with even more food. Soren then broke the nonstop sound of fooding being scarfed down with a few words of temptation towards Vegeta. [How about this Vegeta¡­ *Munch* If you beat me *Swallow*... I will make you a *Munch* God¡­ How does that sound?]: soren Vegeta then looked up towards Soren, and while still eating, he spoke. [What *Munch* do you mean¡­ *Chomp* By God?... *Swallow* We are *Munch* Saiyan Elites!... A *Chomp* term like being a God¡­ *Swallow* Means nothing to us!]: vegeta [*Swallow*... Shame, I could have *Chomp* made you stronger than *Munch* Kakarot]: soren Vegeta just ignored Soren as he would never throw away his pride just for power. (A/N: Though he had done it a couple times¡­ He still feels this way) [So¡­ *Munch* What''s it like *Chomp* training with a God?]: vegeta Soren thought about it for a moment before answering. [Well¡­ *Chomp* Whis is a great *Swallow* Teacher¡­ He is so much *Chomp* stronger than Beerus¡­ *Munch* If you would like¡­ *Chomp* I could ask him to... *Swallow* Train you as well]: soren When Vegeta heard this he quickly shot up and shouted, while spitting all the food that was in his mouth out towards Soren, but before it could hit him, Soren''s aura disintegrated the flying food. [You would do that for me!?]: vegeta [Sure Vegeta¡­ Let me call Whis]: soren Soren then spread his senses all across the Universe towards Planet Beerus, he then spoke when he realized he connected to something. ''Ahh¡­ Testing¡­ Testing¡­ Is this Whis?'': soren ''Yes this is he¡­ What are you doing Soren, I saw your Note¡­ Really?... "Going to a Family Reunion, be back, who knows when"?... You don''t have much class when you write do you?'': whis ''Come on Whis¡­ You know that was good¡­ But I''m on Earth. I had come to visit my family, but then realized it was one of my friends'' Birthday¡­ So I came to celebrate'': soren ''I see¡­ It appears that you are in an eating contest with the Saiyan known as Vegeta, I am to asume?'': whis ''Yes¡­ Well¡­ Onto why I called you¡­ Do you want to come over to Earth for some food?'': soren ''Food!?... I''ll be right over!'': whis ''Wait!... Wake up Beerus, there is a thing called Pudding here, that he might like'': soren ''I will be sure to do so¡­ See you in around half an hour'': whis Whis then cut the connection and Soren began to focus back on eating. Soon half an hour passed and Whis was still not here, and Soren was wondering what kept them busy, and only after another 10 minutes, and the Eating Contest being won by Soren, did Whis and Beerus make their appearance. [I seem to remember this place quite fondly due to its food¡­ So where is this offered food at?]: beerus Soren then flew up next to the two and greeted both Whis and Beerus. Once Beerus saw Soren''s new outfit his face contorted, he then spoke with a relative disgust in his voice. [Soren¡­ You remind me of my Brother¡­ Why are you wearing a God''s clothes?]: beerus [Well Beerus¡­ I love how they look on you, so I thought I would try on a set]: soren [That''s fine¡­ Just don''t go around proclaiming yourself as the God of Destruction¡­ It will sully my name]: beerus [I would never¡­ I don''t even want the position, it sounds like too much work¡­ You can keep it]: soren Soren gave Beerus a snide remark, he then looked over at Buu who had all the pudding, he then hurriedly told Beerus about it. [Well Beerus¡­ Have you ever had Pudding?... If not, you should try some¡­ Over there]: soren Soren then pointed over at Buu who was about to walk away with the last tray of Pudding, Beerus then quickly disappeared and reappeared where Buu was previously and asked. [Can I get some of that stuff called Pudding?]: beerus The stand owner then spoke in a kind tone. [Sorry¡­ That guy over there just took the last of it]: owner Beerus then turned towards Buu and began to walk over and ask Buu for a cup of Pudding. [Excuse me¡­ But I couldn''t help but notice you have the last of the Pudding¡­ Would you mind sharing with me, and give me one?]: beerus Buu just looked at Beerus, and with his once squinted eyes like how they normally are, they opened wide as he spoke. [NO!... THESE BELONG TO BUU!... Cat man is too late]: buu Beerus couldn''t handle the disrespect, he then shouted at Buu, while using his status to try and win him a Pudding. [How dare you speak to the God of Destruction like that! I suggest you hand over a Pudding right this instant!]: beerus [Buu can hand over an ass whooping, if that''s what Mr. Cat Man wants!]: buu Soren was utterly shocked with the words that left Buu''s mouth, he then thought to himself while Whis was covering his face with his hand as he chuckled. ''Damn¡­ Since when did Buu become a Savage?... He has no respect for Beerus¡­ Beerus might just blow up the planet now, guess it''s time to step in'': soren The scene then played out as it had in the Movie, with Buu being beaten by Beerus, and Bulma stepping in to stop the fighting, while slapping Beerus, as he was ruining her Birthday Party. Soren just sat back and watched as Beerus then stepped up to Bulma, who just looked Beerus right in the eyes with an angry expression. Beerus then raised his hand, Vegeta saw this and went to make a move to save Bulma, but ultimately, he was too slow, Beerus had now slapped Bulma across the cheek, injuring her just a little. ''*Sigh*... What will I do with you now?'': soren [Y-YOU!... HOW DARE YOU!¡­]: vegeta [Watch yourself Vegeta¡­ I am the God of Destruction and I ca-]: beerus [HOW DARE YOU TOUCH MY BULMAAAAAA!!!!!]: vegeta Vegeta''s Ki exploded as his anger forced his power past the SSJ3 levels, but still his form stayed in the SSJ2 state. Vegeta then punched Beerus right in the face and sent him flying, Vegeta then began to chase him down, only to get beaten into the ground, and soon after, Beerus dusted himself off, and flew up next to both Soren and Whis, he then spoke loud enough for everyone to hear. [My day has been ruined¡­ First I was woken up from my nap with promises of this so-called Pudding, I then had to take a trip to visit an old friend named King Kai, only to be challenged by an Idiot. I then came here to taste said Pudding, only for it to be hogged by this Fat piece of lard over there, and I was then slapped by some weak Mortal with no power at all¡­ And to top it all off, I was then challenged once more by a buffoon with no power. Say goodbye to your world]: beerus Soren then watched as Beerus made a small sphere of Destruction Ki the size of his fingernail. Soren saw this and with his tongue, licked his Index finger and Thumb, before appearing behind Beerus, and put out the Sphere of Destruction. Soren had also learned this move from the "One of Beerus'' Skills" redeemable token, so naturally, Soren could put out something as such, with little effort. Soren''s current BP was around 55% of Beerus'' power, and if Soren was going all out, his BP would rival around 80-90% of Beerus'' power. Soren was still far away from beating Beerus, but could at least show him a good time, and Soren was by no means weak, as Beerus was shown being able to take on 3 Gods of Destruction as the same time, and he by far ranked as Number 1 among the Gods of Destruction, with only The Angel Attendants, Grand Priest, and Zen-Oh ranking above him, Soren believed that he could beat quite a few of the God of Destruction''s, while going toe to toe with Champa. [Why have you stopped me?... Just because you are a God now, doesn''t mean you have the right to interfere with my Job!]: beerus [If you keep destroying the planets like this, then you won''t have a job¡­ As Zen-Oh will destroy all of us]: soren When Soren said Zen-Oh, Beerus started to freak out, as he tried to look around while making sure nobody heard Soren call him by name like that. [How many times do I have to tell you!... You must refer to him as Zen-Oh sama¡­ Whis! Tell him to use the proper terms so that I don''t get destroyed!]: beerus [Oh ho ho ho¡­ Soren, Lord Beerus is right¡­ You must refer to Zen-Oh sama, as such¡­ Or you may be erased if he feels disrespected]: whis Soren just agreed while mentally rolling his eyes, he knew that Zen-Oh only destroyed things, because he is mentally a child, even though his age is Immemorial. Soren then felt a new Ki flare out, and he felt familiarity towards it, Soren then remembered that Goku should have been watching this fight the whole time, she then looked over to see Goku preparing to fight once more, Soren then spoke, catching everyone''s attention. [What do you want Goku?... Why are you releasing your Ki?]: soren Goku then descended before he started speaking. [I want a rematch of course!... Beerus is so strong! I want to fight him again]: goku [Hey! That''s Lord Beerus to you!]: beerus Goku just ignored him while he continued to explain to Soren his reason for wanting a rematch, Soren then spoke to try and make the Story progress. [The only way you can fight with Beerus, is if you become a God¡­ Would you like the method?]: soren [Yeah!... How do I become a God?]: goku Soren then explained the story about 5 Righteous hearted Saiyans coming together to give their pure Energy to 1 Saiyan, this would then initiate the Ascension into Godhood. Soren then watched as Goku gathered Gohan, Trunks, Goten, and Vegeta, they then tried it, but no luck. Soren then explained they needed 6 people, 5 people would give 1 person power, they then heard Videl speak up, while every other Saiyan was busy right now doing god knows what, everyone was then shocked to hear that Videl was pregnant, they then tried the ritual and Goku was turned into a God. Goku then spent the next 30 minutes sparring with Beerus, just like how they fought in the Movie, and soon the battle ended with Beerus taking the victory of course, and soon after Whis invited Goku and Vegeta to train. Chapter 141 - Death of Frieza... Again It had now been about 1 Year since Whis had taken both Vegeta and Goku back to Planet Beerus, along with Soren, and over that time, the following events happened. Beerus had decided to take a nap, and while Beerus slept, Whis had Soren show both Goku and Vegeta how to do the chores, that entitled dusting and sweeping the whole castle every day, to keep a clean and clear environment for Beerus, while he slept. Soren then showed both Goku and Vegeta how to clean and reset Beerus'' room, and at first, Soren had to save Vegeta and Goku from Beerus'' grasp, as he almost killed them like Beerus did to him, and after the chores were done, Whis had both Goku and Vegeta train in the same special regimen that Soren had undertaken. Soren had also achieved the Blue form of his Super Saiyan God form, this made his God Ki spike drastically, as his new form was basically a Blue SSJ4, with longer hair that reached down to his mid back, Soren then spent a few days training the form, as it was just like Super Saiyan, as it drained away at his Stamina. Soren made a realization then and there, that his god form was basically a restart on life, but with God Ki, that''s why Goku''s hair doesn''t spike up in his God form, but just turns Red in color, and from there, the God Blue form is like a Super Saiyan with God Ki. Soren then remembered that, in the Dragon Ball Super series, during the Tournament of Power Arc, Vegeta had reached a new form of Super Saiyan Blue, Soren then thought it was either a SSJ2 form, or a form like Stage 2 of Super Saiyan, but the main theory that came to Soren''s head, was that Goku''s Mastered Ultra Instinct must be like a new Base form, meaning he jumped the SSJ2, and 3 forms, and went straight into a new God Base form. Soren then spent the rest of the time until the Frieza Arc meditating, and Sparring with both Goku and Vegeta, sometimes Whis would even join in to try and help Soren break through, but Whis would only overpower Soren, and beat his ass, it was now the day when Bulma would give Whis a call, asking for both Goku and Vegeta to come back, she then bribed Whis with Ice Cream, and Whis agreed to come, but before he could do anything, Goku stepped forwards and had everyone grab hold of him. Beerus was first to grab hold of Goku''s shoulder, then followed by Whis, Soren, and then Vegeta, Goku then searched for a strong power, which was given off by Gohan, and they teleported with Instant Transmission, Soren was then surprised to see a message pop up from Sakura, and he read it. {HOST HAS WITNESSED (Instant Transmission) SKILL FIRST HAND, AND THE SYSTEM HAS COPIED ITS BASICS, AND FOUNDATION¡­ THE SYSTEM HAS NOW ADDED IT TO HOST''S SKILLS} Soren was surprised to see that he could use skills if he experienced them first hand like teleportation, he then hoped that there could be other techniques that he could use from experiencing them. ''I should work on upgrading my proficiency in this skill for future use¡­ But right now, I will be squashing a bug'': soren Soren was now back on Earth with Goku, and Vegeta by his side, while both Whis and Beerus went over to Bulma for the Ice Cream treat she had promised. Soren then watched as their appearance was now noticed by the slime known as Frieza, Frieza saw the faces of his most hated foe''s in all existence, he then noticed the change in one of them in particular, and that was Soren, Frieza noticed he looked more ape like, with Red hair, and fur, he then had a bunch of jokes pop into his head, and started speaking. [Quick! Some catch the Monkey that escaped from the Zoo. Hahaha!... I never thought an ape could gain such intelligence, but it seems you''re still not all that smart, as you have come before me to die¡­ But oh well, a Monkey will always be a Monkey]: frieza Soren had stopped caring about the racist bastard before him, as it was pointless to change his personality, Soren just decided to beat him at his own game and come up with his own jokes to use against Frieza. [You got a big mouth for someone with such a limited vocabulary¡­ All you know how to say is "Monkey" this and "Monkey" that, but in the end you still scream for mercy all the same¡­ I''ll give you one chance¡­ Leave Earth and never return to this part of the galaxy, right now¡­ Or you can die today, along with the rest of your Frieza force, and just so you know, the Dragon Balls can only wish someone back once]: soren Frieza was livid, he had never felt so humiliated by a Monkey in all his life. Frieza then had all of his remaining men attack Soren, even though Frieza knew that all his men would die, he still thought with the remaining 500 or so troops, that they would at least make Soren lose a limb. [ATTACK!!... Kill that Monkey! And his friends too!]: frieza Both Goku and Vegeta were ready to make a move, even though they didn''t get into a fighting stance, but before they could do anything, Soren raised his hand to halt them, Soren then spoke in a calm tone. [I got this¡­ I haven''t used this move in quite some time¡­]: soren Soren then filled the air with his King''s Haki, and centered it towards all the remaining Frieza force members, but due to how strong it was, and how long it had been since Soren used his King''s Haki. It was a little out of control, as some people like Krillin, Tien, and Roshi, had all felt the tiniest bit of the leftover Aura, the three of them fell to their knees, while all the Frieza force members died from the pressure, they then began to fall out of the sky like flies. [Sorry guys!... I haven''t used this move in quite some time]: soren Soren apologized to the people he didn''t target with his Haki, but still were affected, Soren then turned his attention back to the remaining two people alive on Frieza''s side, Frieza, and his right hand man, Tagoma. [Looks like the two of you were strong enough to survive my Aura¡­ Let''s see you survive the actual attack]: soren Soren then cracked his knuckles while preparing to launch towards Frieza, but before Soren could make his move, Goku shouted. [No fair Soren! I want a turn! You fought him on Namek, so I wanna fight him here!]: goku [No Kakarot! It''s my turn! Frieza stepped on my pride since the day I was born, I want to fight him!]: vegeta Soren then watched as both Vegeta and Goku argued with each other, completely ignoring both Frieza, and Tagoma. Soon, Soren had enough of their fighting and decided to settle this argument with a Rock-Paper-Scissors match between the three of them. [Rock-Paper-Scissors-Shoot!]: soren/vegeta/goku Soren could have used his Sharingan to see the muscle''s tense before they threw what they would pick, but Soren didn''t feel like cheating would be fun for this, so he let it happen naturally. [I win!]: goku Goku had won, while both Vegeta and Soren had gone to sulk over by the cliff side. Goku then rose into the air and was joined by Frieza shortly after, and just like the movie Frieza asked if Goku was going to transform, but Goku just said he didn''t think he would need to. Frieza then began to fight with Goku, they threw a couple of punches, and soon came together while interlocking their hands, they then had a match between strength. Soon Frieza began to squeeze Goku''s hands while taking his tail and wrapping Goku''s leg, Frieza then tried to throw him, but before he could do so, Goku grabbed hold of Frieza''s leg. [Let go you Monkey!]: frieza [Never Frieza!]: goku After a short stalemate, Goku decided to squeeza Frieza''s leg, and in turn making him scream out and release his tail grip on Goku''s leg, Goku then threw Frieza into the ground. Frieza then began to release his 50% Full Power, he then charged at Goku and began to fight with a slight advantage, but still nothing that made Goku feel the need to transform, but he knew that Frieza wasn''t going full power. [Frieza¡­ Release your full power]: goku [Hmph!... Fine!]: frieza Frieza then released his 100% Full Power, but Goku still felt that this was not his full power, so he just decided to go Super Saiyan, and force Frieza to use his full power. Frieza was once more pushed around by Goku, and Goku then said the same thing once more, but Frieza didn''t want to show his new form, but still wanted to see Goku''s face when he realized that it was pointless to fight with him, so he spoke. [How about this¡­ You transform into your final form, and I will do the same¡­ It''s only fair right?]: frieza Goku just agreed and began to transform, but Frieza saw this chance to make Goku pissed off and tried to fire a Ki beam towards the people down below, but Goku caught him and spoke. [None of that Frieza]: goku [Fine!]: frieza Goku then started to charge up and let out his scream as his power soared and pushed through barriers, soon a Blueish White film covered over Goku, it then began to disintegrate leaving Goku in his SSGSS form, shocking not only Frieza, but the Z fighters down below, Krillin just felt that Goku keeps reaching new heights and has left him behind. [So¡­ Will you face me seriously? Or Will you run?]: goku [What is this?... Super Saiyan with Blue hair dye!?... Prepare to die Goku¡­ HAAAAAAAAAAAAA!]: frieza Frieza gave out a scream himself as his body let off Golden flames, and what was left in its place was a new form of Frieza with Golden skin. Goku watched as Frieza was also releasing God Ki himself, he felt that Frieza would now be a good opponent, and he couldn''t help but repeat his thoughts. [You know¡­ You would be a great sparring partner if you weren''t so Evil]: goku Goku and Frieza then had an intense battle with it being mostly interesting, all the way until Vegeta got tired of watching and flew up stepping in between both Frieza and Goku. [I let you have fun¡­ Now it''s my turn!]: vegeta Vegeta then began to fight Frieza, and Soren only watched as the Movie slightly differed at this point, Vegeta jumped in to take over when Frieza showed his power, instead of jumping in to tell Goku to get serious like he did in the Movie. Soren then watched as Vegeta fought Frieza to the point of exhaustion for the both of them, they both came down to the ground as Frieza powered down unwillingly, Vegeta felt that this was the fault of a Form that hasn''t been perfected, he then smiled as he went to end this fight, but soon was attacked by Tagoma. And unlike the Movie, Soren had already known, so he had made moves to take care of the sneak attack bastard known as Tagoma, and Frieza watched as Tagoma was killed, he then fell into his rage and used the last of his Ki to destroy the whole planet, but Soren wasn''t having that as he used Hakai to destroy the gathered Energy that Frieza was putting together, he then killed Frieza with a Ki beam. [What did you do that for!? I was going to kill him]: vegeta [You are too young to be talking to me like that¡­ I just saved our lives¡­ Frieza was about to blow up the planet with his remaining Ki, but is seems you were to fed up in Revenge that you didn''t sense this Vegeta]: soren Vegeta quickly shut up as he realized that Soren was right, he didn''t sense anything because he was too focused on killing the man who tortured his whole race since even before he was born. [I am sorry¡­ Thank you]: vegeta [What!?... Vegeta is apologizing!?... This is a new development, hehe]: soren After the battle was over, Soren, Vegeta, and Goku all went over to where Whis, Beerus, and the other Z fighters were, they all then went back to the Capsule Corp building for a nice feast made by Zeno. [You truly are a wizz in the Kitchen my Son]: soren [Well it''s all because of you Dad¡­ You taught me how to Cook, and I just improved over time and at School]: zeno Soren tried to quiet Zeno, as it would be problematic if Whis or Beerus overheard what Zeno said, it would also be one hell of a time explaining to the two of them about a School that doesn''t exist here. Soren then spent the next couple weeks improving the Instant Transmission skill, to the point where it fused with his Spatial Travel skill, he could now either open a portal, or instantly teleport to a set of coordinates, or to a specific Ki signature. Soren was happy to see that he could open portals that connect to other Universes with the fusion of the two skills, but he would need the coordinates to the other Universes. ''Looks like I need to summon Kuroi, I should also revive King Kai, as Goku has forgotten that he is still dead¡­ But it would be funny to see him freak out if I don''t revive him, even though I could'': soren Soren decided to get all the Universe coordinates and revive King Kai, Bubbles, and Gregory. Soren then went to a deserted part of Earth where he summoned Kuroi and wished for both of those wishes, before sending Kuroi off to the Dragon Realm. [Goodbye Master¡­ See you next time]: kuroi Soren then went back to the Capsule Corp building before heading back to Planet Beerus with Whis, Beerus, Goku, and Vegeta, but before that Soren didn''t forget to say goodbye to his family, before he left. Chapter 142 - Tournament Date Set! About a week after Frieza was defeated for the third time, Soren was sitting in a meditation position, while both Vegeta and Goku were training in the weighted training suits made by Whis. [Soren¡­ Why aren''t you training with us?]: goku [Shut up and focus on training Kakarot¡­ Haven''t you noticed that for the past whole Year, Soren has not reverted back to his base form. Not even once]: vegeta [Oh! So is that what Whis is training us for?]: goku Soren was getting irritated by Goku''s nonstop questions, he then spoke while keeping his same meditative position. [No, that is not the reason for training¡­ And I am training¡­ You may not believe it, but I am under 5000x Earth''s gravity, and have not removed it since I have achieved my God form¡­ So these training suits are just useless to me, even if Whis could increase the weight, I could do so as well]: soren [That''s so cool! How do you do it?]: goku [Magic¡­]: soren Soren then sensed a power that is similar to Beerus, he then remembered what date it was, and while thinking to himself, Soren suppressed his Ki down to 0, and now not even a God could sense his Ki. ''I guess Champa is here¡­ i wonder how Vados will look compared to the Anime'': soren Soren then looked over his head and watched as two figures landed before both Vegeta and Goku, Soren then quickly joined them, and stood before a breathtaking beauty, and a fat Purple cat. The two were Vados, and Champa, Just as you would think, Champa is an exact Copy of Beerus, just fat in appearance, and his God of Destruction clothes matched Soren''s in color, but had solid circles and diamonds as his decorations. Vados on the other hand wore the exact same thing as Whis, but Green in color, she was a stunning beauty that had no comparison besides his own Women, Hancock was the most beautiful women in her world, and Misha was definitely a Goddess when it comes to beauty, Soren had fell for Vados right when he saw her, and decided that he wants to invite her to his Harem. It was also at this time, that Whis had appeared before both Champa and Vados, he then began his greetings to the Beerus look-alike, and his older sister. [Greetings Lord Champa, and Elder Sister¡­ How may I help you today?]: whis Before anyone could answer, Goku jumped in and shouted. [He really does look like a fat Beerus]: goku Vados heard this and began to chuckle while covering her mouth, while Champa didn''t take too kindly to Goku''s input, he then shouted. [I''m not fat!... Beerus is just too skinny!]: champa [So I see that you have taken on 3 really interesting students Whis]: vados [Why yes I have¡­ My most interesting student is Soren]: whis Whis pointed over towards Soren, while Vados scanned him, she couldn''t help but feel a sense of familiarity towards him, but couldn''t tell how, and in the end, Vados just brought her gaze back to Whis. [Any way¡­ Now that introductions are done, where is my brother!]: champa [Oh, I''m afraid he has just went back to his nap]: whis Champa was mad at Whis'' words and just spoke. [I don''t care¡­ Go wake that lazy bum up!]: champa [As you say Lord Champa¡­ I will go get Lord Beerus]: whis Whis let out an inaudible sigh, and went to go wake Beerus up, and when he left, Champa caught sight of Soren and saw what he was wearing, he then spoke in an angered tone. [You!... Where did you get something like that?]: champa [This?... I made it¡­ I thought that Beerus looked cool, so I made a set just like it, but in Red as that''s my favorite color]: soren When Champa heard this he got angry at the reason, he then wondered why Beerus had never told him to take it off, but it then hit him, the person before him would be Beerus'' replacement. Champa then dropped the conversation right in time for Whis to come back and invite everyone into the room that Beerus had Whis go and prepare. [So¡­ What do you want this time Brother]: beerus [It''s time for our Food Battle¡­ You won''t win this time]: champa Beerus looked uninterested, he then took up the offer and watched as Champa took out some Alien Eggs. [What are these?]: beerus [Humph! These are the Eggs of the Don Don Bird¡­ The taste they give when you boil them are otherworldly¡­ Try one, hehe]: champa Beerus then took an egg and began to open it, while doing so Champa even gave Soren, Goku, and Vegeta an egg as well. Once the eggs were opened they all began to eat them, both Vegeta and Soren felt they tasted just like any normal Boiled egg, and would taste even better if a bit of Salt and Garlic powder were sprinkled on top, and luckily Soren had some. Soren then pulled it out and sprinkled some on it, and this was caught by everyone in the room, with Vegeta and Goku asking for a bit to be sprinkled on what remains of their egg. [Soren what are you doing?]: beerus [Huh?... Oh!... Well I just thought that these taste just like regular eggs on Earth as you probably already know¡­ So I was just adding a bit of flavor to them, want half of my egg?]: soren Beerus quickly knew what Soren was doing and quickly took half of Soren''s egg, while Champa watched the once bland faces turn much better, he then quickly asked to have some of the stuff Soren put on the egg, and once receiving some, ate his egg that he was holding onto, in hopes that Beerus would beg him for it. [T-this!... You! Where did you get that... seasoning, you called it?]: champa [Oh that?... It''s nothing, you could find anywhere on Earth, but before that¡­ Beerus, I think it''s our turn to show off a food yes?]: soren [Yes indeed¡­ Whis! Bring them out]: beerus Whis then waved his staff and 7 Super Sized Cup O'' Raman''s appeared, along with a pitcher of Hot Water. The 7 cups were then filled, and a sand glass the size that held 5 minutes worth of sand was then flipped, and after 5 minutes of Champa impatiently waiting for something he felt would taste like crap compared to his eggs, the cups were ready, with everyone grabbing a cup. [This is amazing!... Beerus, where did you get this!]: champa [From Earth¡­ It''s quite a great place, you should stop by the one in your Universe some time]: beerus [It''s settled¡­ Vados, look up our Earth]: champa But just like in the Anime, the Earth in Universe 6 was self destroyed, and Champa challenged Beerus to a Universe battle, with the winner getting to keep Earth. [What do you mean¡­ Earth is already in my Universe]: beerus [Not if I wish for it to be moved to my Universe with the Super Dragon Balls¡­ Hehehe, what will it be Beerus?]: champa [You on¡­ But if I win, I get the Super Dragon Balls]: beerus Champa then remembered something, and then spoke. [Well the thing is¡­ I only have 3 Dragon Balls, the other 4 should be here in your Universe, but I could only find 1]: champa Soren then remembered that he has the other 3, and that meant that the Dragon Ball that is covered by Space matter is probably the Dragon Ball they are talking about, and Soren then decided to speak out so that they can have the battle instead of Search for something that will never be found. [Not to worry¡­ I have them¡­ I was planning on asking Whis to help me gather them for a specific reason]: soren [Were you now?]: whis [Oh?... So a Mortal was able to get 3 of the Super Dragon Balls?... You just keep getting more and more interesting¡­ So, do you mind telling me where they are?]: vados [With me of course¡­ Just like you and Whis, I have my own Space pocket to store things]: soren [Give them here Mortal¡­ Only a God should be able to have such an item]: champa ''But I am a God..'': soren [You can have them if you win the Tournament]: soren [You heard him Brother]: beerus [Fine!... Vados, let''s go¡­ Now!]: champa [Hey!... Don''t talk to a Beauty such as Vados like that Chubby]: soren Vados just looked unfazed towards Soren''s comment but the next words that left her mouth said otherwise. [*Higher Pitch* Come on Lord Ch- *Cough Cough- Normal Voice* Come on Lord Champa¡­ We will see them again at a later date]: vados [Hmph!... See you in 1 week Beerus, pick 5 of your strongest fighters, and I will pick 5 of mine from my Universe]: champa Vados and Champa then left Planet Beerus, and Whis had both Vegeta and Goku go train while pulling Soren back. Soren felt like this was going to be one of those "Brother gives Sister Boyfriend a Warning" talks, but Soren didn''t know how off he was, because Whis'' next words would forever scar Soren. [Listen Soren¡­ You are a prodigy among all the Mortals in this Universe, but my older Sister has many suitors, and I don''t want you to end up like them]: whis [What happened to them?]: soren [Well I killed them of course]: whis Whis said this with a big and bright smile on his face, he then left Soren there with a horrified look, as he began to walk away humming a tune, and while watching this, Soren felt that this was weird, he then thought of something, and if he was wrong, he would only die, so he tested his theory. [Whis¡­ I get you want to protect your sister, but she is a grown up, and can make her own choices¡­ I have only known her for less than an hour, but I already feel like I love her¡­ I hope you can forgive my rudeness, but I will still pursue her, to be my 3rd wife]: soren Whis quickly turned around and appeared before Soren''s face in a flash, he then spoke. [You have some balls¡­ The others did not, that''s why they died¡­ And I can''t bear to hurt one of my students, so I will forgive you¡­ And if my sister so accepts you, then I won''t be opposed¡­ Have a good day Soren]: whis Whis then disappeared leaving Soren in a stunned position, and the only thoughts running through his head were that he made the right decision to tell Whis that he would still pursue Vados even after his threat. Soren then passed out, and when he woke up he was in his bed inside the Castle, Soren then got up and began to train himself to be stronger, but before that he looked over the Bloodline''s that were considered Godly. ''Angel Bloodline¡­ 20 Million¡­ Expensive, but it seems that it can grant the user access to Ultra Instinct after years of training'': soren Soren then bought the Bloodline and integrated it to his body, and the Angel Ki inside his body started to heat up and circulate. Soren''s hair started to stand on end and flash between his Saiyan God, color hair and a Pure Whitish Silver color, but soon calmed down and went back to his Red hair in his Saiyan God form. ''Was I bordering Ultra Instinct?... I don''t want to achieve it yet¡­ If I do, it will ruin my foundation¡­ I will try to achieve it once I raise my Body to match it''s overwhelming strength'': soren As Soren thought this, someone in a far off place felt another angel being born, and it was not one of his kids. [This is an Interesting development¡­ That anomaly somehow fused his body with Angel blood¡­ But that should be impossible]: ??? Chapter 143 - Tournament Between Gods Pt. 1 Soren then spent the next week training his body to stand the strain that True Saiyan God Blue has when you stay transformed for a long period of time, and by the end of the week, Soren was able to stay in his True Saiyan God Blue form indefinitely. [Soren¡­ Are you ready to go pick up the other?]: whis Whis appeared before Soren and asked if he was ready to leave, and go pick up Vegeta and Goku, along with the other contenders and the spectators. [Yeah¡­ Let''s go then]: soren Soren then got up and followed Whis to where Beerus, Champa, and Vados were waiting, along with the Supreme Kai''s of Universe 6, and the fighters of Universe 6 themselves. [It seems that we have a full party¡­ Will they be the fighters?]: soren Soren spoke while knowing full well that the people before him would be the ones to fight for Universe 6, but he decided to play dumb as it would push any questions on how Soren knew so much, even if it was obvious. [Yes¡­ These are the fighters of Universe 6¡­ But I don''t see any fighters of Universe 7, where might they be?]: vados [We will be picking them up now Sister¡­ Hohoho]: whis Whis didn''t say anything about Soren being a participating member, and just left it as a surprise for later. Vados then took everyone into the Cube shaped ship and flew off towards Earth, but before they went there, Vados made a trip to where the Fight would be held, so the fighters of Universe 6 could get off, along with the Spectators of Universe 6. After all the preparations were made, Vados then lent the Cube to Whis and had him go pick up everyone else, and soon after Whis landed the Cube on Earth, and everyone who would be participating soon entered the Cube and Whis flew the Cube towards the Planet/Dragon Ball, but the only people who knew that the planet was the Dragon Ball, were Whis, Vados, and Soren. Once the Cube landed, the spectators were then introduced to the area made for them, while the participants were made to take a test, those who passed the test were allowed to fight in the Tournament, while those who failed were not allowed to enter. Soren then sat down in a seat towards the back, and watched as Vados face changed a bit, as she noticed that Soren would be fighting for Universe 7, she knew that if Soren fought, it would be utter defeat for Champa, and to help fix that, Vados changed the answers on Soren''s test before having all participants turn over the paper and continue, and Vados then spoke. [You all have a test before you¡­ You will have 30 minutes to finish it the best you can, those of you with passing scores will be allow to participate in the Tournament, and those who talk about, share, or steal answers from others on the test will be disqualified, and those who don''t get a passing grade will fail and not be allowed to join¡­ You may begin!]: vados Soren then turned over the quiz and saw that the answers on the quiz were impossible for most people, let alone an idiot like Goku, so Soren knew what happened, and thought to himself. ''Cheeky woman¡­ You changed the questions on my quiz'': soren Soren just gave a small smile that didn''t escape Vados'' eyes, she then decided to watch Soren closely, to make sure he didn''t try to cheat. ''Lets see¡­ Question 1, What year were the Gods of Destruction, Lord Beerus, and Lord Champa instated to be Gods of Destruction¡­ If I remember correctly¡­ Whis said Beerus has been the God of Destruction for around 267 Million Years now, so Champa should have been the same, as they are twins¡­ Question 2¡­ Question 8¡­ Question 10, How do you feel about the Angel Vados?... Hold on¡­ This quiz is targeting me'': soren Soren then had a devious smile appear on his face as he started writing once more. ''Lady Vados is the most beautiful woman in the Universe, and stands next to my 2 wives in terms of beauty. I would love to take Lady Vados on a couple of dates around the Universe, or cook her some food. And maybe after a few years, ask her to Marry me, and become one of my wives'': soren Soren then flipped his test over, while setting his pencil down, Soren then laid his head down while waiting for time to be called, but someone didn''t think Soren laid his head down due to being finished, she then thought to herself. ''So he has given up¡­ It hasn''t even been 10 minutes¡­ Such a shame, he is kinda cute as well¡­ But alas, Father forbids relations between an Angel and a Mortal, not even the God of Destruction and their Angel attendant can be in a relationship with each other¡­ If only he was an Angel'': vados If Soren could tell what Vados was thinking, he would know that she feels extreme lust towards having a relationship, but due to the rule set by her father, all the Angels will not be permitted to have relations with any other race but another Angel, and not even a God could have a relationship with an Angel, and soon another 20 minutes went by and Vados shouted out. [Times up! Pencils down! Anyone still holding a pencil will be disqualified¡­ Now please stay seated while I grade your papers]: vados Vados went through the papers one by one and graded them, while hoping she could get to Soren''s paper soon enough, she wanted to see what he would write in the last box after realizing that this paper was impossible to finish for a mortal, and that he should know that she did something. Once Vados got to Soren''s paper, she was shocked, all the answers were correct, and what surprised her even more was what Soren wrote for the last answer, all she could do was stare at it for a while, and once she realized she was looking at his paper for way too long, Vados looked up towards Soren, and all Soren did was give her a wink. [All of you pass except Majin Buu¡­ He has failed to answer a single question on the test¡­ Let''s go to the Arena then]: vados Vados then led all the participants to their waiting area, while Universe 6''s participants were already in their seats, due to them taking the test before Soren''s party arrived. Soren then watched as a little Green Alien looking man in a Black and Red spandex suit came out to the stage and introduced himself. [Greeting contestants from Universe 6 & 7¡­ I will be the announcer for this Tournament between the Gods of Destruction Lord Beerus, and Lord Champa¡­ So before we get into the matches, please give a moment of silence for the Universe''s National Anthem]: announcer When the Announcer said that, a little Purple penguin looking thing with an antenna on his head, and a Red bowtie around his neck, came on stage with a mic, then the Universe''s National Anthem''s music started to play. [*Que Music for 20 seconds straight, then Music cuts*... The Universe is really vast!~ *Music cuts back on and finishes*]: purple penguin Once the lights cut back on the spectators from Earth fell on their asses from shock, while shouting. [So short!?]: earth spectators Soren, Beerus, Whis, Champa, and Vados were all still standing proud of the Universe National Anthem, Soren even forced a small tear in his eye for joke purposes. And once the Purple penguin left the stage, the announcer came back while crying himself, due to how beautiful that one line was, he then began to speak once more. [Now that we have heard our beautiful National Anthem, can the Gods of Destruction choose the order of the participants]: announcer Soren wanted to go first, but so did Goku and Vegeta, Piccolo didn''t really care, but still wanted to fight, so that he could see where he stood in terms of strength. Goku then got the idea to ask about Monaka, Soren knew that Monaka was basically a cannon fodder who Beerus just happens to know, because he delivers the mail every saturday. [Monaka will be the last to participate¡­ Do remember, he is out last resort, he must only come out if it is an extreme measure!]: beerus Beerus started to sweat while grabbing Goku and pulling him away from Monaka, Soren then spoke up saving Beerus from the grave he was digging for himself. [Goku¡­ Monaka is the most powerful existence in this Universe, if he were to fight, he might lose himself and destroy the whole Universe¡­ So it is imperative for us to use him only in an emergency¡­ Understood?]: soren [Oh! Okay!... Sorry Monaka, I won''t bother you again]: goku Goku then went to go play Rock-Paper-Scissors with Vegeta and Piccolo, Soren then went to join them, but decided to whisper something to Beerus. [You know¡­ If you think the mailman is all that powerful, you should let him fight first¡­ Hehe¡­ Don''t worry, I got this]: soren [You better you brat¡­ If you don''t and we lose, that you will be cooking for me for 600 years before I let you go]: beerus [Yeah yeah¡­ Hehe¡­ I can''t wait to fight that Purple penis head, he looks to be the strongest one on their team]: soren Soren then joined in on the Rock-Paper-Scissors, he was lucky enough to go First, while Vegeta got Second. Soren then had an Idea, Soren then spoke out, grabbing Champa''s attention. [Hey Champa! Can you make your positions a bit different!... That Saiyan brat! Can you make him last? I want Vegeta to face him]: soren Champa heard Soren and shouted in anger. [What did you say! I am a God of Destruction, yet you speak to me like some old time friend!?... Why should I change my team''s spots? What do you have to offer?]: champa [I can give you some of my Spare food¡­ I made it myself]: soren When Champa heard Soren say that he was going to offer spare food that he made himself, he almost wanted to shout out and kill Soren for being ignorant, but stopped himself as he saw what happened next. [Soren! Give me some¡­ Sharing is caring after all]: beerus [But I don''t care¡­ Besides, you get enough of my food¡­ Look at you, you might be gaining some pounds¡­ And what about your dignity Beerus, look at you, your drooling over the thought of my food]: soren [Soren! How dare you!... Don''t make me destroy you now, share with me or else!]: beerus Champa saw how Beerus was insistent on eating food made by Soren, he then thought about Soren''s offer and quickly accepted and shouted. [I have changed the roles¡­ Now give me some of that food!]: champa Soren just smiled and took out a table filled with food, he then used his Telekinesis to float the table and food over to Champa. Once Champa smelled the food, he began to dig in, Vados even caught a whiff and tried a piece of fried chicken, with a special dipping sauce made by Soren back in the Food Wars world. ''Oh my!... I feel like my taste buds are in heaven, with baby Angels covering me in dipping sauce, and surfing on fried chicken throughout the dipping sauce that my body has been submerged into¡­ Is this food really made by that guy named Soren?.. He offered Food in his answer to Question 10¡­ Should I take him up on it?'': vados Soren felt bad watching Beerus drool over the food that was once in his grasp, but now over on his rivals side being gorged on by his rival himself. Soren then took out 4 more tables that had food covering them, he then let both Goku and Vegeta start eating along with both Whis and Beerus, Soren then shouted over to Zeno who was over with the spectators along with his family and friends. [Zeno¡­ You mind cooking some food for this event?]: soren [No problem Dad¡­ I''ll get right on it!]: zeno Zeno then took out his own instruments from his inventory and began to cook with foods and ingredients he had, but that wasn''t enough, so he opened up his shop and began buying foods and ingredients from there. [Well¡­ With this wonderful smell, maybe we could all have food after the match¡­ But I will first introduce the first fighters¡­ Can both Soren and Botamo please enter the ring]: announcer The announcer''s mouth began to water, he wanted this Tournament to end as quickly as possible. Soren saw as both Beerus and Champa were too involved with eating, so he just gave a sigh before using a blunt Ki blast to ring the gong, and nobody seemed to care that Soren did that, as they were busy eating. Soren then walked up to Botamo and gave one final sentence to him before sending him flying out of the ring with a grab of his foot. [You can go eat the food now you piggy]: soren The announcer watched as Soren threw Botamo out of the ring, and out of bounds. The announcer then began to announce Soren as the winner and call out the next opponent. [Will Contestant Frost please enter the Arena]: announcer Both Goku and Vegeta caught sight of Frost and began to intently watch as Frost gave his heroic speech, and while many might have believed it, and saw Frost as a Hero, Soren already knew he was bad news, the gong was then started by Beerus, and Soren used his Kings Haki to make Frost fall unconscious, he then revealed Frost for cheating while saying he could see the needle with his sharp eyes, disqualifying Frost anyway. Chapter 144 - Tournament Between Gods Final After Soren heard that Frost was no longer a participant in the Tournament, he held Frost in place where he was, he then spoke while looking over towards Champa''s side. [I''m sorry Champa, but I will be taking care of some garbage now if you don''t mind]: soren Champa heard Soren, but didn''t understand what he was talking about, he then asked in a bit of an angry tone. [What are you talking about! You should be fighting the next round already]: champa [Well¡­ Frost here hasn''t told us everything yet¡­ And I will just be killing him]: soren Right before Champa could speak, a boy with what looked to be a different kind of Saiyan Armor spoke up in Frost''s defence. Soren knew him to be Caba, and he had the same appearance as any other Saiyan, but had no tail, and Soren knew that from the Anime, Universe 6 Saiyans have no tails, due to Evolving past them. [Wait!... You can''t kill him! He''s a Hero¡­ Yes it was wrong for him to have such a weapon, but he only did it for the greater good! I swear!... I fought with Frost on the battlefield many times, and he is a kind man¡­ You can''t kill him for such a petty reason of having a weapon, but he still hadn''t used it!]: caba Soren just looked over at Caba, and with an audible sigh, he gave Caba a glare that made him shut up, Soren then began to speak once more while grabbing everyone''s attention towards an ability he just made, along with a reason he just made up. [I have the ability to read someone''s past¡­ You really think Frost is a good man?... Haha, do you know how many planets he has ordered a hit on, only to jump in at the end to save it, and look like the "Hero"... He then sold those planets afterwards¡­ He is nothing different to his race in my Universe¡­ Only¡­ I think Frieza was way more honorable with doing his Evil in the open, while Frost does it from the dark]: soren When Caba heard this he was speechless, he thought that the Saiyan before him was the most vile creature, he thought Soren would make up lies just to kill someone. And while Caba was thinking this, Champa and the others thought about it while Champa spoke. [Hey Mortal¡­ Do you even have proof this happened?]: champa [Well yes I do¡­ But Vados could also show you¡­ How about I do it instead]: soren Vados heard Soren''s words and just gave a chuckle, Soren then pulled Frost towards him and grasped Frost''s head in his hand. Soren then closed his eyes and entered Frost''s consciousness, Soren then found all of his memories and displayed the ones related to Planetary Trade, Soren then watched as a monitor made of his Ki started to display scenes of worlds that he called hits on, and how he fought off the people he called to raid, before acting like the Hero, and then when he traded the planets. The scenes soon ended after 30 minutes of sped up video, and everyone on Universe 7''s side thought Frost was no better than Frieza, while Champa just looked over to Vados and spoke, only for Caba to listen in. [Is all this true Vados?]: champa [Yes my Lord¡­ You asked me to find strong contestants for this Competition, not virtuous contestants]: vados Champa was surprised to hear Vados'' words, and he wasn''t the only one, as Caba was the most surprised, and felt a little heartbroken as well. He looked up to Frost for what he was doing when Frost saved all these planets, but it seemed that he was just faking it. Soren then clenched his hand that was holding Frost''s head, killing him instantly, and nobody said anything, while Caba wanted to still stop him, but didn''t as he didn''t know what he should do with Frost afterwards. [Well now that Frost was disqualified for cheating, Soren will not be disqualified¡­ Will contestant Magetta please enter the stage!]: announcer Soren waited in the same spot while Magetta came down, Soren just looked at him with content, Champa then had Beerus agree on putting a dome over the stage making it a cage match. Beerus had full confidence in Soren so he agreed, the announcer then announced that this will be a cage match as Vados made a cage surround the stage. [Let the match start!]: announcer Soren wanted to see how hot it could actually get, but he wanted to be through with this as fast as possible, he then began to speak. [Hey Bucket head!... What are you waiting for? You piece of scrap metal, fight me!]: soren Soren then watched as Magetta started to malfunction, he then crashed into the stage and then the Announcer began counting to 10. [...8, 9, 10!... Magetta has lost this fight! Soren is the winner!... Would contestant Soren want to give up the next match, or continue?]: announcer [Give up?... I don''t know the meaning¡­ Send out the next contestant]: soren Soren then watched as a Purple man with the head shape of a Penis came down to the stage. He was wearing a long, turtleneck, Dark Purple, Blue, and Grey trench coat. He wears a Dark Cyan undershirt, Dark Purple elbow and knee pads, and Dark Purple wrist guards. He also has a Dark Cyan belt with a Yellow buckle. His pants are Dark Cyan and he wears a pair of Dark Purple boots with Black toe-and-heel armor, the man''s name was Hit. [You seem strong¡­ Will you give me a fight?]: soren [... Hmph!]: hit Hit didn''t say anything as he kept his eyes closed, Soren felt that Hit underestimated him bing time. Soren then decided to play Hit in his own game, and once the announcer spoke the word "Start" Hit stopped time, he then walked up to Soren and hit him in all of his vital points, but none that would kill Soren. Hit then walked back to his spot and let the Time stop run out, and once it did, Soren was knocked around while spurting blood everywhere. [GUHAANNN!]: soren Soren then fell to the ground, and the announcer began to count, while Hit just turned around waiting for the announcer to reach 10, but the numbers never came. [H-he''s up!... Contestant Soren is back up]: announcer Hit then turned around only to see Soren hit him, Hit then stopped time right as he began to fly back, making the force of the punch, halved. Hit then caught himself and charged towards Soren while hitting all of his vital points once more, before time started back up, with Soren spurting even more blood. [*Cough Cough* BLERGGGHH!... You have no morals do you¡­ But don''t think you are top shit, I have been an Assassin since I was 2]: soren It was also at this point that Sakura rang out inside Soren''s head. {DING!... SYSTEM HAS ANALYSED THE (Time Skip) SKILL¡­ HAS BEEN ADDED TO HOST''S SKILLS LIST} Soren only gave Hit a smile before he stopped time and ran towards Hit for an attack, but Hit felt something weird happen and also stopped time, only to see Soren charging him. [What!?!?]: hit That was the first word that Hit had said this whole fight, while Soren continued to charge towards Hit. The two then began to fight in stopped time, before time ran out, making the two appear in a completely different spot than before. [You have the Time Skip ability as well?... But how!?... There''s no use thinking about it now]: hit Soren and Hit then disappeared back into the cracks of time as both of their Time Skip abilities began to rise to even higher levels, they could now stop time for 6 seconds, this was enough time to kill off a whole army of people. [I thank you for helping me learn your ability¡­ But I should end this fight soon¡­ Maybe we could fight once again in the future under free rules]: soren Soren then powered up into his True Saiyan God Blue form before stopping time once more and charging towards Hit. Hit also stopped time, but it was too late as Soren was already before him, Soren then used his Rinnegan, only for his Special Ability to harmonize with Time Skip and auto activate, masking even Hit slow down. [This is the end¡­ See you next time]: soren Soren then punched out all over the pressure points on Hit''s body, Soren then watched as Hit''s eyes turned White as foam started forming in his mouth. Soren then deactivated his Rinnegan and stopped his Time Skip, He then watched as Hit fell down unconscious, while the announcer came rushing over and checked on Hit before announcing the winner. [We have it here¡­ Soren is the winner!... Will the next contestant come down]: announcer Caba then came down after promising Champa to win, and once Caba came down, Soren looked over to the announcer and spoke. [I would like to take a rest¡­ So I will pass this match¡­ Vegeta your turn!]: soren Soren then left the stage to go eat some food, while Vegeta finished what was in his mouth and came down to the stage. Once Soren got back Beerus congratulated him while also yelling at him for not fighting the last match, but Soren could care less, he already knew that Vegeta wanted to fight Caba to teach him. Goku then came up to Soren and started complaining about how he took all the fun, Soren just ignored him and went to the table full of food and began to eat. [With the change of participants on Beerus'' side, I will now announce this fight to start!]: announcer Vegeta just looked at Caba and spoke in a calm tone. [Come transform to your max transformation]: vegeta Caba just looked at Vegeta in confusion before asking. [Transform?... What do you mean?]: caba Vegeta was shocked, he then spoke out. [You are a Saiyan right?... If you are then you should be able to transform into a Super Saiyan¡­ So transform!]: vegeta Vegeta transformed with his last 2 words, shocking Caba and Champa, he then looked over at Vados as for confirmation that Vegeta was a Saiyan. Vegeta then noticed that this was something never seen by Saiyans in Universe 6, he then decided to teach Caba. [Us Saiyans can transform into something called the Legendary Super Saiyan, and if you train hard enough you will become like that guy over there]: vegeta Vegeta pointed with his head towards Soren who was eating, Soren saw this and pointed to himself in question asking if he was talking about him. Soren then went back to eating while Caba specifically remembered that Soren has a tail, he then asked. [He is a Saiyan too?... How? He has a tail¡­ Saiyans don''t have tails]: caba [Ohoho¡­ Saiyans in your Universe don''t have tails?... Our Saiyans have tails, but as you can see¡­ I don''t have one as I have cut mine off¡­ Soren on the other hand never cut his tail off¡­ Now, I will teach you how to transform]: vegeta Vegeta then began to try and tell Caba to get angry, but no matter how angry Caba got, thinking about how Frost betrayed them, he couldn''t transform. Vegeta then came up with an Evil idea, but had Good intentions, he then started beating Caba up, and no matter what Caba did he couldn''t retaliate, Vegeta then started to get angry that Saiyans were so weak in his Universe. Vegeta then began to tell Caba that after he beat him, he would take a trip to his home planet and kill everyone, not because he was mad at his planet, but because Caba was too weak, and it would be fun to destroy a planet of weak beings. Caba then began to get mad, while still being thrown around, and once Vegeta said he would do it right after this Caba snapped, Caba''s hair began to stand on end in a Golden Yellow color, Caba then began to charge at Vegeta, and fight with Vegeta equally in SSJ2. Vegeta was happy and began to smile, Vegeta then turned into SSGSS aka Super Saiyan God Blue, he then told Caba to remember that anger before knocking him unconscious, and winning the match, thus making this an ultimate defeat for Champa. Champa then gave Beerus a glare before trying to reason why it was unfair for Beerus to win, he then came up with a reason and spoke in a shameless manner. [Beerus! We need a rematch! You used a God to fight my team¡­ Soren should be disqualified because he is a God, and this was a tournament for Mortals]: champa [Bull shit!... You kept calling me a Mortal, but now I am a registered God!?... We won fair and square, stop being a sore loser]: soren [He''s right Champa, don''t be a sore loser, we won fair and square]: beerus It was right then and there that Soren felt a Huge God energy, and knew what was coming their way, before preparing himself. Chapter 145 - Super Dragon Balls! Just as Beerus and Champa were about to trade fists with each other, they finally noticed the presence and started sweating. Once the presence was felt, Beerus, Champa, Whis, Vados, and Soren began to gather together, and right once they gathered, 4 figures appeared in front of the gathered group of Gods and Angels. What Soren saw were Two tall, Cyan-skinned individuals that wear large high collared Purple jackets with Golden lining, buttons and shoulders that cover their face. Underneath, they appear to wear a sectioned Grey full body suit, with Gold and Purple tipped boots. At all times they have their arms folded behind their backs, leaving their hands not visible. They also wore a long pointy tipped Bronze hat, that ends in a Silver ball at the top. They have very angry and menacing looking eyes, that made whoever they look at feel fear, everyone except Soren that is, Soren then heard a voice that sounded like a child''s voice come from the Two tall beings. [Please move so I can see]: ??? Once the two beings heard the voice, they began to sweat and quickly moved to the side, showing a small child-like figure, with Sky Blue skin, except for two sections from his ears to the middle of each eye on both sides of his head, which are Purple. He has small round eyes, and small rounded Grey "ears". His main attire is a Magenta and Yellow lined coat, with Yellow pants and Magenta shoes. He wears a Black and White shirt underneath, with the kanji for "All" on the front, and has a blank expression on his face. Soren knew that this was Zen-Oh, otherwise known as King of All, or Omni King, Zen-Oh had came forwards with a man on his side that looked like a smaller version of Whis, Soren knew this person to be the Grand Priest in the English version of the Anime, but Grand Minister, in the Japanese version. The Grand Priest has thin hook-curved eyebrows, and he possesses what appears to be a Blue-colored halo like those of his children, though it autonomously floats above his head instead of hanging around his neck, much like Soren''s halo . The Grand Priest''s apparel consists of a Dark Blue long-sleeved shirt, with baggy shoulder pads, that run beneath his Red-colored belt with the Kanji symbol for "Great." The shirt is complimented by a matching color pair of jodhpur-like pants, and White boots that run beneath his shins. (A/N: MC Hammer''s pants) [G-GRAND ZEN-OH!!... You should have told us you were coming, we would have welcomed you properly¡­ Please forgive us sir]: beerus/champa Beerus and Champa gave a direct 90 degree bow, while both Whis and Vados gave a bow as well, just not as deep. [Greetings King of All¡­ How have you been?]: whis/vados [I have been good¡­ But I had noticed an unscheduled Event, so I thought I would drop by and see what was going on]: zen-oh [Forgive us your Majesty!]: beerus/champa [Don''t worry about it¡­ I very much enjoyed what I have seen¡­ Hmm, a Martial Arts Tournament, it was called?... We should have another one, but with all the other Universe involved]: zen-oh [Y-Yes your Majesty!... We must definitely have another one]: beerus/champa Right after both Beerus and Champa said that, a certain idiot jumped through the crowd, and came before Zen-Oh. The idiot was none other than Goku who still had a piece of meat in his mouth, Goku then finished the food and shouted. [Really!?... That would be great! I didn''t get a chance to fight in this one, so I would love to fight in another one that involves all the other Universes!]: goku When Goku finished his sentence, the two Omni King guards flew before Zen-Oh to protect him from this unexpected guest, while being ready to kill him at any moment, but before anything could happen Zen-Oh spoke. [Move!]: zen-oh The guards heard this and quickly moved, as to avoid being destroyed. Zen-Oh was then face to face with Goku, and watched him intently, as to try and figure out why Goku was unfazed by his presence. Other than the Grand Priest who just follows Zen-Oh''s every command, Goku was different, he was the only other person who showed a lack of reserve around Zen-Oh, and Zen-Oh liked this quirk about Goku. [Yes! We must!... And Soon! I will be in touch¡­ Ahh..]: zen-oh [My name is Goku! I heard your name was Zen-Oh¡­ So it''s a promise right?]: goku [Definitely!]: zen-oh [Then let''s pinky promise]: goku Goku stuck out his pinky towards the small Omni King, and Zen-Oh just looked at it before sticking his hand out and wrapping his pinky around Goku''s. Goku then lifted Zen-Oh up and swung him around while still doing the pinky shake, Beerus and Champa were pissing themselves at this point while Soren just gave a chuckle and walked forwards to stop Goku. [I think you can let him down now Goku¡­ It was nice meeting you Zen-Oh¡­ My name is Soren, I am one of the Saiyans from this Universe, and a Universal Tournament sounds amazing¡­ I can''t wait]: soren Zen-Oh was then placed down by Goku, Zen-Oh then turned his attention towards the man named Soren, and saw that he was one more person who treats him differently than everyone else, But Zen-Oh wasn''t the only one to notice Soren''s presence, as the Grand Priest had placed his gaze on him. Grand Priest then came forwards and stood next to Zen-Oh before placing his sights completely on Soren and spoke towards him directly. [Hello, Soren is it?... I am the Grand Priest, It seems that you are quite special¡­ Which Angel are you training under as a God of Destruction Candidate?]: GP [Well I''m training under Whis, but I don''t want to be a God of Destruction¡­ I just want to become the strongest]: soren [Oh?... Your outfit says otherwise though]: GP [I just love how it looks on me¡­ But if it is ever needed I would take over to keep the balance in the Universe]: soren [Is that so¡­ Okay, I hope to see you another time then¡­ Come Lord Zen-Oh, we have other appointments to appear at]: GP Both the Grand Priest and Zen-Oh turned to leave with both the Omni King guards, but before they could go Soren spoke out once more. [Before you go Zen-Oh¡­ Would you like some food? It''s quite tasty]: soren Zen-Oh thought about it for a moment before he nodded his head, Soren then took a piece of cake and some other sweets, he then handed them to Zen-Oh, while giving the Grand Priest some smoked meat with a side of vegetables. Soren then got a "Thank You" from both Zen-Oh and the Grand Priest before they disappeared with the guards that they came with, and once they disappeared, everyone who ended up gathered while both Soren and Goku were talking to Zen-Oh, all collapsed, with the exception of Whis, Vados, Soren, and Goku. The ones to collapse were as expected, Beerus, Champa, Shin- The Supreme Kai of Universe 7, Elder Kai of Universe 7, and the 2 Supreme Kai of Universe 6. After a moment to gather everyone''s thoughts, Vados took out the 3 Super Dragon Balls collected by her and Champa, while Soren took out the 3 that he held. Everyone was surprised to see that Soren actually had 3 Super Dragon Balls, Beerus then counted and noticed something was off, he then spoke. [If I am correct¡­ There are 7 Super Dragon Balls, and there are only 6 here¡­ Where is the 7th?]: beerus Before anyone could say anything, Soren spoke up while shocking both Whis and Vados. [Well that''s because we are standing on the 7th Super Dragon Ball]: soren Whis then tapped his hands on the ground and made all the space debris that covered the surface of the Dragon Ball break off, they then got into the Cube and flew a few thousand miles away from the once thought to be plant. Soren then had an Idea and quickly took out a piece of paper and a pen, Soren then wrote down quite a few things before folding the paper up and walking up to Whism Soren then spoke. [Whis¡­ Can I get the honors of calling on the Dragon?]: soren Whis thought about it for a minute before he agreed, he wanted to see how far Soren had come in his studies on the Divine Language, and told Soren the way to summon the Dragon. Even though Soren knew how to summon the Dragon, he still listened to Whis, as he hoped there wouldn''t be any changes to the summons phrase, Soren then stepped forward, while Vados took a different mode of transportation and left with Champa and Universe 6''s team. (Divine Language)[Come forth, Dragon of the Gods, and grant my wish, pretty peas!]: soren Whis was so proud that he could almost cry, Soren had perfect grammar and pronunciation over the Divine Language. The Super Dragon Balls had then flown a bit deeper into space as they formed a circle with one Dragon Ball in the center, the Dragon Balls started to spark, before glowing with a bright light that kept getting brighter and brighter. Whis then made the Cube fly a bit further back to protect everyone on board, and soon after a Golden Dragon flew out of the Dragon Balls while swallowing Soren and everyone else whole, the Z fighters then watched as the Dragon began to swallow galaxies whole. Once the Cube got deeper into Golden Shenrons stomach, everyone saw a smaller version, but it was still bigger than a planet, Soren then stepped forwards and pulled out a piece of folded paper. [State your Wish¡­ As I will only grant you one wish]: GS (Divine Language)[I would like it if you could make make everything on this wish happen]: soren [That is against the Rules¡­ Someone has already done it once, and Dragon God Zalama changed the Rules of the Dragon Balls¡­ What wish would you like?]: GS ''Damn¡­ But I want everything on this list¡­ I know!'': soren (Divine Language)[I wish to be able to answer all the wishes on this list with the snap of my fingers once]: soren [This is easy!...*Eyes Glowing*... It is done!... Good day Kuroi''s master]: GS ''He knows Kuroi?... I wonder what Kuroi is up too in the Dragon Realm?'': soren As Golden Shenron started to disappear Whis spoke up, grabbing hold of Soren''s attention. [You know¡­ Dragon God Zalama will not be happy about you taking advantage of Loopholes¡­ I hope you are prepared for what might come]: whis [I should be okay¡­ But I wonder who made this kind of wish before me?]: soren As Soren said that, someone in some Universe gave a sneeze before speaking to himself. [Someone must be talking shit!... Hahaha, maybe they summoned Golden Shenron and saw that Zalama made changes to the Dragon Balls¡­ That must mean that it will soon be time for the Tournament of Power¡­ I wonder how powerful Goku will be... Will there be others like me?]: ??? When Golden Shenron answered Soren''s wish, he took note to tell Zalma to fix the Loopholes, as it was slowly corrupting him, Golden Shenron made it back to the Dragon Realm, and immediately flew over to a Gold and Red Pagoda, he then transformed into a small Dragon the size of a football, he then flew up to someone who could be said to be Dragon God Zalama, and began to speak. [Master¡­ The creator of Kuroi has summoned me, his wish was a loophole of the "No Wishing for me to answer Wishes made on paper"... He wished for him to be able to do it with a snap of his fingers once]: GS [Oh?... Cheeky brats¡­ What were the wishes¡­ Do you remember?]: zalama [Yes¡­ The Earth in Universe 6 be Restored¡­ Kuroi to Gain more power¡­ Costume Training Room with (ect. functions)... And Information on a being named Fu]: GS [Not too bad¡­ That one person who last made a wish and used a piece of paper, ended up taking 10,000 Years of your life¡­ Just so he could get access to Ultra Instinct, and other outrageous items¡­ What even is a System?]: zalama Golden Shenron and Zalama continued their conversation while Soren was back on Earth with his family, Soren decided to spend the rest of the time until Zamasu shows up, hanging out with his family. When Misha and Hancock got Soren to come back to the house, they dragged him off to their room, and Soren didn''t resist as he felt he was a bit clogged up from all those Years training with no sexual release, and lets just say that both Misha and Hancock felt the same way, as the second Soren''s meat rod touched the entrance to their caves, it was safe to say that the floodwalls were broken down. Soren spent 6 straight hours with both his wives, but it was cut short when Soren felt his head ring, and it wasn''t from the System, this was a different kind of connection, but right when he heard a voice he let a smile show. ''Soren¡­ Are you still interested in going on a date?'': ??? ''Well if it isn''t the Angel of Universe 6¡­ Vados, what made you so interested?'': soren ''I am not interested¡­ But that food was quite delicious, I would like to taste some more of it¡­ That is, if you don''t mind¡­ Ufu fufu'': vados Chapter 146 - Sealing Goku Black About a week after the Universe 6 vs Universe 7 Tournament, Soren happened to be with both his daughters Serina, and Shannon. They were both around 10 years old, but to be exact, Serina was 10, while Shannon was 9 years old, but in 3 months she would be 10. Both Serina and Shannon loved to hang out with Bulma, and Bulma loved the both of them, she would even ask for them to come over sometimes, Soren didn''t know why at first, but one day, when Soren brought the two over to Capsule Corp, Soren overheard both Serina and Shannon telling Bulma she looks so pretty, so pretty that she rivals their mothers. Soren didn''t mind the both of them boosting Bulma''s moral, but going as far as to say Bulma rivals two Goddess-like beauties is a bit far stretched, but Soren would never voice this comment as he felt Bulma was scary, and not a "Powerful" scary, but more like a "Girl Power" scary. The whole week Soren has been back, both Misha and Hancock would tell Soren about how Bulma is so smart, with how she has a nice and controlled relationship with Vegeta, they would always tell Soren that Bulma just has to ask Vegeta to do something, and he would make time. And the reason Bulma told them for how she could do such things to a powerful man was simply. [I have a pussy¡­ Vegeta is a Man¡­ If I threaten to take away my end, he will immediately do as I ask]: (Quote from Bulma) Soren felt that if they talk with Bulma anymore, then both Misha and Hancock will try to tie Soren down, either in his Harem, or from Training. Soren didn''t want either to drop, as he only wanted at most 2 more girls in his Harem, and if things go right with Vados, she will be the 3rd member. ''Now that I think about it¡­ Vados used me¡­ I took her out for food last week, and I haven''t heard from her since'': soren Soren thought about this as he walked with both his daughters in his arms, into the small pavilion behind the Capsule Corp building. Soren walked up and placed both Serina and Shannon down, then the two girls ran up to Bulma and began to complement her, be it her looks, or what she was wearing today. Soren then felt a ripple in space, and knew that his arrival was in perfect sync, and due to Soren having skills for traveling through Space and Time, Soren could feel the ripples, Soren knew that Future Trunks was going to make one more appearance. *BOOM* Space began to crack as a spaceship-like machine came out, its appearance was that of a rocket with a glass dome, it had 6 legs with 3 of them having a rocket booster attached to each of them. One of the rocket boosters had the word "Hope!!" written on it and underlined twice, and the color scheme of the ship was Gold, Black, and Blue. Once the ship appeared, it made a landing with Bulma, Kid Trunks, Goten, Serina, Shannon, Soren, and the teacher that Bulma hired for homeschooling for Trunks. Bulma quickly ran up to the machine and looked inside to see an unconscious Trunks, she quickly opened the hatch and helped the unconscious Trunks out, Bulma then brought him over to a sunbathing bed that was under the pavilion. Bulma looked over to Kid Trunks and shout towards him to get her the item Whis gave Bulma for a quick way of contacting him, Bulma then pressed a button and waited for it to go through. [*Click* Hey Bulma¡­ Why have you contacted me now? Got anything delicious for me?]: whis [No!... Put Vegeta on now! I need to speak to him, it''s an Emergency!]: bulma [Fine¡­ Vegeta! Bulma is on the line for you]: whis Whis then turned his staff towards Vegeta, giving Bulma a clear picture of himself, Bulma then showed Vegeta the unconscious Trunks, Vegeta then asked who was close around, and once he found out Soren was there, he had Bulma bring him over. Soren then came over to see what Vegeta wanted, even though he already knew, he still decided to wait until Vegeta asked. [Soren¡­ Can you raise your power so that Kakarot can locate you with his Instant Transmission]: vegeta [Don''t worry, I can do you one better¡­ Is Goku around you?]: soren [Yes he''s right next to me¡­ What do you want with him?]: vegeta [Good¡­ Hold tight!]: soren [Hold tight?.. What do you me- AHHHH!!]: vegeta Soren used his Spatial Travel skill mixed with Instant Transmission, and performed a Reverse Instant Transmission, in turn making both Vegeta and Goku teleport to him. [Good¡­ Your body parts are still intact]: soren [What!?... What do you mean Soren!]: vegeta [Nothing!... You are alive right? So don''t worry about it]: soren Soren didn''t tell them that it would be the first time testing the skill on a Living Being, and the only other test subject was an Apple that was infused with Soren''s Ki. When Soren summoned the Apple, it came split in half, instead of a whole apple like it was, Soren hoped that summoning both Vegeta and Goke didn''t turn out like the apple incident, and luckily he was safe. Soren then went over to the unconscious Future Trunks while Goku went to go get a Senzu Bean from Korin, and once Goku got back, he fed F. Trunks with a Sunzu Bean, while helping him chew it by moving his jaw with his hands. Soon Trunks began to gain consciousness, and when he saw Goku, he immediately attacked towards him, Goku was completely shocked with why F. Trunks would attack him. ''Thank God it wasn''t me that was taken over by Zamasu¡­ I remember a few Fan Fictions that I read before I died on Earth where the Main Protagonist in the Dragon Ball world would be taken over by Zamasu¡­ Soren didn''t know how this would be possible, especially if they had their memory intact¡­ Because the MC would kill Zamasu before he could make the wish, thus keeping Zamasu out of his body'': soren Soren then waited for Trunks to calm down before he joined both Goku and Vegeta, but something was strange, F. Trunks saw Soren and quickly took an attack stance, he then attacked Soren. ''What the fuck!... What kind of plot twist is this!?'': soren Soren stopped F. Trunks from attacking him, while Goku came up and stopped F. Trunks from attack Soren, and Soren spoke. [What the fuck are you doing!?... Why are you attacking me right after attacking Goku?]: soren After F. Trunks calmed down, he began to speak while apologizing to both Soren and Goku. [I''m Sorry¡­ In my Timeline, both Goku and Soren have become Evil¡­ they destroyed 98% of the Earth''s population, so I came here to get help¡­ But I attacked you instead, and for that I am sorry]: f. trunks Soren felt utter dread, he knew in some timeline, he was too cocky and let Zamasu survive, and in turn, Zamasu took over his body. ''I''m a fucking idiot'': soren Soren then sat back and watched as another portal opened up and let in both Goku and Soren, Goku was wearing a Dark Grey vest, a long-sleeved Black undershirt with a turtleneck, a Red sash, Black pants and pointy White boots, this Goku also wore a Green Potara earing in his left ear. Soren on the other hand was different, he wore a similar outfit to Goku, a Red vest, a long-sleeved Black undershirt with a turtleneck, a Black sash, Black pants and pointy Red boots, Soren had a his Saiyan tail as well as a Green Potara earing in his left ear. [Its Goku Black, and Soren the Destroyer!]: f. trunks Soren watched as both people began to look around, and when they caught sight of Soren and Goku, a smile grew on their faces. Soren decided to see what was up with his counterpart, while Goku took care of his counterpart. Soren the Destroyer was not in a God form, nor even the SSJ4 form, Soren the Destroyer was just in his base form, but due to the body take over, Soren the Destroyers Hair was no longer Blue, but Gray. [You seem to be way weaker than me¡­ Why is that my Evil Counterpart?... Or should I call you Zamasu?]: soren When Soren the Destroyer heard this, his eyes began to widen, but he then gave Soren a smile and spoke. [I guess you can call me Zamasu¡­ But why do you say I''m weaker than you?... You have no right to challenge me while you hide your Energy and try to trick me]: zamasu [You think I''m hiding my power to trick you?... Haha, I hide my power because if I were to release it, this whole planet would be destroyed¡­ If you want to face me in my full power, how about you fight me in my training chamber, it can handle the power of Zen-Oh going all out]: soren [Who is this Zen-Oh?... Never mind as I can''t stay here for long¡­ You will die in the future anyways, so it''s pointless to be here¡­ Goodbye¡­ Hahaha!]: zamasu Soren then watched as both Soren the Destroyer and Goku Black were pulled back into the rift of Space and Time. Soren then decided to have Goku go take out Zamasu with Beerus and Whis, while he and Vegeta go take care of the Future. At first, Goku refused, but when Soren told him that he would fight with him later Goku agreed, Goku then left with both Beerus and Whis, while Soren just grabbed hold of Vegeta and opened a Portal made from Space and Time, Soren then locked onto the timeline that both Zamasu''s came from, before walking into the portal. [This place is a dump¡­ It seems I will need to clean it up]: soren Soren then sent his senses out to find both Zamasu''s, but before anything could come back, Soren was attacked from behind. The attack was brushed off like a fart, Soren then turned around to see Goku Black, he was trying to sneak attack Soren. [You''re not worthy to be a God¡­ You sneak attack me like this?]: soren Goku Black was angered by Soren''s words, and he charged Soren, Soren began to fight Goku Black, while Vegeta went out to find Soren the Destroyer. [You will die here Mortal]: goku black [Your one to talk¡­ You took over a Mortals body, what does that make you?... And for your information, I have stepped into the Realm of the Gods, and can''t turn back¡­ So I am a full fledged God, just like you, or at least like how you used to be]: soren Soren''s words angered Goku Black, but no matter how hard Goku Black tried, he couldn''t lay a hand on Soren. And Soren wasn''t stupid enough to attack back, becuase the sencond Soren starts to fight back, Goku Black will get more powerful. [I think I should seal you rather than Kill you¡­ What do you think?]: soren [What are you talking about Mortal!]: goku black Soren used his EMS to place Goku Black in an Illusion where no matter how much he tried to his Soren, his fists would always pass through Soren. The purpose of this was due to Image training, if Soren made his illusion fight back, Goku Black would learn from it, and if Soren just kept dodging the attacks, Goku Black would learn from it. This way Soren can stand still and do nothing, while Goku Black won''t learn anything, and Soren''s real body can work on the sealing. ''Sakura, can I buy some sealing formations'': soren {DING!... YES HOST¡­ THE RECOMMENDED SEALING FORMULA FOR HOST TO BUY, IS THE (God Sealing Area Formation) WOULD HOST LIKE TO PURCHASE IT FOR 5 MILLION SYSTEM POINTS?} ''Holy Shit, that''s expensive¡­ Fuck it! Buy it for me'': soren Soren bought the Sealing Formula and let it integrate into his body and mind. And after a few minutes Soren knew exactly how to apply the seal, and his body felt fear towards the seal for some reason, but he brought it down to him being a God, and someone who can only be sealed and not killed. [God Sealing Area Formation!]: soren Soren placed his palms together while forcing all the Ki from his body towards his palms. Soren then slowly began to spread his palms while still adding Ki, and what could be seen forming in between Soren''s palms, is a bunch of weird and confusing runic characters. Soon a gigantic Purple Barrier was formed over Goku Black, with weird symbols and runic characters floating all over the barrier, and Soren spoke once more. [Seal!]: soren Soren slammed his palms together once more, and the barrier started to shrink with the weird symbols and ruins circulating around the barrier at a much faster pace. Once the size of the barrier reached 5/6''th of its previous size, the color changed from Purple to Blue, then once more, the size decreased with the ruins spinning even faster, and the size became 4/6''th its original size and turned from Blue to Green. The barrier kept getting smaller and smaller with Goku Black starting to release insane screams of pain, the barrier turned from Green to Yellow, and from Yellow to Orange, the Runic symbols began to create a humming sound as they rotate around the barrier, and then the barrier turned from Orange to Red, and now the barrier was hovering just above Goku Black''s skin. [GUHHHAAAAAAAARRRGGGGHHH!]: goku black Goku Black screamed in pain as the barrier shrunk once more and turned into a rainbow of colors, showing all 6 colors the barrier had shown previously. Once that happened, the shouts of Goku Black could no longer be heard, Soren had finally sealed Goku Black after a few minutes. Chapter 147 - Zamasu’s Death ? Soren went over to a small cube the size of Soren''s palm, the cube was a flashing rainbow color, and the cube was none other than Goku Black. [You were too cocky¡­ I hope if I keep you here for a few thousand years, you will rethink your "Zero Mortals" Plan]: soren Soren then placed the small cube in his Inventory while sending his senses out to look for Vegeta. When Soren found both Vegeta and Zamasu, he teleported over to them, and when Zamasu saw Soren, and felt the lack of Goku Black''s presence, he got angry, and began to shout. [Where is Goku Black!?... Stupid Mortals!]: zamasu Right when Zamasu said that, Vegeta turned into his SSGSS form and punched Soren''s (Zamasu) head clean off. [You dropped your guard, this is why you died¡­ Trash!]: vegeta Soren just gave Vegeta a sigh, Vegeta turned to see Soren''s expression, he then gave him a small smile with a chuckle and spoke. [What?... Mad that I killed your counterpart?... Let''s get going]: vegeta [It''s not that¡­ It''s just¡­ That he''s still alive Vegeta, not dead]: soren [What!?]: vegeta Right as Vegeta said that, he turned his attention towards where Zamasu was lying before, but what he saw instead was a headless Soren, with all the blood that was spilled beginning to reform into a head. [W-what is he!?]: vegeta Soren just chuckled before speaking in a calm voice. [He''s me...Haha, I have never had a chance to fight myself]: soren Vegeta just stepped back with a bit of sweat running down his forehead, while Soren stepped forward and used his Kings Haki to pressure Zamasu. Soren then watched as the newly formed Zamasu began to kneel due to the pressure, Soren just began to give off a laugh. [Hahaha¡­ You are so weak! How did you expect to fight me with such a weak body?]: soren [T-this!... How is this possible!?... When I saw you, you were way more powerful than this current form of mine¡­ Why is this body so weak!?]: zamasu ''Because you don''t have the System to make your body like mine'': soren [You stole my body¡­ Do you really think that you will be able to use any of my power without training?... You truly are one of the stupidest Gods I have seen]: soren [Don''t mock me Mortal!... I will gain control over this power!]: zamasu Zamasu just began to power up with what little power he could summon, but slowly, the seal on the rest of Soren''s body''s power was weakening. Soren could tell that Zamasu took over Soren''s body by force, so the System would naturally add seals to suppress the powers of the one who has an omnipotent System. Soren then watched as Zamasu slowly began to gain access to his powers, Soren watched as Black Lightning started shooting out towards him. [Weak!... Unlock more of my powers!]: soren Soren knocked away the lightning that was sent his way, while watching Zamasu scream out in pain. ''What''s going on now?... What power is he getting?'': soren Soren then watched as Zamasu fell to the floor while clenching his face with both of his hands. ''No¡­ It can''t be¡­ Haha, will Zamasu really lose his newfound body before I can properly teach him a lesson?... He deserves what is next to come¡­ Hehe'': soren Soren then began to watch as White liquid began to surround Zamasu''s head, and soon after formed a cracked mask with Black patterns all over the mask. Soren began to show off a wicked smile, as he watched what was happening now, and what was shown before Soren was Zamasu, inside his future body, but now it was taken over by the Hollow that resides deep inside Soren''s body, but this wasn''t Soren''s Hollow, this was Zamasu''s Hollow. All Hollows are connected to your Soul, and because Zamasu doesn''t have Soren''s soul, but still has the Hollow Bloodline, this made it so Zamasu forms his own Hollow Contract, and he lost big time. [You okay over there?... Haha, I went through that once]: soren Soren then watched as the Hollowfied Zamasu sent a glare in his direction, and what Soren saw was a Bloody pair of EMS eyes. Soren then watched as Zamasu grew a giant Black mist that cloaked around his body, Soren then watched as the mist picked Zamasu''s Body up into the air, forming a Susanoo. [Looks like I will need to get completely serious now]: soren Soren didn''t want to let Zamasu get too far ahead of him in power, so Soren then unleashed his limits. Soren''s body then transformed into his newest form that he perfected recently, Soren''s hair was now Purple in color, it could be similar to Super Saiyan God Rose, but instead of Pink, Soren''s hair was all Purple. Soren then released his Hollow powers as Soren''s whole body had a White substance cover and solidified over himself, Soren''s body now looked like he had a sleek White armor like suit, with only his forearms and everything below his ribs still bare. Soren''s eyes then became a Purple color with 6 Black rings surrounding a Black dot in the center of each eye, Soren then had his body cover itself in the aura of the Susanoo, but not form one. Soren then gripped his fists and covered them in Black Lightning, Soren then gave an Evil Smile towards the now taken over Zamasu before charging towards him. [You can die now¡­ Its too much of a hassle to punish you properly now]: soren Soren reached Zamasu in a matter of half a second, Soren then dodged the first attack of Zamasu as he was roaring with his newfound power, Soren then used Time Skip to take advantage of the gant Zamasu. Soren then began to use his Lightning coated fists, and destroy the Susanoo piece by piece, and once time resumed, the Susanoo surrounding Zamasu was blown into space dust. Vegeta just sat back and watched in horror, towards the true power of Soren, Vegeta even felt that Soren could beat Beerus like this, but Soren still knew that he was a little behind, but the most Soren believed he could do, was make Beerus lose a few limbs in a serious fight. Soren was then attacked by Zamasu who ended up opening his mouth, and shooting a big Red death laser towards him, Soren then did his best to dodge, he even used the Time Stop ability, but what he saw was the Red laser shoot through the cracks in space before hitting him in the shoulder and ripping off half of Soren''s body. Soren then fell out of the Time Skip, and as he fell to the ground, Vegeta''s face began to turn pale White, he had just witnessed Soren die right in front of him, but just as Vegeta was about to make his moves to fight off Zamasu, Soren''s body began to have blood float around the wounds before reforming his body whole. [Son of a Bitch that hurt!... Can you not rip into my body!?... It get tiring to feel pain like this]: soren Soren got up from the ground while cracking his neck, he then began to walk towards Zamasu while releasing his Killing Intent, and mixing it with Kings Haki. Zamasu felt the bloodlust towards his very being, and right before Soren made a move, Zamasu face planted into the ground, and in just seconds, Zamasu stood up once more while shaking his head, and grabbing it in pain. The Hollow mask then began to shatter as pieces of it fell to the ground shattering completely, Zamasu then remembered that he was facing Soren, the one he despised most in the entire 12 universes. [You!... What have you done to me?]: zamasu [You idiot! You were the one wanting access to my power, and once you got it, it was too much for you¡­ Now you come to yell at me!?... So shameless, I can''t even believe it]: soren Soren began to chide Zamasu about his attitude towards him, Zamasu then had enough and gave Soren a smile. [Haha¡­ The let me end your life here]: zamasu Zamasu then took off the Potara earring from his left ear and placed it on his right ear, and began to hope that wherever Goku Black was, he still had the earring on. Once Zamasu put the earring on, he felt a strong pull coming from deep inside him, and it then hit him what was happening. ''Don''t tell me¡­ This will be bad¡­ Please don''t work!'': soren As if the Evil Gods themselves heard Soren, the cube that held Goku Black inside, ripped through the fabrics of space and flew towards Zamasu. Zamasu saw the flying cube and felt terror from it, he then tried to fly away from it, but no matter what he did, the cube chased him, and then it dawned on Zamasu, this cube was Goku Black. Zamasu then let the cube fuse with him, and what happened next made Soren hate his future self''s life choices, what lay before Soren''s eyes was what one can only wet themselves to in their nightmares. Zamasu and Goku Black fused, and formed some smokey black figure with hints of Red, Orange, Yellow, Green, Blue, and Purple flowing through it, and worst of all when the smoke was absorbed by the figure, someone similar to Vegeto appeared with a mix of Soren''s facial features. Zamasu''s hair was now Pure White, and this was the most terrifying feature of Zamasu, as not only was his hair White, but his eyes were Silver, and his aura had the 6 previous colors shooting through a pure Whute aura like commits shooting through a clear night sky. [One word¡­ Fuck]: soren Right as Soren said that Zamasu shot forward and punched Soren into oblivion, he then began his speech about Mortals and Gods, while Soren''s body began to reform through a Red Blood mist. [Hahahaha¡­ You see, mere Mortals are nothing compared to Gods, it was just destined for you to die under my thumb¡­ Now! I will take over with complete rule of all 12 Universes!]: zamasu Soren felt that he had to force his body into Ultra Instinct just this once, and deal with the consequences afterwards. ''You son of a Bitch¡­ You will pay for fucking with my foundation'': soren Soren then closed his eyes while feeling around for a certain feeling that he felt once before when integrating with the Angel Bloodline, and soon after he felt the pull of his soul, he yanked back while pulling to power out as Soren''s hair turned Pure White, while all the hair that covered his body became Silverish Gray in color along with his eyes. {DING!... HOST HAS FORCED HIMSELF INTO A NEW FORM THAT IS ABOVE HOST''S FOUNDATION LEVEL¡­ IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HOST REVERTS BACK} ''I know what I''m doing¡­ Sakura, just tell me how long I can fight in this form before my body gets completely fucked'': soren {DING!... HOST HAS APPROXIMATELY 2 MINUTES BEFORE HOST''S BODY GOING INTO RELAPSE} ''2 Minutes?... I can make it work'': soren Soren didn''t waste any time as he charged the cackling Zamasu, Soren then punched him over 100 thousand times in just 5 seconds. Soren then used Time Stop and began to crush Zamasu, and as Soren kicked Zamasu''s body away, the face was beautiful. Soren didn''t give Zamasu any chance as he charged towards Zamasu, but Zamasu caught Soren by his face, Zamasu then slammed Soren into the ground while creating spider web fractures, before ultimately creating a gigantic crater. [You are one annoying Mortal¡­ Why won''t you just die?]: zamasu [You are still using both Mine and Goku''s body, yet you still call us Mortals¡­ So are you still a Mortal?]: soren [Of course not! I am a Deity who has blessed 2 Mortal bodies with my Godly presence¡­ Without me, these bodies would never reach such a Godly state¡­ Now perish Mortal!]: zamasu ''What a fucking idiot!... Such a let down'': soren Soren just gave a sigh before trying his last resort move, it was only his last resort because he felt it was still too overpowered. ''Sorry pride¡­ But this is for the sake of all life'': soren Soren then raised his palm towards Zamasu, while folding his thumb over the center of his palm, and with one last sigh he spoke in a calm tone. [Haa¡­ Hakai!]: soren [WHAT!?... GRRRRAAAAHHHHAAAAA!]: zamasu Zamasu then began to deteriorate, and this proved that in Soren''s current form, he was still stronger than Zamasu, but because of Soren''s Immortal body, Zamasu would never be defeated. Soren then powered down to his usual God form, he then walked over to Vegeta who was just standing there with his mouth wide open, Soren just gave another sigh before patting him on the shoulder. Right when Vegeta came back too, Soren wanted to get out of here, but before he could open the portal, a Time machine popped out of nowhere, Soren then watched as both Trunks and Goku jumped out, with both Whis and Beerus appearing through a rip in time. [Aww Man!... Are we late?]: goku [...*Sigh*... Yeah, quite a bit actually¡­ Hehe]: soren Chapter 148 - Fu’s Entrance Once Goku realized that the battles were over, he felt a bit disappointed, but then remembered something important. Goku then began to speak while telling Soren about what happened on his end. [When you told us to check out a Kai, both Whis and Beerus were shocked, but when we then got in contact with Shin and began our search, we found some stuff that was off, one of the Kai''s of Universe 10 had a similar aura to both Goku Black, and Soren the Destroyer, I got to have a spar with him, but still felt nothing strange¡­ Oh! Then the Grand Priest came for the both of us, but when I told him you were busy fighting someone powerful in the future dimension he just said "Oh, I understand" before taking just us¡­ Zen-chan then gave me this button thingy that can bring him to us, or us to him!]: goku Soren listened to Goku ramble about, and right as Goku finished telling Soren about how Whis wanted to check back with the Universe 10 Kais and found Zamasu trying to attack his mentor, with Beerus destroying him before anything further could happen. Soren was ready to leave the Future and head back to the current DBS timeline, and Whis and Beerus left because it didn''t seem they were needed anymore, but before Soren could leave, he looked up into the sky, only to see it start to darken. ''Fuck!... I forgot to destroy his soul, and now he is trying to merge with the entire universe'': soren Everyone present then watched as Zamasu began to form into a Green cloud with a pair of Red eyes and a scary Red mouth, Soren then tried to use Hakai once more on Zamasu, but it had no effect. [Hahaha! You can no longer harm me, I am now one with the Universe! I am¡­ Lord Zamasu! Nobody will be able to kill me now¡­ Hahaha!!]: zamasu Soren then looked over at Goku, he then spoke. [Hey¡­ You still got the button? We might need to call on Zen-chan]: soren [Yeah¡­ It''s right here, maybe he can help us kill Zamasu]: goku Goku then took out the small button and pressed the Blue button''s side, and in just a second, a small child-like figure appeared, and this figure was none other than Zen-Oh, or in Goku''s case Zen-chan. [Zen-chan!... Can you help us out?]: goku Goku flew over to Zen-Oh while calling him the nickname that the Zen-Oh from their time agreed too. Zen-Oh just looked over to Goku who came flying over and picked him up, Zen-Oh had quite a few questions as to who this Mortal was, and why he treated him like anything other than the King of everything, Zen-Oh then decided to speak. [Who are you?... Why am I here?]: zen-oh [It''s me, Goku¡­ I''m from a different timeline, and the Zen-Oh from our timeline is my best friend!... He gave me a button to contact him if we were ever in trouble, and I pressed the button because this guy named Zamasu wants to kill everyone¡­ Can you help us out Zen-chan?]: goku Zen-Oh then looked into the sky to see the nasty looking Zamasu floating about and laughing with an Evil and Maniacal laugh, Zen-Oh then decided that this Universe needed to be purged. [You are right¡­ I will be destroying this Universe now¡­ Thank you for bringing this to my attention]: zen-oh Soren noticed that this started to play out like it did in the Anime, and shouted. [This is bad¡­ Everyone back to the time machine!]: soren After Soren spoke these words, Goku, Trunks, and Vegeta ran to the time machine and piled in, and while waiting for Soren to get in, they saw him open a portal and disappear. After they saw Soren disappear they also started the time machine and left the future right before it disappeared, and when they reappeared, they saw Soren fallen on the ground while sweating. Goku then got out and asked Soren what happened to make him like this, Soren then explained how he was almost completely out of Energy after fighting Zamasu. Goku understood and didn''t ask any more questions, he then had the bright idea to go back to the future and see if Zen-Oh was still there, and soon after Goku came back the hatch to the time machine opened and revealed both Goku and Zen-Oh, while Beerus just happened to catch a glimpse of Zen-Oh out of the corner of his eye, and started freaking out. [L-Lord Zen-Oh Sama!... I''m sorry for not greeting you properly! I didn''t know you were coming]: beerus Beerus began to give a 90 degree bow, while Shin came over and kowtowed, while Whis just stood behind and bowed his head slightly. Beerus bent his head up slightly to see that both Goku and Soren didn''t change their position and began to bow, so he grabbed both of them by their hair and yanked them into a bow as well. [It''s fine¡­ Goku had told me that I can get a friend to play with if I came back with him¡­ So Goku, can you take me to my new friend?]: zen-oh Goku just gave Zen-Oh a smile and asked Shin to take them back to the Omni-King''s palace. Once Soren, Goku, Beerus, Whis, Shin, and the newly added Zen-Oh appeared outside of the Omni-King''s palace, they were met with the Grand Priest and the 2 Omni-King''s guards. [What a surprise¡­ Goku and Soren have come to visit, with what appears to be another Omni-King¡­ Do tell me Goku, how did you get ahold of another Omni-King?]: GP [Ehehe¡­ Well, we had some problems with one of our friends from the future, and went to save the future, but everything got out of hand¡­ I then used the button Zen-chan gave me to call him¡­ Then this Zen-chan appeared¡­ Zen-chan then destroyed the whole Universe, while we went back to our timeline¡­ I then went to pick up Zen-chan so I could keep my promise with Zen-chan here to bring him a good friend]: goku Goku explained the whole story to the Grand Priest, while Beerus and Shin stayed in a bowing position. Once the story time was over, the Grand Priest spoke while telling Goku how time travel for Mortals is forbidden, and he should be punished. [As you may know¡­ Time travel for Mortals if forbidden¡­ The normal punishment for breaking this taboo is death, but since if I did that Lord Zen-Oh would be upset, I will forgive you this time¡­ Please follow me to meet Lord Zen-Oh]: GP Soren and Goku were then led by the Grand Priest, with Zen-Oh standing next to the Grand Priest, and Beerus, Whis, and Shin standing next to Soren and Goku. Soon, they entered a room with a small Child sitting on a throne, and once he saw both Goku and Soren, he got excited, but when he saw his future counterpart, he went closer to him, the two Zen-Oh''s began to observer each other before turning to both Goku and Soren. [Say Goku, Soren¡­ Who is he?]: zen-oh/f zen-oh Soren just let out a small chuckle before speaking. [Zen-chan, this is your future counterpart¡­ He likes everything you like, and makes for the best of best friends. Goku had thought about who would make a good friend for you when he couldn''t be around, and we both came up with this idea¡­ Do you like him?]: soren Both Zen-Oh''s thought for a moment before both saying in unison. [Yes!... All 4 of us can be the best of friends!]: zen-oh''s Soren then gave a smile to himself for his wits in this situation, even though he knew that Goku would be able to explain it just fine as well. Soren then watched as both of the Zen-Oh''s went to go play Planetary Battleship with actual Planets, and a hologram screen showcasing the planets in their arsonal. ''That is one fucked up game'': soren Right after the Zen-Oh situation was settled, Goku asked the Zen-Oh from this timeline when the Universal Tournament would happen, and in doing so, caught the attention of Future Zeno-Oh, as he had no idea what Goku was talking about. [Yes! We will have it super soon!... I will tell F. Zen-Oh about it now]: zen-oh Both the Zen-Oh''s then ran off, while Goku, Soren, Beerus, Whis, and Shin began to leave, but before they could leave, the Grand Priest stopped Soren, and let everyone else leave. Once everyone was gone, the Grand Priest snapped his fingers, and a table and 2 chairs appeared. [Sit]: GP Soren sat down along with the Grand Priest, Soren was wondering what the Grand Priest wanted, but before he could ask, the Grand Priest spoke up. [So¡­ I have noticed you have taken a liking to my daughter Vados¡­ I am sure Whis has also told you that No race other than an Angel can have relations with another Angel, this is the rule I have set]: GP [So are you going to tell me that I can''t be with Vados?... I will tell you the same thing I told Whis, I like your daughter, and will fight for her if need be¡­ Even if I can''t beat you, or even lay a finger on you, I will still fight you for her]: soren [Haha¡­ You have spirit kid¡­ But no¡­ This is not what I want to tell you¡­ I want you to answer me honestly, this is all¡­ Now, what are you? I have noticed that you appeared in this Universe out of nothingness around 20 years ago, and now you have an Angel''s Bloodline flowing through you, one that matches mine to be exact]: GP ''Fuck¡­'': soren [I don''t know how to answer this actually¡­ You could say that I am from an alternate dimension of this Universe. All I remember was traveling through a dark Void before I ended up here]: soren Soren didn''t lie, but he didn''t tell the truth either, and the Grand Priest knew this, and the Grand Priest spoke in a serious tone. [I want the whole truth¡­ You have no need to lie, or tell half truths]: GP ''Fuck!... Sakura, can I tell him a bit more?'': soren {DING!... HOST CAN SAY AS MUCH AS HOST WANTS AS LONG AS NO WORD ABOUT THE SYSTEM IS BROUGHT UP} ''Im saved!'': soren [I was not born in this world¡­ You see, I have this innate ability to travel through parallel dimensions, and I happen to have ended up here¡­ As for what I am¡­ I don''t even know¡­ I was born Human, but through Blood gained a bunch of different races mixed into my body¡­ For example, I am a Saiyan, I am also Immortal, and can''t die¡­ I guess I was also blessed by Zalama the Dragon God, as I can create my own Dragon Balls]: soren [...Hmm¡­ So you are like those other beings I have been tracking for quite some time¡­ How troubling¡­ Okay, I have one more question, then you can go]: GP [I''ll answer the best I can]: soren [What do you plan to do with more strength?]: GP [Simple¡­ I plan to protect my loved ones¡­ No one will ever harm my family if I have strength]: soren [Good¡­ And what about Vados? If she was part of your family, will she be protected as well?]: GP [Of course!... I may have multiple wives, but I don''t love any one of them any less than the other¡­ And I don''t plan on having every girl I see added to my bed at the end of the day]: soren [Good¡­ You may leave now]: GP Soren left the Omni-King Palace, he then opened a portal to go back to Earth, and once he left, the Grand Priest spoke to what seemed to be nobody in the room. [You know it''s wrong to spy on private conversations¡­ What if I decided to attack you]: GP [...]:??? [Well come out then¡­ Son of Mira and Towa,Fu... or do I need to make a move?]: GP [Hahaha¡­ You are great¡­ Just like I remember you to be]: fu [What do you mean? I have never met you, and this is the first time you have been here]: GP [Well¡­ You could say that I have been watching you from afar¡­ Behind a screen!... Hahaha, I also know all the future outcomes¡­ And your destiny is to be under my command]: fu [Oh?... And you think you have that kind of ability?... You do know that I am the strongest being in all the once 13 Universes, standing beside the Omni-King]: GP [Hahahaha¡­ All I need to do is use my ability of Dimension Alteration, and I can bring out my closest ally, someone who has surpassed even the Dragon God Zalama¡­ The one person who ranks above you, the Grand Priest]: fu [Oh and who may that be? I would love to see this person¡­ Maybe he can give me a good fight¡­ It''s been so long since my last good fight]: GP Chapter 149 - Plans in Ruin After the Grand Priest took Fu up on his offer for a fight, Fu snapped his fingers, and a portal opened. After a few seconds, a leg appeared from the portal, and was soon followed by the rest of the body that the leg was attached to. The Grand Priest watched as a Human looking man stepped out of the portal, he was around 188cm in height with a Black curly Afro, mustache, and well-trimmed sideburns. The man wore a Red Martial Arts Gi, with a Black Karate belt wrapped around his waist, with a pair of Black baggy Martial Arts pants, and a pair of Red boots that resemble the same pair that Whis gave Goku. The man was missing his left arm, so his Martial Gi didn''t completely cover his left side, and this just showcased his hairy chest, along with all the battle scars that he had accumulated over many years of battle. The Grand Priest took a few looks over the man who came before him, that many who were hardcore fans of the Dragon Ball series would spit out what ever was in their mouths at the time, after seeing the man looking at the Grand Priest. Those that knew the man would never think in a million years that he would appear in this kind of situation, or maybe they would see him in this situation, but not one he got into of his own free will, the man in question was none other than Hercule Satan. [Hello¡­ I am the Grand Priest¡­ Would you mind introducing yourself?]: GP [I know who you are¡­ That fact is shown here with my missing left arm¡­ But why don''t you know who I am?]: hercule [Oh?... So we have battled before?]: GP The Grand Priest then sent his senses over Hercule, and sure enough, the Grand Priest felt his left over Energy surrounding this man, and by the looks of it, this man gave him a good fight. [Listen here¡­ You may have beat me once¡­ But I have trained for this day¡­ I will challenge you once more, and just like last time¡­ If I win, I want to be able to use the Dragon Balls to revive my fallen Daughter and her family]: hercule [Oh?... And why don''t you use the Earth''s Dragon Balls?... You do hail from Earth, yes?]: GP [The Earth was destroyed by a powerful enemy that not even Beerus could kill¡­ Since that day, I have trained hard¡­ And when I heard about the Super Dragon Balls, I came here¡­ We then made a bet]: hercule [And why would I make a bet with you?... What do you have, that would interest me?]: GP When Hercule heard the Grand Priest, he then started to raise his God Ki to the Max, and his once Black poofy Afro, turned Pure White, and his Afro turned into silky soft hair that fell down to his shoulder blades. Once the Grand Priest felt the energy that Hercule was giving off, he knew the reason they fought, Hercule was using Ultra Instinct, but what shocked the Grand Priest was that Hercule had a more Evolved version that gave him the eyes of an Angel. Hercule had Purple eyes instead of Silver eyes, this made Hercules Ultra Instinct on par with even the Grand Priest, but something was missing, and this was why Hercule lost to the Grand Priest of his dimension, and the Grand Priest could tell. [Okay¡­ I will let you use the Super Dragon Balls, but you need to beat me in a fight¡­ Same rules as before]: GP [I will beat you this time, for the sake of my Daughter, her Husband, and their Daughter!]: hercule The Grand Priest then watched as Hercule charged at him with his full power, but the Grand Priest just kept his hands behind his back and dodged all of Hercule''s physical attacks. Hercule''s onslaught of physical attacks on the Grand Priest lasted for a couple minutes before the Grand Priest got tired of just dodging Hercule, the Grand Priest then raised his left hand, and caught Hercules only fist, while raising his right arm and blocking a kick made by Hercule''s left leg. [The last time you fought me you lost an arm, you are now thinking that just a bit more training and you could face me once more?... This fight with me now, is like the fight with me when you had two arms¡­ Still a pointless fight, but I do like your spirit]: GP The Grand Priest released Hercule''s arm and let him retreat a few steps, Hercule then watched as the Grand Priest put his hands back behind his back, and continued to sense out Hercule with his Energy to find out the thing that Hercule lacks to make his Ultra Instinct on par with his own. [I may have lost an arm, but I have twice the spirit now¡­ I will win so I can reunite with my Daughter, Granddaughter, and Son-in-law!]: hercule Hercule began his onslaught once more, attacking at the Grand Priest, and as the fight was going on, the Grand Priest saw something shocking inside of Hercule''s body. This one second of shock gave Hercule the chance he needed, Hercule then hit the Grand Priest in the stomach, and sent him flying into one of the pillars that were in the room they stood in. Fu who was just hiding in a pocket of Space while watching the events unfold started to worry when the Grand Priest was not even trying, but the second the Grand Priest dropped his guard and Hercule''s attack landed, he felt that the fight was won. The Grand Priest got up while coughing out a mouth full of blood while going over what just happened, Hercule had just hit him with a single punch, yet he felt like this one punch could shatter reality, this also made the Grand Priest even more curious about Hercule. [*Cough Cough*... Tell me, what was that attack?]: GP [... I guess I don''t mind telling you¡­ The man named Fu, the one who brought me here, he had given me this power¡­ He told me that he can give me the strength I need to achieve my goal¡­ But I need to follow him so that he can finish his mission¡­ I accepted, and he gave me the power to break Reality¡­ With one punch, I can destroy a whole Universe, and with this power I will defeat you and make my wish to the Super Dragon Balls]: hercule [A punch that breaks Reality?... I''ve never heard of it, but is sure sounds interesting]: GP The Grand Priest had fully healed and began to get serious, and the once casual face of the Grand Priest became one of someone who was on guard for even the tiniest detail. Hercule saw this and charged towards the Grand Priest once more with his fist covered in a weird Energy unknown to all, all except Fu. What nobody but Fu and the Evil Goddess knew, was that this was a special Energy gifted by the Goddess to Fu, so that he can defeat Soren, Fu''s ability gave him the power to bend Reality to however he desires, but this came at a price, and that price was heavy Energy drain. So Fu decided to find the Super Dragon Balls to make a wish, but every time he tried to find one, both Whis and Vados would keep him away from them, Fu then tried different dimensions, but all of them were the same. Fu got tired of trying to find them himself, so he decided to fight the Grand Priest for them, Fu then started to gather his fighters while thinking of the best candidate to fight with the Grand Priest, and that''s when he came across Hercule. ''Looks like my plan will come to fruition today¡­ Hehehe'': fu Right as Fu thought his plan was a solid win, the Grand Priest snapped his fingers and froze Hercule in one position. The Grand Priest then began to observe Hercule before deciding what to do with him, and after a moment of thought, the Grand Priest spoke. [You have done well¡­ But you are still far from the top¡­ You shouldn''t worry about bringing back the dead, what makes you think that your family even wants to come back?... Think about it, if they were to come back, what would stop others who are even stronger to come looking for trouble?]: GP [That''s true, but¡­ What about my Daughter!... I miss her dearly, and there is never a day that goes by where I wish I was just a bit stronger, strong enough to beat that demon who destroyed the Earth and Crippled Beerus¡­ If only I had a Second Chance!]: hercule As Hercule spoke, he clenched his fist, and tears started to fall from his face. The Grand Priest just thought of the words that Hercule stated, he then decided to help Hercule with his problem since Hercule was able to make him exert just a bit more of himself then he has ever in a very long time. [I will give you your Second Chance then¡­ Don''t mess it up]: GP The Grand Priest then waved his hand over Hercule, and his missing arm reappeared, and from there the Grand Priest''s magic circulated throughout Hercule and located his Alternate Dimension, it then turned Hercule into a bright light before dissipating and leaving an open space. The Grand Priest''s magic had brought back all the people of Earth along with healing Beerus, Hercule had opened his eyes in the once familiar room that he called home for quite some time when he lived on Earth. [I''m back?... Was that all a dream?]: hercule Hercule then rose from his bed and exited his room, only to smell some food being cooked in the kitchen, and when he entered the kitchen, Hercule was met with his Daughter at the stove making food for a man with spiky hair and glasses, and a baby around 2 years old sitting in a highchair. [Baby Girl¡­ Is this really you!?]: hercule [Who else would it be Dad?]: videl Hercule took no second thought before he ran over to his daughter and lifted her into a big hug, he then noticed in his torn clothes there was a letter. Hercule then placed Videl back on the ground and took the letter that was about to fall from his inner, shirt pocket, into his hands, Hercule then opened the letter and read its contents. -Note- This is your Second Chance, I hope you like my gift, this is for giving me some long needed entertainment¡­ Oh, and for future advice, don''t go attacking Superior beings that can kill you with a sneeze¡­ Also don''t just trust anyone who says they can give you power -Grand Priest Hercule was crying, he had nothing but overwhelming respect for the Grand Priest now, he then went over to his Granddaughter and picked her up while cooing at her, and then went over to Gohan, his son-in-law and began to hug him. And this was how Hercule no longer became a threat for Soren in the future, as well as Fu''s plans being pushed back by a few years. ............... Soren was back on Earth hanging out with his friends and family when he decided to check his status after the fight with Zamasu. ''Sakura, can you show me my status?'': soren {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Uchiha, Ancient Dragon-Saiyan, Soma Yukihira, Erina Nakiri, Sage, Hollow, Vampire Progenitor, Angel Titles: Dragon, 7+ more Power Level: 15,000,000,000 (True Saiyan God Red 12 Million x Base) Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 100 Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinnesharingan-: LOCKED -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Super Saiyan Mastered 100%, SSJ2 Mastered 100%, SSJ3 Mastered 100%, Sage Mode, SSJ4 Mastered 100%, God Base, True Saiyan God Red, True Saiyan God Blue, True Saiyan God Purple, Ultra Instinct (Incomplete/Unstable/Unusable) Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. (Hakai is dependent on how much power is placed in it) -Skills-: 1000 -List?- -Passive-: 60 -List?- System Points: 15.129 Million} ''Looks like I will wait out this remaining year until the ToP is decided¡­ Until then, I should see how far everyone has progressed¡­ I should also make Misha and Hancock improve¡­ If my next world should be a Cultivation one, then there will definitely be dumbasses with a death wish¡­ And I can''t always be around to protect them'': soren Soren then spent the next couple months training all of his family. Killua, Gon, Zeno, and Zenith all reached SSJ4 and have almost mastered it, Soren wasn''t surprised to see that all 4 of them had completely mastered SSJ3, especially after so many years training with Goku and the rest. Soren then taught Misha, Hancock, Serina, and Shannon how to improve their Ki, Misha was the fastest learner, as her Bloodline was connected to a God, and Soren felt Misha was actually absorbing God Ki, and spent some extra time with her to teach Misha how to control it. [Misha thinks that she has it under control¡­ Husband can go teach Hancock and the two girls]: misha Soren then spent 4 more months training Misha, Hancock, and his two daughters, sometimes Whis would come by, and Soren would bribe him for his assistance with training the 4 girls, by which he agreed readily. Soren was even able to get Killua, Gon, Zeno, and Zenith up to True Super Saiyan Blue, Soren was feeling that the ToP was now in the bag, and they didn''t need the weak fighters to participate. Chapter 150 - Baseball Challenge During the down time until the battle between all 12 universes, Soren had spent some quality time with his wives, children, and grandchild. Soren had also found out that Killua had gotten married not too long ago as well, while Gon was dating someone, but didn''t know if it would work out, Soren even made the mistake of asking what was wrong with the relationship. [Well¡­ She always tries to make me stay in one place, I can''t even go out and train with everyone, because she thinks that I am out cheating on her¡­ There is nothing wrong with her in general, but her mindset towards who I am as a person is misconstrued¡­ What do you think I should do Soren?]: gon [Well that''s a tough one¡­ Do you love her?]: soren [I do¡­ But how will I be able to progress in Martial Arts, if she keeps limiting how much time I can spend without her around]: gon [Wow¡­ She sounds like a Kuudere that will turn into a Yandere¡­ Personally, I think you should bring her over here and have her meet us¡­ And once she sees that we are just your family, then she will calm down a bit]: soren [I would, but¡­ She thinks that people who utilize Ki are just stunt performers¡­ She also told me never to try and become one, as it is dangerous and unneeded]: gon [We will work something out then¡­ Bring her over later for dinner, Zeno and I will be cooking for everyone]: soren [I will invite her then¡­ Thank you Soren, you really are like my blood brother]: gon Gon then flew off to go find his girlfriend, while Soren got a call from Bulma saying that Goku is acting strange, and had just crashed into her car. Soren knew what was happening, and how Goku didn''t crash into Bulma, but Bulma crashed into Goku, Soren then told her that he would see what''s going on, before he ended the call and went back inside. ''So I will be meeting Hit once again¡­ Sounds fun, hehe'': soren After a couple of days went by, Soren sensed a powerful aura land on Earth, Soren knew that it was Hit, and went to go find Goku. Once Soren teleported over to Goku, he saw both Hit and Goku battling, Soren then watched as Goku shot a Ki blast into the air, but Hit just saw it as an accident, Hit then stopped time and attacked all of Goku''s vital points, before going back to his original position, and once time resumed, Goku fell onto the ground dead. Hit began to leave, only to be stopped by Soren himself, and when Hit saw Soren he felt a tinge of fear. [Where do you think you''re going?... You kill one of my friends, and think you can just leave?]: soren [He had a hit out on him¡­ I was just taking the request, don''t blame me, blame the one who put the hit out]: hit [I do blame that idiot¡­ But seeing as he is dead, I can''t really blame him now can I]: soren Soren brought his sight over to Goku''s dead body, and when Hit saw this, his face was one of shock, Hit then spoke. [How did you know he put a hit on himself?]: hit [Well, I saw how much he wanted to fight you in the Tournament, but because I went first, and defeated you before Goku got the chance¡­ I knew he would do something stupid to get the chance to fight you, but to hire you to kill him¡­ That was a new story¡­ Anyway, I guess I will let you go, seeing as Goku is up now]: soren When Hit heard Soren, he quickly turned to see Goku getting up and started stretching his arms. [How!?]: hit [The Ki blast from earlier¡­ Goku saw that he wasn''t going to be able to defeat you, so he shot a Ki blast just strong enough to jumpstart his heart¡­ Goku may be an idiot¡­ But when it comes to these kinds of situations, and fighting others, Goku is probably one of the smartest people in the world¡­ He calculated the time it would take you to leave, and where his body would fall, and what direction he would fall¡­ And if I hadn''t stopped you to talk, you would have already left Earth, and he would have gotten up and reflected on his fight with you]: soren ''He really is smarter than I thought¡­ But this man named Soren¡­ He is like a God¡­ Or maybe he is'': hit [Hey Soren!... You''re here! And Hit is still here too!?... Awsome! Let''s do round 2!]: goku Goku came over to both Soren and Hit, he then landed and began trying to have Hit attack him once more, but Soren didn''t let him, for the reason, if they fight and Hit decided to make sure Goku can''t come back, it will be a pain to explain to Chi-Chi, his wife. Once Soren said Chi-Chi, he gave a slight shiver, before he stopped pestering Hit, Soren then spoke once more. [Don''t worry Goku, You will have a chance to fight Hit in the next Tournament]: soren [Oh Yeah!... Haha, I forgot about that]: goku Soren watched as Hit was about to leave Earth, but before Hit could leave, someone even more powerful landed. The person who landed was a Beauty, she had White hair, a Sky Blue colored skin tone, Purple colored eyes, and a large Blue ring floating around her neck. [Vados, what are you doing here?... Did you miss me? Or you came for more food?]: soren [Ufu fu fu¡­ Food doesn''t sound bad¡­ But I came here for Hit, He shouldn''t be here in this Universe]: vados [Great! After you bring him back to Universe 6, you can come back and we can have a date]: soren [You know I can''t date you¡­ Only Angels can have relationships]: vados [Then I got new for you¡­ First is, I have Angel Blood running through my veins, and Two, the Grand Priest was fine with me dating you¡­ So what do you say?]: soren ''So that''s why I feel connected to him in a small aspect¡­ I should find out more about him, and if Father doesn''t care, then I can continue researching him'': vados [So food is it?... I will be back soon then]: vados After a few hours, Vados appeared back on Earth, and Soren opened a portal and stepped through. [Hello my beautiful Angel¡­ Where do you want to go today?]: soren [I am not yours yet¡­ But for food, let''s go to every place we can go¡­ I have recently been enjoying the food on the Earth in Universe 6]: vados [So you guys found out what we wished for then?... I hope you like it]: soren [It wasn''t a bad wish, and Lord Champa started crying when he found out]: vados [He would cry over food, hehe¡­ Anyway, lets try these places first]: soren Due to the time Hit killed Goku being a little past midnight, Vados came back to Earth at around 8 am, so the only places that were open were breakfast places. Throughout the day until Noon, Soren took Vados to all the local breakfast and bakery shops, and once Lunch hour hit, Soren began to take Vados to all the great Lunch stops. Soren then spent the rest of the day until around 7pm enjoying all types of foods, before taking Vados back to his house with everyone there, Vados then met with both Misha and Hancock. The two had heard about Vados quite some time ago, but hadn''t seen her yet, and once they saw her, they could see why Soren was taken in by her beauty, Vados had matched both Misha and Hancock''s beauty in every aspect, and the two of them decided to judge her over dinner, and if she didn''t pass, they would tell Soren that he couldn''t pursue her anymore. Dinner then went very well, Vados was polite with her manors, and couldn''t hid the fact that Soren''s food was the most tastiest food she had ever eaten, and due to Soren training under his son Zeno, Soren''s cooking improved up to Zeno''s level, and with the help of the Sharingan, Soren''s food was never undercooked or overcooked, it was always perfect, and not even Gods could perform this feat. [The food was amazing, thank you for today¡­ You are indeed someone who makes me curious, Soren¡­ I wouldn''t mind doing this again some time]: vados Vados then came closer to Soren, and gave him a quick peck on the cheek before disappearing from Soren''s home and heading back to Universe 6. Once everyone knew Vados was gone, both Misha and Hancock grabbed hold of Soren''s arms, and brought him to their room for a talk, Soren knew this talk would be about whether Vados would be part of the family or not. [So¡­ What do you girls think of her?]: soren [Misha thinks she is a nice girl¡­ But has other motives]: misha [I think the same as Misha¡­ Vados would make a great partner, but does she actually love you?]: hancock Soren thought about what the girls said, he then spoke. [She is special¡­ Vados is older than all of us combined plus like 500 million years¡­ She has not had any kind of relationship due to the rules made up by her father¡­ So for now, she just sees me as interesting, but that peck on the cheek is proof of her slowly turning to like me¡­ And from there I will make her love me¡­ But this is up to you guys, would you accept her?]: soren [Misha accepts Vados, as long as Husband accepts Vados]: misha [I accept Vados, as long as you accept her Soren]: hancock [Great! Let''s go take a victory Fuck for celebration]: soren [Misha loves victory fucking]: misha [Soren, you''re such a beast tonight~... Hnnn]: hancock Soren then grabbed both Hancock, and Misha by the ass and brought them to their room, and the 3 of them had a wild night, but what Soren didn''t know was someone was watching them through a staff, and if Soren saw this person he could tell that it was the woman who just left his house not too long ago, Vados. [Ufu fu fu¡­ You really are a beast¡­ But I wonder, can you satisfy me?... That is one of the reasons Angels can''t have relations with other races, as we can''t get pregnant if we both don''t climax¡­ Ufu fu fu~]: vados Vados then slowed her trip back to Universe 6 down by ?''s of the original speed, and enjoyed watching Soren, Misha, and Hancock play in the bedroom, and to her surprises, Vados began to touch herself just a bit. Vados then got back to Universe 6 after a few hours, and went back to Champa''s side, Champa then spoke to Vados. [Vados, we need to take a trip to Universe 7¡­ I want to challenge my brother again]: champa [Oh?... And what will you challenge him with now?]: vados [Recently, I noticed a new game called Baseball, on Earth¡­ I took some time to watch it, and I feel that we can win if I challenge Beerus with my team]: champa [So you have put together a team of professionals?]: vados [No, I will use the same people I used in the previous battle, but first we will need to train them to play]: champa [Yes Lord Champa]: vados Vados spoke while giving a slight bow, she then went to collect the participants that will participate in the next battle against Beerus and Universe 7. ''So I will be able to see Soren sooner than I thought¡­ Ufu fu fu, this will be better than I thought'': vados A week passed since Soren had his date with Vados, and he had taught Hancock to absorb God Ki, be it even a little, while Misha was breathing in God Ki like it was nothing. Over this week, Soren had invite Krillin over so he could train, a first, Krillin declined saying that it was pointless, and that he was content working as a policeman, but when Soren brought up becoming a God like Goku, Vegeta, and himself, Krillin called off for vacation time and flew over to Soren''s house. Krillin was shocked to see that out of all of Soren''s family, he could only sense the small children''s Ki, as Serina, Shannon, and Shizu have yet to reach SSJ4. Shizu could transform into a SSJ2 while both Serina and Shannon could go SSJ3, but due to them losing their eyebrows, and looking a bit manly, they vowed never to return into that form. [Looks like we got a visitor]: soren Soren had sensed both Vados and Champa appear on Earth, followed by a few familiar Ki signatures, that Soren guessed were the fighters from universe 6. Soren then remembered that Champa had challenged Beerus to a game of Baseball, Soren had originally forgotten about this as it wasn''t such an interesting Episode of Dragon Ball Super. Soren then took his family and Krillin over to Capsule Corp where everyone was at, and when he got there, Vados kept her eyes on him, but to a point where it was not noticeable by anyone, anyone except Soren himself, and this was when Champa challenged Beerus to a game of Baseball. Chapter 151 - Baseball Game! When Champa and Vados got to Earth, Champa saw Beerus laying in a lawn chair, underneath an umbrella. [What do you want Champa¡­ As you can see, I am sunbathing]: beerus [Haha! I came here today to challenge you again]: champa Beerus heard Champa and got interested, he then opened his left eye and looked towards Champa and began speaking. [Oh?... I have already won the last challenge between us, so what makes you think I would accept this challenge¡­ Do you even have anything to offer me for winning?]: beerus [Haha, this is just a challenge¡­ There will be nothing to be won, just bragging rights¡­ So, do you want to hear what my challenge is?]: champa [Ugg¡­ Fine! Tell me, what is your challenge?]: beerus [We will play a game of Baseball¡­ The winners get bragging rights over whos Universe is better]: champa [Fine¡­ When do you want to play?]: beerus [I will give you 3 days to put together a team of 6 with us destroyers as the 7th players on our teams]: champa [But I don''t see the rest of your participants]: beerus [I will pick a few people from here so the teams are even]: champa Before Beerus could say anything, Soren stepped forwards and spoke. [No need for you to find any extra people Champa, we have everyone here¡­ Let''s just take a few hours to learn the game, the we can start]: soren Champa''s attention was brought over to Soren, and when he saw Soren his mouth started to drool. Champa had remembered all the delicious food that was made by Soren, and no matter how hard Champa looked on his Earth, there was no food that could match Soren''s food, but nonetheless, the food on Champa''s Earth matches the food on this Earth. [You¡­ You''re that brat who has good food, and almost took out my whole team¡­ So I am to guess you will participate in this match?]: champa [Of course, and don''t worry, I will be providing food for everyone]: soren Champs was ecstatic when he heard Soren was going to be cooking food, but Champa then gave Soren a "Humph" and started walking away so as to not show his true feelings. Soren then walked over to Beerus and started picking out members for the baseball team, along with filling in 3 members for Champa''s team. [Okay¡­ So we will be playing Baseball, Bulma should have a rule book that we can read¡­ As for the teams¡­ Our team should consist of Beerus, Me, Goku, Piccolo, Trunks, Krillin, and Gohan¡­ As for Champa''s team, I could guess they will have Champa himself, Cabba, Botamo, and Magetta. This means we will need to give them Vegeta, Goten, and Killua]: soren When Beerus heard Soren say that Vegeta would be on Champa''s team, he wanted to ring Soren''s neck, but Vegeta seemed quite happy at this outcome, as he wanted to fight with Goku and Soren. After some discussion, Beerus agreed to the teams, and Soren sent Vegeta, Killua, and Goten over to Champa''s side, so they can learn the rules, while Bulma came back from the house with a "Baseball Rule Book for Idiots", Soren then began to scan the rules along with everyone else. Soren didn''t need to read much because, when Soren was in Highschool, he played Baseball, he only skimmed the book to get a refresh, and see if there were any rule changes to the game in this world. After a few hours, both Beerus, and Champa''s teams were ready, and Bulma lead them to a Baseball field not too far away, and when they got there, both Whis, and Vados had dressed up in referee outfits, and gave Beerus'' team Red Baseball outfits, while Champa''s team wore Blue outfits. [This will be a friendly match between Universe 6 and Universe 7¡­ So no matter the outcome of the game, there will be no hard feelings]: vados Once the rules were stated, a coin was flipped to see whose side was going first to bat. Beerus won the coin toss, and decided the batting turns, while Champa''s team decided who the pitcher was, and where everyone else would stand in the field. Vegeta was chosen to pitch, while Soren was first batter, and Killua was going to be the catcher, Soren came up to the plate and taped the bat on the ground, Whis then gave the start signal, and Vegeta powered up to SSGSS and threw the ball at his fastest speed possible. Soren watched as the ball came to him at an almost slow speed, Soren then adjusted while powering the bat with as much Ki as possible, and in doing so, the bat started to corrode due to the dense heat contained in Soren''s aura, but that wasn''t the only problem as the Ball Vegeta threw was burning into oblivion. Right as the ball and bat made contact, nothing happened, as both the ball and bat disintegrated into nothingness, and the game was stopped, with Vados and Whis reprimanding both Vegeta and Soren for using their full powers. [That will not be allowed¡­ Use of Ki will be against the rules, participants will only be allows to use physical strength to play]: whis Both Soren and Vegeta felt cheated, but didn''t say anything more, while a new bat was brought to Soren, and a new ball was given to Vegeta, but Soren could tell these items that were given to them were way sturdier, and heavier than the previous ones, and the reason was because Whis and Vados made them. Even without the use of Ki, Soren and Vegeta could blow up a mountain with a punch, and add a bit of Ki to that, and they could destroy a whole planet. One the game resumed, Vegeta threw the ball once again, and Soren still saw it coming at a slow pace, Soren then adjusted his stance and hit the ball, Soren then watched as the ball flew quite a ways away, as he began to run at a normal pace to the next base, but he then watched as Goten flew up to catch the ball. ''Well Fuck'': soren Right as Goten landed, Whis spoke up. [Due to the rule of "No Ki" Goten has broken the rule, so Soren will keep his position on base 1]: whis ''Im safe'': soren Goten felt disappointed, but got over it as he couldn''t fix his mistake, only no let the same mistake happen again. The next person to bat for Beerus'' team was Goku, Goku took hold of the bat, and realized that this bat was quite heavy, around 363kg, and Goku could only guess that it was to keep the Baseball from flying into space with a power swing. Vegeta also had a weighted item, as even if the bat was weighted, it could still be swung, so if a normal ball was used, then the impact made between the bat and ball would either break the ball, or send it flying far away, so the balls weight was around half the bats weight being around 181kg. [Be ready Kakarot! I will beat you today hahaha!]: vegeta Vegeta then threw the ball, and watched as the ball collided with the bat in Goku''s hand. The ball and bat then had a battle between each other, with Goku pushing the bat back to fight the power behind the ball, and when the ball lost enough kinetic energy, the ball fell to the ground, just passed the White lines on the ground. Goku just began to stare at it, while everyone else saw that it was fair game and began to shout towards Goku. [Goku Run! That is a safe ball!]: spectators Goku heard them and dropped the bat, he then began running at a normal speed towards the first base, as the rules stated runners have to run at a normal person''s speed. Once Soren saw the ball touch the ground, he began to run from first base to second, ans under normal circumstances, Soren could have run from first to second once the ball made contact with the bat, but Soren didn''t know if the ball would be a foul or not, so he decided to wait until the ball hit the ground. Soren then went from second base to third, and right before Soren made it to third base, the ball was picked up and thrown towards third base, but due to the power behind the throw, Cabba who was standing on third base, was thrown off and Soren made it to the base, while Whis called out. [Safe!! Hohoho]: whis Cabba then got up off the ground while dusting himself off, he then threw the ball back to Vegeta who threw it at him in the first place with so much force. Vegeta caught the ball, and went back to the pitcher''s plate, and the next batter was Krillin, Vegeta gave Krillin a smile, and once Krillin tapped the plate Vegeta threw the ball at high speeds, Krillin could almost not keep track, and tried to swing, but got a strike. Vegeta gave a smile, while Killua threw the ball back to Vegeta, Krillin then toughened up and put his focus into seeing the balls speed clearly, and when the ball was thrown a second time, Krillin could see it, but still got a strike. [One more and you''re out Krillin!]: vegeta [You can do it Krillin! I''m rooting for you, and so is Marron]: 18 Krillin looked over to his wife and daughter, he saw both of them cheering for him to win. Krillin then placed the bat down for a second and took both of his hands and smacked his cheeks, he then picked the bat back up and faced Vegeta with determination in his eyes. Vegeta then threw the ball and was expecting Krillin to fail to hit it once more, but to his surprise, Krillin hit the ball and watched as the ball flew far off, and out of the park. [Home Run!]: vados Vados shouted as Krillin began to run around the field as both Soren and Goku finished and got a point each, while Krillin won 4 points. Now Beerus'' team was up 6 points while Champa''s team is still 0 points, and with this the game continued, and after a few hours and a couple team shifts, Beerus'' team had 30 points while Champa''s team had 28 points. [This will be the last shit, Lord Champa''s team is up to bat]: vados Soren was chosen to be the pitcher, while Cabba was first to bat, with Gohan being the catcher. Soren began to give Cabba time to prepare himself, and once Cabba tapped the bat to the home base, Soren threw the ball at lightning speeds that Cabba barely saw, along with Gohan as well. [W-what was that!?]: cabba Cabba turned his head to see Gohan pushed back a few feet, and since Cabba didn''t swing, that was counted as a "Ball" the batter could get 4 "Balls" before it counted as a strike. Soren then decided to make the ball a bit more visible to Cabba, and once he threw it a second time, Cabba swung and missed. [Strike 1!]: whis Soren then caught the ball once more from Gohan, he then gave Cabba a few seconds to regain himself, before Cabba tapped the base once again and Soren threw the ball, and once again. [Strike 2!]: whis Soren caught the ball back from Gohan and once again, Cabba tapped the plate, and Soren threw the ball, and once more. [Strike 3! Cabba, you''re out!]: whis With that, Cabba hung his head in shame, and walked to the back of the line, and let the next person bat. Soren then watched as Vegeta came up to bat, Soren then decided to give Vegeta a taste of his own medicine, by throwing a fastball that could break the sound barrier, but Vegeta just gave a "Humph" and swung the bat hitting the ball, but not very far as when the ball made contact with the bat, the speed was reduced quite a bit. Soren then watched as the ball started to land near Krillin, Krillin saw this and started to back up to catch the ball, and when the ball made contact with Krillin, it sent him into the ground due to the weight. [Vegeta¡­ Out!]: whis Vegeta was upset, but decided to settle it later with an actual fight with Soren, and while Vegeta made his way to the back of the line, Botamo came up to hit the ball, but with his size and weight, you can only throw the ball in one spot without hitting Botamo. Soren then began to work on his curveball that he hasn''t done since Highschool, and when Botamo saw this, he was surprised, and tried to swing, only to miss. [Strike 1!]: whis Soren then began to throw 2 more curve balls that Botamo tried to hit, but couldn''t for the life of him. And once Botamo got the third strike, the game was called to an end with Beerus'' team being the winners, and once it was decided, both Whis and Vados had the teams line up and shake hands with each other before leaving. [Great game! I would love to play again some time]: soren Soren spoke to the other team while shaking Killua''s hand, Champa thought it was a fun game too, while Beerus just gave a slight smile. Soren then broke out a few tables and set some food down on them, and once everyone saw this, their mouths began to water as the food began to disappear over time. Soren was also using telekinesis to make more food, while he was eating and interacting with everyone else, soon Soren was alone, but was joined by Vados. [How can I help you?]: soren [You performed great today, have you played before?]: vados [I have played once, but that was a long time ago¡­ So when will you guys be leaving?]: soren [Maybe in a couple hours¡­ So, I was wondering¡­ Are your wives fine with adding more women into your relationship?]: vados [They are fine, as long as they approve of the women¡­ As for you, you have been approved, so would you like to be with me?]: soren Chapter 152 - Time with Vados 18+ Vados was shocked with how direct Soren was towards her, but she was also shocked at the fact that she wanted to say yes. Vados then began to think it over, and due to the pressure she felt, spoke out towards Soren. [Could you give me some time to think about it?... I will be sure to give you my answer by the end of the day]: vados Soren understood, and didn''t bother pressing Vados any further, instead, Soren chose to break through his limits and reach the new stage that he has the feeling of grasping hold of. Soren then went back to his home without his family, as they were still enjoying the party at Bulma''s place, Soren then focused all of his energy into breaking into the next level, and after a couple hours, Soren had broken through the shell and entered the next stage. [HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!]: soren Soren''s body sent out an explosion of God Ki that could match Beerus, Soren had achieved the next level of True Saiyan God, and decided to call this form True Saiyan God Green. Soren called this form under that name due to the obvious, Green fur covered his whole body, along with his spiky Green hair, Soren clenched his fists a few times while grasping the energy flowing from his body, and unlike True Saiyan God Red, Bule, and Purple, True Saiyan God Green has a chaotic flow of Ki, and Soren felt the rage building up inside him. ''So is this like Broly''s form?... But God Ki is not supposed to be chaotic, it should be serene and peaceful'': soren Soren quickly took action to suppress the rage building up inside his body, he also began to notice some changes to his muscles. Soren''s muscles began to compact and become smaller, and soon all of Soren''s muscles were just a bit bigger, then when Soren was in his True Saiyan God Red form. Soren began to circulate the chaotic Ki in his body, as to calm it down, Soren suspected that the way to master this form, is to control all the rampant Ki in his body, and after a couple more hours, Soren was able to control it to a high standard, but still not perfect, and Soren suspected to take a few more days to full control it. Later that night, Soren and his family were hanging out at home, when Soren sensed a powerful Angel aura at his doorstep, and suspected it to be Vados, Soren then went and answered the door, only for Vados to jump at him while screaming in a seductive voice. [Soren~!]: vados Soren was utterly confused with how Vados was acting, he had never in a million years expected Vados to act like this, he would have even thought this was a fake Vados if not for the energy signature. Soren then took Vados into his arms, while both Misha and Hancock came around the corner to check out the scream of their Husbands name, but when they saw Vados with blushed cheeks, they expected that tonight was the night. [Come Serina, Shannon¡­ Lets go play with Bulma and Trunks]: misha Misha understood and made the first move to clear the room for her Husband, and Hancock could only blush at Misha''s fast thinking, she then decided to join Misha, and left with the kids. Soren was now alone in the house with Vados, while Zeno, and Zenith never really stayed in the house to begin with, while both Killua and Gon began to live with their respective partners. [So, we are alone¡­ What do you want to do~?]: vados [You were quite quick to decide to go this far¡­ But why the sudden change of attitude towards me?]: soren [Why are you questioning it? Do you not like me anymore?... Do you not want my body?]: vados [No! I love you, you are an amazing and beautiful woman, but I don''t want to force you to love me, nor do I want to rush a relationship with you¡­ So I will ask once again before we do anything further¡­ Do you really want a relationship with me?]: soren [Ufu fu fu¡­ Let me tell you something Soren¡­ I was a naughty girl, I had watched you make love to both Misha and Hancock, after our dinner date last week, and ever since then, I tuned in every night to see if you guys were having Hot and Sweaty Intercourse¡­ I would touch myself just thinking about it¡­ Do you know what it''s like to decline men who try to be with me? I am a Virgin, and have been since the beginning of time¡­ So I ask YOU Soren¡­ Can you give me the same pleasure that you give both Misha and Hancock?]: vados It was then that Soren realized what he had just unleashed upon himself. This was a woman who has never had any type of sexual interaction between others, not even with herself. So when Vados gave Soren a seductive look, Soren felt like enjoying himself, Soren then gave her a smile, he then picked Vados up and flashed over to his room and closed the door. [Then I will treat you to the best night of your life¡­ Be prepared to be cripple for a few hours when you wake up]: soren (HENTAI SCENE INCOMING! Aka In-Cum-ing XD) Soren then laid Vados down on the bed, he then began to lay over top her while kissing her lips, Vados felt that Soren''s lips were like a void that just kept pulling her back in, and the second the kiss stopped so they could catch their breaths, Vados wanted more. Vados then took the initiative to take hold of Soren''s lips with her own, Soren then felt his mouth being invaded by Vados'' tongue, and Soren couldn''t let her dominate him like this, so he began to fight back. Soon after, both Vados and Soren''s tongue''s were intertwined, while Soren started groping Vados'' tits, while Vados herself was rubbing her pussy. Soren then broke their kiss, and began to kiss a trail down Vados'' neck, and the second he got to Vados'' big chest, Soren began to rip off her clothes, and soon after that, Vados had her dress hanging down to her waist, with the only thing covering her chest being a bra, but that didn''t stand in Soren''s way, as in the next second, the bra vanished into thin air. Soren was now face to face with a nice big pair of Sky Blue breasts, and a blushing Vados, Soren then began to suck on one of Vados'' titties while groping her free titty, and soon after Soren began sucking Vados'' breasts, while occasionally switching the nipple he is sucking on the big round pair of titties, Vados began to moan while rubbing her pussy faster. After Soren saw that Vados'' weak spot was her nipples, he began to nibble on her nipples while twisting the other one with his thumb and index finger, Vados could only let out moans when Soren did this. [Ahhhh Hnnnggg~!]: vados While Soren was busy with Vados up stairs in his room, a scrawny Purple cat just barged into Soren''s home without knocking, and spoke. [Soren! I need foo¡­]: beerus [Ahhh Feels shhhoooo Gooodd~!]: ??? Beerus heard the voice, and could recognise it as his twin brother''s Angel attendant, Vados. [I have been scared¡­ I will come back later]: bereus Beerus then left the house, but before he left, he locked the front door so that others don''t do what he had just done. This was one thing that Beerus would never speak of for the rest of his life, he also would never tell Whis about this, as he knew about Whis'' secret Yandere side. [Soren! I want you to fuck me~!]: vados Soren had thought he heard something down stairs, but didn''t bother to check, as he had sent his senses to check, but nothing came back, so Soren continued to make passionate love to Vados. [You''re getting a bit ahead of yourself¡­ I haven''t made you cum yet]: soren Soren then made another kiss trail, from Vados'' titties, down to her pelvic region, and just below that would be the treasure trove, but first, Soren would need to remove Vados'' clothes completely. Soren then removed Vados'' clothes, while removing his own as well, and Soren began to suck at the soaking wet panties of the "Pure Angel" Vados, Soren then removed the panties and began spreading the hairless Sky Blue pussy lips of Vados, Soren could tell from the slight Reddish hue, that Vados had waxed her pussy before coming to Soren''s house. Soren then began to lick the open area of Vados'' pussy, and the sweet taste of Honey was all Soren could taste, and it made him addicted, Soren began to relish in the taste of Vados'' pussy juices, and it tasted even better than both Misha''s and Hancock''s pussy juice. Soren''s only thought was to clear out Vados'' stock of juice, here and now, and Soren then began to get deep into Vados'' pussy with his tongue, with reaching spots never explored by Vados before. Soren was like a Honey badger digging for the sweet spot, and the sweet spot was Vados'' juice, and soon after, the badger found what he wanted when Vados shouted. [I-I''m Cumming~!!! Ahhhhhnnnngggg~!]: vados Vados then squirts all over Soren''s face, and he begins filling his mouth with all of Vados'' sweet juices. Soren then couldn''t help but get super horny from all of that fluid and rushed up to Vados'' lips, so that she may drink her own fruit juices, while Soren also poked Vados'' cave with his soaring Dragon, and when Vados felt the poking of something big and sharp, he lifted her head to look down at it, her face became more Red as she screamed. [I have to take this whole thing~!]: vados Soren just sealed her lips and began rubbing the tip of his dick against the phat pussy lips of Vados, she then began to let out muffled moans as Soren was still sealing her lips with his own. Soren then broke the kiss and looked at Vados in the eyes with a passionate look of love, he saw how Vados'' eyes were glazed over with tears of joy and happiness, as she spoke. [Please Fuck me~!]: vados Soren then slowly started to enter Vados, and just the tight walls that constricted the tip of Soren''s dick made him want to release early, but he refrained, as Vados was still a virgin, and he wanted to give her a bit more pleasure before he shoots inside her. Soren then began to move a bit deeper, until he came across a barrier, Soren then began to hit against it with a gentle push, and soon the barrier was broken as blood began to flow, and Soren pulled out a little bit. Soren then pushed back in and gave Vados a rush of pain and pleasure, Soren then held his movements for a minute before he began to move once again, Soren then watched as Vados'' face showed both pain and pleasure as she began to scream. [Ahhh Hnnngggg~! Shoooo Goood!... Fuck me harder! Go Faster!]: vados Soren didn''t disappoint as he began to speed up, and soon both Vados and Soren began to hit a climax, as both Soren and Vados came. Soren didn''t stop here as he continued to pound Vados'' bright Red pussy, and watch as the area became filled with a mix of fluids. Soren fucked Vados so hard that the whole bed was soaked from Vaods'' juices and cum from Soren, nothing could be heard from the room except the sounds of Vados screaming in pleasure and the sounds of meat slapping together. [Ahhhh! I''m Cumming once again!... Haaaaannnggggg!]: vados Vados then gripped Soren with her body, while wrapping her legs around Soren''s waist, Soren then felt as Vados'' pussy walls gripped hold of Soren''s dick and squeezed it, begging for the milk kept inside. Soren then shoved his dick as far as it could go, and pushed through the second wall, while shooting his whole load into Vados'' womb, filling it up to the top, Soren was then released as both Vados and himself hit their 3rd climax for the night, Soren then began to take a refill break when his bedroom door was opened by both Misha and Hancock in nothing but some sexy lingerie. [Misha is here to be fucked like a slave¡­ Misha has also brought along Hancock for double slave action~!]: misha Misha then ran towards Soren, while Hancock followed behind. Soren then began to fuck Misha'' wet hole, while Hancock began to drink the mixture of seamen and pussy juice from Vados. Soren felt that was a big turn on and in doing so, his dick only got harder, as it poked Misha in the stomach, Soren then spent the whole night fucking all three of the most beautiful women in the world, and then next day when he woke up, Soren left the three beauties dead tired on the bed, while he went to take a shower and get ready for the day. (END OF HENTAI¡­ SAFE TO READ NOW) ''I should focus on breaking into the next stage, after mastering True Saiyan God Green¡­ But what would it be? Like a God version of SSJ4?... I guess I will see when I get there'': soren Soren then sat in the backyard while putting all of his focus into controlling the chaotic Ki involved in the True Saiyan God Green form. And after 2 days of meditation, Soren had perfect control over the chaotic Ki while coming to realize the purpose of the chaotic Ki. Soren had found out that the chaotic Ki is used to temper the body into a stronger state, and that was why Soren''s muscles were condensing and compacting. Soren was now back to his lean muscle build, while having an intangible power, Soren felt that he could mop the floor with Beerus, but was still far from people like Zen-Oh and the Grand Priest, Soren was closing into the power level of the Angels though, and felt if Soren could use Mastered Ultra Instinct, then he could go toe to toe with people like Whis, but this would still be far from the Grand Priests level. Soren then decided to break into the next form, now that his True Saiyan God Green form was stable, Soren even wondered how it would look compared to all of his other forms, he wondered if his hair would turn some other ridiculous color. Soren then started powering up his Ki output to ridiculous levels, and just the pressure alone was making the whole world shake and tremble, Soren then had a barrier form around him, and the one who did that was the recently awoken Vados who was just wearing a towel and nothing else, as she held her staff in her hand. [HAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!]: soren Soren''s body then exploded with power, as his hair grew long, his hair was so long, it could touch the ground, but despite the normal spiked hair style, it was not spiked, but straight, Soren then overlooked his body, and noticed that his body fur was gone, while his hair was Black in color, this surprised Soren as he still had a tail, but it was now Black in color as well. Chapter 153 - Ultra Instinct Training Soren inspected his entire body, and realised that all the previous scar tissue and skin was gone, the fur that would normally cover his body in SSJ4 was gone, while his hair was Black in color, and extremely long, while Soren''s eyes were Red in color, just like his Sharingan, but without any tomes rotating inside them. Soren then noticed that his tail was not a Brown color, but Pure Black, just like his hair, Soren then turned to see Vados sweating, and on her knees while holding the towel that was wrapped around her closed, so as to not let it open and expose her to the outside world. Soren then turned to rush over to Vados and pick her up, but once he kicked off against the ground, it left spiderweb cracks everywhere, Soren then reached Vados, and gently picked her up, even though he might not hurt her, but it was for precaution. [What happened?... Are you okay?]: soren [... Eheh, Husband was able to destroy my barrier¡­ I am like this, because I used my Energy to sustain the barrier¡­ But you drained me completely]: vados [Hehe¡­ Your energy wasn''t the only thing I drained]: soren Soren gave Vados a wink, and she just returned a blush while turning her head away from Soren. Vados had felt more attracted to Soren''s new form, as it was Godly, she felt the need to be subservient towards Soren, be it in bed or battle, Vados felt like she would do anything for Soren. [So¡­ Shall we go inside?]: soren [Y-Yes¡­ But what about your new form?]: vados [Oh yeah!... Since I entered this form, I have felt like nothing has changed, so I forgot about it¡­ It''s almost like my body feels this form is natural, and should always be like this]: soren [So your body is now completely in the realm of the Gods¡­ I do admit, your power surpassed even Lord Champa]: vados [Speaking of Champa¡­ What will you do now? You won''t always be able to stay with him]: soren [Ufu fu fu¡­ That won''t be a problem]: vados [What? Why?]: soren Soren didn''t get what Vados was getting at, but he then watched as Vados began to caress her stomach that was bulging just a tiny bit. [No¡­ Don''t tell me!]: soren [Yes¡­ I am pregnant¡­ I will give birth in the next couple of days]: vados [WHAT!?!?... But how? We just had sex for the first time last night¡­ How can you give birth so fast?]: soren [Ufu fu fu¡­ Husband, there is much for you to learn about Angels¡­ But I will tell you this, Angels grow fast, and are born with all the knowledge needed to perform an Angels duty¡­ So once our child is born, he will be train to take care of Lord Champa]: vados [No¡­ I can''t allow my child to not be with us¡­ We are its family, I am its father¡­ Why must we need to abandon it with an arrogant asshole?]: soren [Calm down Husband¡­ You are acting like we won''t be able to see it in the future]: vados Soren then gave Vados a sad look, Vados saw this, and understood something was wrong, Soren then began to take her hand and sit Vados on the couch while sitting next to her, Soren then took a deep breath before speaking. [Vados¡­ I''m not from this Universe]: soren [Oh?... What Universe are you from? The 12th? 3rd?]: vados [No¡­ I''m not from this dimension¡­ I have decided to tell you now that you have accepted my feelings towards you¡­ I was not born in any of the 12 universes, and have traveled many worlds to get stronger¡­ Misha is from a world full of Souls, while Hancock is from a world full of Pirates that eat special fruits to gain superpowers, while I''m sure you have noticed a Black dog around here every once and a while¡­ His name is Haku, he is also from the world where Hancock comes from¡­ As for me, I came from a would with no power, and we as humans don''t know that a God who rules everything exists, but we believe he does¡­ I am only here now, because I had died and met this God who reincarnated me into places like this, and gave me a special power¡­ Am I going too fast for you?]: soren Soren watched as Vados'' facial expressions changed a few times before landing on one of shock, and when Soren asked if he was going too fast, Vados spoke. [So is this why you have Angel blood¡­ And is this why I can''t read you?]: vados [Yes¡­ If you accept me, I can gave you something similar to the power I have, but on a much weaker scale]: soren [This all sounds interesting¡­ Let''s do it later, for now, I will go get a cup of water and head back to sleep to take in all that you have just told me]: vados Vados seemed calm on the outside, but on the inside, she was freaking out. The one she had just confessed too, and made love, while conceiving a child, had a big secret, that he just dumped onto her. Vados didn''t care about his past, nor did she care he was not from this dimension, as she loved him, but telling her all of this, after she had decided to leave her soon to be "First born" in this dimension, while she would leave with Soren. Vados didn''t want to leave her baby, without knowing how long until she could come back to visit, Vados then decided to talk to her father about getting a new Angel, as she wanted to retire and live with Soren. Vados then used her staff and made her clothes appear on her person, she then tapped her staff on the ground and left the house, Soren felt her presence leave, and felt sad, but something deep down told him that Vados would be back, and to wait for her return. ''Sakura, what does my Status look like'': soren {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Uchiha, Ancient Dragon-Saiyan, Soma Yukihira, Erina Nakiri, Sage, Hollow, Vampire Progenitor, Angel Titles: Dragon, 10+ more Power Level: 110,000,000,000 (True God 7,500 Million x Base) Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction ---> Destruction God -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 100 Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinnesharingan-: LOCKED -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Super Saiyan Mastered 100%, SSJ2 Mastered 100%, SSJ3 Mastered 100%, Sage Mode, SSJ4 Mastered 100%, God Base, True Saiyan God Red, True Saiyan God Blue, True Saiyan God Purple, True Saiyan God Green, True God, Ultra Instinct (Incomplete/Unstable/ Unusable) Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. (Hakai is dependent on how much power is placed in it) -Skills-: 1000 -List?- -Passive-: 60 -List?- System Points: 15.129 Million} ''Why is the new form already named True God?'': soren {HOST HAS ENTERED THE REALM OF GODS¡­ ONCE HOST LEAVES THIS WORLD, HOST CAN CHOOSE TO GO TO THE LAND OF THE GODS, BUT THE TRUE GOD LEVEL IS LIKE A BOTTOM FEEDER IN THE LAND OF THE GODS, SO SYSTEM RECOMMENDS REACHING THE GOD KING LEVEL} Soren was surprised to see that his level was in the realm of Gods now, but the second part of Sakura''s sentence hurt Soren. Even though he became a God, he is still considered a bottom feeder in the land of the Gods, Soren then decided to see if he could find out the rankings of Gods, and asked Sakura. ''Sakura, can you tell me the ranks of Gods?'': soren {DING!... PULLING UP RANK LIST¡­ -God Ranking List- (True God): Lowest of the Gods in rank, can also be easily suppressed or killed by other Gods. (God Knight): Your Journey on the path of Godhood has started, and you are stronger than everyone below your rank, and can kill them with a wave of a hand. (God King): Your rank is sufficient to survive in the World of Gods, and Mortals will praise you, as you can create miracles out of nothing/ (God Emperor): You rank in the top brass, almost nobody can harm you, and your body is Eternal, as you will forever be Immortal, but be careful, your body may be Eternal, but your soul can still parish. (Omnipotent God): Only other Gods of your Caliber can kill you, but due to your soul now becoming Eternal, you will always enter the cycle of Reincarnation. IS THIS SUFFICIENT FOR HOST?} ''Yes, thank you Sakura¡­ I guess I will need to come up with the next world I travel too'': soren As Soren was thinking on what world would best suit him, as God had told him that he only has around 2 million years before the Evil Gods start a siege and take over. Soren was now pondering over his life choices, when he had a message fall out of thin air, and into his lap, Soren then opened the letter and read it out loud for no apparent reason. -Note- Greetings Soren, The Omni King has decided when the ToP or Tournament Of Power will be held. I''m sorry that you missed out on the Grand Zen-Oh Expo, but Goku had told me you were busy with a breakthrough, but I was a bit upset to see that a breakthrough to you was considered Impregnating one of my daughters. Anyway, the ToP will take place in 1 week, please help Goku choose 10 participants from your Universe to take part -Sincerely, Father-In-Law a.k.a The Grand Priest Soren almost shit his pants reading the note left to him, but after reading the signature, Soren was confused, he didn''t know if the Grand Priest was upset, or happy. Soren decided to place this idea to the back of his mind and work on Mastering Ultra Instinct, he had gotten informed by Sakura while he was reading the Note, that he could transform with no Physical damage done, but would still need to control the Energy. Soren then decided to use his training machine that he got from Super Shenron, he then pulled out a door from his inventory and placed it down, and while its placed on the ground, the giant door looks like just a door standing in the middle of nowhere, as it was not connected to anything but the ground. Soren then opened the door, and saw a portal like film covering the door way, Soren then stepped inside and began to twist the dial on the wall next to the entrance/exit. Soren could spin the dial and make one day outside turn into 10 years inside, Soren then went out into the vast White field, and when he stepped into the field, Soren fell to his knees. [Wow¡­ The gravity truly is strong here, it would kill anyone else but me and a select few others, hell even Goku and Vegeta might get crushed in this gravity]: soren The Gravity in the room was set to 10 Million times Earth''s gravity, and the only reason Soren could stand it, was due to his True God form. Soren then started to do some small exercises to get used to the gravity, and after a few days inside the Training room of gravity training, Soren could stand in the gravity like natural, but he still wasn''t too fast due to the strain on his muscles, Soren then sat down and crossed is legs, and then focused his energy into pushing his power beyond. Soren then let out a long and loud scream while his long Black hair started to turn as White as Snow, Soren''s tail also became a pure White color, and his Red eyes became Silver, as Soren''s power was boosted to what Sakura would call a half step God Knight. Soren then felt the strain on his body disappear, and he stood up while clenching his fists, Soren felt the hot Ki inside him start exploding as it was going rampant inside Soren''s body, Soren felt the Ki of Ultra Instinct mix with his Angel Ki, and as a result, Soren''s Silver eyes turned Golden in color. Soren felt his power jump to an even higher level, as the rampant Ki started to calm down and resonate with all of Soren''s bloodlines, but soon something happened in Soren''s body, and it had to do with the Ultra Instinct Ki, it was scanning and resonating with all of Soren''s bloodlines, but now it was destroying them. [KUUUAAHHHH!!!]: soren Soren spit out a few mouth''s full of blood, before he passed out. After an undetermined amount of time, Soren had woken up, he felt pained all over, and he couldn''t tell what happened, Soren then opened his system to take a look at what happened, but what he saw on his new status screen confused the fuck out of him. [What the Fuck is this!?]: soren Chapter 154 - Training Before the ToP {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Origin God''s Bloodline Titles: Dragon, 7+ more Power Level: 300,000,000,000 (True God 7,500 Million x Base) Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction God -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 100 Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinnesharingan-: LOCKED -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Super Saiyan Mastered 100%, SSJ2 Mastered 100%, SSJ3 Mastered 100%, Sage Mode, SSJ4 Mastered 100%, God Base, True Saiyan God Red, True Saiyan God Blue, True Saiyan God Purple, True Saiyan God Green, True God, Ultra Instinct Complete Form Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. (Hakai is dependent on how much power is placed in it) -Skills-: 1000 -List?- -Passive-: 60 -List?- System Points: 15.129 Million} [What is the Origin God Bloodline?... Sakura, can you help me out?, and how long have I been passed out for?]: soren {DING!... HOST HAS BEEN UNCONSCIOUS FOR 37 YEARS¡­ HOST SHOULD ALSO NOTE THAT THE ORIGIN GOD BLOODLINE, IS THE SAME BLOODLINE OWNED BY THE ONE WHO CREATED THE SYSTEM, AND SENT HOST INTO THESE WORLDS} [So he gave me his Bloodline?]: soren {HOST IS HALF CORRECT¡­ BUT THE SYSTEM IS NOT AUTHORIZED TO TELL HOST ANYTHING FURTHER, IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO KNOW MORE, YOU MUST ASK THE GOD HIMSELF¡­ HOST ALSO MUST NOTE THAT HOST CAN NOT USE THE LAST REMAINING WISH TO KNOW THIS INFORMATION EITHER} [What!?... The information is that important, that an OP wish can''t even get me the answer?... Just how important is this bloodline?... And wait! You said 37 years? Thank God I set the time dilation to its Max, and only a little over 3 and a half days in this place]: soren Soren then stopped asking Sakura questions, and focused on his new prowess in his Ultra Instinct form. Soren then powered up and felt as his power pushed through the roof and entered into a new stage, which would be God Knight by the systems standards, and no longer a half step God Knight. Soren then began to check out his new figure, as his muscles reached optimum efficiency, be it strength of agility, Soren had it all, Soren also noticed that the once Snow White hair, now had shiny Golden hair layering Soren''s White hair, while Soren''s tail stayed pure White in color. Soren then decided to spend the next 3 years in the Training Chamber to get his explosive power under control, and over that time, Soren had noticed that both his Observation Haki, and his Kings Haki had fused together in his Ultra Instinct form, the pressure alone being given off by Soren could kill someone if Soren wanted, while Observation Haki was fused with the main passive skill of Ultra Instinct, which is the auto act function. The fusion between the two made it so Soren would not be a slave to his body parts, he could freely move them no matter what, but his body would send signals to his brain after seeing the future. Soren was happy to see that he was now ranked as the strongest Mortal in all the 12 Universes, and Jiren will bow down and beg for forgiveness, for even the thought of winning. After 3 years were up, Soren exited the Training room, and saw some unexpected figures waiting for him, the ones waiting were Misha, Hancock, Zeno, Zenith, Killua, Gon, Serina, Shannon, Shizu, Goku, Vegeta, Beerus, Champa, Whis, Gohan, The other Z fighters, Vados, and a child who had a Halo floating above his head. Soren knew immediately that over the past 4 days, Vados had given birth, and the child had grew to the size of a 2 year old, Soren was happy to see his family, and the ones he considered part of his family, but Soren noticed Champa giving Soren a death stare, while Beerus looked to nowhere specific and began to whistle with his head pointed into the air, the second he realized Soren was looking towards him. [Hey everyone¡­ Why are you all waiting for me?]: soren Everyone looked at Soren, and noticed his new appearance which was Soren still in his Ultra Instinct form. Both Whis and Vados just gave Soren a smile, while Beerus noticed, and felt like he was falling behind. Champa didn''t notice, nor did he care, because he was here to challenge Soren to a deathmatch for taking Vados away from him. It was a known Rule, that once an Angel loses his or her purity, they must resign their duty, and leave it up to the younger generation, being their child, and the only person exempt from this rule is the Grand Priest himself, as there is no body strong enough to take over his position. [Y-You!... You bastard! You ran off with my Vados and had an affair! Now she has to leave my side and quit her job as my attendee¡­ How am I supposed to find another one just like her? Huh?]: champa Champa couldn''t hold his anger anymore as he came stomping up and began to raise his pointer finger towards Soren, and began to try poking him in the chest while shouting curses at him, but the second Champa''s finger was about to land on Soren''s chest, Soren turned into just an after image before reappearing behind Champa with his had raised in a chopping motion, and in the next second Champa stopped speaking and hit the floor passed out. [Woah! That was so cool Soren!]: goku Soren realised what he had done and spoke. [Oops¡­ I didn''t mean for that to happen¡­ My body just moved on its own¡­ Teehee]: soren Soren began to scratch the back of his head with his left hand, while winking and sticking his tongue out at everyone as he said "Teehee". Beerus didn''t say anything and continued to not make eye contact with Soren, but Soren couldn''t tell what was wrong with Beerus, so he asked Beerus directly. [Beerus, what''s wrong? You keep trying to avoid eye contact with me]: soren Before Beerus could come up with an excuse, Whis spoke up while chuckling a little. [Lord Beerus won''t make eye contact because he had a little incident when he came to ask for food 5 days ago]: whis [Whis you trator!]: beerus [So that''s who that was¡­ I''ll admit, I am a bit embarrassed you had to hear that]: soren As Soren spoke, everyone who heard began to get curious about what Beerus had heard, because to them, it sounded like Soren might have been arguing. Little did they know, Soren was making hot and sweaty love, that Beerus just happened to hear when walking into Soren''s home uninvited, Whis just began to chuckle while taking the child out of his sisters arms, he then began to coo at the child. Soren then walked over to Vados and gave her a kiss before asking about their child, he had no idea what the child''s name was, nor did the child know who its father was. [Don''t worry honey¡­ His name is Ariel, he has an idea about who you are after I showed him some images through my staff¡­ Would you like to hold him?]: vados [I would love that¡­ But will Whis let me? He looks quite interested in being the big Uncle who spoils our child]: soren [Ufu fu fu¡­ Go spend time with our child]: vados Soren then walked over to Whis for his turn with his child, and the second Whis saw Soren coming over, he didn''t want to give up his little Ariel, but when he caught the sight of his Sister, he relented, and gave the child to Soren. [Hello little fella¡­ I''m your dad¡­ Can you say dada?]: soren The child opened his eyes, and Soren could see beautiful Golden eyes, and it was never recorded for an Angel to have Golden eyes, so this was a first. Soren began to take in Ariel''s appearance, the baby had Snow White hair, Golden Eyes, and his Skin color was not a Sky Blue color, but pale White, with a slight Sky Blue hue, some might think the baby was dead if not for the warmth he gave off, along with the rosy cheeks. Soren then turned his attention to the others who began to surround him, and when he looked up at them Goku had spoken. [You will be joining the Tournament right!?]: goku [You mean the ToP?... Yes, why?]: soren [How did you know about the Tournament? I was planning to tell you about it¡­ But looks like you already know everything then]: goku [The day you went to the Grand Zen-Oh expo, I got a letter from the Grand Priest telling me about the Tournament¡­ But will I be allowed to participate now?]: soren Soren then turned his attention towards both Vados and Whis, who both just ended up shrugging their shoulders as they didn''t know either. [Why wouldn''t you be allowed to participate?... Your a member of our Universe]: goku [But I have surpassed even Beerus, and am on par with Vados in strength¡­ Don''t you think that would be cheating?]: soren [No way!!... You''re already that strong!?]: goku Soren realized that Goku had no idea about Soren''s true strength, so he just sighed, he then dropped the conversation and asked a question instead. [So¡­ When will the Tournament start?]: soren [Umm¡­ In about 2 days]: goku Soren then decided it was time to speed train Goku and the others who will participate in the Tournament, and spoke out. [Okay¡­ Gather all the participants who will be joining the ToP¡­ Beerus, you can come too, I want to try to get you into Ultra Instinct]: soren Goku heard Soren and went to get all the people who will be participating, as he had already chosen and gotten replies on who would fight. Beerus on the other hand heard Soren single him out for training, and the idea of achieving Ultra Instinct before Champa was tempting, he then spoke. [Not a bad idea¡­ At least you still think about me, even if you are stronger for the meantime¡­ But take note, it won''t stay like that forever]: beerus Right as Soren got confirmation from Beerus, he began to smile a bit, and when he turned to head back towards the Training door, and out of nowhere, Soren heard a voice, and was tackled to the ground. [SOOOORREEEENNNN!!!]: ??? Soren didn''t feel any malice intent in the attack, so he let it happen, and when Soren lifted his head, he saw a Black dog. [Haku¡­ Why have you tackled me?]: soren [I miss you¡­ You never talk to me anymore, and I feel like I have been left out]: haku (A/N: You have been forgotten¡­ So sorry Haku, you will now have more screen time) [I missed you too buddy, but I see you leave the house quite often¡­ Where have you been going?]: soren [I have found a mate¡­ I found her with some Rich lady wearing a fluffy scarf¡­ The Rich lady took me to her house and made me breed with her dog¡­ So now I have a wife, along with 10 pups]: haku Soren was surprised that Haku let someone basicly violate him, but Soren guessed Haku liked the other dog in the first place, so Soren didn''t put too much thought into it, and was just glad Haku was happy. Soren then turned his attention towards the 9 gathered people, and Beerus, Soren then used Creation Magic to create a hair pin, like those used by male cultivators with long hair. Soren bunched up his hair, and enclosed the now topknot in a metal casing that had a Golden Dragon curling around it, he then placed the metal pin through the metal cuff and completed the hair pin. Soren''s hair now didn''t touch the floor, but went up to behind his knees, Soren then began to speak to the 10 people. [We will use 1 day to train for 10 years in my Training room¡­ You won''t need to worry about ageing, as once you step in, you will be blessed with Eternal Youth until you leave¡­ Oh! One more thing¡­ The gravity inside is 10 million times Earth''s gravity¡­ So please stay inside the pavillion if you can''t take the gravity]: soren Soren then lead Goku, Vegeta, Killua, Gon, Gohan, Zenith, Piccolo, Krillin, Master Roshi, and Beerus into the chamber, they then spent the next day and a half training, and after they came out, Beerus was a completely White haired cat, while Goku, Vegeta, Killua, Gon, and Zenith were in SSGSSP, Krillin was actually releasing a strong Goldy aura himself. (A/N: SSGSSP = Super Saiyan God Super Saiyan Purple) Chapter 155 - Tournament of Power Pt.1 After Soren and the others came back out of the training chamber, they noticed everyone had dispersed, and the only one waiting for them was Haku. Haku had wanted to join them, but Soren didn''t feel it was important to take Haku with him, and while Beerus was a bit sad to not see Champa waiting for him, he soon stopped caring, as he felt he could gloat about his breakthrough later. Soren was still in his Ultra Instinct form, while Beerus challenged Soren to a duel for the first time in a long time, Soren didn''t want to disappoint him, so he had asked if anyone wanted to return to the Training chamber for a short bit, and soon, everyone wanted to go back and watch the fight. After entering the room, both Soren, and Beerus flew out to a fair distance away, and faced each other, Beers then had a grin on his face, while Soren couldn''t help but smile as well. [Goku! Give us the starting signal!]: beerus Goku gave a slight smile before raising his hand into the air and shouting. [Okay then¡­ Ready!... Set!... Start!]: goku Once Goku said start, both Beerus and Soren disappeared at blinding speeds, but everyone could see them, even if it was at a barely visible speed to them. They then remembered that the chamber is under 10 million times gravity, and both Beerus and Soren were still this fast, Krillin even felt if they fought outside, the Earth would explode just from their pressure. Krillin was actually thousands of times more powerful than his cannon self in Dragon Ball Super, so he wasn''t as depressed from Goku''s improvement anymore, so he also had a cocky side, and wanted to fight with strong opponents as well, and with this fact, Krillin began to spar with Killua, while Gon, began to spar with Zenith, then both Goku and Vegeta started fighting. While Piccolo, Roshi, and Gohan just decided to watch the fight between all of them, Soren''s fight with Beerus was quite evenly matched, due to the reason, that Beerus had fought with Whis for countless of years, hell millions of years, while Soren was only fighting people for a little over 150 years, less if you account for all the years Soren stayed passive, and out of the spotlight. Beerus had just thrown Soren by his tail far into the distance, while Beerus began to lick his fur, Soren then caught himself and charged towards Beerus once more, but no matter how Soren tried, Beerus was keeping up with Soren, and due to the autonomous movement of Ultra Instinct, any hit Soren was about to land, was instantly dodged, while causing any attack Beerus was about to throw, be interrupted. [Hahaha¡­ Beerus, you are still a slave to your newfound power, I have mastered this power, yet due to my inexperience, you are still better than me¡­ I have only been able to do minimum damage to you¡­ I guess I should kick it up a notch]: soren When Beerus heard Soren, he felt Soren''s power skyrocket even higher, as his once Golden eyes became Purple with 6 Black rings surrounding a Black pupil. Soren then watched the future as Beerus came towards his position and struck, and after seeing all of this, Soren acted accordingly, while attacking Beerus at even faster speeds, to the point even Beerus'' Ultra Instinct can''t keep up. Soren kicked Beerus in the stomach, and sent him flying, while puking out a mouth full of blood, Soren didn''t even give Beerus a chance, as Soren teleported over to the flying Beerus, and began another onslaught of attacks, and after a few minutes of straight attacking, Beerus caught himself, and sent Destruction orbs towards Soren. Soren was hit square in the chest with 3 of Beerus'' Destruction Orbs, and was sent back a few hundred meters, before catching all 3 orbs with his hands open wide. Soren then began to compress the 3 attacks, and it was so painful Soren began to shout, while his whole body began to burn and char. [AHHHHHHGGUUUGGRRR!]: soren Soren felt his skin being burned to the bone, and being regenerated, only to be burned away again. After a few agonizing seconds, that felt like hours, not only to Soren, but everyone who watched, even Beerus, as he realized that his attack was too powerful, and if he killed Soren, then he could kiss the Universe goodbye. Beerus had faith in everyone else, but with Soren on the team, it was a guaranteed win, but now Soren was dying, and after a few more seconds, the 3 attacks were fused into 1 and began shrinking down to the size of a baseball. [Haha¡­ I compressed 3 attacks into 1 that is 100 times more powerful¡­ If I could learn this move¡­ Hehehe]: soren Soren began plotting to learn the condensed form of the Destruction orb, as he already knew the Destruction orb skill,so the next step was shrinking it into a more powerful release. While Soren was thinking about the new skill, he heard his name be called by Beerus, and turned his attention towards Beerus. [Hey¡­ Let''s put our spar on hold, we still need to fight in the Tournament¡­ I can''t have you dying on me now, can I?]: beerus [Hehe¡­ Like you could kill me¡­ I just took 3 of your attacks and condensed them into 1 even more powerful attack]: soren [Oh?... How much more powerful is this new attack?]: beerus [About 100 times all 3 of those attacks, so singularly is about 300 times]: soren [WHAT?!?]: beerus Beerus was surprised to hear that Soren''s condensed attack could be 100 times stronger than all 3 of those attacks combined. Beerus then felt a shiver go down his back, while Soren saw that everyone else''s battle was over, he then took everyone out of the training room to go eat a feast before the match. After some time flew by, the 10 participants that were going to participate in the Universe Tournament were gathered at Capsule Corp, with both Whis and Beerus. Vados and Champa went back to Universe 6 to round up their participants 2 days ago, and Ariel went along with the both of them. Whis then saw that all 10 participants were gathered, and tapped his staff on the ground, and all 10 people, Beerus, and Whis had teleported into a Dark space that looked to be an endless void, and the second Soren appeared, his Sakura rang out. {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR ARRIVING IN THE END OF THE WORLD} ''The End of the what?'': soren {THE END OF THE WORLD¡­ IT IS A PLACE THAT EXISTS IN EVERY DIMENSION AND WORLD¡­ A WORLD THAT HIGHLY EXPLAINS THE END OF THE WORLD IS (Highschool DxD) IT IS AN ENDLESS VOID USED TO TRAP POWERFUL BEINGS IN A SEAL¡­ BUT HERE THE GRAND PRIEST HAS ALTERED THE END OF THE WORLD TO BE A PLACE INHABITABLE FOR MORTALS} ''So would mortals normally not survive here?'': soren {CORRECT!... MORTALS WILL DIE THE SECOND THEY COME IN CONTACT WITH THE DARKNESS¡­ ONLY IMMORTAL BEINGS AND GODS CAN SURVIVE HERE} Soren had a better understanding of this place, and understood the reason the ToP was held here. This was the only place that could test a beings true power, without destroying the Universe, it also explains why Zen-Oh is kept in a bubble up there. Soren began looking around and noticed that he felt restricted, Soren tried to circulate his Ki to make his body levitate, but it was all dispersed and absorbed by the surroundings, Soren then looked at the stadium where all the Gods of Destructions and their angels are, along with the Supreme Kai''s of the Universes. Soren then saw Vados holding Ariel in her hands, while standing next to Champa, Soren then saw that Vados was also looking towards him as well, Soren then gave Vados a wink, and blew her a kiss. Vados'' cheeks began to grow a Red hue, seeing that her Husband is blowing her kisses in front of everyone, some Gods of Destruction who were overlooking the contestants saw this, and looked towards the direction Soren was staring, and when their sights came across Vados, they got confused, until they noticed the Kid in her arms, as well as the striking resemblance the child had to Soren, it was then that some Gods put together the pieces and felt disgust, envy, and hatred towards Soren. ''Lucky Bastard¡­ Vados is so smokin hot, I wish I could have one night with her as well¡­ Hehe, after the tournament I will try to get with her, and since that kid will be erased, it will be fine'': liquiir If Soren had known what the Fox like God of Destruction was thinking, he would have killed the arrogant God right then and there. Another thing, Soren wasn''t the only one drawing attention, as the Gods of Destruction were looking towards Beerus who was covered in completely White fur, even his brother Champa was feeling jealous at the sight, and vowed that after he won this Tournament, he would also achieve Ultra Instinct. Soon, all the participants of the 12 Universes were present, and the Grand Priest floated towards a spot where everyone could see him, while the bubble housing both Zen-Oh''s and the 4 Omni Guards stood behind him, the Grand Priest then began to speak. [Greetings! Gods of Destruction from all 12 Universes¡­ We have gathered today due to Goku from Universe 7''s idea to host a Universal Tournament, and as you know¡­ This Tournament will involve the survival of the Universes¡­ Once all the participants of a Universe have lost, or been disqualified¡­ The Omni King''s will erase the Universe¡­ So I am proud to give the start to a wonderful Tournament¡­ Fight well, and try to stay alive¡­ Rules are, no killing other participants, no flying with Ki, only natural born flyers are allowed to fly, no outside Weapons or supplements that are not part of your body¡­ And finally, show the Omni King''s a great show!... Let the Tournament Begin!]: GP The Grand Priest had lowered his raised hand signaling for the start of the Tournament, he also notified all participants that this would be a Free For All between the 8 Universes that are participating. Once the battle commenced, Gohan spoke out for everyone to follow the plan he layed out earlier, that would help them win. [Okay¡­ Like I said earlier, we all should stay together in a group and fight whoever comes at us together]: gohan As Gohan began re-explaining his plan, Vegeta was first to leave on his own, followed by Piccolo, Roshi, Killua, Gon, and Zenith. Soren just sat down with his eyes closed waiting for his target, while Krillin wanted to follow the plan, but also wanted to test his power, Krillin then left, and only Goku and Gohan were left, Goku then spoke. [Sorry son¡­ Nobody wants to follow the plan, but maybe you can stay back with Soren?]: goku [No¡­ It''s okay dad, you can leave too if you want]: gohan [Oh good! I was itching to fight¡­ I''ll be going then]: goku Goku then left both Gohan and Soren in the same spot they were in, Gohan just let out a sigh, and caught Soren''s attention as he began to speak. [Don''t worry¡­ Even if you all lose, I can take out everyone here with relative ease, and end this in a matter of minutes]: soren Gohan then turned his attention towards Soren, with a bit of shock, he then asked. [Then why don''t you do that instead?]: gohan Soren didn''t even bother to open his eyes as he spoke in a calm manner. [Do you think that would be fun now?]: soren [Who cares about fun! This battle is to determine the fate of our Universe]: gohan Soren just gave a sigh towards Gohan, he then opened his eyes and looked towards Gohan before speaking. [No¡­ This Tournament does not determine the fate of our Universe¡­ The winner does¡­ And as for fun, do you think Zen-chan would be happy with a game that has ended in a matter of a couple minutes? Why do you think we have 45 minutes to fight? In a normal Tournament, we have never had a time limit to beat our opponent besides the preliminaries¡­ The time limit is for Zen-chan, not us¡­ Zen-chan will start getting bored after 45 minutes, and won''t have any fun if the Tournament ends early¡­ So Gohan, I suggest you go find a few opponents to fight with before the time limit hits]: soren Soren gave away the plan behind the Tournament, but not a complete give away, Soren also added some bullshit about the time limit to get Gohan thinking about that, rather than about the universal Destruction, and it worked as Gohan nodded his head, and jumped away to find someone to fight. [Kukukuku¡­ You are just giving up? I like it, you know that it''s pointless to fight¡­ Just let your Universe disappear!]: ??? Soren didn''t even turn to face the random person who tried to fight with him, Soren just sent a blast of his Ki towards the person, and sent him flying off thousands of meters and off the stage and out of bounds. Soon, the Grand Priest announced another drop out, and Soren just chuckled at who it was who he disqualified. [Universe 9''s Lavender is out!]: GP Soren always thought Lavender was an idiot, along with his other 2 brothers, Red Soccer guy, and the Big Masochist, if Soren remembered correctly, their names were Basil, and Bergamo. Soren then went back to meditating, but what was unknown to him, was that he was being watched by someone participating in the Tournament of Power, the figure was wearing a Red and Black spandex suit with White gloves and boots, he also looked like Beerus, with Purple skin, giant ears, and very thin, but he had a more rabbit like figure. [I should report this back to Jiren¡­ He might take interest in this guy from Universe 7]: ??? The figure then disappeared and went to tell his commander about what he just witnessed. While this was going on, Goku and Vegeta were fighting their own people, while Roshi was fighting with a group of women, and right now, he had a blood streak running down his nose, with a lecherous look in his eyes, as he came back towards Soren. [You get a good look, you Dirty Old Man?... Looks like it]: soren Chapter 156 - Tournament of Power Pt.2 [Ehehehe¡­ Pretty¡­ Big Boobs¡­ Hehehe¡­ Oh, Soren¡­ What were you saying?]: roshi [Nothing¡­ Go get a few more ring outs before someone strong does you in]: soren [Your right!... I gotta go find more beauties!]: roshi Roshi quickly sprinted off into the distance to find some unsuspecting women to harass, while Soren just continued to meditate. Soren felt that this Tournament was no longer interesting due to his powerup, but still took part to be 100% sure of a win, Soren felt that anything could happen due to his and who knows how many other reincarnators came to this Universe. Soon a new figure appeared behind Soren, and felt that Soren was too cocky, the person felt that 1 Jiren was enough, but now there was another cocky idiot waiting to be trampled by him, and the figure spoke, while grabbing Soren''s attention. [Hey!... You''re not a familiar face¡­ Who are you?]: ??? Soren turned to the person who just spoke, and noticed something special about him. The person before him was wearing a Black Martial Arts Gi, just like the one Goku wears in Dragon Ball Super, with a Gray belt tied around his waist, while wearing a pair of Gray boots. The man''s face was relatively plain, with Brown hair, and a face that could be considered pretty on Earth, but just average in a cultivation world, and looked more like a Human than anything else, but the difference was Soren could feel a Godly pressure leaking off of him. [My name is Soren, from Universe 7, and as you can see, I am a Saiyan]: soren ''If he answers this with any kind of weird answer, I will know if he is a Reincarnate'': soren The figure thought for a moment before finally speaking. [A Saiyan huh¡­ So there are really more of them left than what was thought¡­ Or¡­ No! I thought I was the only one!]: ??? Soren was dumbfounded by the figure before him, he couldn''t believe this person was shouting out his thoughts. Soren then decided to play dumb and ask what the figure was talking about, rather then confirming his thoughts. [Umm¡­ What are you talking about? "Only one" of what?... And you still haven''t introduced yourself yet]: soren It seemed like Soren''s words had snapped the figure out of thought as he quickly turned his attention towards Soren and spoke. [Oh!... So sorry, my name is Rance, and I am the person who will have all the women in the entire 12 Universes slobbing on my knob¡­ Hehe, and I see quite a few beauties here]: rance Soren''s face just turned into a flat face, like the ones Saitama would make when fighting idiots, Soren then spoke one word in a basic tone. [Ok¡­]: soren Soren then watched as Rance began to look around the spectators seat, and the second Rance''s sight landed on Vados, he spoke once more. [See is a perfect example of a woman who deserves to sleep in my bed¡­ Name Vados¡­ Occupation, Angel¡­ But something is off, she has a child?... Oh well, that means nothing as I will let the child be with its father, and if there is no father, I will take care of it as if it was my own]: rance Soren began to have tick marks appear on his forehead, as he heard Rance talk about taking his woman. Soren then remembered something important, the name Rance was a very rare name, and on Earth, the only name that rings a bell, is the popular Erotic PC game, it was basicly a game where the Main Charcater- Rance, went around fighting others in the name of his Sex Drive, he was an Anti-Hero, but still saved the world a few times, though it was not his intentions. ''Should I kill him?... No, I will be disqualified¡­ He seems quite powerful¡­ Sakura, how strong is this Rance person?'': soren {DING!... RANCE HAS A SYSTEM THAT LETS HIM LEVEL UP IN A NUMERICAL VALUE¡­ RANCE HAS A LEVEL OF 8623} ''This was no help¡­ If my power was converted into a numerical form of Leveling like his, what would I be?'': soren {DING!... HOST IS ABOUT 9000 IN LEVEL¡­ BUT HOST MUST TAKE NOTE, RANCE WAS GIVEN A SPECIAL SYSTEM WHEN HE REINCARNATED, HE WILL LEVEL UP TWICE AS FAST FIGHTING STRONGER OPPONENTS, AND FIGHTING IS CONVERTED INTO EXPERIENCE, AS WELL AS THE KILLING BLOW} ''So He basically has an Ikari form?'': soren {HOST IS CORRECT} ''Then I should finish this fight quickly'': soren [So¡­ Do you like women as well?... I won''t share, but I will let you have seconds after I am done with them all]: rance Soren was utterly dumbfounded by Rance''s outgoing approach, and felt this was quite like how Rance was depicted in the game. [I do love women¡­ Do you see that beauty over there with the child?... That is my wife, and my child¡­ I also have 2 more wives with children]: soren [WHAT!?!?... How old are you? You don''t seem to be a day over 21¡­ As expected of a Saiyan¡­ So, how old are you?]: rance [Umm¡­ I don''t remember¡­ I think I''m around 260? I could be older, I spent a lot of time in a Training room that makes 1 day outside 10 years inside]: soren [What!?... That''s insane¡­ So how are you still Young?... Don''t tell me, you made a wish to the Dragon Balls to stay young forever]: rance [Oh?... No, I am Immortal¡­ Have been for quite a while]: soren [You are confusing this Great ME!... I will make sure to take care of your wives and kids when you get erased]: rance Soren felt that this Rance was a complete idiot, he then spoke to inform Rance of his one mistake. [You do know, that if my Universe loses, my wives and children will be erased as well¡­ The only remaining wife that will live will be Vados¡­ That also means the other 7 Universes and their women will also be erased]: soren Rance thought about it for a moment, before he remembered that the Super Dragon Balls will be the reward for the winner, and if Rance plays his cards right, he can wish the Universe''s back while keeping Soren Dead. [I have a plan¡­ As for you, you will be taken out now]: rance Soren didn''t want to waste anymore time, he then got up off the ground for the first time since the start of the Tournament, he then charged at Rance who made a Ki Blade and charged towards Soren. Soren and Rance clashed making an explosion that blew away some people that were hiding close by, Rance was feeling the pressure from Soren, as he was being pushed back by Soren''s own Ki Blade. {Sex Master Rance¡­ Your Level will continue rising now~ Mmmnnn~} Rance''s System began to speak to him, telling him in a super slutty voice that his level was rising. ''Thank you Serah, I will make you cum later¡­ Hehe'': rance Rance was talking to an AI that sounded like it was touching itself while notifying Rance of what was happening, but it was not that way, the System was only acting how Rance had programmed it to. Rance''s level began to rise, and reached around 8700 before Soren started to take this battle seriously. Soren had activated his Rinnegan, the second Rance saw this, he knew he fucked up, Soren then used Universal Push while mixing in his Ki force, and sent Rance flying off the stage and into the void. [NOOOOOOOOOO!¡­ Fucking Liar!]: rance Soren then watched as Rance disappeared from the Void, and reappeared next to his Universe Spectator seats. [Universe 2''s Rance was eliminated!]: GP ''That Fuckin Liar¡­ I will get my revenge'': rance {Don''t feel bad Baby!... I''ll still touch myself to you, even if you lost} ''Thank you Serah¡­ Can I look at nudes of you now?'': rance {You sure can Baby!~} Rance was then shown a bunch of AI generated pictures made by Serah- Rance''s System. Rance then began to look over them in his head, while the battle continued, and Soon, all the participants of Universe 2 were eliminated, and the Grand Priest started to speak. [The first Universe has had all of their Participants eliminated¡­ And as such, will be erased]: GP Right as the Grand Priest said that, Rance quickly decided to get his revenge, he shot up and disappeared towards Universe 6''s section. The Grand Priest saw this, and saw his target, Zen-Oh saw Rance make a move, and just before they could erase Universe 2, Rance reached Vados, and shouted. [I will make out with your Wife Soren!... Hahaha I will take my Rew-]: rance Rance was hit with a Strong Hakai from Soren, Soren then watched as Rance turned into dust, and then watched as Universe 2 had been erased. The Grand Priest saw Soren kill Rance, and so did a lot of the other Universes, and the Gods of Destruction felt fear to this power, and came up with an Idea to get rid of Soren. [Sir Grand Priest, the Contestant named Soren had killed the man named Rance¡­ He has broken the rules, will he not be disqualified?]: gods of destruction Some began to smile, while waiting for the Grand Priest to disqualify a real threat, but soon their smiles turned into frowns when the Grand Priest spoke. [Soren will not be disqualified¡­ He has done nothing wrong, Universe 2 has been Eliminated, and Rance tried to get Revenge, by attacking my daughter¡­ So Soren will continue to participate¡­ But Soren, please note, next time you do such a thing, you will not be spared, and will be disqualified¡­ Now, let the Tournament continue]: GP Soren just gave the Grand Priest a knowing smile, and received one in return. Soren then sat back down, and once this happened, Sakura rang out. {DING!... HOST HAS KILLED RANCE, AND TAKEN HIS SYSTEM¡­ WILL HOST LIKE TO CONVERT THE SYSTEM INTO SYSTEM POINTS, OR FUSE WITH THE SYSTEM?} ''Holy shit! I can take other people''s Systems?... Sakura, what will I get for fusing the System?'': soren {HOST WILL GET ACCESS TO THE FUNCTIONS, OF THE SYSTEM, AND IF HOST''S SYSTEM, AND ANOTHER SYSTEM HAVE SIMILAR FUNCTIONS, HOST''S SYSTEM FUNCTIONS WILL IMPROVE} ''Sounds Interesting, but I can''t see that pervert having anything useful in his System¡­ Go ahead and convert it into System points Sakura'': soren {DING!... CONVERTING¡­ DING!... DONE¡­ HOST HAS RECEIVED 500 MILLION SYSTEM POINTS} Soren almost started foaming out the mouth, he was now super rich, it also made him wonder what Rance''s System had that would make it worth so much. Soren didn''t feel like worrying about it now, since he had already sold Rance''s System, Soren had continued to stay seated, and after a few minutes, Soren heard another announcement from the Grand Priest. [Contestant from Universe 7''s Krillin has been Eliminated!]: GP ''How!?... I trained the shit out of him for this moment'': soren Soren turned his head up to the stands, only to see Krillin hanging his head in shame, and he decided after the Tournament, he would ask Krillin what happened. Soren had enough of meditation, and decided to go searching for more people to eliminate, he felt the stage was getting cleared of people, and he wanted to make that go much faster. Soren then began walking around the stage, and blasted a few stragglers left hiding, off the stage with a burst of his Ki. [This is stupid¡­ I want to fight stronger people, but I''m guessing Rance was the only Reincarnate that was used for this Universal battle]: soren After Soren had said that, he felt a strange feeling run down his back, like someone was watching him through the Void, but no matter how he looked, nothing was found. Soren decided that the person was not important, nor were they strong, if they would hide in the void, and not show themselves, Soren then continued walking around the stage, and watching as a few more Universes were erased, then he came across his target. Chapter 157 - of Power Pt.3 Soren had come around a big piece of debris from the destroyed stage, and what he saw made a smile appear on his face. Sitting in a meditative position was a Gray skinned alien figure like those described on Earth, he was extremely buff, and he had big Black colored eyes that could reflect the entire Universe, he wore a Red and Black spandex suit, with a White pair of gloves, and boots. The guy was surrounded by 2 other people wearing the same spandex outfit with White gloves and boots, one was the figure that was spying on Soren earlier, while the other was a big fat guy with a bald head, and a White mustache, his skin was Orange in color, and had pointed ears, and if you look closer, you could also see veins bulging from the top of his head. The fat guy also had hands the size of boulders, as each hand was the same size of his body, Soren felt like he had one too many yanks at his dragon, Soren then began to walk towards the trio, and the second both the rabbit man, and the man with gigantic hands caught sight of Soren, they got into battle positions. [Stop right there Villian!... I am Toppo, a Hero of Justice!]: toppo [Oh?... Will you give me a good fight?]: soren Soren already knew that Toppo would not give him a good fight, but might give him a good warm up. [This will not be a fight, I will defeat you here and now, and save my Universe¡­ But your first opponent will not be me, but will be my comrade¡­ Dyspo! Fight with him for Justice!]: toppo The rabbit man, named Dyspo had a smile grow on his face as he jumped forwards and came around 10 meters from Soren. [My name is Dyspo¡­ You should know that you won''t have the chance to fight with Toppo, or Jiren, because you will lose to me, here and now]: dyspo [Boring¡­ Let''s get this over with]: soren Soren didn''t even bother taking a fighting stance, as he just placed his hands behind his back. Soren looked like a God of Destruction, wearing his Godly Clothing, and having his hands placed behind his back, and paired with Soren''s long Black hair tied in a topknot that only let Soren''s hair touch down to the back of his knees, Soren looked like an Ancient God who came down to decide the fate of the entire world. Dyspo felt anger towards Soren, due to the fact, Soren didn''t see Dyspo as his equal, and showed this by keeping both his hands behind his back. [You will regret taking me lightly¡­ Taste my lightning fast kicks]: dyspo Dyspo kicked off the ground, and rushed Soren who still stood his place, and hadn''t moved a single inch. Dyspo thought Soren couldn''t make out his moves, and was too scared to react, so Dyspo got cocky, and went in for the attack. The second the attack landed on Soren''s chest, Dyspo felt like he was kicking at an Impenetrable wall of steel, Dyspo had then kicked off of Soren''s body, and landed a few meters away from Soren, and all he saw was Soren looking down at his chest, where there was a Black metal-like substance covering his body. [Y-You¡­ Your cheating!... The rules state no outside items used for battle can be used during the match¡­ You Villainous Scum!]: dyspo Soren just took his right hand and dusted the area that was kicked by Dyspo, off, before the Black area dispersed and went back to the color of Soren''s White skin. [Oh?... You say I am cheating¡­ Do you have proof?]: soren Dyspo was livid, he just watched as Soren had some kind of Black metal cover over his body to protect him from the attack, and now it was gone. [Y-You!... That metal that protected you from my attack! I saw you disperse it!]: dyspo [Oh, yes!... That is one of my abilities¡­ I can cover my body with my Will, and harden it into something like Steel, but by no means is that cheating¡­ It hurts that you would tarnish my reputation¡­ What have I done to you?]: soren Dyspo was looking towards the Grand Priest, who happened to be looking towards his and Soren''s fight between each other. Dyspo then began to speak his feelings, and in fact, might have been the feelings of everyone participating in the Tournament. [Your Universe caused this whole problem, and now Entire Universes are being erased, yet you have the gall to ask what you have doen?... You are just another Villain who deserves to have his whole Universe perrish, not the other Universes]: dyspo Soren was utterly surprised by Dyspo''s idiocracy. ''Did he never pay attention to What the Grand Priest had said at the Grand Zen-Oh Expo?'': soren [Listen here¡­ You all should be thanking my Universe¡­ If Goku had not asked to have a Tournament involving all the Universes, then all 8 of us who are participating would have been erased, but now 1 of us has a chance to survive¡­ So do you really want to call Universe 7, Villain''s, and Monsters?]: soren Soren had given the facts to Dyspo, and he could visually see Dyspo fighting within himself. Soren just took a few steps forward, and picked Dyspo up, and the second Dyspo realized what happened, Soren had already launched Dyspo through the sky, and off of the stage. Soren then placed his left hand over his eyes as if he was blocking the sun, and searching for something, Soren then gave a whistle, before he spoke, and Dyspo reappeared in the spectator stands. [Wow¡­ Home run or what!.... He flew quite a distance]: soren Soren then faced toward the remaining Two persons, after dealing with Dyspo, but something was off. Both Toppo, and Jiren had disappeared, Soren then heard an explosion near by, and noticed Goku on top of a large mountain-like piece of stage debris, while both Toppo, and Jiren were watching Goku power up a large Blue orb attack. [Well¡­ I guess I can let Goku reach this stage, I don''t want him to lose future battles due to missing experience]: soren Soren then sat back, and watched as the Spirit Bomb of Goku got bigger and bigger, he then watched as both of the Zen-chan''s raised their hands, and gave Goku energy, which made the ball expand exponentially. Goku then threw the Spirit Bomb at Jiren, and watched as the attack was being pushed back by Jiren with one hand, Soren then watched as Goku continued to push back, and then it was just a stand still. Goku then began to power up to SSGSSP, with Kaio-Ken x10, and the second that happened, Jiren used both hands to push back the Spirit Bomb, and began to sweat a bit, but it was still something that he could handle. The Spirit Bomb began to warp, and compress, while giving off some lightning strikes, that stuck empty parts of the stage, and soon after, the Spirit Bomb, turned into a Black and White flashing Supernova, Goku then ran out of all his energy, and started to fall down into his own attack. [This is it¡­ I guess I helped make it more powerful, by giving some of my own Energy, along with Goku reaching the next stage of SSGSS]: soren Once Goku fell into the Black and White Supernova, it disappeared into nothingness. Everyone let out a few Gasps, while Krillin, Roshi, and Piccolo screamed out Goku''s name, Gohan was still on the stage fighting someone, until he looked towards where Goku was and lost concentration. [Dad!... GUUUHAHAAA!]: gohan Gohan was then kicked into the void, and was eliminated, leaving Soren, Zenith, Killua, Gon, Vegeta, and Goku?. Soren continued to watch the whole thing play out, on top of a large rock, where a few people came up to him, but were blown away, and it was unknown if anyone was eliminated from it. [It appears Goku has died¡­ Due to it originally being his own attack, it will be qualified under Self Destruction, and Contestant Jiren will not be disqualified¡­ Match Continues!]: GP After the Grand Priest said this, both Zen-Oh''s felt a little sad, but due to them being almost machine-like, and almost emotionless, they didn''t put too much care into it, because they still looked at it, as they still have Soren as their best friend, as well as each other. Both Zen-Oh''s began to pick up the tablet that has all the 8 Universe contestants marked down, and started to press Goku''s image to count him as disqualified, while everyone from Universe 7 were grieving over the loss of Goku. ''Are you really gone?'': vegeta ''Hmph!¡­ Goku, if you are still alive, you better fix things now'': beerus ''Such a shame¡­ Goku was a great student'': whis ''Goku!... You were my best friend, please come back!'': krillin ''Dad!... Are you really gone, just like that?'': gohan ''It''s time Goku¡­ Make your Hero Entrance'': soren After Goku disappeared, and the grand Priest announced that Jiren will not be disqualified, due to Goku self destructing, both he and Toppo began to turn around, and go check on Dyspo, as they had no idea he was disqualified yet. And right as one of the Zen-Oh''s were about to tap on Goku''s image, the whole void started to tremble and shake, catching everyone''s attention, especially Universe 7''s, and more specifically Beerus and Whis. ''He''s coming!'': beerus Soon the stage was lit up with a White beam shooting into the sky, and piercing the void. Soren watched in amazement, as he went through the same thing, but his was more controlled, due to it resonating with his Angel Bloodline, so it came naturally to him. Beerus also had a breakthrough with a similar beam, but it wasn''t as strong as Goku''s breakthrough. Both Zen-Oh''s stopped what they were doing, and watched on as the White beam of light started to disperse, and a figure was able to be seen walking out of the White light. Both Jiren, and Toppo turned their attention back towards the area Goku had exploded, and watched as Goku''s whole appearance had changed, he now had Black hair with a Grayish hue, his eyes were Gray in color with Black pupils, and his body became more compact, while releasing a hot wave of energy that could burn a normal person to death. Soren watched as Goku''s new figure was in his Ultra Instinct Oman stage, and not completely there yet, he then thought back on how long it took Goku to reach the Mastered stage, and even though it was minutes in reality, but watching the Anime, it was many episodes. Soren had felt it would have been an easy win for Universe 7 if they had brought Yamcha as one of the participants, and had him charge Jiren. ''What a shame¡­ Would have been a funny sight'': soren Goku then turned his attention towards Jiren, who was around 300 meters away from him, and not even in a second, Goku disappeared from his spot and reappeared kicking towards Jiren. Everyone except Soren was surprised to see Goku''s new form, all the Gods of Destruction felt something resonating off of Goku, that they couldn''t grasp yet, all except Beerus. [Oh ho ho ho¡­ Goku has broken through his shell, and reached that stage of Ultra Instinct¡­ But something is wrong¡­ It''s not complete]: whis When all the Gods of Destruction, besides Beerus, heard Whis'' claim, they looked towards Whis with shock on their faces, and then back towards Goku while hoping he gets eliminated quickly, or it will be the end of their Universes. While the Gods of Destruction were watching all this play out, Goku was fighting with Jiren, quite evenly, Toppo even jumped in and launched Ki blasts from his Fingertips towards Goku, but Goku just continued walking towards Jiren who he just blew back a few meters, while avoiding all the attacks, and deflecting the last one with the back of his right hand. Jiren and Goku continued to fight, while Vegeta came over and found Toppo trying to interfere with Goku''s fight, Vegeta then sent a Ki blast towards Toppo, destroying the top half of his Pride Trooper Uniform, Toppo got angry at Vegeta, and charged towards him. [*Sigh*... Looks like I won''t be able to get an interesting fight after all]: soren Soren continued to watch the fights happen, as a few more Universes got eliminated, and Jiren''s fight with Goku ended, Goku had ran out of energy, and reverted back to his base form, Jiren then kicked Goku towards the edge of the ring, and turned to walk away. Soren had taken him to somewhere secluded, and laid his Unconscious body down on the ground, and formed a Ki sphere, and began to place it inside of Goku''s body. [Take a small rest and heal up¡­ I''ll be taking out some other Universes for a bit]: soren [*Cough Cough*... W-wait¡­ Don''t you need energy? Why are you giving it to me?]: goku [I have plenty, and I can absorb more faster than anyone here¡­ Do you not want it?]: soren [Hehe¡­ Thank you Soren, I think I''ll take a small break¡­ Just leave that Jiren guy to me though]: goku [I make no promises¡­ If he attacks me, I will fight him]: soren Soren then left Goku, there and began to take out some of the remaining Universes, and soon, the Grand Priest spoke out. [20 Minutes remain of the Tournament of Power!... The only Universes that remain are Universes 7, 6, 12, and 9¡­ Good luck, and give us a good fight!]: GP Soren remembered that Universe 9 was one of the first Universes to go down, but it seems that they have changed their plan, and gone into hiding. [I guess it''s time to use my Telekinesis to pull everyone towards me¡­ Goodbye Universe 9]: soren Chapter 158 - of Power Pt. 4 Soren had sent his senses out over the whole stage, and found every single hiding participant, Soren felt around 10 people hiding in total, while Soren looked over to Universe 9''s side, and noticed 4 of their participants were eliminated. Soren had wondered who were the extra for 4 people, and what Universe they would be from, between Universe 11, and Universe 6, Soren then raised his hands, and in turn, 10 people started to lift into the air, and began flying towards Soren. [W-What the!?... How are we flying!?... This should be impossible!]: ??? Some of the 10 people that were flying through the air not of their own free volition, began to freak out, and once Soren caught sight of the 10 people, a small smile grew on his face. Soren noticed everyone from Universe 9, while the 4 extras were people well known in Universe 6, for fans of Dragon Ball Super, Soren decided that it would be mean to eliminate the 4 people of Universe 6, as Champa was Beerus'' brother, along with his wives student. When Soren gathered all 10 people, he was sighted by everyone who was watching him, they all saw the 10 people floating, but not using Ki, they wondered how they could do that, until they saw Soren begin to manipulate them more towards the edge, and one who took most anger out of this was Champa, he knew if his 4 members were eliminated, then it was over for his Universe. [Soren!... Put my contestants down right this instant, or I will Destroy you!]: champa Soren just gave an inward chuckle towards Champa''s antics, while he had no intention to eliminate them, but now he would scare Champa to death, as payback for talking to him like that. Soren then gave Champa a glare, and began to walk over to the edge of the ring, and slowly start lowering all the gathered people down into the void, as they had no way to escape, and Champa was biting his tail while sweat was pouring down his back, and forehead. [AHHH!... Soren!... Don''t do it, I''m sorry! Please let them continue!]: champa Soren was surprised, that was the first time Champa had ever said Sorry, to anyone but Beerus. Soren then dropped the 6 remaining participants of Universe 9, and watched as they disappeared, and reappeared in the spectator seats, and soon after, Zen-Oh erased Universe 9, as the Grand Priest spoke. [Universe 9 has been Erased¡­ There are 3 Universes that remain¡­ Will Soren drop the remaining 4 participants of Universe 6, and get them erased as well?]: GP Everyone was intent on watching what Soren did next, while Goku came up to watch, and now that he was full of energy again, he was waiting to battle someone else. Soren then lifted the remaining 4 participants of Universe 6 back to the stage, and released them from his Telekinetic Control, Soren then turned his back to the 4 and began walking away, but before Soren could walk even 10 feet, he was attacked from the back by a Ki blast that did nothing by put dirt on his clothing. Soren then turned back to see a short girl, with well toned, and compact muscles, with about an A, or B-cup bust, that was covered by a tight Magenta colored, low cut tube-top, and low-set Purple harem pants, long dark Grey wristbands, and a pair of pointy dark Grey shoes. Her hair is long, wild, and spiky, and her eyes are narrow yet big, with large Black pupils, as well as thin eyebrows. Soren knew this girl from the Anime as Caulifla, and she had a very short temper, Soren could tell due to the fact she attacked him the second she was released from most certain death, and when her attack failed, she shouted. [Hey! Asshole!... You trying to get our Universe eliminated!?]: caulifla Soren looked at her, as she began to spout nonsense out of her mouth, Soren then realized how close Caulifla was to Goku in terms of personality, with Caulifla being a bit more aggressive. Soren had thought back to all the joke''s and pictures he had seen on the internet, where Goku and Caulifla were going to be dating, he felt that there was reason to suspect this, these two were the biggest idiots he had ever seen, Soren then began speaking. [Why yes¡­ I am trying to eliminate your Universe¡­ That is the point of this game is it not?]: soren When Soren spoke the word "Game" it caught the attention of everyone, they all thought Soren was an idiot, or even plain crazy. To them, this was no game, but straight up survival of the fittest, if you couldn''t hold up in this fight, then it was pointless for you to continue surviving, and it seemed like Soren didn''t get this concept, or maybe he understood it too well, and saw this whole thing as a "Game". While everyone was pondering over these ideas, the Grand Priest, began looking towards Soren with utmost interest, he had no idea how Soren was able to differentiate this Tournament between a "Game" and a "Death Sentence", in the end, the Grand Priest decided to continue watching over Soren. [Y-You!... You''re insane!... How can you see this as a Game?... What part of this is fun for you!?]: caulifla [Hmm¡­ None of it¡­ You all are too weak]: soren When Soren said that, everyone began to look towards Soren with contempt, and then realized that Soren looked down on all of them. Soren had no care for who won, and who lost, because in the end, Soren would win the whole Tournament, it was at that time, that all the Gods of Destruction hoped for Soren to make a mistake, and get eliminated, and once that happens, Universe 7 will crumble. [Well¡­ If you have no more questions, I will be off¡­ Remember, you only survived today because I want Goku to have a bit of fun, along with giving respect to my wife''s student]: soren Soren then left the place, and watched as Goku, and Vegeta appeared in his previous spot. Goku had taken on both Caulifla, and Kale, while Vegeta took on Cabba, and Hit, Soren then watched the whole thing play out, with Hit using Time Skip on Vegeta, but due to Vegeta using a stronger form of SSGSSP, he could easily move through the cracks of time, while Cabba tried to fight with Vegeta, only to be blown out of the ring, and into the void. Goku was fighting with both of the Saiyan girls while in SSJ2, while Cailifla was in Super Saiyan, and Kale was in her base form trying to attack Goku with sneak attacks. [Excuse me¡­ Can you not!... I''m trying to battle with her, but you keep getting in the way!]: goku [Ahh!... Sorry!]: kale Kale apologized to Goku, and began sulking, while Caulifla got angry at Goku for yelling at Kale, she then stopped the fight, and went to teach Kale how to transform into a Super Saiyan, soon Kale was able to feel the heat bubbling in her back, and soon, Soren watched as Kale''s rage exploded, as her hair turned Green in color. Goku saw the energy being produced, and began to get a bit serious, while Kale began attacking Goku, with Caulifla watching and cheering Kale on from the sidelines, and soon after, Goku powered up to Super Saiyan God, and charged Kale with a few hundred Ki blast attacks. Soren was board watching the battle, and began scanning the battlefield, and found the only remaining people were Zenith, Killua, Gon, Goku, Vegeta, and himself from Universe 7, Caulifla, Kale, and Hit from Universe 6, and Jiren from Universe 12, everyone else had been eliminated. Soren then sent his senses out with a telepathic thought towards Gon, Killua, and Zenith with a specific message, that they could either follow or not, as it was their choice. ''Guys¡­ Everyone is basically gone, I will let both Goku, and Vegeta fight with Jiren, while I sit back, and when they lose, I will finish it¡­ As for you guys, You can either jump off the stage, or stay in hiding¡­ But you''re not needed now¡­ Thank you all for joining the Tournament, I hope you guys had fun'': soren Soren then got replies from each of them. ''No problem¡­ It was fun¡­ Thanks dad, I''ll go then'': zenith ''I will always be up for a good fight, so I will stay just in case'': killua ''Same here¡­ I will wait until the Tournament is over'': gon Soren then watched as Zenith just jumped off of the stage, and fell into the void before reappearing in the stands. Vegeta had also finished his fight with Hit at this time, as Hit had been tossed off the stage, and reappeared in the stands, and when Champa saw this, he got angry, and shouted out. [Use the thing!... You are our last hope! Use the Things now!]: champa Both Caulifla and Kale heard Champa, and nodded their heads, they then turned towards each other, and nodded between each other. They both took out 1 Potara earring, and placed it on one of their ears, Kale placed hers on her left ear, while Caulifla placed hers on her right ear. The two then began to fuse into one being, with a hairstyle that was a mix between the two of them, they also had an outfit change, it was now a cut short Magenta colored T-shirt, with Magenta colored skinny jeans. They also had Gold color wrist cuffs that were more like Kale''s, with Gold color boots, their eyes were a mix between the two people, still being sharp, yet big, Soren then heard them introduce their new name to Goku while trying to come up with one. [Hahaha¡­ We are now¡­ Umm¡­ If we are one, then we will be known as Kefla!... We are Kefla, and we will beat you here and now, to save our Universe from destruction]: kefla Soren then began to watch the fight between Kefla and Goku, as Goku began having trouble fighting with Kefla, and resorted to going SSGSSP, but even with that, Kefla was still pushing Goku back. Soon, Goku had been blasted into a wall, and looked like he was about to fall unconscious, that was until a hot and radiant aura began eminationg off of his body, as his hair lifted up just a bit, and gave off a White hue, and his eyes became Gray once again. Goku had taped into Ultra Instinct Oman once more, and began fighting Kefla, though he punched and kicked her, there was hardly any damage done, but all the attacks thrown at Goku by Kefla, were instantly dodged. [Stop dodging, and take my attack like a man already!]: kefla Soren noticed that the time remaining until the end of the Tournament was around 12 Minutes, and just continued to watch the fight with Goku and Kefla. Not even 30 seconds later, Goku skimmed across Kelfa''s killer move, and blasted her at point blank range with a Kamehameha, sending her out of bounds and into the void. [No!... W-We lost¡­]: champa [Contestant''s Caulifla, and Kale, combined to be Kefla, have been eliminated¡­ Universe 6''s whole team has been eliminated¡­ Thus, they will be erased]: GP Everyone on Universe 6''s team began to apologize to Champa for losing, while Vados began to give off what seemed to be a fake cry, but Soren could tell that Vados still had some attachment to Champa, even if he was not the Number One person to attend too. [It seems like this is Goodbye Lord Champa¡­ Quick! Ariel, saw goodbye to Uncle Champa, we won''t see him again]: vados [Goodbye Uncle Champa]: ariel ''Maybe I was wrong¡­ Maybe she actually doesn''t care'': soren Champa then ruffled the small Kid''s hair before turning towards Beerus, and gave his last goodbyes before disappearing like everyone else. [Hey! Beerus!]: champa Beerus turned to face Champa looking forward to what he had to say, but in the next second, Champa stuck his tongue out towards Beerus, and pulled his left eyelid down in a teasing manner. [MMMNNNNNN!!]: champa Champa then disappeared into a flash of light, and was erased into nothingness. Beerus just looked at where his brother once stood for a few more seconds before looking back towards the stage, and said to himself while trying to hold the one tear in his eye, as it fell down his cheek. ''You get to say one thing¡­ And this is what you do?'': beerus [Well since Lord Champa is gone, I will sit with you guys¡­ Aint that right Ariel]: vados Vados had come over to sit next to Whis, while holding Ariel in her arms. Whis took this chance to hold his nephew, as he might not get the chance if something happens to Universe 7. Ariel was considered part of Universe 7, as he was born there, so he would get erased if Universe 7 was erased, and this thought saddened Whis, Vados, and even the Grand Priest, as this was his Grandson, but rules were rules. [10 Minutes Remain in the Tournament of Power, and the only remaining Universes are Universe 7, and Universe 11]: GP Soren then began to head towards Jiren, and was soon followed by both Goku and Vegeta who began arguing about who would get to fight Jiren. [No Kakarot!... I will fight Jiren, you just wasted all your energy fighting that girl]: vegeta [But you just fought with Hit no?... You should be even more exhausted, so I will fight him]: goku As Goku and Vegeta began to quarrel with each other, Soren stepped forward and spoke to calm the tension. [You both are equally exhausted, so why don''t you both fight Jiren together¡­ And if you happen to lose, I will take over]: soren [...Deal!]: goku/vegeta Both Goku and Vegeta began to gather their energy, as much as possible, while walking over to Jiren''s location, and when they got there, Jiren was releasing a massive amount of Energy, that made both Goku and Vegeta''s lust for battle spike, and the two of them transformed into SSGSSP and began their charge towards Jiren. Chapter 159 - Tournament of Power Final (A/N: I may have called Jirens Universe under Universe 12... I''m too lazy to go change all the previous chapters just know I meant Universe 11) Soren sat back and watched as both Goku and Vegeta started trading blows back and forth with Jiren. And just from what Soren could see, Jiren was a complete monster, if Soren had not awakened Ultra Instinct, before coming to this battle, Jiren would mop the floor with Soren and his crew. As Soren watched the fight continue with Goku and Vegeta losing against Jiren, Soren noticed something, up in the sky, there was a figure watching the fight happen, Soren could sense that the figure was relatively weak, and was around Krillin''s strength, after Krillin learned to control God Ki, but the figure was invisible, so Soren couldn''t tell who it was. Soren just decided to continue watching the fight, as that was what the figure was doing anyway, and there was no malice intent leaking off of the figure, so Soren decided to leave it alone, until it made the first move. [Vegeta! Take him from the other side!]: goku [Hmph!... Don''t tell me what to do Kakarot!]: vegeta Vegeta may have told goku not to tell him what to do, but Vegeta was slowly making his way to the other side of Jiren. Jiren then watched as the two fighters began to surround him, on both sides, all he did was get more serious, and release more of his pent up Ki, Jiren then started trading blows with both Goku and Vegeta while taking a few himself. Goku had placed his fist deep into Jiren''s sternum, while Jiren had planted his fist deep into Goku''s face sending him flying into some rubble, Vegeta had sent a kick towards Jiren, but Jiren had caught Vegeta''s foot, and sent him flying over to the same place Goku was sent. [Hmph!... You will not beat me¡­ I will win this Tournament for my Universe, and destroy you here]: jiren Goku got up and thought up a plan, he then disappeared and reappeared rapidly around the stage, while placing a small dust size speck of Ki, he then charged Jiren, and attacked him, only to be thrown away just like before. Jiren was feeling confident, with his power, and began to walk towards Goku, and as he stepped onto one of the specks it blew up, decemating part of the stage as well, but this wasn''t the only thing, it had started a chain reaction, so when Jiren jumped back to his previous position after taking the brunt of the explosion, the other explosions began to explode on Jiren, while he just but his arms up in defence. After the explosion cleared, Jiren had his whole upper body exposed, as his Uniform was burnt and destroyed, Jiren was royally pissed now, as he began to pumble Goku into the ground, and when Vegeta showed up, Vegeta was also pummeled, and soon, Vegeta was on his last leg, as Goku was lying crippled on the ground, Vegeta spid out a few mouth''s full of blood, before Vegeta started to contemplate over his Pride as a Saiyan, his family, and everything that has happened so far. ''Bulma¡­ Trunks, Bulla¡­ Kakarot!... Everything¡­ Everything that has happened in my life up to this point¡­ It will all be pointless if we lose today'': vegeta Jiren had come up to Vegeta, who was hanging onto the edge of the stage, seconds away from falling off, and Jiren started to speak once more. [You should have known you were going to lose¡­ So why bother fighting¡­ I''ll make sure to end this quickly]: jiren Jiren began stepping onto Vegeta''s hand that was holding onto the stage, and made him lose his grip, and he began falling into the void, only to catch onto a piece of floating debris. ''I-I can''t¡­ I can''t continue¡­ I will leave everything to the both of you¡­ Kakarot¡­ Soren¡­ Save our Universe!'': vegeta Vegeta then took all his remaining Ki, and sent it to Goku, who was still half unconscious on the ground, while Soren watched the fight continue. Vegeta then fell into the void and reappeared in the spectator seats, Krillin had given Vegeta a Senzu Bean, and Vegeta perked right up, then began watching the fight. [I have taken out that guy¡­ Now it''s your turn¡­ Say goodbye to your Universe]: jiren Goku began to get up, while struggling for a bit, and soon after, Goku had gained his balance and began staring at Jiren while catching his breath. [Haf¡­ Haf¡­ No!... Haf¡­ Haf¡­ You are wrong¡­ We will win]: goku [Oh?... You will win?... Do you think you will win because you still have 3 other people to fight me?]: jiren [No¡­ Haf¡­ Haf¡­ We will win because our Universe believes in us!]: goku Goku then began to think back to all the people who put their trust into him, as flashes flashed by inside his head. ''Goku¡­'': piccolo ''Goku!...'': Krillin ''Dad!'': gohan ''Idiot!'': soren ''I believe in you¡­ Kakarot!'': vegeta ''Ehehe.. Goku!'': roshi Goku then began to have a surge of power burst out from his body, as his hair started to gain a White hue, and a hot radiant aura burst out from within. [Is this the power of trust from friends?... Then I will crush that power, and show you it''s meaningless against true strength]: jiren Jiren''s body bulked up, as his power began to seep out, and overflow into the stage. Soren just watched on in excitement from being able to see the battle actually happen, and in person, Goku then began to fight with Jiren toe to toe, and Jiren was getting beat down, while Goku was also getting hit, but not as bad. [Go Jiren!... We the Pride Troopers place our trust in you!... I Toppo place my trust in you!]: toppo Jiren heard as his Universe began to cheer him on, but felt it was all pointless, Jiren felt that he was going to lose. That was when Jiren began to see old memories of his younger self, he saw all the hate and destruction on his village, family, and friends, and he was then reminded of why he became a Pride Trooper. ''I-I must¡­ I must win!... For my friends! For Toppo!... they put their trust in me, and I can''t let them down!'': jiren Jiren felt a strong urge to get up and fight again, and that''s what happened. Jiren began fighting with Goku, and pushing him into a corner, and it was at that moment Goku was sent off the stage, and onto a floating piece of debris below, Goku then felt a surge of power spike out, and envelope the whole void with a hot and radiant aura. Goku shot back up to the main stage, where Jiren thought it was over, and when Jiren saw Goku come back, he saw Goku covered in a Grayish Silver film, that began to deteriorate, and what came from within that film was Goku, but his hair was completely Snow White. [He has done it]: beerus [Oh?... It appears that way Lord Beerus]: whis Soren watched as the fight took another change once more, with Goku giving another beat down onto Jiren. The beat down was quick as the time remaining in the Tournament was 4 Minutes, and right as Goku was about to end the Tournament by throwing Jiren off the stage, Goku''s body contorted as all his bones snapped, Goku then spit out a bunch of blood from his mouth and collapsed. Jiren saw his moment, and threw Goku off of the stage, and began meditating to gather his energy and stamina, but Soren didn''t let that happen as he wanted to end this, now instead of waiting 4 minutes for the match to be called and won by default for having more participants. Soren then appeared before Jiren and spoke, while releasing some of his pressure, and mixing it with Kings Haki. [So¡­ You were able to defeat Goku¡­ I applaud you, but it''s time for you to drop out¡­ Even if I left you here to recharge, you have around 3 minutes and 30 seconds before the end of the match and Universe 7 is called the winners by default of having more contestants]: soren [That is true¡­ But what if I defeat them within that time?]: jiren [Well it would be a draw then¡­ Because you won''t defeat me]: soren [You sound too cocky¡­ Do you have proof I can''t defeat you?]: jiren Soren just let out a sigh, before he closed his eyes and transformed into his Mastered Ultra Instinct from, and everyone watched as Soren''s long and beautiful hair turned White as the snow, with a small hue of a glowing Gold aura. [That''s!...]: GP The Grand Priest seems to know what this form is, but caught himself before he said anything. And the only person who heard him speak was SOren himself, everyone else was too intrigued with Soren''s form to pay attention to the Grand Priest. [So¡­ Will you give up?]: soren [Hehe¡­ No, I will just wait out the time that you can use that form before you collapse like that Goku!]: jiren [*Sigh*... And I thought you were a bit smarter than that¡­ This form is fully under my control, and I can spend hundreds of years in this form and it still won''t take a toll on my body¡­ Goku could do the same if he had the foundation of a God''s body]: soren Jiren started to sweat, but he still believed Soren was lying to him and began waiting, as Soren had yet to attack. Soon, the time limit was brought down to 1 minute and 20 seconds left, and Soren had yet to power down, or move, and Jiren decided it was pointless to keep standing there, he then walked over to the edge of the ring and turned back to Soren and spoke. [You are strong¡­ I know everyone hates you guys because they all thought you all caused the destruction of their Universes, but it was bound to happen, and you all just gave us a chance to fight to keep our Universes¡­ I respect you, but it''s my time to go¡­ Goodbye]: jiren [Goodbye¡­ Maybe in the future¡­ We can have this chance to fight for real]: soren Jiren just heard Soren''s words and gave a slight smile before jumping off the edge and into the void, Jiren then soon reappeared in the stands, while Zenith, Killua, and Gon also jumped in after seeing Jiren appear in the stands. [Universe 11''s participants have all been eliminated¡­ While Universe 7''s Soren is still in the ring¡­ I now declare Universe 7 the winner of the Tournament!]: GP [Ohhhhh!... So Fun!]: zen-oh [Yes, super fun!]: zen-oh 2 One of the Zen-Oh''s raised his hand and erased Universe 11 from existence, while the Grand Priest came down to the stadium to greet Soren as the winner. [Soren of Universe 7¡­ You have won the Tournament of Power, and thus won the right to use the Super Dragon Balls to fulfill one wish, what will you wish for?]: GP As the Grand Priest spoke those words, the Super Dragon Balls appeared in the void, and started glowing, Soren then began to speak his wish to the grand Priest [I would like for all the Universes that have been erased to be brought back to life]: soren [Are you sure about this?]: GP [As sure as always¡­ I don''t need anything, as I already have a loving family, loving children, and 3 loving wives¡­ What else would I need?]: soren [Then It will happen]: GP The Grand Priest then turned towards the Super Dragon Balls and called out Super Shenron, and once Shenron appeared, the Grand Priest started to speak, but was interrupted by a loud voice that boomed throughout the Void. (Divine Language)[I wish for Infinite Energy, that rivals even you the Divine Dragon]: ??? [Your wish is easy!]: SS (Super Shenron) Super Shenron''s eyes glowed a Red color before he disappeared, along with the Dragon Balls. What was left was a shocked crowd, as well as a shocked Grand Priest, he knew someone was watching the whole match, and he knew they had no good intentions, but he didn''t know they knew the Divine Language. [HAHAHAHAAAA!!!... I am the strongest being in the whole entire cosmos]: ??? Everyone turned their attention towards a man of a taller stature with White hair, Purple skin, with demon like ears, and was wearing a Black pair of glasses with Orange lenses. He had a Kodachi around the back of his hip, and wore a leather Black shirt with an IXI symbol in Orange on both sleeves of the shirt, he wore mustard Yellow, baggy pants, and Yellow boots, he also had Black gloves with Golden cuffs, Soren knew off the bat that this person was none other than Fu, and was now contemplating if he could win the fight. [Hello again Grand Priest¡­ Let me reintroduce myself¡­ I am formerly known as Fu, but have now changed my name¡­ My new name is Tianxia, and I am here to Kill Soren¡­ Don''t take it personally, i''m just fulfilling a promise so I can keep my powers¡­ Goodbye Soren!]: tianxia Chapter 160 - Tianxia’s Attack Fu, now known as Tianxia, was now charging up a powerful Ki blast in his right hand. And with every moment that went by, the pressure the attack was giving off was crushing everyone present. [Beerus!... Little help?]: soren Beerus heard Soren, and quickly disappeared from his spot, and reappeared near Tianxia, and punched out with all the strength he could muster, but the problem was Tianxia''s ability to warp reality. When Beerus'' punch landed, Tianxia felt nothing, but instead, Beerus'' arm contoured and got torn to shreds. [Careful now Kitty¡­ You can''t be butting into my business now¡­ Here you can fight some of my allies if you want to fight so bad]: tianxia Tianxia snapped his fingers, and opened a portal, where many people started to come out. First was what appeared to be Goku, and Vegeta, they both came out, but their hair was all White and had auras that radiated heat as powerful as a Supernova''s explosion. The heat was so strong, it was starting to singe the little bit of hair that was on Beerus'' body, Beerus didn''t take this lying down either, Beerus released his full power and started combating both Goku and Vegeta''s overwhelming heat with an overwhelming heat of his own. [I can do the same you know¡­ HAAAAA!]: beerus Beerus then began fighting with Goku and Vegeta from Tianxia''s side, while Goku and Vegeta of Soren''s team were watching in surprise. Both Goku and Vegeta took a look at their counterparts and thought to themselves, about how strong could they truly become in their lifetime, and while they were thinking that, Whis decided to join in the fight. Whis handed Arial back to Vados, and took his staff in hand, he then shot towards Beerus who was fighting with Goku and Vegeta, Whis decided to take Vegeta while Beerus continued fighting Goku. Soon Tianxia saw that other people were joining in to help Soren out, so he decided to bring out more allies, Tianxia then opened another portal and many figures started stepping through them, there was Frieza, Cooler, Majin Buu, And many more that were not known by the main series of Dragon Ball. All of these figures were bathing in God Ki, almost as if they were known as the strongest of their respective Universe''s, and the second both Vegeta and Goku saw some of their old enemies, they decided they wanted to participate in the big battle that would be taking place, and soon enough, everyone from Universe 7 was fighting with the intruders, while the other Gods and Angel''s watched, that was until. [I won''t be out done by some low Mortal rate Universe like Universe 7!... Count me in on the fight]: liquiir Liquiir then jumped into battle, and was soon followed by his Angel attendant, while the Supreme Kai''s stayed out of the fight, as if they somehow died, it would be the end of their God of Destruction. After the remaining Gods of Destruction saw that Liquiir would be taking part in the battle, they too also started to join in, and soon, there were 5 Gods of Destruction fighting the invaders who decided to crash the award ceremony for the winner of the Tournament of Power. [I don''t like this¡­ Soren has already won¡­ Why has this person taken his wish, and now trying to kill him?]: zen-oh 2 [Yeah! You''re right!... I don''t like this guy either¡­ I say we get rid of him]: zen-oh Both the Zen-Oh''s agreed on erasing the invader and his group of people, the two of them then began floating in the air, and came towards the Grand Priest who was just guarding Zen-Oh''s chambers, while observing the battle take place down below. [Grand Minister!... We don''t like that guy who invaded, we will erase him now]: zen-oh The Grand Priest just nodded and made way for both the Zen-Oh''s to come through, and when they came forward to where everyone could see them, the Gods of Destruction stopped fighting along with the Angel''s and quickly retreated. The only people left on the field were Soren, and the rest of the participants of Universe 7, along with Tianxia, and his army of fighters, both the Zen-Oh''s realized that there were 2 Goku''s, as well as 2 Vegeta''s, but seeing the 2 that tried to attack the now retreating Beerus, they decided that those 2 were the bad ones that needed to be erased. [Erase!... Clean Slate!]: zen-oh/zen-oh2 All of Tianxia''s army was erased with nothing left of them. Tianxia was so furious that he looked towards both Zen-Oh''s with anger, he was angry because he spent thousands of years hopping through all sorts of timelines to get his army, but now it had all been erased in a matter of seconds. While both Zen-Oh''s on the other hand looked towards Tianxia who was now staring them both down with fury in his eyes, they both raised their hands again and spoke the same words as before. [Erase!...]: zen-oh/zen-oh2 As both the Zen-Oh''s used their power, they were expecting for the battle to be over, but as Tianxia tried to cower after hearing the two of them try to erase him, but nothing happened. Both Zen-Oh''s tried to erase Tianxia once more, but the same thing happened, Tianxia was still standing there unharmed, Soren realized that the wish for infinite energy, had made it so Zen-Oh could not erase him, and the reason for that was, that Hakai will only work on those who hold lower power then you, but Tianxia now had infinite power, and Soren could guess both Zen-Oh''s were close, but not infinite in power. ''Looks like I need to kill him the old fashioned way'': soren Soren then pulled out his Zanpakuto, and when it entered his grip, Soren was pulled into another world. It was the same world he had been in a few times before, the place he stood was in an open field that was surrounded by Sakura Trees, and in the center of the field was a small hill with a gigantic Sakura Tree shedding its leaves, over a man with Black hair covering his left eye, and wearing a long Black cloak. As for what he wore underneath his long Black, almost cape-like cloak, was a Black button up shirt with a Gray vest, and sleek Black pair of dress pants, the man was also missing his left arm while his Katanna was resting up against the Sakura Tree. ''Sasuke?... You have become your adult self?'': soren Soren walked up to the tree, the man who was sitting under it turned his attention towards Soren, and once Soren stopped and stared at him, the man began to speak. [It has been a long time¡­ I assume you have had no need to summon me, but now you make time?]: sasuke [I''m sorry Sasuke¡­ I have neglected tons of people lately, so the list is a few hundred miles long¡­ As for why I summoned you, I need your help]: soren [Oh?... And what would a God Class being such as yourself need help form a Mortal for?]: sasuke [I may be a God, and you may be a Mortal¡­ But we both know you are a God Slayer¡­ You, the Mortal who has Killed Gods¡­ I want to call on your power to help me defeat someone above a God]: soren [...]: sasuke Sasuke was silent for a moment, like he was pondering about something, and after a moment of silence, he stood up and walked closer towards Soren while placing his right hand on Soren''s left shoulder, and began to speak. [I will give you power¡­ But in turn, you must let me travel the world with you]: sasuke [Deal!... But how will you leave this place?]: soren [Haven''t you seen my power?... You know I have killed Gods, yet you think I can''t escape from a shitty seal?]: sasuke [WHAT!?!?!... You were sealed here the whole time?... So you''re not just some spirit of Sasuke!?]: soren [What?... NO!... I am Sasuke Uchiha, the one and only¡­ I was fighting with that pervert Orochimaru when I was pulled into this place, and given all of the memories I would get if I continued in that world¡­ That Idiot Naruto would really become Hokage¡­ Damn! I owe him 10,000 ryo]: sasuke [Then how have you not gone crazy staying here for so many years alone?]: soren [Alone?... No¡­ I can use my memories to change this world, and live out a set memory, most of the time, I live out my memories with Sakura, and Sarada¡­ And the times I want to be alone are spent under this tree meditating¡­ But now I am getting bored, so I would like to see the world a bit]: sasuke [That''s fine by me¡­ I also have family traveling with me, so maybe in the future, we can stop by your world and pick up your family]: soren [That sounds good... Okay! Come closer]: sasuke Soren came closer to Sasuke and Sasuke put his right hand onto Soren''s face, Sasuke placed his thumb in the middle of Soren''s forehead, while the rest of his hand caressed Soren''s face. [I will now awaken you''re Rinne Sharingan¡­ It might be painful]: sasuke Sasuke then sent his Chakra throughout Soren''s brain waking up the sleeping powers within, Soren began screaming, as he felt like his head was splitting open, and after a couple of seconds that felt like agonizing hours, Soren'' opened his eyes, and had 6 tomes inside, and when Sasuke removed his hand from Soren''s face, a third eye opened on his forehead, it was Red in color, and had 3 Black rings surrounding a Black pupil, and concentrated on those Black rings, were 9 tomes spaced apart in a triangular pattern. [You have awoken the power to bend reality how you see fit¡­ You should be able to face your opponent now¡­ Remember, after the fight come get me]: sasuke Soren nodded his head, and closed his eyes once more, and the next time he opened them, he was standing with his Zanpakuto drawn, and aimed towards Tianxia. Soren then used the new powers unlocked by Sasuke to fight Tianxia to the death, Soren had rushed Tianxia while covering his Zanpakuto with an abundant amount of Ki, and began slashing at Tianxia, while he continued to dodge Soren''s attacks. [Oh?... So not only are you a Saiyan, but you have Uchiha blood coursing through your veins¡­ How interesting]: tianxia Soren ignored Tianxia and began to add some of his Devil Fruit powers to the blade, which ended up turning the blade into a chaotic sword that released all sorts of crazy pressure, that made everyone present below both Zen-Oh, and the Grand Priest''s levels, feel strong fear and killing intent. [You may be strong, but I have orders to kill you if I want to continue living in my favorite world¡­ And again, I have nothing against you, but I refuse to go back to the useless world full of no magic, or any kind of fun¡­ All it had was creativity, and nothing more]: tianxia [What is your problem!?... Do you know you have been duped!?... You were taken in by that Evil God, so she can bring her plan to fruition]: soren [Don''t you dare call my Goddess Evil!... Take this!]: tianxia Tianxia charged up an attack with enough power to crush many galaxies, and when it hit Soren, he was sent slamming into the stage of the Tournament of Power. Soren coughed up a couple mouth''s full of blood, before he got up and healed due to his Vampire bloodline, Tianxia saw this and began getting annoyed at how powerful Soren is. [You!... How long have you been gathering power?... You have many bloodlines¡­ You must have gotten one of those cheats like in the novels¡­ Fucking cheater, you disgust me]: tianxia Soren just got up while coughing blood, and laughing his ass off, Tianxia didn''t care to keep this battle going on for much longer, and thought it was time to make due with his promise. [I am done playing with you¡­ You can die now]: tianxia Tianxia began to charge up an attack so massive, just the size of it made the void rumble. All the spectators began to move back, and leave Soren there to handle it, the Gods of Destruction of all the other Universes, and their Angel''s didn''t care for Soren, while Universe 7 had confidence in Soren, the only person who was breaking down right now was Vados, both her and Ariel were watching Soren fight this Tianxia guy to the death. [Goodbye Fucker!]: tianxia The attack was sent towards Soren , and the second it made contact with him, Soren tried to compress it to minimize the damage done to the world around him. Soren knew that this was going to be his last fight, and could only hope of diverting the power as much as possible, Soren''s feet began to sink into the floor, as his clothes were completely destroyed, his body broke down on a molecular level, and began to regenerate as fast as possible, but nothing was working. [AAAHHHHHRRRRAAAHHHHHGGG!]: soren Soren began to let out screams of pain and torture, Soren was utterly being destroyed by the power in this attack, and all Soren could do was say his goodbyes to everyone. ''My Friends, Children, Wives, Brothers¡­ I tried my best, but my best just wasn''t enough¡­ This is goodbye'': soren A tear rolled down Soren''s deteriorating face, as the attack landed. Chapter 161 - The Decision, New World The blast completely ate through the stage like a fire eating through a piece of paper. And once the blast went through, it flew deep into the void before blowing up, everyone began to search for any sign of life either on the stage, or in the void, but nothing came about the search. Soren was dead, Tianxia had killed him with an attack that could wipe out entire Universes in a matter of days, Tianxia just turned his attention towards the group of spectators who just looked at him as if he was a monster, but Tianxia didn''t care, he just started to laugh. [HAHAHAHA!... My mission is complete, I uphold my end of the bargen, now I can live peacefully in this Universe, and I can go back to any time I wish and live it out with all my favorite characters]: tianxia As Tianxia was about to leave, he was stopped by the Grand Priest, as the Grand Priest started to speak. [You wrongfully used the Wish Orbs for misdeed, for this, I will punish you here and now]: GP [HAHAHA!... You really think you can harm me?... I have wished for Infinite Energy, not only will I not tire out, but my reserves of Ki are limitless¡­ I can crush you easily]: tianxia [Oh?... Yes you made a wish for unlimited power, but you still have no way of using it all at once¡­ You need a medium, and for that you use your body, that is what houses your power¡­ You yourself do not have the power, you just pull on it like a conductor. Too much, and you will explode]: GP [What are you talking about]: tianxia [That attack, you continued to exhaust your Ki, while constantly pulling from the endless amount of energy kept in the void¡­ That is how you continued to grow your attack¡­ But if that attack failed, or you happened to lose control of it, you would have been destroyed instead¡­ So¡­ Do you still think you are more powerful than me?]: GP Tianxia began to sweat, as the Grad Priest saw right through his earlier actions. The thing was, Tianxia didn''t think the wish through, and instead, he made a wish quickly, totally disregarding any kind of loopholes, so Tianxia got his wish, but now he could be destroyed by just the tiniest backlash of one of his attacks. [What do you want!]: tianxia [Simple¡­ I will punish you for taking something you were not supposed too]: GP While the Grand Priest kept Tianxia busy, Soren had awoken in a White room, that kind of reminded him of the same Room that he originally woke up in when he first died. [So I ended up here once again¡­ I wonder if I still have any power?]: soren Soren tried to use his powers, but nothing happened, he then called for his System. [Sakura, you there?]: soren {DING!... YES HOST¡­ THE SYSTEM WILL ALWAYS FOLLOW YOUR SOUL, AS THE SYSTEM IS FUSED WITH HOST''S SOUL} Soren took in Sakura''s words, and remembered about all of what had happened up until that point. [So¡­ I am dead?... Is there no way back?]: soren {DING!... HOST IS CORRECT¡­ HOST CAN WAIT HERE FOR A LITTLE BIT, AND THE SYSTEM''S CREATOR WILL BE HERE TO TALK WITH YOU} Soren then began to wait patiently for the man he had spoken with the first time he died, and after a short moment, a man with a graying beard, and long graying hair walked in, he wore a set of long White robes, and a pair of geta sandals. [Hey!... It''s been awhile¡­ How have you been my son]: god [I died, how do you think I''ve been?]: soren [Yeah.. that was a tough one¡­ Zalma does rank up here with us, and luck for you, he is the only exception to the Apex listing¡­ So you don''t need to surpass him to leave that world]: god [Why does it matter anymore?... I''m dead, I can''t even muster any of my previous power¡­ So how does knowing that change anything?]: soren [I get you are a bit frustrated, but please think rationally¡­ Have you not thought about any ways to return back to that world?]: god [Sakura said there was no way]: soren [Yes!... There is no NORMAL way, but you still own 1 wish from me¡­ I can easily send you back along with repair your previous body, and nothing will change]: god [I can do that?... That sounds good¡­ Let''s go with that then]: soren [So you would rather go back to living your life, where you can feel pain, then be in Heaven where you feel complete bliss for eternity?]: god [Hold on!... You need to know 2 things about me Old Man!... First! I never choose to go the easy route¡­ and Second! How can I live in peace, without my family by my side¡­ To me that seems like torture¡­ Also, won''t Heaven be overtaken by that Evil God in like 2 million years?... Why waste time form Peace for 2 million years, when I can beat the living shit out of the Evil Gods, and have Peace for all eternity!]: soren [Oh ho ho ho¡­ You are truly one amazing young man, you know that?... Okay! I will send you back, along with recreating your body to how it was before you died¡­ you should also know that the damage you had taken from that attack had pushed you to a whole new level¡­ If you beat Fu- I mean Tianxia, then you can leave that world¡­ Oh! And before you go¡­ I have a present for you]: god Soren then turned towards where God had raised his hand, and a figure of a well proportioned female came out. She had Long Back hair that came down to her butt, with a pair of heterochromial eyes, one was Red in color, while the other was Golden, she was around 167cm in height, and wore a school girl outfit that consisted of a White button up T-shirt, with a Black mini skirt, and Red necktie that was a little lose. She wore a pair of Black stockings, with Knee high Black socks, and a pair of dress shoes, Soren had looked this girl in the eyes, and began to cry, but because he was a soul, nothing came out. [Sister!... Why is she here!]: soren Soren had turned to God for the answer, and he began speaking. [Soren¡­ She had heard the news of your death, and ended up committing suscide to be with you once more¡­ She has stayed in Heaven waiting for the day of your return ever since¡­ I will be sending her with you, but for now, she will stay frozen in the System¡­ When your ready, you can bring her out]: god [Layla¡­]: soren [Soren!]: Layla Layla ran up to Soren''s soul and tried to hug him, but instead was just absorbed by the System, and frozen in space. [I wish you luck my son¡­ Try not to die again, as this is your last chance]: god Soren then became resolute, as Godwaved his hand once more and sent Soren back to the Dragon Ball Universe with his Body intact. Once he got there, Soren was floating in the Void, and what he saw was the Grand Priest having a hard time fighting with Tianxia, the Grand Priest was about to lose, so Soren took this chance to use his Rinne Sharingan to warp reality, to where Everyone was completely frozen even Soren himself, but Soren still had his consciousness. Soren then began to plan out the best move that would insure killing Tianxia, and after Soren came up with an idea, he released his Time freezing ability, and used Universal Pull on Tianxia, while launching himself forward with his Zanpakuto ready to slice through Tianxia, Tianxia felt the pull, and quickly turned to see Soren alive, and charging at him. [How is this possible!?!?... I killed you!]: tianxia [No¡­ I am Immortal, I will never be killed]: soren Soren then covered the blade with all the power he could muster while Tianxia began gathering energy into his hands and created a sphere. Tianxia could only extract so much at a time before the backlash would kill him, so Tianxia''s attack may be Unbeatable and Unstoppable, but that is once he has collected enough energy to make them as such, and right now, Tianxia had no time to make another attack like the one that killed Soren before. [Now you will die for following an Evil God¡­ Dumbass!]: soren [NOOOOOO!... You will die!]: tianxia Both Soren''s Zanpakuto, and Tianxia''s Ki attack collided, and Soren''s sword cut through it like butter. Soren then took off Tianxia''s head in one swift motion, killing him easily, as he heard a ring sound off in his head. {DING!... HOST HAS KILLED AN EVIL GODS APOSTLE} ''An Apostle huh?... Maybe he knew deep down, but didn''t care, and only followed for the temptation of power'': soren Soren quickly ran out of energy as his body began to fall back into the void along with Tianxia''s dead body. Vados who had been sulking this whole time, saw Soren begin to fall back into the void after killing Tianxia, she then placed Ariel down, and went to retrieve Soren. Soren had completely passed out, while Tianxia''s body was absorbed and eaten by the harsh conditions of the Void, the Grand Priest came back to his quiet and observant demeanor, and took everyone present out of the void space. Time had flown by, and the Grand Priest collected the Dragon balls that were all kept in Universe 7, because Universe 6 was destroyed, he then made the wish of Soren''s for all the destroyed Universes to be brought back. Vados took Soren, Misha, Hancock, and their 2 youngest over to Universe 6 so that they may train with Ariel, while Soren was still unconscious, and after about 2 weeks, Soren had woken up in a luxurious room, that had paintings of Angels, Soren had suspected it was Vados'' room as he could sense her nearby. Soren then looked at his body, that was just wearing a plain White T-shirt and Gray sweatpants with White socks attire, and felt he needed to get some food in his stomach, Soren then left the room searched for a kitchen, and after some time, Soren found the kitchen and began cooking for himself with Telekinesis. ''I''ll probably be found by someone soon, so I might as well snack a bit'': soren Soren pulled out a few reserve snacks he kept in his inventory to help him recover faster if anything ever happened. Soren then took out a Senzu Bean and ate it, but his body still craved more, and like a bottomless pit, Soren ate another 20 Senzu Beans. Soren then began to look through the store, and bought around 1,000 Senzu Beans for around 100,000 System Points, he then began eating the food he prepared for himself, while looking at his status. {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Origin God''s Bloodline Titles: Dragon, 7+ more Power Level: 1,000,000,000,000 (True God 7,500 Million x Base) Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction God -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 100 Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinne Sharingan-: Unlocked -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Super Saiyan Mastered 100%, SSJ2 Mastered 100%, SSJ3 Mastered 100%, Sage Mode, SSJ4 Mastered 100%, God Base, True Saiyan God Red, True Saiyan God Blue, True Saiyan God Purple, True Saiyan God Green, True God, Ultra Instinct Complete Form Chosen Path: Destruction God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. (Hakai is dependent on how much power is placed in it) -Skills-: 1000 -List?- -Passive-: 60 -List?- System Points: 515.029 Million} ''Not much has changed¡­ I guess I should gather everyone, and head off to the next world'': soren Soren then spent the next couple days with his friends, and also introduced his sister Layla to everyone, while Soren only explained how he met her to those who know his secret. Vados got the Grand Priest to replace her job with someone else, while Ariel will be going with them, Soren then had a talk with Killua, Gon, Zeno, and Zenith discussing their relationships. [Well¡­ I feel safer with my Family being here in this Universe, so I will stay here¡­ Sorry dad]: zeno [I feel the same¡­ My wife is now pregnant, and I would rather her give birth where she thinks its safe, she also has no idea what people like us are]: killua [Sorry Soren¡­ I will be staying, I quite like it here¡­ And I plan to ask my Girlfriend to marry me next week]: gon Soren got turned down by 3 out of 4 of his family members, and when he turned to Zenith, he was expecting the same answer. [Well¡­ What will you do Zenith?]: soren [I actually want to go with you dad¡­ I still have 2 little sisters, and a new little bother to protect]: zenith [Oh?... Do you not have any love interests here?]: soren [Well¡­ I had a few one night stands with a few girls, but none of them seemed to give off a "I want to love this girl for the rest of my life" vibe, so that was all they were¡­ And if I remember correctly, we are going to one of those Cultivation worlds I read about back where we grew up?]: zenith [There were Cultivation novels back there? I guess I spent too many hours in the shop to notice, what you were actually into¡­ But yes¡­ We are going to that kind of world next]: soren [Cool¡­ I heard there are breathtaking beauties like our moms, everywhere in those worlds¡­ Is it true?]: zenith [I don''t know, but we will find out soon]: soren Soren then took Zenith into his Inner world where Layla, Misha, Hancock, Vados, Ariel, Shannon, and Serina were waiting for him. Soren then went to find Haku, and ask him if he wanted to travel with him or stay, but before Soren left, he gave a final goodbye to the others. [Hey¡­ If you guys ever want to leave, you still have the same portal function as me, but you can only travel once, if you happen to end up in a world a lot stronger than you, you will need to conquer it before you can leave again¡­ I can also contact you through a message system that I just found out my system had¡­ So we can always message each other¡­ Goodbye guys]: soren Soren then went out to search for Haku, and found him at some dog park with a rich looking lady, who had a White doberman to her left, and what looked to be a Black doberman to her right, but the Black doberman was no ordinary dog. Soren then landed next to the lady and decided to start working on his acting a bit, Soren then bagan walking up to the lady and began speaking. [Oh Haku, I finally found you!... You went missing for so many months, I thought I would never find you ever again¡­ But here you are, at the same park I lost you in¡­ Such a good boy]: soren Haku turned to see Soren, and realized Soren was playing an act, and Haku played his part as the dog. Haku then let out a happy bark, and pounced on Soren, while licking his face, Soren inwardly told himself he would beat this mutt for licking him after who knows what else he''s licked. The lady understood, and handed Haku back to Soren, before taking her dog with her, Soren then got Haku off of him and began asking his question. [Do you want to come with me to a new world or stay here?]: soren Haku pondered for a second before he remembered all the fun times he had here, but realized they were only fun, because Soren brought him here in the first place. [I want to go with you¡­ I have nothing left here, that lady already sold my kids to other people]: haku [I understand how you feel, I wouldn''t want to see my kids be sold off to others¡­ But don''t worry, where we are going next, there will be many Immortal Beasts that you might take a liking to¡­ Or might take a liking to you¡­ Hehe]: soren [What was that last part?]: haku [Nothing¡­ Let''s get going, there is one more thing I need to do]: soren Soren then took Haku into his inner world, then he brought out his Zanpakuto, he closed his eyes, and entered into the inner world of the Zanpakuto. [Sasuke¡­ I''m here, lets go]: soren [About time¡­ I''m glad you are alive once more¡­ I totally underestimated that opponent]: sasuke Soren then watched as Sasuke began to power up his Chakra to its limits before the seal holding him to the Zanpakuto broke, and set both him and Soren free, and back to the real world. [Okay, I will need you to step into this world, I will bring you all back out when I reach the new place]: soren Soren then sent Sasuke into the Inner world and opened the System interface tab, he then spoke out inside his mind to Sakura. ''Sakura¡­ I think the best World to go to next is going to be the Novel world of ''"The Motherfucking Human King" himself Lin Fan¡­ Take me to The Strongest System'': soren {DING!... NOTE, HOST HAS HIGH COMPATIBILITY WITH THE SYSTEM OWNED BY LIN FAN, BUT IF HOST TRAVELS TO THIS WORLD, LIN FAN''S SYSTEM WILL NO LONGER BE THE STRONGEST} ''Was that a joke?'': soren {DING!... YES HOST} ''It was kind of funny¡­ Let''s continue on then'': soren A portal opened in front of Soren, and he stepped through, and began his travels throughout the space, and after what felt like a few decades, Soren made it to a gigantic bubble, that had a weird phenomena going on, and he asked. [Sakura¡­ Why does the energy circulation around this world feel like it repeats?]: soren {DING!... THAT''S BECAUSE IT DOES¡­ HOST MUST NOTE THIS WORLD HAS NO ENDING, IT WILL CYCLE OVER AND OVER AGAIN UNTIL SOMEONE BREAKS THE CYCLE} [So I will break this cycle, and let Lin Fan live out his life with his wives¡­ that sounds like a goal¡­ Then lets appear when Lin Fan does]: soren Soren then entered the portal, and appeared in the Xuanhuang world. Chapter 162 - Trouble Already? When Soren stepped out of the portal, he felt a strange energy trying to get itself accustomed to his Ki, but before Soren did anything else, he started taking in the sights of the new world. Soren felt reading about it, and actually living in it were Two completely different things. The mountains that surrounded the world were taller than even Mt. Everest, and those were just the smaller mountains, Soren sent his senses out to explore the world, and found that the Xuanhuang world was around 10 times bigger than Earth, and that people with great Cultivation could travel this distance in seconds. Soren could feel all the Cultivators in this world, hidden or not, and he could feel their Cultivation, but due to him not being accustomed with the energy, it just had a weird sensation about it, Soren then took to the skies with his Ki, and took in the sights with his eyes, instead of sensing everything. [This place is beautiful¡­ I wonder when Lin Fan will start making himself known to the Xuanhuang world?]: soren Soren then flew back to the ground, and sat with his legs crossed, while still floating in the air. Soren then began feeling out the Energy of this world, and began trying to absorb it, once Soren was able to start absorbing a bit of the Energy, it became much easier, and it was also then that Sakura rang out. {DING!... HOST HAS TAKEN HIS FIRST STEPS ON THE PATH OF CULTIVATION¡­ WOULD HOST LIKE TO RISE CULTIVATION TO MATCH CURRENT LEVEL OF POWER?} [Hmm¡­ Will it make me unable to use any other form of power?]: soren {NO¡­ HOST WILL JUST HAVE A CULTIVATION LEVEL ADDED TO HOST''S STATUS¡­ NO HARM WILL COME TO ANY OF THE HOST''S SKILLS OR ABILITIES, AND IN FACT¡­ HOST WILL GAIN (1) CULTIVATION SKILL TAILOR MADE TO HOST} [Then let''s convert my prowess]: soren {DING!... CONVERTING¡­ DING!... HOST IS BREAKING THROUGH! ...Precelestial¡­ Postcelestial¡­ Pericelestial¡­ Lower Celestial¡­ Greater Celestial¡­ Utmost Celestial!!!...} Soren continued to feel his power rise, and with it, booming sounds continued to sound out startling all the Cultivators, and Beasts around the area. {... Earth Celestial¡­ Azure Celestial¡­ Desolate Celestial¡­ DING!... HOST HAS REACHED THE PEAK OF THE (Desolate Celestial) REALM, AND CAN NOW WORK ON CREATING (Martial Seeds) TO FURTHER HOST''S CULTIVATION} Soren was quite shocked to see his power stop at Desolate Celestial, and he was thinking it would go up to around the Paradise State, and since Soren was already Immortal, he felt he could easily make it into the Undying State. Soren then opened his closed eyes, and a sharp light shot out destroying a nearby mountain, this shocked Soren, but when he thought about his Cultivation level, it made sense, that just a sneeze in this lower world will destroy something like a mountain, and with the power emanating off of his body, opening his eyes sent out waves of pure power that acted like an attack. [I guess I will need to transcend, but not now¡­ I don''t want to put my family in danger going up there]: soren Soren then opened his inner world, and had everyone come out. Once everyone felt the weird and ominous energy that was exerted by this world, they looked to Soren for answers. [Husband¡­ Misha feels connected to this energy]: misha [Soren¡­ What is this place?... I feel something similar to Ki, but it''s not Ki]: vados Everyone had questions, but Soren needed to free Vados from her world ties. [I will explain in a bit, first I need to free Vados from the previous dimension or she will die]: soren Soren then raised his hand, and used his Hakai on the invisible strings that kept Vados tied to the Dragon Ball Universe. He didn''t need to use this skill on Sasuke, or any of his kids, because his kids were part of him, not the Universe, while Sasuke was already broken from his world ties when he was sealed in the Zanpakuto. [Okay¡­ I will have you all try and absorb the energy being used here¡­ Once you can, I will help you all break through to the peak of this world]: soren Soren''s family couldn''t use the system to force them into breaking through to their peak, but because Soren is a Desolate Celestial, he can pass his energy through their bodies, and make them break through by force. After a couple hours, all of Soren''s family members had learned to Cultivate the Energy here, and Soren helped them break through to their peak levels. Vados was in the Earth Celestial Full Level, while both Misha and Hancock were around Utmost Celestial Lower Level, both Serina, and Shannon were Greater Celestial Mid Level''s, while Zenith was pushing Earth Celestial Lower Level. Sasuke was actually a Azure Celestial Lower Level, so he was a little bit stronger than Vados, while Ariel was an Earth Celestial Full Level, just like his mother, Soren had then turned to Haku, and saw Haku in his Beast form, he was a towering at 6 meters in height, and his Black fur made him look like a demon, Soren was able to boost Haku''s level up to Greater Celestial Lower Level, and that was pushing it, Haku had not really trained much, and stayed more in the back enjoying the fun things in the new worlds Soren brought him to. [How''s that Soren¡­ I am so powerful, am I not?]: haku [Haku¡­ You need to train harder¡­ There is a Chicken in this world that will surpass you, and fuck you in the ass if you don''t gain strength]: soren [WHAT!?!?!... I can''t let this happen! Where is this Chicken, I will eat it now!]: haku Haku was fearing for his life, he even began to cover his butt with his tail, as to keep people out of it. Soren saw this and only laughed, he then began taking his group to an Inn, at the closest town, and Soren felt lucky, as the closest town was a few hundred miles away from Saint Devil''s Sect, the same sect Lin Fan belonged to. Before Soren and his family entered the town, Soren decided to buy veils to cover his 3 wives, and 2 daughters faces, Soren had no problem killing anyone who dared try to act, but he still felt the need to give them a chance, as well as cause as little problems as possible. [You guys will wear these¡­ In these worlds, the main goal of people are to be the biggest idiots, and flaunt your family name, and libido]: soren Everyone understood, and continued into the town after the women wore the veils. Soon, Soren and his family entered a nice inn, and while walking through the town, they had caught a lot of attention, mostly due to 3 grown women, appearing to be around 20, and 2 girls that looked to be around 16 in age. Soren walked up to the counter and asked how much it will be for 3 nights for 3 rooms, the man at the counter took his gaze from Soren, and placed it on the 5 ladies behind him, he then turned back to Soren and spoke. [1 night per room is 5 Silver, if you want Breakfast, Lunch, and Dinner to go with it, that will be 1 Gold coin, so for 3 nights for 3 rooms, that will be 4 Gold without food services, and 9 Gold with provided food services]: innkeeper Soren then took out 4 Gold coins he had managed to borrow from some bandits outside the town, and gave them to the Innkeeper. [Here are your keys¡­ Your rooms will be on the 3rd floor Left side all the way in the back, those 3 rooms will be yours¡­ Enjoy your stay here at Devil Saint''s Inn]: innkeeper Soren and his family then went up stairs to the 3rd floor, and walked down to their rooms, Soren then handed 1 key to Sasuke, and 1 key to Serina, keeping 1 for himself, he then began giving orders for how this would work. [Sasuke¡­ You, Zenith, and Haku will share a room, is that okay?]: soren [I''ve been in worse positions¡­ I''m fine with that]: sasuke [Okay¡­ Now Serine, you and Shannon, and Ariel will share your room¡­ Okay?]: soren [Yes father]: serina Soren didn''t feel like he needed to explain the last part, he then had Saskue, Zenith, and Haku take the room on the right, while Soren, Misha, Hancock, and Vados took the room on the left, while leaving Serina, Shannon, and Ariel to have their room in the middle. Soren then spent these 3 days looking through his System, for anything useful, and then he remembered that Sakura said he would get a Cultivation Skill tailor made to him, Soren then opened the System and pulled up the rewards tabs. {DING!... WOULD HOST LIKE TO COLLECT ALL REWARDS?} ''Yes!'': soren {DING!... REWARDING HOST WILL ALL AVAILABLE REWARDS¡­ -Path of Cultivation!- Rewards- Tailor made Cultivation method, Storage Ring Creation Skill, 1.000.000 System Points -Greed Filled Eyes- Rewards- Rage Inducing Skill, Title: Young Master?, 10.000 System Points ¡­ Small Quests 20+} ''So I can create Storage Rings now huh?... I guess I should try forging next, as that may give me some OP weapons for my Family'': soren Soren then learned about how to create Storage Rings, and found it quite easy, all he had to do was visualise the ring, and it''s properties, and it will create a Storage Ring in those aspects. Soren then made 3 Special Rings that were made with Misha, Hancock, and Vados in mind, while everyone else just got a plain Black ring with an almost infinite storage capacity. On the 3rd day''s stay at the inn, a group of men in robes came to the town, they looked to be members to a sect, and that was proved from a tablet they hung from the cloth tied around their waists, they entered the inn when Soren and his group were coming down for the day, and when they saw 5 beautiful women walking with 3 men and a dog, they became furious. [You!... With the Golden Dragon hair pin¡­ Come over here with those beautiful women]: ??? Soren turned his attention towards the person who just spoke, and when he said beautiful women, Soren knew he was talking to him. Soren then turned towards his group and began telling them that this was what he was talking about a few days ago, and when the man who called for Soren saw SOren ignoring him, he got up from his seat at lightning speeds and arrived next to Soren, while placing his hand on Soren''s shoulder. [You dare ignore this Senior when he''s talking to you!?]: ??? Soren just turned his head slightly to see the man''s hand still tightly gripping his shoulder. [You dare grip my shoulder with no idea who I am?]: soren Soren spoke in a calm, yet cold tone, and when the man heard this he spoke. [You!... Courting death with the Saint Devils Sect now are we!?]: ??? Soren scanned the man from head to toe, before noticing his badge, Soren then spoke in a cold tone while grabbing hold of the man''s hand that was still gripping Soren''s shoulder. [Just an Outer Sect disciple, and you think you can run your mouth to this daddy?... I will show you that you messed with Mt. Tai today]: soren Soren then used his Energy and formed a blade, he then cut off the man''s hand, and the second it came off, the man began to scream in pain while gripping hold of the bleeding stump. [AHHHHHHHHGGRRRRRAHHHHH!... Y-You!... You will pay for hurting a member of the Saint Devil Sect¡­ Or my name isn''t Yan Ye]: yan ye Yan Ye was then surrounded by his buddies from Saint Devil Sect, and gave Soren a glare, and if a glare could kill, then Soren would have died 100 times over, but the thing was, Soren''s glare could kill, it Soren put intent into his stare, someone of the Xuanhuang world would die from it. [Don''t glare at me¡­ I''ll stop by your Saint Devil''s Sect later to speak with your Master¡­ Keep the seat warm for me]: soren The group of Saint Devil''s Sect Outer Scet disciples then ran out the door with an injured Yan Ye in their arms. Soren then looked down to realize he was still holding Yan Ye''s hand that he cut off, Soren then raised his hand showing the crowd, and they all watched as the hand disintegrated inside of Soren''s palm. Everyone felt fear towards Soren for how he displayed his power, and they felt he was a God who happened to be traveling the Xuanhuang world, Soren then left the building and instructed everyone on what to do. [Sasuke¡­ Go gather information at all the nearby towns and kingdoms, and also finish any missions from the System I gave you, you should know how to use it by now¡­ Zenith, Take both Serina, and Shannon with you to a nearby forest to hunt Monsters, and bring back materials, if you ask the Systems for help identifying what''s good and what''s not, it will do that. You can also take Haku along, he might want to stretch his legs for a bit¡­ As for me¡­ I will take Misha, Hancock, Vados, and Ariel with me to the Saint Devil''s sect¡­ Everyone know their jobs?... Dismissed!]: soren Chapter 163 - Soren’s Mountain After Soren gave everyone their jobs, he took Misha, Hancock, Vados, and Ariel with him to the Saint Devil''s Sect for a proper apology from their Grandmaster. With Soren and his groups cultivation, traveling a couple hundred miles took but only a few seconds, while it might take those of a lower cultivation a few minutes, all the way to a few days. Soren and his group then appeared at the bottom of a mountain, with thousands of steps leading all the way to the top, where a normal person with no cultivation "Might" see a few villa''s used to house all of the servant diciples, but with Soren''s cultivation, he could see all the way to the top of the mountain, where a palace was built. Soren then began to start taking the steps to the top of the mountain, but before he could even take the 3rd step, he was stopped by 2 Outer Disciples who demanded Soren show them his disciple token. [Hold your steps!... Take another move, and we won''t mind being rude]: outer disciple 1 [Oh?... And you dare to stop me from walking up this mountain?]: soren [Yes we dare!... We are the Saint Devil''s Sect! Nobody dares mess with us, or they will be seaking death¡­ Quickly! Show us your Disciple token, and we will let you pass¡­ Otherwise¡­ Piss off!]: outer disciple 2 Soren was getting angry from the blatant arrogance shown by these two gate guards, he then activated his EMS, and used a Genjutsu to put the guard to sleep. Soren then took his wives, and began climbing the mountain, and after a short walk, Soren and his group made it to the servant''s quarters. Soren began to walk towards another guarded gate, that lead to where all the Outer Sect Disciples would be, while passing a few kids being used as punching bags, by people who wanted to take the test to become Outer Sect Disciples, Soren paid them no attention, and just continued walking towards the gate. Soren had known he was being watched, but that was by everyone, but what stuck out, was Soren felt like a monster in sheep''s clothing was also taking an eye to Soren, more specifically, his 3 wives, Soren then turned around and gave a glare that made everyone who was just watching, quickly turn away. [Eyes off my wives¡­ Understood?]: soren Those were the only words Soren spoke, but the pressure in every word made everyone there feel like they were staring death in the face. Soren then continued his path towards the gate, and when the guards saw Soren, they quickly felt fear, and moved aside to let him in, and as Soren went inside, the guards took one more look at Soren, trying to memorise his every detail for later questioning. Soren had long Black hair tied up in a topknot with a Golden Dragon hairpin, he wore long White robes that contrasted to his long Black hair, the robes were tied together by a Gray cloth sash. Soren''s face was considered perfect, no imperfections at all, and due to Soren''s robe, they could not see his tail that was wrapped around his waist, the gates closed wit the guards going back to their duty of guarding the gate, and the second Soren left out of sight, a boy around 15 in age spoke to himself. ''So that is power?... He was able to make everyone cower by just his glare¡­ I wonder who he is?... I wonder if I will ever get that strong¡­ It''s been 2 weeks since I came here, and I still am only being used as a punching bag, and the only Cultivation method given to us, was the Titanium Grade Demon Body, and it only has 3 levels¡­ We were all told if we could reach level 3, we could join the Outer Sect Disciples'': ??? Soren continued towards the big palace on top of the mountain, while only being stopped by a few people, but Soren took care of them with a Genjutsu, before reaching the gigantic double doors of the palace. Soren then began pushing the doors of the palace open with hardly any strain on his muscles, as this was nothing compared to the 7 test gates he had trained with as a child in the Hunter x Hunter world, Soren then began walking down what appeared to be a hallway of a giant open room, it had pillars going from the floor, all the way to the roof every 5 or so meters apart. Once Soren got close enough to the empty main seat of the hall, he began to call out for someone to meet him, and after a few shouts, guards came running in. [Oi!... Grandmaster of the Saint Devil''s Sect!... You think it''s fine to let your Outer Sect Disciples come down the mountain to fool around?... Come and give me an apology¡­ Now!]: soren The guards began surrounding Soren, and as Soren could see by just taking a quick glance, the 8 guards surrounding him and his group were all around Pericelestial 9, and on the verge of breaking into Lower Celestial. [What kind of apology is this?... You send some lowly trash to apologize for you?... Do you dare want to step on me as if I were mud?... I will obliterate this whole sect with my fart!]: soren After Soren said that, the 8 guards were enraged, and began to charge Soren, but right before they could enter 3 meters of Soren and his group, a blast of energy repealed them away from him. [Guards, stand down!]: ??? [B-But Grandmaster!... This fool dares to court death by saying he will destroy our great sect with just a mere fart!... He must be punished!]: guard 3 [I said¡­ Stand Down!]: grandmaster Soren then watched as the 8 guards fell to their knees from the power just in the Grandmaster''s voice. And once the Grandmaster felt he made his point across, he turned his attention towards Soren and began to speak, while slightly bowing towards Soren and his group. [I deeply apologize for their behavior¡­ But you never told them you were a master among masters¡­ Even I, a Greater Celestial Full Cultivation with 4 Grid Lines, can''t measure Sir''s cultivation]: grandmaster [They will get off this once¡­ But tell me¡­ What is your name, and why have you yet to apologize on your Outer Sect Disciples actions towards me in an Inn a few hundred miles from here?]: soren [Great Sir¡­ My name is Dark Rock, I am the Grandmaster of Saint Devil''s Sect¡­ As for Great Sir''s troubles with this one''s Outer Sect Disciple''s, I will personally handle this Disciple¡­ Do you have a name of the one who offended Great Sir?]: dark rock [Hmm¡­ If I remember correctly, he spouted something along the lines of Yan Ye¡­ If I am wrong, just look for a man with a missing right hand, as he had placed it on my shoulder, and refused to remove it when I asked, so I took it for myself]: soren [That sounds like a great way to handle that situation¡­ This one here will make sure to handle Yan Ye, and not sully Great Sir''s name]: dark rock Soren then had a smile grow on his face, as he began to leave, only to turn around and speak once more. [Oh!... Last thing¡­ I heard you have some lower tier Body Cultivation technique called the Titanium Grade Demon Body¡­ I would like a copy, I have a few ideas for improvement]: soren [Oh?... Is Great Sir interested in joining this lower Sect of mine?... It would make me the happiest in the world if Great Sir would join my Sect]: dark rock [Don''t get ahead of yourself¡­ I might stop by every once in a while¡­ I have taken quite an interest in a boy from your Servant''s Quarters]: soren [Who is this Servent Disciple?... I will quickly bring him into the Inner Disciples, and give him the best of the best treatment]: dark rock [No need¡­ He will blossom on his own¡­ I have seen it¡­ He will rise to the top of this world, and surpass all of those who doubt him¡­ I will let him climb the way all by himself, so he knows the meaning of hardship, and learns to overcome adversity]: soren [Great Sir is full of great knowledge¡­ I will listen to Great Sir''s advice then]: dark rock Dark Rock then pulled out a book from his Storage Ring and placed it out towards Soren, Soren took the book, and left the palace, while heading back to the Inn with his group. Soren then sat down in the middle of the floor and began reading the Cultivation manual given to him by Dark Rock, after reading it Soren understood it''s main principle of using the energy of an attack to temper your body, Soren then powered up his strongest punch, and hit himself in the stomach, while focusing on absorbing the attack and tempering his body. *BOOM!* The attack landed on Soren, and created a gaping hole in his chest, that rapidly began to fill up and close, Soren then had a hole in the brand new clothes he had purchased for this world. [That attack was quite loud¡­ I hope nobody comes to see what happened]: soren Soren looked around to see the bed he was sitting on, was now covered with blood, and Soren began destroying the bed while creating a new one in its place. ''Hmm¡­ Sakura, any changes?'': soren {DING!... HOST HAS UPGRADED HIS BODY TO DESOLATE CELESTIAL UPPER LEVEL} ''Holy Shit!... I leveled my body to Desolate Celestial with one punch?'': soren {DING!... HOST HAS THE ABILITY TO FIGHT EVENLY WITH THOSE IN THE DIVINE CELESTIAL STATES} ''You''re right¡­ I still haven''t used Ultra Instinct, my base power is at Desolate Celestial, but unrestrained, and fully transformed will bring me to whole new heights¡­ Anyway, Desolate Celestial should be good for now¡­ Nobody in this world can harm me¡­ I will upgrade once more, when I reach the Upper Realm'': soren Soren then began packing his stuff, and took Misha, Hancock, Vados, and Ariel with him out of the Inn, and flew a few thousand miles south, and found an open plain that was good for a house. Soren began using his powers to not just make a house, but make a whole mountain that shot into the sky, he then had stairs carved all the way to the top, where there were flat grounds for courtyards, and then another set of stairs going up to another flat ground that would hold Soren''s palace. Soren then sat at the top most height of the mountain, and took out his Dragon Ball''s, but realized they were stone, Soren then remembered he died, so his Dragon died as well, Soren then reimagined his Dragon, and breathed life into the Dragon Balls once more. [Greetings Master¡­ I am glad you see that you live once more]: kuroi Soren was now staring at a completely Golden Dragon that was millions of meters long, Kuroi had evolved into an Ancient Dragon with all the Energy Soren provided him, thus making him just under Super Shenron in power. [Hey Kuroi!... I''m glad to see your changes as well¡­ But I didn''t just call you to talk this time¡­ This time I want something if you don''t mind]: soren Kuroi''s eyes began to glow as if he was happy to answer his master after such a long time apart. [State your wish¡­ I will grant you 3 wishes that are within my power!]: kuroi Kuroi''s voice boomed out while pulling a lot of attention. Cultivators started spreading word of a Golden Dragon Millions of meters long with a booming voice offering to grant wishes, and when these rumors got to the ears of Greedy people, the direction was given out, and many set out to get their wish granted. (Dragon Saiyan Language)[I wish for a massive well spring of energy to be directly under this mountain, and connected to the houses that I have built down in those courtyards, while I want a majority of it connected to the palace I will build here¡­ As for my second wish, I want an Immortal Herb garden, and a Pill forge strong enough to make Immortal pills to be made by the plot I intended the garden to be made at¡­ While my Third wish is to have a forge with a Heavenly fire as it''s base, as well as Divine Water for it''s tempering pool]: soren [*Eyes Glow*... Your wish is granted!... That was a tough one Master¡­ I will be back whenever you need to call on me¡­ Goodbye]: kuroi Kuroi disappeared, and the balls tried to split up, but before they could, Soren held them in place, and placed them back in his Inventory. Soren then began to overlook the newly built Pill smithery, as well as a gigantic field full of Immortal Herbs, he then looked towards the Blacksmithing shop, where he could feel the heat of the Heavenly fire that radiated within the furnace. [I can now either turn this into an Immortal Sect, or keep it for myself as a base for friends and family¡­ Sound fun]: soren Soren then turned his attention towards the open land that has yet to have a palace built on it, and began using his Creation skill to build a fancy Dragon Palace, with Golden Dragons embroidered all over the exterior. Soren then began making small Dragon pillars about 2 meters in height with a Black metal basin on top with a lit fire, going down the stone steps all the way towards the bottom, Soren then began looking through the System for a special formation, and when he found it, he bought it. {DING!... HOST HAS PURCHASED THE (Heavenly Pressure Testing Formation) FOR 5 MILLION SYSTEM POINTS} Soren then placed the formation at the start of the mountain with a sign that gave a warning to those who trespass. -Sign- Those who wish to take the trial, continue forwards, the pressure will only place more strain the further you climb, good luck!. ''This should be good¡­ Time to go get everyone else from the Inn, and we can all live here'': soren Chapter 164 - Immortal Dragon Sect A Year had gone by, and Soren was living with his Family on the officially named Dragon Mountain by the Cultivators that tried to climb it. When the Cultivators that never ventured onto Dragon Mountain heard of its name, they were shocked at the answer given out, when they asked why the Mountain was named as such. [Dragon Mountain was named after the incident 1 Year ago, when Cultivators saw a gigantic Golden Dragon that was millions of meters long appeared in the sky over a mountain that sprouted up out of nowhere, the Dragon then offered to grant 3 wishes, to which many had made their way to the mountain¡­ Upon reaching the base of the mountain, many had seen Dragon pillars with fire burning out the top, lining the base of the steps, the pillars then led the way up the stone stairs¡­ Cultivators then began climbing the stairs, but as they went up, it got harder and harder to progress, everyone thought you needed a high Cultivation to reach the top, and one man who made it half way up, was scared back down when he caught sight of a Dragon coming towards him¡­ So this is why we call that mountain Dragon Mountain]: bystander When Cultivators heard that, it only made them want to try their luck at reaching the top. They wondered what was being protected at the top, and if there was a Dragon that would grant you 3 wishes resting there, many sects would fight to obtain the right to climb the mountain. Soon, word spread, and many big sects started building campsites all the way around the mountain, along with erecting walls to keep intruders out, they then began sending Inner Sect Disciples, and Elders to climb the mountain, and just like previously, some got about half way up before not being able to bear the pressure, or getting scared away by a Dragon. ''That''s strange¡­ Why are these ants barricading mt Mountain?'': soren Soren was looking down the mountainside at all the members from different sects, along with all the walls they erected around his mountain. It was also at this time, a Dragon about 100 meters in length flew over to Soren, and landed next to him while curling up, the Dragon was just a baby, and needed sleep, and his favorite spot to sleep, was by Soren''s side. During this Year, Soren had created a cave in the side of part of the mountain, and inside he left 7 Dragon Eggs that he got from making a wish to Kuroi. These 7 Dragon Eggs would not hatch into Dragon that could grant wishes, but were more useful as fighting partners, or pets, Soren then placed the 7 Eggs deep within the cave, and let them absorb massive amounts of energy from the massive energy vein that was right underneath the mountain. Everyone got their own Dragon while Serina and Shannon would share one, and Vados would raise her Dragon for Ariel, the Dragons would sleep in the cave for the most part, while cultivating in them, but for some reason, Soren''s dragon loved to spend his time by Soren, and he would curiously check on the Cultivators that tried to climb the mountain, but every time they saw him, they would run back down while screaming in fear. [Gagoo?...]: soren''s dragon (A/N: name will come up shortly) Soren had been watching all the Sects fight each other, while sending Disciples up the mountain, but after around 800 steps, they would head back down, or faint from trying to make the 801th step. ''Hehe¡­ These idiots have no idea what one requires to climb those steps¡­ I divided them into categories¡­ for the first Hundred steps, you need just a starting Cultivation of Precelestial Level 1¡­ Then from the 101th step, all the way to the 800th, you need a strong spirit¡­ After that, from 801th, all the way to the 2,000th step, you need a strong will, this was also the halfway mark¡­ and from there up to the top being the 4,000th step, or to the Outer Sect Courtyards, you need a strong body¡­ Only those with a strong mind and body will make it up here¡­ Cultivation doesn''t matter for this test¡­ As for why so many people are here, I should find out later'': soren [L¨®ngz¨²!... Let''s go see what these idiots want with my mountain]: soren The Dragon known as L¨®ngz¨², which in English means Draconic, then lifted its head, and looked towards Soren, it then saw Soren heading down the mountain, and quickly began following him. Soren leisurely began walking down the mountain, and when he got to around the 2,000th step, people began pointing out a mysterious man with long Black hair kept in a Golden Dragon hairpin, wearing White robes, tied with a Gray sash. [Look there!... Someone''s coming down!... Eh! H-He!... He has a Dragon with him!?!?... Inform the Grand Elders! Quick!]: sect disciple Some Disciples began running off to where the Grand Elders were cultivating, while waiting to try the mountain once more. Just the energy that radiating off the mountain was better than the stuff they were allowed access to back at their sect, this was also another reason they wanted to get to the top, they felt they would be able to break through their bottlenecks within just ? of the time it would take, if they were back at the sect. Soon, they heard a knock at the door of their meeting room, that they were using as a cultivation room as well, one of the elders got up from his seat, and opened the door to see what was wrong. [What do you need?... We are in Closed Door Cultivation]: elder 1 The Elder could see that the Disciple was a bit frantic, and tried to hurry him to spill what he had to say, and then the Disciple began speaking. [S-someone is coming down the mountain!]: disciple [So what!... If Disciples have been sent up, then can they not return?... Get out of here before I punish you for disturbing an Elder]: elder 1 [No!... Not a Disciple!... A man with a Dragon is coming down the Mountain!]: disciple The second the Elder heard the Disciple''s words, he froze, a man with a Dragon was walking down from the top of the mountain. He quickly shut the door, and returned to the other Elders, telling them what he was just told, after they were told the situation, they all got up, and went outside to see this person for themselves. [Greetings¡­ I am the owner of this Mountain¡­ I would like to know why you have shown up on my doorstep, and why you have barricading yourselves inside, while refusing entry to those outside]: soren When Soren spoke, all the Disciples just cowered in fear, as the Dragon began eyeing them. L¨®ngz¨² was not eyeing them as if he were hungry, but like they were interesting, he had only ever had contact with Soren and his family since he was born, so the only people L¨®ngz¨² knows are all powerful beings, while the ones standing before him, can''t even compare to a fart of Soren''s. Soren then looked around while catching the eyes of a few Disciples who were looking at L¨®ngz¨² with fear written on their faces, Soren then decided to ease their fear, and spoke. [Worry not of my pet¡­ He has just been born not more than 3 months ago¡­ His name is L¨®ngz¨², and he is just interested in the outside world]: soren After Soren spoke, some of the fear eased up, but still remained, as Soren said the Dragon was 3 months old, and had no formal interaction with outsiders. They all thought L¨®ngz¨² might decided to eat them because he was hungry, and had no idea how they would taste,while trying it to see if it was good, but they didn''t know that Soren already trained the Dragons to only eat Energy Crystals that are produced from the excess energy in the Dragon''s cave. Soon, 4 Elders came forward, and faced Soren, they then began inspecting him, along with the Dragon, the Dragon was a Lower Celestial Full Cultivation, while they could not gage Soren''s power at all, so they expected him to be around Greater Celestial Full Cultivation. [Great Sir¡­ We are the 4 Grand Elders of the Blue Sea Sect¡­ Would you mind telling us what lay at the top of this mountain?]: elder 1 [Oh?... This Mountain?... This is my home, the only thing that resides at the top, are Me, my Wives, my Children, and one of my closest Friends¡­ Why do you ask?]: soren [... You jest Great Sir¡­ We heard rumors of a Golden Dragon millions of meters long, willing to grant 3 wishes¡­ Is this not true?]: elder 2 [Hmm¡­ If you mean Kuroi, he is asleep right now, and as for him granting wishes, he will grant them¡­ But you need to be able to wish for them first¡­ And how to do that is getting up the mountain first]: soren [So we can make 3 wishes!?]: elder 3 [Shut up!... We are Grand Elders, we can''t be acting like children!]: elder 2 Soren turned his attention over to the Elder who shouted out like a child on Christmas who just got a brand new toy, and then back to the Elder who told him to keep his composure, as they were grown adults. [I don''t mind¡­ But like I said, you will need to be able to do it yourself]: soren The 3 Grand Elders felt like jumping for joy, while the first one to speak felt something was off, he then went over Soren''s words, word for word while trying to figure out what he ment. ''Was there really anyone who would just let someone make 3 wishes for no cost at all?... Even if they had to be able to make it up the mountain first, why do I feel like there is a catch in making the wishes¡­ He said we can make 3 wishes, but would need to be able to wish for them¡­ What does he mean?... Why wouldn''t we be able to wish for them? If I state my wish, then I should be able to get it granted right?... Or is there more to it?'': elder 1 As Soren looked over the 4 Elders, he saw that 3 of them were trying to hide happy faces, and look as neutral as possible, so they don''t ruin their image in front of their juniors, but when Soren came across the first Elder, he could see that the Elder was contemplating something, and could guess it was most likely the words Soren used to say they could make wishes. ''Have you figured out the meaning Old man?... Hehe, I don''t mind you using the Dragon, but you will need to have the ability first'': soren Meanwhile, the first Elder was still going over Soren''s words, and putting two and two together. ''We can make 3 wishes¡­ But we need to have the ability to¡­ Ability¡­ When most would think about that word, they would think there is a special way of doing it, but to us who have been trying to climb this mountain for a couple months now, we would think it has to do with climbing the mountain¡­ But that''s not the case¡­ Climbing the mountain has nothing to do with getting your wish granted¡­ But what is it¡­ He said we can, but we will need to do it ourselves¡­ Does that mean¡­]: elder 1 [I got it!]: elder 1 [What have you got brother?]: elder 3 [Yes, tell us¡­ what have you figured out?]: elder 4 The 3 other Elders looked towards the first Elder along with Soren, they were all waiting to hear what the first Elder had figured out, while Soren was also curious to find out what the Elder had figured out by just a few words. [Even if we do make it up this Mountain, we will not be able to make a wish]: elder 1 [Why do you say that brother?]: elder 4 [Think about it¡­ He said we need the ability¡­ But if you were to say the same thing to someone who has not tried to climb this Mountain, what kind of ability would they think they would need to get 3 wishes made?]: elder 1 [Well¡­ I would think there is some kind of special phrase, or word¡­ But isn''t it the ability to reach the top of this Mountain?]: elder 2 [No¡­ That''s what he wants us to think¡­ But getting our wishes granted has nothing to do with climbing this Mountain]: elder 1 After the 3 Elders had the same revelation as the first Elder, their mouths were left gaping, while Soren had a smile grow on his face, he then began clapping, which caught the attention of the 4 Elders, who then turned their attention back to him. [Great job!... I didn''t expect you to figure out that it would not be as simple as climbing the Mountain¡­ For this revelation, I will reward you]: soren Soren then entered his Inventory, and took out 3 pills, and 5 Senzu Beans. The Pills were something Soren was working on after buying a Godly Pill Concocting Skill for 30 Million System Points, the pill had the effect of helping someone break through a bottleneck while they Cultivated. Even though this was not some Godly pill, but Soren was still getting used to the information that came into his head, on how to create thousands of different types of pills, and they kind of Fire that was best for them, Soren even bought 5 different types of flames for 1 million each so that he can concoct pills on the go. [These are 3 Pills that will help you break through any bottleneck while Cultivating, I call them Heavenly Breakthrough Pills, while these 5 beans will heal any kind of injury, as long as you are not dead¡­ And to show you it''s effects, please come closer]: soren Soren spoke in a calm voice, which made the Elders drop their guard against him, they thought that it was wrong to fear him or be wary of him, he was giving them a gift, so the first Elder began to get closer to Soren, and soon he was within 2 feet of Soren. [Watch closely¡­ HA!]: soren Soren took his index finger, and stabbed a hole through the right side of the Elder''s chest. The Elder began spitting blood, while the 3 Elders saw Soren make moves to kill their brother, they then tried to attack Soren, only for him to hold them in place with Telekinesis. Soren then helped the first Elder eat a Senzu Bean, and in a matter of seconds, the once dying Elder was completely healed, and felt even better than ever, Soren then placed the 3 pills, and 5 Senzu Beans in the Elder''s hand, and released the other 3. [I have shown you my skills¡­ Now, do me a favor, and remove your barricades, so that I may collect talented Disciples who make it to the top of this Mountain¡­ This Place will now be known as Immortal Dragon Sect]: soren Chapter 165 - Strolling the City [Great Sir¡­ You wish to turn this Mountain into your sect?]: elder 1 [Yes I do¡­ Why do you ask?... Is there a problem with me turning my home into a Sect?]: soren [There is no problem¡­ But Great Sir must know, all Sects made in the Great Yan Dynasty must be formalized, and taxed through the Great Yan Dynasty Kingdom]: elder 1 [So I will need to go to the Great Yan Dynasty to formally register my Sect¡­ Okay then! I will head over there in a few months, but for now¡­ Remove your barricade, and let others participate in climbing the Mountain]: soren [We will do so right away Great Sir!]: elder 1 The Elder then turned around to the Disciples and told them to tear down all the walls used to surround Dragon Mountain. When the Disciples heard this, they felt troubled, as they had just finished erecting them just 3 days ago, and now they had to take them all down again, this felt like a torturous test used to test their loyalty. [Don''t worry about sending Disciples to tear down the walls, I will do it myself]: soren When Soren said this, it caught the attention of the 4 Elders, they wondered what amazing technique Soren would use to get rid of all the walls, that took them almost 2 weeks to put up. Soren then released his Ki in an outburst sending hundreds of Gridline chains out from his body destroying every inch of the wall that was placed around his home, before keeping his power back inside his body. Over the past Year, Soren had been making his Energy condense down into Gridlines, and by no means was the process slow, Soren had around ten thousand Gridlines condensed, and could start working on making Martial Seeds, Soren was so proficient, it was even faster than Lin Fan''s speed. Normal Greater Celestial Cultivators would have around 2-3 Gridlines condensed in their lifetime, while prodigies would condense anywhere between 5-10 Gridlines in their lifetime, Lin Fan was able to create around 300 in that 1 Year he played dead in Glory Sect, while Soren created over ten thousand in just a year. When the Elders saw all the Gridlines Soren used to destroy their wall, not even leaving a speck of dust, made them almost wet themselves, Soren was not someone to mess with, and they felt nobody in all of Xuanhuang world could harm him, they then thought about what Soren said about making a Sect, and began to feel Envy, and Jealousy towards his future Disciples, they felt anyone who came out of the Immortal Dragon Sect would be God''s among men. [Well¡­ I will leave now¡­ I have somewhere to be]: soren Soren began to walk back towards the Mountain, and just before he left he turned around and gave one last piece of advice. [You have the wrong idea about my Array Formation¡­ It has nothing to do with Someone''s Cultivation, all you need is a starting foundation to get past the first Hundred steps, and the rest are about your Mind and Body¡­ Come on L¨®ngz¨², let''s go back]: soren Soren and L¨®ngz¨² then went back up the mountain, while the Blue Sea Sect and it''s members began to pack up to go home, while some tried to take the test a few more times. Soren then went into the palace with L¨®ngz¨² following behind him, Soren had to make adjustments to the palace for L¨®ngz¨² to fit, while still having room to fly around, he was a 100 meter long Dragon, in a palace 15 times his size, Soren then began concentrating on Condensing his Martial Seeds, while subconsciously making more Gridlines. After about 2 weeks, Soren decided to head to the Great Yan Dynasty to register his mountain as a Sect, and once he gets approved, he would come back and work on spreading news about this place being a new Sect with lots of valuable resources to attract new people to join, or rob, either or is fine, but if the second comes, they will just be robbed and sent back down, that is, if they make it up here in the first place. Soren then had L¨®ngz¨² wait for him, as it would be very distracting while walking around with a gigantic Dragon that was still an infant, in a city full of big and interesting things, Soren wanted to take L¨®ngz¨² to see the world, but right now it was to early, and L¨®ngz¨² was very impressionable. [L¨®ngz¨²¡­ Stay here with everyone, I will be back in a few days, or maybe a few weeks¡­ But you have everyone else here with you, so you will be fine without me]: soren L¨®ngz¨² nodded it''s head in understandance, and Soren left Dragon Mountain while giving Sasuke some instructions on how to take care of L¨®ngz¨². ''What a pain in the ass¡­ I already have to take care of Max, but now I need to take care of L¨®ngz¨²?... Soren owes me big time for this one¡­ Maybe I can get Haku to take care of L¨®ngz¨²'': sasuke Sasuke had a bad naming sense, and named his Dragon Max, it was more a Dogs name, or maybe a Cat, but for a proud Dragon Max would not cut it, but no matter what Soren said, Sasuke was sticking with the name Max, and Max did not disagree, so Max it was. Soren then took to the sky, and spread his senses over the Xuanhuang world, and found all the places with the densest most population, and picked the one closest to him, and after a few second of flying, Soren made it to the Great Yan Dynasties, Yan Kingdom. [I wonder if Lin Fan made it here yet¡­ It should be around this time if I remember correctly]: soren Soren landed outside the city, and entered just like other citizens, Soren was checked at the gate for any kind of bounty, or any kind of wanted poster before he was let through. Soren then began walking around the city, while asking people where the place to register a new Sect was, and was slowly led to a high class building with a sign on the front saying "Sect Registry" on it. Soren opened the door, and entered the building, inside, the furniture looked quite nice, and expensive, the walls were a Mahogany color, as well as the floor, the furniture was more on the luxury side, having actual cotton padding the hard wooden furniture with a nice high end design on the fabric sewn onto the chairs and couches. [Wellcome Sir¡­ How can I help you today?]: receptionist (aka: rep) [Yes¡­ I am here to register a new Sect for myself]: soren [Okay, but there are some rules¡­ First, there is a tax that is required to keep the Sect registered, and the only way you can be exempt from this tax, is when you rank in the top 10 Sects, but you probably won''t make it, so don''t worry about this¡­ Second, your sect must send in yearly reports of how many Disciples are listed. Do take note, we may send an investigator out to verify this claim, as you must have at least 10 Disciples in your Sect¡­ Third, your Sect must have a name, and can not already be taken by another Sect registered in the Great Yan Dynasty]: rep After hearing the rules, Soren continued to fill out the paperwork, and placed his name as the Sectmaster. [Okay¡­ Your Sect name will be Immortal Dragon Sect, and as of this moment you have 9 Disciples and you as the Sectmaster registering 10 individuals total¡­ You are now an approved Sect, I just need you to pay this Years tax of 1 Million Gold, or anything of equal value, to that]: rep Soren then thought about how much he had, and realized that he was completely broke, he could use his Creation skill to make Gold, but felt that would ruin the Economy. Soren then remembered he had taken a few Energy Crystals from the Dragon Cave, to experiment as a later date with, but never got around to it, so they had been sitting in his storage ever since. [Will one of these work?]:soren Soren took out an Energy Crystal around the side of a football, and placed it on the receptionists countertop, she took a look at it, and felt a strong energy emanating off of it, but still couldn''t put a price on it. [Would you please excuse me¡­ I need help from someone of a higher power, wait right there]: rep The women ran into the back, leaving Soren and the Crystal at the counter, and after a couple minutes, the girl had come back while being followed by a man who was a Lower Celestial High Level. [Hello¡­ My name is Xia Ning¡­ I run this place¡­ Yin Yuan here tells me you have a Magic Crystal¡­ May I inspect it?]: xia ning Soren just gestured for Xia Ning to inspect the Crystal on the counter, and after a good inspection, Xia Ning''s face became shocked, as he asked. [Young man¡­ Would you mind telling me where you obtained this Crystal?]: xia ning [That?... At my home one Dragon Mountain, the same place my Sect will be placed]: soren Soren didn''t mind telling the truth, because if anyone dared to steal from him, or try and take what is his, he wouldn''t mind separating heads from bodies. [Hmm¡­ I suspect this Crystal was formed from an excess build up of Immortal Energy¡­ This is even better then the Immortal Crystals mined from the mines]: xia ning [So can I run my Sect then?]: soren When Xia Ning heard Soren''s words, he felt like laughing, he then came around the counter, and placed his hand on Soren''s shoulder and began patting him while laughing a bit. [Haha¡­ Young man, You can have your Sect open for 10 Years without having to worry about taxes]: xia ning Soren was surprised to see that something he had abundance of was worth so much, Soren had so much of this stuff back in the Dragon Cave, that he told the Dragons to eat it while Cultivating so they could become even stronger. Soren then got approved for his Sect, and began heading out to explore the rest of the city, Soren came across food stands, libraries that contained information on the Xuanhuang world, and many more places. Soren decided to spend a little time in the library to get more information that was never added in the book, while also condensing his Martial Seeds, Soren had one Martial Seed right now that was floating around in his mind, while one more was starting to form. Soren''s first seed was a compilation of all his Martial Skill, like Swords, Fists, Daggers, Ect. while the second Seed was focusing more on all of Soren''s spiritual side, Soren felt like this Seed would take the longest due to the compression of the Hollow''s power. Soren then finished reading all of the books about world history, and had a better understanding about the world, they theory was, the world was split in half by God because he was angry, and half of that is true, someone with God-like powers split the world in half, but it wasn''t because he was angry, Soren knew he did it to save the people of the Xuanhuang world, by not letting them ascend. Soren walked out the the library and continued walking down the street until he saw something interesting, Soren saw the academy from the Novel, the one that trains Cultivators, the Sky Heaven School, Soren then noticed a line being formed to the side with a bunch of adults lined up in front of a man with a ruler standing outside of a small hut with a curtain acting as a door. Soren knew this was the day the Sky Heaven School was looking to hire teachers to teach students, Soren didn''t mind trying to recruit potential members to his Immortal Dragon Sect, and stood in line right behind a boy who looked to be around 16 or 17 in age, the boy had short Black hair, and Black eyes, his face was well defined, and stood around 182cm in height, same as Soren. The boy in question felt as if someone was staring at him, and quickly turned around to see a man who looked a bit familiar, almost as if he had seen him before, and the Boy introduced himself to Soren. [Hello my name is Lin Fan, I would appreciate it if you don''t stare at me as if I am your Friday night singer¡­ I don''t swing that way]: lin fan Soren was completely caught off guard by Lin Fan''s words, and felt that he really was just a stupid death seaker. [I''m sorry¡­ I have 3 wives, I don''t swing that way either¡­ But I felt we shared something in common¡­ You have secrets too don''t you]: soren When Lin Fan heard that, he began to sweat a bit when he heard Soren say he has secrets, even though anyone you talk to has a secret, the way the man said it to Lin Fan, made him feel the need to avoid him at all costs. [Next!]: school staff Lin Fan realized he was called and quickly took this chance to leave Soren. Soren just chuckled inwardly while walking up to the spot the school staff member had him wait at, Soon, Lin Fan came out, and the man inside the tent spoke, telling the school staff Lin Fan passes, and to send everyone else home. [Okay! Everyone else can leave¡­ Sorry about your luck, maybe next time]: school staff Soren didn''t move, and instead began walking into the tent without permission, and when the Principal who was seated in the tent saw Soren he began to speak in an angered/annoyed tone. [I said the interview is over¡­ We already have a teacher, now leave]: principal [Oh?... You think I would take a job from you?... You pathetic ants can''t even hope to buy me¡­ I just came to offer you the deal of a lifetime]: soren [You dare to speak to me in such a to-... Please forgive me for not being able to see Mt. Tai¡­ What is this deal you have spoken of]: principal The Principal was going to curse Soren, but when the Principal tried to sense Soren''s power, it was too unfathomable, and he felt he was treading on thin ice with no way back to shore. [I will teach 3 classes, and pass on some wisdom to those that may understand it¡­ I will not require pay, as I have no need for money, nor any kind of materials, as all the ones I can get here are trash¡­ I just want to be able to pull any kid I take interest in, to test for my Sect¡­ What do you say?... Want me to teach? Or not?]: soren Chapter 166 - Talk with Lin Fan The Principal had no reason to say no, Soren would teach a few classes, and if he sees any promising students, he will take them to his Sect. This was a dream come true, as Soren was someone of high power, and anyone trained under him will no doubt grow into a monster among men, so the only logical thing to do, was to accept Soren''s offer. [Thank you¡­ I will accept your offer¡­ When can Great Sir teach the first class?]: principal Soren thought for a moment before coming up with an idea, he then looked towards the principal, and began speaking. [How about now¡­ I will need every student in this school to gather in the auditorium, even the staff and faculty, as it won''t hurt to teach them something as well]: soren [Right away! I will gather everyone, and bring them into the auditorium for your lecture]: principal After everything was settled, both Soren and the principal walked out of the tent, and went inside the building. Soren was brought to a gigantic room that could house the whole school all at once, Soren knew that this room would later be used by the principal to introduce the students to the Yan Emperor, and his Queen. Soon, students and teachers began gathering into the room as well as some janitors, and every other member of faculty and staff, Soren was surprised, and inwardly said to himself. ''I really didn''t expect him to include even the janitors, but I guess he really fears me, so much so, that he took my words too seriously, and brought EVERYONE'': soren After around 30 minutes, people stopped piling into the room, and the principal walked up onto the stage to begin speaking. [Greetings!... I have gathered you all here for a special guest, his name is Soren, and he is a Sectmaster, a very powerful one at that¡­ Though I have never heard of his Sect before, it would definitely be ranked in the top 10. Please listen to every word he says, and try your best to understand as much as you can from them¡­ Please be respectful to him, as you would to me¡­ You now have the stage Mr. Soren]: principle After the principal gave the introduction, Soren took the stage, and began introducing himself. [Hello¡­ My name is Soren Zoldyck¡­ I have recently decided to create a Sect in the Yan Dynasty to make myself known to the people of this world¡­ I own the most recently talked about Dragon Mountain, and my Sect resides there, it is known as the Immortal Dragon Sect¡­ You may be wondering what my Cultivation is, but as it has no name in this world, I can not tell you, just know, if I felt the need, I could wipe out entire Sects with just the wave of my hand¡­ As for what I will teach you today. It all depends on what you can understand from it¡­]: soren Soren began talking, while those who listened felt like Soren was the biggest braget they have ever seen, but dare not speak out, as their principal had told them to give Soren respect. Soren had the attention of everyone in the room, while a boy with Black hair and Black eyes was particularly interested in Soren, he then began to think to himself. ''Zoldyck sounds Japanese¡­ But everyone in this world has a Chinese name¡­ Perhaps he is also from Earth?... No, he couldn''t be¡­ But he did say we have something in common¡­ Maybe he knows?... I will have a talk with him later then'': lin fan [... How do you all perceive Ture Energy?... What tells you that by absorbing it, you will improve your cultivation?... You in the back!]: soren Soren pointed at someone who was slowly raising his hand while looking around to see if anyone else had done so as well. [Yes!... My name is Jiang Chen¡­ We take in True Energy, and circulate it through our bodies, and doing this is what pushes us into new levels]: jiang chen [Yes! You are correct, but you are also incorrect¡­ You take in True Energy and store it so that you may use all of it to break the wall sealing off the next level¡­ Now tell me¡­ What will happen if you have an abundant amount of this Energy?... Nobody?... Then I will tell you¡­ When you have an abundance of this Energy, you can use it to break through multiple walls all at the same time]: soren The students and staff began to "Oh" and "Ah", they have never had the idea of collecting abundance, they would always use the Energy they were collecting to always put their bottlenecks under stress until they broke, letting them into the next stage. [Yes¡­ You all are understanding what I am saying now¡­ Now, how easy is it to collect True Energy?... Trick Question! It''s not easy¡­ This world has so little of it compared to¡­ Ahem!... We can talk about that later¡­ Know that it could be dangerous to collect Energy to break through, the reason is, you''re body is like a cup, you fill it to a certain point before it overflows, and if you keep putting your cup under the stress of overflowing Energy, it will burst, and cripple your Cultivation]: soren Soon, the rest of the day passed, and all the students began leaving, while a few stayed to ask questions from Soren, as well as 2 teachers. Soren felt that these few students would be the ones that show the most promise, as they were not afraid to ask more questions, and after everyone was gone, Soren told the principal he would be back tomorrow to teach the second class, and it was also at that point, the principal offered Soren a room to sleep in. [I will take you up on your offer¡­ Thank you for your kindness to this old me]: soren The principal felt Soren was joking, and being a bit rude, and with these feelings, the principal accidentally spoke what was on his mind. [Old? This brat is not a day over 21¡­ I''m so sorry! Please forgive this ignorant old fool]: principal [Haha¡­ Your fine, but I really am just an old fart, just like you]: soren [What do you mean Great Sir?... How old are you, if not in your early 20''s]: principal [Hmm¡­ Lets see¡­ I would say I''m about 300 ish? Give or take]: soren Soren had brought his training room with him, and placed it down inside his palace for private training, and Soren would use it every once in a while bringing his age up once again. [T-Three Hundred!?!?... Great Sir must be joking¡­ How are you still alive? Even Greater Celestial''s who have an increased lifespan, can only live up to 300, and they would look like the dust kept in their ass cracks¡­ You are 300, and have not aged a day over 21]: principal Soren felt the laughter bubbling up inside himself, he truly loved the comebacks of this world, the curses they would make would always get Soren smiling. [Well¡­ It''s just an age, you get bored of keeping track of it after the first 2 hundred years¡­ For all I know, I could be well over 500, but I''m sure I am at least 300 years old¡­ But enough of that, you said you have a room for me to sleep in?]: soren [Y-Yes!... Right this way¡­]: principal Soren was led to his room, and felt someone was following them, but decided to not say anything about it. Once they got to the room, the principal gave Soren a key, and left him to his devices, Soren entered the room, and closed the door, he felt someone enter along with him, but still said nothing. The figure went to hide in the corner, while Soren began inspecting the room for any formations or traps, even though he knew there were none, it was just a precaution taken for complete privacy for the talk about to happen with Soren, and the figure he assumed was Lin Fan. [You may come out now little one¡­ Stop hiding in the corner]: soren Soren then spoke these words while looking towards the corner where Someone was standing, Soren could visibly see something wrong with the space around the corner, but couldn''t make out facial details, and this was the flaw in the technique made to make someone invisible. [I guess you really are powerful, you were able to see me?... I even brought this technique up to a higher level then the one I read it from]: lin fan Soren could now see Lin Fan standing in the corner of his room with what appeared to be a Red Brick in his hands. ''Fucking hell¡­ He plans to hit me?... This fool is still a Thousand years too young for these kinds of tricks'': soren Lin Fan saw Soren''s gaze taken to his Legendary Nine-Five Red Brick, and quickly hid it behind his back before speaking once more. [You¡­ What did you mean earlier today?... You said you felt a connection to me¡­ What is that connection?]: lin fan [Hehe¡­ I guess it''s fine to tell you, but I won''t reveal your origins to you, as you must do that for yourself¡­ What is your System called?]: soren Lin Fan was utterly shocked by Soren''s words, he felt like lunging towards Soren with his Brick in hopes of hitting him on the head, but he also wanted to know how Soren was able to find out about his System. [...]: lin fan [You don''t need to be worried¡­ I as well have a System, I named her Sakura¡­ She has helped me for a very long time]: soren Soren was trying to break the ice with Lin Fan, and have Lin Fan open up more to him. Once Lin Fan heard that Soren also had a System, he got curious, and began asking questions. [Who are you?... Where did you come from?... Are you from Earth?... How are you so powerful?]: lin fan Lin Fan was stepping closer and closer to Soren, while Soren began telling Lin Fan a made up back story on how he was an Orphan in Japan who happened to get hit by a truck, and woke up in this place with a ringing sound in his head telling him about his System. [You have a very tragic backstory¡­ I''m sorry]: lin fan [Sorry for what?]: soren [This¡­ *Whack!*]: lin fan Lin Fan took the Red Brick, and smashed Soren over the head with it, Soren then fell onto the bed, and Lin Fan began undressing Soren''s clothes. He didn''t want the clothes as they were not ranked as anything valuable to his System, meaning they were just regular clothes, with no enchantments or protection charms on them. Lin Fan was looking for any kind of valuables, he took Soren''s storage ring, and when his System scanned it, his mind was blown, the words that popped up scared him shitless, and made him want to keep it immediately. {Godly Treasure- Holds Infinite Storage, and is Unbreakable¡­ Bound: Soren Zoldyck} Lin Fan wanted to take what was inside, but when he saw that he couldn''t open it because it was bound, he began having thoughts of killing Soren to release his hold on the ring. Lin Fan left this decision for last as he continued to strip Soren down, while occasionally hitting Soren on the head with the brick, Lin Fan took Soren''s hairpin, his storage ring, then continued to strip Soren down. Lin Fan removed Soren''s robe, to see if he had anything hidden underneath, and when Lin Fan saw Soren''s lower body, he began freaking out. Soren was wearing no shirt under his robe, but wore a pair of Black Martial pants, that had a hole in the back where a Black furry tail was twitching, Lin Fan immediately backed up, as he had yet to see someone with a tail, but looking at it reminded him of the Journey to the West Movie. [Are you done fondling me?]: soren Lin Fan realised he had forgot to hit Soren in the head, and 1 minute had passed. Soren got up, and placed his robe back on, while using Telekinesis to take his Hairpin back from Lin Fan, Soren then placed his hair into a topknot, and began looking at Lin Fan with a bit of anger in his eyes. [I''m so sorry Senior, please forgive this Junior for he has no idea he was messing with Mt. Tai!]: lin fan Lin Fan began apologising to Soren, while trying to find a way out of the room to escape. [Enough acting¡­ I know you better than you think, and I know your most favorite thing in the world is acting¡­ Keep the Ring, I don''t use it, it''s just a sign I use for saying I''m married]: soren Soren released his connection to the ring, and Lin Fan saw the notification about the ring change, to being not bound, Lin Fan quickly bound himself, and took a look inside, only for it to have nothing inside. ''This son of a bitch!... I will steal his peaches then'': lin fan Lin Fan looked depressed, and began getting closer to Soren while praising him for parting with such a treasure,and once he was close enough, Lin Fan lunged towards Soren''s nether region while shouting. [Monkey Steals Peaches!]: lin fan ''This is not good¡­ I will give him a taste of his own medicine then'': soren Soren quickly used his palm to block Lin Fan''s hand downwards and into the floor, while destroying the floor, Soren then changed his position. [Haha¡­ Monkey Steals Banana!]: soren Chapter 167 - First Disciple? (A/N: I was shocked to see you all hate on Lin Fan''s personality, as that''s how it was in the book "The Strongest System"... I don''t want to kill him off, because he is needed for later plot, but I won''t let him get away with his foolishness towards Soren, and he will be punished) After Soren deflected Lin Fan''s fist, he sent his own in return, and when Lin Fan heard the words that left Soren''s mouth, he felt total dread, and defeat rush over him. ''I''m Fucked!'': lin fan Lin Fan just closed his eyes, and Soren''s hand made contact with Lin Fan''s lower region while twisting what he could grab. Soren felt that this attack made him look like a homosexual, so he made sure not to implement the skill for too long, and quickly retracted his hand as fast as he twisted Lin Fan''s man parts. [AHHHHHHGUUUUURRRRAHHHH!]: lin fan Lin Fan felt his little brother start swelling, and it was not from sexual arousal, but from the sheer pain of getting his little brother almost ripped off. Lin Fan began coughing up blood and gastric fluids as he had nothing in his stomach to throw up, while the blood was from Lin Fan''s mouth, Lin Fan had bit down on his cheeks to try and lessen the pain. [First you steal from me¡­ And now you use such an underhanded trick to ruin my Man Hood?... Shall I turn you into a female? Or outright kill you here?]: soren When Lin Fan heard his choices, he felt fear bubble up from deep inside him. He didn''t want to be the one getting fucked, but the one fucking, and he also didn''t want to die yet, Lin Fan had yet to experience anything in this world. Lin Fan began to think about his options, and began weighing them, and it hit him, he could just reverse the effects of being a woman by using his Twisting Heaven and Earth skill. [I-I would take becoming a female¡­ I would rather live]: lin fan Soren just looked at Lin Fan, and got the same idea as Lin Fan, if Soren made him a girl, Lin Fan would just reverse the effects, and become a guy once again. Soren felt this was the best option that will make him not look like a pushover that forgives, while also saving the Main Character of this story, as if Lin Fan was gone, the world would crumble into nothingness. [Then I will make you a woman now]: soren Soren then bought a special pill from the system store for a few hundred points called the Gender Bender Pill. He then placed it into Lin Fan''s mouth, and had him swallow the pill, and soon, changes began taking effect, as Lin Fan''s swollen little brother began taking a retreat, as the balls also began turning into ovaries that went up inside Lin Fan. Lin Fan''s chest didn''t grow, as the pill only affected the lower region, and Lin Fan was thankful for that, soon Lin Fan was a full blown female with a pussy, and Lin Fan couldn''t help but secretly touch it a little to feel what it felt like. [Then I will ask you to leave my room¡­ I need to prepare a lecture for tomorrow]: soren Lin Fan quickly left the room so he could go change himself back into a man, while Soren just focused on condensing his Martial Seeds, and creating a small lecture to progress the Cultivation of this world, while telling stories of his adventures, and experiences. Soon, the rest of the day passed, and the sun began rising indicating the start of the next day, Soren then left his room, and went back to the auditorium where the principal was waiting for Soren with a man and woman wearing what seemed to be expensive clothing. Soren continued walking up to the principal, and when Soren was noticed by the 3 people, the principal spoke with excitement in his voice. [Mr. Zoldyck!... Please let me introduce you to both the Emperor, and his Queen¡­ They have come to my school to inspect how things are run around here]: principal [Oh?... Just more ants]: soren [What did you say! Boy¡­ You dare to call us ants!?... I will show you who the ant is]: emperor [Please Mr. Zoldyck!... You must hold a bit of reserve towards the Emperor]: principal [Why would I hold reserve to someone I can kill with one of my farts?]: soren When Soren said these words, the Emperor and his Queen were fuming with rage, as their faces were Red from anger. [Principal¡­ Who is this ignorant fool you have taken on as a teacher?... I would be in my right mind to kill him here, as well as you, and close this school for good]: emperor [Please Yan Emperor¡­ This is not one of our teachers, he is just someone of great power I have invite to speak in a few lectures]: principal [Oh?... So You won''t say anything for him if I kill him then¡­ Good¡­ I will kill this fool here, and show him who the real ant is]: emperor [I suggest you don''t]: soren Soren only gave a warning, while the principal was shaking in fear. The principal knew Soren was strong, but he also knew the Yan Emperor has an unmatchable power, and he was hoping for things to resolve themselves without causing any injuries. [I will kill you now brat!]: emperor [Respect your elders Young boy]: soren [Y-You!!!... Die!]: emperor The Yan Emperor charged Soren with a dagger pointed towards Soren''s heart. Soren could tell that the dagger was a Mid Tier weapon, bordering the line of a High Tier weapon, and Soren put no defence up to block, letting the dagger hit Soren''s chest. *Clang¡­ Chke!* [Hehe-... No¡­ I-Impossible!]: emperor Soren just stood there with the Yan Emperor''s hand holding the hilt of his dagger close to Soren''s chest while pieces of metal flew everywhere. [*Yawn*... You done?... I warned you, and now you are out of a good weapon¡­ Well¡­ Nothing good for me]: soren Soren then took a weapon out from the One Piece world, and the name of the weapon is the Nidai Kitetsu, or Kitetsu II. Soren had not used this weapon in quite a while, so he almost forgot about it, Soren then took it out of its sheath, and let the Yan Emperor observe the sword. [H-How is that possible!... You!... Where did you get that weapon!... Hand it to me immediately, and I will forgive your insolence!]: emperor Soren was able to feel the Energy given off by the Nidai, and realized it was from the curse of the Kitetsu, it had been over 100 years since Soren last used this sword, and it was lusting for blood, and released Killing intent that suffocated everyone in the area. Soren even noticed it started to form a will of its own, as a weapon spirit appeared beside Soren, it was a boy looking to be around 12 years old wearing a Purple Kimono with a Golden Sash wrapping around his waist. [I am the Nidai Kitetsu¡­ Who is my master?]: nidai When the boy said those words, the Yan Emperor quickly yelled. [I am!... I am your master!... Now come to me]: emperor Nidai looked towards Soren who was still holding the Nidai Kitetsu, and then looked back towards the Yan Emperor, he then asked. [Then why is my Sword in this man''s hands?... Take your own sword back, whoever has the sword at the end of the day is my Master]: nidai Soren just looked over towards Nidai, while inspecting him closely, while Nidai began floating in the air, and sat on a high beam looking over Soren and the Yan Emperor. [Well¡­ You heard him¡­ You must fight me to take this sword]: soren The Yan Emperor was looking at Soren with a wary look, while thinking up a way to take the Nidai Katana, but nothing came to mind. ''How does he have such a Legendary Sword!?... And what is with this boy who claims to be the sword?... Is it a sword spirit?... I must take this sword for myself, then I can finally destroy that Saint Devil''s Sect'': emperor Soren just stood in the same place, and felt no need to act towards the Yan Emperor, as Lin Fan would kill the Yan Emperor later. [This is boring¡­ I will leave then¡­ Sorry principal, I will not be able to keep my promise for 3 classes¡­ Send those who are interested in joining my Sect over to Dragon Mountain, and if they can reach the top they will become Outer Sect Disciples]: soren [Y-Yes!]: principal Soren then looked over to the boy sitting on the high beam, Soren could see the boy anticipating a fight, but Soren broke him out of his thoughts with his words. [Nidai¡­ Let''s go¡­ We will be heading back to Dragon Mountain, I can let you fight with Sasuke there]: soren Nidai heard the word "Fight" and quickly came down, and disappeared into smoke that flew back into the Katana in Soren''s hands. [I might be around¡­ But since there are no God''s here, I will be leaving]: soren ''Gods?... Who is this boy?'': emperor Soren then left with the Katana in hand, and went back to Dragon Mountain, while the principal continued to welcome the now sour Yan Emperor. Soren had felt someone was watching them from a distance, and felt that it was Lin Fan, but let the story play out how it would after his confrontation with the Emperor. ''Gods?... Who is this Soren person?'': lin fan Soren then arrived back at the base of Dragon Mountain, and saw a few people trying to climb the stairs. Soren continued up the stairs, and began passing some people, while they just looked at him like some monster, Soren continued to pass people, until he reached the 2,000th step, and people expected him to stop, and not progress, but to their dismay, Soren continued to climb. ''What even is he!?'': random testers Many who were taking the test saw Soren continue climbing the stairs where many were stopped in their tracks. Soren then made it to the top, and let Nidai come out from the sword, while giving him a quick tour around the top. [This is my home, my family and friends will live here¡­ And if we ever get any Disciples, they will also live here]: soren [I see¡­ So where is this Sasuke you spoke of?... I want to fight with him]: nidai When Nidai said that, a Dragon came flying towards Soren while shouting. [Gagoo!!]: l¨®ngz¨² [L¨®ngz¨²!... I have missed you too buddy!]: soren L¨®ngz¨² started cuddling Soren, by rubbing his head against Soren''s whole upper body. [L¨®ngz¨²!... Where are you going!]: ??? Soren turned his attention to a man with Black hair and Black eyes running up to L¨®ngz¨², before he smiled and spoke. [Sasuke!... I have returned¡­ L¨®ngz¨² was just coming to welcome me home]: soren Nidai heard the name Sasuke, and quickly turned his attention to Sasuke, while taking his appearance in, and measuring his strength. Sasuke just looked towards Nidai, and then back towards Soren while thinking Soren found someone interesting to add to the Sect, he then turned to walk away now that his job was done, and he was no longer needed, but before he could leave Soren stopped him. [Sasuke¡­ You mind sparing with Nidai here for a bit?... He is a bit lustful for battle right now]: soren Sasuke just nodded and turned to face Nidai while drawing his own Katana, Soren then handed Nidai the Katana in his hands. [Remember¡­ No killing each other, just a spar]: soren Both Nidai, and Sasuke nodded, and began facing each other in battle, after a few minutes, it was clear that Nidai won, but barely. Sasuke was trained since he was young to fight with weapons, while Nidai was born a weapon made to kill, so who do you think would be stronger between the two? Soren then went to spend time with his wives for a little bit before stepping into the training room for a few days, which was 10 years each day inside. Soon a week had passed, and Soren had stepped out of the training room just in time to see a young boy around 14 years of age with White hair, and a lean body just finish climbing the steps into the Outer Sect Disciples quarters. ''Oh?... Our first Disciple?... Let''s go Introduce ourselves'': soren Soren then disappeared, and reappeared in front of the kid with White hair. Chapter 168 - 1 Year of Training [Hello¡­ Who may you be?]: soren When Soren said that, the boy with White hair got startled, but when the boy saw Soren had no intention other than to introduce himself, he spoke. [My name¡­ I don''t have one]: boy [No name?... Then let me ask you a question¡­ Would you like to join my Sect?]: soren [Sect?... I just saw this mountain while passing by, and when I saw everyone trying to climb it, I thought there would be something interesting at the top, so here I am¡­ I didn''t know this was a Sect]: boy [Yes, this is the Immortal Dragon Sect¡­ Would you like to join?]: soren [... What will I get in return?]: boy Soren thought that this boy was going to be hard to turn, but then he thought of something and spoke. [How about a home, with food on a plate for you?... I will also give you a name, and you may study directly under me]: soren The boy began to think about Soren''s offer, and thought back on the many years he had spent as an orphan with nowhere to go. After the boy weighed his choices, and realized there is nothing of value that is not owned here, he then decided to take Soren up on his offer. [I accept¡­ Master]: boy The bow bowed towards Soren, Soren just accepted it, and after the boy raised his head, Soren began speaking. [Good!... Then you shall be known as¡­ Hmm, ah!... Quang Wai! Your new name will be Quang Wai]: soren [... Quang Wai¡­ I like it]: quang wai [Good¡­ Then please follow me, I will give you a set of robes, and set you up with a Cultivation method]: soren During the week Soren spent inside the training room that equaled out to 70+ years, he not only condensed his seconds Martial Seed, but also began creating Cultivation methods with the help of the System. Soren felt he could only be a proper Sect only if there were Cultivation methods special to that Sect, so Soren made his own methods for cultivation. Soren made around 300 different kinds of manuals, around 50 of them were Cultivation methods, while the other 250 were skills like Sword techniques, Energy manipulation techniques, and Body strengthening methods. [This is the library¡­ Disciples will only be allowed in here once upon joining the Sect, and to get in after that, Disciples must complete tasks, and earn Sect points]: soren Soren had come up with an exchange system for his Sect, as well as a way to earn this currency. Soren was officially a proper Sect with a way to earn prestige among the other Sects, and Quang Wai was the first to be a tester of this new system Soren created to have his Disciples work to progress further in the Sect. Soon, Quang Wai had picked a Cultivation Method, as well as a Sword technique, and an Energy Manipulation technique, and was ready to be placed in a courtyard of his own. [This will be your house¡­ You will cultivate here, and when it''s time for dinner, you will head over to the dining hall over there]: soren Soren had pointed towards a building a little ways into the distance where all Disciples will eat in the future. Quang Wai was grateful to Soren for taking him in, and began to give Soren a deep bow, while speaking his thanks. [Thank you Master¡­ This Disciple will always remember Master for taking me in]: quang wai [Don''t worry about calling me Master, my name is Soren Zoldyck... You can either call me Sectmaster Zoldyck, or Grandmaster Zoldyck]: soren [... I will call you Grandmaster then]: quang wai [... Never mind that, lets go get some food, everyone else should also be in the mess hall]: soren Soren then led Quang Wai to the mess hall, and when they entered, they saw Misha, and Hancock cooking some food behind the counter. Both Misha and Hancock had saved up the points they earned to buy a bloodline from the Food Wars world, and they both bought the Erina Nakiri bloodline, which imprinted her natural cooking talent into them, and with the cook books they memorised, they could cook great tasting food, just like Soren, but Soren''s food was still leagues ahead of them. [Hello Family!... I am out of seclusion now]: soren When Soren spoke out, everyone turned towards them, and had smiles grow on their faces. Then their attention was drawn to the boy with White hair standing next to Soren, Soren saw their gazing eyes, and spoke out introducing Quang Wai to them. [This is Quang Wai¡­ He just made it up the Mountain, and has joined our Sect¡­ Please welcome our first outsider Disciple]: soren Everyone gave Quang Wai a little applause while both Soren and Quang Wai took a seat at the table with the others. Soon, food was being brought out the door left and right, and when Quang Wai saw all this food, he felt his arrival should not cause such a party where this much food should be made, but he was mistaken when he saw how much food Soren and the three who were introduced to him as Soren''s children. [Soren, Zenith, Serina, Shannon!... Hold a little reserve, you are scaring Quang Wai]: vados Soren and the other three who were named turned their attention to Vados, who was sitting next to Ariel who looked to be around 16 years old now, even though he was only around 1 and a half years old. [Yes Honey¡­]: soren [Sorry mom¡­]: zenith/serina/shannon ''Mom?...'': vados Vados'' cheeks were glowing with a Red tint, while Soren just ignored it. Soren had the talk with his whole family, and it was made a rule that all of Soren''s wives will be the mothers of all of his children, even if they were not born from them, they would still be their mom. Nobody had a problem with this, and felt it was a bit cuite, but for someone Zenith''s age, it was a bit embarrassing to still be scolded by his mothers, Zenith was going on 60 Years old, and he still looked to be around 21 years in age, but that was only do to the Saiyan blood, as well as the Eternal Youth that all of his direct blood line has. After dinner, Soren entered back into the Training Room, and he planned on staying there for 1 year outside, which would equal to 3650 years inside, Soren had planned to condense all of his Martial Seeds, as well as break through to the Divine Realm. Soren gave Sasuke orders to train Quang Wai in the Sword, as he had picked out a Sword technique, and the special thing about all of Soren''s sword techniques were that they were only basics, and to progress past the basic''s one must create their own path. Soren then entered the Training Room, and closed the door, soon, 3 years had passed inside the training room, and Soren condensed his 3rd Martial Seed, while also placing his Immortal Energy into the other 2, so that they could hopefully sprout into spirits. Soren then continued to condense his Martial seeds, and almost as if no time had passed, Soren had already spent 1,000 years inside the room, which was about 100 days outside, Soren had finished condensing all of his Martial Seeds, and was prepared to move on to the Divine Celestial Realm, Soren then focused on gathering his energy into his Dantain, and once he felt he got enough, Soren used every last drop of Immortal Energy and hammered the bottleneck, shattering it into pieces. {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR BREAKING THROUGH TO THE DIVINE CELESTIAL REALM.. HOST IS IN THE (True State)} ''Only True State?... I can do better than that, I want to break into the Undying State'': soren Soren then continued to progress, while slowly going through the process as to not rush anything. Soren could easily force his way to the Undying State, but because it would ruin his foundation, Soren took the long route, and spent the next 2,000 years reaching the Undying State. When Soren made it to the Paradise Sate, his Paradise began to change as it began combining with his Inner World, and outside the Training Room, unknown to Soren, a gigantic Black Clouds began to form over Dragon Mountain. When Soren got to the Undying State, he felt a change in his body, as he felt his body was a perfect Immortal, and could no longer be sealed, Soren''s body could now be considered perfect, he would never age, never die, and never be sealed, at least that''s how Soren felt, Soren could only be sealed by those 10 times stronger than him, and even with that, the Seal would not last longer than a few hundred years. ''I have been in here for 3,000 years¡­ I still have 650 years before I promised I would leave, but I also got what I wanted¡­ I guess I will power Kuroi up then'': soren Soren then took out his Dragon Balls, and placed him in a circle around him. Soren then began making his power flow into the 7 orbs, and watched as they began to undergo a metamorphosis, the balls began to change into glowing Blue crystals in a spherical shape, with shining Golden stars that ranged from 1-7 in each of them, Soren took the new sight in, and felt Kuroi would have no doubt gone through his own transformation. Soren then decided to summon Kuroi to see his new capabilities, while thinking of how Kuroi would look now, compared to the all Gold Dragon he was last time Soren summoned him. (Dragon Saiyan Language)[Oh Great and Mighty Dragon Kuroi, I summon thee!]: soren The Dragon Balls began to rotate, and soon shot a White beam into the air, and out of that beam appeared a Lightning Blue Dragon with White accents, mainly being White horns, and hair. [Greetings Master!... How may I be of assistance?]: kuroi [Wow¡­ You are different¡­ I just summoned you to see how powerful you are¡­ Do you mind telling me where you stand?]: soren [Master has now surpassed Dragon God Zalama, so I am stronger than the one known as Super Shenron]: kuroi [So you can make any wish possible?]: soren [You know that answer Master¡­ I can only make a wish that you would be able to make, so I can''t do something such as raise your Cultivation all the way up to Heavenly Lord, but I can raise someone else up to the Divine Celestial Ture State, but that is all I can do, as that is all you could do]: kuroi [I think I understand¡­ Thank you Kuroi¡­ So, how strong are the others who have Dragon Balls¡­ And will you ever be corrupted from Over wishing?]: soren [The others who have the power to create Dragon Balls have been doing fine, but they lack the ability to reach your level¡­ As for the corruption of the Dragon Balls, I have been able to expel all corruption, so it is impossible for me to be corrupted¡­ So, will the Master wish for anything?]: kuroi [No, I just thought I would see how you have been¡­ I haven''t summoned you for over 3,000 years]: soren [Master must know, the Dragon Realm''s time flies by differently, I haven''t seen you for well over 10,000 Years]: kuroi [Holy shit!... I should summon you more often¡­ And what about the Summon time, how long do you take to recharge?]: soren [There is no recharge time¡­ I have surpassed all logic of Energy, and can always be resummoned right away]: kuroi [That''s cool¡­ But I don''t always want to waste your time¡­ So I won''t do that very often]: soren [Actually¡­ I quite like this world, I can feel a deep connection with it¡­ As if I belong here]: kuroi [Well if you ever get tired of the Dragon Realm, I wouldn''t mind if you spent time here¡­ But your size is a bit of a disadvantage]: soren [I can change that Master]: kuroi When Kuroi said that, his eyes began glowing, and his body turned into light particles before shrinking to around 50 meters in size, though it was still big, it was nothing compared to his previous size of millions of meters. [Cool!... I didn''t know you could do that!]: soren [It''s nothing¡­ So, will we leave this place?]: kuroi [Yeah¡­ I can leave whenever I want¡­ Then if you are ready, let''s go]: soren Soren then took the Dragon Balls back into his Inventory, and walked towards the exit with Kuroi in tow. Once Soren opened the door, he felt a strong pressure surrounding him, he then remembered a warning that presented itself back then by Sakura, about a tribulation after the merge of his Paradise, and his Inner World. [Shit!... Kuroi, stay here, I need to get away from here]: soren [I will wait here for you then]: kuroi Soren then flew into the air, and flew away from the Mountain, while the Black clouds began following him off into the distance, Soren then got around 100 miles away from Dragon Mountain and felt something hit him. Chapter 169 - Revival of a Sect [GUAHHHHH!... *Cough*]: soren Soren coughed up a few mouth''s full of blood, and looked back to see more lightning bolts being sent down. [Fuck!... I should be immune to this due to my Devil Fruit¡­ Why is it damaging me?]: soren Soren tried circulating his Rumble-Rumble Fruit covering his entire body into Lightning, but as the tribulation lightning struck Soren''s body, the Rumble-Rumble Fruit was made useless, while also strengthening the Fruits power,but Soren couldn''t notice due to him focusing on surviving the tribulation. [The Heavens must really want my life¡­ But you will never kill me! I have too much to accomplish!]: soren Soren stood in the middle of the Tribulation with no fear in his eyes as strike after strike destroyed his body, and regenerated. [GUHAAA! *Cough Cough* Fuck you and your entire ancestors who controlled the tribulations!]: soren Soren began cursing the Heavenly Tribulations as they continued to rain down on his body, and seemingly with more force then before. Soren continued to be the conductor of the Lightning, while keeping as much as possible away from the land, as 1 strike could destroy the entire world. Soren then spent the next hour being a lightning rod, while his Devil Fruit began changing into something new, and soon, the lightning stopped striking, while the Black clouds cleared, and left the sky clear as the sun began shining. [I-I survived¡­ What the fuck is this world¡­ I am starting to be scared of it]: soren {DING!... CONGRATS TO HOST FOR EVOLVING THE (Rumble-Rumble Fruit) AND TRANSFORMING IT INTO THE (Godly Tribulation Fruit)} ''Godly Tribulation Fruit?... Can I cause tribulations?... Sounds cool'': soren Soren then flew back to Dragon Mountain, and when he landed, he felt he forgot something. ''What am I forgetting?... Wait!... No!'': soren Soren quickly sent his senses out and found that everyone in the Saint Devil''s Sect was dead, and Lin Fan was nowhere to be found on this continent. ''I forgot about the destruction of the Sect¡­ And Lin Fan must be over in the Dongling Continent¡­ Damn¡­ I had plans for the Saint Devils Sect¡­ Wait! I''ll just bring them back¡­ Hehe, Lin Fan won''t expect this, and neither will the 9 Sects'': soren Soren quickly took Kuroi, and brought him over to the Saint Devils Sect, Sect remains, only to see scavengers looking for anything left in the vaults. [Scram or Die!]: soren Soren''s voice boomed out, scaring anyone who was in the Saint Devil Sect remains, and when they saw Soren accompanied by a Dragon, they left as quickly as they came. [Kuroi¡­ You mind bringing back the entire Saint Devils Sect?]: soren [Is this a wish Master?... I can only grant it, if it is a wish]: kuroi (Dragon Saiyan Language)[I wish to bring back the entire Saint Devils Sect from the dead]: soren [Your wish is Easy!... *Eyes Glow Lightning Blue color*]: kuroi Soon, people started to show up in rags which were once pristine robes, and they quickly began checking themselves to look for the wounds they once had, but they were nowhere to be found, and soon after, the Grandmaster of Saint Devils Sect appeared. ''I was just dead¡­ Why am I back?'': dark rock Soren then saw the Cultivators looking around for any kind of information on what happened to bring them back, and Soren just started amplifying his voice for everyone of the Saint Devils Sect to hear. [Greetings!... I have brought you all back after you have been destroyed by the 9 Sects, the Yan Emperor, and Heaven Queen¡­ So what will you do now?]: soren When Everyone heard Soren''s booming voice, they began looking around to find him, and nobody could find him until someone shouted to look into the sky. They all began looking at Soren who was floating with a 50 meter long Lightning Blue Dragon swaying around behind him, they had no idea who he was, all except the Grandmaster who remembered who Soren was, then the Grandmaster quickly took to the sky, and appeared before Soren while bowing with his hands cupped towards Soren. [I thank you for reviving my Disciples, but we no longer have anything to fight back with¡­ Everything has been taken]: dark rock [Oh?... You want cultivation items? I can help you with that]: soren Dark Rock was surprised by Soren''s words and was about to ask what he meant by helping them, but before anything could escape his mouth, Soren began speaking in a weird language, which Dark Rock had never even heard of before. (Dragon Saiyan Language)[Kuroi, fill Saint Devils Sect with thousands of Immortal Herbs of top quality, and thousands of Immortal treasures of lower grade, as well as some Immortal Crystals]: soren [Your wish is easy! *Eyes Glow*]: kuroi When Dark Rock heard Kuroi speak about a wish, he got confused about what Soren had wished for, but when he heard a loud noise where the Saint Devil Sect''s vault was, he turned his attention over to the vault, only to see godly treasures flying inside the vault out of thin air. [W-What is this Great Sinor!?... He has such treasure''s that he is willing to part with?... I must not anger this man ever]: dark rock [Ahem!... You now have your wealth back¡­ Now I will give you a task]: soren When Dark Rock heard Soren cough, his attention was brought back to Soren, and he quickly cupped his hands once more and spoke with utmost respect. [Saint Devils Sect will follow Great Sirs every word]: dark rock Soren just smiled while looking at the respect given to him by Dark Rock, he then began thinking about what the task would be. Soren wanted them to train up and become Greater Celestial''s, and transcend to the Ancient Saint World, Soren planned on repairing the connection between this world and the Ancient Saint World, he also planned on destroying the Ancient Race, so the Xuanhuang world won''t need to worry about being captured and tortured by the Ancient Race. [I want you to transcend past the Greater Celestial Realm]: soren When Dark Rock heard Soren''s words, he felt this was an impossible task that he had been trying to achieve for over 60 years. [Great Sir¡­ This¡­ This is just impossible¡­ I feel I can, but then it''s like there is a barrier keeping me from actually doing so]: dark rock [I will help you then¡­ Come here]: soren Dark Rock didn''t dare to not do as Soren says as he felt there was no need not to follow Soren''s words. Dark Rock then got within Soren''s reach, and Soren grabbed hold of Dark Rock''s head, while forcing his energy to build up inside Dark Rock, and soon the Energy exploded and shattered the barrier keeping Dark Rock in the Greater Celestial Realm. [You are now an Utmost Celestial¡­ Congratulations, you can mop the floor with the 9 sects, and Yan Emperor by yourself, but as for the Heaven''s Queen, you could maybe fight evenly with her]: soren Dark Rock was utterly shocked, and felt Soren was truly a God, and when he heard Soren''s words about Heaven''s Queen, he felt like he was lacking. Dark Rock wanted to be able to kill her with just a slap, but for now he had to work even harder, Dark Rock then circulated his True Energy and felt it condensing into Immortal Energy, he then felt the thirst to drain those Immortal Crystals in the vault, but held back, as he didn''t want to anger Soren. [Thank you Great Sir!... You made my life''s long dream come to fruition, I could die happily now]: dark rock [Die?... You are needed, so until you are no longer needed, I will not let you die]: soren It was then that Soren grabbed hold of Dark Rock''s wrist, and sank his fangs into Dark Rock''s skin draining all the blood in his body. Soren then quickly bit his own palm and shoved it into Dark Rock''s mouth, and had him drink the blood. [You must drink!... Don''t and you will die early]: soren When Dark Rock heard those words, he began to drink, as he had no desire to die yet, he had just broken through Greater Celestial, and now he was about to die. Dark Rock finished drinking Soren''s blood, and Soren healed his palm instantly, while Dark Rock''s body started to convulse and fell to the ground, and was soon surrounded by worried Disciples, while they looked up to Soren with hate in their eyes. [Disperse!... When he opens his eyes, he will kill one of you, or maybe even all of you]: soren They were confused by Soren''s words, as they couldn''t understand why their Grandmaster would want to kill them, but soon they heard a groan come from their Grandmaster, and Soren quickly landed in the middle of the group, and dispersed them with a wave of Energy, while grabbing hold of Dark Rock. [RAAAAAAHHHHHHH!!!]: dark rock [Calm down¡­ Fight the thirst!]: soren Soren held Dark Rock down, while all the Disciples looked at their Grandmaster, and at his now Red eyes, and enlarged K-9''s that looked to be extremely sharp. Soon, Dark Rock got a hold of himself, and realized the thirst was subsiding, and soon after, Soren released Dark Rock and began speaking. [I have made you Immortal, you will no longer die as I have not just given you my blood, but me essence¡­ You are now a Vampire progenitor just like me¡­ But do be careful, as you can still be sealed]: soren [Vam-pire?... Those are just myths¡­ Are they not?]: dark rock [Does it look like a myth?... Look at yourself, you are now the myth yourself¡­ As well as one of the only people in this world to reach past the Greater Celestial realm¡­ Now! I will give you your task¡­ Train all these Disciples of yours up to Greater Celestial, once you can do that, I will bring you all to Dragon Mountain]: soren [Dragon Mountain!... You own that place Great Sir?... I had sent some Disciples there to try and climb it, but they came back in defeat]: dark rock [Yes, I live there¡­ It is also my formation that keeps those who are not worthy from climbing to the top]: soren [I see¡­ I will make these Disciples of mine worthy then]: dark rock [Good¡­ I will look forward to that day¡­ Oh! Before I go, take this, and give it to your Pill Concocting Elders¡­ It will teach them how to concoct Immortal Pills]: soren Soren handed over a copy he made of the Godly Pills manual he bought from the System. Soren then took Kuroi back to Dragon Mountain, and began catching up with his family after just a little under a year, while it''s been over 3,000 Years since he had seen them. Soren then took Misha, Hancock, and Vados to his room to "Catch Up" while Kuroi began talking with the Baby Dragons who just began speaking, while Sasuke was finishing up teaching Quang Wai his sword style. Quang Wai was a genius who understood what Soren was doing with only teaching basics of a technique in his Sword Manuals, and began working on making his own technique based on the basics of his Sword Manual. After a few Hours, Soren entered the library, and placed all the books he created over the 3,000 Years of seclusion, they began to number in the hundreds of thousands, and Soren had to expand the library with his Creation Magic, he then used the System to buy a special AI guard that would have a cultivation of a Greater Celestial, and would be in charge of giving out missions Disciples could do to earn Sect Points, and once Quang Wai saw this person, he began to take some quests and left Dragon Mountain. Soren then told everyone he would be leaving the mountain for a couple months while taking Kuroi with him, Misha, Vados, and Hancock wanted to go with him, but Soren felt it was better they stay on Dragon Mountain, as they would drag the attention of too many idiots, and they understood this, and decided to practice some Cultivation methods Soren made specifically for them. [Come Kuroi¡­ We will be going to a new Continent]: soren Soren then took Kuroi, and opened a portal that was connected to the Dongling Continent, then both he and Kuroi entered, and appeared in a desert. [Well this is annoying¡­ I got sand in my clothes now¡­ Let''s get out of here quickly]: soren Chapter 170 - Yao Wuxie Soren and Kuroi quickly left the Desert while looking for something in particular. Soren was looking for the tomb of the Ancient One, as well as a specific person that lived around the tomb. Soren didn''t need the map, like Lin Fan, as he knew what he wanted was in the Dead Demon Seas, and the Dead Demon City, so Soren began searching for the area that gave off the most Death-like Qi, and when he found it, he began flying over to it with Kuroi in tow. It took Soren only a few seconds before he reached Dead Demon City, and there were guards at the gate, and there Cultivation level was a Postcelestial Full Level, but to Soren these were just ants. [Next!]: guard 1 Soren then walked up to the guards, and then began inspecting him, and once Soren passed inspection, they began asking for an entrance fee. [You must pay the fee to enter!]: guard 2 [Fee?... You dare to charge me to enter a city?... Even the master of this City would bow before me¡­ Quickly move aside, and let this daddy enter, and I will forgive your past transgressions]: soren [Y-You dare!... You think your top shit because you have power?... Our City Lord will kill you with the wave of a hand!... Continue courting death!... All who want to enter must pay the fee, if you don''t have it, go work in the Coolie grounds]: guard 1 (A/N: a Coolie is like a bum who has no money) Soren just stared at the 2 foolish guards, and began walking forwards into the city, and when the guards tried to stop him, they were frozen in place by Soren''s aura, and couldn''t move to intercept him. Soren then entered the city, and heard a loud booming voice, that shook the whole sky, with how loud it was, but to Soren this was nothing but a Kitten trying to be a Lion, or a Snake trying to fly like a Dragon. [Who dares disrupt Dead Demon City!... All who enter must pay a fee! Begon! Come back when you enter the right way!]: ??? A force tried to send Soren flying to what he assumed was the Coolie grounds to work for his entrance fee, but nothing happened. Soren still stood in the same position, while not even being pushed back by a few inches, Soren then began speaking towards the voice who tried to kick him out of the city. [You dare to attack this daddy?... I should kill you, and this entire city and make it an actual Dead Demon City¡­ Kuroi!]: soren Soren called Kuroi who came down from the sky, where Soren had him waiting so he didn''t cause too much commotion at the entrance of the gate. Once everyone saw Kuroi descending, and growing to be around 1,000 meters in size, they all began shouting and panicking while running away, and soon, Soren was face to face with an older man with long Black hair, and a goatee, wearing a Black robe, tied together with a Black sash, while wearing metal gauntlets with designs of Dragons inscribed into them, the man also wore Black leather boots, and a metal hairpin keeping his hair up in a topknot just like Soren. [I am sorry I missed Mt. Tai, please forgive my insolence and call off the dragon]: ??? [And who might you be, to be demanding something from me?]: soren [My name is Yao Tian¡­ I am the City Master¡­ What is Great Sir doing in my Dead Demon City?]: yao tian [Kuroi!... Come back]: soren Soren called Kuroi back, as he had no plan on destroying the whole city in the first place. Soren just liked to act, and felt this world was the best place to put such skills to work, and when he saw the face of Yao Tian go from tense to a calm one, he began speaking for the reason of his visit. [I am here for 2 things¡­ First is the tomb that lay at the bottom of the Dead Demon Seas, while my second reason is for picking a Disciple for my Immortal Dragon Sect]: soren When Yao Tian heard Soren''s reasons for coming here, he felt relieved, he also felt it was his chance to get 1 of his sons in a strong sect. Yao Tian knew how much force he put into trying to expel Soren from Dead Demon City, and knew that the attack could send a Greater Celestial flying away, but for Soren, he didn''t move even a single inch. [Great Sir¡­ The Dead Demon Seas won''t open up for a few more months, but I can show you some excellent candidates for your Sect¡­ Please follow me]: yao tian [Then lead me to these young ones]: soren Yao Tian then led Soren back to his home, and when Soren go the the biggest compound he had ever seen, he remembered just how big Yao Tian''s family was, he had 6 children, and they all lived in the compound, so Soren could only think that the compound would be big. When Yao Tian entered the front gate, he informed the maid that met him to gather his children. [Please gather all 5 of my children, as well as Old Master Yao if he is out of Cultivation]: yao tian The maid was surprised to see Yao Tian being kind to her, as well as using the word please. She then looked over to Soren who was standing next to Yao Tian, and felt that whoever Soren was, was someone who could make the meanest of men show kindness, she then ran off to gather all the 5 children and Old Master Yao. [5 Children huh?... You must get around a lot young one]: soren [Well, I have many wives¡­ And for people like me, having only 5 children is a low number¡­ I knew a man who had 32 Children, and might still be increasing today]: yao tian Yao Tian was trying to lighten the mood with his words, while Soren was getting mad that Yao Tian was purposely leaving out a 6th son, Soren then decided to inquire about the 6th when everyone arrives. [Yes, I have 5 children myself between my 3 wives]: soren [Oh?... You jest, you started young then¡­ How old are your children?]: yao tian [Hmm¡­ I think 60 for both my oldests, 16 for the 2 middle children, and my youngest is almost 2]: soren [... If Great Sir doesn''t mind me asking¡­ How old are you?... You don''t look a day over 21]: yao tian [Hmm¡­ I lost count after 200 years, but I just spent 3,000 years in Closed door Cultivation]: soren [...T-Three T-Thousand!?!?... Then your kids!...]: yao tian [No¡­ I have a way to turn 1 day into 10 years, so I had just spent 1 year Cultivating, and in reality is was 3,000 years]: soren [...WHAT!!... So Great Sir had mastery over time laws!?]: yao tian [You could say that¡­ Kuroi, that dragon you saw earlier, he can grant wishes, and I made a wish to his progenitor for a room that will make time speed up inside a room¡­ So that is how I am over 3,000 years old]: soren Yao Tian was speechless, while Soren didn''t mind telling his secrets, as he had the ability to protect himself as well as his secrets. Soon, the maid from the gate was seen running back to Yao Tian, and told him everyone had gathered, as well as Old Master Yao, and they were waiting in the study. Both Soren and Yao Tian started following the maid into the house, and into the study where 5 boys around the age of 19-26, as well as an Old Man with White hair that was kept in a top knot just like Soren, and Yao Tian''s, the man was wearing a White robe, tied together with a Grayish White Sash. [What have you gathered us here for¡­ And who is this young brat?]: OMY (A/N: OMY- Old Master Yao) [Father¡­ I suggest you watch your tone, because this man you just called a brat, is not only older then all of us combined, but also way above our level]: yao tian Yao Tian spoke with the utmost respect to his father, while trying to appease Soren by sticking up for him. Old Master Yao was a bit angry with how his son addressed him, but after trying to sense Soren''s power, he felt Soren''s endless power putting pressure on him. [So¡­ What is Great Sir doing here at my Yao Family residence?]: OMY [... *Sigh*... Where is everyone?]: soren When they heard Soren sigh, they began to sweat a bit, and when they heard Soren ask where everyone was, they began to question him. [What do you mean Great Sir¡­ Everyone is here¡­ Do you want the servants to come as well?]: yao tian [No¡­ We are missing 1 person¡­ The only person I can feel will be perfect for my Sect¡­ Where is he?]: soren ''He can''t be talking about him¡­ He''s just a useless unfilial son¡­ What could this Senior want with him?'': yan tian [Maid! Go get Yao Wuxie, and bring him here]: OMY When the maid heard the words of the Family head, she quickly ran off, and in a matter of 5 minutes, she returned with Yao Wuxie in tow. [What have you called me for Grandfather?... And who is this person?]: yao wuxie Yao Wuxie spoke while looking towards Soren, and Soren began staring at Yao Wuxie intently, and when Yao Tian saw this look, he quickly shouted at Yao Wuxie. [You Unfilial son!... Bow down in respect at h-]: yao tian Soren cut Yao Tian off with his hand, and began to speak for himself. [So you are Yao Wuxie with the Doomed Poison Body¡­ How would you like to come to my Sect?]: soren [The Doomed what!?]: yao wuxie Everyone began to have questions about what Soren said, and it was then that Old Master Yao spoke. [Great Sir¡­ If I may ask, what is the Doomed Poison Body you speak of?]: OMY Soren just gave a sigh before he began explaining to everyone present what the Doomed Poison Body was. [Yao Wuxie is in possession of an Immortal Grade Body known as the Doomed Poison Body, it is both a lucky encounter as well as a tragedy, as those blessed with this Divine body will be cursed to release Poisonous toxins from the body, these toxins even though harmless to him, are a death sentence to those he is around¡­ But it is not a lost cause, as with training, Yao Wuxie can overcome the subconscious release of these toxins, and control them to be released whenever he so chooses, and when that day comes, he will be known throughout the worlds as the Poison King, someone who is immune to all Poison, and with a single breath can turn you into a pile of melted flesh and blood]: soren When everyone heard Soren''s explanation, they felt Yao Wuxie was blessed by the heavens, but also cursed to be alone forever, but when they heard he could control this power, they began to feel happy for Yao Wuxie. The Yao Family wasn''t the only ones happy, as Yao Wuxie was ecstatic, he had always feared being around people, as if he ever began farting, he would end up killing them on accident, but after finding out he can control this power, he wanted to follow Soren to the ends of the Xuanhuang world. [So¡­ Will you join my Sect?]: soren [... Please accept me Grandmaster]: yao wuxie Yao Wuxie gave a deep bow towards Soren, while everyone else was happy to see their family be able to rise in status. Though Yao Wuxie''s brothers didn''t like him, they still felt some brotherly love towards him, even if it was small, and their love only raised seeing that their brother could become powerful, and would no longer be a burden to the family. [Then wait here¡­ I need to travel to the Dead Demon Seas for a quick trip]: soren Before Soren could leave, he was stopped by Yao Tian''s words. [You must stay here¡­ In a few months the secret grounds will open, and then you can enter, if you try to enter now, your life force will be absorbed until you die]: yao tian [Oh?... I would like to see this Sea drain my life away¡­ Hehe]: soren Soren then left the compound, and flew over to the Sea, he looked down at the pure Black murky waters, and felt the large amount of Death Qi coming from the depths of the deep ocean. Soren began to feel his Destruction Energy absorb the Death Qi, Soren then got the idea to absorb all the Death Qi and break the Secret Grounds, while leaving the Eternal Arm to Lin Fan, as he had no use for it. Soren''s first plan was to take the Eternal arm, and turn it into a pill, but after realizing Lin Fan would need it, he left it be, Soren then began sitting in mid air, with his legs crossed, and began absorbing the Death Qi from the sea. Soren could feel the Death Qi rapidly draining his life force, but because it was infinite, Soren felt no different, and soon his System rang out with a new Notification. {DING!... HOST HAS FUSED (Death Qi) WITH (Destruction Qi) TO CREATE (Chaos Qi)... THE MOST POWERFUL TYPE OF QI KNOWN TO THE ENTIRE MULTIVERSE} Chapter 171 - Pill Spirit? Soren began looking at the Notification while thinking about the new Energy he created, and decided to look at his status for changes. ''Sakura, can you show me my status'': soren {DING!... SHOWING HOST STATUS... -Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Origin God''s Bloodline Titles: Dragon, 7+ more Power Level: 6,000,000,000,000 (True God 7,500 x Base) Cultivation Level: Undying State Luck: Lucky Body Type: Destruction God ---> Chaos God Body Level: Undying State -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 100 Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinne Sharingan-: Unlocked -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Super Saiyan Mastered 100%, SSJ2 Mastered 100%, SSJ3 Mastered 100%, Sage Mode, SSJ4 Mastered 100%, God Base, True Saiyan God Red, True Saiyan God Blue, True Saiyan God Purple, True Saiyan God Green, True God, Ultra Instinct Complete Form Chosen Path: Destruction God ---> Chaos God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. (Hakai is dependent on how much power is placed in it) Path Skill: Chaos Energy- Can destroy anything that comes into contact with the released Chaos Energy. (Those with higher Cultivation will still had damage inflicted, but can survive due to their strength) -Skills-: 100,000+ -List?- -Passive-: 40,000+ -List?- System Points: 476.100 Million} ''So Chaos Energy is released as Energy like an Aura, it will surround me, and protect me¡­ Not bad, I could also use it in attacks, maybe my Hakai could improve with this'': soren Soren then left the Dead Demon Sea, and went back to the Yao Family residence to pick up Yao Wuxie. When Soren entered the home, he was met with a few maids who were told to tend to Soren''s every need, as well as give him whatever he desired, be it food, clothing, or sex, but Soren was not interested in anything but the food, as he was feeling a little empty. When some of the maids found out Soren was not interested in sex, they felt sad, they felt they were not pretty enough to satasify the lust of such a powerful man, but that was not the case either, Soren would not just sleep with any women, as he would only sleep with his wives. Soren then spent the next few weeks staying at the Yao Family residence, and while getting ready to leave, Soren felt the ground shake, as many cultivators looked towards the Dead Demon Sea, Soren then thought back to the novel where the Dead Demon Sea opened up before the scheduled time. ''So I guess Lin Fan is here as well?... Yeah, there he is'': soren Soren had sent his senses over the Dead Demon City, and found Lin Fan heading towards the Dead Demon Sea. Soren then took Yao Wuxie, and both of them appeared over the other Sects waiting for the pathway to open, and soon, Soren''s eyes landed on a boy looking to be around 17 with a Red chicken in tow, Soren then watched as the boy became invisible, but to him he could still see an outline of distorted space. ''This will be the last I see of you Lin Fan, for at least a year or 2¡­ We will meet up in the Ancient Saint World'': soren Soren then took Yao Wuxie, and Kuroi, who he just called down from the sky, and opened a portal back to the Cangling Continent. Soren, Yao Wuxie, and Kuroi then went through the portal, and appeared on top of Dragon Mountain, Soren had full confidence Yao Wuxie could climb the mountain, so he didn''t bother making him climb. When Soren reappeared, he noticed an increase of 1 extra person, Soren then scanned the area, and found Quang Wai training with another person, Soren then took Yao Wuxie, and set him down on the ground, while he went to go see the new Disciple. Soren got to the training grounds, only to see Quang Wai practicing with a young girl around the age of 17, so only a few years older than Quang Wai himself, Soren then made his presence noticed my coughing. [Ahem¡­ Your Sectmaster comes back, and gets no greeting?... What a shame]: soren Soren stated his words, and Quang Wai quickly dropped his sword, and ran over to Soren, he then bowed and spoke. [Quang Wai greets Grandmaster Zoldyck]: quang wai When the girl saw Quang Wai greet Soren, she quickly ran over and greeted him as well. [Yi Fei greets Grandmaster Zoldyck]: yi fei The girl known as Yi Fei had an exquisite physique, she also had a nice body for someone of her age. She had Black hair with Blue eyes, the exact opposite of Quang Wai who has White hair with Red eyes, Soren felt like they were a match made under Heaven, and it was proven when the System rang out with a notification. {DING!... HOST HAS FOUND THE (Yin Yang Body Twins) THESE TWO PEOPLE WERE MEANT TO BE TOGETHER, AND HAVE A NATURAL BORN DUAL CULTIVATION SKILL, CALLED THE (Yin Yang Dual Cultivation Sauntra)} ''Holy shit!... They will grow stronger by Fucking!?... I could do that too actually¡­ I will try this later'': soren Soren looked more into the Dual Cultivation skill of these two, and while reading into it, he found that this skill was simply Heaven Defying. If they were to use the skill, their Cultivation would be multiplied by 5, while a normal Dual Cultivation skill multiplied by 2, this was 2 and a half times more powerful than a normal Dual Cultivation skill. Soren then began to think about how to tell these two, and when was the proper time to tell them, Quang Wai was only 15 or 16 while this girl Yi Fei was 17 or 18, and the type of relationship they have built up as fellow Disciples might ruin them if they find out that having sex will better themselves on the path of Cultivation. [Quang Wai¡­ Will you come with me for a second?]: soren [Of course Grandmaster]: quang wai Soren then brought Quang Wai to a private spot, while Yi Fei went back to focusing on her sword technique. [What do you wish to speak with me about Grandmaster?]: quang wai [Yes¡­ How well do you know Yi Fei?... How long has she been here?]: soren [Hmm¡­ About a week now?... Why, do you sense something bad from her?]: quang wai [No, nothing of the sort¡­ Actually, I sensed something quite amazing resonating off the two of you when you were sparing]: soren [Really!?... What did you feel?]: quang wai [You both have a special body type called the Yin Yang Body Twins¡­ This is only a body type given to those who are born to be together]: soren [... But Grandmaster¡­]: quang wai [Don''t interrupt me¡­ Let me finish¡­ I know you just met each other, but you also have an innate skill with this body that only the two of you can perform together called the Yin Yang Dual Cultivation Sauntra]: soren When Quang Wai heard Soren start explaining about the skillm his face began to get a little Red, and he spoke once more. [Grandmaster!...]: quang wai [I said don''t interrupt me¡­ Now, I know it will be weird, but trust me, you must try to get in her pants, you might even find out you like her]: soren [Grandmaster!!]: quang wai [What is it!... You keep interrupting me, so what do you gotta say!?]: soren [... I''m gay!]: quang wai [WHAT!?... ]: soren [I like men, mainly the cock¡­ That''s what gay means, you like the same gender as more then just a friend]: quang wai [... I know what gay means!... But why only tell me now?]: soren [... Were you really ever around for me to tell you?... Everyone else but you knows I like men, I even have a boyfriend in another Sect]: quang wai Soren was utterly shocked with this new revelation on his first Disciple, and it was almost as if the Heavens was taking a piss on him. Soren had the Yin Yang Body Twins as Disciples, but Quang Wai was gay, and Yi Fei has nobody else she can perform the Dual Cultivation skill with, Soren felt he was in utter defeat, but then he had an idea. ''I can just use Kuroi to wish for Quang Wai to be into women¡­ No¡­ That''s a waste of a wish, as well as mean to be messing with his personal life¡­ I will never do that¡­ Unless it calls for it'': soren Soren then let Quang Wai head back to the training field, and took some time to go use the Dual Cultivation skill he had just purchased with the 3 of his wives. Soon, the whole mountain was filled with noises that nobody could claim they didn''t hear, and hell, the people at the bottom of the mountain could hear them as well, Quang Wai was embarrassed as his face was Red, while he stared at a startled Yi Fei who also had a Red face from hearing everything that was happening in the palace. Sasuke left the mountain, while Zenith and Ariel took Serina and Shannon away from the mountain as well, and after 7 straight hours of pure pleasure for Misha, Hancock, and Vados, the Dual Cultivation worked, as Misha and Hancock had their cultivation raised to Utmost Celestial Full Level''s, while Vados broke through to Desolate Celestial Low Level. Soren''s Cultivation also had a small increase, but no breakthrough, he then turned to see his 3 beautiful wives covered in sweat and love juices while they were sleeping, he then covered them in the blankets, while he went to shower off, and after he got out, Soren went back to his Training Room to focus on progressing, he felt it was unfair his wives could break through, but he couldn''t. Soren then spent the next 24 hours inside the Training Room, which equates out to 10 years inside, and when Soren came out, he was releasing the pressure of a Law State Cultivator, while he was followed by an exact copy of himself indicating Soren had broken through. Soren was just a few levels away from being at the top of the Ancient Saint World, but Soren felt if he was to use his Ultra Instinct, he would be able to fight with Eternal God Seat Cultivators, Soren then walked into the courtyard, and saw Quang Wai, Yi Fei, and Yao Wuxie training together, Soren just called them over and pulled some items out from his robe. [You all are lacking in Cultivation level, but excel in your martial skills¡­ Take these pills, and they will boost your Cultivation by leap and bounds]: soren Soren then handed them each 4 pills, and they began staring at them, as if trying to figure out the pills secrets. [Grandmaster, what are these pills made from?... I feel a heavy pressure coming off of them]: yao wuxie The other 2 nodded along to Yao Wuxie''s words, as they were also wondering what was in them for the pills to give off such power. [They are made from my raw essence power¡­ They will sky rocket the Cultivation of whoever ingests them while also strengthening the foundation so you will not explode from all the power]: soren When Soren spoke these words, the 3 Disciples had sparkles in their eyes. They had no idea how powerful Soren really was, but with these pills, they could safely say, he is way above a Greater Celestial, something that should not be possible. [... I-I''m Free Mother fucker!]: ??? Soren was caught off guard when he heard a voice, and quickly took his attention towards Yao Wuxie''s hand, where there was a pill moving, and soon it took to the sky, but was caught by Soren''s telekinesis, and brought back to the ground. [Unhand me!... I am an almighty Pill God, and I have taken over this Godly pill!]: pill god Soren just looked towards the pill spirit as if it was an idiot, and began shaking his head. Soren then lifted the pill and placed it in Yao Wuxie''s mouth, while making Yao Wuxie chew and swallow the pill, killing the spirit instantly, while also making changes to Yao Wuxie''s body. [Grandmaster!... What''s happening to me?]: yao wuxie [You are breaking through your bottlenecks¡­ Just let the process happen, also¡­ Quang Wai, Yi Fei, you should also take one of the 4 pills, and start breaking through¡­ I will be here to watch]: soren Chapter 172 - Another Year of Training Soren was watching as Yao Wuxie, Quang Wai, and Yi Fei were all grabbing at their Dantain, with pained expressions. Soren knew that forcefully pushing someone''s Cultivation would hurt unless their foundation was already prepared to break through, and he knew the breakthrough was not what was painful, but the forced Foundation building. The 3 Disciples felt as if their bodies were in a furnace and being smelted under unimaginable heat temperatures, but all 3 of them had the will to prevail, and it was proven by Quang Wai, and Yi Fei when they climbed the mountain, while Soren had confidence in Yao Wuxie. [You must hang on, you are almost through the process]: soren Soren watched as Yao Wuxie''s cultivation went from Pericelestial Low Level, all the way to Greater Celestial Mid Level, and soon to follow behind him, both Quang Wai, and Yi Fei went from Postcelestial High Level, all the way to Greater Celestial Mid Level, just like Yao Wuxie. Though Yao Wuxie was at a higher Cultivation level, he still had around average potential, while both Quang Wai, and Yi Fei had above average, as well as a Yin Yang Body Twins, body type, so they were already special in their own right. [You all have pulled through¡­ Now you just need to condense some Gridline Energy chains, and when you have a sufficient amount, you can eat another pill, and bost yourselves once again]: soren When the 3 heard Soren''s words, they felt it would take many years before they could eat another pill, and that''s when Yao Wuxie spoke up. [It takes years just to make 1 chain, and we might be dead when we reach around 10 chains¡­ If we can even make 10]: yao wuxie [You will indeed spend many years creating chains, but I have a way to let you spend as many years as you want training, and not age a day¡­ Would you like to try it?]: soren When the trio heard Soren''s words, they felt he was omnipotent, and they were not entirely wrong in their assumption. [We would like to try]: the trio Soren gave a smile, and brought the trio to his Training room, and let them inside, Soren then told them to stay under the pavilion, as well as what would happen to them if they left the pavilion. When the three heard Soren, they looked at each other, and gulped, Soren then told them about the time difference, and they were once again shocked, Soren then left the room, and let the 3 train on their own. Soren then spent the next 7 days with his family, and that was also the day the trio came out of the room, and the pressure they gave off was one that made them seem to be at the top of the food chain, but was still nothing compared to Soren and his family who have transcended the Xuanghuang''s level of power. [So¡­ How many Gridlines have you all made?]: soren Soren had given them a quota before they could take the next pill, and that was 20 Gridline Chains, so they all had at least 20 chains, and that was when they started showing Soren all of their chains. [Grandmaster, I have 40]: quang wai [Grandmaster, I have 38]: yi fei [Grandmaster, I have 29]: yao wuxie [Hmm¡­ Not bad¡­ You will still be able to create more until you reach the Divine Celestial level, so you can always improve more on them¡­ Then are you ready for your next pill?]: soren [Wait¡­ Have we really only been in there for 7 days for you Grandmaster?]: yao wuxie [Yes¡­ 70 years may have passed for you, but I have only been with my family for 7 days¡­ Any other questions?]: soren Soren waited for any more questions to come, but none came, so Soren had everyone take out their 2nd pill, and swallow it. Once again, the trio began clutching at their Dantain, while the pain their body was going through was just as bad as last time, if not worse, because going from a Greater Celestial foundation, to a perfect Utmost Celestials foundation was painful for anyone, and that was without forcing the foundation. Soon, a few hours went by, and the trio went from Greater Celestial Full Level''s all the way to Earth Celestial Low Level, and when they felt their new power, they felt like they could destroy the whole world with a flip of their hand. Soren was extremely happy with this turn of events, and felt creating an army would be easy, and now he was just waiting for the members of Saint Devils Sect to come, and while waiting for that, Soren began focusing on strengthening his Martial Spirits that recently began to bloom into Spirits, and just like Soren thought, these Spirits were all powerful, Soren began nurturing them with his Soul power, and in doing this, he strengthened their powers making them all rival a Paradise State cultivator. Soren then began looking through his System, and noticed some unread messages from Killua, Gon, and Zeno. Soren then opened the letters, and began reading them, while thinking to the last time he had talked with them, and though it was only around 1 year and 4 months, it had been over 3,000 years for him. -Killua- Hey Brother!... I miss you, and have decided to tell you about what happened over this Year¡­ First thing should be about how I got married¡­ She is the love of my life, and is a Martial Artist as well, and I just recently found out I will be a Father¡­ You will be an Uncle!... I hope my Nephews and Nieces are doing fine, as well as my Sister-In-Laws¡­ Tell them I said hey¡­ I need to go spar with Goku now, he has been bugging me lately about helping him master Ultra Instinct, so he can fight Jiren¡­ Anyway, love ya bro! -Kill~ ''Kill~... You are something else¡­ Hehe, I miss you too'': soren -Gon- Dear Soren, This is the first time I have written a digital message, and it feels totally different from writing a Handwritten one¡­ I just wanted to give you an update on my life so far¡­ That girl I brought over for dinner that one night, I found out she cheated on me, and when I questioned her about it, she said she did it because he felt I cheated on her¡­ I didn''t want to deal with those things, and left her¡­ I ended up finding another girl, and I feel she is the one, and later this year I will ask her to marry me¡­ Wish me luck!... Also, Master Roshi keeps asking me to give him a pair of her Underwear, but no matter how many times I say no, he keeps insisting I listen to my Master, or that its a test of loyalty¡­ But he is not my teacher so¡­ Anyway! Hope you are doing well, give my regards to everyone else, I need to go out and buy a Ring for Sherry ''... Roshi really is a pervert¡­ I might send some tribulation lightning over to strike him one day¡­ As for Gon, he seems like he''s doing well¡­ Now, what does Zeno have for me?'': soren -Zeno- Hey Dad! I heard Uncle Killua, and Uncle Gon were doing update messages, so I thought I would do one about myself¡­ My life is going good¡­ I have a Son now, and Shizu is having quite a few playdates with Goten, and I''m starting to feel the dread of a father, having to see another boy go after his daughter¡­ As for my Son, his name is Shiro, as his Hair came out completely White, and I know he is mine, because he has a tail¡­ Maybe this has to do with your bloodline skipping a generation, and being born with him¡­ I love Shiro dearly, and tell him stories about you every night, and now he thinks you are some superhero who saved the whole Universe, though you kinda are¡­ Anyway! Say hi to Mom and the others for me! As well as tell Zenith I have surpassed him¡­ Hehe ''Oh Zeno¡­ Zenith has far outclassed you¡­ But you can always get stronger¡­ As for Shizu and Goten¡­ I guess I could allow it, and Shiro might get White hair from our family, the only reason my hair was Blue, was due to the System, and it was like a genetic disorder'': soren Soren then closed his System after coming up with a message to send back to everyone, and the messages were mostly related to how he felt about their personal changes, while only saying he has almost reached the Apex, and estimated spending 10 years at most until he could some back. Soren then began asking Sakura about the Laws he was able to learn now that he was in the Law State, and Sakura started explaining all the different types of Laws that exist, and while Soren was listening to the list, he felt exhausted with how many there were, and quickly asked to pick the ones he was most suitable for. {DING!... HOST IS SUITABLE FOR ALL LAWS¡­ BUT IF HOST WANTS A RECOMMENDED PICK, THEN PLEASE LEARN THE ONES IN THIS LIST -List- Lightning, Fire, Wind, Water, Earth, Space, Time, Yin-Yang, Chaos, Creation, Sword, Martial THESE ARE THE TOP RECOMMENDED LAWS FOR HOST} Soren felt these laws were closely related to the Nature Elements from Naruto, but after going over them, he found out that they were on a whole other level from the normal Chakra Natures, but the actual Law to them, and if Soren learned them, he would hold complete authority over the Laws of these Elements. Soren then went into his Training Chamber, and spent the next few days learning all of these laws, so he could have more power on his side when fighting stronger opponents. Soren spent 3 days inside, which was equal to 30 years, and when Soren came out, he was surrounded by 12 pure Black orbs, that reminded Soren of Naruto''s Truth Seeking orbs, but the difference was, these orbs were indestructible, and there were 12 in total, while Soren could also call on them whenever he felt the need, and the power in them were on an other worldly level. Soren could combine all 12 into 1, and the attack from the orb could destroy the Xuanghuang world instantly, and because Soren didn''t want to accidentally destroy the world, he quickly dissipated the 12 orbs. ''I think I could survive in the Ancient Saint world with no problems¡­ Maybe I should push my Cultivation to the Eternal God seat?'': soren Soren wanted to reach the top of the Ancient Saint world so there would be no problems when leaving the Xuanhuang world behind. Soren then told everyone his plan to leave this world, and that he needed to Cultivate for another year, and in doing this, it would also be around the same time Lin Fan was pronounced dead for a year. Soren then entered his Training room, and began Cultivating for 3,000 years, while only 1 year in reality, Soren had gotten to the All to One State, where just a wave of his hand could release a skill that would decimate his opponent, and soon, 700 years flew by, and Soren broke through to the Universal Elixir State, where he could have his inner world produce almost unlimited Immortal Energy, and it was also at this stage that his Martial Spirits began absorbing as much Immortal Energy as possible. Soren then spent another 800 years bringing the total to 1,500 years spent inside, and in this time Soren broke the barrier into the Eight Desolates United State, and with this power, Soren felt he needed to get use to his new power before progressing, Soren then began to do training inside the Training room, under all that gravity, and it began putting just the right amount of strain on Soren''s body, ad he comprehended a new law. Soren had Gravity Magic, but that still had it''s limitations, and now he had comprehended the Law of Gravity, and this new development made it so he could control the gravity however he liked, instead of using magic to affect it. ''I have gotten stronger, but I am still far away from those monsters in the Endless Mainland'': soren After a few Years, Soren had fully gotten used to his Power, and continued to push for the last Level in the Divine Celestial Realm Soren then spent the next 500 Years preparing his foundation for the next stage, and once it was ready, Soren began loading his body with Energy, and began forcing it through the bottleneck to break into the Eternal God State. Soon, Soren had seen that no progress was being made, and decided to take it to the next stage, and transformed into his Ultra Instinct form, and boosted the Energy smashing through the barrier, and when Soren entered the Eternal God State, he saw a Golden throne floating above him. ''Hehe¡­ You dare try and tease this Daddy?... Get over here!'': soren Soren didn''t even move, and instead just used his Telekinesis to pull the throne towards him, while using his oppressive Kings Haki, as well as his Hakai to separate the connection of the throne from the will that tried to tease Soren. Soren then took the throne, and sat on top of it, as it began to be absorbed into his Dantain, and make his Cultivation jump from the Eight Desolates United State, to the True Eternal God State, and when Soren felt the power contained in the new level, he spent the rest of the thousand years stabilizing his level, as well as creating Immortal Pills, and Immortal Treasures to give to his army. Soren then left the Training room, and noticed an increase of people on the mountain, and when he appeared where the most of them were concentrated, he noticed they all had the Saint Devils Sect''s Sect token on them, and all of them were at the Greater Celestial Low Level. ''So he is going to give me fresh breakthroughs huh¡­ Oh well, I can make due with these ones¡­ I wonder how their resources are doing to produce these 100 Disciples he sent over'': soren Soren then decided to greet them, and when they all saw Soren, they began bowing towards him, while some were praising his greatness for saving their Sect. [Enough¡­ There is no need to praise me, as I am going to be using you all for my army¡­ We will be sieging the Ancient Saint world, and put Humans back at the top of the list up there]: soren Soren told them about the Ancient Saint world, and told them they would be his Army, but didn''t tell them that they would be leaving this Universe when Soren reached the Apex, as it was unneeded information. Soren then gave them the task of creating 20 Gridline Chains with the promise to raise their Cultivation to their Sectmaster''s level, and when the Disciples heard about the room, they got excited, and all entered, as the pavilion could hold around 500 before it was crowded with people needing to move to the outside. Soon, 3 weeks passed, while Soren was receiving more Disciples, and sending them into the Training room, while those from the Training room began to come out when they reached 20 Gridline Chains, Soren then gave them a weak essence pill that began raising their Cultivation to Utmost Celestial, as Soren planned to raise their Cultivation to Desolate Celestial when they reach the Ancient Saint world. [I think it is almost time to head to the Ancient Saint world¡­ Prepare your asses Ancient race, as I will be beating them¡­ Hehe]: soren Chapter 173 - Ancient Saint World While Soren was preparing for his ascension, Lin Fan had just woken up from his Year long slumber that resulted from leveling up to the Utmost Celestial after his fight with the Ancient One, where everyone in Glory Sect, as well as everyone else who knew Lin Fan, thought he was dead. Lin Fan''s battle was quite spectacular, but Lin Fan felt that the Ancient One wasn''t fully focusing on the battle with Lin Fan, but more towards the direction of the World Boundary, and if you looked close enough, you could see that the Ancient One was sweating a bit. [What are you starting at!?... Your daddy is here!]: lin fan Lin Fan began to charge the Ancient One with all of his might, but nothing was working, as the Ancient One was well above Lin Fan''s level. Hell, if the Ancient One was not focused on something else, he would have already killed Lin Fan, and taken back his Eternal Arm, and it was then that Lin Fan then brought out the Eternal Donger, and the Ancient One felt a deep connection, one that would never be separated. [Puny Mortal!... Hand back this ones Cock that you have stolen, or perhaps you are Gay, and like sucking on it]: ancinet one [Your Father I''m Gay!... I have only taken a liking towards its power to drown its enemies in a thick liquid!]: lin fan Then the conversation began to get more and more flamboyant, as both the Ancient One, and Lin Fan continued to call each other gay for wanting to keep the gigantic Donger. Soon, Lin Fan lost the Eternal Arm, and decided to smelt the Eternal Donger so that the Ancient One could never be whole again, and to those who watched this of the Male Gender felt Lin Fan was a cold blooded monster. Lin Fan smelted the Ancient One''s Cock, and turned it into Gridline Chains, and Exp, while the Ancient One began fuming with rage, due to losing something he would never wish to part with, the one thing that made him a proud member of the Ancient Race. [Y-You Monster!... I-I-I¡­ I will kill you for this!... I will avenge my Cock!]: ancient one The Ancient One began an onslaught of brutal attacks, making Lin Fan lose hope in winning this battle, and gave him the feeling that today would be his last day in the Xuanhuang world. ''I am sorry¡­ I was not able to save the world, and everyone will die because of me now...¡­.. Wait!'': lin fan Lin Fan then remembered he had a special Divine Weapon that could save him in this situation, he then pulled out the Godly Maxi-pad that had the ability to make those it latches onto bleed to death, but the trick was, they needed to be female. Lin Fan then took the chance he saw when the Ancient One was looking towards the Cangling Continent at the ever growing presence, and used his most devastating move that would scare even Gods into submission. [Twisting Heaven and Earth!]: lin fan [Twisting Wha-!?]: ancient one It was too late for the Ancient One to finish his question before Lin Fan''s attack landed, and began changing the Ancient One on a cellular level to match that of a female. [AAAHHHHHHGGRRRRRRRAHHHHH!]: ancient one Lin Fan then got on top of the Ancient One and began using his Black Tiger Steals Heart skill, and enlarging the Ancient One''s chest, and after a few moments, the Ancient One was completely broken mentally, as Lin Fan called onto his Ancient Demon. Lin Fan was not done, as he made the Ancient Demon hold down the Ancient One, and he began using a special Divine weapon he had created, and began telling a backstory while summoning it. [Once upon a time, there was a Heavenly defying Item. Enduring countless battles throughout the ages, it blocked out all sorts of Evil from penetrating what it was guarding¡­ Just the name alone was proof of its remarkable past¡­ Countless wish to get hold of it, while countless Men wish to be it¡­ Stained with all the blood in the world, it''s an object worth bearing, and today, Yours Truly shall let it reappear on this world once more¡­ Come out!... Seven Realms!]: lin fan Soon, a giant Maxi-pad appeared in the sky, and wrapped hold of the Ancient One, and began absorbing all the blood in his body. Lin Fan then went through a Cultivation Breakthrough, and the System knocked him out, and everyone thought Lin Fan had died, and Chicky even played a part, and acted dead as well, thus coming to the conclusion of what happened 1 year before Lin Fan''s "Death". And when Lin Fan woke, he went to meet with all of his old friends, as well as his wife, and the first thing Lin Fan did was go to the Sect of one of his best friends. The Sect was about to be taken over due to the inexperience of the new Sectmaster, after the old one died a little over a year back, and after Lin Fan settled the matter between his friends Sect, and the masters of the other Sect who had plans of taking over the Sect, and splitting it among themselves, Lin Fan went to his wifes Sect to let her know he was alive. Lin Fan then went to a Secret ground, and found the last pieces of the Supreme One''s Token, and went to his wifes Sect, and there, he saved them from destruction, as well as fought, and almost killed a woman who looked just like the one who destroyed his Saint Devils Sect in the Cangling Continent. Lin Fan then began telling everyone how he planned to go back to the Cangling Continent for a few days before coming back, and just like that, Lin Fan came to the edge of the world, and used the token. Lin Fan was given the choice to break the barrier, and fix the Xuanhuang world, and it was also at this time, the Supreme Being appeared and told Lin Fan the story about the barrier, and what its purpose was, Lin Fan understood, and used the token to travel to the Cangling Continent. ................... [... He''s here¡­]: soren Soren had felt the tear in the border that separated the World in two due to his Laws of Space, and when Soren searched, he felt Lin Fan''s presence. Soren then began to wait at the Saint Devils Sect for Lin Fan''s arrival, and after around 3 hours, a figure was seen flying towards the Saint Devils Sect, and the figure only got faster as he felt a familiar presence, so he hurried to see who it was. [Dark Rock!... Gather everyone, Lin Fan is back]: soren When Dark Rock heard Soren''s words, he was shocked for 2 reasons, and then it hit him. [Soren¡­ Was it Lin Fan you were referring to all that time ago?]: dark rock [You are smart¡­ Lin Fan is the one I was speaking about, and it seems you had given him the Gods Blood¡­ Great choice!]: soren Dark Rock felt happy about the praise Soren had given to him, and it was also at this time, Lin Fan landed before Soren, and his old Sectmaster Dark Rock, and as Soren turned towards Lin Fan, he could see tears in his eyes. [Sectmaster!... H-how?... I saw you self-destruct!]: lin fan Lin Fan then began looking around, and saw a bunch of familiar faces, as well as some new faces. [Grandmaster Soren here had revived us with his Mystical Dragon that grants wishes]: dark rock [... I thought that was just some rumor made up by normal people when they saw Dragon Mountain rise¡­ It was true?]: lin fan [Yes, Kuroi can grant any wish that is in his power]: soren Lin Fan then looked towards Soren, and tried to gauge him with his System, but it still showed up as (???) and everything about Soren was in (???) except his name, as Lin Fan had already known his name. Lin Fan was dumbstruck, he raised his Cultivation to one above this World, but still Soren was a mystery, but when Lin Fan turned his gaze towards Dark Rock, he saw that Dark Rock''s Cultivation was at Utmost Celestial Full Level, one that was about his level by just 1 level. [I thank you for reviving my Sect, and for what I assume you did to improve their Cultivation]: lin fan Lin Fan had given Soren a bow while cupping his hands, while Soren just stood there shocked, as this was one of the only times Lin Fan had shown respect to someone. [Mind not as I plan to use them for my army¡­ The will join me in the Ancient Saint World]: soren Lin Fan was confused with Soren''s words, as he had no idea what Soren was talking about, and it was then that he asked. [Ancient Saint World?... What is that place?]: lin fan [... *Sigh*... The Ancient Saint World is the World above the Xuanhuang world, also known as the Ascension world¡­ When you reach the top of this world, you would be taken to the Ancient Saint World, but that is impossible due to the barrier set up by some child who thought setting up a barrier would protect this world from destruction]: soren [Child?... But the Supreme Being set up the World Barrier]: lin fan [Supreme?... Haha! Supreme my ass! I can beat him with a flip of my palm¡­ He has only reached the False God Realm]: soren [False God?... What do you mean?]: lin fan [I can''t say¡­ I have told you too much for now¡­ Rise above, and transcend this world, I will tell you more up there]: soren Soren then left the Saint Devils Sect so that Lin Fan could get together with everyone else. Soren just went back to his mountain, and called for everyone present to collect in the courtyard, and after a couple minutes, over 200 people gathered in the courtyard. Once Soren saw everyone gathered, he began explaining that they would all finish cultivating in his Inner World, while he leaves this world, and ascends to the Ancient Saint Realm. Everyone understood, and began entering Soren''s Inner World, and when they entered, they were surprised to see an almost exact copy of Dragon Mountain before them, but the difference was the amount of Immortal Energy inside, and the lands outside the Mountain held many different types of Animals, as well as Immortal Beasts like Dragon''s, and Phoenix''s, as well as some lower tiered Beasts. Soren had redeemed his Quests from this World, and received almost 1 Billion System Points, as well as some special Crystals to infuse with his Inner World, and this Crystals were used to fill the Inner World with the power of Law, so Cultivators inside could learn Law when they reached the Law State of the Divine Celestial Realm. Soren then used the 1 Billion System Points, and bought 4 of every animal, as well as a Time booster for his Inner World, so 1 day outside was equivalent to 1 year inside, and though it wasn''t as powerful as Soren''s Training Room, it was still useful for animal reproduction, and the Animals have been reproducing for around 3 Weeks now, and that equaled out to 21 years inside. [Everyone is in¡­ I can now ascend]: soren Soren then began focusing on the laws of Space, so he didn''t destroy the barrier keeping this world safe, though he felt nothing bad would have happened anyway. Soren then took all his treasures into his Spatial Ring, and demolished the Dragon Mountain, as it was no longer considered a Sect due to missed Tax payment, Soren then opened a Portal, and stepped through, and felt the massive amounts of Immortal Energy crash into his body. ''Wow!... I can feel the difference, but this is still nothing compared to what I can create within my body, as well as house in my Training room'': soren Soren then began to stretch out his senses, and when he did so, he felt pulled towards a specific direction. Soren began flying towards a set destination at lightning speeds, but due to the massive size of the world, it took a lot longer to travel the whole Ancient Saint World, then it did the Xuanhuang World. Soren sensed that the Ancient Saint world was as big as the whole North side of the Galaxy in Dragon Ball world, so the time it would take Soren to travel from one side to the other would be about 3 or 4 days. [I wonder what is pulling my attention?]: soren Soren was soon spotted by a group of Ancient Race beings, and after seeing he was a human, they quickly flew over to him for a fight. [Hey!... Human! Come and be my lunch for today!]: AR1 (A/N: AR= Ancient Race) Soren just turned to them, and noticed that their Cultivations were all at the Earth, and Azure Celestial Level. [Huh?... Ants already want to make trouble with me?]: soren When Soren called them Ants, it made their blood boil, and in the next second, they charged towards Soren with their weapons drawn. [*Sigh* Ants will be ants¡­ Just die then]: soren Soren waved his hand, and the 5 Ancient Race beings exploded into dust, with nothing even left of them, not even a drop of blood. Soren then turned back towards the direction he felt he was being called, and soon, Soren came across a gap in the ground where a gigantic Door was built into the side of the mountain with a symbol of Fire and Water engraved into it. [I have a bad feeling¡­ And I feel like my chastity will be in danger¡­ But as they say¡­ Nothing ventured, nothing gained]: soren Soren then placed both of his hands on the door, and began using the laws of both Fire and Water to force the Secret Ground open. Soren then entered and the doors closed behind him, with no visible way of escape, and Soren realized at this point that he had royally fucked up. [I knew it¡­ But my curiosity got the best of me in this one¡­ I hope the Fire Water Empress is as beautiful as they say in the Novel¡­ I feel like she will jump my cock the second she sees me]: soren Chapter 174 - The Escape Soren continued to walk through the maze like Secret grounds, and after navigating the maze Soren was thrown into, he was teleported to a dark room with no light in sight, but due to Soren''s cultivation, he could see clearly. Soren then began walking in no particular direction, before a voice stopped him, and when Soren turned to see who it was calling to him, he just saw a figure in a Black cloak, with no visible features, as well as a voice that one couldn''t tell if the speaker was male or female. [You have entered my Secret grounds without a key¡­ This interested me, so I tested you, and you have passed¡­ So, who are you? How did you get in here?]: ??? [So I guess I wouldn''t be able to say I am the Fire Water Emperor, as you have claimed this realm as your own¡­ So the real question is who are you?... The Fire Water Emperor had died a long time ago, and here you are claiming to be him]: soren [Hehe¡­ You have quite a mouth on you¡­ What makes you think I won''t kill you for speaking to me like that?... And to answer your question, I am the Fire Water Emperor, but I am also not, as my gender is not Male, but Female¡­ So I am the Fire Water Empress!... Now! Answer my question¡­ Who are you?]: fw empress Soren watched as the Fire Water Empress took off her cloak revealing her long Black hair that looked as soft as silk, and her nice, pure White skin, and supple White breasts that were covered by a Red silk dress. Soren thought that the Novel did her no justice, as she was just as beautiful as his current 3 wives, if not just a bit better looking, but Soren would never dare say this out loud. [My name is Soren, and I only came here because I was drawn here¡­ So if you have nothing for me, then I will take my leave]: soren Soren had opened a portal, and the Fire Water Empress could feel that it connected to the outside. The Fire Water Empress was surprised by this because her Secret grounds was something she had full control over, and sealed off the second Soren hand entered, so it should have been impossible for him to open up a portal to leave. [Wait!... I do have something for you, just don''t be mad if it does not fit your tastes]: fw empress The Fire Water Empress wanted to keep Soren in there as long as possible, so that she could figure out what made Soren so similar to her. [I guess I can''t refuse an offered gift¡­ What is it? A weapon? A piece of armor? A Cultivation manual?... If it is any of these things, I have no interest in them as I have too many to count myself]: soren When the Fire Water Empress heard Soren''s statement about having too many weapons, and cultivation techniques, she felt he was just some poor braget with nothing, but would say he has something, as to get something better. [I have no weapons, but I have a few combs and mirrors]: fw empress The Fire Water Empress then took out a comb and a mirror, and she then gave them to Soren. Soren looked over the comb, and mirror, and realized the effect they gave off, and he couldn''t help but smile a little, as it was something he hadn''t thought of, and now didn''t need to make. The comb had the ability to lengthen and soften the users hair to the point it felt like silk, while the mirror could reflect the users beauty, and over time, refine their looks making them perfect. ''Nothing I could use, but my wives might like it¡­ What women don''t want to look more Beautiful?... Hancock would love this mirror more though'': soren Soren thanked the Fire Water Empress for her generosity, and began to open the portal once more, but before he could, the Fire Water Empress jumped on top of him, and held him down while scanning his body. ''What is this strange feeling he is giving me?'': fw empress Soren was a bit upset that the Fire Water Empress had taken him to the floor, while staring into his eyes, while trying to search his soul, and he began to speak. [I have 3 wives¡­ And I don''t need you as a fourth, so please get up, or I will fuck you into obedience]: soren Soren began trying to scare her with his words, while he meant none of them, but this backfired, as the Fire Water Empress found what she was looking for. [You¡­ You have mastered the fusion of Fire and Water!... You wish to fuck me?... I will help you then!]: fw empress The Fire Water Empress began using all her strength to hold Soren down, as he tried to struggle from realizing his mistake of saying those taunting words. ''Fuck me and my big mouth!... Why is she so much stronger than me?... I know this is only her Essence Spirit, but it should only be at my level¡­ Oh wait, the Fire Water Empress was stronger than most people in the same Cultivation stage, and she is 2 stages above me¡­ It also takes 8 Utmost Supreme Beings, as well as the Heaven''s Will to hold down her main body¡­ I have made a mistake today'': soren The Fire Water Empress began removing Soren''s robe, and found out there was a Black tail wiggling around on his back side, while trying to help him break free. [You''re not Human?... What are you? You seem like a member from that Monkeys race¡­ What was his name¡­ Sun Wu Kong!... This is a interesting development]: fw empress [You must really let me go!... My wives will team up on you, and kill you for this!]: soren Soren began trying to frighten the Fire Water Empress, but he remembered that she was a death seeker willing to fight everyone in the world for something she wants. [Then have them come¡­ I will be taking you, and you will be my toy¡­ Once I am done with you, I will throw you aside¡­ But know this, you are the first man I have ever done this too, so you will have the honor of taking the Fire Water Empress for a ride]: fw empress [Ride!!... You won''t be riding me!... Right!?]: soren Soren was hoping that the Fire Water Empress didn''t plan on using some kind of magic to grow a penis, and destroy his prostate, while still trying to find a way out of this situation, and it was also at this time, the Fire Water Empress had taken off Soren''s Black Martial arts pants, as well as her panties, and straddle over top Soren, and began grinding on Soren''s soft cock. [Get hard!... Now!]: fw empress -----18+ Ahead, but not much----- Soren was trying his hardest to stay soft, in hopes she would give up, and leave him alone, but she continued to rub her soft and supple pussy lips onto Soren''s cock. Soren was feeling a bit of mositness form onto his dick, as the Fire Water Empress was feeling aroused, and began getting wet, and soon, Soren''s dick was covered in pussy juice, lubing up his dick. ''Don''t get hard!... Don''t get hard!'': soren [Hurry and get hard for me!]: fw empress The Fire Water Empress began to move back and forth faster, while giveing out forced moans to arouse Soren, and just as she planned, Soren''s cock began to swell, and rise. ''FUCK!... I am a disappointment as a man'': soren Soren shaft was erect, and the Fire Water Empress shifter forwards, and the tip of Soren''s cock began poking at her entrance, and when she slid down, Soren had officially entered the Fire Water Empress, and after that happened, a bit of blood drizzled down Soren''s shaft, as the Fire Water Empress gave a pained moan. [AHHHHNNNGGGG!~]: fw empress The Fire Water Empress activated her Dual Cultivation skill she had learned a few hundred years before she got captured, and began making her affinity with Fire and Water Laws rise, while Soren was still trying to escape, but when he would move, the Fire Water Empress just slammed him back into the ground, and kept riding him with full force. ''You won''t let me leave?... Then I will fuck your brains out!... I am sorry¡­ Misha¡­ Hancock¡­ Vados¡­ I will make this up to you'': soren Soren began using his lower body, and pumping, the 7-8 inches that the Fire Water Empress was using, was now extended to the full 13 inches. [HAAAAAANNNNNGGGG!~]: fw empress Soren began pumping all 13 inches deep into the Fire Water Empress''s pussy, making her moan in pleasure, while also feeling pleasure from her tight pussy that had stayed a Virgin for over 10,000 years. [I-I-I''m C-Cumming!~... H-How is this p-possible!]: fw empress Soren pussed all 13 inches in, and released his seed at the same time the Fire Water Empress came, which made her pussy constrict Soren''s dick like a Boa Constrictor. Soren felt immeasurable pleasure from the grip given to his cock from the Fire Water Empress''s tight pussy walls. And after the Fire Water Empress came, she lost all her strength, while Soren was used to this loss, and quickly used the remaining energy to remove her, and open a portal to escape. [W-Wait!... My toy!]: fw empress -----18+ Ended, safe to read----- Soren left with those last words ringing in his head. Soren had thought about taking the Fire Water Empress, but her words just now told him how she truly felt about him, and that was that she saw Soren as nothing but a toy for her to use, and throw away when she is done. ''I''ll let Lin Fan deal with that one¡­ Hell, maybe I can hold it over him later that I fucked his wife before he did'': soren Soren appeared randomly in the Ancient Saint World, and where he appeared, was before a group of Ancient Race beings, and the thing that made it awkward, was that he was still naked. [....]: ancient race beings [... Hello there!... I have just escaped from what could have been years of torture¡­ So please understand my appearance right now has nothing to do with being a pervert]: soren When the Ancient Race beings heard Soren, they felt like laughing, as Soren still had a hardon, but they threw that to the side, because they felt like they have seen Soren''s face before, and when they thought back on it, they remembered that Soren had killed a group of Ancient Race beings of the Earth and Azure Celestial Level. [Y-You!... You have the balls to stand before us Hum-... Human?]: ancient race being 1 All their attention was brought towards Soren''s wiggeling tail, and were confused on what Soren''s actual race was. [Enough talk!... Lets kill him, and avenge our fallen brothers!]: ancient race being 2 Soren just gave a sigh, while covering his cock with both hands, and as the Ancient Race beings began to charge towards him, Soren just used his mind to will the Sword Laws to kill everyone. [*Slice!*... AHHHHHHHH!]: ancient race beings Soon, the group of around 30 Ancient Race beings were killed until there was nothing left, and Soren''s only thoughts were. ''Aw Shit!... Now all the Ancient Race begins will know what I''m packing¡­ And I might get hunted down by the gay ones for other pourpouses'': soren Soren used his Creation Magic to reform new clothes onto himself, that matched the same Black Martial pants, with a White robe and Grayish sash tying it all together. [I guess I can go spent time in my Inner World for a few days]: soren Soren then entered his Inner World, and had a conversation about what happened, and when his wives found out, they were mad at Soren, but most of their anger was turned towards the Fire Water Empress when they found out he tried to struggle, but couldn''t hold out. As a punishment, Soren then had to please all 3 of them for 3 days straight, to make up for the lost load inside of the Fire Water Empress, and Soren was fine with this punishment, and only hoped they could keep up with him. After a few weeks inside his Inner World, Soren had left, and began looking for Ancient Race settlements, while having a goal of reaching the top of the Wanted List, as Sakura informed him of a mission to reach the number one spot on that list. [That marks the 5th Settlement¡­ I wonder how the captured Races I freed from the other 4 are doing]: soren Soren was destroying Settlements, while freeing captured races in hopes of drawing the attention of an Utmost Supreme Being, and just like he wanted, he felt a pressure that matched him flying over at top speed. [Come to Daddy!... I will kill you here, and skyrocket my name on the Wanted List¡­ Hehe, everyone will know my name!]: soren Chapter 175 - Feng Qingzi (A/N: I don''t see why you all want to put the Fire Water Empress in the Harem... She is the type of character that feels she is better then all men, and that men are below her, and can only be her toy... Lin Fan didn''t even change her, just made her calm down, and she was not showcased enough to change, as her last words to Lin Fan were that she would cut off his Little Brother if he forgot about them... But as you all wish, I will place her in the Harem, and that makes 4/4 members. Happy Easter! Enjoy the Chapter) Soren began waiting for the Utmost Supreme Being that was heading his way, and after a few minutes, a tall being of around 300cm in height, with a Black body, with an extremely ugly face, and short blad. He wore nothing to cover his upper body, showcasing all the war scares he obtained throughout his lifetime, while he only had a long loincloth covering his lower region, with what appeared to be an Animal skin pair of underwear to contain his genitals. [Who dares to kill my Ancient Race!... You have a death wish, and I have come to fulfill it!]: ??? The Utmost being who appeared let out a booming voice that made Soren cover his ears in annoyance. Once the voice settled down, Soren removed his hands, and gave his full attention towards the Utmost being who appeared before him. ''Wow!... They truly are Ugly¡­ I could see why no women would want to sleep with them, and I feel bad for the ones ra*ped by them'': soren [I was the one seeking death¡­ But can you even provide?... You seem weak to me]: soren When the Utmost being heard Soren''s words, he felt enraged, and began introducing himself to Soren, as to try and scare him. The Utmost being felt that there was nobody who didn''t know his name and fear him, and without a proper image of him spreading, this member of the thousands race was just acting big. [My name is Demise!... I am one of the Utmost beings¡­ Now, do you know who you have messed with?... you puny ant! Prepare to die!]: demise (A/N: Only 4 Utmost beings were named, so I created 4 names for the others) [Demise?... Not familiar with it¡­ You must be an ant as well]: soren When Soren said that, Demise got angry, and shot towards Soren with his full power, trying to kill him in one move. [Then die and let the dead tell you about me!]: demise Demise hit Soren, and sent him flying out a ways away, before Soren felt that Demise could not beat him. ''This is boring¡­ I only felt a bit of tension where his attack landed¡­ It didn''t even scratch my itch'': soren While Soren was flying back due to the attack sent from Demise, Demise was busy laughing about how easy it was to kill the beings of the thousands race. [Hahaha!... Such weak beings dare to challenge a superior race like us?... Preposterous!... I will kill all the males, and fuck their women before killing and eating them all! Hahaha!]: demise Just as Demise was about to take his leave, Soren released his power, and shot towards Demise, and punched a hole through his abdomen. Demise then looked down at the gigantic hole made in his body, and felt the power emanating off of SOren, he then focused on closing the hole in his body, and when it closed, Soren punched another one. [Fucking hell!... Stop punching holes in me Ant!]: demise Demise began gathering some energy for an attack, while letting his body heal the wound made previously by Soren. Once the attack was ready, he threw it at Soren, and when it hit, Soren felt a small amount of pain, before he deflected the attack somewhere into the distance. [So you do have some power, but it is still far from killing me]: soren When Demise saw Soren''s body after the attack was deflected, he felt a bit of fear settle in his heart. Soren''s body was boiled and scabbed from the heat of the attack, but it all quickly disappeared as Soren healed himself, and began powering up his own attack. [W-Wait!... Ant! If you kill me, you will be killed by Heaven''s Will!... Let me leave, and I will never appear before you ever again!]: demise Soren put gathering energy on hold, and looked towards Demise. Demise saw Soren hesitate, and felt he had won, and would be able to leave in one piece, but he was soon shocked with Soren''s next words. [Your name is Demise yes?... It''s quite fitting, as you will meet your Demise by my hands today¡­ Heaven''s Will?... Have him come, I will show him what true Tribulation Lightning is]: soren Soren began to gather energy into his fingertip at an extremely fast pace, and when Demise registered what was about to happen, he shouted. [Wait!... You must think twi-]: demise Demise was cut short when Soren sent the small beam towards Demise, and when the attack landed on his body, it expanded into a bigger beam, and completely eradicated Demise''s body to the point not even ash was left. [He dared to threaten me?... I only gave him true peace]: soren When Demise died, all the remaining 7 Utmost beings were notified, as well as the Heaven''s Will, and as Soren was about to leave, a bunch of dark clouds began to gather over him. ''So he will act now?... Let''s see how powerful you will make my body'': soren Soren could hear the thunder start to rumble, as Red and Purple flashes began to gather up in the clouds. Soon, the two colors started to mix, and became a Black colored lightning, and shot towards Soren who was waiting with arms wide open, ready to receive the attack. [Come!... Show me, the man who has complete control over lightning, how powerful your strike could be!]: soren The strike then hit Soren, and Soren felt like his whole body was no fire, as blood came from his mouth, and all the internal damage was healed instantly. ''Fuck your mother!... That shit hurt!'': soren Soren was then struck 3 more times by an even stronger bolt of Black lightning, and this continued for 2 hours, and during this time, Soren''s body was raised to new heights, as well as his Rumble-Rumble Fruit. [Well this is boring now¡­ The attacks don''t even hurt anymore]: soren Soon, the attacks stopped raining down, as they realized Soren was not dead, and was not even being affected. Soren saw this, and gathered a small bolt of Black lightning at his fingertip, and aimed it towards the Heavens, he then charged up a large amount of energy in this attack, and shot it out, and once it reached the dispersing dark clouds, the energy began to disperse and shock everything in its path. [Fuck!]: ??? Soren had heard a voice, and then watched as something began to fall from the sky, and when Soren went over to it, he saw a burnt man start to dissipate, and felt that this was Heaven''s Will''s Essence Spirit. [Seems that was what kept the world in check while it slept¡­ Does this mean there will be no more Heaven''s Will until the main body wakes up?]: soren Soren realized he was naked once more due to the constant lightning attacks that had destroyed his clothes entirely. Soren felt it was troublesome remaking clothes when they would get destroyed, and he left his Godly set back in Dragon Ball, so Soren opened the System store, and bought a new Godly set that was indestructible. [Ancient Immortals Robes huh?]: soren Soren was looking at the description of the robes he just bought, and was quite happy with the properties they gave. The robes were Red and Black in color, with the robes being Red, and the sash tying everything together being Black, Soren also wore a Black Martial shirt, and a pair of Black Martial pants that were also indestructible. [Sakura, if these clothes are indestructible, does that mean I can''t be damaged?]: soren {DING!... INCORRECT¡­ THE DAMAGE DONE TO THE CLOTHES WILL BE TRANSFERRED THROUGH THEM, DAMAGING WHATEVER IS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE CLOTHES, MEANING HOST CAN STILL BE DAMAGED} [Oh Okay¡­ Well, I guess I can go find some more settlements to destroy]: soren As Soren left to go kill off more of the Ancient Race beings, somewhere in the center of the Ancient Saint World, 7 Utmost beings had gathered to discuss the loss of an Utmost being, as well as the rise of the thousands race member who killed Demise. [So¡­ Fate, your district is closest to Demise''s district, why did you not take action to help him?]: ??? [You ask me to help with something that should be as easy as raising your hand?... This is like saying that our race is weak, is it not Saint?]: fate [This is true, but he destroyed some of your settlements as well, so why were you not the first to react, if not go help Demise?]: saint [Why should Fate have to help kill an ant, it is just disrespectful to our race]: ??? [You say this Chaos, but do you still see this brat as an Ant, even now?]: saint [No¡­ But you act like we knew he wasn''t an ant from the beginning, so why bother with it now?]: chaos [Then let''s make it a rule, that any kind of interaction with this being will be with 2 or more Utmost beings]: ??? [Oh?... Who made you the leader Corrupt]:??? [Oh?... You wanna go Fault!?]: corrupt [Corrupt! Fault!... Stop fighting¡­ I had gotten word that the Heaven''s Will''s Essence Spirit had been defeated by this person, so I will make it a rule to only fight him in groups of 3]: saint Saint then looked towards the two Utmost beings that have been quiet for the longest, and spoke once more. [Cruel, Desolate¡­ You both have districts close to each other, so you will be working together if this being appears in any of your territories]: saint [Hmph¡­ I will help, but not because I want to]: desolate [...]: cruel [Meeting adjourned¡­ Kill this bastard before he destroys what we have built up over so many thousands of years]: saint Soren was now busy destroying his 12th Ancient Race camp, and that was when someone came before him. It was an old man with long Grayish White hair, and a White beard, he also wore a White robe tied together by a Gray sash, and wore a Gray cotton undershirt, Soren felt the power of an Eternal God Seat inside him. [Who are you old man?]: soren [Oh?... Hehe, my name is Feng Qingzi, I am the Leader of the Sacred Grounds¡­ I have noticed that you are actively destroying the Ancient Race settlements, and wanted to invite you to be my student]: feng qingzi Soren remembered this old man from the Novel, and felt he was not really the teacher type, but more like one of those Master''s that give a task, and leave the Disciple to achieve it on his own, with no other advice. This was also a test to see if the Disciples were worth his teachings, as if they couldn''t achieve anything on their own, they would not be gifted enough to be taught by him. After thinking for a little bit, Soren decided it was not a bad idea to have a teacher, as he was mostly the one teaching others, and didn''t really have a good grasp on how to teach Cultivation, as he could only teach how he experienced it, which was pull together all of your energy, and make it break the bottleneck. [I will accept old man, but you need to provide me with compensation, as I am way stronger than you]: soren ''Old man?... I''m only a few thousand years old, how am I considered an Old man?'': feng qingzi [Okay¡­ What would you like in return?... And you must prove you are stronger than me to receive this gift from me]: feng qingzi Soren then had an devious expression appear on his face, and he spoke. [You must provide me with anything I need when we get to this place of yours]: soren [Deal¡­ Now remember, you must beat me]: feng qingzi Soren then powered up to Ultra Instinct, and Feng Qingzi watched as Soren''s long Black hair turned pure White, and he felt a strong pressure on top of him holding him down, making him unable to move. [...I give¡­ You are stronger than me¡­ And as per our agreement, I will give you what you want¡­ Follow me then, and we shall leave]: feng qingzi Chapter 176 - Lin Fan Arrives (A/N: So... You all love to confuse this Author here... Due to the realization of you all the Readers, Fire Water Empress will not be in the Harem do to her Unreasonable personality, as well as not much known about her, and her more of a side character appearance in the Novel... She was basically an Onihole for Lin Fan, and will continue to be for Lin Fan, while Soren will just hold it against him that he had sex with her first... Enjoy the Chapter!) Soren was led to a place shrouded in a Spatial field, where Feng Qingzi had sent a wisp of light towards Soren. Once the wisp of light entered Soren''s body, Feng Qingzi informed Soren that he could now enter the Sacred Grounds before disappearing into the field and leaving Soren to enter after him. ''Looks like I am supposed to follow him'': soren Soren then entered the Sacred Grounds, and saw Feng Qingzi waiting for him. Once Feng Qingzi saw Soren, he then took him to the city, and began showing him around, Soren was shown the whole city, and told about how the city works, but since Soren already knows how it works, he didn''t pay much heed to what Feng Qingzi said. [Then I will let you explore the rest for yourself¡­ Here, take this, and whenever you need anything contact me through this token]: feng qingzi Soren took the token, and placed it in his Inventory, and then watched Feng Qingzi give him a small smile before leaving to go back to his residence. Soren then took to the streets, and began looking around, Soren saw many different kinds of buildings, most were Restaurants, Shops, and Inns, and because this place could hold 1 million people before it breaks, the city was big, but not as big as other cities. Soren continued down the street and came across a gigantic building that had the words Guild registry on the front of it, as well as a bunch of Cultivators in front with signs around their necks with their Cultivation Level, as well as the price they were selling themselves for. ''So these are the poor or new people of this Sacred Grounds¡­ I guess it''s considered making a living'': soren Soren then entered the Guild building and began waiting in line along with the rest of the Cultivators, and when it was his turn, Soren asked about the registration fee for joining. [All those who wish to join with the Guild must pay 10,000 Contribution points, and because you are not a member of the Guild, you can not accept Quests¡­ It is suggested for the new people to the city to work at a restaurant or sell yourself to a party and make your money]: rep ''Hmm¡­ I could get them from Feng Qingzi, but he might try to act, and act like 10,000 is something big as to not have to give me anything else in the future'': soren Soren then left the Guild, and used his creation magic to create a sign for himself. [This seems good enough¡­ Now I wait]: soren -Sign- Cultivation: Eternal God State Price for Rental: 15,000 Soren felt this sign will get him attention, both good, and bad, and that was the reason he created it. Soren felt if people read his sign, they would feel he was a braggart, and spread news to others, then some small party might hear word, and test their luck. After a few hours of prostituting his body with the sign, people began spreading word that Soren was trying to lie and say he was so powerful to get attention, and they were half right, Soren was trying to pull attention, but he was not lying at all. [Hey! Braggart!... Do you think it''s okay to lie to those who may request your help?]: ??? Soren turned his attention to a group of people, with a man having Blonde hair leading them. Soren felt that this person was the typical Knight in shining armor who would try and out someone with embarrassment, and make himself look like a cool hero, Soren then ignored him, and continued holding his sign waiting for someone to rent him. [Hey!... Don''t ignore me! Do you know who I am? I am the number one prodigy of Feng Qingzi who was just brought here this morning!... My name is Yan Chen]: yen chen Soren just turned towards him, and felt something was off, Soren knew that Lin Fan was Feng Qingzi''s only Disciple, and now that Soren accepted his offer, only he should be Feng Qingzi''s Disciple until Lin Fan comes by. [Oh?... And Why would he choose an ant like you?... Your just some Realm State]: soren When Soren outed Yan Chen''s cultivation level, he got angry as he had told everyone he was an All to One State, while he had a talisman that hid his level from everyone, it was then, that Yan Chen ran up to Soren, and got in his face while quietly yelling at Soren, and telling him off. [You should really watch your mouth!, I will give you 15,000 Contribution points if you retract what you said¡­ If you don''t this will get really bad for you]: yan chen [Oh?... Are you threatening me?... You are a hypocrite, you lie about your Cultivation level so you can fool others, am I right?]: soren [Who are you calling a hypocrite?... Are you not doing the same?... I just want to know how you were able to tell what my Cultivation was with my talisman]: yan chen [Oh?... I shall have you know, I have never lied about my Cultivation base]: soren When Soren said this, he began releasing a pressure that would come from an Eternal God State, and when everyone felt this, they all turned their attention towards Soren and Yan Chen. [H-How!?... W-Why w-would an Eternal God State rent himself out!?... And for 15,000 points at that!?]: yan chen Yan Chen started to back away from Soren, while a line of piss was trailing down his leg, and across the ground. Soren just retracted his pressure, and let Yan Chen run away, while he was followed by his group of people that still thought he was Feng Qingzi''s Disciple, and when everyone saw Soren retract his pressure, they began to line up in front of him. [I will rent you for 30,000!... No, I will rent him for 70,000!¡­ Not if I can rent him for 150,000!... Back up peasants, I offer 200,000!]: bunch of people Soren was getting offers, while he was getting annoyed from all the people in his face. Soren then looked over to the side, and caught sight of a group of 3 Cultivators all around the Undying State, the leader seemed to be a male, and was followed by another male and one female. Soren saw that they were looking over at him with expectations, but when they heard people start bidding so high, they lost confidence, and started to leave, but Soren thought they were his best choice, so he disappeared from his previous spot, and reappeared beside the 3 departing figures. [Hello¡­ I saw you looking over to me¡­ Would you like to rent my assistance?]: soren When the 3 looked over to Soren, the one that appeared to be the leader had started to speak. [Yes, but we don''t have more than 15,000 to pay you¡­ You might want to go back to those other guys offering 200,000]: leader [Hmm¡­ Such a shame¡­ Too bad for them that I want to be hired for 15,000 points instead of 200,000¡­ So, will you hire my assistance?]: soren When the 3 heard Soren, they all raised their heads, and had smiles grow on them, and they made a deal with Soren, paying him 7,500 points up front, and the other 7,500 points upon completion. Soren then received the 7,500 points, and left with the party to head out and take out some Ancient Race settlements. They needed the head of 1 Tribunus, and this mission would reward 100,000 points upon completion, and any extra Tribunus heads would be rewarded with 50,000 points each. Soren then took them to 15 different settlements, and destroyed everything in sight while collecting 16 Heads total, and after they got back, the team turned in the quest and received a total of 850,000 points. The group felt grateful to Soren, and along with giving Soren the other 7,500 points, they gave him an extra 100,000 points, Soren had wanted to decline, but after seeing their faces, he accepted the points, and went back to the Guild''s waiting line, and waited his turn. [Next please!]: rep Soren came up and handed the receptionist 10,000 Contribution points. [...Okay! You are now registered¡­ Would you like to create a party name?]: rep Soren then thought for a moment, and decided he wanted to bring his Sect into his party, so he ultimately wanted to name them the same thing. [I will name my party The Immortal Dragon Party]: soren After the receptionist checked if the name was taken, it was decided that Soren''s party name would be The Immortal Dragon Party. Soren then made some Emblem Pins, which had the basic look of Kuroi floating around 7 balls, but there was no color as the Emblem had a Black background with a Golden Dragon floating around Golden balls. ''I should make a few hundred of these pins and hand them out later'': soren Soren then entered his Inner World, and called for everyone to gather in the courtyards for an announcement. Once everyone gathered, Soren noticed that everyone was around the Undying State, while his Family were in the Universal Elixir State, Soren was surprised that everyone began to rise so quickly, and a few people who stood out were Sasuke, Ariel, and his Sister who happened to be a big fan of the "The Strongest System" Novel. ''Sasuke is at the Eight Desolates United State as well as Ariel, but Layla is a step ahead, and at the False Eternal God State'': soren Layla was ahead of most because she spent most of her time in Soren''s Inner World in the first place. She also loved to read Wuxia Novels, and had come up with all sorts of Cultivation methods, and with the help of the System Soren gifted her, she was well ahead of everyone else. Soren then turned his attention to everyone else who was gathered and waiting for Soren''s announcements. [Thank you all for gathering¡­ I have gathered you all to inform you of my new party I made in the Ancient Saint World¡­ You all will be it''s members, so I will pass out all the emblems, and over time take you all out to register you in the Guild]: soren After Soren finished his announcements, he decided to enter seclusion, and spent a few days inside his Training room, once Soren came out, he spent a few weeks with his wives and family, and after that, Soren took Sasuke out from the Inner World, and got him registered with the Guild. [So, where will we go now?... I want to kill a few of these Ancient Race beings]: sasuke [We can do whatever you want to do¡­ I will follow along with you, all you need to know, is you are in the top 200 Strongest beings in the world, and most of those beings are still in seclusion so you are ranked among the top 50]: soren When Sasuke heard that, he felt a little disappointed that he wouldn''t be able to do anything but beat up ants, unless he wanted to go looking for stronger beings, but Soren informed him that someone who is a level above him could kill him with a flip of a palm. This revelation utterly scared Sasuke, he began to think back to the memories that he had placed in his head, and remembered that both he and Naruto could kill Gods, but the beings here could utterly decemate the Gods that struggled to beat. [I will start off by exploring this world and seeing what it has to offer]: sasuke [So when do we set out?]: soren [We?... No, just me¡­ I don''t want to be protected by you, as it was my job from the very beginning to be the one protecting you inside that sword]: sasuke Soren understood what Sasuke wanted, and gave him the go ahead to travel the world, but under the condition that he must come back here in 15 years, as that is when Soren will leave to head to the Endless Mainland, it was also around that time, the world would go through its final revolution before being destroyed. Sasuke understood, and gave Soren a nod, and then he left to go explore the world, while Soren felt that the Heavens just let another group ascend, and who came with them was the one person Soren marked with his energy, so he could know where he was. [Lin Fan has come¡­ I guess I will sit back and let Lin Fan power up before I finish off the remains and help stop this world''s Repeat Cycle]: soren Soren then began to spend time doing nothing in general, while doing Quests, and gaining major Contribution Points, and slowly adding his party into the Guild, and after a few years, Soren''s whole party took the top spot, and Feng Qingzi had came up to Soren for an urgent matter. [Soren!... Will you come with me for something important!... 4 Utmost beings are attacking that newcomer named Lin Fan in the Wanted List, his place is around the 150th mark]: feng qingzi [Oh?... And what do you want with him?]: soren [It''s obvious!... He will become my Student, just like you]: feng qingzi [You can''t call yourself a teacher, you don''t teach anything]: soren [...You!... Unruly Disciple!... Lin Fan will me my #1 Disciple when I get him then!]: feng qingzi Soren just rolled his eyes while watching his shameless master storm off towards the direction of Cruel, Saint, Fault, and Desolate, and when Feng Qingzi came back, he had Lin Fan in tow, along with some monk with huge tits. Chapter 177 - Lin Fan Disappears During Lin Fan''s trip up to the point he met with Feng Qingzi, it went just like the Novel with little to no changes. Lin Fan ascended to the Ancient Saint World by himself, and when he got here, he was surrounded by a group of people from the Thousands Race, once they left the area they appeared in, they were trapped by the Ancient Race. They were then saved by some Sect Elders of the different Sects of the Thousands Race, and brought to a cave where their saviors started calling out the names of some Races, and sent them to their safe haven, while Lin Fan was the only one left with no safe haven. Lin Fan was then left to survive on his own, and met with the village full of different Races, Lin Fan would catch food for them as to help solidify his keep for staying with them, but they were found by the Ancient Race, and all died. At least that''s what they wanted Lin Fan to think, Lin Fan then went out to destroy some Ancient Race settlements where he found out that the Village people had survived, and they were trying to motivate him to work to a higher Cultivation, it was then that Lin Fan vowed to fuck the leader of the village if he survived to meet her again. Lin Fan then continued to fight with Ancient Race beings, and escaped with his life due to the leader of the settlement thinking Lin Fan was funny, and once Lin Fan left, he met with a group of people who were trying to be heros and save the captured members of the Thousands Race, and he joined them on their quest, but not for long, as Lin Fan sacrificed himself to let his group, and the newly ascended people of the Thousands Race escape. Lin Fan then continued his journey, and met with the members of the Cloud Sect, Lin Fan quickly got along with Fairy Hongyun of the Cloud Sect, and it was her that brought Lin Fan to the Fire Water Emperor Secret Grounds. There, Lin Fan met with the Fire Water Empress, and unlike the Novel, the Fire Water Empress had attacked Lin Fan due to the thread of Energy attached to him by Soren, so the Fire Water Empress felt Lin Fan was connected to Soren. Lin Fan then used Biggra on the Fire Water Empress, and this move calmed her down, as well as made her extremely horny, and then she ra*ped Lin Fan, but the sex with Lin Fan didn''t feel nowhere as good as the sex with Soren, so the Fire Water Empress let out little to no moaning sounds which made Lin Fan a little sad as he thought his little brother was quite big. Lin Fan then made it out of the Fire Water (Empress) Secret Ground, and continued his journey where he met up with quite a few people, some wanting to kill him, and some wanting to befriend him, but it was when he met Reverend Shakya, that he saw too much of himself, and just wanted to get rid of him. Together, both Lin Fan, and Reverend Shakya, or otherwise known as Bald Monk, had entered the Secret Ground of the thought to have been fallen Gleaming Blood Lord. Lin Fan and the Bald Monk had then scammed the others who thought to come and take items from the Gleaming Blood Lords corpse, but they were then chased by the Gleaming Blood Lord, they would have died if not for Lin Fan''s Essence Spirit finding the Connate Wood Element, and fusing it with his Ancient Demon Utmost Treasure, and waking the Demon. Lin Fan then used the Ancient Demon to wreak havoc on the Gleaming Blood Lord, the Blood Lord used this chance to escape with a drop of Blood, but was soon caught by the hands of 2 Utmost beings, the original story had played out with Feng Qingzi appearing and capturing the Blood Lord, but due to both Soren, and Lin Fan''s appearance, and how they would destroy their Ancient Race Settlements, they decided to kill Lin Fan before he turned as troublesome as Soren. Lin Fan began to burn up his pills, and it was also at this time that Feng Qingzi showed up to help Lin Fan and the Bald Monk, but when he arrived, 2 more Utmost beings also arrived. Lin Fan then saw what was going on, and decided to take out all of his Spirits and weapons, while Feng Qingzi tried to bargain with the 4 Utmost beings saying Lin Fan was his student, but they still wanted Lin Fan dead, so it broke out into a fight. Lin Fan began using all of his strength, as well as his Spirits, while Feng Qingzi began using all of his power, while Bald Monk tried to hide somewhere, and it was only after a stalemate of power, as well as a strong killing intent being placed onto the 4 Utmost beings, did they decide to retreat. Soren had been watching the fight with his senses, and thought that a little help would keep them all alive, so that''s what he did, Feng Qingzi then began to try to get Lin Fan to become his student, and Lin Fan made him promise to give him his Storage rings, Feng Qingzi agreed with a bit of hesitation, and brought both Lin Fan, and the Bald Monk back to the Paradise Secret Grounds. .................Present Time............¡­. Lin Fan and the Bald Monk began looking around the city, and found the Guild. They entered, and found out that to register, it cost 10,000 Contribution Points each, they then tried to take a request, but were told they could only take requests if they were a member of the Guild. Lin Fan and the Bald Monk then began looking for an Inn, and once they found one, the Bald Monk tried to get Lin Fan to open the storage rings that he got from Feng Qingzi. [... Fuck! That old bastard tricked me!]: lin fan [What is it Benefactor!]: bald monk Lin Fan then handed both the storage rings over to the Bald Monk, and he took them with a great smile on his face, but when he opened them, he saw they were empty. [You must be joking, Benefactor¡­ Where are the items?]: bald monk [There are none¡­ That bastard tricked us into joining him]: lin fan Lin Fan then started coming up with ways to earn some Contribution Points, he then thought about robbing others of them, but would do it the next morning. Once the next day came, the receptionist knocked on the door waking both Lin Fan, and the Bald Monk, Lin Fan noticed that the Bald Monk was sleeping in his bed, and quickly kicked him in the gut, sending him crashing into the wall. [Ouch!... What was that for Benefactor?]: bald monk [I told you to sleep on the floor! What are you doing in my bed?]: lin fan [I''m sorry, the floor got uncomfortable, so I got onto the bed]: bald monk Lin Fan was angry, but pushed it to the back of his mind, and quickly answered the door, and was told that they had to vacate the room because the time was up. Lin Fan and the Bald Monk then left the Inn, and began working on their plan to rob people, Lin Fan used the Bald Monk to lure people into an ally under the facade of using the powers of buddha to unlock hidden potential. Soren began watching Lin Fan and the Bald Monk from afar, and when they thought they had their first victim, the victim in question started shouting about them trying to rob them, and to try and make the Bald Monk give up this life, the victim handed the Bald monk 100 Contribution Points. [How will we make the money now?]: bald monk [I don''t know¡­ I hate that stupid old bastard!]: lin fan I was at this time, Soren had decided to appear before Lin Fan and the Bald Monk for their introduction. [Hello Lin Fan¡­ Long time no see]: soren When Lin Fan heard this familiar yet foreign voice, he quickly looked up to see the person who had saved his entire Sect from death. Lin Fan hadn''t seen this person in many years, but now he was standing before him like a stalker, but Lin Fan didn''t care about that, he just wanted to see if he could get some Contribution Points from Soren. [Brother Soren!... Long time no see! How have you been?]: lin fan [Oh?... I have been quite good, so how has being a female treated you?]: soren [... Brother Soren, I am no longer a female¡­ I found an ancient master who was able to reverse the effects of the pill¡­ I got my Little Brother back]: lin fan Soren had a smile grow on his face, and when Lin Fan saw this, he knew he fucked up. [Oh?... So shall I turn you back then?... It was a punishment from me, but you have reversed the effect?]: soren [...Please leave me the way I am¡­ I have apologized, and givin up my past actions]: lin fan Lin Fan didn''t want to go through the pain of turning himself back once again, or worse, if Soren decided to just outright kill him instead. Lin Fan still couldn''t tell what level Soren was at even though he was at the All to One State, and he could tell Feng Qingzi was at the Eternal God State, but Soren''s Cultivation was still marked with (???). It wasn''t because Soren''s Cultivation was just higher, that Lin Fan couldn''t read it, but because Soren didn''t want it to be seen, Soren''s System had actively hidden Soren''s Cultivation from other Systems reading his power. [I forgive you¡­ But ever do anything like that again, and I will directly kill you¡­ Now¡­ I Heard you are looking for a way to gain Contribution Points?]: soren [Yes we are Benefactor!... Do you have a way?]: bald monk [Oho ho ho¡­ Yes I do¡­ You see those people over there with signs around their necks?... Well they sell themselves as weapons or mercenaries for hire]: soren Lin Fan began pointing towards some people with signs around their neck telling people their Cultivation level as well as their price for hire. Lin Fan thought this was the easiest way to make money, and quickly created a sign for both himself and the Bald Monk, then they went to join the crowd where people seemed to be gathering and hiring the Cultivators with signs around their neck. Soren just decided to spend some time in his Inner World, and entered, he then spent the next few years inside, which were just a few days outside in which Lin Fan and the Bald Monk went after a group who took the quest to take out some Ancient Race settlements where they were caught by Sovereign King Thunder. They saved the group and returned with the Sovereign King tied up, and Cultivation crippled, it was then that Lin Fan started up his group and called it the Revolutionary Army. Soren came out from his Inner World, and noticed that there was a fight happening in front of the Guild, he started heading over there to notice Lin Fan, Bald Monk, and a bunch of other Cultivators that were most likely part of Lin Fan''s Revolutionary Army, fighting against the group named Berserk Dragon. Soren then decided to step in, while noticing that some of his group members were watching on the side, he thought that it must not be important to stop, so Soren decided to watch as well instead. [Men!... Grab the Women''s chest!]: revolutionary army member Soren almost spit up the drink he had taken out from his inventory, when he heard the guy shout towards his friends to grab the chests of the women who were charging at them. Soren the watched as all the men began to grab the chests of the women, while kicking the balls of the men, and he felt bad for the Berserk Dragon Party, but felt that this was needed as they were trying to say they were better than the Immortal Dragon Sect, because they had been around longer, and done more quests, but what nobody knew was Soren''s party only took the Divine quests, the ones only the #1 party can take. Soren then watched as the Berserk Dragon Party lost the fight, and left while picking up their fallen men, while the women were the first to leave due to their chests hurting from being grabbed, as well as felt a tingling sensation coursing through them. [Great fight Lin Fan!]: soren Soren had appeared before Lin Fan, and gave him some congratulations, while clapping for him and his party. [If you continue like this, you might reach 2nd place on the top 10 party list¡­ But you will never hold first place unless you beat my party]: soren When Soren said this, Lin Fan wanted to challenge Soren''s party, but he knew that right now, his party could not win if they challenged Soren''s party. [I will beat you one day¡­ Hehe, but for now, I will stick with getting stronger]: lin fan Soren just gave a smile while watching Lin Fan and his party leave, Soren then decided to start his next breakthrough, and went back into his Training room, but he didn''t use it in his Inner world, but wanted to use it outside so time could pass by quicker. Soren then spent the next year inside his Training room, while focusing on breaking into the Supreme Boundary, and after the first 100 years, his Eternal Seat evolved into the Supreme King''s Throne, and Soren had entered the Supreme State. The Supreme State is the weakest of the Supreme Boundary, and just a sneeze from someone of the Immemorial Ancient State, it was also in the Supreme State, that Soren was able to start his Mystic Skill Dao formation. [I need to make my Spirits form a Dao¡­ I should also form my own Dao]: soren Soren then spent the next 1,000 years condensing all of his Spirits Dao, as well as working on his own. Over this time, Soren became a True Immortal, as all of his Energy from all the worlds he had ever been to had condensed into one kind of energy that the System called Omni Energy, the Energy in itself was the ultimate form of Energy, that was so thick, that only someone with a God''s Bloodline could wield. Soren then spent the next 2,000 years to reach the Golden Immortal stage, and it was also at this stage, Soren felt another tribulation coming unlike the Novel where there was no tribulation for the Golden Immortal stage, so Soren made use of his Law of Space to bring the tribulation into his Training room. [It''s time!... No one will be my match in this world, and I will only be challenged in the Endless Mainland]: soren Soren was then struck by a lightning that did nothing to him, as his Rumble-Rumble Fruit had absorbed his Lightning Law, and evolved to the pinnacle state making no Lightning affect him. Once the tribulation was over, Soren left the Training room, and noticed that there was panic going on, as Soren looked up to see a screen showing Lin Fan''s battle with Cruel, and Lin Fan had made it look like he lost, but Soren could still feel his presence. [So he will Cultivate for 1 year now¡­ Looks like the Revolutionary Army is done for¡­ See you in a year Lin Fan]: soren Chapter 178 - Sun Wu Kong During the time Lin Fan had gone into seclusion, his Guild party slowly started to disband, and Reverend Shakya a.k.a Bald Monk had no idea how to keep it together, and ultimately, the Revolutionary Army dwindled down to around 8 remaining people. Soren had spent time with his family, and showing them the Ancient Saint World, while protecting them from anything that tried to threaten them, Layla had loved the way the Phoenixes looked, and had Soren take her to visit them, and due to Layla buying a Phoenix Bloodline, she was welcome among them, while they tried to throw Soren out, but when Layla threatened to destroy their sect if her brother was thrown out, they quickly let Soren stay in the sect. Soren then left Layla to explore the Phoenix Sect, while Soren took Kuroi over to the Dragon Sect, and the second all the Dragons felt Kuroi''s aura, they came out and knelt down on the ground. Kuroi had the power of a Golden Immortal imbued into his very being, and this made him the strongest being in the entire Thousands Races, Soren also had the bloodline of a Dragon, but it was mixed with many other bloodlines that ended up creating something different from a Dragon, and this scared the Dragon race. Kuroi was then left to spend some time with his own race, while Soren took Misha, Hancock, Vados, Zenith, Serina, Shannon, Ariel, and Haku to explore the rest of the world. All of Soren''s family were at the Eternal God State due to the time spent inside Soren''s Inner World, and when Soren found out Haku was at the Eternal God State as well, he felt happy. After 9 Months of exploring the Ancient Saint World, Soren and his family had seen it all, they even ran into Sasuke who was at the Eternal God State as well, and when Soren asked if he wanted to come back yet, he declined and continued his journey. Soren then spent the last 3 months with his wives, with Misha, Hancock, and Vado all getting pregnant once more, and while Vados gave birth a couple days later, Misha, and Hancock used the Inner World to match Vados'' birth rate, and after a few days, Soren had one again raised his family count. Soren then used his time Laws to reverse the effect of aging for the child he had with Vados, and now the baby would age normally. The 3 Children were all born at the Divine Celestial Realm State, and while they age, they would be able to form a proper foundation, and after 3 months, Lin Fan reemerged from seclusion, and came back to the Paradise Secret Grounds, and reconnected with Reverend Shakya, and from there, he started a fight with the 4 Utmost beings once more, but this time, the Utmost being Saint, had a trick up his sleeve. Lin Fan killed off Desolate, while Fault was being held off by Feng Qingzi, the Heavens Queen, and the Namo Saint Emperor. Lin Fan then got Cruel inside his Heaven and Earth Smelt, while both Saint and Fault were being held by the other 3, and once Cruel was changed and made into Lin Fan''s slave, Saint and Fault teamed up together with Saint pulling out the Sacrificial Altar. Once Lin Fan saw the Altar he tried to cultivate it, and once it was under Lin Fan''s control, the sky began to shake, and a booming voice came down, and 3 more Utmost beings appeared, they all showed up to kill Lin Fan for stealing the Sacrificial Altar, and right before Lin Fan could be obliterated, he used 500 Billion Shengyang Pills to open the barriers to the lower worlds, and went back to the Xuanhuang world. Everyone thought Lin Fan had died once more, but Soren knew he had made it out as his thread of consciousness is still attached to Lin Fan. Soon and few weeks had gone by, and Lin Fan made his return while being 4 times stronger due to his cultivation on an entire world, and when he came back, he searched for Saint and killed him, Lin Fan then began traveling the world, and while doing that, he met with Chicky''s family, and in turn got a lot of Shengyang Pills, and utterly scared the Dragon Races pockets. Lin Fan then made his rounds around the Ancient Saint world, and soon came into contact with the Insect race, and soon found out that the world he came from is still there, and that the Insect race had made there way to the planet, Lin Fan then set his sights on Earth, and used the crystal inside the Insect race to open a portal to Earth and enter. Soren was quite interested in how the Earth looked, and decided to follow Lin Fan to Earth, and when Soren got there, he saw the destruction caused by the Insect race. Soren began walking around while killing any Insects that try to attack him, and while walking around, Soren saved a few groups of people who were seconds away from death''s doors, and after a few hours, word got out that a man who looked like some ancient Cultivator is saving a bunch of peoples lives. It was also during this time, that Lin Fan appeared in Starlight City, and when he got there, an Insect Race member that Earth classified as a God rank monster, but Lin Fan insta killed the monster, and saved the entire world from destruction as he send his Sword Will over the planet to kill and Insect Race member. Soren then left Earth as he knew it was about to be Cultivated by Lin Fan, and went back to the Ancient Saint World, while waiting for the Beginning of the Final Era, and once Lin Fan got back to the Ancient Saint World, the Heaven''s Will woke up, as the World started to shake and expand to massive sizes. [It''s time!... I wonder who will appear up before me?]: soren Soren knew that once the Immortals wake up, they will search out their Kin, and Soren was sure that due to his power, the Immortals would knock his door down for answers on how he got so strong. Soon, lights began shooting into the skies as many beings in the Immemorial Ancient State began unsealing for what Soren knew was the final Era. [I hope Sun Wu Kong is the first to come¡­ I want to show him how to transform into a Super Saiyan]: soren Soren had hopes that Sun Wu Kong''s race would have similar enough properties to give him the ability to transform as well. Soren then felt as the Fire Water Empress''s real body was freed from captivity, and went into seclusion so that she could regain her strength, Soren then decided to go spread change to the world with Kuroi''s magic. [I wonder if I can draw all the Immortals in with Kuroi]: soren Soren pulled out his Dragon Balls and summoned Kuroi, and once Kuroi came out, he had an exhausted face. [What''s wrong Kuroi?]: soren [Master!... Thank God you summoned me¡­ My Child¡­ He''s too much of a burden, and the Dragon I brought back, she is too much!]: kuroi [... So you brought back a Wife, and had a Child, but now you show regret?... How do you think I feel? I have many kids]: soren [Master!... I do not have the ability to neglect my kids like you do]: kuroi [... Did you just call me a bad father?]: soren [I said no such words Master¡­ But you did]: kuroi Kuroi had started making fun of Soren, while regretting his own choices to have a child, and was glad to be called on by Soren. [So¡­ What is your wish, Master?]: kuroi [With our power¡­ Can you make Utmost Legendary and Immortal Treasures rain down?]: soren [... I can do such an easy task]: kuroi Soren was surprised to hear that Kuroi could do it, while wondering where everything actually came from, but the explanation was as simple as using the Immortal Energy to fuel the Creation Magic at a higher degree, and if Soren wanted to, he could do it all by himself without the need for Kuroi to be called, but Kuroi didn''t dare to tell Soren this, as he feared Soren would never summon him again. (Dragon Saiyan)[I wish for the heavens to rain down Utmost Legendary and Immortal Treasures]: soren [*Eyes Glow*... Your wish is granted!]: kuroi Once Kuroi said that, the sky started to rumble, as Golden lights began shooting down from the sky, and down to the area below. Soon, the recently woken Immortals had felt the Heavenly pressure of a treasure, and quickly went to the location, wondering if the Heavenly tribute had come early. Soon, around 100 Immortal beings showed up, and surrounded both Soren and Kuroi, and when they saw both Soren and Kuroi, they felt the heavenly power emanating off of Soren, and felt they needed to kneel. [Is Sun Wu Kong among you all?]: soren When the Immortals heard Soren ask for someone by name, they wondered what he wanted with them. It was then that Pangu stepped forwards and spoke. [Sun Wu Kong has decided to stay out of this Era''s war, as it would be the last]: pangu [I know¡­ But if he is staying out, why are you all fighting?... If this is the last Era, then why fight?]: soren When Soren said this, Pangu began to speak, while another Immortal spoke up, giving their thought process about the Final Era. [If we can break through, then we can leave this World and not be destroyed when the end of this Era comes]: ??? Soren then turned towards the Immortal who just spoke. [Oh?... So who are you?... Why fight, if you just need to break through?]: soren [I am the Immortal God of Death¡­ We are fighting for a specific item to help us break through]: god of death ''So this is that Hottie that Lin Fan was about to be the M to and S&M play before the Fire Water Empress stepped in'': soren [What if I told you I can take you to where you want to go¡­ Will you go?]: soren When the Immortals heard Soren''s words, they felt hope, but also were wary towards Soren, as they had no idea who this person was, but knew that he could utterly destroy them with a sneeze. [And how can we trust you young one?]: pangu [Trust?... You don''t, but if you want to escape destruction, you will take my offer no?]: soren Everyone began to nod at what Soren had to say, as he was right, it was either they die, or they die, but if Soren was telling the truth, it would be either they survive or they die. They all quickly agreed, and waited for Soren''s next orders, as they wanted to enter the Endless Mainland as soon as possible. [So¡­ When will we ascend, boy?]: pangu [I can take you all at any time, but I have made a set time before I will leave¡­ So in a few years, just stay alive till then]: soren [Alive?... But if we don''t fight we will survive, right?]: pangu [Yes, but what about the members of your races?... Will they not fight, and cause problems for the others?... What about the Immortals who didn;t show up today? Will they not fight?]: soren Pangu realized that Soren was right, and just nodded his head, Soren then let the Immortals take some treasures from the rain, and had then leave the rest for those who may find the luck to appear here. Soren then went to find Sun Wu Kong at the Monkey Races place, and when he sensed the home, he also felt the power of one of the greatest Sages of all Western Novels, the one who stole the Immortal peach, the one who makes the most trouble, the one who has a thousand faces, Sun Wu Kong. Soren had entered the Monkey Sect, and made himself known by releasing some of his power, and soon after, Soren was surrounded by thousands of Monkey-like people with tails. [Who are you!... You dare to release your power here!?... Get lost, ot die!]: monkey elder [You misunderstand me brother¡­ I have came here to talk with Sun Wu Kong]: soren [Brother!?... We don''t know you, and you are no brother of ours!... Get lost or die! Last warning!]: monkey elder Soren just sighed, and started removing his out robe, and the monkey race began to watch while preparing for any sudden attacks Soren might make towards them, but when the robe hit the ground, and the Black tail appeared, their faces changed while their mouths dropped wide open. [Y-You!... How do you have a tail, but no other body fur?]: monkey elder [Well¡­ I guess it doesn''t hurt to show you, but I haven''t done this in quite some time, so it might take a bit]: soren Soren began to force his power to suppress itself, and what came out of it, was his hair regressing, as it got shorter, and more wild, busting the hairpin into pieces, while Black hair began to sprout out of his body, covering his upper body, while his Chest and stomach were still hairless. Soren''s form was stronger than his True Saiyan God Green form, but still not as strong as his normal from being True God, Soren noticed that this form didn''t show up as a transformation, but considered as an imperfect form of True God. [As you see¡­ I have reached a new stage in evolution¡­ But because I am not as powerful in this form, I like my previous form batter]: soren Soren then powered back up, and straightened his clothes out, while putting his hair back into his hairpin. Soren then finished straightening his clothes, and then felt a new presence enter the group, and this new presence was many times stronger than the other, and Soren could tell it was Sun Wu Kong. [Hello¡­ Soren, was it?... I am Sun Wu Kong¡­ you wanted to speak with me?]: sun wu kong ''My hero is here¡­ Hehe, I feel like a child again'': soren Chapter 179 - Super Saiyan Sun Soren was now looking at one of the most widely known figures in the Journey to the West series, face to face. [So you wanted to talk with me?]: sun wu kong [... Yes¡­ I have already talked to the other Immortals, and told them I will be bringing them through the ascension into the Mainland]: soren [...I have already given up trying to ascend¡­ I would rather spend the rest of my time with my race instead of fighting]: sun wu kong [No, you misunderstand me¡­ There is no need for fighting, as I can directly connect to the Mainland¡­ There is no need to break the shackles of this world anymore]: soren When Sun Wu Kong heard Soren, he felt that this might not be a bad idea, he then thought of talking more in private with Soren, and spoke. [Come with me¡­ We will talk more in private]: sun wu kong Soren then followed Sun Wu Kong to his residence where he knew nobody would be able to hear their talk. (A/N: Sun Wu Kong = Sun) [Okay¡­ We are alone now¡­ So tell me, what is your purpose in doing all of this?... Why help us ascend?]: sun [Well, if I''m honest¡­ I could care less about the others, as my purpose for even interacting with them was to look for you]: soren [Oh?... And what do you want from me?]: sun [I have something for you, but it all depends on if your body will accept it]: soren When Sun heard Soren''s words, he felt the need to clench his butt as he spoke to Soren, denying his advances. [I''m sorry young one, but I can''t¡­ I like women, not men]: sun [... You misunderstand¡­ I have 3 wives and many kids¡­ I meant something different by my words]: soren [*Sigh*... Everyone has ideas¡­ But trying out the same sex is one of the worst ideas¡­ I forgive you young one]: sun [.... I''m not gay!]: soren It was then that Soren remembered Sun''s prankster type personality, and that Sun was playing tricks on him now. [Okay, okay¡­ So, what do you want to show me?... Better not be your little brother]: sun [...]: soren Soren ignored Sun''s last comment, and continued to calm himself down, and soon after, Soren began to explain the Super Saiyan form to Sun. [We have similar bloodlines, so I wanted to see if I can boost your power to 50x what you are currently¡­ I am what you would call an Alien, but my race is a Saiyan, and we tap into power by rage and anger, and by doing this, we release massive amounts of power that swells up from within our bodies]: soren Soren spent around an hour explaining his ability, while Sun was closely listening, as he was interested in this ability. [So you tell me that I can access an explosive amount of energy when I enter this form?... But how you explain it makes it sound like I need your bloodline, so I don''t see how I could do it]: sun [Yes, but that''s where I come in¡­ I will give you the Bloodline of the Saiyan race]: soren Soren placed his finger out, and covered his other hand in a strong amount of energy, and pressed it up to his extended index finger making blood flow out. Soren then stopped, and held the blood in the air with his Telekinesis, Soren then placed his hand under the floating blood orb, and began using the Law of Fire to burn out all the other bloodlines present, and soon, the blood drop was left with only the Saiyan lineage present. Soren then used his Omni Energy to solidify the drop of blood into a pill full of Essence of the Saiyan race, Soren then caught the pill in his hand, and looked up to see Sun''s face wide in surprise, as this was the first time he had ever seen a pill so powerful, and just the aura it gave off made him think he would be able to break through into the next stage. [It is complete¡­ Swallow the pill, and don''t cultivate it¡­ It will cultivate itself, and fuse with your Bloodline to make you a Saiyan, you must also note that it may hurt]: soren Sun just nodded his head while holding back the saliva, as well as the greed that told him to cultivate the pill instead of letting it fuse with his body, but when he remembered the words of Soren, he knew he would make out better if he just listened to Soren instead. Sun then ate the pill, and let the pill get to work, but as it began changing his body, Sun felt a strong heat rush over his body, and it felt like a man around his size who was on fire just ran through his body. Sun was holding back the urge to scream in pain, as his DNA was beginning to crumble and break apart, while slowly being remodeled into a new type of DNA. Soren was watching as the fur that covered Sun''s body began falling off, while his hair began to get darker, and the once dirty Blonde colored hair became Black in color, and wild. Soren then watched as the tail that was on Sun''s behind became Brown in color just like any other Saiyan''s tail, and Soren wanted to try pulling on it to see if it became weak, but held back, because Sun was still going through a painful change, Soren then wondered what would have happened if he gave one of these pills to anyone else, he wondered if they would survive. Sun was already a member of the Monkey race, so there were already similarities, while someone of the Cloud race, or someone of the Lightning race had no similarities, Soren wondered if they would survive the change. After 3 Hours passed, Sun had opened his eyes, and the once Blue eyes became Black in color. Sun quickly got up, and began looking over his body, and what he noticed was his once slim and compressed muscles had expanded a bit and became bulky, but that didn''t mean Sun had become slower, but actually had gotten faster. Sun''s compressed muscles had gained more muscle, making him stronger, and once Sun could compress these muscles, he would be even faster and stronger than before, and Soren was the one who opened this new path for him. [Thank you little buddy¡­ Or should I say teacher]: sun Sun gave Soren a bow, while Soren just accepted it, as he had been called teacher by many in the past, so this was just another day for him. [No problem¡­ Now, let''s teach you how to transform¡­ Under normal circumstances, you need the S-Cells, but they take years to condense, so I will let you use my training room which turns 1 day into 10 years]: soren When Sun heard this, he felt that someone who had something like this could reach the top of the world in just a few years, and he was right in the sense that Soren had spent thousands of years in the Training room, while only a few years outside. Soren placed the training room down, and they both entered, and Soren had explained about the area outside the pavilion, and when Sun heard this, it made him want to test it out, but not right now, Soren then left the room, and spent the next 3 days wandering around the Monkey Sect. After the 3rd day, Soren felt the reemergence of Sun, and quickly appeared in front of his Training room, and saw Sun''s new body, all of his muscles were compressed once more, making him even stronger than before, and with the help of the System, Soren could tell that all of Sun''s Cells became S-Cells. [You are ready¡­ Let''s head back into the training room]: soren Soren then brought Sun into the training room, and began telling him about how to transform, and telling him the easiest way to achieve this form is through Anger, Rage, and Hatred. Once Soren said that, Sun began trying to think about the things that make him angry, but nothing he had ever experienced made him feel the type of feelings needed to transform, and when Soren saw this he thought to make him feel these feelings by force. [Sun¡­ Can I use one of my abilities on you?]: soren [What is it?]: sun [I can show you your worst fears in the world, but you must not fight these feelings, but give into them¡­ And once you reach the breaking point, you will transform]: soren [Okay¡­ I want to reach this transformation you speak so highly of]: sun Soren then activated his Rinne-Sharingan, and a 3rd eye opened up on Soren''s forehead. Soren then made Sun look into his eyes, and Soren scanned his memories, and when Soren found some repressed memories about a woman who Soren could say was the most beautiful woman in the world, he began to unlock them, and see what they were about. Soren was watching a quick slideshow about the Immortal Empress, she was a Human woman who loved Sun, but due to her family, she couldn''t be with Sun, because she had to be married to another kingdom. Sun felt anger because the Immortal Empress couldn''t choose her destiny, and be with the one she wanted to be with, so Sun decided to follow her to the Qin Dynasty, where the Immortal Empress would be married to the Qin Emperor, and crash the wedding. On the day of the wedding, Sun had crashed in, and began killing the guards who charged him, while the Qin Emperor feared for his life, and grabbed the Immortal Empress as a shield, but when Sun saw this he shouted. [Yi Fei!]: sun Soren felt this name was familiar, but continued to watch. The Qin Emperor saw Sun''s affection towards the Immortal Empress, and used her as a hostage instead of a shield, and when Sun was captured, the Qin Emperor killed the Immortal Empress in front of Sun''s eyes. Sun became enraged, he broke out of his shackles, and killed everyone there, nobody survived, not even the guests who came to watch the marriage. Sun then took the Immortal Empress in his arms, and carried her to a hill where he held her dead body in his arms as the sun set, Sun then buried her body and began forcing this memory to be closed off from his life, and it was then that Sun became an Immortal from the Immortal peach he stole from the Jade Emperor. [RAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHGGGGG!]: sun Soren snapped out of his stupor from looking at the memories of Sun, and realized that Sun had tears streaming down his face, while his hair was Golden in color, and eyes were an Emerald Green color. Unknown to Soren, he had not only watched the memories himself, but showed Sun them as well, and the pain kept inside his heart had all been unleashed turning Sun into a Super Saiyan. Soren''s goal was reached, but he felt bad, as Soren had a tear running down his face as well, when he watched the memories about Sun and the Immortal Empress'' time together, only to be cut short due to some ignorant fool. [Sun!... Control yourself!]: soren [YI FEI!... You bastards! You killed her even after I surrendered!]: sun [Sun!]: soren Soren tried to get control of Sun, but every time he tried, Sun would just get even more enraged. [Sun!]: soren {Sun!}: yi fei Sun was hearing Yi Fei speak every time Soren called out to him, and it only made him more angered. -----Flash Back----- [Sun... Promise me we''ll always be together]: yi fei [I promise!... Nothing will ever keep us apart, I promise!]: sun [Oh yeah?... Even though I have the Yin Yang Body Twins body type?]: yi fei [So what!... Even if you are supposed to be matched with that Qin Emperor for all eternity, I will still be the only one for you]: sun [Sun¡­ I love you!]: yi fei [Yi Fei!... I love you too]: sun ----- Flash Back End----- [Yi Fei!!!!!... You bastards! I will kill all your descendants!]: sun [SUN!... I''m sorry for this!]: soren Soren appeared behind Sun, and chopped him on the neck, knocking him out cold. Soren then took Sun over to the bed that was used for long periods of time spent in the training room, and after a few hours, Sun woke up while shouting. [Yi Fei!]: sun Soren just placed his hand over Sun, stopping him from moving around too much. [Sun¡­ I''m sorry I brought up those memories¡­ But she is gone¡­ I know that you loved her, and she loved you too]: soren [... Yi Fei¡­ Soren¡­ Thank you! I always wanted to see her again, and I only suppressed that memory¡­ Thank you for showing her to me once more]: sun [No problem¡­ But now is the last stretch¡­ Do you remember that feeling?... If so, don''t lose it, you will need to always remember that feeling, no matter how much it hurts, use it to better yourself]: soren Chapter 180 - Monkey King’s Reunion Soren and Sun had then spent the next 3 days inside the training room so Sun could work out the stamina drain effect with Super Saiyan, and the result was Sun mastering the Super Saiyan form. Soren would have helped Sun reach SSJ2, but he thought Sun should get used to fighting in the Super Saiyan form before reaching the next stage. [Thank you Soren¡­ You have rekindled my will to break through to the next stage¡­ So, when do we leave this world?]: sun [I will be gathering everyone in a few years¡­ You will know when something big happens]: soren [Soren, you seem to know something that the rest of us don''t¡­ Care to tell me?]: sun [I would love to, but you are not prepared to understand it¡­ But in a few years, I will explain everything properly¡­ For now, do you want to meet me family?]: soren [Oh?... Okay, let''s go meet your family then]: sun Soren then opened a portal to the Paradise grounds that have been opened to everyone now, and both Soren and Sun entered. When the left the portal, Soren noticed that some chaos was unveiling as Ancient Race beings were capturing the members of the Thousands race, and when Soren saw this, he felt angered. [Soren¡­ Do you want me to get rid of them?]: sun [Sure¡­ Go test your new powers¡­ My family is close, and still safe]: soren Sun boomed off into battle, while Soren just began heading towards the building up ahead. This building was the base for the Immortal Dragon Sect, and Soren had bought it with 6 Million Contribution Points, and when he got there, he saw a group of Ancient Race beings trying to break the door down, and the reason they couldn''t was due to the formation Soren placed around the building, and nobody under the Mystic Immortal realm can break in. [Open up damn Humans!... We only want to eat you, and fuck your women]: ancient race being Soren heard this and just gave a slight cough which caught the attention of the Ancient Race beings. [Who is this bastard!?... Let''s eat him first, then break into the house!]: ancient race being 2 [No, how about you die for me instead]: soren Soren then used his oppressive aura to crush the small group of Ancient Race beings. Soren then walked up to the building, and opened the door with his key, Soren then entered and was met with the guards of the door who were happy to see Soren. [Thank you for doing your job¡­ Enter my Inner World, and I will bring you all back out when I find a place for us]: soren The guards understood, and entered inside Soren''s Inner World, and after that, Soren went around collecting everyone into his Inner World. [All done¡­ Let''s go meet back up with Sun, and I will introduce him to everyone]: soren Soren then left the building, and took his formation with him leaving the building to be an average building once more. Soren then felt Sun''s battle, and made his way over to him only to see him finishing up his battle, and ripping an Ancient Race being into pieces. Soren felt that Sun was just too brutal with his methods towards these idiots, and when Soren realized that Sun was protecting someone, he quickly realized that someone was missing from his Inner World, and it was Yi Fei. Soren quickly realized that Sun had saw Yi Fei being surrounded by the Ancient Race beings, and rushed in to protect her from harm, but what Sun didn''t notice, was Yi Fei was an Eternal God State, and all the Ancient Race beings that surrounded her were at most in the Paradise state. [Don''t worry Yi Fei! I will protect you like I have promised!]: sun [Protection?... These fools could never harm me, but if you insist, I will let you kill them]: yi fei Sun quickly killed all of the Ancient Race beings that had surrounded the both of them, and when it was clear, Sun and Yi Fei saw Soren heading towards them. Yi Fei was the first to react as she ran towards Soren, while screaming with joy. [Grandmaster!... Your back from your trip!]: yi fei Sun was surprised to see that Soren knew Yi Fei, and quickly thought back to Soren''s offer to have him meet his family, and realized that Soren knew that Yi Fei was the reincarnation of the Immortal Empress. [Hello Yi Fei¡­ I see you met my friend Sun]: soren [Sun?]: yi fei ''So that''s his name¡­ I feel like I know it from somewhere'': yi fei [Sun!... Come meet one of my Disciples]: soren Sun came over immediately and gave Yi Fei and bow while introducing himself. [Hello, my name is Sun Wu Kong¡­ I go by the names Monkey King, Immortal Monkey, Tricky Monkey, and many more¡­ But I prefer to be called Sun, or WuKong]: sun [Hello Sun, I am Yi Fei¡­ I am the second Disciple of Grandmaster Soren Zoldyck, and have been told I could be in line for the next Grandmaster Seat position]: yi fei When Soren heard this he got confused, because he had never told her anything of the sorts, but then thought back to the time Misha, Hancock, and Vados called a girls night, and took Yi Fei with them. ''So they were trying to give my position up huh¡­ Hehe, I will teach them later that you can''t just give my position to anyone'': soren [Yi Fei¡­ Can I ask you something?]: sun [Sure¡­ What do you wish to ask?]: yi fei [... Do you have memories of your past lives?... Any of them?]: sun [What do you mean?... Past lives?... Do people even remember them?]: yi fei [Yes, some people will remember their past lives when they meet someone of importance to their past life]: soren [So are you saying that Sun has importance to a past life of mine, Grandmaster?]: yi fei [We don''t know¡­ But do you feel any kind of pulling feelings towards Sun?]: soren Soren watched as Yi Fei began feeling for any kind of pull, and the biggest one was a pain in her heart that gave her a lost feeling. Yi Fei began trying to open that feeling, and see if anything resurfaces about Sun, and when she tapped into the feeling, a bunch of memories shot into her head about all the times she spent with Sun, as well as all the pain and suffering she felt when she lost him due to the selfish Qin Emperor who took her life. [Sun¡­ I-I remember]: yi fei Sun watched as Yi Fei had tears start streaming down her face, Sun then embraced Yi Fei while having a few tears stream down his face as well. [Ahem¡­ Sorry to break the touching reunion short, but can we get out of here? I don''t like the smell of the Ancient Races blood, it''s nauseating]: soren [Yes¡­ Let''s go back to my Monkey Sect¡­ You guys can stay there for as long as you want]: sun Soren and Yi Fei then followed Sun back to the Sect, and while heading back, Soren decided to tell Sun about Quang Wai, and when Sun heard about him being the reincarnation of the Qin Emperor, he wanted to kill him, but after Soren told him about the changes, and the main part about him being gay, Sun calmed down. [I will trust you Soren¡­ You have showed me a new way, and I will continue to follow you]: sun Soren then spent the next few years helping the Monkey Sect prosper, and after some thought, Soren decided to test if making a Saiyan army would prove to be a good thing. Over these few years, Soren had heard about the Lighting races loss of their Immortal, as well as a few other Immortals like the Fox Immortal, Bat Immortal and a few others, and just after their deaths, Soren felt Lin Fan leave the Ancient Saint World, and enter the Fire Water Empress'' private world. [So in 5 years, we will head up to the Mainland]: soren [What was that Soren?]: sun [Nothing¡­ Just talking to myself, but I guess it doesn''t hurt to tell you¡­ In 5 years, we will leave the Ancient Saint World]: soren [So the time has come?... What were you waiting for in the first place?]: sun [I was waiting for someone special¡­ But for the meantime, would you like to break out of your shackles and enter the True Immortal realm?]: soren [We can do that!?... Why haven''t you told me this earlier?]: sun [Slipped my mind¡­ Let''s go enter the training room]: soren Soren then spent the next 4 years inside the training room, while leaving every once in a while to go spend time with his family, and during that time, Soren had entered the Ancestor Immortal realm, and brought it up to a Full Cultivation. While Sun had gotten to the True Immortal Realm and had his Spirits start condensing their Dao, while Soren began strengthening his own Dao, Soren had started telling Sun about his Dao, and when Sun heard what he could do, he was surprised. [My Dao is based from my Law of Space, Time, Chaos, and Creation, turning imagination into reality, and while it may seem Omnipotent, it''s one flaw is you need to have full concentration on the exact details of what you want, so it''s not best for close rage fights, while very formidable in long rage attacks¡­ I call it Reality Break]: soren [This seems like something everyone would fear¡­ I don''t think anyone would have the guts to fight you if this got out¡­ Or they would find a way to beat you before attacking first]: sun [That would be fine, but they would first need to surpass me in Cultivation¡­ And as far as I see, I am unmatched in this world, but when we reach the Mainland, I will be an ant]: soren [Is the Mainland really that scary?]: sun [I don''t know¡­ Probably, but the monsters that could beat me are all in seclusion, so it is unknown how I will fair]: soren Soren had finished off the 5 years inside the Training room, and when he and Sun exited, Soren could feel Lin Fan heading their direction. ''Well that was fast¡­ I guess he will soon enter the Mainland'': soren Soren then watched as Lin Fan came to ask Sun about the ascension while Sun was now interested in it once more, but it was now different, but Soren told him to tell Lin Fan about the Final Era, and about this being the last chance before spending the next few days with him. Over this time, Lin Fan had reactivated Sun''s lower region with the Biggra pill, and the first thing Sun did was go enjoy his time with Yi Fei who was also wanting to connect with Sun in an intimate way, Soren and Lin Fan were subject to hearing moans fill the entire Monkey Sect from Sun and Yi Fei, while the Monkey Elders also had their women. [Are you happy now?... You have ruined my image of my Disciple for me]: soren [That''s your fault for raising a slut]: lin fan [What did you call her!?... I''ll have you know I slept with your wife!]: soren When Lin Fan heard this he snapped as he knew that Xuan Yunxian had never slept around with anyone, and here Soren was claiming to have slept with her, but then it hit him. [No¡­ She just became my wife!... When did you do this!]: lin fan [A few years before you arrived in the Ancient Saint World¡­ Hahaha, this is what you get for calling my Disciple a slut!... I bet she looks down on your size¡­ Almost like you are a shrimp dick compared to my shaft that has been balls deep into her tight snatch¡­ But she wouldn''t be tight anymore though]: soren [Y-You monster!... I will get you for this!]: lin fan Lin Fan quickly tried to use his Monkey Steals Peaches move on Soren, but it just hit an after image of Soren, as he disappeared from his spot. [Come back when you have the strength¡­ And don''t feel bad, she ra*ped me, and our sex wasn''t consentual, but she was the tightest pussy I have ever stretched]: soren Lin Fan couldn''t take Soren''s abusive words, and left the Monkey Sect, and a few days later, the heavens began shaking, and that was the signal for the Heavenly tribute, Lin Fan was one of the first to arrive on the scene, as well as some other Immortals looking for some good items. Chapter 181 - Endless Mainland Soren decided to let Lin Fan cause some trouble with the other Immortals, while he just prepared to take the newly created Saiyan''s into his Inner World, while Sun went to collect his Immortal Battle Suit. Once Lin Fan escaped with most of the Immortal treasures, he was then chased down by a group of angry Immortals, and it wasn''t until the Fire Water Empress helped Lin Fan escape while taking him to the Final Secret Grounds. Soren had then used Telepathy to contact all the Immortals he made a deal with, and told them to meet him at the Final Secret Grounds, and from there, all the Immortals went to the Final Secret Grounds to wait for Soren. ''How shall I initiate Lin Fan''s Reincarnation?... Or should I let him enter with the rest of us?... It will cut down 11 years of waiting time if I do bring him¡­ And there is not real purpose of having him Reincarnate, as he does not gain anything from it'': soren Soren was thinking about how he should go about the next step, as he didn''t want to waste 11 years waiting for Lin Fan to regain his Cultivation, and enter a Sect, but if Soren let Lin Fan Reincarnate, then he wouldn''t meet the people who would be his friends and family. ''I guess I could let Lin Fan ascend without the need to Reincarnate, as this is no longer his story, but mine'': soren Soren then met up with Sasuke who had just come back from his Journey, and his new power was that of a Supreme State full Level, and on the verge of breaking through to the Immemorial Ancient State. [Welcome back Sasuke¡­ Are you ready to see an even bigger world?]: soren [There is an even bigger world?]: sasuke Sasuke was surprised that something even bigger existed, as the Ancient Saint World in itself was around 100 Trillion times bigger than the Xuanhuang world, and the Xuanhuang world was around 100 times bigger than Earth. [So, how many times bigger is the Mainland compared to this world?]: sasuke [Hmm¡­ If I put it into Number wise, maybe 1 Million times bigger?... Maybe even bigger?... All I know is that they call it the Endless Mainland, and that is because it seems almost Endless in size¡­ But with someone of my Cultivation, I can travel to the Endless Ocean from the center of the Mainland in 5 or 6 hours time]: soren Sasuke was completely surprised with how powerful Soren had come over these few years, and he knew it was due to the Training room, Sasuke even had the idea to use the Training room himself for a few years. [Well, I suppose everyone has gathered¡­ Let''s go greet them]: soren Soren then took Sasuke, and disappeared from their spot, and reappeared inside the Final Secret Grounds, where a group of about 100 or so Immortals have gathered before a stone door with strange symbols engraved onto it. Soren saw the Fire Water Empress protecting Lin Fan, while Sun was wearing his Black Battle Armor suit, and trying to calm down the other Immortals who were trying to gut Lin Fan for all the items he had stolen. [Soren¡­ What''s going on?]: sasuke [Oh, this?... Lin Fan is a greedy little boy, who had taken more than he should, and now he is being shaken down for his treasures]: soren Sasuke understood the situation, while holding his Katana that he made with some materials Soren had left him before he left on his Journey, and with the help of his System that Soren had given him, his Katana was ranked to be an Immortal Treasure of the Utmost grade. [Don''t worry, they will not touch your weapon¡­ I''ll kill them for trying]: soren Soren then decided to calm the situation by giving a cough, and when he did this, everyone turned towards Soren. Everyone felt happy to see Soren, while the Fire Water Empress was feeling conflicted feelings, of both hate and lust, she had wanted to jump Soren''s cock once more, but also wanted to cut his little brother off at it''s base for leaving her after he took her for a ride. [Y-You beast!... Who invited you here!]: fw empress [Invitation?... I don''t need one, as you are the ones who need me¡­ And I''m sure you were informed on why I have gathered everyone here?]: soren The Fire Water Empress was upset, but stayed quiet, as she indeed knew that Soren was here to take them to the Upper Realm, or as he called it the Mainland. [So, is everyone gathered?]: soren When Soren asked this, the first one to speak was the Immortal for the Human Race Pangu. [Everyone has gathered¡­ The other Immortals have either self destructed themselves due to fighting with each other, or didn''t want to participate, as they were unbelieving]: pangu [Good!... Let''s get going¡­ But first! You need to know the Language used in the Mainland, so please come closer to me 1 by 1]: soren Soren then purchased a bunch of talismans from the System that contained the entire Endless Mainland Language, and took them out. Soren then began placing 1 one each person''s forehead, while activating the talisman with his energy, making bright Golden lights envelope them, and once the light faded, they began using the Mainland''s language to speak, while surprising the others. Once everyone understood the Language, Soren opened a portal, and started explaining what they would encounter, and that the #1 rule was to underestimate yourselves, because there were many people just like Soren, and they could die with just a sneeze. [If you all understand, you can enter the portal]: soren The first to enter the portal was Sasuke, as he wanted to see what the world truly looked like, and after seeing Sasuke enter, the other Immortals felt Soren was not joking with them, and entered as well. Once everyone was in, Soren was just waiting for the Fire Water Empress to enter, and as she came towards him, she whispered something into his ear. [You have stolen something that belongs to me Toy¡­ I will never forgive you, and when I gain enough strength, I will take what belongs to me back]: fw empress The Fire Water Empress tried to grab at Soren''s crotch, but had her hand quickly caught, and wrist squeezed with just enough pressure to almost break bones. [You have a husband¡­ But you still try to take me?]: soren [I am an Empress who reigns over entire nations¡­ Do you think only 1 male toy is enough to satisfy me?... I will take as many toys as I wish]: fw empress Soren was surprised by her remark, and he decided to play the same game she was trying to use on him. [I am an Overlord who rules over entire Worlds¡­ Do you think I will be a toy to some stinky bitch like yourself?... I have 3 wives, and if I were to take you, you would not be the last I take, as I will take as many as I want¡­ But you are not worthy to be mine concubine]: soren Soren then watched as the Fire Water Empress'' face became Red from either rage, or embarrassment, or maybe a mix of both. She then shook her wrist from Soren''s grasp, and stormed off into the portal to be with Lin Fan who was waiting on the other side, Soren then entered the portal, and closed it right as a dark shadow tried to enter as well. [Fuck!... How can I! The Seven Saint be left to die with this world!]: seven saint Soren knew that the Seven Saint was watching them the whole time, and was waiting for a chance to enter the portal, but Soren didn''t want him to enter, as the Seven Saint was a sly sneak, who would somehow make it to the top and be a problem for him. Soren was now standing in a massive forest with a little over 100 other people who were shocked for a few reasons, and the biggest one was the dense Energy being produced by the world, and as they sat down to start absorbing the energy, some had felt a falter in their bottlenecks, but still no breakthrough. Sun, the only True Immortal among them just began absorbing the energy into his Paradise to feed his Spirits who had recently condensed their Dao''s, and this was all thanks to Soren who had spent countless years with him, until he went through his breakthrough into the True Immortal realm. [Okay, you all have now taken your first steps into the Endless Mainland¡­ I suggest you all find some cave or something to begin your seclusion¡­ I will be exploring this world before I take a trip into seclusion]: soren All the Immortals began to nod their heads, while Lin Fan had other ideas that involved killing beasts and people who wish to harm him. Soren and Sasuke were the first to leave with Sun in tow, while the others took some time to get accustomed to the Mainland, while Lin Fan left with the Fire Water Empress, and he also took Xuan Yunxian, Chicky, and his Sect Disciples out from the Xuanhuang world that was kept inside of his Paradise. Lin Fan then began to explore the Endless Mainland with his friends and family in tow, while Soren had went to somewhere specific with Sun and Sasuke, and the whole idea was for Soren to set up his Immortal Dragon Sect, and train his Disciples up to the Golden Immortal realm. [Sun, how many mountains is good for a massive Sect?]: soren When Soren asked this question, Sun was a bit confused, but without thinking about it, he spoke. [Maybe 12 Mountain''s, in which there will be 9 Grand Elders, while the remaining 3 Mountains will be used for the Grandmasters palace, Forge, and Pill Concoction¡­ You could then have little valleys and plateaus used to house the Outer Sect Disciples, and the Inner Sect Disciples, while you can have normal Elders controlling the order]: sun Sun had given Soren a good image of how his new Sect should look, as now he had thousands of Disciples from Sun''s Monkey Sect. Soren then began using his powers to make beautiful mountains sprout from the ground, making the grounds for a thousand miles quake, and when the nearby villages felt this, they thought it would be the end of the world. Sun had watched with wide eyes, and a mouth open so wide that you could fit a watermelon inside, as Soren began raising mountains that seemed to have no end to them in height. ''He truly is a God¡­ But why do all of this?'': sun Once the Mountains and the buildings were finished, Soren called Kuroi out, and made some wishes for the mountain to have a spring of Energy as massive, and dense as possible. Kuroi then granted the wish, and Soren''s sect was now complete, and the mountain range Soren just created could be ranked as one of the best spots to host a Sect, Soren then opened his Inner World, and watched as Saiyan''s began to fly out, and head towards the new Mountains on the command of Sun. Soren then had his family come out as well, and they were followed by Yi Fei, Quang Wai, and the 7 Dragons that were now fully grown, and when they saw how rich the Mountains were with Energy, they quickly flew towards them to make a home for themselves. Once Soren saw the Dragons take a liking to the new Sect, he noticed that L¨®ngz¨² had grown a love interest for Misha''s Dragon, Soren then felt that there might be new Dragons added to the mountain in a few years. [Well, let''s go get them to train, but first we should set the hierarchy¡­ Sun, are you fine in being the First Grand Elder?]: soren [That would be my honor Grandmaster]: sun Sun had given Soren a deep bow, and Soren just responded with a small smile, and then everyone flew down to meet everyone, and give out orders. Soren set the hierarchy for everyone to follow, then gave everyone the orders to improve their Cultivation base to grow to at least the Supreme State, Soren then decided to do normal Cultivation and not use the Training room. And soon, 14 years passed with nothing interesting happening, but Soren knew that it was around this time that the final Arc started, and the world would only last for around 3 more years, and over these 14 years, Soren had entered the Immortal Lord Realm, but his Foundation wasn''t stable, so he decided to spend a few days in his Training room to straighten his foundation, and during this time, Soren had blew himself up well over 100 times before getting his foundation up to the Immortal Lord level. Soren left the training room, and began looking over his Disciples, and noticed that everyone was around the True Immortal Realm, and began working on turing their Mystic skill spirits into Dao skill spirits, Soren also held a competition over these 14 years to help improve the power level''s of his Saiyan race, and the prize was an entire year inside the Training room. ''Just 2 more realms¡­ But I still won''t be able to be the strongest, just be tied with 3 other beings'': soren Soren had looked at the Apex List, and noticed that 3 beings held the title of Heavenly Lord, and were all tied for 1st place on the Apex List. ''I guess I will need to fuse Lin Fan''s System to reach the stage above Heavenly Lord'': soren Soren was looking forward to the big fight with Lin Fan, as he knew Lin Fan wouldn''t willingly give him the System. Soren then decided that he should start looking for some worthy battles, as it had been ages since he had had a good fight, but the problem was the only person who could give him a good fight at full power was someone of the Immortal King Realm bordering the Heavenly Lord Realm. Soren had spent his remaining time getting his family up to his level, or somewhere close, while Sun had surprisingly made it the the Immortal Lord Realm, and Soren''s first thoughts were to ask him for a friendly fight, as they were both Saiyan''s, but Soren still couldn''t go full power until Sun could match him. [Sun¡­ Wanna have a battle with me since we''re both Immortal Lords?]: soren Chapter 182 - Mainland Invasion Start When Sun heard Soren''s offer for a battle, his blood began to boil, and his Energy began to flare up. [Yeah!... I''ve been wanting to fight you for years]: sun Soren then took Sun far off into the distance, so they didn''t destroy the Sect, and once Soren thought they were far enough away, he began telling Sun the rules. [Since we are both Immortal Lords, we should be equal in strength, but due to our transformations, our power differs once more, and I could fight with someone in the Heavenly Lord realm, but you could only fight with someone in the Immortal King Realm¡­ So I won''t go full power until you catch up to me]: soren Sun understood that Soren was leagues above him due to his transformation, so Sun immediately powered up to Super Saiyan and charged towards Soren while swinging his Golden Cudgel, and the second it made contact with Soren''s arm, an explosion was made, and sent both Soren and Sun flying back. ''That was unexpected¡­ I should be more wary about Sun''s techniques'': soren ''Soren was able to withstand the weight of my Cudgel?... Nothing less from an Overlord of worlds'': sun Soren had told Sun about his trips to different worlds, but left out the whole Reincarnation, and OP System thing, and these stories were some of the most interesting things that Sun had heard. Sun had wanted to visit some of these worlds, and Soren had promised that he would take him when he next leaves, and Soren planned on taking Sun with him to the God Realm to fight the invaders. [Is that all Sun?... I barely felt a tickle]: soren Sun felt a bit insulted from Soren''s words, and began his next flurry of attacks while giving Soren no room to counter. These flurry of attacks came from his Drunken Boxing style, and all of the attacks could be said to have no real form or pattern as they were all off centered, and only someone with a tail would be able to balance themselves while performing them. [How do you like my perfected Drunken Boxing?]: sun [Very unpredictable, but you forget I can see the future]: soren Soren then opened his Rinne-Sharingan, and a dark Red eye opened on his forehead with 9 Black tomoe''s, and 3 Black rings surrounding a Black pupil. Soren''s once Onyx colored eyes became a Purplish color with 6 Black tomoe''s, and 3 Black rings surrounding a Black pupil, and once Soren activated his eyes, all of Sun''s movements were being seen and recorded, so not only could Soren counter these moves, but he could perform them himself. [I can see all of your moves clearly now¡­ Hehe, thank you Sun]: soren Soren then charged towards Sun while using the same Drunken Boxing method of being erratic and inconsistent with all your attacks. Sun then went from being on the offence, to being on the defence while Soren was looking as if he was drunk, and sent a kick towards Sun''s face, while sending a punch into Sun''s gut at the same time. [GUUUHHHHHAAAA!]: sun Sun spit up a bit of stomach vile, while being sent crashing into the vast amount of condensed forest behind him. Sun was sent crashing into millions of trees, while Soren just stood his ground, and began waiting for Sun''s return, and while waiting, Sun was using this chance to circulate his energy for healing, and give himself a Zenkai boost. ''He''s so powerful!... I couldn''t imagine what someone above him in power is like¡­ But if he says that there is someone who could kill him with a sneeze, then that is a true monster'': sun Sun then shot back towards Soren''s position at full speed, and made it there in less than a second. [Sorry if I kept you waiting¡­ Let''s continue]: sun Sun had a smile on his face, while Soren just had a leisure smile plastered on his face as if he was sitting on the beach basking in the sun. [No hurry¡­ I just need you to get stronger than me so we can have a real fight]: soren Soren then began to get a bit more serious, so he was putting Sun in a life or death disadvantage and pushing him overboard into a new realm of power. [I will kill you if you don''t get stronger, so no hard feelings okay?]: soren [Wait, what!?]: sun Sun had no chance to say anything else before Soren sent a full force punch directly into Sun''s abdomen and blasted a hole straight through him, and when Sun realized what happened, he quickly circulated his energy to close the wound and heal himself. Once Soren saw Sun completely heal, he began his next onslaught of attack while constantly shredding Sun''s body into bits and pieces, and the only thing Sun could do was heal himself, while his Zenkai was going off the charts. Sun was getting very annoyed at his inability to fight back, and the rage began to make Sun go through a change, and soon, Sun''s body was shrouded in a bright light, and lightning began shooting off of him. [Congratulations Sun, you have achieved the second stage of Super Saiyan]: soren [... S-So this is the stage above Super Saiyan?... You said this was called SSJ2?]: sun [Yes, and above that are SSJ3, and SSJ4¡­ And if you can take the power I can teach you how to reach the God form]: soren Sun just clenched his hands while feeling out his newfound powers, and after a brief moment to overlook everything, Sun began attacking Soren once more, but with more vigor. Soren just became a bit more serious, but was still leagues away from being at his full power, Soren then began the cycle of beating Sun to a pulp and making his body adapt to the strain placed on his body with SSJ2, and due to the constant energy flow for healing, Sun was able to adapt to SSJ2 completely, and master it to a perfect form. Sun then began feeling the endless power swell once more as Soren tried to force Sun into the SSJ3 stage, but with all the power bursting forwards, Sun skipped SSJ3, and went directly into the SSJ4 stage, Soren watched as Red hair began to sprout all over Sun''s body, and his short Black hair grew out, down to just below his shoulder blades, and his eyes became Gold in color, as a Red shade outlined his eyes like Naruto''s Sage mode. [Wow!... You were not only able to skip stages, but you also didn''t need to transform into a great ape first¡­ It must be due to the original Monkey bloodline inside of you, that made you adapt more towards your primal side¡­ You also show less anger than a normal Saiyan would]: soren [So this is that power you have?]: sun [No even close¡­ But you are 1 step closer¡­ Let''s fight for a few more hours, and get you accustomed towards your new form, then I will teach you how to transform into a God]: soren [Wait¡­ But aren''t we already Gods?]: sun [I guess you could say yes, but in a way, we lack the capabilities to be Gods even though we have the powers of one¡­ Think of it like this¡­ You have all the powers of a God, but your body is still that of a Mortal, how would you fare in a fight with someone who is on the lower part of the scale in power, but also has the body of a God?]: soren [...You would lose because your attacks may not get the same result on his body, like his would on mine¡­ I see]: sun Soren was happy to see that Sun was stepping closer and closer to being the right fit as his right hand man in the upcoming war against the Evil Gods who threaten to destroy the God Realm. Soren then spent the next 10 hours straight fighting with Sun, but felt no exhaustion due to his massive reserves of stamina, and the fact he was not actually hurt in his fight with Sun, but Soren did learn that Sun had skills that would improve Soren''s prowess, and the first thing Soren did was check his status after so many years. {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Bloodlines: Origin God''s Bloodline Titles: Dragon, 100+ more Power Level: 800,000,000,000,000 (True God 7,500 x Base) Cultivation Level: Immortal Lord Luck: Lucky Body Type: Chaos God Body Level: Immortal Lord -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level 100 Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinne Sharingan-: Unlocked -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Super Saiyan Mastered 100%, SSJ2 Mastered 100%, SSJ3 Mastered 100%, Sage Mode, SSJ4 Mastered 100%, God Base, True Saiyan God Red, True Saiyan God Blue, True Saiyan God Purple, True Saiyan God Green, True God, Ultra Instinct Complete Form Chosen Path: Chaos God Path Skill: Hakai- Can destroy anything with the raise of a hand. (Hakai is dependent on how much power is placed in it) Path Skill: Chaos Energy- Can destroy anything that comes into contact with the released Chaos Energy. (Those with higher Cultivation will still had damage inflicted, but can survive due to their strength) -Skills-: 200,000+ -List?- -Passive-: 80,000+ -List?- System Points: 474 Million} ''Hmm¡­ I might have reached the Apex for every other world out there but this one, and the God Realm¡­ I guess after this is over, I will travel for a few years before heading up to the God Realm¡­ I always wondered how it would feel to play a VR game¡­ Maybe I can go to the Sword Art Online world next?... Or maybe the Overlord Anime¡­ But I don''t feel like losing my body¡­ But maybe the System can help with that?... Anyway, that is for the future to tell, for now, I need to focus on surviving this world'': soren Soren then felt some strong presences enter the world from the Endless Seas, and Soren knew it was time for the final arc. [I guess I will go kill some of them¡­ Maybe I can learn some magic from them]: soren Soren then shot out of his palace, and started heading towards the Endless Sea, and after a few hours of traveling, Soren appeared over a group of wrecked warships that looked like they could sink at any moment. ''How should I introduce myself?... I know there are 2 Gods that had come on the ships, and I think they are the War God, and the Elemental God'': soren Soren then thought of a good way to start off the battle as he called forth 12 Black colored orbs the size of a shot put ball, and Soren called them Law Orbs. Soren then used the Fire and Lightning Orbs to strike down at the 5 warships that have been docked for a good hour or so, and when the attacks were just about to hit, they were repelled and sent back towards Soren, and when Soren saw this, he quickly dodged. [What the fuck was that? A protection talisman?... I guess I''ll go down there personally]: soren Soren then descended into the mass of scattering adventurers with fantasy-like armor and weapons on their persons, and when they saw Soren, they felt like they were looking at a God, as only Gods knew Flight magics, or high level wizards of around the 6th tier. ''It seems like the Endless Mainland has more to it than just a Cultivation world¡­ Was Xin Feng trying to make another book that would have coincided with his "The Strongest System"?'': soren Once Soren landed, he was surrounded by 200 adventures in expensive looking armor sets, while pointing Weapons with colorful jewels embedded into them towards Soren''s neck. [Halt right there Native!... Don''t move or we will strike you down!]: adventurer 1 ''Oh?... They don''t speak this side of the Endless Mainland''s language¡­ Though I can understand them as well as converse with them, I should at least make myself look like a native to this world'': soren Soren then began to speak in the language of their side of the Endless Mainland, and the group of adventurers had no idea what Soren was saying, but in the next second they would know what he meant, as Soren then killed them all. [I said step away or die¡­ But it looks like you didn''t understand¡­ What a shame, you all set up the teleportation pads¡­ Guess I''ll leave]: soren Chapter 183 - Prelude to Battle After Soren left his message, he opened a portal back to his Sect, and let the shores of the Endless Sea. Soren knew that Lin Fan would have seen them if he hadn''t already, so Soren didn''t mind taking out the first wave, and Soren''s next goal was to let them come so Lin Fan can increase his strength to the max, and when Lin Fan reaches his peak, Soren would take Lin Fan''s system. Soon after, Soren began to feel more and more pressences enter the Endless Mainland, and they type of energy they used was vastly different from the energy Cultivators used, and Soren could tell that the energy the invaders used was far weaker than the energy used by your average cultivator, and if trained well, the invaders could fight equally with someone of the Golden Immortal Realm, while their average fighter could match someone of the Immemorial Ancient State, or at best the True Immortal Realm. ''I wonder how long this will last?... No more than a couple of Days?... Months?... Maybe even Years?... The small fries aren''t the problem, it''s the Gods of theirs that are the problem, and they can fight with an Immortal King evenly, and with enough faith in them, they can surpass the Immortal King Realm'': soren Soren began contemplating many strategies that would keep his Sect safe, as he wasn''t worried about himself, but his family, and Disciples. Sun was standing next to Soren, while they were surrounded by the 9 Grand Elders, and they were all listening to Soren intently, as this was news to them, and when Soren explained that they were potentially dangerous, everyone began helping come up with strategies to preserve the Sect. [What about some formations?... If we all work together to make an unbreakable formation, the Sect would never be harmed]: sun Soren looked towards Sun, and thought about his idea, but the System informed that any of the area formations he makes right now would only protect up to an Immortal Kings full powered attack, but the cannon that the Gods from the now to be known as Dark Continent would use in the future would have enough power to break a formation made by someone of the Heavenly Lord Realm. ''I could use my time to Cultivate and break through to the Heavenly Lord Realm¡­ But my foundation would need hundreds of thousands of years to solidify due to the rushed jump¡­ I could even make myself one of the weakest Gods in the God Realm by doing that'': soren Soren was trying to come up with a way to jump these last 2 stages and still have a stable foundation, and the only idea he came up with was to ask Sakura. ''Sakura, is there a way to make both my Foundation and Cultivation that of a Heavenly Lord for a short period of time?'': soren {DING!... HOST CAN BUY FOUNDATION STRENGTHENING PILLS FROM THE STORE, AND CULTIVATE TO THE HEAVENLY LORD REALM FOR A PERMANENT EFFECT} Soren was surprised that such a pill existed, as he had been doing things the normal way, and with each increased level, much more time was needed to progress further, so with Soren''s estimates, he would need to spend at least 100 years inside his training room to have a perfect foundation, and be in the Heavenly Lord Realm, but if Soren wanted, he could push himself into the Heavenly Lord Realm and have a weak foundation. Now that Soren could buy these foundation pills, Soren wanted to jump into the Heavenly Lord Realm, but he still required time, so Soren entered his training room, and spent a 7 months inside while munching well over 1,000 foundation pills, and when he came out again, Soren was in the Immortal King Realm, Soren knew that Lin Fan was also about to enter the Saint Immortal Realm around this time, and once Lin Fan kills off one of the Gods from the Dark Continent, he would reach the Immortal Lord Realm. [Sun!... Give everyone the command to enter the training room, I used Kuroi to improve it, as well as downgrade the gravity back to normal]: soren [Oh?... Massive Training montage?]: sun [... Where did you hear about that?]: soren [Well I know you and Lin Fan don''t get along too well, but I still owe him my line for giving me the ability to get hard once more, so I go visit him every once and a while¡­ He took me to Earth, and I learned a lot about modern culture¡­ *Humming Eye of the Tiger*]: sun Sun began skipping towards the courtyard to inform everyone, while humming the tune to Eye of the Tiger, and throwing shadow punches into the air that ripped the void into pieces. ''What will I do with him¡­ Will he even want to leave one of the more advanced worlds I travel to?'': soren Shortly after everyone was gathered, they all began heading towards the direction Soren had set up the training room, and one by one everyone began entering, and once everyone was inside, Soren closed the door, and sat outside for 5 whole months, and an entire year had passed since the invaders from the Dark Continent had appeared. Soren had heard about Lin Fan fighting with the Gods from the Dark Continent, as his name was being spread widely, but then the rumor that Lin Fan had died from one of the Gods attacks, but Soren knew that Lin Fan had only been turned stupid. ''So Lin Fan will spend a year with those normal people in the cannon, but will it still play out the same way?'': soren Soren knew that the villagers only took Lin Fan in because he was just a 14-15 year old boy, but Lin Fan looked well over 40 now, and he would be considered as an elder in the village, so the kids might not want to take him in as their friend. ''Hehe¡­ What will you do now Seaweed?'': soren Soren closed his eyes, and when he opened them again, the Rinne-Sharingan was present, and Soren began trying to use his Future Sight ability that stemmed off from the Time Manipulation ability. Soren then began watching the future play out in many different scenarios, one ended with Lin Fan dying to the Black mass, while another ended with Lin Fan destroying the entire Multiverse once more, and Soren along with his entire family vanished out of existence only to be turned into original characters of the "The Strongest System" Novel, and then there was an outcome Soren was hoping for where both Soren and Lin Fan had a fight to decide if Lin Fan would keep the System, and Soren won but just barely as he almost lost his life once more before killing Lin Fan, and absorbing his System. Soren then used Kuroi''s power to resurrect Lin Fan, and Lin Fan''s Cultivation never raised past Heavenly Lord, and Once Soren saw this future out of most the ones that ended with Lin Fan destroying everything only to recreate it anew to try and save everything once more. ''It seems like Lin Fan won''t willingly part with the System, so I can only fight him, or convince him somehow in this timeline'': soren Soren then closed his eyes, and felt something run down his cheek, and when he touched his face, and looked at his hand, he noticed that his eyes were bleeding. Soren then deactivated his eyes, and quickly wiped away the blood, and checked his system for any side effects for overusing his eyes for who knows how long, and after making sure nothing was wrong, Soren then entered the training room, and saw everyone diligently Cultivating, and when he saw Sun''s new Cultivation, he was dumbstruck. ''H-Heavenly Lord!?... This bastard! He cheated me!... I still won''t let you surpass me, but I will refrain from breaking through right now'': soren Soren then overlooked Sun''s cultivation and realized that he forced himself into this level, and his foundation was unstable. Soren then decided to let Sun work it out, and depending on how things go from here will decide if Sun just wasted his time as a Cultivator, as once someone''s foundation was crippled, they would slowly lose their Cultivation level until the point they can no longer use any type of energy. ''I hope my #1 General didn''t just fuck himself for the sake of temporary power'': soren Soren then began calling people out of the training room while leaving Sun to finish his meditation. Those that participated in the training all reached to around the Mystic or Golden Immortal Realm, and those that ran high level Sects considered Golden Immortals worthy of a Grand Elder position, while Mystic immortals are still highly valued, as being in either Mystic or Golden Immortal Realm meant that you were some big shot in the Cultivation Realm. Soren then began sending his Disciples out to inform other Sects of his participation in fighting against these Gods from the Dark Continent, the Disciples then took the order, and left the Sect to inform other surviving Sects. Soren''s Sect was not considered some low tiered Sect, as over the entire time Soren had been in the Endless Mainland, he and Sun both had their Disciples start growing a reputation for themselves, and towards the start of the invasion, the Immortal Dragon Sect became ranked in the top 10 Sects, holding only Second place to a Sect that had many ancestors in seclusion to break through into the Heavenly Lord Realm. [I hope they make it in time¡­ Or the population of this world will plummet, and I will need to do more work to revive them all]: soren Soren wasn''t worried about death and casualties as he could just bring anyone who died back, but he wanted to keep them as low as possible, because Soren''s wish would be as simple as "Revive all the Cultivators who died fighting against the invaders" and Soren didn''t want to go into specification as to who he wanted to keep dead, as it would be to tedious. Kuroi was also watching from the side, as it was one of his free times to leave the Realm of the Dragon''s, and be free from Kid duty, and satisfying his wife, and when Soren met with the Dragon who interested Kuroi, he was surprised, because this was the same Dragon who Lin Fan bursted the tits of to high heaven. [Kuroi¡­ See if Shen Wu wishes to have dinner with us tonight¡­ I''ll be cooking]: soren When Kuroi heard that, he felt a bit of fear bubble up in his heart, as he was scared of his wife, and not because she was stronger than him, because she wasn''t. Kuroi was scared of her because she held the authority over her body, and Kuroi very much liked her body, and once of his favorite things to do was play Dragon x Human role play, and this was when Shen Wu would transform into her human-like appearance, while Kuroi would be the Ancient Dragon she had just woken up, and he would then proceed to rip her clothes off, and force himself onto her frail looking Human body like a wild beast. So if Kuroi couldn''t get anymore of this, he would feel like ending his life then and there, as there would be no more point to living, so Kuroi did his best to listen and follow the directions of his wife so that he can play out his fantasies later on. [I-I will see if she is okay with this¡­ But if she says no, I don''t think I will be able to show either Master]: kuroi [What''s wrong Kuroi?... You are literally the strongest Dragon in the entire Multiverse as far as I know, but here you are cowering at the whim of a women weaker than you]: soren [She may be weaker in terms of physical strength¡­ *Starts whispering* But those delicious Human curves are a different story on my Mental health]: kuroi [What was that last part?]: soren [...Nothing!... I will go ask Shen Wu now, Goodbye Master!]: kuroi Before Soren could question Kuroi any further, he had disappeared in a blinding Blue light signifying that he went back to the Dragon Realm. ''What a weirdo¡­ Wait¡­ Don''t the Dragons created by the Nemekains tend to hold some of the quarks of the creator?... Does that mean that might be some hidden side of me that has yet to surface, and I will be all weird and quirky?'': soren Soren then spent some time with his wives before he freshened up and went to prepare dinner for everyone. Soren had used his Essence Spirit to help out, and at lightning fast speeds the 2 Soren''s looked like they turned into 18 Soren''s, and in a matter of 3 hours, food began to pile up to the roof, as it would all be devoured by close to 1,000 Saiyan''s while the rest didn''t want to take the risk, and stayed part of the Monkey race. Soren was non-stop working in the kitchen to cook for well over 20 thousand people, and Soren felt like he really needed to learn the Shadow Clone Jutsu from Naruto so as to make the work easier for himself, and once everyone was fed, Soren began cooking for his private party with his family, Kuroi, and his wife and child. [So Shen Wu¡­ How have things been going for you guys?]: soren Shen Wu, Kuroi, and their son Shen Xiao Feng were all in their Human form, and while Soren had known Shen Wu could transform into a Human-like appearance, this was news to him that Kuroi could do so as well. [Things are fine¡­ I kept asking Kuroi to strike that asshole Lin Fan for payback, but Kuroi said he couldn''t do it unless it was a wish¡­ I told him it was a wish, but he told me I need to know the proper language to wish for it in¡­ So can you teach me this language Soren?]: shen wu [Hehe¡­ Well¡­ It''s a lot harder to learn the language than you think, and my own family can barely speak it, and I have been teaching them for well over 100 years, and if you count the time spent in the training room, well over 1,000 years]: soren Shen Wu thought that Soren was just coming up with an excuse to not teach her, and when she had an idea to figure it out, she spoke. [So who did you learn it from?... I''ll ask them to teach me]: shen wu [Sorry, but I am the creator]: soren [Y-You!... Just teach me! Or make my wish for me!]: shen wu Soren just looked towards Kuroi, and began speaking. (Dragon Saiyan)[ Quite a pick you got here¡­ Can I throw here out yet?]: soren [Haha¡­ Yes she is perfect, and no]: kuroi [Hey!... What the hell did he just say about me!?]: shen wu Chapter 184 - Death of the Ice Goddess It had been a few days since Soren''s family dinner, and Soren was now facing the Disciples he sent out a few days ago to recruit some of the surviving Sects into his plan. Soren did a head count, and found that 29 of the 30 Disciples returned, while one still had yet to come back or send any message, so Soren used his senses to search the world, and when he felt no trace of his Disciple, he decided to mark him as a K.I.A and continue to get the reports from the others. [So¡­ Please tell me what happened?... How many Sects will show up to go forth with our plan]: soren [This Disciple reports that 3 Small Sects, and 1 Mid size Sect will join, while 2 Small Sect''s decided to side with the Intruders under the impression they will not be killed]: disciple 1 [Good¡­ Did you happen to destroy these 2 Small Sect''s?]: soren [Yes Grandmaster!... Their Grandmaster was only of the Golden immortal Realm, and with my ability as a Saiyan, I was able to beat him with ease]: disciple 1 Soren then continued to receive reports from the 29 Disciples that had returned from their mission, and Soren rewarded each and every one with a Legendary Utmost Treasure, as well as 3 Immortal Pills made by the concentration of Soren''s Cultivation. Once Soren got through all the reports, he entered his training room to check on Sun, and when he saw Sun still cultivating to strengthen his foundation, Soren just left the room, and started preparing for the upcoming battle. Soren had spent quite a long time making a battle suit for when he entered the God Realm, but had never got the chance to test it''s capabilities out, so Soren felt the upcoming battle will be a great testing grounds, so Soren put the armor on, and let the Sect and began heading towards the Endless Sea. Soren''s new appearance had him wearing his Indestructible Immortal Robes that were Black in color, with Gray accents, and a Red sash tying everything together, while Soren''s battle armor consisted of Gray metal gauntlets with Red trim, and an intricate Dragon design engraved onto them. Soren also wore the same Dragon carved greaves that were Gray in color with a Red trim, while a shoulder pad was strapped over his right shoulder, and a Dragon pattern engraved into the Gray metal while the piece was outlined in a Red trim, while a chestplate with a gigantic Dragon head engraved on the front, while 7 mystical balls were engraved on the back side surrounding what appeared to be a mural of Kuroi, and it as well was Gray in color with Red trim outlining everything. [I feel this was my best work yet¡­ I think I look very domineering in this outfit]: soren Soren then began traveling at high speeds and felt a frosty air being produced nearby, so he quickly changed his direction, and went towards this cold and dry area. Once Soren got to the border, he found a thick cloud of a frosty cold aura surrounding 2 signs of life inside, so Soren decided to join them and see what was happening. Soren then began fighting his way through countless frost monsters, and beasts made of the frosty aura, and once Soren made it to the center, he saw a familiar face, as well as the face of one of the most beautiful women in the entire world. ''Fuck¡­ Now I remember¡­ Lin Fan was fighting the Ice Goddess around this time'': soren Soren then watched as Lin Fan began battling with the Ice God, and after a few minutes of Soren watching Lin Fan struggle to come up with a way to escape emanate death, he decided to help Lin Fan out. Soren then shot forwards, and intercepted both Lin Fan, and the Ice God as they were about to collide with their attacks, while catching their weapons. Lin Fan''s attack only managed to make a small cut on Soren''s palm, while the Ice God''s attack started turning Soren''s hand Blue in color from the frost bite that was taking place, and when Soren noticed this, he quickly retreated with Lin Fan in tow, before facing off against the Ice God once more. [You have quite a high level in the Ice Laws]: soren Soren began using his translation skill that was built into the System, and began talking to the Ice God in her native tongue, and as much as this surprised the Ice God, it surprised Lin Fan even more, as he had no idea who Soren truly was, and all he knew from what Sun would give him when asked, was that Soren ruled over many worlds as their Overlord, and his Cultivation was in the Immortal Lord Realm, but what Lin Fan didn''t know, was Soren had already reached the Immortal King Realm, and was preparing to break through to the Heavenly Lord Realm. [Why have you come?... We can''t beat her, we''re just in the Immortal Lord Realm]: lin fan [Immortal Lord?... Haha, I''m not as slow as you, as I have been in the Immortal King Realm for quite some time]: soren Lin Fan was surprised that Soren could level up so fast, as he had an overpowered System that let him level up just by killing things, and he thought that anyone would give up 1,000 years of their life to have his System. Soren just ignored Lin Fan''s stupid looks, and began facing off with the Ice God once more, and he had a wide smile on his face, as this was the perfect test dummy for his new battle armor. [You will be fighting me now Miss Ugly Bitch]: soren [Y-You!... What did you call me!?... I''ll have you know, I have had many men on my doorstep wishing to just peer at my face before they froze to death!... And you will be just another one to my collection!]: ice god [Hahaha¡­ I don''t think so¡­ I get women flocking to my doorstep just to breathe the same air as me before my wives send them packing¡­ And you will just be another one to add to their List]: soren Soren loved to fight the ignorant fools who dared to flaunt things like beauty, family, and power, with the same exact sentence, and the reactions they would give him were priceless. [You horrendous beast!... I will kill you for making fun of me!]: ice god [I have been told this before, but here I still stand, while those who stated those words now rest 6 feet below the ground]: soren Once Soren said this, the Ice God charged towards Soren with an Ice Spear, while Lin Fan took this chance to hide in the void, and wait for a chance to strike the Ice God, and reap the rewards of the delicious XP. When the Ice God''s attack landed, it went straight through a shadow of Soren, as it was just an after image, and when the Ice God noticed, it was already too late, as Soren reappeared behind her and kicked her through a few trees, and mountains. [Is this all that the God''s amount too?... Pathetic!... And to think I started gathering surviving Sect''s to create an army]: soren When the Ice God heard this, she became furious, and while wiping the blood that collected at the corner of her mouth away, she charged towards Soren while conjuring up a bunch of Ice spikes. [Then they can die along with you!]: ice god Once the Ice God said that, she motioned her hand forwards, and the Ice spikes started flying towards Soren at high speeds. ''So she thinks these little things can kill me?... I guess I can test out the protection ability I added to the armor'': soren Soren then stood still with his hands resting behind his back, while the Ice spikes all concentrated on penetrating his whole body to turn it into swish cheese, but once the first spike hit, it was shattered, and a glowing Golden barrier appeared with all sorts of complicated runes and symbols, and if someone looked closer, it was a revised version of the God sealing formation that Soren used to seal Zamasu back in Dragon Ball. ''So it seems the formation works quite well with the opposite effect¡­ Instead of sealing power inside, it blocks all power from entering, thus making a powerful barrier'': soren Once the rain of Ice spikes stopped, and the smoke cleared, the barrier around Soren disappeared only to show a range of around 3 meters around Soren being unaffected, and unscathed, while everything outside of the 3 meters was completely obliterated leaving only a huge crater in the ground. [Wow¡­ I wasn''t expecting that from someone as weak as you]: soren Soren began taunting the Ice God, while her face became even more Red from the anger threatening to blow her head off, but this was all figuratively, and once she got an idea, her anger quickly disappeared as she started to smile, and laugh a little bit. [Hey you disgusting male!... How about we make a bet?]: ice god [Oh?... Bet?... And what do you have to offer?]: soren Once Soren said that, the Ice God had it in her mind that she had won the fight, and would kill Soren the exact same way Lin Fan had wounded her before. The Ice God wanted Soren to make a pledge like she did with Lin Fan, as it would tie both parties to a higher power, and whoever breaks the promise would be struck down and die. [We will bet on who is physically stronger¡­ No added power, or any kind of outside help]: ice god [Oh?... And how would we do that?... What if I cheat, or what if you cheat?... What stops this from happening?... And what would I win?]: soren [...Hehe¡­ We will sign a contract with the Higher power, and whoever cheats will die¡­ As for win and lose conditions¡­ If I win, I will kill you, and then finish off that other disgusting man]: ice god [And if I win?... You only stated if you win, do you feel I will lose?]: soren [...*Pft* Haha¡­ If you DO happen to win, then... Ah!... I will sleep with you for 1 night]: ice god [Hmm¡­ Not very tempting, and you will just die anyway¡­ Plus, I have 3 wives, what do I need a Concubine for?]: soren When Soren said this, the Ice God was enraged and Soren could visibly see steam coming from the surface of the God''s skin. [Fine!... Then repeat after me!... I God of Ice and Snow pledge no to cheat on these terms¡­]: ice god [Fine¡­ I God of I-]: soren [No!... Your name! Not mine!]: ice god [Oh!... I Soren Zoldyck pledge not to cheat on these terms]: soren Once Soren said that, a bright light started surrounding both the Ice God, as well as Soren, and in the next second, they both felt their energy seal up, but the seal was weak enough to destroy, so if the seal breaks, that will count as cheating, and the other party will die. Soren got a notification from the System, while also noticing his form had not changed, and he still had his True God from active, and when he read the notification, Soren was surprised. {DING!... HIGH TIER GOD HAD TRIED TO INVADE THE SYSTEM¡­ DUE TO THE GOD BEING TOO WEAK, HOST WILL NOT BE AFFECTED BY THE CONTRACT} ''So I can still use my energy then¡­ But the seal was still placed, so I will just play along'': soren Soren then spoke up to the Ice God now that they were sealed. [So¡­ How will we test our strength?]: soren [Hehe¡­ There is a popular game used in the Upper Realms us Gods use to determine our ranking, as sometimes our power''s may conflict and cause damage to the lower Realm¡­ It is called Arm Wrestling¡­ I''m sure you all of the lower realm know it as such too]: ice god Soren then nodded, and walked over to a nearby rock, and moved his hand in a chopping motion towards the rock, and with nothing but the pressure from the speed, the rock was sliced to make a table. [Then here is fine]: soren Soren and the Ice God then walked over to the table, and locked hands in the air, while their elbows touched the surface of the rock. [We need someone to referee¡­ Boy! Stop hiding in the void, and come be the ref]: ice god Soren then watched as Lin Fan came out of the void, and came over to them, but the whole time Lin Fan didn''t take his eyes off the Ice God, and also had plans of striking now due to her loss in power. [3...2...1¡­ Start!]: lin fan Soren then tensed up his muscles while the Ice God began using all of her strength to try and crush Soren, but nothing she did budged Soren''s arm even a millimeter from its original position. [W-What is this!...]: ice god Soren just began to slowly move his arm, and the Ice God began to lose, and just as she was about to lose, her power flared up, as she forgot about the contract, and her power slammed Soren''s hand into the other side of the bolder making him lose. Once the Ice God saw this, she felt she won, but then she heard the sky start cracking, and it hit her that she had just broken the rules, and will die now. [Fuck!]: ice god Lin Fan saw this and quickly tried to make his move and end her life, but it was too late, as the lightning struck her, and turned her to dust, Soren then watched as all the Ice started to melt, and saw Lin Fan''s depressed face. [Come¡­ Let''s go back to my Sect, I''ll get you a drink]: soren Chapter 185 - Chaos God? A few days after the death of the Ice God, who by ranking was one of the strongest God''s known in the Dark Continent, movements of the invaders have reached a standstill, and made a window of time for Soren to gather all the troops needed to fight this war. Soren had decided to help Lin Fan make up for the lost XP of the Ice God by giving him an Essence Pill, and when Lin Fan ate it, it boosted his XP all the way to the next level, and Soren added another Immortal King to his army. Soren then decided it was time for him to break into the final stage, and went into the training room, and 4 days later, both Soren and Sun came out, while releasing a dominating power, some might wonder how one could gain so much power in a short time, but for those who knew of Soren''s training room, it was way longer than 4 days inside the room. During Soren''s time inside the training room, he began concentrating on his foundation, while eating some of the foundation pills, but Sakura had informed him that only eating pills would be bad for the body, as there were impurities being stored up, and potentially could destroy Soren''s foundation instead of upgrade it. Soren spent the next 40 years making his foundation grow, and become stable and solid, and once Soren felt his foundation was stable, he began gathering his Omni Energy into his Dantain, and forced his energy to break the bottleneck keeping him from the Heavenly Lord Realm. Soren then made sure to use some time to get this new power under control as to not kill anyone by just raising his hand, and once he got his power under control, Soren then went over to Sun who was still getting his foundation stabilized, Soren then stood behind Sun and placed his right hand on top of Sun head, and made his power flow through his body, and began strengthening his foundation, and soon after, Sun opened his eyes, and let 2 bright Golden beams of power shoot from his eyes. [Congrats Sun!... You made it to the top of this world]: soren [So this is the power to create Universes¡­ But¡­ Is this really all to Cultivation?... I feel there is still something above this]: sun [Well¡­ You are right, but we as Mortals can''t achieve this form]: soren Sun heard Soren, and looked at him with confusion while the look also asked for Soren to explain what he meant. [We are still Mortals¡­ Even if we can''t die from age, we can still be killed by other means¡­ The form you are feeling is total Omnipotence, and with that comes true Eternity¡­ But even Gods can die, so it''s only a false Omnipotence]: soren When Soren told Sun some of the secrets that were not known to this world, and when Sun thought about it, his face had a look of realization, as Soren was right, and there had to be something above the Heavenly Lord Realm to keep them in check. [I guess it''s time to leave then¡­ Let''s go see the changes over these 4 days]: soren Soren then led Sun out of the training room, and was met with everyone of the Sect as well as all the other Sect''s that chose to participate in the war to protect this world. [Hello my beloved Sect members as well as those who have chosen to participate in this battle¡­ It is now time to win a war that will decide the fate of our Continent¡­ These invaders have thought it would be easy to take over, but we have proved them wrong!... And we won''t stop there, as we will continue to prove them wrong!... You are the survivors of fallen Sect''s and fell the grief of fallen friends and family, now do you just want to give up and surrender?]: soren [NO!!]: everyone present [Then let''s fight with our lives and take revenge for the fallen!... Follow me into battle and you shall prevail!... And for those of you who may be here for fame or riches, I will make you the richest man in the World!... Nothing is out of our reach, we just need to show that we want it, and reach out for it!]: soren [YEAH!!!!]: everyone present Soren''s words were filled with confidence, and proved that Soren was a leader to be remembered, and marked down in all of history. Soren then opened his Inventory and began dropping a set of armor similar to his in ability, but there were no special designs on them, and looked like plain Gray metal, but when everyone took their set into their hands, the crowd began a new uproar about the power kept inside the armor sets. [Take this set of armor, and carve your path into this world through this war!... Once this is over, you may keep the armors, as I have no use for them]: soren Soren gave a parting speech, and then took off while placing his family inside his Inner World, while Sasuke, and Layla refused to enter, and wanted to fight alongside Soren and everyone else. Sasuke was at the Immortal Lord Realm, while Layla was on the boundary of breaking into the Immortal King Realm, so with their power, Soren felt more comfortable letting them fight, and if something bad does happen, Soren could always revive them. [Everyone!... Move Out!]: soren Soren''s words rang out in the air, as he was no longer able to be seen, and it was then that people began to disperse and head into the battle zones to fight with the invaders. Soren was able to keep track of all the people he gave a set of armor to, and could see them fighting against the people of the Dark Continent, Soren then grew a smile on his face, and began releasing his pressure to draw in all of the Gods, and their attention. [Come and attack me¡­ Hehe]: soren Lin Fan was off doing his own thing, and it was related to getting more Immortal King''s to join the battle, while Soren began fighting Gods with Sasuke and Layla, while everyone else was fighting their own battles. Death was filling the air all over the Endless Mainland form both sides, and when someone of Soren''s group would die, the armor set would disperse, and reenter Soren''s inventory, and this was so the Invaders wouldn''t steal Soren''s armors to improve their own combat prowess. ''It seems like people are being careless due to the armor I gave them¡­ They are not putting any attention into preserving their lives because they trust the armor too much'': soren Soren was getting a little angry due to how stupid the people of these smaller Sect''s were, and removed his attention on them, and focused it on the people standing before him. [So¡­ 3 huh?... How would you like to die?]: soren Soren was staring at 3 Gods that were facing against him at that point in time, and they were all weak, and couldn''t compare to the Ice God. [Y-You arrogant bastard!... We will kill you here!]: god 1 [So I guess a quick death?]: soren Soren had disappeared from his spot, and in the next second, the God who just spoke had his head removed from his body, as well as his Divine Spark kept inside his heart, and fell to the ground dead. [...Y-You!... You killed our friend!... You will die for this Mortal!]: god 2 [Friend?... So you guys DO have the capability to feel an emotion like Love for a friend¡­ Don''t worry, you will join him soon enough]: soren Soren then disappeared 2 more times, and when he reappeared, he had 2 more heads in his left hand, while his right hand held 2 more hearts, and soon, those 2 hearts were crushed, killing the 2 Gods. [Weaklings were sent¡­ So someone is testing the waters instead of interfering directly]: soren Soren then felt a dark presence disappear, and when Soren tried to find it, he felt nothing, almost as if it was never there to begin with. ''Hehe¡­ Scared to show themselves¡­ Then I will destroy everything'': soren Soren then started releasing his full power as his hair became White in color, and the area around him began to cause tears and ripples in the space, and soon enough, there was a smoky Black figure exposed from the void. [There you are!... You know it''s wrong to spy on people right?]: soren Soren then caught the figure in his hands, and began holding him by what was assumed to be his throat, and was confirmed when the figure began to start coughing. Soren then clenched a little tighter, but not tight enough to kill the figure, and after a futile struggle, the figure stopped moving, and the smoky Black cloud covering his appearance dispersed, and what Soren saw was quite surprising, as it was a Female who was spying over Soren''s battle. [Who are you!... *Cough!*]: ??? [*Tsk*... I should be asking you this question, but as I can assume you are the God of Death¡­ Or in your case, "Goddess"]: soren [B-But how!]: death god [*Sigh*... You reek of Death, and the skill you just used was of the Death Law¡­ So maybe you have no idea who you guys are truly dealing with over here]: soren [... We were just told to take this place over]: death god [Yeah?... Why is that?]: soren When Soren asked this question, the Death God began to look away from Soren while still coughing due to the increased strength of Soren''s grip after he didn''t get an answer. [I don''t think you heard me¡­ I said, Why were you told to take over!]: soren [*Cough!*... Ack! Ease up!... We were told to take over so the Chaos God can be revived¡­ He has promised to lead us to true Omnipotence, but to revive him, we need something from this Continent]: death god Soren had a rough idea, as it was quite similar to the Novel, as the Gods came here to revive the Chaos God from his slumber, but the Chaos God was sleeping in the Endless Mainland. [Thank you¡­ You may go now]: soren [Hehe¡­ *Cough* You will release me?]: death god [Release?... Who said that¡­ I said you can go, not be released¡­ You will still die here for pissing me off]: soren [B-But I just tol-]: death god Soren didn''t let the Death God finish her sentence, as her head was removed from her body, and her Divine Spark was removed from her heart and crushed into dust. Soren then let the body of the Death God fall to the ground, and his only thoughts were those of pity, as the Death God was relatively beautiful, but all the women of this world were so hard to please, and felt they were above all the men they came across. ''What a shame¡­ But I have other plans for my next wife, and she won''t be from this world'': soren Soren then continued to head towards the final burial place of the Chaos God, and it was centered in the middle of the Endless Mainland. Soren noticed that the closer he got to the center of the Continent, the more he felt the Chaos energy in his body run rampant, and once Soren made it to the area above what was assumed to be the resting grounds of the Chaos God, Sakura sounded out in Soren''s head. {DING!... HOST HAS APPEARED ABOVE THE RESTING GROUNDS OF THE (Chaos God )... HOST''S CHOSEN PATH IS BATTLING WITH THE CHAOS PATH OF THE CHAOS GOD¡­ HOST WILL BE SENT UNCONSCIOUS IN 10 SECONDS} [Wait What!?... Fuc-]: soren Soren''s body then fell from the sky, and landed in the center of a forest, and the Chaos Energy began filling Soren''s body, and when Soren woke up, he was not where he fell, and it was safe to say he was not in the Endless Mainland. [What the Fuck happened?... Wait¡­ Where are my clothes?]: soren Soren was completely naked, and the first thing he noticed after the lack of clothes, was the lack of his tail. [What that fuck!... Wait!... This isn''t my body¡­ Where am I]: soren Soren quickly looked around for something like a mirror, but there was nothing, the only thing in his room was a sheathed sword placed in the corner. Soren then took the sword and unsheathed it to look at his appearance in the reflection of the blade, and what he saw surprised him, as well as scared him a bit. Soren''s new figure was that of a middle aged man with Red hair, and Red eyes, and after Soren noticed this, he grabbed hold of his head as memories began to flow into his head. [His name is Li Wei¡­ He got drunk and invited a female over, she then robbed him of everything, and left him with the normal sword in his hands because he was the only man to get her off in a long time]: soren ''What a Pig!'': soren Soren then tried to pull up his System, but nothing happened, and when he tried to circulate his Omni Energy, Chaos was the only thing that surrounded his body, Soren then felt a pull, and lost control of his body as it began to move on it''s own, and left the ravaged hut. ''Where am I going?... Am I still in his memories?'': soren Chapter 186 - Killing the Bald Monk Soren''s new body was moving on it''s own, and it was heading towards the door of the room he was standing in previously, and when Soren''s body opened the door to the room and left, the scenery changed from the hallway outside of the room, to an open mountain range, and Soren was floating in mid air. [What just happened?... I was naked in an Inn room, and now I am fully clothed, and floating before a gigantic mountain range]: soren Soren then regained control over the body, and began to fly around and explore the mountain range that lay before him, as he felt that was the reason for him to lose control of the body in the first place. Soren then began to take a closer look, and when he flew deeper into the mountains, Soren smelled the scent of iron, and when he focused in on it, he realized it was the smell of blood, and when Soren reached the area, he noticed that a bunch of people in Adventurer-like clothing, and armor sets were fighting a bloody war with other people in Adventurer-like clothes. ''What''s going on?... I can feel a strange flow of energy entering my body, and strengthening it to its core¡­ Is this Chaos?'': soren Soren then decided to make himself known, and let out a booming voice that caught the attention of all the fighting adventures, and just for a second, the rivers of blood stopped flowing. [Why are you ants fighting?... Is there reason for such a bloody sight?]: soren [It''s the God of Chaos!... Run!]: some random adventures Soren then watched as all the adventures began to flee like their life depended on it, and it was then that Soren lost control over his body, and watched on as his body moved on its own and slaughtered all the present adventurers in the vicinity. When Soren watched the destruction caused by what Soren could now guess was the God of Chaos'' body, he felt it was vicious, and cruel, and that was saying something for someone who would kill someone for money back when he was a child. Soren then watched as the slaughter ended, and the scenery changed once more, the mountains were gone, and were replaced with a palace that could rival the architecture of Satan himself, as the surrounding pillars were made from Bone, be it Human, Demi-Human, Demon, Elf, or Wild Beast, all the bones were present, and visible in the foundations of the building. [This is sick!... What was wrong with this God of Chaos?]: soren When Soren said this, he heard some movement on his right, and when he looked over, he saw a beautiful woman completely naked, and she was getting up while rubbing the sleep out of her eyes, and when she heard Soren''s words about himself, she spoke. [What are you talking about?... What is "Sick"?... Why are you talking about yourself in 3rd person?]: girl Soren looked over to her, and the worst had happened, as he lost control over his body once more, and watched on as the woman who Soren could see from the body''s memories was a long time lover of the God of Chaos, was brutally fucked and slowly killed for her rude words towards the God of Chaos, and after the God of Chaos dismembered the now dead woman, he threw her head into the corner, and waved a hand letting the doors to his bedroom open, and in came 3 Black dogs that looked the the HellHounds from the Black Ops Zombies Game. The dogs then took the corpse elsewhere to presumably eat it, while the scenery changed once more, and Soren was now facing a bright light, and a voice was booming out towards Soren, while Soren''s body was screaming from the pain, but Soren just watched, and waited to see the figure. [You have caused too much trouble!... Repent for your sins, and be sealed!]: ??? [AAAAHHHHHRRRRAAAGGGG!!!]: chaos gods body Soren felt none of the pain, because he was not in control of the body, and was just watching on as the Chaos God tried to fight back against this all powerful figure, but it was futile, and soon, the Chaos God had fallen, and sealing chains began to wrap around him, and drag him down into the ground. Soren then watched as the bright figure started to become more and more visible, and he could make out facial features, and What he saw, or rather, Who he saw, made Soren rethink his life choices, and spoke to himself as he watched his body being dragged into the ground. ''Lin Fan¡­ He must have sealed the Chaos God here to give himself more time so that he can save his family'': soren As Soren thought this, the body of the Chaos God stopped being dragged into the ground, and instead rose for a second, and when Soren noticed this, he felt a pressure being placed down on his soul, and heard the figure that Soren could make out to be Lin Fan speak to him. [I don''t know how you got trapped watching this poor fools life, but I still hold resentment towards you¡­ But like you, I have also seen many outcomes of the future, and realized only now, that I must give you the System in order for my future to be happy with my family]: lin fan Lin Fan then pulled on an invisible force tying Soren''s soul to the Chaos Gods body, and pulled Soren out, and he became an astral projection, and when Soren turned around to look at the Chaos Gods body from the outside, he only saw the Chaos God sink into nothingness, and the seal was complete. [Soren¡­ Save me¡­ No! Save my world!]: lin fan [Y-You know?]: soren Lin Fan just nodded, and placed his left hand on the forehead of Soren''s astral projection, and in that next second, a bright light enveloped Soren''s body, and a transparent screen appeared before him with a message written in Chinese. {Will you Fuse with the Strongest System?... Y/N} Soren was shocked for a second, and noticed that Lin Fan had disappeared, but left his final words in his place. [Will you save us, or will you be our complete downfall?]: lin fan Soren disregarded Lin Fan''s final words, and mentally pressed the (Y) and his body began to glow once more with an even brighter light, and in that second, the Strongest System rang out with an outrageous amount of notifications, but the main ones were what Soren paid attention towards. {Ding! New Host acquired!... Now Binding Host with his body, and leaving the (Realm of Chaos)} ''Realm of Chaos?... What''s that?'': soren {Ding! The Realm of Chaos is the memories of the God of Chaos and the Host has been brought here because the God of Chaos had felt the Path of Chaos within the Host¡­ If the Creator had not interfered just now, Host would have had his body taken over by the God of Chaos} [What!... Well thank you Lin Fan¡­ I will owe you big time for this]: soren Soren''s body was then transported out from the Realm of Chaos, and he woke up back in the forest he had fallen down into, on the Continent of the Endless Mainland, and when he regained consciousness, Soren had 2 notifications ring out into his head. {DING!... SYSTEM HAS DETECTED THE PRESENCE OF ANOTHER SYSTEM¡­ WILL HOST FUSE, OR CASH IN FOR SYSTEM POINTS?} {Ding!... The Strongest System has detected the presence of another System, will Host purge it? Y/N} Both Systems had rang out into his head, and caused Soren a massive headache, and when Soren noticed what they were trying to do to each other, Soren quickly made an action to suppress it. Soren then mentally clicked (N) on the Strongest System, and asked Sakurs to fuse the Strongest System, so he can get a boost from it, and as the Strongest System was fused, Soren felt a little bad due to it helping him keep his body, but it was all for the greater good. {DING!... SYSTEM HAS ABSORBED THE (Strongest System) AND WILL NOW GO THROUGH A CHANGE¡­ THIS WILL LAST 2 DAYS, AND HOST WON''T HAVE ACCESS TO THE SYSTEM} Soren then watched as Sakura powered down, and Soren saw that he couldn''t access it, just like Sakura informed him. Soren then thought it was a smart idea to leave the forest, and went back to his Sect, and when he returned, Soren noticed the lack of a Sect, as well as the lack of most everything in sight, and it hit him. [Fuck!... They used that cannon thing¡­ This is troublesome, home many of us survived?]: soren Soren sent his senses all across the Endless Mainland, and gathered back all of the information needed, and that was, out of the 50,000 Cultivators gathered into the alliance, only 1,000 remained, and those were the main members that were of Immortal Lord or higher. Soren then searched for 2 important components, and noticed that both Lin Fan and Sun were together fighting against a few of the remaining Gods, and Soren decided to go join them, and once Soren arrived, he saw 4 Gods of relatively high standing, as well as some Bald Monk who seemed to be cowering as Lin Fan held out a bar of White Soap in his hands. [D-Don''t Listen to him!... I would not sacrifice our comrades to this brat!]: ??? Soren watched as the Bald Monk was now being eyed down by the 4 Gods, while Lin Fan still held the bar of Soap in his hands, and once Lin Fan saw his chance, he threw the bar at the 5 enemies, and watched as the Bald Monk tried to escape with no warning as to what it was that Lin Fan threw. [Haha!... I told you that Bald Monk gives no fucks for the lives of you, OR your mothers!]: lin fan The bar landed, but nothing happened, as Lin Fan threw a fake, and it was then that Soren appeared next to both Lin Fan and Sun, and spoke. [Playing Prison Inmate again Lin Fan?]: soren When Lin Fan heard Soren''s words, he quickly shut up, and realized that Soren was like him in terms that he knew what the meaning of "Don''t drop the Soap" ment. [Stay out of it!... It is not I who will be getting fucked, but them!]: lin fan Soren just rolled his eyes, and watched as the Gods were now sweating a little, as Sun was troublesome enough, but now there was another unknown factor that might turn out like Sun. When the Bald Monk saw Soren, he felt Soren was a nobody, as he couldn''t sense a high Cultivation base from him, as Soren only showed a Cultivation base of Divine Celestial Realm State to confuse his opponents. [Don''t mind that fool!... He would die by just a sneeze from us]: bald monk [Oh?... And you are so confident?]: soren Soren then used his creation power, and infused it with his Genjutsu powers to create a bar of Soap with the same effects as Lin Fan''s Lin Brand Soap. Soren then took hold of it in his hands, and showed it to the Bald Monk, and when the Bald Monk saw this, a sweat drop appeared over his forehead, and then he scoffed, as he thought the Soap was a fake, and Lin Fan should be the only one with a Soap like that. [Then come and taste my Zoldyck Brand Soap]: soren When Lin Fan heard this, he took a closer look at Soren''s soap, and noticed that the Soap in Soren''s hands had the same property as his Lin Brands Soap, but the difference between the two soaps, was that Lin Fan''s soap had 3 uses, while Soren''s soap was an indefinite use bar of soap, and Lin Fan felt a bit jealous, and wanted to know where Soren got it. [Lies!... I will show you, you weak bastard!]: bald monk The Bald Monk charged towards Soren, while being careful of Lin Fan, as if Lin Fan threw the soap at him while he was killing the weak piece of trash before him, then his life as a man would be over, as well as his life entirely, but what the Bald Monk didn''t expect was for Soren to speak while readying an attack. [You should not worry about his soap, as mine is stronger]: soren [What!?]: bald monk As the Bald Monk said this, and was about to turn his attention back towards Soren, it was too late, as Soren threw the soap, and the Bald Monk stopped his attack. The bald monk then walked towards the soap, and started to bend down at a 90 degree angle to pick up the soap, and in that next second, he was pulled into a Genjutsu and was unable to move, and while the Bald Monk was in a Genjutsu, the 4 Gods who accompanied him were also caught by Soren''s Genjutsu, and saw the Bald Monk as the woman they wanted to bed the most, and it wasn''t just the woman they wanted the most, but she was also naked and seducing them with her legs open, and her pussy lips spread. [Come on boys!... I''ll take you all inside me!~]: random women of their dreams Soren, Lin Fan, and Sun then watched on as the Bald Monk was held down and pounded by 4 of the strongest gods from the Dark Continent, and once Lin Fan had enough of the show, he decided it was time to collect his experience points, and killed all 5 of them, while Soren felt like washing his eyes out with Bleach from the sight of 4 grown men holding down another grown man, and pounding his asshole like it was their own special Onahole. [My work here is done¡­ I have officially been corrupted, and can''t be married anymore¡­ I just hope my wives still accept me, as I''m sure they could see everything that happened from my Inner World]: soren Chapter 187 - The End of an Arc Soren took both Sun and Lin Fan back to what remained of the Immortal Dragon Sect, and felt that he was a terrible Sectmaster due to all of his Sect''s being destroyed in the past. Soren then used his power to raise a temporary Sect, as the only remaining members of the Sect number below the 100''s, while the other Sects that joined had their remaining members number just about the same as Soren''s members. Soren then sent his senses out to search for how many remaining invaders there still were, and when Soren saw that there were only 3 Gods left, while they were gathered at the Chaos God''s resting place, Soren immediately told Lin Fan and Sun, and had them go, while he entered the training room, to make the 2 days he needed to wait for the System to be back up go by faster. [You guys just hold them off, I will be there shortly]: soren Both Lin Fan and Sun nodded towards Soren''s words, and left towards the direction Soren pointed them to, while Soren entered his training room, and focused on getting any kind of training in, as Soren knew that the Chaos God could match his full power strength, and the only reason Lin Fan won, was that he had awoken the System completely, and embodied the Creator title. Soon, 2 days inside the training room passed, and Soren quickly looked at all the Notifications, as well as his improved status, and what he saw shocked him, as he was given a choice between what he wanted to do next. {DING!... SYSTEM HAS GONE THROUGH FINAL UPDATE¡­ HOST CAN CHOOSE TO TRANSCEND REALITY, AND BECOME A TRUE GOD, THUS REACHING THE APEX OF THIS WORLD¡­ Y/N?} {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan ---> Saiyan Immortal Bloodlines: Origin God''s Bloodline Titles: Creator, 200+ more Level: 1,000 (Can transcend to a Realm Above Heavenly Lord) Cultivation Level: Heavenly Lord Luck: Lucky Body Type: Chaos God Body Level: Heavenly Lord -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level MAX Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinne Sharingan-: Unlocked -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Saiyan Immortal Form (Note: Once transformed, Host can not go back) Chosen Path: Chaos God ---> Omnipotent Chaos God Path Skill: Chaos and Destruction - With Chaos comes Destruction, and out of Destruction comes Life (You can both Breathe and Destroy Life from Nothingness) -Skills-: 200,000+ -List?- -Passive-: 80,000+ -List?- System Points: 474 Million} Soren noticed that many things had disappeared from his Status, and had been changed or improved, and once of the main things was Soren''s Power Level was changed into a Numerical Leveling System, but the thing was that it was low. [Sakura, why is my Level only 1,000¡­ When I fought that Rance guy, you said my Level was well over 9,000¡­ What''s with the sudden drop?]: soren {DING!... HOST HAS COMPRESSED LEVELS¡­ 1 OF YOUR CURRENT LEVELS ARE AROUND LEVEL 10,000 OF YOUR PREVIOUS ESTIMATED LEVEL} [So much!?... Well I can see now why I would need compressed levels, as I would be level 10 Million using the previous measuring system]: soren Soren was going over his new status, and looking at the changes, as well as the new added things like his Creator title, and saw that it was what made his Transformations disappear and be replaced with something new. Soren was then prompted once more by Sakura to make the choice to Level up passed the Heavenly Lord Realm, and he was hesitant, as once he does this, he will officially be considered as an Omnipotent God, be it of the lower level, and after some thinking, Soren decided it was to save this world, and it''s people. [Yes!... Level Up!]: soren Soren accepted, and was surrounded by a Golden Light that soon faded, and completely changed Soren''s body, but not by much. Soren noticed that his hair was now White in color just like his Ultra Instinct form, but he felt none of Ultra Instincts power behind it, and then Soren remembered that he no longer had any of his Transformations. Soren then noticed that his Saiyan tail had completely disappeared, but Soren could still feel his primal state, and Soren''s eyes were an Obsidian color, and looked like they reflected the entire Multiverse, Soren then looked at his newly chiseled body that had more muscle growth than his previous form, but still was as fast as before, if not faster. [This body is that of a God!... A True God¡­ Not the wannabe that my other forms took, and all my scars from my childhood have completely vanished¡­ I feel women will throw themselves at me to sleep in my bed¡­ Hehe, but I am faithful, and won''t just sleep with any random women]: soren Soren then noticed that he was still not in his final form as he felt that the Lin Fan he met was still more powerful than his current form, and when he realized that he had yet to activate his Saiyan Immortal Form, he looked over it, and debated weather it was a good choice or not, as once he transformed, he could not go back. [... I hope I''m not making a mistake¡­ I will transform then]: soren Soren then released his full power, and activated the transformation, and his body began to glow in a Golden shimmering light, and soon Soren''s body began to release a power that threatened to break the training room, and when Soren saw this, he quickly strengthened the room with his power. [I feel I can make anything I want happen¡­ I can make my own Universe, and do anything I want¡­ So this is the power of an Omnipotent God]: soren Soren then thought of something, and his appearance quickly began to change and match that of his former self from when he was a child, his hair was Blue in color, and his age looked to be that of a 12 year old, and soon, Soren began changing his appearance to many different things. Cat, Dog, Tiger, Bird, Dragon, Soren became all of these things as he began to imagine them in his head, and soon, his appearance became that of a 16 year old with short Black hair, and an emotionless face, and the form reminded Soren of Tatsuya Shiba from Mahouka Koukou no Rettousei. [I like this form, but It looks nothing like me, so I will alter it to have the appearance I had when I was 16]: soren Soon, Soren found the form he liked best, and planned on using it for the next few World''s he would travel to for sightseeing, before he went back to his previous figure of a God-like being with the appearance of a 21 year old, Soren''s hair was Black in color, and extremely long. Soren then began to work on controlling his overwhelming power, so he didn''t make the mistake of destroying the World like Lin Fan did a countless amount of times, and while Soren was doing that, Lin Fan, Sun, Sasuke, and Layla were fighting the 3 remaining Gods, and a Heavenly Lord Immortal with a vengeance against someone named Heavenly Lord Xin Feng. [It''s Over Xin Feng, you fell thousands of years ago, and only this small amount of your consciousness had survived¡­ You will lose, and the Chaos God will be revived!]: ??? [I may not be alive anymore, but I have seen all the possible endings, as I have written this story, and throughout the story, many things have changed that I could not predict¡­ 2 men have changed my story, and will change the outcome of this terrible ending I have written¡­ I may fall here, but this will not be the end of my story]: xin feng Xin Feng''s words made the Traitorous Heavenly Lord angry, and in all that rage, he charged towards Xin Feng, but with all the remaining power left in him, he held off the Heavenly Lord, and sent him off into the distance with his attack. Once everyone thought it was over, Xin Feng began to tell Soren about absorbing all of his Secret Grounds so he could reach the Heavenly Lord Realm, but as Xin Feng opened his Secret Grounds, a boom was heard far off in the distance, and took hold of everyone''s attention. And what the saw next was shocking, as the Heavenly Lord Xin Feng just launched away was now much stronger, and heading towards their direction at lightning fast speeds. Xin Feng then turned towards Lin Fan and began telling Lin Fan his true identity, and how he would need to absorb everyone born from his Secret Grounds, and when Lin Fan heard this, he was reluctant to do so, and tried to fight with the Heavenly Lord who was now possessed by the Chaos God. Lin Fan kept getting beat up and thrown away, but he would continue to try and fight off the Chaos God, and the Chaos God just sat there while laughing at Lin Fan''s failed attempts to fight him. [Hahaha!... You weak ants will just die under my fist!... Give up, and give me your lives quietly]: chaos god Lin Fan was just about to make the tough decision of absorbing his family and friends, while promising himself that he would find a way to bring them back, and just before he could make that tough decision, Lin Fan''s last thoughts were on Soren. ''Soren¡­ You have always been a pain, and we may not see eye to eye¡­ But if you are so much stronger than me, come here and beat this guy who threatens all of our existences'': lin fan Just as Lin Fan thought this, and was being hugged by his close friends and family, a booming voice broke everyone''s concentration, and everyone looked towards the direction of the voice, and even the Chaos God turned his attention towards the voice. [Who dares to try and take away my world from me?... I have dominated every world I have been to, and this will not be the first I fail to dominate!]: soren [Soren!... Soren!... Soren!... Brother!]: sasuke, sun, lin fan, layla Soren then turned his attention toward the 3 Gods who were standing next to the Chaos God who took over the body of a Heavenly Lord Realm Cultivator. [Pathetic!... I will kill you now]: soren Soren then used the glare from his eyes to completely freeze the 3 Gods into solid blocks of ice before they shattered due to the pressure of Soren. Soren then turned his attention towards the remaining God who was not affected by the slightest from Soren''s glare, and Soren realized that the Chaos God had achieved a bit of Omnipotence, and was stronger than everyone else in this world, everyone but Soren that is. [So a worm is a bit stronger than the rest¡­ But it is still futile, as I will kill you now]: soren When the Chaos God heard Soren''s claim, he began laughing, but when he felt Soren''s aura spike up to the same level as the man who sealed him all those years ago, he had sweat start forming on his forehead, as he knew there was nothing that could harm the man the stood before him back then, and if it was the same man, then he would be sealed once more, or worse, die on the spot. [Y-You!... L-Let me live! Please!... I-I will do whatever you want! Just don''t seal me again!]: chaos god [Seal?... You think I want to seal you again?... No, you will die for trying to kill all these people to further your power of Chaos]: soren Soren then felt the need to try out a new move that appeared on his Status, and raised his palm towards the Chaos God, and when the Chaos God saw this, he tried to escape, but realized he couldn;t move even an inch. Soren then gathered some power into his hand, and while holding the Chaos God in place, Soren activated his Path skill, and used Chaos to Destroy the Chaos Gods body, and turn his power into nourishment for the Endless Continent. [Be reborn as a good person in your next life]: soren Soren then sent the Chaos Gods soul through the cycle of Reincarnation, and made sure to thoroughly wash him of his sins and memories until he was satisfied, and confident that the Chaos God will no longer be after death and destruction to further himself. Soren then flew down to the ground and was met with Layla jumping into Soren''s arms at lightning speeds, and she was followed by both Sasuke and Sun who just hung their arms around Soren''s shoulders and stood on his side, and when Soren saw this, he felt like wanted to escape, but decided to let it all happen. [No that this is over¡­ I can leave the finish of this story in your hands]: xin feng [Hold up¡­ Your stories not complete yet]: soren Soren then used his power to revive everyone who died fighting against the Invaders, as well as gave Xin Feng a new body, and with Soren''s power, placing Xin Feng''s soul into a new body was as easy as breathing. Soren then reversed time on the damage to the Endless Mainland, and revived all the fallen Sect''s and their buildings, and once Soren did this, he brought everyone over to the Immortal Dragon Sect with a snap of his fingers, and once everyone was settled down, Soren explained what happened. [You all have fought well, even if you died, you made a great change, so as promised, you all will be awarded¡­ Now for the main message, I will be leaving with my Sect, so you all can have this place for yourselves]: soren Chapter 188 - Naruto Incoming! When Soren informed all of those who were present about his departure, they were full of mixed feelings, as some people were sad that Soren''s Sect was going to disappear, while other felt great joy that a Sect full of monsters like Soren would be leaving, as it would give them a higher position in the Sect ranking. [Feel not for my departure as I never planned to stay in this world, as there are higher planes of existence that I will travel to]: soren Soren finished his speech, and had all of his Disciples gather up, and with a wave of his hand, they all entered his Inner World. Soren then looked over to Sasuke, Sun, and Layla, and with a nod they also entered Soren''s Inner World, and Soren disappeared into his Inner World. Soren then had Sauske come into his home so he could ask him a few questions about his tip in the Strongest System World. [So, Sasuke, have you had a good time exploring the word?]: soren [Yeah¡­ I saw way more here than I could have ever expected from my world, and have gained way more power here, than I ever would have with Orochimaru]: sasuke [Good to hear¡­ So then I suspect I don''t need to ask if you want to return back to your world?]: soren [I would love to¡­ It has been a really long time since I have been in my world, as well as reflected on my memories of what would have happened in the future]: sasuke [Then it''s settled!... We will go to your world, but first I need to go pick up the rest of my family from our previous world]: soren When Soren said this, 3 women who were waiting behind a pillar came out with joyous looks on their faces, as both Misha, and Hancock wanted to go visit their friends and family, while Vados wanted to see her father, and her youngest brother. Sasuke also wanted to revisit the Dragon Ball world, as they were more technology advanced than his previous World, so he had no problems revisiting the Dragon Ball World for a couple of days. [Then let''s get everyone together, and we can leave]: soren Soon, Soren was surrounded by Sasuke, Sun, Layla, Misha, Hancock, Vados, Zenith, Serina, Shannon, Ariel, Haku, and his 3 youngest children. Soren then opened a portal and stepped through with his family in tow, and the destination was the Dragon Ball World, and during the travel, Soren noticed that the System rang out with a Notification, and Soren decided to look into the notification. {DING!... HOST HAS COMPLETED THE MISSION (End the Infinite Cycle)... HOST HAS BROKE THE CYCLE OF REPETITION FOR THE NOVEL (The Strongest System)... REWARDING HOST WITH FOLLOWING REWARDS, WITH MINOR CHANGES DUE TO THE ABSORPTION OF (Lin Fan''s System)... Quest Rewards- End the Infinite Cycle: 100 Trillion XP, Title: Creator, Omnipotent Armor Set x1, Omni-Weapon x1, All Laws Learned, 1 Billion System Points, Loot World Creation ticket, Note from God x1} Soren had noticed that his Creator title was already added before he collected his reward, and felt it had to do with getting a pre-existing version of Lin Fan''s system. ''Looks like I will have something to open when I get to the God Realm, as it is pointless to open it now, but while I wait, I guess I can read the note from God'': soren Note- Hello Soren, long time no see. I have noticed that you reached the stage of an Omnipotent God, but it is still at a low level, so you will only be able to further yourself up here in the God Realm. I can''t wait to see you again, but until then, enjoy yourself in those lower Realms, Goodbye my Son. Soren was happy to read the note, and felt very thankful that he was ever reincarnated in the first place, and soon after, Soren appeared before a portal, and his entire family began entering the portal one by one. Soren then felt the low quality of power from the Universe, and felt that with a snap of his fingers he could upgrade the energy produced by the Universe, but held back as he thought it might cause trouble with everyone in the Universe. [All of us should suppress our power as to not accidentally blow up the Universe]: soren Everyone nodded their heads, as it would be a shame to blow up the Universe after just arriving, and Soren gave everyone a ring with a special power to forcefully suppress the powers of everyone to be around the Desolate Celestial Level, and that was equal to the apex of this world. Soren then felt out all the pressences on the planet Earth that they just appeared on, and when Soren felt the presence of Zeno, Killua, and Gon, he quickly teleported over to them along with the rest of his group, and when Zeno, Killua, and Gon felt this familiar presence, they quickly turned their attention towards Soren, and the 12 people he led. [Dad!... Brother!... Soren!]: zeno, killua, gon [Hey guys!... I see you improved quite a bit while I was gone]: soren When everyone heard Soren''s words, they quickly wanted to attack him with hugs, but held themselves back, and the first person to speak was Killua who wanted to spar with Soren. [Brother!... Let''s spar! It''s been too long]: killua Soren only smiled while nodding his head, and didn''t even take his hands out from behind his back, and when Killua saw this, he felt Soren was looking down on him, and attacked, but in the next second, Killua was sent flying, while Soren didn''t even flinch. [Oops¡­ Sorry Kill~ I forgot to remove my armor]: soren Soren was laughing deep down, and was quite glad that Killua made contact with his armor instead of his body, as if Killua hit Soren, he would have broken his hand from the impact. [Hey!... What kind of cheat is that!?... Fight me fair and square!]: killua [Hehe¡­ Not now, I don''t want to hurt you on accident¡­ I only came to collect you guys so we can head around the other worlds and have some fun while relaxing a bit]: soren It was then that 5 new figures appeared before Soren and his group, while a familiar voice asked. [Where are you guys going now?... You just got back after so many years, and now you are going to leave again?]: ??? Soren then turned his attention towards them and spoke. [Goku!... Long time no see!... You seem to have grown a bit older, but Vegeta over here looks as young as ever]: soren [Hmph!... I''ll have you know Soren, I took over for Beerus as the God of Destruction, and that''s why I am still young¡­ Kakarot on the other hand has been training under the Grand Priest, but still has yet to attain Immortality]: vegeta [Oh?... So is this why the Grand Priest, Whis, and Beerus have come with the 2 of you?]: soren The 5 people that had appeared were Goku, Vegeta, Grand Priest, Whis, and Beerus. [No Soren¡­ I have come because I felt the presence of my Daughter enter the Universe¡­ I see you guys have made another child, but it''s strange, his age is at a stable rate of a normal Mortals growth rate¡­ How did you do that? Also, what''s my new Grandson''s name?]: GP [Well I have transcended even the Dragon God Zalama, so I think I can make anything I want happen, and as for his name, He is named Michael, I also had 2 other children whose names are Ryan, and Zack]: soren [You seem to get around quite well¡­ Just keep it in your pants while around me then]: GP The Grand Priest gave Soren a warning in a joking tone, but Soren could tell that he was serious, as the Grand Priest couldn''t bear to think about Soren violating his daughter any more than he already did. The Grand Priest then went over to his 2 Grandchildren, and began talking with them, while asking about where they went, and how powerful Soren got, but all the answers they gave the Grand Priest made him feel inferior towards Soren, as how they described the world, the Grand Priest was picturing nothing but Gods fighting daily battles to the death. [So, about my reason for being here, I have come to collect my family, I will take them on a trip for a few years and bring them back when I''m done]: soren When Soren said this, Zeno, Killua, and Gon thought about taking their wives and children, but felt that they should stay out of anything dangerous, as anything Soren considered a vacation could outright have nukes being dropped on him, and when Soren saw their hesitation, he spoke up. [No need to worry, if you like, I can take you all, or I can bring you back to the exact time we leave, so for the people of this Universe it will be like nothing changed]: soren [Soren!... Can I go!?]: goku [No!... You are supposed to take over for Zen-Oh- sama]: GP [Aww!... Come on Grand Priest, Soren said he can bring us back to the exact time we left]: goku Goku was getting bored with traveling the 12 Universes, and felt like going somewhere else, and when Soren saw this, he just began to chuckle and spoke while walking close to Goku. [You should listen to the Grand Priest, he knows what''s best for you, but I will give you a parting gift]: soren Soren placed his hand over Goku''s head, and infused a bit of his vitality into Goku''s body, and this action had rejuvenated Goku to look like he did back when Super started, as that was his peak, and when everyone looked towards Soren for answers, he spoke. [Goku is now Immortal, just like Vegeta¡­ But Vegeta''s Immortality comes at the price of tying his life to the Supreme Kai, while Goku is an Immortal like the Angels¡­ Enjoy my gift]: soren Soren then took his family with him into his Inner World, and began making it expand into an entire Universe, and within, Soren copied Earth, but it was still an empty husk, so Soren then began making a copy of every human on earth, except for his family''s children and lovers. [I have made an exact copy of the Universe, and it is inhabited by copied souls, they all have the same feelings and memories, and can be considered as Twins of the Earth''s population, the only thing Earth is missing are your families, so you can choose to move them into here, or come back once our trip is over, or maybe you all don''t want to go?... It''s all up to you guys in the end, but I will be traveling once more]: soren Zeno, Killua, and Gon thought for a moment, and after coming up with a unanimous conclusion, they all decided they would travel with Soren, while their families stayed in this Universe, and when Soren heard this, he felt like he wasted efforts, but thought that he could play around with his newly created Universe in the future. [So, where will we be going now Brother?]: killua [Sasuke wanted to go visit his family, so I will take him home, and we will spend some time with them¡­ There is also some fun things to learn from his world]: soren Soren then had Sasuke appear by his side with a bright smile on his face, and Soren then popped the one question that would determine the outcome of the fate of the Naruto series. [Sasuke, what timeline do you want to visit?... We can go to any point in time, as well as the moment you were summoned into the Zanpakuto]: soren [...Hmm¡­ I could save my Clan¡­ I could save my Brother¡­ I could change the outcome of that world with my choice here]: sasuke Suske was debating on what his choice should be, and then he thought of his actions, and how it might change his future for the worst instead of the best. [Soren¡­ Can you change my appearance to that of my 16 year old self?... I want to appear at the time I was taken from my world¡­ I plan on doing everything I did in my memories to make the outcome the exact same]: sasuke When Soren heard this, he felt happy, and nodded while Sasuke was then glowing in a Golden color, and when the light disappeared, Sasuske looked to be the exact same as he was when he was 16, as well as wearing the same White kimono with a Dark Blue cloak tied around his waist with a Purple rope, and on his back, the Kusanagi was fixed in between the Purple rope. [You look like a bad ass Sasuke]: soren Soren gave Sasuke a thumbs up with his left hand, while his right eye was closed and his tongue was sticking out of his mouth. [Then let''s go!... World of Ninjas here I come, hehe]: soren Chapter 189 - Becoming a Jonin Soren opened the portal, entered it while leaving everyone else in his Inner World, as it would follow him anywhere he went. After a few hours of traveling, and deciding what he would do when he got there, Soren saw another World up ahead, and felt himself being dragged towards it like he would with the other Worlds he went to. Soren decided to jump to the timeline Sasuke was taken from, and once he entered the world, he froze time, and brought Sasuke out from his Inner World, then Sasuke led Soren to the place that he was taken from, and Soren saw that Sasuke hadn''t lied when he told Soren that he was just about to kill Orochimaru, but was stopped when he was summoned. ''Wow!... I never expected to see Orochimaru make a face like this, but knowing the plot, Orochimaru will survive, and Sasuke said that he would play it out just like it did in his memories'': soren [Since I brought you back, do you want me to seal your powers with a seal that will slowly weaken over time until you reach adolescence?]: soren [No, I know how to hold back¡­ I do want to heal my brother though, as I don''t need to kill him to gain the power of the Eternal Mangekyou Sharingan, as I already have it thanks to the System you gave me]: sasuke Soren just gave Sasuke a nod, and watched as Sasuke walked over to his previous position, and Soren left not only the place he dropped Sasuke off at, but this timeline in general, and when Sasuke saw this, he felt a new memory engraved in his head and spoke. [I see¡­ Heh¡­ Thank you Soren]: sasuke The time unfroze and Sasuke plunged his sword deep into what he expected to be Orochimaru''s heart, and Orochimaru played dead, Sasuke then got up and left the hideout that he had just "Killed" Orochimaru in, and began looking for Itachi, as that was his goal after he killed Orochimaru in his memories. [This is going to get real repetitive in a few days]: sasuke Sasuke decided to use an Immortal skill to make his body follow the movements of his memories so he won''t make a mistake, while he thought back to the new memories that have just been engraved into his mind. [You sly bastard¡­ So you plan to make Naruto look up to you as a big brother]: sasuke Sasuke was going over the memories, while Soren was sleeping in his room inside of the Hidden Leaf Village of Konoha, and Soren began remembering the time he dropped Sasuke off, and used his ability to manipulate time, and reappeared 16 years ago during the Kyuubi attack on the Village. Soren had changed his appearance to look like his 3 year old self with short Black hair, and Obsidian colored eyes, he changed his clothes to match what Sasuke wore as a child, but different in color, Soren wore a Black T-Shirt with a Gray pair of shorts, he also wore a Black pair of Ninja sandals. With this new change, Soren sensed Minato''s location, as he would be the closest to the two biggest Chakra signatures on the battlefield, and with that, Soren started running towards Minato''s direction with a forced look of fear on his face while shouting. [Mommy!... Daddy!... Where are you!]: soren Soren felt proud in his act, as it drew attention to himself by many, and soon, Soren saw a gigantic Fox paw swiping his direction, and right before it was going to hit him, a Yellow bolt of light shot between the paw and Soren, while picking up Soren into his right arm, and when Soren looked to his left, he saw a newborn baby with Yellow spiky hair. Soren then watched as Minato placed him on the ground, and then placed the baby inside his arms, and with a look of fear that he turned into a bright smile as to not scare Soren, he spoke. [Please take care of my Son while I go take care of this big mean Fox will ya?]: minato [Un!... Go beat that big mean Fox! He hurt Mommy and Daddy!]: soren Minato''s look made him realize that Soren''s parents might have died while trying to protect him from the Kyuubi attack, so he decided to come up close and pat the child''s head while giving him his farewell. [My son''s name is Naruto¡­ Take care of him as an Older Brother]: minato As Soren had a genuine tear form in his left eye due to how much he felt for Minato for a few reasons, and the main one being Minato risked the life of himself, and Naruto to save him from the Kyuubi''s attack, and another one, was the sheer willpower he had to fight a losing battle with a smile on his face. ''I will, and you will never be forgotten Minato'': soren When Soren thought that, the Kyuubi attacked once more, and pierced Minato with his claw, and when Soren saw that, he screamed out. [Mister!... Don''t die! You still need to be with Naruto!]: soren [*Cough Blood*... I will be with him¡­ In here]: minato Minato then began doing a seal in which Kushina made her way over with what little power she had left, and they both put their Chakra together to make a seal, and sealed half of the Kyuubi into Naruto. Once Soren started to mentally calm down, as the plot would continue with Minato sealing the other half inside of him, but unexpectedly, Minato began to perform the same seal onto his body. ''What the fuck! Why seal it in me?... Do you really expect that much from me?'': soren Soren then decided to drop all his guards, and let the Fox be sealed into his body, and when that happened, Soren fell unconscious due to the Seal fighting with the System. {DING!... HOST HAS RECOGNIZED THE SEAL TO NOT BE HARMFUL TO THE BODY, AND THE SYSTEM WILL ANALYZE, AND IMPROVE THE SEAL¡­ HOST CAN NOW CONTACT THE SEALED BEAST INSIDE} Soren was soon surrounded by a group of 10 Jonin, as well as the 3rd Hokage, and when they saw the sight of Minato, and Kushina dead in a position that looked to be protecting Soren and the newborn baby, they decided to take both Soren and the newborn into custody. Once Soren woke up, he realized he was in the hospital, while being surrounded by at least 10 Jonin, and when they noticed Soren had woke up, 2 of the Jonin left to contact the higher ups, and soon after, an old man in a Kage cap and robes entered the room with a newborn baby in his arms. [You have awoken!... Good, now can you tell me your name?]: old man [Soren Uchiha¡­ Where am I?]: soren Soren began to fake ignorance, as well as playing the victim card in hopes that the group of people around him will look at him as just a 3 year old, as that was his appearance. [An Uchiha huh?... And where are your parents? And how did you enter the battlefield?]: old man [My Mommy and Daddy were sent to fight that mean Fox, and I followed them to make sure they were okay¡­ But I got lost, and that Mister with the Yellow hair saved me from the Fox]: soren [So the 4th saved you from the Kyuubi?]: old man [He''s the 4th Hokage!?... I will pray to him every day for saving my life]: soren [Yes, but you will not be able to speak about anything that happened¡­ As well as not speak about this boy, whom I care in my arms]: old man [Im sorry Old man, but I made a promise to 4th-san to protect his Son, and be his older Brother]: soren [Hmm¡­ Well I have good news, you two will be placed together, as you cannot go back to the Uchiha district for now]: old man [But my home is there]: soren [I see¡­ I will give you a new home, and you can stay with this newborn here]: old man Soren after a bit more questioning was released from the Hospital, and brought to a Home that was made to be Naruto''s apartment, but was renovated to be a bit bigger. Soren then spent 3 years in that apartment with Naruto, while occasionally an Anbu Jonin would stop by to make sure Naruto and Soren were still alive, as well as provide some money for food supplies, and today, Soren would be taken into the Academy by orders of the 3rd Hokage. ''I guess I should show an outstanding ability of an Uchiha, but nothing to grand as to draw suspicion'': soren Soren then spent only 4 years inside the academy instead of 6 years, and graduated 2 years early, as well as being the top of his class with records that even surpassed Itachi Uchiha. [Naruto will start in the upcoming months, and has asked me to teach him some moves¡­ I wonder what I should teach him¡­ Taijutsu? Genjutsu?]: soren Soren came home from the graduation ceremony, and was greeted by Naruto who still had a mouth full of Raman as he shouted. [Nii-chan!... Your back! How was the graduation?]: naruto [Hehe¡­ Your brother here is a full fledged Ninja now!]: soren [Aww¡­ I can''t wait to join the academy now!]: naruto [Don''t worry, with hard practice, you should be able to pass with flying colors]: soren Soren gave Naruto some encouragement, and over the next few days, Soren got set with a team, but he excelled so well, that Soren was called into the Hokage''s office, for a meeting. When Soren got to the Hokage''s building, he looked up at the mountain rage, and gave a 90 degree bow towards it, and entered the building, and after a 10 minute wait, Soren was brought into the office, and was seated in front of the Hokage. [Soren-boya¡­ I heard from your squad leader that you have excelled well past that of a Genin, and when he saw that you have unlocked the Sharingan, he felt that you could even surpass that of a Chunin¡­ So I have called you here today to see if you would like to take the test to become a Jonin]: 3rd hokage [So is that all I was called here for, old man?... I guess I could take the test, what do I need to do?]: soren [Oh?... Then you can have a sparring match with one of my best Jonin, and all you need to do is touch him once]: 3rd hokage [So easy?... Bring him on then! I will beat him to a pulp, Believe it!]: soren ''It seems Soren has also taken on Naruto''s phrase, or did Naruto get it from him?... I can only rely on Kakashi to put Soren in his place'': 3rd hokage [Okay then¡­ Fox!]: 3rd hokage When the 3rd called out the name Fox, a man with a Fox mask and White hair wearing an Anbu uniform appeared beside the 3rd''s side, appearing to be around the age of 21, and when Soren saw him, his only thoughts were. ''Kakashi huh?... I will land an attack then'': soren [So I will be fighting this one Lord 3rd?]: fox [Yes, but don''t look down on him, he is a full blooded Uchiha]: 3rd hokage Kakashi looked towards Soren, and saw Soren have him a 45 degree bow, while keeping eye contact the whole time, and when Kakashi saw Soren had all 3 tomoes activated, he felt Soren might actually be a bit troublesome, and got serious. [Then Follow me, we will go to the training grounds]: fox Soren followed Kakashi, as well as the 3rd Hokage, as he would be the referee, and when they all reached training ground #3, Kakashi and Soren stood around 12 meters apart from each other, while the 3rd Hokage stood at a distance so as to not get in their way. [You may start now!]: 3rd hokage When the 3rd said those words, Soren then disappeared from his position, and caught Kakashi off guard, and in the next second, Soren appeared behind Kakashi with both hands clasped together with both index, and middle fingers pointing towards the sky, and with 7 words, scared the life out of Kakashi. [Hidden Finger Jutsu!... Thousand Years of Death!]: soren Kakashi quickly used his substitution jutsu, and Soren''s fingers came into contact with a log and exploded it into millions of pieces. ''Holy Shit!... I might have died!'': kakashi While Kakashi thought this, Soren reappeared next to him and spoke in a calm tone before grabbing hold of Kakashi''s arm. [Game over, I win!]: soren Soren gave a V sign with his hands, and Kakashi just sighed for the loss. Chapter 190 - Team 7 After Soren''s battle with Kakashi, Soren, Kakashi, and the 3rd Hokage all went back to the Hokage''s office, and Soren was presented with a set of Jonin Clothes, as well as an ID that stated he was a certified Jonin of the Hidden Leaf. Soren then left the Hokage''s office after getting some important information, as well as the information on how to use the Shadow Clone Jutsu from the 3rd himself, and went home to practice the technique, and when Naruto saw Soren practicing a new jutsu, he tried to stay hidden as to try and practice it himself. [...You know, it''s not nice to spy on others, how do you think I would feel if I had to go pick you up for peeping on the women''s changing rooms again]: soren [Aww!... I thought I did well to hide my presence¡­ And it''s not my fault one of the Hyuga clan members decided to scan the room before she began changing]: naruto [That''s the problem¡­ You got caught]: soren [Hey!... There is no way to escape the eyes of the Hyuga Clan!]: naruto [Hehe¡­ That''s where you''re wrong you brother¡­ There is only one way to escape the eyes of a Hyuga Clan member]: soren [How is that Nii-chan!?]: naruto [Simple!... Transform!]: soren When Soren said that, a puff a White smoke surrounded Soren, and once it disappeared, a voluptuous figure of Soren appeared, while wearing the same clothes that Soren was wearing before he transformed. [Make them see you as one of them, and join them directly]: soren Soren had noticed that during his time pretending to be a young child, he had grown some childish tendencies, and it only made Naruto become more and more childish and perverted. ''Please let my actions go by and not affect him too much'': soren Soren began praying to whatever God was incharge of the Narutoverse, but then he remembered that he probably scared off that God when he entered. After Soren''s teaching moments, a few months had passed, and Naruto was now old enough to join the academy, and on the day of the initiation, Soren was there to be his guardian, and make Naruto feel just a little more normal than he would have with nobody there for him. And while other parents were arriving with their children, Soren began to hear some murmurs from some of the parents whispering between each other, and what he heard made his switch flip. [There''s that boy¡­ The cursed one with the Fox sealed inside him]: random parents Soren told Naruto to sit on the swing set for a second, and quickly disappeared from his spot, only to reappear behind the still gossiping parents, and began to speak in a cold tone. [It is forbidden to speak about that incident, and you know the consequence for breaking that rule right?]: soren The parents heard this and quickly turned towards the voice, and when they saw someone who appeared to be 8 years in age wearing a Jonin outfit, they got scared, as this was the new Jonin who had taken on 3 S-Rank missions all by himself, and he just heard them speaking about the forbidden secret. [Please!... Let us live! Our son still needs us in his life!... Well do anything, just forgive our crime this once!]: scared parent [Your child won''t make it in the Ninja world, pull him out, and never bring him back to this academy¡­ You will also be stripped of your title of Ninja if you are registered]: soren Soren spoke his words and scared the family who immediately followed his words and left the academy with their child, as well as relinquished the title of Ninja if they held it, due to fear. Soren had no right to remove their right to be a Ninja, but due to the fear he can induce, anyone will give up on whatever Soren wants them to give up on, and once Soren saw the family leave, he reappeared back to Naruto''s side, and saw him trying to talk with a boy who had Black hair tied up into a ponytail, but it wasn''t long enough to reach down his back. The boy had a look of laziness on his face, and made Soren remember the lazy boy of Naruto''s class who despite being lazy, was actually one of the smartest kids in the class when it came to strategic planning. [Who''s your friend Naruto?]: soren Soren began walking up to both Naruto and the boy he remembered to be Shikamaru from the Naruto Anime. [Nii-chan!... This is Shikamaru, he is from the Nara Clan]: naruto [The Nara Clan?... Quite the background you got for yourself Shikamaru]: soren [I know¡­ What a drag!]: shikamaru [So, are you guys going to be in the same class as each other?]: soren [Yeah!... This is Shikamaru''s first year as well Nii-chan]: naruto [Good!... I hope you can be a good friend to my little brother Shikamaru-kun¡­ Anyway, Naruto, I will be going out on a few missions for a while, so I need you to be a model student while I''m gone, okay?]: soren [Okay Nii-chan!... Come one Shikamaru!]: naruto Naruto then began trying to lead Shikamaru into the academy building, while Soren went to the Hokage''s office to collect a bunch of missions to do. Soren would take missions to make up for his missing time, and would do it like this, Soren gets a bunch of missions assigned to him like reconnicense, and then he would send Shadow Clones to do them as a slow pace, while he would enter his Inner World and spend time with his family. Today, Soren entered his Inner World while his Clones did the missions, and was confronted by his family, as they wanted to come out and explore the world, and not for a few hours, but for good. [I can do this, but you cannot live in the village until I put together backstories and information for you¡­ I also cannot claim that I know you as I have been integrated into the Uchiha family, and haven''t been there since the fight with the Kyuubi]: soren When Soren spoke about the situation, Misha spoke up with a resolution to the problem. [Then why doesn''t Husband create his own Village?... Misha thinks that''s the best way to solve our problem]: misha Soren realized he never thought about this option as he had always stayed in Konoha to protect Naruto until he felt Naruto would be safe on his own. [Then I will make a Hidden Village¡­ Who wants to be the Kage of the village?]: soren [Dad, won''t you be the Kage?]: zeno [I could, but I am affiliated with Konoha, so I can''t take control over the village, only run it from the shadows¡­ But Zeno, you could be the Kage]: soren [... Then I will do so, but only until you can take over]: zeno [That''s fine¡­ Anyway, I can stay here for a few years, and leave when I get the information from my clones about the completion of their missions]: soren Soren then spent some time inside his Inner World, and came up with some designs for his Hidden Village, and felt that it also needed an appropriate name, and what he came up with was genius. [My village will be the Hidden Dragon Village, the Village Hidden by a Dragon]: soren Soren then left his Inner World, and began creating the Village, and using all sorts of arrays to hide it from anyone not welcome, and once it was complete, it looked just like Konoha, but in a different layout, as well as no mountain rage behind the Kage''s tower. Soren then called out his family, and introduced them to what would now be known as Fumetsugakure, and made Zeno the First Fushikage, Soren then explained that Fushi was a shortened version for the term Immortal, while Fumetsu was the longer version. Soon, a couple weeks passed in the newly constructed village, and Soren got everyone accustomed to it, and once Soren collected the information from all his Clones, he made his way back to Konoha while leaving his family to get used to the village along with some of the Sect members who wanted to see a new world. [Halt!... ID please]: konoha guard Soren showed his Jonin ID to someone who was presumed to be new to guard duty, and when the guard saw Soren was a Jonin, he quickly let Soren pass through, and Soren entered the Hokage tower, and entered the 3rd''s office to report on the 8 missions he completed for scouting and reconnaissance. Soren then collected his rewards, and left off towards the home he shared with Naruto, and seeing that the time was still around the time Naruto was in school, he began to clean up the mess that Naruto made him over the month or 2 he was gone. [I will need to teach him to clean up after himself soon¡­ If I don''t I will be stuck doing house work for the rest of my time here]: soren Soon, 6 years had passed, and it was Naruto''s graduation day, and because Soren taught Naruto how to better control his Chakra, he was able to use the Clone technique that always eluded him. Soren noticed that Mizuki, Naruto''s sub teacher continued to shoot hateful glares towards Naruto every second he got, and on graduation day, Naruto told Soren that Mizuki asked him to steal the Forbidden scroll of Sealing, and when Soren heard this, he didn''t bother to report it, but instead transformed into Naruto and stole it himself, and when Mizuki met Soren in the woods, Soren killed him immediately before returning the scroll before anyone noticed it was gone. [So, Naruto¡­ Who is your Sensei?]: soren Soren was hoping that Kakashi would still be assigned to Naruto''s team, as well as Sasuke and Sakura as his teammates. [I got a real dumb one¡­ His name is Kakashi, and he even fell for the oldest prank in the book, the Eraser in the door prank¡­ Can you see if the Old man can make you our Sensei instead, Nii-chan?]: naruto [Hehe, I know I''m great, but I am not registered as a teacher¡­ But for you, I''ll see what I can do]: soren Soren didn''t plan on changing Naruto''s teacher, but join him instead, as a sub teacher like Yamato did later on in the series. The next day came by, and Soren woke up to see Naruto leaving the house with no breakfast, and thought not to interrupt greatness in progress, and went straight to the Hokage''s office to see the 3rd. Soren then begged the 3rd to let him be a sub teacher to Kakashi''s team if they pass, and after a few moments of thinking, the 3rd decided to agree, and Soren left the office to go watch Kakashi''s trial for Naruto and his group. Soren then watched as everything played out just like the Anime, with Naruto trying to charge Kakashi before he said start, and Sasuke being the solo type badass who felt he was above everyone else, while Sakura was fawning over Sasuke every second she got, even during battle, and all of this ended up with them not getting a bell. Kakashi then decided to give them another chance after lunch, and tied Naruto to the pole for not listening and trying to eat before everyone else, and Kakashi stated that Naruto eats nothing or there will be consequences, and just like the Anime, Naruto was fed by both Sasuke and Sakura, and Kakashi showed up looking angry, but in the end passed them, and when that happened Soren appeared and spoke up. [Great job guys!... You passed the ever so cold Kakshi''s test, that nobody has ever passed before, and are now fully fledged Genin''s]: soren [Nii-san!?... You were here the whole time?]: naruto [Nii-san!?]: sasuke/sakura [Yeah, Soren Nii-san is my brother, but not by blood¡­ But I don''t care as he has been with me ever since I was a baby]: naruto When Sasuke and Sakura looked back towards Soren, they noticed he was a Jonin, as well being only around 3 years older than them making him 15 or 16 years old. ''Hmph¡­ He might be an idiot just like Naruto'': sasuke ''He''s sooo hot!... Just like Sasuke'': sakura [So why are you here Nii-san?... Did something happen?]: naruto [Yes, I have been approved to be your sub teacher, and will be working with Kakashi as your teacher until you guys take on your own teams]: soren Soren then walked back with Kakashi back to the Hokage''s office after giving a substantial amount of money to Naruto so he could go take Sasuke and Sakura out to eat as to deepen their friendship. Soren and Kakashi then stood in line and waited for everyone''s report on who passed and who didn''t, and just like the Anime, Team''s 7, 8, and 10 passed, and officially became Genin''s. Soren then followed Kakashi out of the office, and went to meet up with Naruto, Sasuke, and Sakura at a food stand, and when Naruto saw Soren, he ran over to hug him, as he was happy to finally be a Ninja like Soren. [So, Nii-san, Kakashi Sensei¡­ What''s our first mission?... Beat up some bandits? Guard a Princess? Or Espionage?]: naruto Chapter 191 - The 3rd Hokage’s Death [First off, call me Soren Sensei, or Sensei when on missions or during training¡­ As for your first mission, we will do some D-rank Missions]: soren [D-rank?... What do we do on those Soren Sensei?]: naruto Soren then spent some time explaining to the newly made Genin of team 7 about missions and rankings for those missions, and as Soren explained the mission details, both Naruto and Sasuke''s faces began to get more and more sour, as they expected to fight other Ninja''s from other villages as well as guard and protect important people. Soren then let Kakashi take over, as these were his students to begin with, and after a couple of months, Naruto had enough and began to complain directly to the Hokage during one of the report-ins, and his tenacity scored him a C-rank mission, and ordered an Anbu to bring in the client of the C-rank mission. Soren then watched as Naruto began to argue with a well known bridge builder in the land of Waves Tazuna, but soon Tazuna calmed down, and Naruto was hit over the head by Sakura who shut him up immediately, and Team 7 began their first C-ranked guarding mission. Soren then followed along as Kakashi led Tazuna and the rest of Team 7 through the land of the Waves, and along the way, they came across a puddle of water that shouldn''t have been there due to the lack of rain for the past couple of months, and when Soren walked past it, 2 rogue Ninja''s jumped out of the puddle, and went straight for Naruto to hold him as a hostage. [Naruto!... Watch out!]: kakashi Naruto quickly turned only to see 2 heads be separated from their body, and Soren land with 2 bloody Kunai in his hands, and his first reaction to the bloody mess was to throw up, and Naruto wasn''t the only one to lose their lunch as both Sasuke and Sakura also threw up. [Always pay attention to your surroundings, as well as the signs of the weather]: soren After Team 7 registered what Soren said, they nodded while still trying to hold down what was left of their lunch, while Tazuna had seen scenes like this before when being threatened by Gato and his men. [Now, Let''s continue our journey to the Land of Waves]: soren Soren then began to lead the pack, while Kakashi stayed towards the back, and began thinking about the attack that just happened, as it was a little too well planned. Soon, a few days had passed, and Soren, along with Team 7 had arrived in the Land of Wave, and began their trip back to Tazuna''s village, and during that time, Kakashi had interrogated Tazuna about the supposed C-rank Mission, and when Tazuna gave his sob story, Soren cut in and told Tazuna that he would be willing to pay for the upgrade in Mission rank, but he would need to do something for him. Soren didn''t really want anything from Tazuna, but wanted Team 7''s first official mission to be properly ranked, and just thought to ask for the bridge to be named after Naruto even though Soren knew it would be named after Naruto anyway. [And here we are¡­ My home village, and as you can see, we are not particularly rolling in wealth here¡­ Come, follow me to my home, and you can unpack your things]: tazuna Soren and Team 7 were then led to Tazuna''s home, and when they entered, they were met with a stunning beauty, but she was nothing compared to what Soren had seen on a daily basis in the world of the Strongest System Novel. Soren then spent the next few days with Team 7 while guarding Tazuna from potential threats, and during this time, Soren''s family were enjoying the outside world, and began exploring all the new places, as well as Space, as Soren told them that Space had no vacuum to it. Soren began taking both Naruto and Sasuke out for training, while Kakashi spent more time in the village, and Sakura already had a high level of Chakra Control, so nothing Soren would teach Sasuke and Naruto would benefit her, and just like that, Naruto and Sasuke began their rivalry, and began training to surpass each other, and Naruto was also training to surpass Soren as well, and during that time, Soren decided to do something he should have done for quite a long time. ''Hmm¡­ Kurama should be quite aggravated that he had been sealed inside me'': soren Soren then sat in a meditative position, and began to focus on the seal placed inside his body that held the Yin half of Kurama, and as he brought out his energy, and the Death Reaper Seal''s 8 seal trigram appeared on his stomach, and in that next second, Soren entered his mind scape, and the first thing he saw was a sleeping fox that looked to be 3 stories in height, and when the fox sensed Soren''s presence, it quickly opened its eyes, and began to sweat, and spoke in a shaky voice, that sounded a little high pitched. [H-How c-ca-can I-I help y-you M-M-Master?]: fox [No need to be scared, I am not here to harm you, nor demand anything from you¡­ I just came to see if you were angry or not]: soren [...A-Angry?... W-why would I be angry?... I have been beaten fair and square, and now I will only have resentment towards my weakness]: fox Soren felt that the Fox was really angry, but due to Soren''s power, it didn''t dare to say anything, and Soren noticed that the Fox had quite a high pitch the whole conversation, and Soren had a terrible idea pop into his head, and began to speak as to confirm if his theory was true or not. [You have quite a high pitch in your voice¡­ You are not a Female are you?]: soren [Of course I am a Female!... What made you think I was a Male you Brat!... Fuck! I am so sorry! Please forgive me Master!]: fox [... Stop apologizing¡­ Why are you so terrified of me?... Even after I told you I mean no harm, you still hold yourself in reserve¡­ As for why I thought you were Male, isn''t your other half that was sealed in Naruto a Male?]: soren [... I am the Yin of my Chakra, so I am all the things that made my main body feel Feminine, as for my other half, he it is indeed Male, as he is made up of everything Masculine about my main body]: fox Soren then spent a few hours talking with the fox, and over that time, the fox opened up to Soren, and Soren found out that she had many names, but she never liked one specifically, and when Soren heard this, he decided to name her Kurumi, as it sounds feminine, Soren then decided to unseal Kurumi, and she decided to work together with her new friend, as even if she wanted to leave, she couldn''t, and if she did get out, Soren would kill her instantly with his overwhelming power. Soren then noticed that he got access to Kurumi''s Chakra Cloak, and access to feed off her power, as well as the reverse, with Kurumi being able to feed off of Soren''s powers, Soren then left his Mind scape, and noticed that it was already morning, and both Naruto and Sasuke were breathing heavily due to the all night training session, and appeared next to them and spoke. [Good job boys!... Now let me give you a small gift]: soren Soren then placed his hands on them and transferred a tiny fraction of Kurumi''s Chakra to each of them, which to them wasn''t small as they had their Chakra refilled completely. A few weeks passed, and Soren, Kakashi, and Team 7 were heading back to Konoha, as they had finished their mission, and it was quite fruitful, as Sasuke unlock his Sharingan to the first level in his left eye, while he had 2 tomoes unlocked in his right eye, while Naruto got the first taste of his Nine tails Chakra, though he forcefully took it. Soren was then asked by Kakashi if he thought that Naruto, Sasuke, and Sakura were ready for something like the Chunin Exams, and Soren''s only words to that were that he never took them, so he didn''t know, and Kakashi started hearing crows over head shouting "Aho, Aho" and Kakashi remembered that Soren jumped from Genin straight to Jonin after battling him. Kakashi then decided to let Team 7 take the Chunin Exams, and just like the Anime, Team 7 joined the Chunin Exams, and fought well, up until Orochimaru appeared, Naruto then had his Seal suppressed, and started making the Fox Chakra fuse with Naruto''s Chakra, but even with this, Naruto, and Sasuke made it the the Finals, while Sakura lost to Ino due to her body possession skill, and the Finalists were given 1 month to train. [Nii-san!... Can you train me over this month?]: naruto [Hey! Idiot, I was going to ask Soren Sensei]: sasuke Soren and Kakashi watched as both Naruto and Sasuke were running up to them at high speeds, and when they heard what they began arguing about, Kakashi felt like the 3rd wheel, and felt his students didn''t look up to him at all, and when Soren noticed this face made by Kakashi, even though it was hidden by who knew how many layers of masks, he patted Kakashi''s shoulder and spoke. [Don''t worry Kakashi! You will still be #1 in my heart]: soren Kakashi then looked over to Soren and saw him giving him a thumbs up with a big smile and a winking eye, and it reminded him of Guy, and began to smile a bit. [Nii-san!... Please train me over this month!]: naruto [No! Train me Soren Sensei! You spent too much time with this dweeb, and he still has yet to pick up any of your moves, it''s pointless to train him]: sasuke [Hey!... I learned the Shadow Clone Jutsu from Nii-san!, and I can beat you up with 1,000 of me, hehe]: naruto Soren just looked at the 2 children and their bickering, and raised his hand, and as he did this, both Naruto and Sasuke shut up to listen to what he had to say. [Naruto¡­ I can''t train you, as 3rd Hokage-sama has made arrangements for one of the best Ninja teachers to be training you from the request of myself¡­]: soren [Ha!... I get to train with Soren Sensei then]: sasuke Soren got a little irritated that Sasuke cut him off before he could finish his sentence, and then began speaking after seeing Sasuke gloat that Naruto was not able to train with Soren. [Sasuke¡­ I can''t train you, as I have asked Kakashi to take you under his wing, and he agreed with no hesitation...]: soren [... Wait, when did I-]: kakashi [Can I stop being interrupted?... And weren''t we just talking about this not more than 10 minutes ago, Kakashi-senpai?]: soren Soren looked towards Kakashi with a look saying "Play along or get the fingers of death again" but Kakashi pushed it off as his imagination, as Soren shouldn''t know it was him who administered his Jonin test, but Kakashi couldn''t be more wrong, as that''s exactly what Soren ment with his look. [Yes!... Sasuke-kun will be training with me¡­ I got something to teach you that will surely cement your win in the Exams]: kakashi Sasuke heard Kakashi''s words and felt way better, while Naruto was feeling down as he had no idea who his teacher would be, and how powerful they were, and all he had to go on was that he was a great teacher. [Soren¡­ It seems Hokage-sama was right, you were waiting here¡­ So, where is my student? Hokage-sama refused to tell me who I will train]: ??? [Speaking of teacher¡­ Naruto, your teacher is here]: soren Naruto then turned towards the all too familiar voice, and frowned as he shouted. [Ebisu-sensei!?... Noooooo!... Nii-san! Please, anyone but him!]: naruto Ebisu saw that Naruto was here, and when he heard that he would be training the demon fox brat, he wanted to leave, but thinking back to the Hokage''s words, he decided to stick around and spoke again. [Naruto¡­ Follow me, we will start your training now]: ebisu Ebisu then took Naruto off to start training, while Soren watched as Naruto was being dragged with tears in his eyes, as well as a bit of betrayal, as his thought to be ever so Omnipotent brother would trade him in like this, and Naruto didn''t know how right he was when it came to the word Omnipotent when referring to Soren. Soren then spent the next month doing his own thing, while occasionally looking over Naruto or Sasuke, and when Soren saw Naruto be taken under the pervs wing, he knew that he either just killed the perv, or got Naruto ra*ped, as Soren noticed that Naruto had gotten much better at the Transformation technique Soren showed him, and Naruto was just as proficient, if not better than Soren''s and Naruto''s body could match that of a beauty from the Immortal World. Soon, the day of the Finals for the Chunin Exam came, and just like the Anime, Naruto fought with Neji, Naruto won with the help of the Nine Tails Chakra, while Sasuke had yet to show up, and with that, the Exam continued, and Sasuke showed up late and was disqualified, while Orochimaru decided to initiate his plan, and destroy the Hidden Leaf Village. ''Hehe¡­ You think I would let you destroy the Village?... I will let you destroy just enough to make the Village go through a crisis before I chase you off'': soren Soren then watched the battle go on while using minimal strength that matches a normal Jonin, and just like Soren wanted, the 3rd Hokage was entrapped in the Barrier, and died, but not before taking Orochimaru''s hands with him. And with that, everyone had a memorial for the 3rd Hokage, and throughout the day, Soren did nothing but play an act, and though he did feel bad about the death of that old geezer, as he had practically raised them for 12 year though in the shadows, Soren needed this to happen so that Naruto could go through mental changes, and he won''t always think that everything plays out on top for the good guys, and that being good won''t make the outcome favor you, as life means the most in battle, and the stronger one will always win. [Sorry Naruto¡­ But this is for your sake, as well as Sasuke''s¡­ Go! Train, and come back stronger than before, as the next time I see you, you will be teenagers]: soren Chapter 192 - 4th Great War Start Soren then spent the next few years in and out of the Village doing quests, and everyone who saw this only thought it was Soren''s way of grieving for the first couple of months, but after doing this for 3 years, they just thought Soren was a psycho, and every time Soren would come back he either sent out the presence or death, or still had blood stains in his Ninja outfit. Soren was only doing quests to get rid of troublesome people, as well as get System Points, as every kill Soren would get, he would also get 5-10 System Points. And during this time, Sasuke was marked as a Rogue Ninja, and Naruto was hell bent on returning Sasuke, and after a another year passed, it was the day that Sasuke tried to take Orochimaru''s life, and right as he was about to pierce his hated enemy, something magical happened, and in the next second Orochimaru was pierced, as Sasuke let out a small smile, and continued towards his goal while cursing Soren in his head for his crazy plan that worked quite well. [*Heavy Snoring Interrupted*... Ha!?... Who-Wha¡­ Someone must have cursed me again, it wouldn''t be the first time¡­ *Heavy Snoring Continues*]: soren Soren was sleeping in his apartment, while taking a vacation from constant missions, as the 4th Hokage Tsunade refused to hand them out to Soren, but when he brought up how she couldn''t do that, she then tried to let him take them without pay, and that stopped Soren in his tracks. Soren had become one of the richest villagers in the Hidden Leaf with wealth that rivaled even the Hyuga Clan, and that was because of all the missions Soren had taken, and once Soren completed his 100th S-Rank Mission solo, he was granted the title of The Immortal Ninja of the Leaf, as Soren would always come back unscathed, and covered in someone else''s blood, as it was never his own. Soren didn''t have a problem with his new title, as it just made his name be added to the Bingo Book, and he ranked at Number 1 on the list with a Wanted Dead Bounty of 10 Billion Yen, and Soren was tempted to turn himself in, as to collect, but the thing was he needed his head, and Soren could cut it off, but it would reform with the same head he severed, as a new one would not just grow out. [I Sense the arrival of Naruto¡­ I guess I should greet him then]: soren Over the course of 4 years, Sorne had some how slowly distanced himself from Naruto when he would go out for months and months at a time, and slowly, Naruto grew more and more with Jiraiya, and looked up to him as a father figure, while Soren still stayed back as the distant Brother type, and Soren felt bad about this, and resolved himself to let Naruto eat on his tab later. ''I will soon lose all my wealth I have amassed¡­ Goodbye Leone'': soren Soren looked at the super fat pocket wallet that looked like a Lion, and when he opened it to see a gigantic wad of 10,000 Yen bills, he felt it would soon be gone. Soren then went to the main gate to see Sakura start running back towards the town, and as he tried to question her actions, he saw the Gate guards wave at him, and when he asked what she was doing, one of the guards told him Naruto was back, and Soren also followed after Sakura, but not in a running motion, but a walk that was at a pace a bit faster than his normal walking speed used in this world. Once Soren caught up to Sakura, he saw her pummeling Naruto Into the ground while Konohamaru was watching from the side with fear stricken all over his face, and Soren decided to interject and say his greetings to Naruto. [Sakura!... Leave Naruto alone, he just got back and you already want to beat him to death]: soren [But Sensei!...]: sakura [Enough!... I need to treat my Little Brother to a treat now that he''s back, come Naruto, dinners on me]: soren [Eh?... Are you serious Nii-san?... I can eat quite a lot, ya know?]: naruto [I have prepared my pockets¡­ And it''s a sacrifice I''m willing to make¡­ Oh! Sakura, you and Konohamaru should come as well, sine I will be broke after today anyway]: soren Sakura thought Soren was just kidding, as she knew that Soren had enough money to live the rest of his life in a lavish lifestyle, but she truly underestimated the power of Anime Logic, as Naruto ate 200 bowels of his favorite Raman, while Konohamaru ate a good 20 bowels himself, and she had 1 bowel, but the big shocker was that Soren ate well over 800 bowels of Raman, and when Sakura, Naruto, and Konohamaru saw this, they began to freak out, as Soren usually ate a normal size plate of food, but what they didn''t know, was Soren used Senzu Beans as a main ingredient, and could always be filled when he ate one bowel. Soren then got the bill, and no shocker, it was well over 4 million Yen, and just like that, Leone was as thin as a homeless man who had yet to eat after 2 weeks. ''Your sacrifice will not be in vain, Leone¡­ I will fill your tummy soon after Tsunade takes me off Mission suspension'': soren Soren then felt as an Anbu member closed in on their position, and when he appeared, he spoke just a simple sentence before leaving. [Hokage-sama Requests your presence, as well as Naruto and Sakura]: anbu member Soren then left towards the Hokage''s tower along with Naruto and Sakura with one thought in his head. ''Will I be able to do missions again?... Oh Leone, you will be full soon!'': soren Once Soren, Naruto, and Sakura made it to the Hokage tower, they were then brought to the Hokage''s office and entered to see Jiraiya, Shikamaru, Choji, Ino, Tsunade, and her assistant Shizune, Soren then felt the presence of one of the biggest closet pervert in the entire Narutoverse standing outside the window so he could make a badass entrance. As Soren was surveying the room, Tsunade then dismissed Shikamaru and his team for a mission complete, and then spoke to Soren, Naruto, and Sakura. [Thank you guys for coming¡­ Soren! I will get to your reason for being here in a minute¡­ Naruto, first let me say welcome back, and I hope you had a fruitful training trip with Jiraiya¡­ But I called both you and Sakura here for one puropus, and that is, I have a challenge for you]: tsunade [Granny Tsunade, you have a challenge?... Will we be fighting someone?]: naruto [Exactly!... You will be fighting with one person I picked to test your progress]: tsunade [Who is it!?... Do I know them?]: naruto [Yes you do, in fact he is here in this room]: tsunade Naruto began looking around, and noticed that the only ones still in the room are Soren, Sakura, Shikamaru, Jiraiya, and Tsunade herself, and he then spoke with excitement. [Is it Nii-san!?]: naruto [No¡­]: tsunade [... Shikamaru?]: naruto [No!... You opponent is not in this direct room]: tsunade [Then where is he?]: naruto Tsunade then pointed to the window, and Naruto went to check, only to see Kakashi pop out while waving his free hand, and spoke. [Welcome back Naruto! I hope your training went well?]: kakashi Naruto then had the same talk with Kakashi like in the Anime, and gave him a very important gift, and when Kakashi saw the gift, he quickly had a lecherous gaze that was hidden well by his mask, but his eyes told it all, and he quickly made up an excuse to prolong the sparring match so he could go read his new po*rn book. And Once Kakashi left, Tsunade then had everyone else leave so that she could have a private talk with Soren alone, and that meant even the Anbu had to leave, and soon, everyone had left the room leaving only Soren and Tsunade left. [Soren¡­ I wish I didn''t need to bring things like this up, but the amount of missions you have gone on in the past 4 years has caused many problems to occur with other villages¡­ So with a heavy heart, I will be demoting you to Special Jonin]: tsunade [What!?... You can''t do this! How will I fill Leone''s tummy now?]: soren [Le-who? Never mind¡­ Yes I can, and I have, you are now only allowed to go on A-rank missions and below¡­ Once the spotlight on you dies down you will be promoted back to Jonin, but for now, take it easy¡­ You have an outstanding record of 1547 S-rank, 2 A-rank, 0 B-rank, 0 C-rank, and 10 D-rank missions complete¡­ You shouldn''t be hurting for money for quite some time]: tsunade ''That''s where you''re wrong!... I just spent 4 million on food, while all my other assets are frozen in the Bank until I reach the age of 40, and I''m only 20 right now¡­ Though I am really well into my thousands, but in this world I am only 20 years of age'': soren [Okay¡­ I will be taking my leave then]: soren Soren placed his ID on Tsunade''s desk, and took the one that registered him as a Special Jonin, and this meant that only under certain circumstances Soren will be able to undergo S-rank Missions, but unless that order is given, Soren will only be allowed to take A-rank Missions or below, and was considered as a High level Chunin. Soren then spent the next couple of months doing low paying A-rank missions, as all the High paying Missions were already taken, and left the slow pokes with all the low paying jobs, and Soren felt pissed, as he set up a plan that took 78% of each payout for his Missions into his retirement funds, and with this still in action, Soren only made around 5-6 thousand Yen a mission for himself, and that was just enough to pay for rent and get a light breakfast, lunch, and dinner. ''Fucking Tsunade¡­ She demoted me for a stupid scuffle with a couple other villages that have no plans to sign a peace treaty with us in the first place¡­ I will forever be broke unless I use my System Points to make cash, and I could also create some myself, but I fell that is too much power for this world, and refuse to use it'': soren [Hais!... I wonder what Sasuke is doing right now?... He should have the same memories as I brought him here with as I sensed a space distortion for a few seconds before feeling my own presence disappear elsewhere]: soren Soren then opened his System, and opened the Message function, and started writing a message to Sasuke, and once he sent it, Sasuke sent a reply a few minutes later. Soren to Sasuke- Hey, Long time no see¡­ Well for me anyways, hehe¡­ I wanted to ask how''s your trip treating you? Feel repetitive yet?... Anyway, hurry back to the village, Naruto dearly misses you, as well as that Kiss you both shared in the Academy¡­ Hahaha -Sincerely, Your God A.K.A Soren Sasuke to Soren- Fuck you -Sincerely, Sasuke ''What a nice message¡­ Aww!... He even signed it Sincerely, what a caring friend, and student in other senses'': soren Soren then continued to do his daily business, and over the course of the future, nothing changed too much with Sasuke''s end as he followed the exact path he went before he got his new strength and memories, while Soren only made minor changes, but still everything stayed close to cannon, and today was the day the Pains attacked Konoha, and Soren helped to evacuate civilians while Tsunade was fighting on the front lines along with everyone else, and Soren got the order to come help after all the civilians were evacuated. Soren then joined the fight after everyone was in the safety bunkers, and made it in time to see Naruto fighting in his 4 tails form, and in this form, Naruto''s body began to take the shape and form of Kuruma, and Pain did his best to try and suppress Naruto, as he knew he would die otherwise, but in the end, Naruto beat the Pains, and the village went through a rebuild period. Naruto the fought with Orochimaru, then many members of the Akatsuki, before fighting Pain again, and winning, while Jiraiya had sadly died, and that was then another mental change for Naruto which made the want and need to be stronger intensify, and change his priorities once more. Time continued to fly, as Soren would make trips to visit Sasuke, and Sasuke would only stop for short moments before going on the move once more, as to keep his memories as correct as possible. Soren noticed that Sasuke didn''t want to change a single thing, and soon a few more years passed with Sasuke attacking the 5 Kage Summit, and he met with his brother Itachi before hand, who wanted Sasuke to fight him and kill him, but Sasuke healed Itachi, and absorbed him into his Paradise that had turned into its own world with any living beings on it. Soon, it was time for the 4th Great Ninja War, that would lead to the awakening of Kaguya, and the 10 tails, and the was the only thing Soren wanted to be part of, as he thought the 10 Tails might give him a good fight only using Kurumi''s power mixed with his Weakened Sage mode, and so, the 4th Great Ninja War began and Naruto was training to use Kurama''s power, and his result was a weak friendship with Kurama that would steadily grow over the years. Soren then helped take out quite a few enemies while putting it out there that he was also a Jinchuriki who held Kurama''s Yin half, and just like that both Naruto and Soren fought back to back, while Sasuke slowly made his way through the 4th Great Ninja War, while fighting off enemies himself. ''So boring!... I can easily wipe the lot of them out with a sneeze, but I don''t want to mess anything up if Soren hadn''t already'': sasuke The battle continued until Madara made his second appearance, and began fighting everyone like it was a child''s game for him, and soon, Tobi, who was Obito in disguise appeared, and stole Kurama from Naruto, and Soren decided it was for the best to give Naruto Kurumi for the time being as it would be the only thing to save his life. ''Sorry Kurumi¡­ But my Brother''s life comes first, we will be together again'': soren Chapter 193 - Guy Down for the Count Soren then used a reverse seal that he created and fused with Minato''s sealing technique, and Kurumi began being transferred from Soren''s body, into Naruto''s, and as Sakura, Kakashi, and Sai saw this, both Kakashi and Sakura began to shout at Soren, while Sai just looked on while feeling a bit of conflicted feelings as he had yet to regain his emotions. [Soren!... Don''t! You will die!]: sakura [I have to!... I made a promise to Minato all those years ago when he left Naruto in my arms, and saved the Village, as well as me¡­ And now I am paying him back]: soren Kurumi just looked at Soren from within him and scoffed, as she had seen all of Soren''s memories when they became friends, and Kurumi had already gotten used to the fact that she was just a creation of a higher being who turned their lives into a story, just like Xin Feng did in The Strongest System, and Soren was just trying to keep the plot going, and he would have never been hurt from her attack back when she was in her main body. [But who says that Naruto will even come back after you do this?... You are the only other person with the same power, if not more who can fight in this war, and if you die, and Naruto doesn''t come back, we all will be doomed!]: sakura Soren just ignored her, and continued to implant Kurumi into Naruto''s body, and once Kurumi entered Naruto''s body, she began to pump her Chakra throughout his body, while Soren secretly fed him a Senzu Bean, and in the next second, Naruto shot up, and felt more lively than ever before, and the reason was the purity of Chakra Kurumi gave Naruto was of the highest purity due to the fact Kurumi spent many years feeding off Soren''s Energy, and strengthening the tenacity of her own. Naruto then got in contact with Kurumi, and found out that Soren implanted her inside him to save his life, and when Naruto found out, he began to panic, as Soren would die after parting with Kurumi, but when he saw Soren being fine and dandy, he was shocked along with both Sakura and Kakashi who were preparing themselves for the death of Soren, and then Naruto spoke out. [How are you not dead after losing Kurumi?... I was about to die just moments ago when Kurama was taken from me, so how are you still alive Nii-san?]: naruto [Hehe¡­ I thought you guys knew]: soren [Knew what!?]: naruto/sakura/kakashi Soren saw the dumbfounded faces on the 3 of them while Sai was just watching from the side while occasionally taking notes on how friends act with each other. [When you willinging transfer the Tailed Beasts to someone else, it won''t kill you, and you just need the proper transfer seal, but since Naruto had Kurama forcefully taken from him, as well as the lack of the seal transfer, he was rapidly losing life force¡­ I knew from the start I would be okay, I was just sad that I would need to lose Kurumi]: soren When everyone took in Soren''s words, Kakashi remembered that Mito Uzumaki was still alive after transfering the Kyuubi over to Kushina, and once Naruto heard that Soren was only sad that he would never see Kurumi again, he made a promise. [Don''t worry Nii-chan!... I''ll give Kurumi back to you once we get Kurama back, believe it!]: naruto Soren just chuckled and then turned towards the battle field and spoke a dominating sentence. [Well, I am no pushover when it comes to Chakra anyway¡­ And Kurumi taught me a wonderful move over our time together that I will release now]: soren ''You fool!... Don''t use that! You will kill everyone on accident!'': kurumi When Kurumi shouted this out from within Naruto, he heard it and shouted. [WHAT!?... Kurumi, what will Soren use?]: naruto Soren just turned to see Naruto sweating a bit, and asked with a calm tone. [Oh?... Did she tell you what move I will use?... Inform the Sensory Ninja to get everyone off the battlefield, I will purge everything now]: soren Naruto took no hesitation, and made hast to meet the closest Sensory Ninja, and have them inform the others, and soon, Soren watched as many of the allied Ninja began to retreat, and Naruto then reappeared next to him with curiosity on his face, as Kurumi refused to tell Naruto what Soren would unleash. Soren seeing everyone dissipate, and all the enemy forces began moving in, Soren then lifted his hand into the sky, and just like the Rasengan, a Blue orb appeared that was rotating at high speeds. ''Kurumi, isn''t that just the Rasengan?... I can do that, and it''s quite weak if I do say so'': naruto ''Just shut up and watch'': kurumi Naruto felt a little hurt due to Kurumi''s words, but did as she said and began watching as the Blue orb began to draw in not just Red and Blue Chakra, but all the 5 Elements, as well as Chaos, Yin-Yang, Life, and Death Elements. Soren decided to leave out the other elements he had the laws to, as well as use the very basics of those elements, and not even the laws of them, as he didn''t want to destroy the entire planet on the first attack, as that would be embarrassing to fix. Naruto the watched on as a gigantic orb of a deep Red color while releasing some Black smoke began to condense into the size of a Rasengan, and it didn''t stop there as it continued to condense into the side of a food pill, and once Soren condensed it to that size, he looked towards Naruto with a smile and dropped the orb towards the ground. Once the orb landed, it created a crater just from the dense weight of it, and that was before it exploded, and after a few seconds a gigantic blast with a blinding light exploded out, while shaking the earth, and when everyone felt the blast it began to shake their very soul, and after the blast settled, the radiating elemental energy in the air began to form new life in the now gigantic creature that was well over 6 miles in diameter, Soren even had to secretly used his powers to move some of the fellow allies that were still in the blast radius out. [That should have killed most of em¡­ Now you just need to fight Madara, and this will be all over]: soren [... Nii-san¡­ Are you sure you didn''t take out Madara with that explosion?]: naruto [... Maybe?... Let''s go find out then]: soren Soren then signaled to Sai for him to take them back down to the ground, and when they got down, Soren saw all the lush new grass and plants that had grown from the leftover energy from the mix of the Elements, and Soren could see that further in the back, a man who looked to be on his last legs was getting up from the ground half dead, while another man had reformed like shredded pieces of paper being rewound in time. The half dead man was none other than Obito, or his allies Tobi, and the man who had reformed from nothing was none other than Madara. Madara saw Tobi on death''s door, and quickly took his Rinnegan from him, completing his eyes that had the power of not only the Nine tailed Fox, but Sage Energy, as well as the ability of the Uchiha, and with that, Tobi was killed, and Kurama was released and began looking around, only to find Madara have a physical change of his own. [Naruto!... Where are you!]: kurama Soren then watched as Naruto started running towards Kurama, but was nailed down with a black rod made up of all the 5 Elements as well as Sage Energy, and then everyone saw Madara''s new appearance which made him look badass in Soren''s eyes, Madara wore a White robe with a Black interior, and around the collar and the cuffs of his sleeves, 6 tomoes that represented the Sage of 6th Paths were stitched in. Madara''s hair went from Black to White, and he gained what appeared to be White wooden crown, with horns protruding out of it wrap around his forehead where his forehead protector used to be, and behind Madara''s back were 4 floating Black orbs, while one orb was turned into a long Black staff that he held in his left hand, and Soren presumed that the thing stuck in Naruto was the 6th orb. [Naruto!]: kurama Kurama saw Naruto be pierced by the Black rod, and looked towards Madara with rage in his eyes, and tried to attack, but was soon stopped as Madara used his eyes power to try and control Kurama. [Ah, Ah, Ah¡­ Now I don''t like my pets retaliating towards their master¡­ Come, be under my command once more!]: madara Soren saw Kurama begin to stagger, and soon fall into a kneel, and Madara began to float above him and sit atop Kurama''s head. Soren didn''t like this, as it was nothing like the cannon, and realized his one attack changed the story, and Naruto could die any time, Soren then decided to interfere again and force Madara''s connection to be removed. [Separate!]: soren Soren''s eyes changed into Rinnegan, while he had a 3rd eye open on his forehead that was the Rinne-Sharingan, and one person who took the biggest interest in this was a Black slime like figure who was hiding in the surroundings, while watching the war unfold in his playing field. [This isn''t good!... This anomaly was unpredicted, and somehow has the same eyes as Mother¡­ Did he also eat a Fruit from the Divine Tree?... At this rate, Mother won''t be revived, I need to make the final move now!]: ??? The Black figure then disappeared, and went elsewhere to enact the last phase of his plan, and with this, the Jyuubi will be revived, thus reviving Kaguya. And while this was happening, Soren got Naruto freed from the Black rod, as well as getting Kurama free from Madara''s control, and with Soren''s help, Kurama was resealed inside Naruto, but when this happened, Naruto fell unconscious, and began his talk with the Sage of 6th Paths, and while Naruto was having his talk, Soren was keeping Madara busy, as now he was pissed, and soon Soren was joined by the well known best Taijutsu Jonin, Might Guy. [Don''t worry Soren!... I sensed the power of Youth flowing through you, and came to your rescue!]: might guy Soren noticed Might Guy, and spoke out the only thing on his mind. [I didn''t call for your help, so why are you here?]: soren [I died a little while after my battle with this guy when I was recovering in the Hospital, and have just come back after being in a wonderful place!... There were Gods and Aliens, as well as a race of people with Tails who can make their hair turn Yellow¡­ Anyway, I have come back from the future so I can beat the man who crippled me in our first battle, but for some reason I can''t use all my power right now, so buy me time!]: might guy (A/N: HuskyWarrior, I gave you a chance to be in my story, make a fight scene when you come to the end of your story if you plan on coming back to the Narutoverse) Soren was completely stumped with how this happened, but then remembered that he came from the Dragon Ball world when he brought Sasuke back, and Might Guy disappeared around the time Soren came into this world with Sasuke, and appeared back here just recently, so maybe his ripple in Time and Space made Might Guy fall into a gap when he was leaving the world after his death, but the thing was, who brought him back, so he could fall through the gap and into the Dragon Ball World. ''These will be questions for later¡­ For now, I will buy Guy some time to power up whatever crazy technique''s he learned to reach the top in the Dragon Ball World, or at least what he thought was the top'': soren Soren began toying with Madara, while Might Guy was doing your typical Dragon Ball Screaming power up, and once both Soren and Madara heard this, they stopped fighting, and just watched on as Guy held a scream for a good 10 minutes before he stopped to catch his breath, and began screaming again. ''Man¡­ If I was just anyone but Naruto or Sasuke, I would have long been dead fighting with Madara¡­ But I guess Guy expects much from my "Youth" that he speaks so highly of'': soren After Might Guy finished his power up, Soren passed Madara over to Might Guy, and sat to the side and began watching as Might Guy began whooping Madara''s ass with no problem, but soon, Might Guy began to get too cocky, and got hit with a Black orb that was transformed into a rod, and it pierced Might Guy, and began draining his power, and soon, Might Guy decided to open up all 8 Inner Gates, and fight Madara while whooping his ass again, but something made Madara power up, and begin to overpower Might Guy. Guy saw Madara as a worthy opponent to test his new skill that brought him to the top in the Dragon Ball World, and began to unleash an even more powerful version of the 8 Inner Gates called the 10 Immortal Gates, a move above his 9 Divine Gates, and Soren felt that if this power was trained properly, as well as the right Cultivation Level behind it, it could rival Soren in some way, but Soren was at a state that could destroy the entire Multiverse with a wave of his hand. ''I will help you out Guy, but you must survive what I will give you¡­ And for plot, you must go down here'': soren Soren then sent a condensed amount of energy towards Guy, while he was powering up his 10 Immortal Gates, and when it entered Guy''s body, he collapsed to the ground with his veins showing through his skin while giving off a Orangish Red color, almost like Magma, as his eyes began to fade, and it was then that Soren realized he might have killed Might Guy on accident, and just before he was going to heal him, Naruto appeared before him, and placed his hand over his heart, and healed his whole body, and with the help of the Energy from Soren, Guy began to heal at a fast pace, and Soren heard Naruto''s words. [Don''t worry Guy, I will save your life¡­ I won''t let anyone else die on me]: naruto ''Poor Guy¡­ He just came back from the future to right his loss, only to be defeated once again¡­ I will make this up to you]: soren Chapter 194 - World of SAO Soren then watched as Naruto began fighting Madara with his own Black orbs floating behind his back, called the truth seeking orbs, and Soren was feeling left out, so he activated his own Sage mode, and activated his own version of truth seeking orbs, but at a much weaker state than his normal, as he didn''t want to decimate the entire world. Soren then fought with Naruto against Madara, and after 30 minutes of indecisive battle, Soren decided to secretly start putting weight onto Madara''s body with his Gravity Magic, and felt in anyone noticed, he would tell them it was the Rock Weight Jutsu that the 3rd Tsuchikage uses. Soon, Madara began to fall, and Sasuke had arrived after taking care of the Jyuubi who had been revived by Black Zetsu, and when everyone thought it was all over, Sasuke spoke up. [Things will get much worse from here¡­ Everyone back up]: sasuke When Kakashi and Sakura noticed Sasuke they began screaming in joy, and this caught both Naruto and Soren''s attention, and they both came next to Sasuke, Sakura, and Kakashi. [Sasuke!... You''re here! Are you going to help us?]: naruto [Idiot! I just did your job, and took care of the big thing with 10 tails¡­ So yeah, I''m here to help, but you shouldn''t have let up with your attacks]: sasuke [Welcome to the party Sasuke, we were feeling a little tired after such a long battle]: soren Sasuke took a look at Naruto, and saw him a little out of breath, but when he looked over to Soren, all Sasuke saw was energy, and felt that Soren could be fighting for 10 Million years, and still not look tired, but he didn''t say anything, as he knew it was said for appearances. [Yeah, I''m back Soren Sensei, so let''s take down Madara together]: sasuke Sasuke then activated both of his eyes, and made them transform into the Rinnegan, as unlike the Anime, Sasuke had 2 Rinnegan in his eyes. Soren then watched as Madara broke out with power, and the forehead protector wrapped around his head exploded and showed off a Blood Red eye in the center of his forehead. [Hahahahaha!... I have reached the Apex! I will never be killed! I am a God!]: madara Kakashi, Sakura, Naruto, Sasuke, and Soren watched on as Madara began to explode with energy from the Jyuubi, as he started absorbing its power when Sasuke destroyed it. Soren then watched as Madara began to take a step forward, but soon had a Black hand sticking out of his chest, and blood began spewing our form the hole as well as his mouth, and just like the Anime Black Zetsu took over the dead body of Obito, and betrayed Madara, Sasuke and Soren expected this, while Sakura, Naruto, and Kakashi had faces full of surprise. Soon, Chakra began to explode out from the ground, and began to flow into Madara''s body, while making him bloat, and when everyone saw that, Sasuke spoke up. [Attack now before whatever happens next happens]: sasuke Sasuke and Soren were the first to make a move, followed by Naruto, but soon all 3 of them were caught, and both Soren and Sasuke just let it happen as they could break out at any moment. Soon, Madara turned into a black blob, and Black Zetsu rejoined the blob and left Obito''s body, and soon the blob released Soren, Sasuke, and Naruto, only to begin reforming into a humanoid figure that then turned into Kaguya. ''Wow¡­ She really is beautiful, but She was a He, and even though she had never had a penis herself, but she was born from Madara''s body, and he had a penis¡­ I will be staying far away from this one'': soren Kaguya had opened her eyes, and completely woke up, while taking in everything from the world, and when her sights landed on the 3 people closest to her, she noticed a familiar figure to her. [You!... Get me pregnant then betray me because of my Origin!... You will be the first to die Tenji!]: kaguya Kaguya then shot off towards Soren, and attacked him with her full power, but deep inside both Kaguya, and Soren were extremely confused. Soren was confused because he thought Tenji looked nothing like him when he watched the Anime flashbacks, but those flashbacks might not have been accurate, and his appearance might be close to that of Tenji. Kaguya was confused because she knew for sure that she killed Tenji along with his entire village, but here he stood even after so many hundreds of years, and it appeared he hadn''t aged a single day, so her first instinct was to kill him again. Soren just met Kaguya with a foot to the face, and sent her flying back, and followed through with a continuation of attacks, and when both Naruto and Sasuke saw this, they had a few questions as to what Kaguya just said, and thought to ask him after they beat Kaguya. The battle went on with Naruto being beaten up, while both Soren and Sasuke letting themselves be thrashed with hardly any damage present, but they looked to be in the same state as Naruto, and Soren then came up with the idea for Naruto to use his super special jutsu. [Naruto!... Use that Jutsu!]: soren [But Nii-san!... Kaguya is a woman! How would that ever work?]: naruto Naruto had said this sentence with a bit of a blush on his face, and when Sakura heard the both of them, she started shouting curses for Soren''s idea, and for Naruto even catering to the idea of if it would work, but then everything changed when Soren spoke once more. [But what about the other Gender? If you are fighting a Male God, you would use Females, but what about the other way?]: soren [That''s it!... Thank you Nii-san!]: naruto [No! That''s not it! She''s a God, that will never work!... Naruto you idiot, don''t listen to Soren Sensei! He''s a Pervert!]: sakura Naruto then used the Reverse Harem Jutsu as Kaguya was charging him, and right as she got in her attacking rage, Kaguya was stopped as a bunch of men from what appeared to be Godly appeared Naked while blowing kisses towards Kaguya, and when Kaguya saw this, she was frozen, while Sakura saw this and fell unconscious from the loss of Blood. [Now!... Sasuke! Naruto!]: soren Both Sasuke and Naruto flew over to Kaguya and placed their hands onto her body, and started the sealing process, and once it finished, Soren could hear the last words of Zetsu. [NOOOOOOO!... Not like this! Mother! Save me!]: black zetsu Soren watched as Kaguya used Black Zetsu to save herself, and when Soren saw this, he quickly sent a Gravity attack that crushed Kaguya into dust, and it only appeared that she was sealed once more, but Sasuke knew that Soren killed her. Soren then felt that the end of the Great War Arc was over, and felt that everything from here would be a side story until Naruto gets married to Hinata, and Sasuke gets into a relationship with Sakura. Soren then caught Sasuke, and held him back for a talk, while Naruto went to inform everyone that the world is safe now, and Kaguya had been resealed, and with that the war was over. [This has been a fun world, but I will be leaving soon¡­ I will spend a few more years here to see my Nephews birth, then I will leave]: soren [... Wait!... How did you know Naruto will have children?... Speaking of, how did you know that Naruto and I were even friends, and the year we would go through the Academy?]: sasuke [Hehe¡­ I guess I can tell you¡­ But it was not coincidence I knew what world you come from, as I know the future of this world as well as how it will end]: soren [You mean!...]: sasuke Sasuke began to cover himself as he felt Sasuke had seen him all the times he was naked or bathing, and then it hit him that he had memories of his intimate time with Sakura. [No!... I only have the memories of the World, so anything of importance I know, just like I know Itachi only killed the Uchiha''s to stop a revolt within them¡­ So, did he die, or did you save him?]: soren [... He is within my Paradise recovering with the True Energy it produces]: sasuke [I see¡­ Well, Try not to blow off each others arms in your fight]: soren Soren then disappeared, and for the next couple of months he spent his time relaxing after he got his Jonin rank reinstilled, Soren then went to Naruto and Hinata''s wedding, and just a few years later, Boruto was born along with Sadara. Soren felt happy for both Naruto and Sasuke, as they both had a their final fight in the Valley of the End, but unlike the anime, Sasuke and Naruto kept their arms, as even if Sasuke did lose his arm, it would regrow, and naruto would be the only one at a loss. Soren then spent a few years while slowly introducing his wives to Naruto, while Sasuke knew, and he left out the fact that he had children that could be his Great Grandfather, but to keep up the act, Soren transformed his children into 4 and 5 year olds, while the younger ones were 1 or 2 in age, but in reality, they were well over 70, while Zeno, and Zenith were well over 180. Soren then watched as Naruto and Hinata had another child and named her Himawari, and with that, Soren decided it was time to leave, so he told Sasuke that he would be absorbing the world to take with him, and whenever Sasuke wanted to come out and explore he could, Soren then removed the time difference on his Inner World, and left the world after telling everyone he would be wandering the world for a while, and then opened a portal to space, and absorbed the entire world. [Time to go somewhere more tech related¡­ Do I want to play video games, or be hunted down by religious figures?]: soren Soren then opened his World portal, and told Sakura to take him to the SAO world, and with that, Soren''s appearance reverted to that of when he was 21, as he looked to be in his 30''s, but Soren kept his hair short, as it would be troublesome to look like some ancient immortal in a technology advanced World. Soren had also changed his clothes to match that of a normal 21 year old, and after a few hours of traveling, Soren saw a portal open up, and he decided to go to the time of 3 years before the creation of the game, and made sure to freeze the time of the world so he didn''t happen to be seen appearing in the world. [Wow! This place is beautiful, I should find a place to unfreeze time though]: soren Soren had entered a dark alleyway, and after making sure nobody was around, he unfroze the time, and began walking out of the alley, wearing some casual clothes of the SAO world. Soren then decided to find the creator of SAO, and join him in his creation, while making a few tweaks of his own, as he felt that just a game for Weapon Skills was not a good game, and needed some Magic to really entice everyone to play, and with that idea, Soren sensed out Akihiko Kayaba, and in the next second teleported over to his place after making sure he was alone. [W-Who''s there!?...]: ??? [Akihiko Kayaba¡­ I have come to tell you that the Full Dive technology you will create will change the world¡­ And I want to help you in creating the game you plan to release for it¡­ Sword Art Online, was it?]: soren Soren had appeared while Kayaba was sleeping, so when Soren entered his room unannounced, Kayaba was frightened, and when Soren started spilling out the ideas that he had thought about, it made him look at Soren in a different light, and he quickly got up, while still being wary of Soren. [Who told you about SAO and the Nerve Gear?... I have yet to even start it''s creation, so you couldn''t be a Developer]: kayaba [Don''t mind about how I know, just know I want to help you create it by giving you whatever you require, be it Money, Materials, or Working Space¡­ You have it at your disposal, but I request you change one thing¡­ Magic! I want to see Magic be performed in the game]: kayaba [...What?... But there are many games already developed for the use of Magic, why would you need it for my game?]: kayaba [Because I would like to see my own body perform Magic]: soren After Soren''s forced conversation with Kayaba, he then spent the next 3 years with him while watching the development progress, and then it was complete, but the name changed from SAO or Sword Art Online, to SMO Swords & Magic Online. [So is it ready for Beta Testing?]: soren [It should be ready for Beta Testing before it gets released]: kayaba Soon, some trailers were made, and got thousands of applications for the Beta, and Soren took charge of going through the applications, and out of the thousands that applied, only 2 hundred were picked to be Beta Testers for the new game, and just like Soren wanted, Kazuto Kirigaya applied, and Soren made sure to make Kazuto a Beta Tester. Soon, another 3 weeks passed, and the game was ready for the full release, and Soren had decided to take a couple copies for his family to use, and went back to his private home where nobody would bother them, and joined the game just in time to see others joining as well. [Okay, so first I need to open the menu, and create a party with my family]: soren Soren then opened the menu, and noticed the classic White and Gray drop down menu of SAO, and then he clicked on the word Party with the symbol of 2 people back to back. Soren then added the names of his family, as they didn''t mind using their real names, as they didn''t fear people searching for them in real life, and with that, Soren added, Misha, Hancock, Vados, Killua, Gon, Zeno, and Zenith. Killua and Gon loved the game consoles back in the Hunter x Hunter World, so the idea of being placed in a place like Greed Island, but Greed Island was based in the real world, so something that is actually virtual was interesting to them. (A/N: Soren''s other Children weren''t interested in the Game, and were just going to keep watch over the house, while exploring the outside world) [Okay¡­ Time to pick a path¡­ Hmm, Wizard or Warrior, I guess I''ll pick¡­]: soren Chapter 195 - Game Start Soren continued to look at the list before him, and began reading all the Classes, as well as their effects. [Wizard, Grants a greater Magic capacity, as well as a greater storage for spell knowledge¡­ Warrior, Grants great strength, as well as a Sixth sense to incoming attacks, to help evade or counter¡­ Assassin, Grants a high level of stealth for stealthy attacks to the Enemy¡­ Hero, Grants the wielder of this Class an increased strength, as well as the affinity for Magic, but only Light Magic, the Hero is also well liked by NPC''s and have a higher chance at unlocking Hidden missions]: soren Soren was looking over the Classes, and noticed that Kayaba tried to make players default for the Hero Class, as it seems more appealing compared to the other classes, but there was still one more class that Soren asked for specifically that could turn the tables on the whole game for those who knew what this Classes true power was, as well as how to use it. [Magic Swordsmen, This Class is based completely on the wielder''s skill with a sword, as well as the wielder''s intelligence for Magic capacity, and will be given a Test upon choosing this class¡­ I like this class the most]: soren Soren then picked this class, and once that happened, Soren was teleported to a special room so he couldn''t get any outside help, and then he was given the test that everyone else would get when choosing this Class. Soren then spent the next 10 minutes taking a test that started out from 1st grade, and went all the way to University level questions, and once the player got a question wrong, they would be ejected from the testing room, and the Cardinal System will evaluate the level, and set your MP status at a level according to how well you placed on the test, and this was what made the Class the most overpowered, as well as the least likely to be chosen by players who don''t wish to be tested, and just want to play the game. [Question 1,000, The equation above shows how temperature F, measured in degrees Fahrenheit, relates to a temperature C, measured in degrees Celsius. Based on the equation, which of the following must be true?... Hmm, this is a tough one, but not too far out of my range, the answer should be (C)]: soren Soren passed the 1,000 Question test with 100% in record time at 10 Minutes and 54 Seconds making him the smartest man in the world, and for his achievement the Cardinal System gave Soren a High MP gauge, as well as gave Soren an almost cheat-like ability. {Ding! Player Soren has passed the Wisdom test with 100%, the system will now set Soren''s MP gauge to 500,000¡­ Player Soren will also receive the starting Skill (MP OverLoad) this skill will increase the Players MP by 1.5x for 3 Minutes¡­ Sending Player back to SMO¡­ Enjoy the game!} Soren read the Cardinal System''s announcement, and looked at the new skill that was Bolded with Gold, and had a glowing background, and Soren realized that his score in the test had added another skill to the almost limitless Skill list, as specific motions or attacks might create a new Skill for the Player who practiced the move. [I wonder what Kayaba will choose as his class¡­ Magic Swordsman like me?... He is a very smart man who I have full confidence will ace the test used to gauge someone''s IQ, but how fast will he get it done, and what skill will he receive upon completion]: soren Soren reappeared only to see a group of boys surrounding Soren''s group which was just Misha, Hancock, and Vados at the moment, as Zeno, Zenith, Killua, and Gon had ran off to explore the digital world, and see all the new and exciting things that they missed out on for so long. ''It''s everywhere I go¡­ Idiots still try and take things that don''t belong to them'': soren Soren then walked up to the group who surrounded his wives, and by chance heard what they were saying. [Hey Beauties!... Come join my party, and I will help you level up for the small price of letting my feel your chest, it''s shouldn''t matter, as this is the virtual world, and not your real bodies!]: random horndog [Hehe¡­ Come with me, and I can show you a great time with a pleasure that you could only feel in a virtual world like this one¡­ This must be why Kayaba made certain sensations and feelings possible in the game]: random horndog 2 Soren had enough of the idiots and walked up while placing his hand on the shoulder of the man who just spoke, and tightened his grip, which gave the pervert a Paralysis Debuff for his arm. [So you guys wish to court my 3 wives?... Or did you happen to not notice they were married?]: soren When the perverts heard this, they looked back to the 3 beauties, and focused their gaze to above their heads, and noticed that that all 3 had 2 rings intertwining each other, this was another feature Soren had Kayaba add, as well as the ability to turn the receptors to the brain for pain or pleasure on or off in the Status menu. [H-How!... Never mind! I hope you get robbed by vultures on the road¡­ I bet your wives are fat sweaty men too!]: random horndog 2 Soren then watched as the random nobody decided to leave instead of causing any more problems, and when Soren saw that, he stopped releasing his innate killing intent, and watched as the Cardinal System rang for him. {Ding! Player Soren has created a new Skill (Killing Intent)} ''Hmm¡­ I should look at my status'': sorne Soren then swiped his right hand down, and a small window popped up for everyone who was in his party to see. Name: Soren Class: Magic Swordsman Level: 01 Exp: 0/100 Currency: $100 Stamina: 1,000/1,000 MP: 500,000/500,000 Skills: (MP OverLoad) (Killing Intent) (Basic Sword Skills) (Basic Elemental Magic) Soren saw that his skills were basics, and thought that the MP was the only thing that could be accurate when based on his knowledge, and once he Levels up it will increase more. Soren then took Misha, Hancock, and Vados out the the wilderness, and began hunting some Fire boar, SOren noticed that the Fire boar looked like the regular boar from the Anime, but they had a Fiery mane going down their backs instead of fur, and their feet left little singe marks on the grass when they felt alarmed. Soren then pulled out a 1 handed beginners sword from his inventory, as well as the beginner armor that everyone was given, and wore it, he then looked over to his group of 3 spectating women, and spoke. [Now this is a virtual world that is built to the Normal Human brains capacity, and we think and move faster than a normal human, so we will feel like we''re lagging behind, so take it slow, and let the game do the work for you, and after this we can try Virtual Sex]: soren When the girls heard this, they shouted in excitement, but then realization hit them, and Hancock spoke up. [But Husband, we look nothing like our real figures, so I feel like it would be cheating, will it not?]: hancock Hancock jestured over to both Misha and Vados who were nodding their heads frivolously, and were soon cleared up with Soren''s next words. [Don''t worry, the Sex comes later when Kayaba force teleports us all to the main plaza and tells us all we can''t get out, and gives us a (Revealing Mirror)]: soren Misha, Hancock, and Vados felt a slight relief in Soren''s words, and began hunting Fire boars with him all day, and right around 6pm the Sun began to set, and the Clock tower bells began to ring signifying 6pm, as well as the start of the Death Game. Soon, everyone was brought into the town Colosseum, and everyone began looking around while some shouted out that it must be an Event, but unbeknownst to them there was no Event in play, only a word of warning, and soon, the sky turned Blood Red with warning signs, and a thick Blood colored ooze seeped through the cracks in the sky, and formed a mysterious figure in a Red robe with the hood covering his head, and no matter how you looked, only a Black hole could be seen where the face should have been, thus hiding the identity of the figure, and soon, the figure began to speak. [Hello, my name is Akihiko Kayaba, the creator of Sword & Magic Online¡­ Now it has come to my attention that some of you have noticed the lack of the Logout button in your Status Menu¡­ Now that is not a bug, or a mistake, as I created this game with this soul purpose in mind¡­ Nobody can logout, and nobody can leave the game, and the people of the outside world have been informed that if they try to remove the Nerve Gear on the heads of the Players, it will send a Microwave signal through the Players head, killing them instantly¡­ Some have tried despite the warning, and over 200 players have died already, so with this, I will tell you that if you die in here, the Microwave signal will be set off in your helmets killing you instantly, so tread carefully, and survive until you reach floor 100, and if you beat the boss on that floor, you all will be set free¡­ Oh! Before I go, I have a few gifts for you all¡­ And to the person named Soren Zoldyck, you have helped me create this game, only for it to possibly be your death bed, hehe enjoy fighting for your life asshole]: kayaba Everyone heard about this, and some remembered that someone named Soren Zoldyck had financially funded the entire making of SMO, and now he was told he would be trapped in this game as well. Some were feeling a little bad for him, while others were wondering if this Soren Zoldyck person knew that this was going to be a Death Game the whole time, and the answer to that was obviously yes, but Soren would deny it, as they would mark him as a conspirator with Kayaba, as well as try and kill him for retribution, but if he says he knew, but not from Kayaba, they would question him on how he knew so. ''Whelp, I guess I''ll play the dear in the headlights role when they question me about it'': soren Everyone began to open their gifts sent to them, when they received them, but once they pulled the mirrors out, they all began to transform into their actual faces, and some that didn''t transform were hesitant to, but soon gave up. Soon, a group of perverts surrounded Soren and his group, and began to speak, in a haughty tone towards Soren and his group of 3 women, but most of it was focused towards Soren. [Hey! Look it here boys¡­ It''s that White Knight who interrupted our fun with these beauties, but it seems they have yet to use the mirrors¡­ Hehe, go ahead and use the mirrors so we can so the Ugly men under those beautiful faces, as well as the look of disgust on the guys face for marrying them]: random horndog 2 [Hahahahahahahaha!... You tell em Zero!... Show us those ugly faces!]: group of horndogs Soren was getting quite annoyed with these idiots calling his wives ugly, as he knew that they could each outclass the most beautiful idol in the world, but these idiots had to try and mess with Soren and his group. [Does Husband want Misha to use the Mirror?]: misha When Misha said that, both Hancock and Vados were also nodding their heads, and willing to use the mirror now instead of later. [Sure, lets tease these idiots now, and let them know what we plan to do later afterward]: soren Soren, Misha, Hancock, and Vados all took out a mirror for their inventory, and looked into it, and in the next second, Soren''s face went from some average looking man, to someone that would even rival or surpass the #1 Male model in "World''s Hottest Man Alive", while Misha, Hancock, and Vados didn''t transform into fat sweaty men, but into beauties who could make the loins of every man explode in their pants at the sight of them, as their beauty could even surpass Goddesses. [H-Hu-Huba Hubba¡­ Please have one night with me!] Zero Soren was outraged at the audacity of this idiot, because he thought that Soren wouldn''t dare kill him, as that would be him commiting murder, but what the horndog idiot named Zero didn''t know, was Soren had killed thousands of men for having lechorus thoughts about his women, let alone asking directly. [Looks like I will play Orage for a few days]: soren When Soren said that, he took out his broadsword, and placed it at the neck of Zero before speaking of the lewd acts that he would perform with his 3 wives that night and the detail he went into would even make the Devil blush. [Just so you know¡­ In the real world, I''m a contract killer, and have killed thousands with no mercy, and I want you to know that right after I kill you here, I will be making hot and sweaty love with my 3 wives while we reminisce how you died here today¡­ Goodbye pervert, and let your next life be one of a modest lifestyle with no perversion]: soren [...Wha-... You wouldn-]: zero Zero couldn''t finish his sentence before Soren used his Basic sword skills as well as a Skill he learned while leveling up called (Mana Imbue), and this skill would take Soren''s MP and imbue the weapon Soren has equipped, and add a +50 Attack damage, and with that one attack, Zero drifted away into particles, as his friends watched on in horror. With this, Soren had unknowingly stopped a Dark Guild known as Laughing Coffin from sprouting up, and spent the next 3 days as one of the first Orange Players. [Hmm¡­ Killing in games is much less Bloody than in real life¡­ Scram!]: soren Soren looked up and told the remaining spectators to flee, and flee they did. Chapter 196 - Floor 10 Soon, a week had passed, and with everyone having the knowledge that their lives are literally at stake when fighting, Leveling up had become much more tedious, as everyone made 100% sure that they would beat their opponent before battling them. With this mindset, it drastically lowered the leveling pace for all Players, all except for Soren, and his family, and over this week, Soren had leveled up quite a lot, as well as his group, and on the day that it was decided to call a meeting for those who wish to participate in the Boss Raid, Soren felt he could solo the Boss by himself. Chapter 197 - Kayaba’s Demise 18 Months passed, and the survivors of the game were currently on the 70th floor of SMO, and over this time, Soren and his family ran one of the top ranking guilds, comprising only 7 people. Soren and his family had ran the fields of all the Mini Bosses, and hidden quests that not even the beta testers knew about because Soren had inside information, but Soren wasn''t the only person with this knowledge, as Kayaba who was acting as the Guild leader for the KOB, knew even more than Soren did, as he created the game, while Soren only supervised, and watched as the stages were created. Over the course of 18 months, Soren had ranked as one of the top 10 players, and when he met with Kayaba who disguised himself as a the Guild leader of the KOB, Soren took notice that his Class was indeed the Magic Swordsman Class, so Soren knew that Kayaba most likely had an extremely high MP capacity. Chapter 198 - Supernatural World Soon, everyone left in the game began to turn into bright Golden Lights, and that included the ones on the brink of death from fighting monsters, and specifically those who were fighting the Boss Monster that Kayaba tasked the other Clearers with defeating. Chapter 199 - Issei’s Transformation A few days after registering with Kuoh Academy, Soren and his family got their Uniforms and class schedules, and with that, they went to their first day of school at Kuoh Academy. Soren was unlucky placed in the same class as the pervert trio, along with Misha, Vados, Hancock, and Serina, while Zeno, Zenith, Shannon, Seth, and Alice were placed in a different class, with Killua, Gon, Ariel, Simon, Layla, and Haku who took a Human form were in another class being separated from the others. Their first day at school was quite interesting as they all drew quite the attention when the 15 of them were walking together, and due to the ratio being 7 Girls to 8 Guys, the other students felt that there were some relationships blooming in their group circle, but they didn''t know how far off they were, and in reality, most of them were Soren''s flesh and blood children. Some of the more ballsy girls at the Academy who had never had any form of contact with men besides their family before the start of this year picked out who they wanted to test their luck with from Soren''s group, and walked up to them. Soren was approached by many girls throughout the day, while Killua, Gon, Zeno, and Zenith were also approached by some girls, but thinking about their wives back in the Dragon Ball world, they quickly let the girls down easy, while Haku was also getting girls talk to him, and he was more for making a Harem, and this was the perfect world for it. Chapter 200 - The ORC The day after Issei was reincarnated as a Devil, Soren and his group went to school as usual, while Haku decided to break off from the group and go shopping for a few presents for some of the girls he took a fancy towards, and show up later. School started as normal, but soon took a turn when Soren was called to the Student Council room by the principal over the loudspeaker, and all Soren could do was go and see what the Sitri Devil Princess wanted with him, as he had not done anything wrong. Soren reached the room of the Student Council, and could sense the presence of 7 people, and they all gave off a Devilish aura, and Soren could only think that while Issei was taken by Rias, Sona took Saji, Soren then gave a sigh, and knocked on the door and began waiting for an answer. Chapter 201 - Enter Riser Phenex After Soren made his point, he left the ORC building and went back home while the members of the ORC were stunned at the feat Soren had just pulled off. All the Devils were well informed on who the creator of the Evil Pieces were, and how much power went into the making of the Chess set, so it was to say that only the creator of the Evil Pieces, or someone with as much or even greater power can reform an Evil Piece, but Rias had even more information about her Evil Pieces, and she knew that once a piece is broken, even the creator of the pieces Ajuka Beelzebub wouldn''t be able to just recreate her Evil Piece, as it would belong to a whole new set. While everyone of the ORC were calming down from what they just witnessed from Soren, Soren himself had entered his Inner World and went to check on some of the people from the Naruto world, as well as get Kurumi back from Naruto. Soren made himself look like he was in his mid 30''s and dressed up in his Ninja Uniform then he went to the Hokage''s office and put in a request to meet with Naruto, and after a 3 hour long wait, Soren was able to enter the Hokage''s office, only to see Naruto half passed out from the over work. Chapter 202 - White Dragon Emperor When Rias said that she was no longer pure, everyone in the room except for Riser thought back to the day Soren had taken Rias into another room, and did god knows what with her. While both Soren and Issei know that nothing really happened, and it was all done through Soren''s Sharingan, and Issei didn''t dare say anything just yet, while Soren didn''t care to explain either. When Riser heard Rias'' words, his face began to contort with anger as he began to scan the room and pick out the only 3 guys in the room and started shouting. [What!... Rias! Who was it!?... Who dares to defile you when you are my Riser''s woman!?... I will burn them to the ground along with their entire family!]: riser Soren perked up towards Riser''s words and a smile grew on his face as he cleared his throat in an audible tone for everyone to hear, and when Soren did that, Riser''s attention was drawn towards Soren, and after giving Soren a good inspection, he felt that Soren''s appearance could rival even the most charming men in the Devil World as well as the Human world. [You!... What''s your name Human!... Did you take my Wife''s purity?]: riser Soren just ignored Riser and continued to have a smile on his face while looking at Riser''s face, gaining a deeper shade of Red from rage by the second. [I told you to speak!... Tell me your name or die!]: riser Soren''s smile then disappeared when Riser tried to force him to speak with his pressure, but it was pathetic compared to even Naruto''s pressure. [You wish to know my name, but can you even handle the pressure that comes with my name?]: soren When Riser heard Soren speak, he felt like he won a little bit of ground, but when he heard Soren not give out a name, he felt annoyed and began to shout again. [Who are you to have such big balls to tell me I''m not worthy of your name!... Try me then, what is your name, and if I don''t know it, you will die here and now]: riser When Soren heard the high and mighty attitude of Riser he could do nothing but try and hold back his laughter, but even that failed as his next words made Riser feel nothing but rage towards Soren. [Hahaha!... You see¡­ It''s not that you would know my name, but the sheer weight that comes with knowing it will utterly squash you¡­ So, do you still wish to know my name Mr. Flaming Chicken?]: soren [Y-You!... If you don''t want ME the great Riser Phenex to know your name, then you can die now!]: riser Riser then formed a big ball of fire in the palm of his hands and threw it towards Soren, and when everyone of Rias'' peerage except Issei saw this, they felt that Soren would be a goner, but what happened next surprised everyone but Issei, and even Riser was surprised. The big ball of flame began to engulf Soren, but no sounds of screaming in pain were heard, instead the flames started to swirl around Soren making a tornado like wall that bagan to condense, and when the flames disappeared to show Soren unharmed without even a singe on his clothing holding his pointer finger in the air with a small ball of condensed flames the size of his fingernail. [Now you will become Fried Chicken]: soren Soren then used his Law of Fire to change the flames hovering over his pointer finger from a Orange and Yellow color, to a Blue and White color, and the heat the radiated off the small ball of flames began to make even Riser sweat while everyone else were feeling like their skin was going to burn off, and Soren had to make a barrier so they didn''t burn to death. [The inside of this flame is hot enough to match the Sun''s temperature, and this is me lowering the heat Mr. Fried Chicken¡­ Here, catch!]: soren Soren then tossed the ball of flames over to Riser, and Riser felt that Soren was just lying and took the full force of the flame, but soon began to regret it as his Blood curdling screams were ringing from the inside of the ball of flames that expanded to cover Riser''s while body. [What a noisy Chicken!... Suffer in Silence!]: soren Soren snapped his fingers and Riser was taken into the depths of the endless Void where he met with the Trihexa who immediately ate him and absorbed some of Soren''s power making the seal just a bit weaker. [Ahh, this is much better¡­ Now I can have some peace and quiet around here]: soren When Soren said this, everyone in the room felt that Soren was most likely the biggest threat to the Supernatural world if he were to be angered and go against it. Issei was just looking at Soren in complete astonishment and horror as he just witnessed a High Class Devil be killed in a matter of seconds, with his own attack that had been enhanced no less. [Well, since this is done, I will be leaving¡­ If the Phenex House asks about what happened here, tell them to better raise their kids in the future]: soren Soren finished his words and disappeared from the room through a portal, while somewhere in the Underworld, 15 women felt their connection to their King be cut off, and while most felt relief, one in particular went to inform the Phenex House about the possible death of Riser. [Mom¡­ Dad¡­ I think Riser-Nii has died]: ravel [What!?... Ravel, what makes you say this? Your older brother had just gone to the Human world to inform the Gremory Princess about the new wedding date, how would he die, and who would have the audacity to kill him?]: lord phenex [But my connection to Riser-Nii has been cut¡­ He has either died, or been sent into some high level seal]: ravel [This is terrible!... Guards! Send someone to the Human world to investigate, and if anything comes up proving this to be true, Kill the one who has killed my Son!]: lord phenex [Yes Your Majesty!]: royal guards The guards had then left, while Ravel was taken back into her mother''s Peerage until further information surfaces, or a new King is elected for the Phenex House. Soren on the other hand was enjoying his time with his family while shopping in town for clothes and other stuff, while Soren was tasked with judging the clothes as well as carrying the bags that just kept stacking up, and when Soren found time, he would place the bags into his storage. Soren enjoyed shopping with his wives, as they would try on some dresses that made Soren want to see them in bed while wearing them, while others just made them look like Supermodels, and Soren''s wives were not the only ones getting attention, as Soren''s daughters were also enjoying the shopping sprees. [Dad, do you think Vali will like this dress?]: shannon When Soren heard this come from his eldest daughter, he felt something in his heart shatter, and quickly spoke. [Vali?... Who is this? Where do they live, I will smite him personally]: soren [Dad!... Calm down! I''m old enough to make my own decisions on who I like]: shannon Soren thought about Shannon''s words and in the end just sighed as she was right, and Soren then remembered that his youngest child was well over 50, and if oldest was reaching 300 in age, and that made Shannon around 220 in age. [Yes, I''m sorry¡­ I hope you like Vali, but do remember, if he does anything to hurt you, I will kill him]: soren [I know dad¡­ Thank you for being as supportive as you can]: shannon Soren didn''t know if he should take that as a complement or as a diss, as he felt that there was nothing supportive about what he said at all, but Soren didn''t question it and went back to looking at the modeling show that was going on with Misha, Hancock, and Vados. After the 6 hours shopping spree ended with over 100 Million Yen spent on clothes, Soren and his family went back home, and when they got there, Soren saw a boy around the age of 18 or 19 waiting at the door with flowers, and Soren felt as if he had seen this boy before. ''Hmm¡­ Where have I seen this person before?'': soren As Soren was thinking about this, Shannon ran over while shouting. [Vali!]: shannon When Shannon said this name, something in Soren''s head clicked and he registered everything about the name as well as the appearance of the boy. ''Wait¡­ Vali, Whitish Silver hair and Yellow eyes, and to top it off looks like a douchebag¡­ There''s no mistaking it, this is the White Dragon Emperor'': soren Soren clenched his fists a bit, but released them as Vali hadn''t really done anything bad, and wasn''t a pervert, so Soren felt that he could give Vali a chance, as he was only a battle hungry idiot in the end. [Shannon!... I have been waiting here for a couple minutes now, and just knocked¡­ But it seems like you were out instead]: vali Before Shannon could say anything, Soren stepped forward and interjected with the complete truth as it would be found out later anyway. [*Ahem*... White Dragon Emperor, I hope you treat my daughter well, if not I will kill you]: soren When Vali heard Soren call him by his title, he quickly got in a battle stance, but seeing as Soren wasn''t trying to fight him, he eased up and spoke in a calm tone. [Daughter?... So you are a supernatural as well¡­ But not a Devil, so what are you?]: vali [Well, you could say that I''m a God, but I''m also better than any of the Gods in this world]: soren [Oh?... Such confidence, then will you have a fight with me?]: vali [You want to fight?... Okay, I will humor your fight, but you must promise to leave the Chaos Brigade]: soren Once again Vali was surprised at the knowledge of Soren, and felt that Soren knew more than he let on, and got a bit excited to see just how powerful Soren really was, but that was soon interrupted when Shannon spoke up. [Dad!... Not right now, I want to be able to have my date tonight instead of wait for him to get out of intensive care]: shannon When Vali heard this, he thought that Shannon was hyping up Soren, but decided that the fight could wait and the date came first. Soren noticed that Vali had full intentions to put the fight on hold and go out on his date with Shannon first, and this just made Soren''s impression of him rise through the roof. ''So the battle maniac can have other priorities¡­ I''m liking this boy better already'': soren Soren then let both Shannon and Vali go out on their date, and went inside with the rest of his family, and 3 hours later, both Vali and Shannon came back from their dinner, and Soren was there to greet them at the door. [Welcome back Shannon¡­ Vali here didn''t do anything he shouldn''t have right?]: soren Soren said this while putting a little pressure onto Vali, and Vali could only raise his own pressure to fight back the urge to kneel and surrender. [Vali was a perfect gentleman¡­ This date was just like the ones you read in those perfect romance books, and it couldn''t have been better!]: shannon Soren just gave a smile while releasing the pressure on Vali, and then sent Shannon on to do whatever she was going to do, and Soren then invited Vali into the house, and when Vali entered he felt the amount of magic used in creating the massive space in this place. [So, do you still want to fight with me White Dragon Emperor?... I''ll tell you that even Great Red has bowed to me]: soren When Soren said this Vali was excited to test if Soren was spouting lies or not, but soon a voice rang out as the White wings on Vali''s back activated, and the voice of the Heavenly White Dragon- Albion, spoke. [Vali, this person speaks no lies¡­ If you do take him on you will die¡­ Even if I were there with my true body, I would die with a slap of his hand]: albion [Correction! Just a sneeze will kill you Albion]: soren Albion just stayed silent while not trying to anger Soren, and then Vali began to feel his blood boil even more as he began to think about his choice and ultimately, Vali chose to fight Soren and lost miserably. [You got lots of untapped potential, but you are still far from my level¡­ But I can give you the tools to train faster¡­ Would you like to use them? Also, Albion, I can give you your real body back while giving Vali something even beyond the Sacred Gears]: soren When Albion heard that he could get his body back, he perked up as he would be the only one out of both him and Ddrig to have a real body, and with that thought, along with Soren saying that Vali will receive something better than a Sacred Gear he spoke. [Really!... I can get my old body back!?... Please do Oh Great One]: albion Chapter 203 - Trip to Kyoto Soren then used his hand, and in a grabbing motion began to pull on Albion''s soul that was fused with Vali, and after a bit of pain that both Vali and Albion shared, a White orb the size of a softball appeared floating above Soren''s hand, and a voice could be heard from the orb that was the voice of Albion. [So what will happen now?]: albion [Well, it''s quite simple¡­ I have your soul, now I will create your body¡­ Any changes you want made to it?... Maybe you want to be a female instead? Or perhaps you want a bigger pe-]: soren [Okay! My original body is just fine¡­ Please continue Oh Great One]: albion Soren just gave a smile and decided to call on Kuroi, as it had been a while since Soren last called on him, and after using the Dragon Balls to summon him, Soren placed them back into his Inventory. [Greetings Master¡­ It has been quite a long time¡­ I almost thought you had forgotten about me]: kuroi [I would never!... Your like one of my children as I created you, and I would never forget one of my children]: soren Kuroi gave Soren a smile when he heard Soren''s claim, and then Soren made his wish to bring back Albion''s body, as well as return it to its prime condition, and after that Soren gave Kuroi free reign to explore the new world under the condition he stays in his Human form and restrains himself in front of normal Humans. Soren then took Albion''s soul and forced it into the empty husk that was Albion''s body, and after the soul entered the body, it began to circulate its energy through it, and soon the might of one of the 2 Heavenly Dragon''s had returned with full force while shaking the ground a little. [I feel rejuvenated!... Hehe, Ddrig will need to bow to me now and respect me as the strongest Dragon among us]: albion As Albion said this, he released his Heavenly aura, and this move made the entire world quake, while a specific Red dragon inside of a Gauntlet spoke to himself. ''I feel like I have lost my chance at the title of strongest Heavenly Dragon¡­ But why?'': ddrig Soren just used a small bit of his power to suppress the leaking pressure of the newly revived Albion, while Vali was almost completely forgotten about. Soren then turned his attention to the stunned Vali and began thinking about what would best suit Vali to help him grow, and then it hit him, and Soren began to speak. [Vali¡­ For the loss of one of the Heavenly Dragons¡­ How would you like to use Dragon related Magic?]: soren When Vali heard this, he felt that it was a complete downgrade from having one of the most overpowered Dragons in existence reside inside his body, but before he decided to decline, he thought to hear more about this power. [So what kind of Magic will you teach me?]: vali Vali wasn''t the only one who wished to know, as Albion had never heard of Magic specific to Dragons. [Well let me ask a few questions first, as it will help me choose what Magic best fits you¡­ First, what Element do you think you most excel in¡­ Second, Do you plan on taking any kind of ride in motorized vehicles or standing on Moving platforms?]: soren [I most excel in Albion''s Divide Magic, but if it''s Elemental, then I would say Lightning Magic suits me quite nicely¡­ As for your second question, I don''t see why this matters, but I do have my own wings for flight since I''m half Devil]: vali Soren just nodded his head while his right hand was caressing his chin and his eyes were closed. [Hmm¡­ Then I will create a Lightning-Devil Dragon Slayer Magic for you¡­ It will be the strongest Magic in the world, and be almost unbeatable]: soren Soren then gathered some Lightning essence from his Law of Lightning, as well as some Devil essence from the left over Evil Piece energy that Soren saved when absorbing the Knight Piece from Rias'' set, and to finish it off, Soren used some Dragon essence that he secretly took from Albion as Albion had been the closest to Vali for many years. Soren then formed a Magic circle that had lightning Blue Dragon symbols outlined with a Black color, as well as some ancient Lightning spells that Soren happened to create himself during his time learning Laws back in TSS. [Aaannnddd¡­ Complete!... Now I will teach you all that is known about this Magic, but note that if you lose control of the Dragon essence inside of the Spells, you will slowly turn into a mindless Dragon that is after nothing but destruction¡­ So you will need to spend some time condensing Antibodies, and this technique is also in the information I will give to you]: soren Soren then walked up to Vali and placed his pointer and middle finger on his forehead, and sent the knowledge of over 100 different Spells that involved Lightning. With the flood of energy, Vali had fallen to the ground and clenched his head due to the sudden surge of new memories that were implanted and engraved deep into his memory, and one of the more important memories was a Cultivation method to create Antibodies. [Oh Great One, why is Vali-kun clenching his head in pain?]: albion [Don''t worry about him, he is just going through the pain of having around 130 different spells deeply engraved into his mind with no prior information known about them¡­ Also, don''t call me Great One, just Soren is fine¡­ Anyway, I have freed you so that you can do what you want, but try not to attract too much attention when leaving¡­ I will be going to sleep now, good night Albion]: soren Soren then left Albion and Vali in his backyard that was altered by Space Magic as well as an Array to make it look normal from the outside, but once you enter the yard, it looks to be around 6 football fields in width by 3 football fields in length. ''Soren, you said that you had someone you wanted me to meet?'': kurumi When Soren heard Kurumi, he snapped out of his current thoughts and remembered that the other day while talking with Kurumi, Soren began to tell her about the Yokai from this place, and one of the well known Yokai were 9 Tailed Foxes. ''Yes, thank you for reminding me¡­ Tomorrow we will head over to Kyoto and I will try to meet with the Yokai representative'': soren The next day, Soren got up and because it was the weekend, Soren had no school, so he could make a trip over to Kyoto to meet with Yasaka, the representative of the Yokai faction. Soren then used his phone to get some directions, and then used his senses to lock onto the Kyoto train station, even though he had no plans on arriving by train, and after sensing that nobody was around, he opened a portal and quickly entered, while feeling like he was forgetting about something. ''I feel like I''m missing something¡­'': soren ------------------------------ [*Loud Groaning from head pain*... Soren you bastard¡­ Why didn''t you warn me how much this would hurt?... Wait¡­ Where is everyone? Why is it day time?... How long was I out for?... Albion!?]: vali ------------------------------ ''It''s probably nothing¡­ Time to find the busty Milf known as Yasaka'': soren Soren then began traveling the city while taking in all the sights, and felt a strong sense of wonder, as there was an event going on almost every day as Kyoto was a natural tourist attraction, and in Soren''s past life before he died and got reincarnated with Sakura, he had never left the USA. [Wow¡­ Such wonder that Magic and fantasy could never portray, something natural, and made by the hard work of normal people]: soren Soren was walking down one of the Market streets while buying some food from one of the Food stands, and when tasting all the delicacies, he felt that they were good, but still lacking as he was used to his and Zeno''s food, as they could be considered God in the kitchen. ''Should I open my own restaurant?... Nah¡­ too much work going in for something I''ve already done in the past¡­ I''ll stick to just tasting and criticizing the food'': soren [Hey you!... Yeah you, the boy with the school Uniform]: ??? Soren had heard someone shout out, and pointed towards himself, and upon confirming that the man was talking to him, he went over to the stall, and saw that the elderly man was making a special Curry that was assumed to be his family recipe. [Hello there young one¡­ I see you''re trying the food around here¡­ Would you like to try some of my family''s secret Curry recipe?... It''s been passed down for 4 generations now]: old man Soren gave the man a look, and right away could see that he was not normal, but the old man didn''t appear to see through him, so he decided to try the Curry made from this old man''s Secret Recipe. [Mmn¡­ It''s quite good, but still lacking in some aspects]: soren When the old man heard this, he felt a little insulted and decided to make Soren regret what he said by rebutteling him. [Then let me see you make something better¡­ If you do, then I will become your student]: old man Soren heard the challenge and almost started laughing but held back and spoke once more. [Deal, but I don''t need a student¡­ I''ll just make a better Curry and be on my way]: soren Soren then began to use the spices that the old man had, and began making a Chilli soup with chunks of meat and vegetables, while the White rice was being steamed in a pot, and along with all of Soren''s work that could be considered Godly, the aroma drew in quite a big crowd. Soren then used some pickled plum that he found in the old man''s cart that was unused, and mixed it in with the freshly cooked rice, and once the Curry was done, Soren plated it and placed it before the old man whose mouth was watering from the anticipation. [Food is served¡­ Now if you''ll excuse me, I have somewhere to be]: soren Soren then left the cart with the old man scarfing down the freshly made Curry, along with people who came over due to the smell shouting out prices to get a bowl of Curry with what''s left over, but the old man refused to sell, and began protecting it like his life depended on it. ''I wonder who that Old Man was¡­ Never mind that, for now, on to find the Fox Queen???: soren Soren continued his journey with a bit of a hop in his step while an Old Man guarding what remained of the Curry was being torn apart by the crowd, and ultimately had to give in and let them have the food. Soon, Soren saw a busty Milf with Blonde hair and wearing a traditional Shrine Maiden outfit, but with the child holding her right hand as they walked, you could tell that she was no Maiden. ''Kurumi¡­ Do you sense her Yokai side?'': soren ''Yes Soren¡­ She is quite powerful, and if she releases her true form, she could rival me in power'': kurumi ''So 9 Tailed Foxes all would be around the same strength no matter what Universe¡­ Good to know'': soren Soren then began walking up to Yasaka and the girl who Soren could infer was her child named Kunou. [Come Kunou, we will be late if we don''t pick up the pace]: yasaka [Then let''s hurry Mommy!]: kunou As Soon as Kunou said that, Soren happened to bump into Yasaka making her fall on top of him, while Kunou was the only one who stayed on her feet, as Yasaka didn''t pull her down with her. [Mommy, I think you squashed him!]: kunou [Oh¡­ I''m so sorry, I didn''t see you there¡­ Please forgive me]: yasaka Soren got up and began dusting himself off, and looking up to see Yasaka, he noticed that the bandage that wrapped her chest came a little loose and exposed a bit of her nipple. [I''m fine, but you should straighten up there, or do you plan to be breastfeeding someone?]: soren Soren pointed towards her exposed face while looking away to give her some privacy, and when Yasaka noticed what he was pointing at, as well as the word "Breastfeeding" she quickly covered her chest with a tint of Red flowing into her cheeks, and after straightening herself she spoke. [All good now¡­ Thank you for pointing that out, and sorry to show you such a display¡­ So, your outfit says you''re not from Kyoto, so what brings you here?]: yasaka [Well, I came here for a few reasons, one being the sights, while the other one is to look for a 9 Tailed Fox]: soren [Oh?... A 9 Tailed Fox?... Don''t you think that you are a little too old to believe in a story such as 9 Tailed Foxes?]: yasaka Chapter 204 - Saving Yasaka 18+ Soren could see a little bit of sweat start to form on Yasaka''s forehead but didn''t say anything about it, but instead started going into detail about why he was looking for one. [Well, you may think they don''t exist, but I have a 9 Tailed Fox residing inside me and wanted to show her her own kind¡­ But if even the Yokai representative refuses to believe in her own kind, then they must have diminished to an almost extinct population]: soren When Yasaka heard Soren''s words, she grabbed Kunou and hid her behind her while questioning Soren''s real motives. [Who are you!... What do you want with me and my daughter?]: yasaka [Relax, I already told you, I''m here for the sights as well as looking for a 9 Tailed Fox to introduce to the one inside of me]: soren Soren then gave a quick glance around and after making sure nobody was around, he let Kurumi speak through him, while his face grew whiskers, and his eyes became Red in color with slits for pupils emphasizing his animal-like nature. [It is true¡­ I am a 9 Tailed Fox, but not from this world as Soren is able to travel to alternate worlds]: kurumi speaking through soren When Kurumi''s presence was released, Yasaka felt a similar aura from Soren''s body, while the Fox-like aura wasn''t fueled by magic, but something else. [I see, so what did you want with me?]: yasaka [Well, to be honest¡­ I just wanted to meet another 9 Tailed Fox, while Soren had other motives to bump into you, and it appears that it worked, as he got a nip slip from you]: kurumi When both Soren and Yasaka heard this, Yasaka went a little Red in the face, while Soren quickly broke the link that let Kurumi speak through him, and began to clear things up. [Okay! That''s enough¡­ That wasn''t what I was after]: soren When Yasaka heard Soren denying the words of Kurumi, she felt better, but also felt down as Soren was the most charming and handsome man she had ever seen, but was a bit on the younger side in appearance. [S-So you didn''t want to see my chest?...]: yasaka Soren noticed that Yasaka was a bit Red while saying that sentence, and realized that she was being affected by some kind of charm he naturally gave off, and being a Fox, naturally she would feel these feelings with a stronger effect that sometimes could lead to scenes like what happened to Issei when he went to Kyoto in the Anime. [Well, I''m not saying it wasn''t welcome, but I wasn''t after that when purposely bumping into you]: soren [S-So¡­ D-Did you l-like what you saw?]: yasaka Soren felt that Yasaka was starting to act strangely, and noticed that she was starting to pant while her face reached a new stage of Red, and could see that her eyes began to gloss over. ''What''s going on?... Kurumi, can you tell what her feelings are right now?'': soren ''Soren, she is feeling an intense arousal, but is trying to fight back against it'': kurumi ''Arousal?... So is it natural, or was it induced?'': soren Soren then spoke to the struggling Yasaka trying to figure out what was happening to her. [Yasaka, did you happen to eat anything from any of the passing stands?]: soren [... Y-Yes¡­ *Haf*... Some nice city man offered *Haf* me some food that was specially made with his family recipe¡­]: yasaka Soren knew where this was going, but instead, he decided to scan her body for anything like drug use, and after giving her a thorough scan, he found that Yasaka was under the influence of an Aphrodisiac. ''These Horny sons of bitches¡­ If they planned to drug her, then they also had plans for Kunou as well as Yasaka'': soren When Soren thought about this, a voice was coming over towards them, and Soren turned to see a man that appeared to be in his 30''s or 40''s. The man was quite ugly, and Soren could tell just from this that he would need to drug any woman, even a prostitute to sleep with him. [Well this is why you weren''t where I expected you to be¡­ You were stopped here talking with this highschool brat¡­]: most likely a rapist The man turned his attention towards Soren and began to speak in a scary tone to try and scare him off. [Hey brat!... Scram out of here before I mess up that pretty face of yours¡­ Hehe Adult acts are about to be performed with this busty Milf and her daughter before they get sold into slavery¡­ Hehe, I hit the jackpot today!]: definite rapist and sex slave merchant Soren just looked at this guy as if he was an idiot, and when he heard that he had plans to touch not only Yasaka, but Kunou as well, his fatherly instincts kicked in and raised his hand and erased the man''s existence with no further question. [Fucking scum!... I gave you a punishment that was way too lenient for your crime, but you will never get to reincarnate as I have erased your very existence]: soren Soren''s words struck a chord in the hearts of both Yasaka and Kunou, as they were starting to fear that the worst would happen, but Soren took care of the problem and saved both of them. Soren then turned his attention back towards Yasaka who was on the verge of collapse, and he helped her up while taking Kunou''s hand, he then opened a portal back to his home, and when he entered Soren noticed that nobody was home. Soren then took both Kunou and Yasaka upstairs and laided Yasaka down in his bed while taking Kunou to another room to wait until Yaska got better. Soren then went back into his bedroom and began circulating his power through her body and dissipating the aphrodisiac that was causing Yasaka to feel uncomfortable pains as well as an uncontrollable lust, but even with the drug expelled from her body, she was still in pain, and her lust was still shooting through the roof. ''Strange¡­ Sakura, why is she still under the effect of the Aphrodisiac after I removed it?'': soren {DING!... THE APHRODISIAC HAS FORCED YASAKA INTO A HEAT SESSION, SO SHE IS STILL UNDER THE EFFECT WITHOUT THE DRUG BEING IN HER BODY¡­ HOST WILL EITHER NEED TO LET IT PASS AND POSSIBLE LET HER DIE, OR END THE EFFECT BY HAVING INTERCOURSE WITH YASAKA HERSELF} ''Wow¡­ Such a straightforward answer¡­ I do like Yasaka, but will she like me?'': soren As Soren was conversing with himself and his system, Yasaka began to speak through the groans and moans of her flared up lust. [S-Soren¡­ Though we haven''t known each other for long¡­ You were willing to risk your life to save mine and my daughters life¡­ P-Please, take me into your embrace]: yasaka Soren realized that there was no other choice, and decided that Yasaka would be a member of his family from now on, and that he would explain the situation later to the others. [Yasaka¡­ I will take you, but you must know that I have 3 other wives¡­ Will you be my 4th?]: soren When Yasaka heard this, she was quite surprised, but didn''t say anything as she really wanted him inside her at that moment, and just shouted. [Yes!... I will be yours!]: yasaka ------------ 18+ Hentai Scene Ahead!!!------------ Soren waved his hand and the clothes that seemed to be suffocating Yasaka''s body disappeared without a second thought, and with this change, Yasaka''s voluptuous body was sprawled across the bed while 9 tails were spread out behind her, and Soren then watched as 2 ears appeared on top of her head. Soren then snapped his fingers and his own clothes disappeared, Soren then made a sound proof barrier so that Kunou in the other room couldn''t hear the pleasure that was about to take place, and with that, Soren interlocked his lips with Yasaka''s, and while their tongues wrestled, Soren''s hand''s played a different tune as he began trying out a new finger style that he created with the help of his body manipulation. [AHHHHYYYAAA!~.]: yasaka Yasaka let out a pained moan as it had been a little over 30 minutes since the drug took effect and she began fighting it off, and the sudden attention to her nether region made her gush like a waterfall. [KAYAAHH!~... SOOO GOOOD!]: yasaka Soren began to finger her with a quickened pace, while his mouth moved from Yasaka''s mouth down to her gigantic tits that put even Hancock to shame, and began sucking them like he was a newborn trying to feed, while occasionally biting the hard tips the protruded from the areola of her tits. [Mmhhnnn!~]: yasaka Soren then removed his mouth from her nipple while leaving a trail of saliva between the tip of her nipple and Soren''s tongue. [So, you ready for the next step?]: soren [Yes!... Fuck me!... Take your dick and stick it in my pussy!]: yasaka Soren then removed his fingers from Yasaka''s pussy while making her moan loudly, while he started moving his head down to her pussy lips while in a mischievous tone began to speak. [Nope, not just yet¡­ I still haven''t have a taste of you]: soren Soren didn''t give Yasaka any chance to speak as he quickly dove right into eating her out while drinking all the leaking fluids that began to squirt out at him due to the pleasure she was feeling. [Ahhhh Hnnnnngggg!~... Kayaahhh!~]: yasaka Yasaka was having nonstop orgasims while Soren continued to clean out her pussy with his tongue that had been elongated with his Body manipulation, so he could easily reach all the way to her womb. After 20 minutes of such a nice meal, Soren felt satisfied and moved back up to Yasaka''s lips so that she could sate what she tastes like, and after a deep kiss, Soren took his cock and began to push it into her tight pussy that hadn''t had a dick in it for quite a few years. [Ahhh Hnnnngggg!~... It''s Soooo BIG!~]: yasaka Once Soren got all the way in, his dick was pushing up against her cervix while threatening to break into her womb due to how big he was. [Now comes the best part]: soren Soren then began to pump his hips while his dick began to pump in and out of Yasaka''s tight cave, and every movement Soren made had Yasaka screaming in pleasure while covering Soren''s crotch with love juices that left a sweet cicely smell, and tasted like honey. [I-I''m Cumming!~... Kayaaaaahhhh!~]: yasaka Soren heard Yasaka and shoved his dick deep into Yasaka''s pussy while on the verge of breaking into her womb and released his whole load into her womb filling her to the top while she made an Ahegao face with her eyes rolling up into her skull. Soren then watched as Yasaka passed out from maximum pleasure, and with that, Soren waved his hand and cleaned her up before making new clothes for her, while he went to go take a shower and dispelled the barrier surrounding the room. ------------- 18+ Hentai Scene End -------------- ''I still can''t believe I did that¡­ I''m sure the girls would understand, but it still feels like I cheated on them¡­ Then when they get back I''ll tell them and take whatever punishment they give me'': soren After a few hours, Yasaka woke up and realized that she had new clothes as well as was in a room she had never been in before, but after a second of realization, it hit her what happened a few hours prior and her face was Red thinking about all the things that happened. [Soren¡­ I will forever be yours¡­]: yasaka Yasaka then went back to sleep as she noticed that Kunou was sleeping next to her, while down stairs Soren was sitting on his knees while 3 slightly angry women were yelling at him about not thinking to inform them before he proceeded with helping Yasaka. [I am truly sorry for my actions¡­ I will make it up to you all]: soren [You better!... Give us a good time now!]: misha, hancock, and vados [Yes, yes¡­ Come, we can use a guest room to have some fun, and I will make you all just a happy as Yasaka]: soren Chapter 205 - Peace Conference The next morning Yasaka awoke next to Kunou, and still in an unfamiliar place, she decided to get up and explore the house. And after seeing just how big the house was, and hearing the noises from the continuation from last nights escapade between Soren, Misha, Hancock, and Vados, after hearing this, Yasaka decided it was best not to burden Soren with such a weight of taking care of not only another wife, but also a child, so she decided to wake Kunou and silently leave the house. Just as Yasaka got to the front door, she was stopped by a voice from behind, and upon turning to see who they were, she was surprised, as they looked like Soren, but with White hair. [So you are awake¡­ Are you leaving?]: killua Yasaka thought for a moment before speaking. [Yes, I don''t want to burden you all with the weight of the position I carry, and I don''t want to stick Soren with a child, and would rather let him live his life while he''s young]: yasaka Upon hearing this reason, Killua couldn''t help but laugh, and when Yasaka heard Killua laughing, she felt a little confused as well as embarrassed as she had no idea what Killua was laughing at and couldn''t help but ask. [What''s so funny?]: yasaka [Oh, I''m sorry I didn''t mean to laugh at you¡­ It''s just that you slept with my brother and still have no clue as to who he is]: killua When Yasaka heard this, she had realized that she really didn''t know who Soren was, but the only reason that happened was because of the situation, so it was unavoidable in some stance. As Yasaka was about to leave it at that, Kunou, who had been quiet until then spoke out with the question Yasaka wanted to ask, but didn''t have the guts to ask because she felt bad forcing herself onto Soren in such a situation. [Who is Mister Soren then?]: kunou Killua then turned his attention towards Kunou, and with a smile on his face began to speak. [He is the most powerful person in the entire Universe!... And me being his twin brother who is younger by just a few minutes looks up to the most, while hoping I can reach such a state one day]: killua When Kunou heard this, she felt extremely excited to hear that the man who saved them yesterday was the most powerful in the whole universe. Killua then turned his attention back towards Yasaka who was trying to hide a stifled laughter with her hand as she knew Soren was strong, but didn''t believe he was the most powerful throughout the entire Universe. [He is also not a 17 year old High Schooler as his appearance seems to let on¡­ In fact, all of us are way older than you]: killua When Yasaka heard this, she was stunned as she was also older than her appearance led people to believe, and the life span of a Yokai like her was around 5,000 years, and she was only around 100 in age. [How old are you then?... You can''t be much older than 30]: yasaka Once again Killua began to laugh a bit, and before Yasaka could question his laughter, Killua began speaking. [I am well over 500 years old, and I am blessed with Eternal Youth, so I will never die by natural causes]: killua [F-Five Hundred!?]: yasaka As Yasaka shouted that, another voice entered the room, and this was an all too familiar voice, as Yasaka just spent the night with him, while Killua grew up with him since birth. [Yes, 500 for Killua¡­ But I have spent a lot of time in a time altering chamber that turns 1 day into 10 years¡­ I have spent many years inside that chamber, so my real age is well over 20,000 and I have no real idea how old I am now¡­ And unlike Killua, I am Immortal, I can''t be killed, nor will I ever age¡­ I also have 8 children who are also older than 17, while my youngest is around 50 years old¡­ So now I would like to ask you again¡­ Will you become my 4th wife?]: soren When Yasaka heard Soren''s words she felt like letting out a few tears and wanted to jump into his arms right away, but felt that she needed to test him. [So, you would be willing to take Kunou as one of your children?]: yasaka [She is practically my flesh and blood, I would never turn her down]: soren Yasaka took Soren''s words to heart and gave off a smile before running into his arms, and when Soren caught her, Misha, Hancock, and Vados came out to meet their new sister. After a few hours, Soren took both Yasaka and Kunou back to Kyoto so he could straighten things out with having the Elders find a new representative to look over Kyoto, and it was decided that Yasaka will finish off her duties in 1 years time, and be free to leave the Yokai faction. Soren then went back to school, and over the course of a few months, the story played out quite similar to the cannon with the exception of the rating game to decide Rias'' fate, but what came up instead was the immediate engagement to another Devil family with high standing, but Issei shut that down and came out as the Red Dragon Emperor. Vali heard about the appearance of the Red Dragon Emperor''s appearance and wanted to fight with him, but not for the right to be the strongest Heavenly Dragon, but on the terms of Vali gaining the title of Dragon Slayer. Soon, the 2 members of the church known as Xenovia and Irina came to Kuoh Academy to make a deal with Rias and Sona so they don''t interfere with their work to retrieve the Excalibur pieces. When they arrived, Soren was sitting in the ORC club room along with everyone else, as that was one of the quiet places he could be in as to not be surrounded by hundreds of horny girls who wanted his Dragon in their Caves. Xenovia and Irina scanned the room and noticed that Soren was the only Human present and were confused as to why a Human would be allowed to participate in the conversation, while Irina saw that Issei was turned into a Devil, she felt the need to kill all the Devils present for what she thought was most likely a forced reincarnation. [Instead of glaring at the Devils, would you mind telling us what you are here for? Or do I need to force you to tell us your purpose of being here?]: soren When Xenovia heard this she felt like drawing her sword known as Durandal, but was stopped by Irina who also had a look of anger, and her go to line was to explain her religious beliefs. [How would God feel about one of his children playing around with a group of Devils?... Repent now sinner and God can forgive your crimes]: irina Soren just began to laugh, while Issei hoped deep down that Soren didn''t out the death of God in front of everyone present. [God?... Well I guess your God would cower before me in hopes that I spare him¡­ But otherwise, I think he would hope I leave as fast as possible in the most jovial mood]: soren When Soren said this, Issei felt relieved, while both Irina and Xenovia were appalled by Soren''s blasphemous words used against their God. [What Blasphemous words, let me end your life so you can repent, and you may be forgiven when you meet God]: xenovia Soren just began to laugh while both Irina and Xenovia drew their Excaliburs and charged towards Soren while everyone else who sat on the couch moved to evade any backlash, and the second both swords made contact with Soren''s body they shattered into dust with the only sound in the room being Soren''s laughter. Both Irina and Xenovia were dumbstruck looking at some of the most powerful weapons in the world being shattered into dust, and the only thing they felt after realizing their swords were gone was grief and sadness. [Hahaha¡­ So these swords are just fragments of the original¡­ I guess if they were all put back together they might be able to cut one of my hairs¡­ Hahaha]: soren Soren then noticed that both Xenovia and Irina were on the verge of tears, and the only thing he felt was that 2 crying women were going to be troublesome and annoying, so Soren then tried to calm them down by giving them new weapons. [Calm down¡­ I will give you better weapons]: soren Soren just waved his hand while gathering his Omni Energy to form 2 swords, and their designs were quite simple to the point that they would be uninteresting to the eyes of everyone, and once they took form, their appearance was matching that of the legend of Excalibur from The Sword in The Stone. [These weapons are on a higher grade than your previous weapons and they can give me quite a good shave when I cut my beard¡­ They are also stronger than that stupid Excalibur when fully pieced together¡­ Now don''t cry, and leave me alone]: soren Soren didn''t mind producing 2 world shaking weapons as he planned to make this world Cultivate so that he can take armies into the God Realm. Soren then left the room so that both Irina and Xenovia could discuss what their mission was, while Soren just decided to go into his Inner World and talk with Sun Wu Kong. [Hello Soren¡­ It''s been quite a while]: sun [Yes it has¡­ I came here to ask if you want to meet the Sun Wu Kong from the world I''m currently visiting]: soren When Sun heard that there was another version of him walking around, he felt the need to challenge him to a duel, but as Soren explained further, Sun felt that the Sun Wu Knong from this would would only be able to match up to his past self as the Immemorial Ancient State with a weaker life force, as this Sun Wu Kong didn''t cultivate, but instead used Magic. [I still want to meet him¡­ Please take me to him Soren]: sun Soren nodded his head and brought Sun out from his Inner World, and sent his senses out over the entire 3 plains, and after finding a few similar presenses to Sun, he opened a portal to the oldest and strongest one, and upon entering Soren and Sun had to dodge a flying culdge that was sent towards them. [Oh ho ho¡­ Seem''s like you have some skills¡­ Hmm, why can''t I sense an end to your powers?]: wukong (A/N: Sun = TSS Sun Wu Kong¡­ Wukong = DxD Sun Wu Knong) Soren felt a bit annoyed that he was attacked the second he exited his portal, but didn''t say anything as the old man didn''t know who he was attacking, Sun on the other hand was still had a bit of arrogance from his younger days, and now that he was reunited with the Immortal Empress he felt invigorated. [You dare attack his Heavenly Lord?... Come! Attack me my other worldly counterpart!]: sun Soren just gave a sigh as he knew that Sun would win no matter what Wukong could pull from his sleeves, there was no way in hell that someone who could only match up to a Immemorial Ancient State would be able to beat a Heavenly Lord Realm someone at the peak of the world in TSS. After a couple of minutes, Wukong was beaten down and had a bunch of bumps on his head, while Sun was standing over the downed Wukong with a sense of pride written all over his face. [*Sigh*... Maybe it was best if you didn''t meet with him¡­ Anyway, let''s go back home them]: soren Sun nodded, and went back into Soren''s Inner World to spend time with his newly created family, while Soren just waved his hand over Wukong and healed all the broken bones and bruises that Sun gave him in that short span of 3 minutes. [I am sorry]: soren Soren said to Wukong, but because he was unconscious it went unheard by him while Soren just opened a portal back to his home. Soon, a few more months passed, Xenovia was already a core member of the team, while Issei had reached some new realms of power, while Vali had been asking Soren to take him into his Inner World so he could fight the creatures that roamed around. Soren knew that in a couple of months the seal on the Trihexa would be unsealed, he had planned to make the Trihexa obedient to him so that he could use its power in the God Realm, but he had to think about this later, as currently he was sitting in a room filled with Devils, Angels, Fallen Angels, Gods, Yokai, and himself, the only human present. Currently, everyone was talking about the peace treaty between the races, while Soren was the main focus of the gathering as word started spreading about his power, and everyone was terrified of something unknown so the underlying goal of this conference was to find out who Soren was, and what was his plans for the future. [So, Soren¡­ Irina has told me that you created this weapon here?]: michael The Angel Michael was holding the sword that resembled the sword from his childhood cartoon The Sword in The Stone. [Yes, I have created 2 of them¡­ The other one is in the possession of Xenovia from Rias Gremory''s peerage¡­ So what¡­ Why does this concern you?]: soren Michael continued to look at Soren with a neutral expression, and after a moment of thought, he spoke again. [This sword that you casually created is indeed stronger than the original Excalibur¡­ So I would like to know who you truly are Soren]: michael [... You wish to know my identity?... Okay, listen closely then]: soren Chapter 206 - Overlord Soren had everyone''s attention towards his words, and once the entire room had reached a state of silence to the point you could hear a pin drop, Soren began to break the silence by speaking. [I''m not from this world¡­ I also have the power to destroy this entire Universe with the shockwave that emits from a punch of mine¡­ You might ask what my purpose is here in this world, well it''s quite simple¡­ This is just a vacation spot before I head up to the God Realm, and I don''t mean the places that those with the title of God have in this room, but the actual God Realm¡­ I have a plan to absorb this world into my Inner World and add you all to my collection, but don''t fear as it won''t harm any of you, but in fact strengthen you to 10 times your current strength]: soren As Soren started outing his plans, everyone who was gathered in the conference began to gasp as Soren told them he planned to absorb their world, and even though he said it was harmless, who would believe him when the term used was "absorb". Some of the stronger people gathered there were preparing to attack towards Soren, but it was all quickly stopped by Michael, as Angels had the ability to tell if someone was lying, and Soren by no means was lying, but even if Soren wanted to lie, a weakling like Michael wouldn''t be able to tell, Soren believed that even Great Red would have no idea if he was lying or not. [Anyway, I plan to take you all into my Inner World in a few days, as well as destroy the seal on the Trihexa and return it to sanity so it won''t cause any more trouble to my world]: soren When Soren spoke the name Trihexa along with the words "Destroy the Seal" everyone who knew about the ancient beast sealed by the God of the Bible began to have sweat pour out from their entire bodies, as the God of the Bible almost sacrificed his life to seal the beast. [Soren¡­ You must be joking yes?... Even if what you say is true, the Trihexa is a beast that even God had trouble sealing let alone getting it under his control]: michael Soren didn''t care to explain just how strong he truly was and just let it stay silent, and after seeing that Soren refused to speak, Michael went back to talking about the Peace Treaty between all the factions, and after the paper was drawn up with magic, it was passed around the room to be signed by the leading factions. Once it got to Soren, he quickly read over the paper and confirmed that nothing was out of the ordinary before signing it himself while negating any kind of binding magic used secretly in the contract if there was any. [This marks the day of something new between all factions, as well as the Human''s¡­ With this, there will be no more wars between us, and we will work together to help each other in the future]: michael Soren just sat there and began waiting for Michael to finish his words, while Issei was waiting for Vali to do something, as well as the battle with the Mages from Kahos Brigade, but nothing happened, and once the meeting was concluded and everyone began to disperse, Issei came up to Soren and asked. [So, did you have anything to do with delaying the attack on the ORC to take Gasper?]: issei [Nope¡­ I just had Vali destroy them¡­ That was one of the conditions for Vali to date my daughter as well as learn Dragon Slayer Magic]: soren [Daughter?... Wait! Dragon Slayer Magic!?... Is that why he isn''t using Albion?]: issei [Oh?... So he fought with you?... Well, how badly did you lose?... Also, Albion is no longer trapped inside of Vali, I gave him his real body back, and Albion should be traveling the world making his name known as the Strongest Heavenly Dragon once more]: soren When Issei heard this he was quite speechless, but soon, a voice rang out from Issei''s left hand, and when Soren and Issei turned their attention towards it they noticed Ddraig speaking curses. [What!... Damn that Albion!... I knew I felt a damaging pressense to my title as Strongest Heavenly Dragon¡­ What bullshit!... I want to have my body back as well, not be with this pervert!]: ddraig When Issei heard Ddraig call him a pervert he was a bit mad. [Hey!... I''m not a pervert! I only touch Rias, Asia, Akeno, and Xenovia!]: issei Soren just chuckled at the pair of idiots and gave Ddraig some future insight. [Don''t worry Ddraig¡­ You will surpass Albion when Issei enters the God Realm]: soren [God Realm?]: issei and ddraig [Yes, the God Realm¡­ Issei, you should know about it when you met with the Dragon God as that''s where you were when you died]: soren [Oh!... That place was the God Realm?... It looked like a bunch of Chaos to me, and at first I thought I was in Hell]: issei [Nope, that was probably just the Dragon Gods territory¡­ Now, I need to go release the Trihexa and tame it¡­ You should quickly buy my Game chip as quickly as possible though when it comes out later today]: soren As Soren said that, it caught Issei''s attention, and he inquired. [Game chip?... What is it? What does it do?]: issei Soren thought for a moment before coming up with a proper way to explain his game. [It''s like your own "Strongest System" system, and it will let you fight monsters to level up and give you a higher Cultivation level]: soren When Issei heard Soren''s words he felt extremely excited and began searching his pockets for all the money he could give Soren to give him a chip right now, but Soren had already disappeared the second Issei looked down to pull out his wallet. [Damn!... I need to get one of these chips ASAP!]: issei Later that day a new game was released to the world under the guise of an augmented reality game, but if you happen to enter a Monster zone you will see monsters formed from Soren''s essence, but they will only attack those with the chip''s energy signature. With this new game coming out, only the hardcore gamers who were willing to try out new games, and the members of the Supernatural world who knew how powerful Soren was, and wanted to see what his game was for had gotten the Game chip implanted. While more and more people started to get the chip implant, Soren had sensed the place of the Seal and broke it open releasing the Trihexa who gave a deafening roar over the entire country of Japan. [Silence!... Kneel down to me!]: soren Soren used his pressure to control the Trihexa, and just like Soren commanded, the Trihexa went silent and began to prostrate itself onto the ground in front of Soren. ''Hmm¡­ It has no problem listening to orders, but it appears to be affected by some kind of outside source'': soren Soren began to search the inside of the Trihexa''s body, and noticed that it had an abundance of Chaos Energy with no way to absorb or expel it. Soren then raised his hand and began to extract the ever growing Chaos Energy, and after 10 minutes Soren held a ball around the size of a baseball of condensed Chaos Energy in his hands, while the Trihexa had become incapacitated. ''So this is forced into the Trihexa''s body, and for who knows how many millions of years it had suffered in the Endless Void Seal'': soren Soren then took the Trihexa into his Inner World and had Sun watch over it while he finished his business in the DxD world. ''Now that my goal here is achieved, I can take this world into my custody'': soren Right as Soren raised his hands to begin absorbing the entire world along with it''s Divine spaces and the Underworld, Soren felt a huge power appear behind him, but it was still nothing compared to his level. Soren then turned around to see a little girl with long Black hair wearing a Gothic Lolita attire that didn''t do much to conceal anything, while Black tape made (X) marks over her nipples, and Soren''s only thought was if Ophis was sane in the head when picking this form to transform into. [And what does the Dragon God of Infinity want with me?]: soren [...You will join me in defeating Great Red and returning my silence]: ophis Soren knew that with the Khaos Brigade being dissolved Ophis had no help in her quest to have complete silence, and then Soren got an idea so he wouldn''t need to lose a valuable soldier for his future battle and spoke. [How about I gave you complete silence elsewhere?]: soren [...Hmm¡­ Okay, but you must give me something first]: ophis Soren then remembered that Ophis loved sweets and waved his hand while taking some cookies that had been stored in his inventory for a few years now, and when Ophis took a bite, her eyes lit up with a newfound love for Soren''s food. [Okay¡­ I will follow you, but you must become my mate]: ophis When Soren heard her he thought back to the time in the Anime that Azazel had told everyone that Ophis was once an Old man before her current appearance, and Soren didn''t want to take the chance of Ophis deciding to keep the penis and change the face. Soren then walked closer to Ophis and with a smile that showed no hostility chopped her on the head and spoke. [No, I will not be your mate¡­ But I will be your friend and give you your silence]: soren When Ophis felt the pain that came with the head chop she knew that Soren was not just strong, but overwhelmingly strong, and could easily pulverize her and Great Red. [Oww¡­ Okay¡­ Show me the silence you were talking about]: ophis Soren then created an exact match to the Dimensional Gap and added it to his Inner World as well as gave it the ability to connect to each world that was absorbed into his Inner World, and with that he brought Ophis into his Inner World. After getting her settled in Soren came back to the DxD world and finished absorbing the world along with the Dimensional Gap and whatever was connected to it, but so it didn''t connect with Ophis'' home Soren created a separation barrier that made both Dimensional Gaps house their own Dragon God while still connecting to each world like 2 sides to the same coin. [Now that that''s complete, I should head to the next world I always wanted to go to¡­ Sakura, I want to go to the Overlord Anime around the time Ains had just transferred from Earth over to the New World]: soren {DING!... HOST MAY STEP THROUGH THE PORTAL} Soren then entered the portal that appeared and after traveling for a few hours Soren saw another portal open and he was sent into a vast wasteland type desert with nothing for miles. [I guess I made it¡­ Now I should search for Ains before he ends up brainwashing himself due to the role he plays to appease his Floor Guardians]: soren Soren didn''t like the idea of Ains self brainwashing himself into the Elder Lich his character was, and as the time passed by Ains was slowly turning himself into a merciless being with no regard for human life and only interested in experiments on Humans. Once Soren sensed the strong power that could rival that of a Golden Immortal, Soren knew that Ains had entered the world, and opened a portal to meet him. Once Soren entered the portal, he was face to face with a skeletal figure in a Purple and Black magus outfit dawned with Gold and jewels, and the Green lights that were emanating off of the skeleton let Soren know that he was shocked to see Soren appear before him. [Hello Momonga¡­ My name is Soren, I am a God who has come to learn your magic, will you teach me?]: soren Momonga was in complete shock, as Soren completely ignored the Anti Teleportation magic used to keep enemies from teleporting all around the floors during battle. ''God?... Did he happen to bring me here?... I guess I should ask'': momonga [Great God, did you perhaps bring me to this place?]: momonga [No, but I can return your body to you¡­ Or I could make you a better one]: soren Upon Soren telling Momonga that he could have his body returned he felt happy, but it quickly faded due to the Green light, and when Soren said he could create an even better body, this piqued Momonga''s interest and he asked. [And what race would this new body be?]: momonga Soren smiled as he knew he got Momonga where he wanted him. [Any race you want to be¡­ Just choose anything you can think of]: soren Chapter 207 - Rebirth to Damon Momonga heard that his choice wasn''t limited to a set few choices, and cemented the idea that this really wasn''t just a new game update that he couldn''t log out of until he completed the startup tutorial. [Then I want to be a being made up completely of Magic Energy, and my form can change to however I see fit]: momonga Momonga tried to test this "Gods" limit, and see if he could make due with his promise to give him a new body, and while waiting for Soren to reply he was still hoping for the Error sign to appear telling him to pick a listed character to change his race to, but it never came, and instead Soren spoke up. [Okay, but I will make a slight change¡­ Instead of being made up of Magic, I will make your body use the Elemental Law Energies¡­ Fire, Water, Earth, Air, Lightning, Ice, Nature, and Yin Yang¡­ This will let you have a closer affinity to your spells, and when you cast them they will gain a strengthening buff]: soren Soren started gathering his Omni Energy and forming a brightly glowing figure, and as the figure started condensing into a humanoid figure, and as all the surrounding Elemental Laws gathered to form the skeletal system while Soren also snuck in a Game chip and made it bond to the spine, and next the nerves and blood vessels formed while being followed by organs, muscles, tissue, fat, skin, and hair. The body was genderless due to the request of being able to choose his appearence, be it male, female, or other race or appearence, while the hair was long enough to reach down the back of the floating body, while being Black in color. Soren then snapped his fingers and made clothes appear while enhancing them to be immune to any kind of damage, and it was just a Black T-shirt and Black skinny jeans with a pair of Black punk rock boots that went half way up its shin, Soren then gently set the body down on the ground and looked towards Momonga while watching the flooding Green light rush over his entire body in a never ending wave. [I will now move your soul that has been fused with the Yggdrasil Game System into this body]: soren When Soren said that Momonga almost wanted to run away due to the sheer power Soren expressed while creating a body that had no soul, but still released such a power that was equal to his current power, but before he could do anything, Soren grasped at the glowing Red core in the center of Momonga''s chest as he felt that this was where his soul and System was kept, and ripped it from his skeletal chest and floated towards the husk of a body that was just created, and as the Red core got close to the body, it opened up to show the heart of the body being gray in color as if it was missing something, and that something was a soul and source of power. ''Wait!... Wait just a moment!'': momonga Momonga tried to speak, but it was all unheard as there was no body to voice his words, and soon Momonga began to black out as he watched a stream of Red energy be sucked in like a vortex to the Gray heart that started to turn a dark Red color and pump magical energy throughout the body. Once the Red orb disappeared, the hole in the body''s chest closed up and Soren watched as the once Bluish pale face of a dead person began to gain color and soon the eyes opened up revealing a Silverish Gray color that captivated the entire world. [Welcome back to the land of the living Momonga¡­ Or do you want to go by a different name?]: soren Momonga got up and started checking out his new body, while closing and opening his fists a couple of times to get used to the feel of this new body, but unlike how he thought, this body still felt no need to eat, nor did he feel hungry. Once Momonga registered Soren''s question he stayed silent while thinking about something, and realizing that he was now in a new world with no immediate way to return back to his old world, and after thinking for a moment he came up with a nice name for himself. [I was going to use the name of the guild and be called Ainz Ooal Gown, but now I changed my mind¡­ I will be known as Tits- Ouch!]: momonga Soren had chopped Momonga on the head for the most likely perverted name that he would choose as he continued to see this world as a game and spoke to sway his choice. [Keep it normal or continue to be called Momonga]: soren [Fine¡­ I will go by Damon¡­ Damon Big Rac- Ouch!!... Can you stop chopping me?]: damon [Just Damon is fine, no need for last names as it won''t be remembered later]: soren Soren was going to let the new Momonga otherwise now known as Damon check out his body, while exploring the inside of Nazarick, but he soon heard a shout as he turned to leave, and when he turned around he realized the reason for the scream. [Where''s my dick!... I know I didn''t have one as a skeleton, but still! This body looks human, so where is the penis!]: damon Soren just sighed and spoke to inform Damon of his blunder. [You asked to be able to change your form however you see fit, so make a penis grow then¡­ God what an idiot¡­ Anyway, I will explore the insides of this place and meet you in the throne room, I would suggest informing everyone else of your new appearance so they don''t make the move to try and kill you]: soren Soren then left the now excited Damon as his pants began to have a gigantic bulge growing in the front. And when Damon realized that nobody knew that he got a new body yet, they would think something bad happened to him so he quickly dawned his Purple and Black mage gown and changed his appearance to match that of his Skeletal form before heading to the throne room while hiding the magic infused bones in his inventory. After an hour, Soren was discovered by one of the Floor Guardians and was attacked, but after seeing that it was going to be a losing battle, as well as the fact Soren put his hands up in surrender, he was brought to the throne room for Momonga or now known as Damon to handle, and when Damon had Soren released, he began explaining the whole situation. [You see¡­ Soren here is the God of this world, and he has come to me to learn about the magic used in our world, and in return for this he gave me a new body that can change my appearance¡­ I have now promised to teach him of our magic]: damon When Damon finished his explanation his figure changed to match that of a man with long Black hair and Silverish Gray Gray eyes and a charming face, while below his Purple and Black gown was a bulge that was enormous and could easily belong to someone with a 13 inch rod. When everyone in the room saw this change in Damon, they looked towards Soren with reverence as they believed that only he could do something like that, while Albedo was feeling extremely hot in her lower regions while wanting to jump Damon to test out his new body that could now produce kids. [Lord Damon is right¡­ We must give our deepest thanks to Lord Soren and see his as one of our Supreme beings]: albedo When Soren heard Albedo''s words he felt that she was going a bit too far to accept him as a Supreme being, but seeing the increasing blush on her face while her eyes were narrowed onto Damon made him realize that this was her way of thanking him for giving her what she wants. ''I see¡­ good luck Damon¡­ You got what you truly wished when changing Albedo''s personality in the Admin control panel'': soren Soren was then accepted by the floor guardians present, and began looking around the room and caught sight of the Guild Staff that was said to be the most powerful weapon of Yggdrasil, and reigned as a God Graded Weapon. [Damon¡­ Can I see that staff over there for a few seconds?]: soren Damon, who happened to catch the looks that Albedo was giving him turned to Soren when he heard his words, and saw him pointing at the Guild weapon, and after thinking for a bit summoned it over and placed it into Soren''s hands. ''Hmm¡­ Sakura grades it as a Heavenly Immortal Weapon that could match the power of the strongest weapon a Heavenly Lord Realm Cultivator could create, but it''s missing a Gem to increase its power further to make it cross the boundary into a true God Tier weapon¡­ Not to mention that Damon could never show the weapons true potential because his power didn''t match it''s capacity'': soren Soren nodded his head while giving Damon the staff back, he then began his speech about them controlling the world to make and army to use for his current puropus. [Now¡­ I am a God, but there are other God''s who possess power that matches or surpasses my own, so to fight against these Gods I need a gigantic army to face them¡­ So I will be controlling this world to work for me and I want Damon to help me if he doesn''t mind]: soren When everyone heard Soren they felt a complete reverence as he wanted to take over the weak humans of this new world, and them as beings of other races didn''t like nor did they care for Human lives and loved to see them struggle, so Soren''s words were music to their ears, while this is where Soren saw Ainz go wrong in trying to create an army, as he didn''t specify how the army would be ran. [Anyway, I would like to give you all the same power as I gave Momonga¡­ I will transplant this chip into your spine, and it will give you the power to increase your level through fighting mobs that spawn in the world where I set them¡­ Note that the Exp will only be granted when you kill the monster that is generated by the system, so just killing anything won''t reward any Exp]: soren When Soren explained this new feature Damon was intrigued as he was the top level of Yggdrasil, but now when he opened his System he noticed that his level was condensed to a new level and the new chip could bring someone up to the Heavenly Lord Realm, and Damon''s cultivation was set to the very beginning, while he had a massive amount of Magic that would now just increase even more. [Now, Damon¡­ Do you want to teach me some Magic now, or wait till your fun with Albedo if done?... It seems to me that she can''t wait, and is leaving a trail¡­ Nasty¡­ Anyway, I''ll wait]: soren When Damon heard Soren a slight blush gre onto his face before Albedo grabbed him and brought him into her room that Soren could only guess looked like a sex dungeon and after what appeared to be hours, Damon resurfaced with a scared and terrified expresson, while Albedo could be seen to have a most satisfied expression. ''Poor guy¡­ He should have reworded her personality a bit instead of putting that she is crazy in love with him'': soren Soren then appeared next to Damon and when he tapped him on the shoulder, Damon quickly jumped away and got in a defencive stance. [Jeez dude¡­ Was she that wild?]: soren [The first few minutes were fine, I had finished inside of her like she asked, but when I tried to end our session until later¡­ She got angry and refused to let me leave until she had more of me, and demanded I get her pregnant¡­ Is that even possible for my body?]: damon [Wow¡­ And I don''t know, I didn''t make it so you couldn''t have kids, but with all the Elemental Laws that make up your body is should be hard to have children, and not because of you, but the person your with, as they would also need a massive amount of Elemental Laws to feed the child as it grows]: soren After Soren explained the specifics of the race he created, Damon got interested as to what the race was called, and when Soren heard this inquiry, he himself was wondering what he should call it as he had never named a race before. [Hmm¡­ I''ll call your race the Elementium''s, and you are the first of their kind¡­ But it will be hard to stick with a relative appearance for someone of the Elementium Race, as they can transform into anything they want to be, so I guess the from you previously took with no sexual reproductive organs are it''s base from]: soren [So I was supposed to be the only one of my kind then huh?]: damon Soren saw that Damon was a bit depressed with this fact and began trying to cheer him up. [Don''t worry¡­ You could have future children if you create them yourself]: soren When Damon heard his words he began to question Soren, but with Soren''s next words, realization hit him on what he meant by create them himself. [You can be whatever you want to be, and just like you saw earlier, you can change the size of your package, that means you can also give yourself Female parts, and in doing so you can-]: soren [That''s enough!... I understand, but that seems to be a feat I will never stoop to to get more of my kind]: damon Soren just smiled and started following Damon, as it was now time to learn Magic to add to Soren''s almost endless Skill list. [So Soren¡­ How do you plan to learn my Magic? It''s not like I can just give you the skill, and there are no books, as it just appears in your head, and no book to teach it]: damon [That is an easy task¡­ You see, I will just watch you use the spell and I will copy it''s wavelength and make my own form of the spell using my own Energy as I don''t use regular Magic¡­ So lets start then shall we]: soren Chapter 208 - Back to One Piece Soren then began to watch as Damon began performing the Tier 1 spells that mainly consisted of basic skills like (Ignite) (Thunder Bolt) (Water Bullet) and all the basic starter spells you would see in MMORPG games. And after a few hours, Soren learned around 50 Tier 1 Spells, and it was time to move on to Tier 2 Spells, and these spells were just stronger versions of the Tier 1 Spells, with only a few more spells added to the list, and with another hour or so, Soren and Damon moved onto the Tier 3 spells. Right around half way through the 3rd Tier Spells Damon ran out of Mana and put a pause on the teaching session if you could call it that, as it was just Damon using a spell and Soren watching while copying the concept of the spell with no real form to the spell. [Let''s take a little break¡­ Using consecutive spell casts like this not only drains my mana, but also my mental strength, and I feel exhausted]: damon [No problem¡­ I will give you 3 hours to recover, and while your doing that, I will go back to my home and check on my family]: soren [Family?... You have a family?... Do you mind if I meet them?]: damon Soren thought about Damon''s inquiry and after seeing no harm in it took Damon into his Inner World and introduced him to his wives and children. Soren also happened to see that Yasaka''s stomach was bulging a bit due to the expectation on another member to the family, and Soren''s only thought was that he had more children than a family of rabbits, and his loving wives just wanted to keep them coming, but Soren felt that too many kids will make too much confusion for himself, but the girls protested as they claimed that a mother will never forget their children. [Wow¡­ Soren, I didn''t expect your family to be so big¡­ I guess it''s only natural for someone of your power to have such a family]: damon Soren only nodded towards Damon''s words and continued to show him around his Inner World while bringing him to some of the other worlds he cultivated into his Inner World and when he saw the SAO world, Damon felt that this was a world of similar stature and progression to his world, but it was still different. Soren then brought Damon back to Nazarick and after a little bit of rest the two of them went back to their Magic teaching session with Soren finishing off the Tier 3 Spells and moving onto Tier 4 and 5 before Damon called it a day and went to sleep in his chambers only to find a fully nude Albedo waiting for his return, and the second the doors closed, Soren could hear Damon''s screams. [AHHHHHHHHHH!!!!.... NOOOOO!!]: damon Soren just chuckled and was about to leave himself, but was soon stopped by a Loli with Silver hair, pale White skin, and Blood Red eyes wearing a Black and Pink evening dress. Soren knew her to be the floor guardian of the 1st through 3rd floors, a True Vampire, her name was Shalltear Bloodfallen, and he also knew that her "Big" chest was nothing but stuffing, as she was as flat as an ironing board. [Hello¡­ How can I help you, Hm¡­ Shalltear, was it?]: soren [Ufu fu fu¡­ Yes, my name is Shalltear Bloodfallen¡­ I had come to ask you something that might seem a bit personal, so if you don''t feel comfortable answering you don''t need to]: shalltear [Hmm¡­ I don''t mind, what''s your question?]: soren [What are you?... I have this feeling deep down inside me that tells me to bow down before your very presence, and this would only happen if I met a Vampire who has a bloodline more pure than mine]: shalltear Soren thought back to his past and remembered that he did indeed have a Vampire Bloodline, and it was the purest Vampire Bloodline in the entire world, as he was the Original Vampire, but due to all of his Bloodlines fusing together to form an Ultimate Bloodline, he had forgot about some of his traits and abilities. [I guess I am the Progenitor to all Vampires, so it would be natural to feel the need to submit yourself to me]: soren When Soren said that Shalltear''s face began to gain a Reddish hue and she began to fidget with her lower regions, and as she looked down to think up her next move, Soren left Nazarick and entered his Inner World, and when Shalltear looked back up she noticed that Soren left and she felt a bit sour. ''He''s so Hot¡­ I wonder if he would take me?'': shalltear Soren had unknowingly had an ancient Vampire who appeared to be around 14 years old touch herself to his mental image all night long while shouting words like "Master" or "Creator", while even calling herself a Slave. When the next day arrived, Soren appeared back in Nazarick right outside Damon''s door, and giving a heavy knock, Soren began waiting for an answer, and after 2 minutes the door opened with a still naked Albedo wrapped in a set of sheets to answer it, and when she saw Soren she closed the door and went to get Damon. ''Have I unknowingly created a Strict Housewife for Damon?... Maybe I should have never given him a proper body, or at least the ability to manage the size of his own package'': soren After a few more minutes of impatiently waiting, the door opened once more with Damon fully dressed in his Grand Magus outfit, and Soren could tell that Damon''s energy was at max capacity, while his face was saying a whole nother thing. [Damon¡­ You are the Supreme Being of the Great Tomb of Nazarick¡­ How can you let one of your servants wear the pants in this relationship?]: soren When Damon heard Soren''s words he had a realization as to how this looked, but quickly spoke up to clear the air. [No, you misunderstand¡­ I am still in charge, it''s just Albedo wants a child, and no matter how many times I tell her that it''s impossible you have children with her in this body, she tells me to keep trying, or have you make it possible as you created the body¡­ But when I told her that you wouldn''t do it, she formed a bit of resentment towards you that she refuses to show as she still looks up to you for giving me a body with a penis]: damon When Soren heard Damon''s explanation, he himself had a realization. ''So that''s why she seemed a little rude when she answered the door¡­ I just thought it was due to being the morning'': soren [I never said I couldn''t make you be able to have kids, but it would require a whole new body¡­ Just because I can create a body however I like, doesn''t mean I can break the natural laws that come with it]: soren Soren then went back to the training field with Damon and began learning the Tier 6 Spells, and after constant use of high level spells, Damon''s Mana levels depleted much faster, so Soren told Damon how to absorb the Elemental Laws and convert it into Mana, and with this new technique, Damon had an almost limitless amount of energy filling his body. And after roughly 6 hours, Soren had learned all the way up to the 10th Tier Spells, while Super Tier Spells came after that, and with the end of the Super Tier List, Soren had learned all the Magic that Damon had learned as an Elder Lich of Yggdrasil. [Thank you Damon¡­ With this I can leave this world and continue to the upper realm with cool techniques¡­ If you ever wish to leave this low end world I will leave you with this]: soren Soren waved his hand and a talisman appeared before Damon with Heavenly Symbols written on it, and when Damon realized that even his new System created for the exclusive use of Cultivation and had the knowledge of everything related to Cultivation could only show (???) when appraising the talisman. [What is this?]: damon [The Talisman?... It''s a way to contact me as you won''t be able to leave my Inner World by yourself, and will need my assistance¡­ But when I set it up, you should be able to travel to the other worlds that I took you to yesterday¡­ Anyway, farewell for now]: soren Soren left some parting words to Damon before leaving to spread his voice over the entire world and tell them their situation. [Greetings Humans, I am a God who has decided to give you a small bit of my power¡­ This world has been invaded by a strong being immune to all Elemental attacks, but fear not as he means no harm, but if you do try and harm him or take what belongs to him you will die with not even a corpse to send back to your family¡­ If you want the power to keep up with his strength then please make your way to the nearest church and wait for my Spiritual body to give you power]: soren Soren used lies and deceit to get such a primitive world who had never even heard of a Computer or Console Game before to accept the chip implant, and he himself had to do it as there were no skilled doctors that could perform such a surgery, and the best doctor in this would would at most be able to amputate a limb without the patient dying. Soon, many frightened people began to fill the church, while many skeptics just thought it was some idiot using some kind of projection magic to play a prank on everyone, but there was no such magic strong enough to affect the entire world. Once the churches began to fill Soren sent some thousands of Shadow Clones all over the world to these churches, and began using some Game chips to start doing implants into the peoples spinal cords, and when the citizens began to spread word about some weird image being in their vision, more and more people began to take interest. [Now my children, you have gained the power of someone who can climb to the state of a God, fight with the monsters who have strange words written over their heads and gain an experience that lets the power of Gods flow through you]: soren Soren then cut the voice projection and started cultivating the entire world and its people and after a few hours, another world was cultivated into Soren''s Inner World to create an army at his disposal. [Now where shall I go¡­ I guess I can head back to Hancock''s home world, but with how long we''ve been away, a good 6 generations will have passed, and Luffy along with the rest of the Straw Hats have most likely died from Old Age¡­ Good thing I can control Time and Space¡­ I will appear 10 years after I left, and see what Luffy has made of himself]: soren Soren had opened a the world Portal and entered while selecting the One Piece world as the destination, and altering the time to just 10 years after he left with Misha, Hancock, and Haku, and after a few hours Soren saw a familiar portal that led to a Clear Blue sky with the smell of Sea Water and sound of seagulls crying. [I''m back¡­ I guess I can dress in my old outfit, but my hair is a bit off]: soren Soren then changed his hair color to the same Blue it was when he first came to the One Piece world, while making it a bit longer reaching down to his shoulders and letting it look a bit messy as that was a trend in the pirate world. Soren then snapped his fingers and his appearance changed to that of a Blue T-shirt with a sweeping Black trench coat and a pair of Black tactical pants, while he summoned his Hollow mask and placed it over his face, and as he sensed the closest island, Soren flew over and landed while trying to not draw too much attention towards himself. [I need to find a Newspaper to see what''s going on in this Year]: soren Soren moved throughout the small town with quite a few groups of men that appeared to be pirates, and when he saw a news stand he went up and grabbed a paper while tossing the old man running the stand a few hundred berries while the paper itself only cost 5. [Sir¡­ This is way to much]: old man Soren just ignored him and waved his hand in a keep it motion while opening the paper to see the latest news on the Grand Line. -News Letter- The Straw Hat Pirates have come to the end of the Grand Line while fighting all those who wish to stop them in their quest to unearth the fabled One Piece that drove thousands of men and women to set sail in search of such untold riches that the Old Pirate King- Gold D. Roger had amassed over his years of sailing the 4 seas¡­ Will the Newly crowned Emperor Monkey D. Luffy achieved his dream to become the New Pirate King of this Era? Soren continued to read the headlines and recognised the idiotic face of his former student giving off one of his trademark smiles to the cameraman who happened to take his photo, and right under it Soren noticed that Luffy''s new bounty had sky rocketed to 9.4 Billion berries. [He really does love to make a name for himself¡­ let''s see¡­ Straw Hat Luffy, Black Leg Sanji, Demon Swordsman Zoro, Demon Swordswoman Karin, Nami, Ussop, Brook, and all the others look quite happy together¡­ I guess I can make a quick stop before heading to the God Realm]: soren As Soren was about to toss the paper out he heard a shout from behind him, and when he turned his head he saw a group of Marines, and when he looked around he noticed the lack of all the previous pirates. ''Sons of bitches¡­ They let me get caught with no warning¡­ Well, it''s not like I can be harmed anyway'': soren [You there!... You resemble the man who killed one of the Celestial Dragons!... Are you the Blue Reaper!?]: marine captain ''Wait¡­ I do remember killing a Celestial Dragon¡­ 2 actually, or was it 3?... I don''t remember... hehe, guess I''ll mess with them a bit'': soren [And if I am?... Will you be able to stop me?]: soren When the Marine captain heard Soren''s remark, he quickly remembered the order placed under the situation where you meet with the Blue Reaper as he had not only killed a Celestial Dragon, but also destroyed the Marine HQ by himself and become the most dangerous criminal in the world with the orders to flee on sight, and right now they were face to face. Chapter 209 - Pirate King [So, will you attack me?... What is my bounty anyway?]: soren When the Marines heard Soren continue to taunt them as well as asking what his bounty was increased too, they felt enraged as there was nothing they could do to harm him, and they thought that nobody could harm him just like Kaido who ate the Mythical Zoan fruit Model: Dragon. [Under Orders of Marine HQ we are not to engage with you]: marine captain When Soren heard the Captain''s words he just chuckled before leaving them some parting words and disappearing from the island entirely. [Then I am free to do as I please in this world¡­ I will leave then]: soren Soren left the Marines in a stupor while appearing on a boat on the second half of the Grand Line, the boat had the head of a cute lion with a mane like the mayan sun depiction. Soren knew this boat to be the Thousand Sunny built by one of the best Shipwrights in the world, and the second Soren''s feet touched the deck of the Thousand Sunny he heard a creak and a crack, and that was when Soren remembered that he still had well over 400,000 times gravity on his body and quickly removed it while fixing the potential devastating damage to the ship with a wave of his hand. ''That was a close one¡­ I would have sunk right into the sea and gotten wet'': soren As Soren thought this, a voice sounded out from behind him, and upon turning to see the person, more shouts came. [S-Soren!?...]: ace [Soren!... Welcome back, we missed you!]: original straw hat crew Soren watched as Ace and Luffy ran up to hug him, while Nami, Sanji, Ussop, Robin, Zoro, and Karin also wanted to come up to him, but let the ones who he trained for many years get close instead. Soren quickly dodged both Ace and Luffy as Ace was in his 30''s while Luffy was going to be turning 30 soon, and Soren didn''t want to have middle aged grown men hugging him. [No hugging¡­ How have you guys been? I read in the news that Luffy is the number 1 candidate to be Pirate King. Congrats!]: soren [Soren!... It''s been 10 years since you left¡­ Of course I would be close to my goal, and my crew has only gotten bigger since the day you disappeared¡­ You might have seen Brook or Franky, as they had joined the crew during our trip to Sabaody]: luffy [That''s good!... I had just run into some Marines, and they said that the orders upon seeing me were to flee¡­ Any reason for that?]: soren [Soren, you really don''t know?... The day you went up to Marine HQ and destroyed the entire building as well as many Fleet Admirals who had potential to be promoted to Admiral, your bounty sky rocketed to 100 Billion berries]: ace [So I''m the most wanted man in the world huh?... Seems fitting, but I should make myself known as the ruler of the world, and while Luffy is the Pirate King, I will be the World Emperor]: soren [Soren, will you really do that!?... Hehe, my teacher will be the Emperor of the World]: luffy [Hehe, No¡­ I was just joking, but I do want to stay with you until you reach the end of the Grand Line]: soren When Luffy heard this he was excited as he could finish his goal with his teacher present to see it, so Luffy had no problems with Soren joining, but he felt like there was something missing, but it hit him when he noticed the lack of someone. [Soren, where is your wife?]: luffy [Oh Misha?... She is at home doing whatever she wants to do, and is most likely shopping with the kids]: soren When Soren said the word "Kids" Luffy and Ace were quickly trampled on and replaced with 3 women being Nami, Robin, and Karin who all wanted to hear about and see the child while hoping it was still an infant, but little did they know that the youngest child Soren has is not born yet, and belongs to Yasaka, his fourth wife. [Tell us Soren! How old is your child? is it a boy? Or a girl?... When can we see him or her?]: the 3 women [Calm down¡­ I have a few children, 3 with Misha, and 3 with Hancock¡­ I also have a 3rd and 4th wife, while my 3rd wife has 2 children, and my 4th wife is pregnant but had a child with a man who passed away before I got together with her, so she is my adoptive child]: soren When Soren explained that he has 8 children, 1 adoptive child, as well as one on the way, Nami, Robin, and Karin looked at Soren as if he was a beast that got his women pregnant every year as they had no idea that Soren hadn''t been to this world for well over 500 years for his oldest child, while he had thousands of years away. [Well¡­ I guess I can explain to you all where I''ve been for what has only been 10 years for you, as you are people that I see as family]: soren When the Straw Hat crew heard Soren''s weird words, they became interested and began to listen as Soren explained up until then about all the worlds he had been to while keeping things about the system out of it, and after a few hours the story ended with Ussop crying in the back because it was such a good story he wanted more. [So you are a God?]: luffy [I could see this]: straw hat crew members Soren was surprised to see the other members of the Straw Hats nodding their heads in acceptance, and Soren felt touched that they put so much faith into his words while Ussop ran up to Soren on his knees while begging for Soren to show him magic. [Please!... Can you show me some real Magic!]: ussop Soren just chuckled and raised the palm of his hand to the sky and started gathering a Deep Red flame that looked like it came from the underworld and let it dance in his hand before calling its name and watching it shoot into the sky scaring Ussop. [Hell Flame!]: soren The flame got around 200 meters into the sky with its small stature, and after the next second it expanded in a rapid explosion that shook the Thousand Sunny. [Cool!!... Do more!]: ussop Soren just started to laugh while watching Ace take in the sight of the Hell Flames as if trying to learn their secrets and use them himself, but no matter how long he observed them nothing was learned in the end. Soren then spent the next couple of months with Luffy and the rest of the Straw Hat crew, and over the course of this time Soren taught Sanji the improved version of his previous cooking techniques to make the food taste even better than before and with this Sanji could be called the best chef in the world, while Zoro and Karin took swordsmanship training from Soren, and even though both Zoro and Karin became among the top, they still couldn''t beat Soren. After Soren spotted their flaws he made a special manual that was for their specific specs to improve their power, and after reading the Sword manuels made by Soren, both Zoro and Karin tapped into the Sword Laws and progressed by leaps and bounds making them the strongest Swordsman in the world. Soren then got to Ussop and as he never took time to learn marksmanship he just took Ussop''s current weapon which was a Slingshot and improved it by adding an almost unbreakable durability as well as some Elemental Laws, this made it so Ussop could enhance his deadly projectiles with Elemental Laws though they were weak, it would still be devastating to someone from this world. [Look up ahead guys!... Is that the Final Island?]: luffy After sailing for a couple of months, the crew finally saw an island that the arrow on the compass had been pointing to, and upon closer inspection the crew noticed that the island was quite small and uninhabited, not a place to house all the treasures in the world. ''Somethings wrong here¡­ I feel a strong Space law in the workings'': soren The crew landed on the island and Soren was the first to jump off the Thousand Sunny and step on the island, and he was soon followed by Luffy, Ace, Zoro, and everyone else on the Thousand Sunny. Soren then began searching the island for the area that contained the strongest source of Space Law, and that would be where the Space is connected to something else. Soon, Luffy and everyone else found a stone monument that had the Ancient Language that only Robin and Soren could read, and as Robin began reading Luffy and the rest of the crew began to feel excitement, especially Nami who couldn''t wait to hog all of the treasures that they uncovered. -Stone Monument- [Welcome young adventures who have heeded my call and set sail to find the One Piece¡­ At this moment you must be wondering how such a small island can house all the treasures of this world right?... Well it can''t house all the physical treasures, but that was never the One Piece¡­ The One Piece was never Gold Bars, Unlimited money, or any kind of rare Jewels. The One Piece was you the Crew and the bonds you created over journeying to such a point in such a dangerous place¡­ I never meant to give you nothing though, as below this monument lies all the treasures I collected during my time as a Pirate, and it should be quite big as it''s collected from all my ships, and gathered inside of a special space that is unlocked with the Ancient Poneglyph that can only be unlocked by someone who can read this message¡­ Thank you for making an adventure of your own and I now pass on to the Captain of the crew the title of Pirate King]: robin When Robin finished reading the stone, Luffy had the biggest smile plastered onto his face, while Nami was devastated as she came here for all the Treasures that were promised only to find out there were only the treasures gathered over the time pirating, but it seemed Luffy didn''t mind. [What are you waiting for guys!... Let''s start digging, Robin''s goal is here too!]: luffy Soon, the monument was dug up and a small cube was taken out from the ground, and when Robin saw it she began to get excited herself as they collected the glyphs from Big Mom, Zou, and Kaido, collecting 4 out of the 30 Poneglyph needed to complete the Void Century. [So we can open up the space with this cube, but how?]: robin Robin then began to inspect the monument, and on the back there was a big open gap that was made to fit around 30 of the cubes held in Robin''s hand. [So we will need all of the Glyphs to open the space¡­ Looks like we will need to take another trip through the Grand Line, and that must have been Rogers plan the whole time]: robin When Soren heard this, he decided to let them have their goal now instead of later, and sensed out all the Poneglyphs in the world, and in the next second the remaining 26 cubes were laying on the floor before Soren. [No need to go back through, I have them here]: soren Everyone then turned to see the cubes on the ground, and then remembered that Soren was a God, so nothing was out of his reach, and after a moment of having this realization, Robin took all the glyphs and began to place them into the back of the monument and after they were all placed, Robin began to read the new words. -Poneglyph- [For the person who pieced together the Void Century, Congratulations!¡­ Placing your hand on the tablet will show you the secrets that lie within.]: robin Robin then placed her hand on the tablet and learned everything about the Void Century while the whole island started to shake and soon a portal opened next to the Stone monument showing a slight shimmer and glow. Nami saw this as with money signs in her eyes rushed towards the portal while trying to block it so nobody else could enter. [I claim everything that is in this place!]: nami Luffy just shrugged as he didn''t care and Soren had way better things to do then argue over such a trivial thing as money, while everyone else had their own thing to care about. And seeing this, Nami rushed into the portal followed by Luffy and everyone else, and after Robin broke away from the tablet she soon followed in to see what Roger''s treasures looked like, and she could see Nami trying to fill her pockets with the most expensive looking items while Luffy was wearing a Gold crown with diamonds and jewels embedded into it while shouting "King Of the Pirates!" and the only thing she could do was laugh at this sight. [Okay guys, I''ll move everything to the ship for you]: soren Upon hearing this Nami was excited that she didn''t need to force all the men into moving everything for her while she watches from the side. And with a snap of his fingers all the treasures disappeared and reappeared inside the ship while filling the deck as well, and when Soren and the Straw Hats got back to the ship, it was apparent that the ship would soon sink due to the weight, so Soren modified the ship with space and gravity magic to make the vault almost endless and all the treasures weight was kept inside the vault, but didn''t affect the ship. Soren then decided it was time to leave the world and head to one more world before going to the God Realm, so he said his goodbyes to Luffy, Ace, and the rest of the crew before cultivating the world and opening his System to pick the next world. [Sakura, let''s got to One Punch Man, I wanna see Satiama''s true power]: soren Chapter 210 - Fighting Saitama Soren stepped through the portal and began traveling to another version of Earth that has the concept of Monsters and Heroes, and after a few hours of traveling, Soren saw a grouping of worlds that were very close to each other. [Sakura, why are these worlds so close together?]: soren {DING!... THESE ARE KNOWN AS (Gag Worlds) THEY FALL UNDER THE CONCEPT OF COMEDY, AND THE REASON FOR THEM BEING SO CLOSE IS FOR THE PURPOSE OF HAVING CHARACTERS OF ONE ANIME APPEAR IN ANOTHER AS A JOKE} [So it''s like taking Saitama and putting him in Saiki K''s world, the viewers would love to see a fight between these two, but somehow they would never meet each other]: soren {EXACTLY¡­ NOW, WHAT TIMELINE DOES HOST WISH TO APPEAR IN?} [I guess send me to right after the battle with Boros]: soren Soren then entered the portal and appeared in a gigantic heap of rubble, and after sending his senses all over the planet Soren found out he was in the rubble of A-city, and looking around Soren saw the gigantic Purple alien ship falling towards the earth due to the death of Boros. ''So Boros is gone now¡­ I guess I can either apply as a hero for the hell of it, or directly go to Saitama''s house when this whole situation settles down'': soren Soren didn''t feel like going through the waiting line of the Heroes Association and being ranked in something that he outclasses by entire Universes, and not only did he need to wait in line, but he would need to choose what ability he would register and that was too much of a pain. ''I guess I''ll wait a few days for the situation to clear and go to Saitama''s house'': soren After a few months of constant construction, the new A-city was transformed into a highway connecting the Heroes Association to each and every city for faster response times. Over this time Soren had been exploring the world while waiting for the right time to appear before Saitama, and right now he was making his way to his home in the abandoned area in Z-city. Once Soren made it to the familiar apartment complex from the Anime, and using his senses he easily sensed both Saitama and Genos inside one of the rooms, and after knocking on the door a blonde cyborg answered. [Yes, How can I help you?]: genos Soren was surprised to see Genos up close rather than through an Animation and felt that he looked quite cool, and almost Terminator-like, and after hearing Genos ask what he was there for, he spoke in a calm tone. [Yes¡­ I am here to meet with Mr. Saitama, is he free right now?]: soren Upon hearing Soren''s reason Genos felt that it was some door to door salesman, and didn''t want him to bother his master so began to speak and persuade the man to leave. [No, Master Saitama is not here right now¡­ He is also not interested in anything you wish to sell him]: genos Soren was confused as he thought what part of his appearance made him look like a door to door salesman, and before Genos could close the door he spoke up. [I''m not a salesman, I came to talk with Saitama about his fight with that Alien army]: soren When Genos heard Soren bring up the topic about the fight with the invaders a few months ago, along with the knowledge that Saitama was present, Genos began to hear Soren out and spoke again. [Yes, Master Saitama had beat the leader of the Aliens, so what is it you wish to speak with him about the situation?]: genos When Soren heard Genos continue to prevent any kind of contact with him and Saitama he began to get annoyed, but it soon vanished as another voice was heard inside and a Bald man wearing a White T-shirt and a pair of shorts came up from behind Genos. [Genos, who is it?... Why is the door still open bring them inside or go outside]: saitama Soren watched as Saitama began picking his nose while giving a very bland and uncaring look due to the constant emotional drain that comes with strength, and when Soren saw Saitama he focused his questions onto him instead of Genos. [Mr. Saitama, my name is Soren¡­ I have noticed that you have a reputation of beating all your opponents with one attack, I was wondering if you care to tell me about it]: soren [Are you a Door to Door salesman?]: saitama [No he is not Master¡­ I thought he was as well at first]: genos [Then what are you doing standing here with the door open Genos! Invite him in and quite letting out what little cold air we have in here]: saitama Soren was quickly invited into the house while Genos was prostrating himself before Saitama while apologizing, and Saitama could notice the difference in temperature in the room while constantly pointing it out. [So, you said you wanted to discuss the problem I''m seeing with beating everyone with one punch?... Do you have some way to prevent it?]: saitama [No, in fact I have the same problems and wish to battle with you¡­ And if you can beat me, I''ll take you to a place that has people stronger than myself]: soren When Soren explained the situation Saitama felt uninterested as he thought Soren was just boasting his strength while Saitama still had full confidence that he would beat Soren in one attack. [I see you don''t believe me¡­ Then I will tell you a bit about myself and let you decide after]: soren Soren then began to explain about his standing as a God and while Soren''s words were a bit interesting, Saitama still felt that it was all lies, but in the end Soren got him to give in and fight with him. [Well we can''t fight here, so where will we fight?]: saitama [Oh there is no place on this planet that can survive our fight so I will show you my training room¡­ It turns 1 day out here into 10 years inside]: soren Soren then waved his hand and a door appeared in the center of the room shocking both Saitama and Genos, and upon its appearance Genos quickly began inspecting it while Saitama began to put a little trust into Soren''s words and felt a bubbling sensation rise up inside him. [Well then, let''s enter¡­ Genos, you can stay out here or enter and watch, but you must stay in the pavilion under any circumstance]: soren Genos looked over to Saitama for conformation, and seeing Saitama nod, he nodded in return and all 3 of them entered Soren''s training room while Soren released the gravity inside and both Soren and Saitama went out into the White space while Genos stayed under the building. [So where do you want to start?]: saitama [I want you to be at full power¡­ Don''t worry about me as it will take a lot to kill me]: soren Saitama just gave a sigh and acted as if he was going to be serious while only using 4% of his power, and with that Soren nodded and Saitama ran up to him while punching out. With the punch a big shockwave was sent out while Soren lifted his hand to his mouth and gave a yawn while shocking Saitama, and with this look Soren gave him some words of advice. [I said full power, but you still didn''t even give me half of your strength?... My son hits harder than that]: soren Saitama backed up and the bubbling feeling began to rise even higher within him, and he rose his power once more bringing it to 45% and charged towards Soren once again and the same thing happened with Soren only feeling a bit of pressure while the shockwave boomed out. Saitama felt that Soren was stronger than Boros as at 45% power Boros was sent flying, but here Soren felt that a flick had hit him, and with this Saitama decided to give Soren 100% of his power while using moves from his Serious Series. [You are indeed strong¡­ I will fight you seriously now¡­ Serious Series, Serious Punch!]: saitama Soren watched as a glowing Red smoke began to emanate off of Saitama''s body while an astral projection of a Demon God with a Blood Red fist came at him in full swing. Soren saw that this punch would cause him to be sent back a bit and placed his arms up to guard while the punch made contact with his body, Soren was then sent back a few feet while his clothing that covered his arms was completely destroyed. [Not bad¡­ These clothes are meant to be almost Unbreakable, and you damaged them]: soren When Saitama came back to himself he noticed that Soren was unaffected by his attack, and a smile appeared on his face, and while it was unknown to Saitama himself, Soren watched as a Golden light began to emanate from Saitama''s boy. ''So this is how he was blessed¡­ He has an Ikari form made for Humans, and it''s boost is higher than the 15x boost I would get from using it in the past'': soren Soren noticed that Saitama had the power to grow even faster than Saiyan''s do, be it through fighting or taking damage, he was like a Saiyan without the tail or the ability to turn into a Super Saiyan. Soren then began to use a small bit of his power to fight Saitama and see just how strong his Human Zenkai boost was, and as Soren began to attack Saitama and leave bruises and wounds, Saitama began to heal at a fast rate as well as glow in a brighter light. ''What am I making!?... He now has a Healing factor!?... This is truly a Gag Character'': soren Soren was then sent flying back while spitting a bit of blood as his defence was broken from the amount of power he used to keep himself on Saitama''s level. [GUURAAHHH!... Holy shit you progress fast]: soren [Thanks¡­ I think I''m starting to feel a rush of something that I have long forgotten in the past¡­ And it''s all thanks to you]: saitama Soren brought his power up to around 4% and began fighting Saitama at a level of around Immortal King, and as Saitama continued to fight he began to release a Divine pressure and Soren knew that Saitama''s power reached a whole new level of strength to form a Divine Spark. ''Maybe this wasn''t a smart idea¡­ I am creating a monster, but he will be a great trump card for the God Realm'': soren As Soren was fighting with Saitama he let his guard down and Saitama put a hole through Soren''s chest and when Saitama saw this he stopped the fight and rushed over to Soren. [Fuck!... I''m so sorry, you will be alright, right? You are a God]: saitama [This is nothing¡­ I''ve been exploded to a state much worse than this]: soren Saitama sighed in relief as he watched Soren heal up to brand new, and took his place back where he previously was and the fight continued for what seemed to be hours, but for the spectator Genos was days of non stop fighting. [Master and this God person are monsters among men¡­ I don''t think I will ever be able to reach such a strength with robotic enhancements]: genos Soren had used around 65% of his power before he felt Saitama was strong enough to compete with anyone else he came across in the lower realms, and the only place he could enjoy battle was in the God Realm. [That''s enough¡­ I will call our battle here, you are starting to get exhausted]: soren [No¡­ I¡­ I can¡­ I can keep going!]: saitama [No, we can fight more later, but for now I will tell you about the place we will be going to next]: soren Soren then began to explain the God Realm as well as what kind of people they were going there to fight, and when Saitama found out that there were stronger people there he couldn''t wait to go, but then he remembered that the Humans here still needed a Hero for Fun, and Soren brought Genos over. [Genos¡­ I heard you earlier, you said you wanted a power similar to Saitama''s?... Then I will bestow this chip to you]: soren Soren then gave Genos a Game chip and explained how to use it, and upon hearing how to activate it Genos left to go see the Doctor who made him a Cyborg, and with this Soren cultivated the One Punch Man world and opened the Portal to the God Realm while taking a deep breath to calm himself while speaking to Sakura. [Sakura, Take me to the God Realm Please... I''m Ready!]: soren {DING!... HOST WILL ONLY BE ABLE TO LEAVE THE GOD REALM ONCE YOU REACH THE PINNACLE OF STRENGTH} [I''m sure... I''m coming to the Rescue Old Man!]: soren Chapter 211 - War Between Gods Pt.1 Soren stepped through the portal, but unlike the normal traveling he would do to get to other worlds, he appeared in a vast land full of grassy plains and some animals that looked like normal animals, but they gave off a Divine presence. [Sakura, why did I just directly appear here?... Also why are the animals so powerful? Just one of these boars could annihilate the entire Dragon Ball World, and speaking of, I forgot to add the Dragon Ball world to my Inner World¡­ Zeno and the rest are going to be pissed when they find out they can''t go home until I''m done here]: soren {DING!... SYSTEM IS GOING THROUGH AN AUTO UNLOCK FEATURE NOW THAT HOST HAS ENTERED THE GOD REALM¡­ THE SYSTEM WILL NOW BE TAKEN OVER BY HOST, AND THE SYSTEM A.I. IS NO LONGER NEEDED¡­ GOODBYE HOST, IT HAS BEEN A GREAT RIDE} [What!... Sakura¡­ Sakura! Please answer me!...]: soren Soren tried to get into contact with the system A.I. known as Sakura, but no response was given, and after a moment of silence, Soren decided to open his Status panel to see how strong he is. {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Immortal Bloodlines: Origin God''s Bloodline Titles: Creator, 400+ more Level: 1,001 ------ Exp to Next Level: (100,000,000,000,000/300,000,000,000,000) Cultivation Level: Omnipotent Heavenly Lord Luck: Lucky Body Type: Chaos God Body Level: Heavenly Lord + -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level MAX Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinne Sharingan-: Unlocked -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Saiyan Immortal Form (Note: Once transformed, Host can not go back) Chosen Path: Omnipotent Chaos God Path Skill: Chaos and Destruction - With Chaos comes Destruction, and out of Destruction comes Life (You can both Breathe and Destroy Life from Nothingness) -Skills-: Infinite -List?- (Casual Wave of your hand is a Skill) -Passive-: 980,000+ -List?- System Points: 1.474 Billion} [I haven''t progressed in my level since I left TSS, I guess it''s due to not fighting an opponent who is strong enough]: soren Upon coming to that realization Soren had started to feel the shockwaves in the air ripple and soon a voice was heard loud and clear for Soren to understand. [Welcome my son¡­ I will directly bring you here for a further explanation, so please enter the portal]: god Soren heard the familiar voice of the old man who reincarnated him into the Anime Multiverse and watched as a portal opened up, he then stepped into the portal and appeared in a room full of Gods and Goddesses. Upon further inspection Soren noticed a particular Goddess who seemed to resemble his first wife Misha, and when she saw Soren''s gaze was set on her she spoke. [Hello, as you might have expected I created your wife Misha and she resembles me because she is made in my image as there was no father involved in her creation¡­ Could you bring her out and let me see her? It''s been a while]: goddess Soren was shocked due to the sudden turn of events and nodded his head while bringing Misha out into the room and the second the Goddess saw Misha she ran up to her and embraced her into a strong hug. [My daughter!... I have missed you¡­ My my, you are quite the naughty one when it comes to bed time¡­ That must come from my Divinity of Romance]: goddess When Misha and Soren both heard the Goddesses words they began to have a Reddish hue fill in their Snow white skin, and Soren happened to look over to see a TV with images of his adventures through the Anime Worlds, and Soren could only solidify his previous claim that the Old Man was a pervert. ''He was watching every moment of my life¡­ Even my private part meant for me and the ones I share a bed with¡­ This bastard, I''ll get him back for this'': soren When Soren thought this the Old Man in question began to chuckle a bit as he heard everything that Soren thought, but decided not to say anything and instead began to talk about the current situation while Misha went away with her mother to spend some quality time together. [Anyways, welcome to the God Realm my son¡­ I for sure thought you would have stayed in the lower realms for a few thousand more years to get to your current power, but it appears you decided to take a risk and got to a World that under normal circumstances would have killed you if you appeared in the wrong place]: god [Yes, I choose TSS as my cultivation world due to how fast paced it is with how many years it took Lin Fan to reach the top with the help of his System while I used my Training Chamber to climb ranks quickly]: soren [Yes I saw¡­ Anyways, summon Kuroi so he can meet the Dragon Ancestor God who sent that boy Issei into the DxD world]: god Soren nodded his head and took out the Dragonballs and summoned Kuroi, once Kuroi made his appearance the Dragon Ancestor snapped his fingers and the Dragonballs shattered into dust while both Soren and Kuroi looked at him as if he was an idiot. [Why did you shatter Kuroi''s way back to his family?]: soren [Hehe¡­ He should be glad I did that¡­ He is at the level of an Ancestral Dragon like myself, but he was being held back by those orbs, and now he''s not limited while he still has the ability to come and go from the Lower Dragon Realm as well as the Upper Dragon Realm where all the Ancestral Dragons reside]: dragon god Soren then looked towards Kuroi who was in his human form and glowing in a bright light and soon his body changed into a youthful man with long flowing White hair and Golden Eyes while his skin was as pure as jade. [Kuroi¡­ You have changed¡­ How do you feel?]: soren [I feel stronger, Master¡­ Or should I say Soren, as I am no longer bound by you, but don''t worry as I still feel nothing but gratitude towards you for creating me]: kuroi [That''s great to hear!... I don''t mind you being unbound to me as I never saw you as a slave to be bound anyway¡­ Enjoy your freedom buddy]: soren Kuroi nodded and went back to the lower Dragon Realm while Soren felt the pain of another thing being taken from him as first it was that A.I. feature known as Sakura, while Kuroi was freed from the one thing that tied him to Soren and was given eternal freedom. Soren only began to wonder what would be taken from him next, but the only thing that came was the Old Man speaking about the current battlefield and the current losses for both sides. [Currently we are down 1,000 Lower Gods, 300 Middle Gods, and 10 High Gods, while none of the Omnipotent Gods had to make a move yet. As for the Evil Gods side they are down 2,000 Lower Gods, 50 Middle Gods, and 2 High Gods, while they have dispatched one Omnipotent God of the lower level, he is around your strength so I would like you to fight him, but be careful as he is also a Reincarnator like yourself that the Evil Goddess had made when she realized that you were just too strong]: god Soren took in what he was just told and began thinking about his next plan, but first he would need some information about the powers of the one he would fight. [So what cheat-like power was he given?]: soren [He was given a System just like yours and sent into a Cultivation world with the Demonic Origin Gods Bloodline the exact opposite of your Origin Gods Bloodline, if he were to be ranked on your level scale then he is around 1,010 while you are only 1,001 so you will need to watch yourself]: god [I understand, but what is the Origin Gods Bloodline and the Demonic Origin Gods Bloodline?]: soren The old man just gave a sigh while trying to decide if he should tell Soren the answer to his question, but after getting a few dirty looks from the other Gods present he cracked and began speaking. [The Origin God''s Bloodline is my Bloodline¡­ I am the creator of the entire God Realm as well as all the Lower Realms, but I didn''t create it alone as I had a wife who helped me create everything¡­ I created everything good and pure, while my wife created everything chaotic and evil¡­ She was not originally evil, but after condensing the Demonic Origin Gods Bloodline she became the woman who began chasing you through the lower realms]: god [Wait¡­ You said she was just a weaker Evil God, but now she is the co creator of everything?]: soren [I was embarrassed to explain it fully¡­ And the only reason she was after you was because I marked you to receive my Bloodline, and if she can get my bloodline then she will be able to take over the entire Multiverse¡­ But now that she has passed it down to someone else I have no idea what her next plan is¡­ You must defeat the one she has tasked with carrying her Bloodline and return the God Realm to peace]: god Soren took in everything that was said and began thinking about it all, and after making a proper decision he nodded his head and left the room full of Gods. Soren then opened his Inner World and brought 3 people out from inside, the 3 people were Sun, Sasuke, and Saitama, Soren then spent the next 30 minutes explaining the current situation as well as gave them orders to lead troops to fight on the battlefield while he searches for the God with the Demonic Origin God Bloodline. [Sun, you will have control over the entire army of Cultivators from the Immortal Dragon Sect¡­ Sasuke, you will take control over leading everyone from the Game World and Supernatural World, they should be at a high enough level to fight¡­ Saitama, I want to cause as much damage as you can to the Evil Gods fighting against our soldiers]: soren [You bet!... Sure¡­ Okay]: sun, sasuke, saitama Soren then released everyone from the Immortal Dragon Sect as well as his family members and gave control over the army to Sun, while holding back his family and keeping them for something else. Soren then opened both the SAO world as well as the DxD world and sent a command to the database to release a Mission for Eternal God State cultivators to accept and upon accepting they were sucked out of their world and brought to the God Realm to stand before Soren. [You all might be a bit confused so I will explain in simple terms¡­ I am the God who created the Game you all are playing, but this is no longer a game¡­ I need you all to work together and fight against the impending threat of total destruction¡­ and Upon completion I will reward you with Heavenly Weapons of the EX tier!]: soren When Soren started explaining the current situation all the players of the Game began to get a bit frightened at the fact they would be killing other people, but when Soren explained they would get a weapon of a rank never heard of they got a bit excited and slightly forgot about the whole "Having to Kill someone" thing. Soren then had everyone follow Saskue into battle while he kept Issei and Vali behind for a separate mission, and when Issei saw Sasuke he began to freak out and hyperventilate a bit as Sasuke was his favorite character in Naruto, while Vali was just looking to fight strong opponents. [Now to take out the big gunns]: soren Soren then brought the Trihexa out from his Inner World, and when he saw it''s human form it took the shape of a small girl with Black hair and 2 Red stripes going down the left side of her face while the rest of her hair was kept into a ponytail. The Trihexa wore a Black dress with White frills around the base of the dress, Soren took in the sight of the Trihexa and felt that she was never a wild and dangerous beast, she was just being controlled by the Chaos. Soren then took out Great Red and Ophis from the Dimensional Gaps they ran inside his Inner World and when Great Red saw the new place he was in he got angry, but upon seeing Soren he quickly fixed his attitude while Ophis just appeared by Soren''s side while tugging on his clothes and moaning the word "Candy". [One second¡­ Now, everyone here will work together to slim down the enemy forces that plan to destroy everything for the sake of destruction, and if you all perform well I will grant you each a wish¡­ Remember to work together while I take care of the main threat¡­ You all are dismissed!]: soren Soren dismissed everyone and after seeing that everyone left he began changing his outfit to the one he made for the battle in TSS, and after wearing the armor he blasted off in search of his opponent. Chapter 212 - War Between Gods Pt.2 Soren began crossing the open plains at a blinding speed, but no matter how long he flew there was just no end to the sheer vastness of the world. While flying Soren found small scuffles between some of the members of his Sect and some others who gave off a sinister aura filled with blood lust and killing intent. ''Seems like battles were eminent¡­ I guess I''ll join in and gain some levels'': soren Soren stopped his progression and decided to give aid to his Disciples while taking the free experience if they would even give any. Soren then descended from the sky in a shimmering light while wearing his Immortal Dragon Armor and his long flowing hair drifting in the wind. [Look!... It''s Sect Master Soren!... Disciple greet the Sect Master]: sect member With the words of the first Disciple many more came with the same greeting while taking time to give a bow as the battle had been drawn to a halt with Soren''s entrance. [At ease¡­ I just happen to be passing by and saw the battle going on and wanted to take part as a bit of a warm up before the main event]: soren Upon hearing Soren''s words the group of around 10 Disciples had smiles fill their faces while Soren turned his attention towards the 12 Evil Gods that had started to regain their senses now that Soren''s entrance was decided to be serious to their survival. [Such a shame¡­ 12 Gods who rank at the God King Realm will die today¡­ You equal out to Heavenly Lord Realms if I base by my levels]: soren Soren then pulled out a small dagger with an engraving of Kuroi in his dragon form and added a fine stream of his Omni Energy to the weapon and began to slowly walk towards the group of Evil Gods who began to gather up together to strengthen their forces'' power. [Come on guys!... He can''t be that strong, we can take him if we work together]: evil god 1 After the first one spoke the others began to rally behind him while Soren registered him as the leader of the group and while walking in a calm manner that stated that he didn''t put this group of people in his eyes, and soon after he decided who to deal with first Soren disappeared from his spot only to reappear in the next second still walking with the same calm and casual pace he had before. [What the!... GUHAAAAAARRGGGHHH!]: evil god 5 The group of Evil Gods looked towards their once close friend have his head fly into the air while exploding into a bunch of pieces that scattered all over the place and covered the group of now 11 Evil Gods, and when they looked back towards Soren they saw a cold glint in his eyes that stated he''s done this before. [Damn!... I made a mess, next time I will make sure to not let any blood splatter upon exploding]: soren When the group of Evil Gods heard Soren''s words they began to slightly fear for their lives while it was too late to try and escape as Soren had already disappeared and another group of screams were heard as 10 heads flew into the air and exploded while each head sprayed less and less blood leaving the Evil God who first spoke up to still be alive. [This is a lot harder than I thought¡­ But I can''t let my progress diminish¡­ I have one more try¡­ If dad can pull a heart from someone''s chest without any blood spillage, then I should be able to decapitate someone and have their head explode with no splatter of blood]: Soren As the god heard Soren''s psychotic words he felt fear run down his leg in a form of piss while another form of fear was threatening to come out his backside. [P-Please!... S-Spare my life!]: evil god 1 [Oh?... So such a sinister man can beg for his life?... Tell me, how many lives have you taken throughout your life that you can muster such a powerful blood lust¡­ 1 Million? 10 Million?... Or even higher?]: soren Upon hearing Soren''s question the Evil God was stunned and didn''t know how to answer and could only ask what Soren meant. [W-What?]: evil god [Don''t "What" me¡­ Just answer, how many Mortals have you killed to get such a Sinister aura]: soren [I don''t even know the number, but why do the lives of Mortals matter?... We are Gods, Mortals are just entertainment for us so we don''t get bored while living out Eternity]: evil god 1 Soren hearing his answer just gave an evil smile before giving the Evil God his final words. [Then maybe you should think about that in your next life while living amongst the Mortals you fell mean nothing]: soren [W-Wait!... No! Nooooo!... AAAAHHHHHH!]: evil god Soren then ended the Evil Gods life and calmed his nerves before heading back to his awe struck Disciples who looked up to Soren with even higher regards than ever before, and that was already high in it''s own right. [I''m sorry you had to see that side of me¡­ Then I will be going now, please clean up here and continue fighting further down the battlefield¡­ Also, where''s Sun at?]: soren [General Sun Wu Kong is fighting further ahead¡­ We were ambushed by a group of 3,000 and Sun took the most of them away while we caught the 12 you just killed]: disciple 2 Soren nodded his head and continued flying deeper into the battlefield looking for any signs of an Enemy base to storm, and soon he caught up with Sun and began another assault while killing all that came in his way before reaching Sun and capturing the first enemy base. After making sure everyone was alright and taking a number of the casualties that will need to be resurrected later with the help of Kuroi Soren left the base and continued traveling the battlefield while helping anyone he came across. ''Where is this Reincarnator that I need to have a fight with?...'': soren While Soren was thinking he heard a deafening roar boom out in the distance and quickly went to check it out and upon arrival Soren saw Great Red charging a gigantic breath attack that leveled the entire mountain that it was aimed at. ''Holy shit, what was he aiming at?'': soren Upon closer inspection Soren noticed that there were 4 people with major wounds and completely naked due to the single breath attack of Great Red and with Soren taking a look at their level he noticed that they were on the God Emperor level. ''So they will be hard to kill as they have Eternal Bodies¡­ But that affect me none as I have a way to destroy the Soul'': soren Soren then came up to Great Red and when Great Red saw Soren he began to sweat a bit while speaking in a respectful tone towards Soren. [Creator, what can I do for you?... I''m just clearing up some ants so they don''t get in your way]: GR Soren just sighed at how antsy Great Red was acting towards him and decided to loosen the tension between them so a proper conversation can arise. [Great Red¡­ You don''t need to be so polite with me¡­ I''m not the one who created you anyway, I just acted as him so you wouldn''t annoy me]: soren When Great Red heard Soren''s words he felt anger start to rise up from within him as he was being tricked the whole time, but he still didn''t dare to say anything as Soren could still erase his existence with ease. [Then I will address you as Soren¡­ So what are you here for Soren?]: GR Soren quickly noticed the change in the tone and felt like laughing as such a fast change, but didn''t say anything and instead he began telling Great Red about the major blunder he made when fighting with these people. [You may cause damage to them, but they have Eternal Bodies, so they won''t die like that, you will need to destroy their Souls to kill them]: soren Great Red seemed to register Soren''s words and had a shocked face as he hadn''t realized it and was just going to continue his breath attacks until they died, but since Soren explained their weakness he had another idea and began to put it to work. As the Dragon of Dreams, Great Red had a few Soul based attacks that he could use to destroy the Soul of his opponent, and when Soren noticed that Great Red was going to attack once more he backed off and let Great Red show off. [Dream Eater!!!]: GR Great Red released a cloud of Red smoke out of his mouth and the area that was once a mountain was covered in a thick Red some that had no sign of clearing, while there were 4 people the had just gotten a new set of clothes, and were now in a dazed state from the Red fog that had filled their lungs and encased their minds. The 4 then began to have illusions of their loved ones being ripped away from them while their Souls began to be eaten by the Red fog, and after 3 minutes the 4 people trapped in the smoke fell to the ground as lifeless husks of flesh, blood, skin, and bones. ''What a terrifying move¡­ I should make my own version of it some time'': soren Soren nodded his head towards the now happy Great Red who was happy that Soren was praising his work and started heading deeper into the battlefield to find Vali. Soren had sent both Issei and Vali together to infiltrate the main base in the center of the Evil Gods territory and was now on his way there as there was no sign of his opponent roaming the battlefield at the moment. Soren then flew for the next 3 hours deeper into the Evil Gods territory while occasionally stopping to help the people fighting, and on one of the stops he met with Ophis, and after an argument about candy, Soren gave in and gave her a bunch of sweets to which she quickly scarfed down and began begging Soren for more. Once he got rid of Ophis Soren continued to the central base of the Evil Gods and when he got there he noticed a gigantic castle, and a big increase in the Sinister and Evil auras being produced by the creatures and spirits in the land. ''Where is this aura coming from?... It seems like it''s being sucked from the air and concentrated on a specific point in the castle'': soren Soren then began to suppress his power as to not alert anyone without the proper time to prepare for an attack, and after suppressing his power he landed on the outskirts of the town and walked up to the gate where he saw both Issei and Vali being checked out by the guards that were guarding the gate. ''What are these idiots doing?'': soren Soren noticed that the gate guard let them in with no problems and it hit Soren. Both Issei and Vali were Devils who naturally released Demonic and Sinister energies and auras, so they make as Evil God candidates, and like history has proven many times, not all Evil Gods are in sense "Evil" and it is just a position they hold due to their power. Soren then decided to raise the Law of Chaos in his Omni Energy thus giving him a Chaotic Energy that will give off a sinister aura while mixing it with Killing Intent and blood lust to match the normal Evil God soldier and walked up to the gate to meet with the gate guard and upon entering the sight of the guard he was stopped. [Halt!... State your name and business for being here!]: guard Soren noticed that the Guard was just a True God Realm Low Realm and felt that on a normal day he is looked down upon like trash in the street, and the only reason he was a guard was because everyone else was busy on the front lines. [Dear brave Hero, you must be praised due to your bravery in guarding the gates of this amazing city¡­ I will comply with your kind request¡­ My name is Soren, I have come here to try and join the high and mighty position of Gate Guard]: soren Soren began to mess with the guard to get him to drop his guard, and just as he expected it was working. [You jest¡­ Guarding the gate is just some job for a low life like myself]: guard [No no no¡­ You must jest¡­ without a gate guard there might be spies that enter the city to plot destruction¡­ You are a Essential piece in the workings of society]: soren Upon hearing Soren''s words the guard thought for a moment and gave Soren a smile as he had never thought about it like that, and it made someone of his level feel a high sense of pride and he planned to tell his future grandkids about his high and mighty position of Gate Guard, but the first step was to have a few wives to produce kids that will give him grandkids in the future. [Yes, I see now¡­ Kind sir, you can enter the city now¡­ Enjoy your stay!]: guard Soren then entered the city with a big smile on his face as to how easy it was to trick the guard, and while entering he began to wonder how both Issei and Vali entered while planning to ask them later. ''Now I need to find those two idiots before they blow our cover'': soren Soren then began to walk around the city while in search of Issei and Vali. Chapter 213 - War Between Gods Pt.3 [Weapons!... Get your Weapons here!...]: weapons salesman [Armor!... Armor for the highly Divine here!...]: armor salesman Soren began walking down the people infested streets while hearing the occasional street advertiser speaking about their shops and what they sell, but after sending a glance over to appraise the weapons he quickly forgot about them as nothing was as good as a single piece of equipment Soren could make with a wave of his hand. ''I can see why the Evil Gods are on the losing end manpower wise, but the Omnipotent God on their side is their big guns'': soren Soren continued to walk down the crowded street until he came across an Inn called The Goddess Inn. Soren entered the Inn as it was getting dark and he wanted a place to stay though he never really slept since the time he got his Vampire Bloodline, but he could still feel mentally exhausted so just closing his eyes and relaxing would calm Soren down while there was still no need for sleep. When Soren looked around the main lobby he noticed that there was a big group consisting mainly of men surrounding something, and on the surface Soren could see the men with lust filled eyes while holding what Soren could asume was the currency of the God Realm. ''What''s going on here?'': soren Soren decided to take a closer look at what caught the attention of these men, and when getting closer Soren squeezed his way to the front of the group and was quite surprised at the sight. Soren was now watching as a woman of unparalleled beauty that rivaled that of his wives butt ass naked while dancing around a pole with a piece of Red silk thread wrapped around her waist with a Red silk bag hanging off the thread seeming to be full of the currency that was a crystal with varying colors and a presence of Divinity as to not have counterfeits being created. ''So this is the "Goddess" Inn¡­ This must either be an Inn with a strip club attached, or a whore house'': soren Soren quickly turned away with a look of disappointment while heading towards the counter with a fully clothed receptionist wearing a maids uniform. Soren then began to register for a room, but completely forgot about his lack of money as he usually was able to trade for it in the System, but while trying to get some currency Soren noticed that it was not available in the System store. ''Seems I won''t be able to get by money wise in this world¡­ Maybe I can trade for a room?'': soren [I''m sorry, but I seem to lack any money, but I can trade you a weapon in its place]: soren [I''m sorry sir, but we don''t accept trades here. You must either pay 10 Yellow God Stones, or leave the premises now]: rep Soren was a bit surprised that the receptionist had such a demanding tone while trying to be polite, as well as a bit curious as to what the currency system ranked in the God Realm, and upon asking his now vacant System Soren found out the system of currency here. {THE CURRENCY IS RANKED AS SUCH¡­ White, Yellow, Red, Green, Purple, and Black 1 Yellow = 10 White, 1 Red = 20 Yellow, 1 Green = 40 Red, 1 Purple = 80 Green, 1 Black = 160 Purple CURRENCY IS EARNED BY MINING IT, BUT YOU CAN ALSO GET CURRENCY BY TRADING FOR ALREADY PROCURED CURRENCY¡­ WARNING! GOD STONE VEINS ARE MOSTLY OWNED BY BIG KINGDOMS THROUGHOUT THE GOD REALM} Soren read off the notification in his head, while outside of his body the receptionist was staring at Soren like he was an idiot who didn''t understand her when she said pay up or leave. [Hey!... Are you there? *Snapping fingers* Hello!?... I said pay for your room or leave, I got a line going]: rep Upon the receptionist snapping her fingers Soren was awoken and noticed her pointing to the line being held up behind him, and the first person who came into view was the nude stripper now fully clothed in a Red silk dancer outfit with a Red see through scarf wrapped around her body and her Black hair flowing down the right side of her chest. Soren then looked back to the receptionist who was looking at him with a bit of a glare for holding up her line, since Soren didn''t want to start a problem and bust his cover early he decided to move out of the way and figure out a way to earn money, but before he could do anything the girl behind him spoke up. [Don''t worry about it Mai¡­ I''ll pay for his room]: stripper [Are you sure you want to pay for this guys room Selena?]: mai [Yeah¡­ But make it a double room that we will share]: selena When Soren heard the girl named Selena''s words he felt that he should decline immediately as he didn''t want to share a room with a complete stranger, but not only was it a complete stranger, but a female stripper as well, and he just recently got a good look at every nook and cranny of her body. [Umm¡­ I''ll be fine I''ll just go-]: soren [Silence!... I''m renting you a room, and we will share it together]: selena Soren was shut up by her words not because she demanded it or forced him, but because he was dumbstruck by them and couldn''t utter a single thing in return due to her audacity. [Then one double bed it is then]: mai Mai the receptionist handed Selena the key to her room and she took Soren by his hand and tried to lead him to their room, but Soren didn''t even budge an inch when Selena pulled with all her strength. ''What the hell is this guy?'': selena [What are you waiting for?... Come on!]: selena Soren was done with being in his dazed state and began to speak. [I don''t know if I put off some kind of vibe when I noticed you stripping over there, but I have 4 wives and am not looking for a 5th¡­ You seem to be a nice girl and all, but I''m just not interested]: soren When Selena heard Soren''s words she began to feel embarrassed as well as a bit annoyed towards Soren before she started shouting at him. [I didn''t pay for the double to have sex with you!... It''s cheaper for 2 people to share a room then to have 2 rooms¡­ With sharing a room with you I saved 5 Yellow God Stones and only paid 15 Yellow God Stones for a room that has 2 beds]: selena Soren realized that Selena was not after his pants, but just being a kind soul towards him and here he accused her of wanting to have sex with him. Soren then began to accept her kindness and follow her to the room that she just rented and after entering the room Soren saw 2 beds and 2 dressers in the room while the room seemed to be split as one bed was on the right side of the room while the other bed was on the left side and in between the two beds was a 10 floor space. ''So this is a double bed room¡­ Not bad, but not great either'': soren Soren then walked over to the bed on the right side of the room and with a wave of his hand the bed was cleaned of any previous dirt and grime of the previous user. Soren then sat down on the edge of the bed and watched as the girl named Selena came over to her bed and sat on the edge of the bed making it so Soren was facing her and began talking. [So I noticed that you joined the crowd and after seeing me you left with a disgusted look¡­ Am I not appealing to you?]: selena Upon hearing her words Soren perked up in a bit of surprise as not only did she see him, but also saw the look he gave towards her actions while still having the heart to purchase this room for him to share with her. [No, you have it all wrong¡­ The look wasn''t towards you, but towards your job and those who take joy in watching your job be performed]: soren [So you don''t like strippers?]: selena [No, I have nothing against the stripper herself, but I dislike her job, and job description]: soren [Oh¡­ Okay, that makes me feel better about myself¡­ So what brings you to Biptin City]: selena [So that''s the city''s name¡­ I just came here in search of someone, so I will be gone in a few days]: soren Selena felt that Soren''s answer was a bit short and tasteless so she began to try and spark a conversation by revealing more about herself. [That''s cool! My name''s Selena if you haven''t figured out already, what''s your name?]: selena [Soren]: soren [Cool¡­ Since you are new around town you must not know very much about this place so you will need a guide. If you want, I''ll be your guide around the city since I spent most of my life here]: selena Soren was starting to get annoyed with the constant yapping coming from Selena and gave a sigh that didn''t go unnoticed by her and she spoke again. [I''m sorry¡­ I''m a bit nervous as I''ve never shared a room with a guy before¡­*quietly speaking* And I''m still a virgin]: selena Soren looked up while a bit caught off guard and couldn''t help but ask. [You are a stripper who dances completely nude letting your tits and pussy hang out, but you''re nervous sharing a room with a guy¡­ And this is your first time sharing a room with a guy?... Haha, you must take me as an idiot]: soren When Selena heard Soren''s words she began to blush when he started going into detail in what she does in her profession, but when she heard him call her a liar she felt a bit heartbroken as she was confiding some of her secrets to Soren, and he was grinding them into the ground. [...*starts tearing up* I never called you stupid, and I''m telling you the truth¡­ Yeah I have done some out there things, but I push through the embarrassment so I can get by]: selena Soren took note of Selena''s crying and felt that none of it was fake and began to feel bad about what he said before trying to divert the situation to something else. [Well it''s getting late¡­ I think we should be going to sleep now, I need to be somewhere early in the morning¡­ Thank you for your kindness today]: soren Soren then laid down on the bed facing the wall and closed his eyes to try and sleep for the first time in thousands of years, and unexpectedly he quickly fell asleep. Soren didn''t want to confront his actions as he didn''t want Selena to take a liking towards him and chase after him her whole life, so the best course of action was to avoid any further contact with her as to keep her from trying to get close to him, and that was through sleep. Soren then woke up the next morning with a bit of warmth wrapping his back and without thinking he thought it was one of his wives, Soren then turned to see who had made it into his bed, but upon seeing the face of Selena with dried tear marks under her eyes he quickly regained his sanity and disappeared from the bed and reappeared standing in the center of the room. ''What the hell is she doing?... How could I drop my guard to such a state to let someone not one get within 3 feet of me, but enter my bed'': soren Soren noticed that all of his clothes were still intact while nothing was missing off his person, but looking back to his bed he noticed a completely naked Selena wearing nothing but a sheet that was barely covering her legs let alone her whole body. ''This is troublesome¡­ I better just leave while I can'': soren Soren then snapped his fingers and a piece of paper and a pen appeared and with telekinesis Soren wrote a thank you note and placed it on Selena''s bed on top of the folded clothes that were once laying on the floor making a path to the bed he had slept on where a now naked girl resides, and left the room while making sure to lock it up while putting an enchantment on it to keep anyone from entering until Selena leaves the room. ''I''m just too nice¡­ This might be my downfall one day¡­ She could have robbed me of my present items around my body while I slept¡­ No more sleep for a while I guess'': soren Soren then made his way through the street to explore a bit while inside the room he was previously in a world shaking beauty was staring at the wall with a few tears in them while fully covering her body by the sheet that lay over her feet and thinking to herself. ''So he really took no interest in my body at all?... Hais¡­ I even went through the trouble of getting naked and cuddling him so he would fuck me and take me away from my fate of being that Evil Goddess'' body¡­ So that is Soren the man I''m meant to kill or marry to complete fate: selena Selena then got dressed with the clothes that were on her bed while reading the note Soren left for her, and with a small smile on her face before saving it in her System inventory and snapped her fingers to disperse the barrier Soren placed around the room for her safety. Chapter 214 - War Between Gods Pt.4 As Soren was walking down the main road again he saw a familiar face with flowing White hair with a demonic and dragon-like aura. Soren could tell immediately that the person was Vali and began to make his way over to him just in time to see another familiar figure appear and this one gave off the same demonic and dragon-like aura, but this one was stronger as he had a dragon living inside of him, along with the Dragon Gods blessing, and the person Soren saw was Issei. [Vali, Issei¡­ I sent you here to gather information, not so you could enjoy the sights of this place]: soren Soren came up to the two with a smile on his face while speaking that line in a joking manner, and when both Vali and Issei saw Soren they had smiles on their faces and rushed over to him. [Soren!...What are you doing here?]: vali and issei [I came here to see if anything interesting was going on because I still haven''t found the one who I''m supposed to be fighting¡­ And it''s not like I can try and sense them out because I''ve never met them before and there are many Gods who match my strength and far surpass it, so sensing out a strong presence won''t lead me to the one I need to fight]: soren Both Vali and Issei nodded their heads in agreeance while Soren continued walking down the street while gesturing for the two to follow him. [So, what did you find out so far?]: soren [I found an amazing place where I can watch beautiful women dance completely naked in front of you, and if you pay them enough you can fuck them in the back rooms]: issei Issei spoke in a very lewd tone while having lustful gleams sparkle in his eyes and when Soren saw this look he just sighed and began to speak. [Hais¡­ So you found a whore house that advertises themselves with stripping¡­ I would expect nothing more from you]: soren Issei felt proud of Soren''s words but seeing Soren shake his head in disappointment made him lose all the previous glory he felt. [Hey!... That was hard work to find one of those places!... I''m also still a teenager with a very lustful lebido]: issei Soren just looked at Issei with a look saying that he didn''t care what his body was telling him, and then he had a light go off in his head as he spoke. [Didn''t you already die before being reincarnated as who you are now?... And with my extensive knowledge you should have at least been 15 before death, but you were most likely a grown man before so don''t tell me you''re just a teenager]: soren Issei looked down in shame due to the fact that Soren was right, in his previous life he died at the age of 22 coming home from a job interview, and on his way home he saw a truck zooming towards him and in his head he thought that maybe the Mystical Truck-kun would take him to another world, but he watched as the truck swerved out of the way and crashed into a light pole killing 3 other people while leaving Issei unharmed. Issei was then shocked at the bloodied mess made by the trucks collision with the 3 people and was in a stunned state, Issei didn''t hear the people yelling for him to move out of the way and was then squashed by the light pole that had fallen over and smashed his head in killing him semi instantly as he suffered for a good 10 seconds while throwing up a mixture of blood and vomit while the world was spinning around him and his vision was all hazy while he himself was spasming. ''That is something I never want to experience again¡­ Thank God when I was pulled into the afterlife I met with the Dragon God who explained I was going to be Isekai''ed to another world, but before I could be hit he sneezed and the truck swerved into the pole, so to make it up he brought me to DxD¡­ I wonder if those 3 that got killed were Isekai''ed instead?'': issei [Anyway, I plan to leave the city in a few days, and it appears that there is nothing of interest other than that castle in the center of town, so you guys need to break into the castle and find out the reason for all the Evil and Negative energies to be pulled there]: soren [Okay!... I hope I get to fight someone strong there]: vali At this time Issei was snapped from his flashback and nodded his head towards Soren''s words then both he and Vali went off towards the castle in the center of Biptin City. ''I sure hope those idiots don''t get themselves killed¡­ You got a pervert, and a battle junky who has no idea when to quit¡­ These are bad odds in my book'': soren Soren just shook his head and hoped for the best while continuing his self tour around Biptin City and after a few hours Soren heard a gigantic boom as well as some rumbling coming from the castle in the center of the city. ''What the fuck was that?'': soren Soren turned to look at the castle and noticed a gigantic cloud of Black smoke rising from the building, and upon closer inspection Soren noticed Issei being held by the throat while Vali was lying on the ground in a half dead state. Soren then noticed that the people of the city just looked on in amusement as the person holding Issei by his throat was still absorbing a massive amount of Evil and Negative energy. ''So that is the cause behind the absorption of energy¡­ I guess I can''t let Vali die as Shannon would never forgive me, but Issei is a different story¡­ Fuck it, I''ll save both of them'': soren Soren then started rushing towards the castle and upon reaching the outer gate he noticed there was a barrier erected to keep someone from escaping once caught. Soren raised his hand and put a lot of power behind his fist and shattered the barrier while alerting the man holding Issei by the throat, and with this bit of a distraction Soren was able to save Issei and place him next to Vali to help him escape while he guarded them. [Take Vali out of here and escape the city!... I''ll catch up with you after I deal with this guy]: soren Issei nodded his head while his back was drenched in sweat as he had never seen Soren act this way, and while remembering his words about there being many people in this world that match his strength or far surpass it, he began wondering what category this man before them belonged to. Soren then watched as Issei picked up Vali and began to escape while heavily injured so he sent a bit of energy over to him to heal him a bit while the man who once held Issei in his hands just watched with an amused face and when Issei and Vali escaped the man faced Soren and began to speak with a bit of laughter. [Hahaha¡­ Who are you to take away my pray?]: man [Who am I?... Who are you?... What do you need all these Evil and Negative energies for?]: soren [Hahahaha!... I am the City Lord of Biptin City, my name is Lucius Black!... Now, before I kill you, who are you?]: lucius [My name is Soren, but I need to disappoint you here as I won''t be the one dying today¡­ You will]: soren Soren then charged Lucius with his bare fists fueled by Omni Energy and upon contact it sent Lucius flying off crashing into his throne that sat in the center of the room making a cloud of dust and dirt rise while covering the view of the fallen Lucius. Once the cloud disappeared Soren could see Lucius the City Lord in a reclined position sitting in a broken and crumbled throne while laughing his ass off. [Hahahahahaha!... Haha, that was a good shot boy!... How old are you? 20 Million? 22 Million?]: lucius [Hehe, I forgot how old I was when I aged past 1,000¡­ But I do know for sure I''m not 1 Million years old just yet]: soren When Lucius heard Soren''s words he felt a bit surprised. [Hahahaha!... Not even past the age of 1 Million and are already a Semi- Omnipotent Realm¡­ Boy!... No, Soren! Be my servant and I will forgive you while letting your friends go]: lucius [... I''m sorry, but when I said you would be the one dying today I was serious]: soren When Lucius heard Soren outright refuse his kind offer to be a servant as well as the direct threat towards his life Lucius felt a bit of anger rush over him, but he also felt that Soren was someone that he truly couldn''t lose as he had such balls to try and go toe to toe with him. [Hahaha!... That''s a great joke kid, but you are just a Semi- Omnipotent Realm, while I have entered the High- Omnipotent Realm¡­ I am leagues above you in strength]: lucius Soren didn''t speak as he just prepared himself for while he assumed would be one of the longest fights of his life as one wouldn''t die physically, but spiritually, but to be able to destroy someone''s soul you needed to weaken the body, or be so far above them that you can over power their soul. [If you still refuse to join me then I have no other choice but to kill you¡­ Goodbye kid! Die!]: lucius Lucius disappeared from the rubble he was sitting in and reappeared next to Soren and punched out while covering his fist in some Negative energy and when Soren saw this he tried to dodge, but the punch landed on Soren''s arm completely erasing it from existence. [AHHHGGRRRAAHHH!]: soren The Negative energy started flowing through Soren''s whole body while wreaking havoc throughout his entire body with a pain so harsh that nothing he had ever felt before could compare. Soren then tried to expel the Negative energy from his body, but nothing was working and when Soren tried to regrow his arm it refused to grow. ''What the fuck is happening!?... I can''t rid myself of the pain, and my arm isn''t regenerating no matter what I try'': soren While Soren was thinking about his current situation as well as trying to come up with a way to rid himself of the Negative energy Lucius spoke. [Hahaha!... Stop your futile attempts to rid yourself of my Negative energy¡­ the only way it will go away is if I die, but you don''t have the ability for that]: lucius When Soren heard that he began to have a smile grow on his face, and when Lucius saw this he thought Soren might have gone crazy due to some kind of mental snap, but he had no idea that Soren was laughing due to the overused troup of the Villain giving away the secret to his power and how to counter or defeat it because they think the Main Character will never win or be able to counter their power. [Haha¡­ Hahahahaha!... Hehehe]: soren [What''s wrong¡­ You already go crazy or something?... Hahaha! You should have joined me when I offered]: lucius [Haha¡­ No¡­ I''m not crazy, nor have I been broken¡­ I''m laughing because I have seen this way too many times¡­ Villains such as yourself always give away the secrets to your powers and me as the main hero kicks your ass into next week using the weaknesses you just told me about]: soren When Lucius heard Soren he felt he was right as he had also read some of those stories from Earth when he was bored in the God Realm while always rooting for the Villains that never win, but he never saw how he could lose this fight and ultimately fucked himself. [Hahaha!... No worries, I will just end this fight now]: lucius Just as Lucius said this he launched towards Soren while finally drawing his weapon that he kept at his side this whole time, and when Soren saw this he pushed through the pain and activated his Rinne Sharingan and used his future sight to evade the attack and counter by sending a full power blow using a mix of every single law he had comprehended into his fist and punched out making a hole in Lucius'' chest while also sending him flying back as both of them screamed out in pain and spit up a few mouths full of blood. [GURRAAHHHHHGGG!]: lucius [HURRGG!]: soren Soren did his best to hold in the pain from the Negative energy destroying his body from the inside and rushed over to Lucius as to not give him the time to recover and took out his Immortal Dragon Sword and imbued it with his laws once more while putting more emphasis on the Chaos, Death, and Destruction laws while swinging out a bunch of sword attacks that damaged Lucius with each swing. ''Just a few more!... I just need to hold on for a few more minutes'': soren Soren continued to strike out at Lucius while his energy was rapidly depleting with no sign of regenerating due to the Negative energy now cursing through his blood heading towards his brain. Soren then activated his Hollow powers and a White Hollow mask with Teal facial markings appeared and increased the power of any soul attacks, and with this upgrade Soren was able to use his Soul Crush ability along with his Haki to make it stronger. [Haki! Soul Crush!... Destroy him!]: soren [I-Impossible!... No! NOOOOO!!!... I''ll be back for you!]: lucius Soren used his full power to destroy Lucius and after all of his power depleted Soren passed out on the ground as all his energy disappeared. Chapter 215 When Soren hit the ground the surroundings were silent as the battle was over and Soren''s body began repairing itself after the damage from Lucius'' Negative energy spread throughout Soren''s entire body. As Soren''s body began to heal itself a strange figure appeared in the destroyed throne room and walked over to Soren''s body while also looking towards the fallen Lucius before speaking. [This must have taught you a lesson Dad¡­ Don''t underestimate someone just because they are weaker than you, and you need to stop giving out your weaknesses like that]: ??? After a moment of silence, the once fallen Lucius began to regain his consciousness, and as the memories of what happened hit him the rage was apparent. [Selena!... Why are you here my daughter?... I thought you said you never wanted to see me again]: lucius [I don''t¡­ You agreed to use me as a vessel for that Evil bitch you use when she sees fit to do so, that''s why I''m here to finish the job that Soren here started¡­ Goodbye father]: selena [Selena Wai!-.... AHHHHHHRRRRAAAHHHHGGG!]: lucius The mysterious figure had turned out to be Selena, and after completely killing Lucius she turned towards Soren and began to watch him while thinking about what she should do. ''All I need is to lose my Virginity to him and my body will no longer be pure for the ritual that would let that Evil Goddess take over my body¡­ I originally planned to let just anyone take it, but seeing Soren in person made me want only him¡­ But I want him to be willing to take me instead of forcing myself onto him'': selena As Selena was contemplating her options she was snapped awake from her thoughts from the groaning of Soren and his random mumbling as he began to wake up. Selena just quickly gave Soren a peck on his cheek before disappearing with a final sentence that Soren was too incoherent to understand. [Goodbye my love¡­ I hope you choose to open your heart to me, or I will sacrifice myself for the future of everything]: selena Selena then disappeared into the shadows and in the next second Soren woke up while quickly scanning his surroundings, and upon seeing the destruction as well as the still fallen Lucius Soren gave a sigh and got up while patting the dust off of his clothes. [I should have improved with that battle, I wonder how many levels I had gained?]: soren {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: Immortal Race: Saiyan Immortal Bloodlines: Origin God''s Bloodline Titles: Creator, 400+ more Level: 1,009 ------ Exp to Next Level: (475,000,000,000,000/600,000,000,000,000) Cultivation Level: High- Omnipotent Heavenly Lord Luck: Lucky Body Type: Chaos God Body Level: Heavenly Lord + -Bloodline Skills- -Mangekyo Sharingan-: Level MAX Exp to Next Level: --/-- -Eternal Mangekyo Sharingan-: MAX -Rinnegan-: Unlocked (Special Ability): Time Manipulation -Rinne Sharingan-: Unlocked -Saiyan-: Zenkai Boost Level: EX Exp to Next Level: --/-- S-Cells: 37.2 Trillion (A/N: All Cells turned into S-Cells) Transformation: Saiyan Immortal Form (Note: Once transformed, Host can not go back) Chosen Path: Omnipotent Chaos God Path Skill: Chaos and Destruction - With Chaos comes Destruction, and out of Destruction comes Life (You can both Breathe and Destroy Life from Nothingness) -Skills-: Infinite -List?- -Passive-: 980,000+ -List?- System Points: 1.474 Billion} [So I''m a High- Omnipotent now¡­ If I remember correctly the person I need to fight is also a High- Omnipotent at level 1,010, just a bit lower than my current level]: soren Soren then heard some hurried footsteps and quickly vanished from the rubble of what''s left of the throne room and reappeared outside of the city. Soren then sensed the presence of both Vali and Issei close by so he quickly made his way towards them, and when Soren got to their position Issei tried to take off his head with a Heavenly Tier weapon that he got from doing a high level mission given to him in the DxD world when he first got the Game chip implant. Soren saw the attack coming and quickly caught it with his thumb and pointer finger just millimeters away from the skin of his neck, and when Issei saw that he had just attacked Soren he quickly retracted his weapon and bowed while apologizing with a fine line of sweat running down his face. [I''m so sorry Soren!... I thought someone had followed us here to kill us after finding out we were the cause of the disturbance at the castle]: issei [Don''t mind it¡­ It wouldn''t have pierced my skin anyway¡­ Now, how is Vali doing? I sent a good bit of my energy towards him to try and get him to wake up before my fight with that city lord guy]: soren Issei was surprised to hear Soren tell him that he fought with the city lord and wanted to ask if he won, but first was to report the current situation about Vali. [Vali had attacked that guy with some crazy strong lightning that made both me and Ddraig shiver, and when it came into contact with that man it made a scratch on his armor and in return the man sent Vali flying back with a wicked strong punch with some crazy energy that entered Vali''s body and made him fall unconscious¡­ Did you beat him?]: issei [*Sigh*... Yes, I beat him¡­ And Vali was attacked with the same energy I was, the pain was so intense that I can understand why Vali hasn''t woken up yet, and I wouldn''t be surprised if he died from this¡­ But with that guys defeat Vali should start healing, and I will now try to hurry this process, stand back]: soren Soren then watched as Issei took a few steps back and upon seeing this he cast a barrier around Vali and watched as all the surrounding Lightning energy was being absorbed into the barrier and being used as the source of healing and after 10 minutes of constant healing Soren saw Vali''s hand twitch and soon his eyes shot open as he quickly sat up. Soren then dismissed the barrier along with the absorption of Lighting energy and just watched as Vali began to look around while testing out his body to make sure he had full control over its functions before getting up off the ground and speaking. [Thanks Soren!... Was that man defeated?]: vali [Yes, I killed him¡­ But we can''t enter the town again¡­ We will leave and go enter the battlefield to help out]: soren [Rogger!]: vali and issei After discussing the new plan Soren took both Vali and Issei and left the city to start attacking from behind as they passed both their allies as well as the Evil Gods troops to reach Biptin City. [Remember, try and end a fight as quickly as possible so you can fight more troops¡­ The longer you take to fight, the more exhausted you will be when fighting your next opponents]: soren Both Vali and Issei nodded and Soren sent them their own ways while heading towards the biggest signs of clash between the 2 armies, and upon arriving Soren saw a battlefield full of thousands of troops fighting to to death, as well as Misha, Hancock, and Vados along with his children leading the army. Soren then decided to start his massacre on the Evil Gods to help lessen the weight on his wives and children as well as the armies they led into battle. [This will be a bloody day that decided the outcome of the entire war¡­ May God-¡­ *Cough* May I have mercy on your souls, hehe]: soren Soren then charged in from the back while releasing his full unbridled power along with his Immortal Dragon Sword that could almost crack under all the power that was held within it. Soren then began slashing out at all the Evil Gods and they all started dying without knowing what hit them until one noticed and started shouting about Soren killing them from behind. [Men!... Behind us! They have invaded from behind!... Watch your asses!]: evil gods [Hahaha!... Too late! You will all die now!]: soren Soren began slashing all the Evil Gods while killing tens of people with each slash while only a few were quick enough to dodge the first slash while only getting a scratch, but with Soren''s Law of Death flowing through his sword at full power that single scratch would insta kill anyone under the God Emperor Realm. [Retreat!... Retreat!... All personal fall back! We are being overwhelmed! They have an Omnipotent God out now!... Go and inform Selena-sama!]: evil gods When Soren heard that name he felt something drop in his heart as he had heard this name before and spent the night sharing a room with a woman named Selena. ''No¡­ It must be a coincidence, that girl seems to be weak and foolish'': soren Soren decided to let a few pass by to inform this Selena person as this may be the person that God had asked him to defeat, while killing everyone else, and in the next few minutes everyone of the Evil Gods except the few Soren let escape were dead, and this battlefield was won. When Soren''s wives saw Soren they rushed over towards him to hug him while he was still covered in all sorts of blood, and when Soren saw them rush towards him he opened his arms to accept the hug coming towards him. [Husband!]: misha, hancock, and vados [My beautiful wives!... You are not hurt are you?]: soren [We should be asking this of you, as you are the one covered in blood]: vados [None of it mine obviously¡­ Anyway, how did you do with the other task I gave to you all?]: soren [We found out that the reincarnator that old man wanted you to fight is a female named Selena with Long Black hair and wears a Red silk dancers outfit that makes her look weak and feeble, but don''t take her look lightly as she is most likely the strongest person in the High- Omnipotent Realm]: hancock ''So this Selena and the one I met are one in the same¡­ How awkward will our reunion will turn out to be hehe'': soren [Okay, I understand what''s going on¡­ It seems the people I let go earlier will go and call this Selena here for the final battle]: soren [Will Husband not take interest in a beauty to add as our 5th sister?]: misha [Misha, I''m not looking for a 5th wife as the 4 I have are enough for me¡­ Why, do you want a 5th sister?]: soren [Well¡­]: all 3 wives [What?... What''s with that kind of response?]: soren [Misha thinks that nothing is wrong with Husband, but husband has been getting very powerful these days, and your stamina is just too much for Misha and the others to handle]: misha [Oh?... Do you guys feel the same?]: soren Soren looked over to both Hancock and Vados and watched as the both of them nodded their heads in shame. Soren then looked down and felt that he might need to increase things again, but later when he saves the God Realm, and brings peace to the Multiverse once again. Soren then stood his ground while waiting for anything to show up on the enemies side, and in the next second a small army of around 50 Evil Gods was marching towards Soren and his army of well over 1,000 people, and the one leading the Evil Gods was a beautiful woman with long Black hair wearing a Red silk Dancers outfit with a veil that covers her face, but it still couldn''t hid her heavenly appearance. ''It is time for the final fight'': soren Opposite of Soren''s side Selena was leading the small army of 50 Evil Gods who came to Biptin City to inform her of the massacre that took place against their army of 60,000 strong, and with this information it angered Selena, not because they were losing, but because the woman she most despised who took her from Earth and reincarnated her here to be her vassel started this war for her greedy and selfish desires while men, woman, and children are dying because of those desires. Selena hated war and violence, and would rather sacrifice herself to end the war, but it was impossible as she could only die from someone above her in strength. ''Soren¡­ I hope you can defeat me, as there is no longer the choice of me being yours for all of eternity, but do note, I won''t go easy on you'': soren Chapter 216 Soren watched as the army stopped marching when they got around 100 meters from Soren and his army, and just as Soren''s army was about to launch an attack and take out the 50 Evil Gods who had the balls to come back Soren raised his hand to stop them from acting without any order. [Hold position!... Don''t move in until I give the order!]: soren Soren then looked towards his wives and gave them a loving look before sending them into his Inner World to keep any collateral damage happening if he got into a losing situation with this fight. Soren then looked back at his kids and the remaining members of the army and with a wave of his hand they all were transported into his Inner World leaving only Soren on the battlefield. [Hehe¡­ Look it guys, this guy thinks that he can defeat us and sent everyone else in retreat like the bunch of cowards they are!]: evil god idiot [You''re not the brightest crayon in the box are you?]: soren [Huh?... Are you trying to die early or something!?]: evil god idiot [No, not at all¡­ It''s just that there were over 60,000 of you here before while we had just under 2,000 people and myself¡­ And out of those 60,000 people only 50 of you survived, not because you were strong, nor was it because you were lucky¡­ You survived because I let you survive¡­ I wanted you to call out your big guns so I can beat their ass too¡­ Now, will you die the easy way? Or die the hard way?... The choice is yours, but the answer is still death]: soren When Soren said this the 50 Evil Gods had chills go down their spines as they witnessed as Soren easily tore through their ranks by himself, and they had no power to kill him, while they were going to rely on Selena who sat there and watched Soren in interest. [Men!... Leave this place, I will take over from here!]: selena When the soldiers heard Selena give the order for their retreat they didn''t hesitate to flee with their tails between their legs while screaming shouts and curses that didn''t match their current actions. [If I didn''t need to retreat I would kill you myself!... If I could stay I would skull fuck your dead body!... If only I could stay and fuck your women while you watch through the pain of my weapon pinning you to the ground!]: evil god idiots fleeing for their lives [You couldn''t just flee like good Dogs!... I might have let you leave, but now there is no way out¡­ Die and watch from the abyss as I fuck your mothers and daughters!]: soren Soren then raised his hands and erected a gigantic barrier that entrapped the 50 soldiers, and when Selena saw this she tried to free them, but Soren made sure to put more power into the barrier then the one he placed around the room of the Inn and was unable to break the barrier. Soren then released an unbridled amount of power into his Law of Death destroying not only the soul of the Evil Gods, but also corroded their entire bodies into dust killing them all. [Why!... Why did you kill them all!?]: selena Soren then erased the barrier and turned his attention to Selena who hadn''t took a single step from her previous position and answered her question with a cold tone. [Why let someone who threatens you live when you can solve the problem now?]: soren [Don''t play that card, you have so much power that they could never even wish to harm you, so there was no need to kill them!]: selena [Oh?... You say they could never wish to harm me, but as they were fleeing the openly stated their wishes to kill me themselves and fuck my dead body, or fuck my women while I watch with their weapons pierced through my back¡­ Now tell me, if they could harm me, do you think they wouldn''t go through with their wishes?... Now I know you came from Earth just like me, but are you that new to this world that you are still not okay with the idea of killing your enemy?]: soren When Soren said this Selena had no words to refute him as he was right, they did have hate towards him and would indeed go through with what they said if they could harm Soren. [Yes, I came here 22 years ago, I have only killed 3 people in my entire life here¡­ So killing is not my number one goal, but so what!... What makes it right to kill?]: selena [What makes it right?... Well what made it right for you to kill the 3 people you have killed?... Were they so much worse then the ones I just killed?... I''ll have you know that killing was made first nature to me the day I was born with my System, and I have been killing my enemies for thousands of years]: soren ''Thousands?... How is that possible? He should be from the same era I came from¡­ At least that was what I was told'': selena [I never said I was right for killing those that I have killed, but there were reasons, just they might not be good ones, they are still reason nonetheless]: selena [Then I had reasons, they just might not be good ones, but reasons nonetheless hehe¡­ So, will we sit here and talk all day, or will we fight? Or maybe you want to beat me by showing off your body again?]: soren When Soren said the last part Selena''s face became a crimson Red that matched with her Red Dancers outfit, but in the next second her face cleared up and she took off her veil and began to get serious. [We will fight¡­ I knew who you were from the beginning, and I was just toying with you]: selena Selena felt bad about lying to Soren, as though she knew who he was, she never had the intention to toy with him. When Soren heard this he felt a bit of rage bubble up in his heart as he had been tricked and made to look a fool for this girl, as well as felt bad for her when he was mean. ''I knew she was lying¡­ There''s no way a slut who dances completely naked like her had never slept with a guy, let along still be a virgin'': soren [Then let''s get this over with¡­ You can die along with those other 50 idiots]: soren Soren then drew out his sword and began to charge towards Selena with the intent to kill her where she stood. [... Then I guess you can die as well!]: selena Selena took out a very thin sword that looked more like a rapier and charged towards Soren with full intent to kill as well, but not as strong as Soren''s intent. Both Soren and Selena clashed in the center of the 100 meter distance between the two of them and created a gigantic crater in the ground, while blowing each other back several hundred meters away from the edge of the crater they both just created. Soren then felt his hand go numb and switched hands for holding his sword while shaking the numb one while Selena had no visible sign of damage while she knew that her hand was also numb from the clash. ''He is indeed strong enough to beat me and ruin that bitches plan to take over the Multiverse'': selena Selena then started channeling her own Omni energy through her sword and charged towards Soren who also got back into action and met Selena once again with attack after attack clashing sending shockwaves throughout the entire God Realm while all the major Gods just sat back and honed in on the battle happening. [Good my child!... Defeat her and take over my position of ruling the Multiverse]: god As the battle continued many God began to tune in and watch with expectant eyes while some started betting God Stones on who would win, and while most of the Evil Gods who had no interest in the war still bet on Selena, most of the bets were on Soren. While Selena and Soren were battling an Evil Goddess was hidden deep within her safe place while watching just like thousands of other Gods and Goddess, and the whole time she was preparing her ritual for when Selena won the battle so she could take over her body. [You better win you Bitch!... If you don''t I''ll destroy your entire present, past, and future selves so there is no way you will ever appear in the world again¡­ Hahahahaha!]: evil goddess The Evil Goddess began to laugh in a very evil tone while preparing a lot of energy for the transfer of her current body into Selena''s. [You are good!... The strongest person I''ve ever faced in my entire life]: soren Soren spoke as both him and Selena took their distance to prepare their next attacks, and while they did this, Soren opened up his Rinne Sharingan as well as activated his Hollow form and using his Omni Energy the mask started transforming into a skull that covered Soren''s head like a helmet with 2 gigantic horns that protruded out the sides and pointed to the sky. (Hollowfied voice)[This is a form I''ve never had to use, as before it was imperfect, but now it''s complete]: soren (Hollowfied voice)[W-What is that!?... I-Is that a Hollow mask!?]: selena [Yeah, I have been to many Anime worlds, and seen many things¡­ Why? Have you never left the God Realm?]: soren Selena didn''t say anything but nodded her head slightly while putting the situation to the back of her mind and continued charging up her weapon for a devastating attack. (Hollowfied voice)[Then don''t blame me if this kills you]: soren Soren then looked up into the sky and started charging an attack that appeared in between his 2 horns in a Teal colored orb before gathering all the Omni Energy from Soren as well as from the air around them and Soren''s mask went from a Teal color to a Black void color that looked to portray the entire Multiverse within. (Hollowfied voice)[RRRRRRAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!]: soren The Black orb then blasted towards Selena who used her sword to block the attack while slowly being pushed back, and right as the power decreased Soren felt a gigantic drop in his power, and Selena seemed to notice this too as she quickly charged towards Soren with a downward slash that Soren used his sword that was fused with his hand due to his Hollow form to block, but with no constant energy being given to the weapon it cracked under the pressure and shattered. ''Fuck!'': soren Soren was then sent flying back with a gigantic slash across his entire body going from the left side of his chest down to the right side of his body. Selena then followed through with a follow up attack that sent Soren smashing into the ground making a small crater with his Hollow form cracking and shattering while revealing Soren''s face once again with the Rinnegan eyes. ''I¡­ I can''t lose this battle!'': soren Soren began to lose consciousness as Selena came down to stand before him with her sword pointed towards Soren''s neck, but instead of ending the battle and destroying his soul Selena spoke. [I thought we could work together to end the scheming plans of the Evil Goddess who ripped me from my home and forced me to live this life, but I can see now that you only see in Black and White, Good and Bad, Those who are with you, and Those who are against you¡­ That''s why I will end the cycle of hatred and fix the Multiverse by myself]: selena Selena then put her sword away and got on her knees and ripped Soren''s pants off. [I never wanted to do this in this way, but you would never accept me, and this is the only way now]: selena Soren''s cock was now freely in the open while those who were watching began to get very excited as to what was to come from the next scene while there was one person who was very unhappy and sour while screaming at the screen trying to hurry the process and finish off Soren herself. [Nooooo!... Don''t touch him you stinky bitch!... I made you! You can''t fuck me over now!... Now that I''m so close!]: evil goddess The Evil Goddess began to drain the Omni energy in the air at a much faster rate which caused all the nearby Gods who happen to be watching the show have a blurry image. [Hey!... What the fuck! I got my cock out, and now the screens blurry!]: some random god Soren was still unconscious as Selena removed her clothes and began to mount Soren while taking his cock in her hands and preparing her cave while licking her hand to moisten the entrance. ''This is much bigger than I thought it would be'': selena Selena then placed it at her entrance and started to descend on the still soft cock while forcing it into her moist pussy while giving a pained groan. All the gods then watched as blood ran down Soren''s cock and a strange energy tried to flow into Selena from above only to be rejected and sent back to its origin. [So you knew¡­ Too bad you''re too late you Evil Bitch!... I am no longer pure, and I no longer need to continue past this point]: selena Chapter 217 Just as Selena was getting up off of Soren, the sudden movement had shook Soren enough to push him out of his unconscious state and upon opening his eyes he noticed Selena snap her fingers and the once naked body that he had seen only a few times before had been reclothed with the same Red dancers outfit from before. Soren then quickly jumped up from his position and noticed a major draft and the sound of slapping meat, and looked down to see his pants missing. [Son of a bitch!... This is the second time throughout both my lives that I was ra*ped!... What is with this outright discrimination I am faced with?]: soren When Soren shouted this it caught Selena''s attention and she turned to see Soren''s cock still dangling in the air while in the next second it disappeared into a pair of pants that formed around his body made from the same "Unbreakable" Immortal cloth as the last pair. Soren had noticed that Selena still had a bit of Red gathering under her cheeks and felt like he was used to fulfill a simple desire that Selena had since the time they met. [So it wasn''t enough for you to beat me into the ground, but you ra*pe me while I''m out?... So much for your modern day morality¡­ The term used for this situation should be "Women Ra*pe Too!"]: soren Soren began to joke around as he was indeed upset, but as he was unconscious during the whole process and couldn''t do anything in retaliation it wouldn''t be considered his fault. Soren then straightened himself and started powering up once more to start round 2 of their fight, and when Selena saw that Soren still planned to fight she quickly tried to stop the fight as it no longer needed to take place between them. [Stop!... I''m not fighting you anymore!]: selena [Not fighting me?... No, you must fight me!... You started this fight, now that my manhood is under fire you dare to stop my fight to regain it?]: soren [No!... I only did what I did to save myself from the Evil Goddess who had planned to take my body for herself¡­ And to ruin the plan I needed to lose my purity]: selena When Soren heard this he held his blade and continued to speak as he got curious as to what Selena was talking about. [And why did you need me for it?... Why not any other man in the world?]: soren [Well¡­ How should I say this¡­ The day we met, I had planned on picking one of those guys in the Inn as it was the day my dad told me what I was going to be used for¡­ But when I saw you, I decided I wanted you to take me and not some random man who only wanted me for my body, that''s why I tried so hard to seduce you¡­ I''m sorry]: selena [So I was just your scapegoat in the end?... You''re free now right? Do you still plan to try and go after me?]: soren When Soren said this Selena perked up and looked towards Soren with shame still evident in her eyes and she began speaking. [I would still chase after you for all eternity!]: selena When Soren heard Selena he inwardly nodded his head and began speaking in a cold tone to show dominance and perseverance. [Well I will not accept you¡­ Not right away, so begin your chase, and get out of my sight]: soren As Soren said these words Selena began to feel down, and the depression began to kick in as she realized that Soren was still upset, and she understood why. Selena then turned around and began to leave while Soren just watched on in case it was all a trick and she was waiting for Soren to lower his guard, but right before Selena disappeared a gigantic boom was heard as 2 figures appeared standing in the air above both Soren and Selena. [Old man?... You!... You, are that Evil Bitch who''s been following me ever since the One Piece world!]: soren When Selena heard Soren''s words she looked up to see both an Old man in White robes and the Evil Goddess who took her from her family and forced her to come here to the God Realm. [My Son, I watched the battle and came to see how it would end in person¡­ But I didn''t expect to see my former lover here]: god [Don''t act all cocky now that we are before the public #*@#%... We have been separated for millions of Eon''s, and you still haven''t changed]: evil goddess [Oh?... What do you mean I haven''t changed?]: god [So you want to bring it up then?... Fine!... I left you because when you created all these Lower Realms that focus around Slutty women who want nothing but to fuck, you began to pay more attention to them then to me¡­ Now that we all have seen what was going on here just moments earlier, you say you came to observe the end of the fight?... More like you came to see them have sex in person!]: evil goddess When Soren heard this he felt that this was a very similar situation to when he first got here and saw all the Gods surrounding the TV that displayed some of his greatest moments in the lower Realms. [So what!... I took a liking to this idea of a Harem, and felt that just one woman was not enough for me¡­ You''re the one who took it to the whole new level of trying to destroy everything, but because you need my power as well, you tried to take it from my successor before he could succeed me and I could reincarnate into the Lower Realms]: god When Soren heard this he was utterly confused, as was Selena and most of the other Gods watching, as they always wondered what the War was for, but seeing that it was all just an out of control marital scuffle, they felt that these 2 were just shameless Ultimate beings who had no care for anyone but themselves. [Umm¡­ If I may interject¡­ You started this war because this Old man was a pervert?]: soren [Yes¡­ What about it?... I can do whatever I please, I am one of the Gods who created this world anyway]: evil goddess Soren was shocked due to the immediate answer with no hesitation and felt like attacking her for it, but knew that he didn''t have the power to do that just yet, but it all changed with the next sentence the Evil Goddess said. [Since I''m here, I will just take what belongs to me and destroy this idiotic Multiverse my Ex Husband created to fulfill his perverted desires]: evil goddess The Evil Goddess then lunged towards Soren before anyone could react, and when Soren noticed he went to block the attack, but realized that it would be too late. Soren didn''t mind too much as his body was Eternal, but when Soren noticed that the Evil Goddess had some weird kind of energy covering her hand that was aimed not only towards Soren''s heart, but his soul he felt fear. [Die Brat!... Hahahahaha!]: evil goddess ''This is the end¡­ I''m sorry everyone!'': soren Just as Soren closed his eyes for the last time the sound of impact and blood splattering was heard, and when Soren opened his eyes he saw Selena standing before him while looking him in the eyes while blood was dripping down her chin, and she began to speak in a hurried tone. [S-Soren!... I-I¡­ I''m sorry¡­ *cough*... I''m sorry I didn''t tell you the truth from the beginning¡­ *cough*... I¡­ Soren I¡­]: selena Soren caught Selena in his arms while her complexion was getting more pale by the second as her soul was dying and her body was starting to lose it''s life. [What?... Tell me, why did you save me?]: soren [I¡­ *cough*... I saved you because I love¡­ *cough* You!]: selena When Soren heard these words he felt that Selena was indeed still a foolish woman who was nothing but selfless, and the only selfish thing she had done in her life was taking Soren while he was unconscious. [You idiot¡­ I will make sure to bring you back to this world when your soul reaches the reincarnation cycle¡­ Just wait a bit longer]: soren As Soren said this, his System gave him a notification that he didn''t read until it started flashing before him forcefully dragging his attention. {HOST MUST ABSORB SELENA''S SYSTEM!} Soren didn''t want to as it would be a disgrace to her dying soul, but when it said that he must, he just gritted his teeth and clicked the (Y) button and watched as his System went through a quick update and made a gigantic change to his System. {SYSTEM MORPHING INTO THE (System Final Version) HOST HAS REACHED THE TOP OF THE GOD REALM¡­ CONGRATS! HOST HAS NOW BECOME THE NEW OWNER OF THE GOD REALM CRYSTAL} ''God Realm Crystal?'': soren {THE GOD REALM CRYSTAL IS THE THING THAT HOLD THE ENTIRE MULTIVERSE AND ALL OF ITS POWER¡­ HOST HAS REACHED A SUFFICIENT LEVEL TO ACCESS THE INFORMATION ABOUT THE ??? BEING¡­ WILL HOST WANT TO KNOW THIS KNOWLEDGE?} ''Yes!'': soren {NOW OPENING THE ADMINISTRATION PANEL FOR INFORMATION¡­ Hello! I am South, the true creator of the entire Multiverse¡­ I have split my being up into millions of fragments and spread them all throughout the world inside this God Realm Crystal, and from there they took their own shape and began fighting for supremacy over who would rule. After a few millions of years passed, the one chosen as the strongest began creating many smaller worlds along with his wife, and then more and more Gods were formed through any ways, some through the trials of Heaven, and other through pure belief¡­ In the end, these are all just condensed fragments of my soul, and you being my successor will inherit the God Realm Crystal and become the True Creator¡­ Good Luck young one!... THAT IS THE FINAL MESSAGE LEFT BY THE SYSTEM UPDATE WHEN COMBINING THE ORIGIN GOD BLOODLINE AND THE DEMONIC ORIGIN GOD BLOODLINE¡­ THE NEW BLOODLINE CREATED IS THE TRUE CREATOR BLOODLINE} ''Let me check my status then¡­ It shouldn''t have been that much of a change'': soren {-Status- Name: Soren Zoldyck Life Span: UnKillable Race: True Creator Bloodlines: True Creator Bloodline Level: ??? Bloodline Skills: True Creation Chosen Path: True Creator Path Skill: Unlimited Creation} ''What the hell!?... What happened to everything else?... Also, my race changed'': soren {HOST HAS NO NEED FOR THE OTHER STATS, SO THE SYSTEM GOT RID OF THEM¡­ HOST HAD THE POWER TO MAKE ANYTHING HAPPEN, SO YOU CAN DO ANYTHING YOU WANT BE IT DESTROY THE MULTIVERSE, CREATE ANOTHER ONE, OR EVEN SPLIT UP YOUR SOUL LIKE THE ORIGINAL CREATOR DID AND TRAVEL THE MULTIVERSE AGAIN AS SOMEONE ELSE} ''No¡­ Don??t tell me¡­ This is a loop story like TSS?'': soren {STORY?... THE SYSTEM DOSN''T UNDERSTAND WHAT HOST HAS ASKED} ''This is just a story is it not?... Wait¡­ Why do I know these things?'': soren {WHAT IS HOST REMEMBERING?} ''I''m not remembering anything, I just know that all of this has already been made, and it was by a fat man sitting in a plastic chair while almost completely naked trying to pull off a 4th wall break that some other stories make'': soren {I''M AFRAID I DON''T UNDERSTAND} ''Nevermind, for I will end this fight and take control over my own destiny'': soren Soren then snapped out of his in though consciousness that in reality has only been a few milliseconds since Selena died, and when Soren looked up at the killer the rage flowing off of him scared her shitless and with the snap of Soren''s fingers she disappeared. [It''s over¡­ I will take over from now on¡­ I will relieve all of you God to do what you want, but if you wish to traverse the Lower Realms, you must reincarnate, or send a piece of your soul that will grow on its own with no help]: soren When Soren said this, all the spectating Gods were still in shock from the previous scene of Soren snappin the Evil Goddess out of existence for the rest of eternity, while the old man god just had a smile on his face and quickly entered the reincarnation cycle leaving his body behind and the final words of any pervert. [Tits and Ass here I cum!]: god Soren just gave a slight chuckle, but still felt that he was used and decided to give the old man a surprise as payback, and that payback was that he will be an unbridled beauty in the world with many suitors, but he will be female, and the suitors will me male. [Now I will bring you back to life Selena]: soren Soren then snapped his fingers and a Green light enveloped Selena''s body, and Soren felt something being removed from him, and that was Selena''s soul, as it was fused with her System, and now that Soren had her System that meant her soul was with him. [Perfect!... No cleansing was done to her soul]: soren Soren then placed Selena''s soul into her body and watched as life was being breathed back into her body while reviving her completely, and the second Selena saw Soren with a few tears in his eyes she grabbed his face and pulled him into a kiss. [*Kiss*... I missed you, but I felt I was with you the entire time I was gone]: selena [... You could say that¡­ You can also say you have 4 other sisters in law¡­ Welcome to the family!]: soren Soren gave Selena a deep and passionate kiss before both of them entered Soren''s Inner World to introduce everyone to each other, and with this came an end to a great story as Soren spent the rest of eternity with his family and friends, and with all the worlds being under his control Soren had countless worlds to travel for an almost endless fun, and nothing was ever boring, but due to Soren wanting his children to experience their own adventures every kid he had would be sent to a Lower Realm to grow up with Soren watching over them. Soren''s family got so big to the point that hundreds of women would enter his room a night and he had thousands of kids over the many Eon''s that passed by in the almost blink of an eye. [All stories come to an end at some point, and this is the end of mine, but there will always come a time where others will come up with the same concept, but differ down a new path¡­ Isn''t that right Sakura?]: South {DING!... YES CREATOR, YOU ARE CORRECT¡­ SO, WILL I BE SENT OUT TO ANOTHER GOD REALM STONE TO HELP ONE OF YOUR SPIRIT FRAGMENTS?} [No¡­ Not for now at least¡­ I plan to try something new for once with one of my fragments¡­ Hehe]: South The End (A/N: Thank you all for staying with me until the end, and I won''t lie, I thought about dropping a few times due to some of the things going on in my life, but now everything is fine, and we have made it to the end... I love you all, and hope you will stick with me through any future projects I make, and maybe I can make this a full time job with my Original Novel... Thank You!)